Geotubepedia geotubepediawiki https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.40.1 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Geotubepedia Geotubepedia talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Module Module talk 10 141 290 2013-11-02T05:07:45Z wikipedia>Fuhghettaboutit 0 Changed protection level of Template:Collapsible list: Enable access by template editors ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:collapsible list|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> aff61df28bcc6c3457d6aa36ada4fffe68c409a9 10 182 381 2014-01-08T08:14:55Z wikipedia>John of Reading 0 Second attempt. Those spaces upset inline templates such as {{As of}}. Instead, try an unconditional <nowiki/> wikitext text/x-wiki <nowiki/><!--This nowiki helps to prevent whitespace at the top of articles-->{{#ifeq:{{FULLROOTPAGENAME}}|Wikipedia:Template messages|<!--Do not categorize-->|<!-- -->{{#ifexpr:{{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}|0|1}}+{{#ifeq:{{{onlyarticles|no}}}|yes|0|1}} |{{#if:{{{3|}}} |[[Category:{{{1}}} {{{2}}} {{{3}}}]]<!-- -->{{#ifexist:Category:{{{1}}} {{{2}}} {{{3}}} |<!-- -->|[[Category:Articles with invalid date parameter in template]]<!-- -->}} |[[Category:{{#if:{{{5|}}} |{{{5}}}<!-- -->|{{{1}}}<!-- -->}}]]<!-- -->}}{{#if:{{{4|}}} |[[Category:{{{4}}}]]}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 41e7d4000124d4f718ddf222af0b72825048c4c4 828 94 191 2014-04-05T17:01:23Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 use demopage instead of page as the main "page" parameter Scribunto text/plain --[[ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- NAMESPACE DETECT -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{namespace detect}} template in Lua, with a -- -- few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases are supported, -- -- and namespace names are detected automatically for the local wiki. The -- -- module can also use the corresponding subject namespace value if it is -- -- used on a talk page. Parameter names can be configured for different wikis -- -- by altering the values in the "cfg" table in -- -- Module:Namespace detect/config. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] local data = mw.loadData('Module:Namespace detect/data') local argKeys = data.argKeys local cfg = data.cfg local mappings = data.mappings local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mArguments -- Lazily initialise Module:Arguments local mTableTools -- Lazily initilalise Module:TableTools local ustringLower = mw.ustring.lower local p = {} local function fetchValue(t1, t2) -- Fetches a value from the table t1 for the first key in array t2 where -- a non-nil value of t1 exists. for i, key in ipairs(t2) do local value = t1[key] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil end local function equalsArrayValue(t, value) -- Returns true if value equals a value in the array t. Otherwise -- returns false. for i, arrayValue in ipairs(t) do if value == arrayValue then return true end end return false end function p.getPageObject(page) -- Get the page object, passing the function through pcall in case of -- errors, e.g. being over the expensive function count limit. if page then local success, pageObject = pcall(mw.title.new, page) if success then return pageObject else return nil end else return mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end end -- Provided for backward compatibility with other modules function p.getParamMappings() return mappings end local function getNamespace(args) -- This function gets the namespace name from the page object. local page = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demopage) if page == '' then page = nil end local demospace = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demospace) if demospace == '' then demospace = nil end local subjectns = fetchValue(args, argKeys.subjectns) local ret if demospace then -- Handle "demospace = main" properly. if equalsArrayValue(argKeys.main, ustringLower(demospace)) then ret = mw.site.namespaces[0].name else ret = demospace end else local pageObject = p.getPageObject(page) if pageObject then if pageObject.isTalkPage then -- Get the subject namespace if the option is set, -- otherwise use "talk". if yesno(subjectns) then ret = mw.site.namespaces[pageObject.namespace].subject.name else ret = 'talk' end else ret = pageObject.nsText end else return nil -- return nil if the page object doesn't exist. end end ret = ret:gsub('_', ' ') return ustringLower(ret) end function p._main(args) -- Check the parameters stored in the mappings table for any matches. local namespace = getNamespace(args) or 'other' -- "other" avoids nil table keys local params = mappings[namespace] or {} local ret = fetchValue(args, params) --[[ -- If there were no matches, return parameters for other namespaces. -- This happens if there was no text specified for the namespace that -- was detected or if the demospace parameter is not a valid -- namespace. Note that the parameter for the detected namespace must be -- completely absent for this to happen, not merely blank. --]] if ret == nil then ret = fetchValue(args, argKeys.other) end return ret end function p.main(frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false}) local ret = p._main(args) return ret or '' end function p.table(frame) --[[ -- Create a wikitable of all subject namespace parameters, for -- documentation purposes. The talk parameter is optional, in case it -- needs to be excluded in the documentation. --]] -- Load modules and initialise variables. mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local namespaces = mw.site.namespaces local cfg = data.cfg local useTalk = type(frame) == 'table' and type(frame.args) == 'table' and yesno(frame.args.talk) -- Whether to use the talk parameter. -- Get the header names. local function checkValue(value, default) if type(value) == 'string' then return value else return default end end local nsHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader, 'Namespace') local aliasesHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader, 'Aliases') -- Put the namespaces in order. local mappingsOrdered = {} for nsname, params in pairs(mappings) do if useTalk or nsname ~= 'talk' then local nsid = namespaces[nsname].id -- Add 1, as the array must start with 1; nsid 0 would be lost otherwise. nsid = nsid + 1 mappingsOrdered[nsid] = params end end mappingsOrdered = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(mappingsOrdered) -- Build the table. local ret = '{| class="wikitable"' .. '\n|-' .. '\n! ' .. nsHeader .. '\n! ' .. aliasesHeader for i, params in ipairs(mappingsOrdered) do for j, param in ipairs(params) do if j == 1 then ret = ret .. '\n|-' .. '\n| <code>' .. param .. '</code>' .. '\n| ' elseif j == 2 then ret = ret .. '<code>' .. param .. '</code>' else ret = ret .. ', <code>' .. param .. '</code>' end end end ret = ret .. '\n|-' .. '\n|}' return ret end return p a4757000273064f151f0f22dc0e139092e5ff443 10 91 185 2014-07-09T08:29:38Z wikipedia>Callanecc 0 Changed protection level of Template:Pagetype: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: With more than 5.5 million transclusions and cascade protections this should be full protected as well ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move= wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:pagetype|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> b8e6aa66678cd57877ea2c607372a45070f030a7 10 159 326 2014-09-30T08:52:52Z wikipedia>Sardanaphalus 0 Sardanaphalus moved page [[Template:Basepage subpage]] to [[Template:When on basepage]]: Per move request wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "page" parameter then detect basepage/subpage/subsubpage--> {{#if:{{{page|}}} | {{#if:{{#titleparts:{{{page}}}|0|3}} | subsubpage <!--Subsubpage or lower--> | {{#if:{{#titleparts:{{{page}}}|0|2}} | subpage | basepage }} }} | {{#if:{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|0|3}} | subsubpage <!--Subsubpage or lower--> | {{#if:{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|0|2}} | subpage | basepage }} }} }} | basepage = {{{1|}}} | subpage = {{{2|}}} | subsubpage = {{{3| {{{2|}}} }}} <!--Respecting empty parameter on purpose--> }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> cf4dc92df647a26ab0ce149772a1fe3ac6c3dfc0 828 186 389 2014-12-10T06:37:29Z wikipedia>Mr. Stradivarius 0 Protected Module:Ns has subpages: [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only template editors and admins] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements [[Template:Ns has subpages]]. -- While the template is fairly simple, this information is made available to -- Lua directly, so using a module means that we don't have to update the -- template as new namespaces are added. local p = {} function p._main(ns, frame) -- Get the current namespace if we were not passed one. if not ns then ns = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace end -- Look up the namespace table from mw.site.namespaces. This should work -- for a majority of cases. local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] -- Try using string matching to get the namespace from page names. -- Do a quick and dirty bad title check to try and make sure we do the same -- thing as {{NAMESPACE}} in most cases. if not nsTable and type(ns) == 'string' and not ns:find('[<>|%[%]{}]') then local nsStripped = ns:gsub('^[_%s]*:', '') nsStripped = nsStripped:gsub(':.*$', '') nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[nsStripped] end -- If we still have no match then try the {{NAMESPACE}} parser function, -- which should catch the remainder of cases. Don't use a mw.title object, -- as this would increment the expensive function count for each new page -- tested. if not nsTable then frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() local nsProcessed = frame:callParserFunction('NAMESPACE', ns) nsTable = nsProcessed and mw.site.namespaces[nsProcessed] end return nsTable and nsTable.hasSubpages end function p.main(frame) local ns = frame:getParent().args[1] if ns then ns = ns:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- trim whitespace ns = tonumber(ns) or ns end local hasSubpages = p._main(ns, frame) return hasSubpages and 'yes' or '' end return p e133068ba73738b16e1e3eba47735516a461eb5b 10 121 250 2015-05-26T18:06:33Z wikipedia>Izkala 0 Switch to using [[Module:Separated entries]]; leading and trailing whitespace and newlines are now trimmed wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Separated entries|br}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 2019f7fc383259e70d66e43cbd97a43d20889f1b 10 110 228 2015-11-28T10:13:53Z wikipedia>Edokter 0 Adapt comment; edits inside noinclude blocks should not affect job queue, but won't kill parser either way. wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc page; interwikis go to Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 5d0dc6b6d89b37f4356242404f46138a4017f015 10 51 104 2016-09-21T14:41:05Z wikipedia>Anthony Appleyard 0 Anthony Appleyard moved page [[Template:Cl]] to [[Template:Category link]] over redirect: [[Special:Permalink/740508935|Requested]] by Nyuszika7H at [[WP:RM/TR]]: The template should be located at the natural, unabbreviated title and &#123;&#123;[[Temp... wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{#titleparts:{{PAGENAME}}|1}}|Stub types for deletion |[[:Category:{{{1}}}|Cat:{{{1}}}]] | [[:Category:{{{1}}}|{{{2|Category:{{{1}}}}}}]]{{#ifeq:{{Yesno|{{{count|no}}}}}|yes|<small> {{#ifexpr:{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}|R}}>={{{backlog|{{#expr:{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}|R}}+1}}}}}|<span style="font-weight: bold; color: #DD0000;">}}(&thinsp;{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}}}&thinsp;){{#ifexpr:{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}|R}}>={{{backlog|{{#expr:{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}|R}}+1}}}}}|</span>}}</small>}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> cb0fcaeb8242d1d37c27a8dcb57f76fe5b5faa36 10 145 298 2016-09-30T07:01:19Z wikipedia>Ymblanter 0 Changed protection level of Template:Str left: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: RFPP request ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{safesubst:padleft:|{{{2|1}}}|{{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 2048b0d7b35e156528655b1d090e8b5ffab3f400 10 61 124 2016-10-21T12:17:19Z wikipedia>Alexiaa 0 Added [[WP:RCAT|rcat]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Em dash]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} b6255351d93197d967d74365cfba31e395df0170 10 148 304 2016-11-21T11:11:29Z wikipedia>Materialscientist 0 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Url]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:URL]] 18785dfd06e0aad86a368375896bc1a4a5be1fc4 10 127 262 2016-12-05T05:36:52Z wikipedia>Anthony Appleyard 0 Protected "[[Template:Cite web]]": restore old protection ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=web }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> ea1b0f38afd9728a1cf9f2e3f540887a402fab8e 10 188 393 2017-01-17T01:29:39Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 done wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Section link|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 8d047e5845f8a9b74a4655b5dd79ca7595a8f88b 10 198 413 2017-01-24T15:07:04Z wikipedia>Xaosflux 0 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Pp]]": is linked from cascaded main page, moving would be very disruptive ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 4b195ffc44cfde864ef77b55a54c006333226ced 10 160 328 2017-03-12T04:26:29Z wikipedia>Godsy 0 [[Template:This is a redirect]] has been deprecated, change to [[Template:Redirect category shell]]. wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:When on basepage]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} 47118a1bed1942b7f143cdff1dec183002fc9f4b 10 43 88 2017-10-09T12:24:30Z wikipedia>Xezbeth 0 Protected "[[Template:Crossref]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|Highly visible]] template redirect ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Crossreference]] {{Rcat shell| {{R from template shortcut}} }} dc4192593ccb8eaa34c0440c4aa712442a06c329 10 150 308 2017-12-19T04:37:44Z wikipedia>JJMC89 0 SAFESUBST:<noinclude /> wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#expr:floor(({{{1}}})*10^({{{2|0}}}))/10^({{{2|0}}})}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> b42fa12eaa65e5d614703a4bb3cee65cb2119aa2 10 163 334 2017-12-29T01:22:07Z wikipedia>This, that and the other 0 remove inappropriate category wikitext text/x-wiki {{ mbox | image = [[file:YouTube Logo 2017.svg|80x70px|alt=|link=]] | text = If you plan to make [[backward compatibility|breaking changes]] to this template, move it, or nominate it for deletion, please notify [[Wikipedia:WikiProject YouTube|WikiProject YouTube]] members at [[Wikipedia talk:WikiProject YouTube]] as a courtesy, as this template is heavily used by this WikiProject. Thank you! {{#if:{{{1|}}}|<p> {{{1}}}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --></noinclude> d42e3fd8e627050d08bd311414aec5000e00d9c9 10 147 302 2018-02-13T20:10:27Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 separate pp-template not needed wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:String|replace|source={{{1}}}|pattern=^[^{{{sep|%s}}}]*{{{sep|%s}}}*|replace=|plain=false}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> df7a9e692f68be1581be06af5f51eaed5483b4c8 10 42 86 2018-02-13T20:27:17Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 separate pp-template not needed wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude />yesno|{{{1}}}|yes={{{yes|yes}}}|no={{{no|no}}}|blank={{{blank|no}}}|¬={{{¬|no}}}|def={{{def|no}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Yesno/doc}} <!--Categories go in the doc page referenced above; interwikis go in Wikidata.--> </noinclude> 1ad7b7800da1b867ead8f6ff8cef76e6201b3b56 10 75 152 2018-05-27T03:56:56Z wikipedia>JJMC89 0 clean subst wikitext text/x-wiki {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#ifeq:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />Yesno|{{{nested|no}}}}}|yes||<{{{tag|code}}}>}}&#123;&#123;&#123;{{{1<noinclude>|foo</noinclude>}}}{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#ifeq:{{{2}}}|{{{2|}}} |&#124;}}{{{2|}}}&#125;&#125;&#125;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#ifeq:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />Yesno|{{{nested|no}}}}}|yes||</{{{tag|code}}}>}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS --> </noinclude> abdb5d7fe0982064ea62ad15e8298d1693ed69e2 10 129 266 2018-08-15T18:33:36Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 Undid revision 855063393 by [[Special:Contributions/Jdlrobson|Jdlrobson]] ([[User talk:Jdlrobson|talk]]) rather problematic change mentioned [[Template_talk:Infobox#Using_template_styles_to_reduce_technical_debt_inside_mobile_skin|on talk page]], reverting until it can be sorted wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Infobox|infobox}}<includeonly>{{template other|{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|Infobox||{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}|Infobox|[[Category:Infobox templates|{{remove first word|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}]]}}}}|}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 817a9f5b6524eced06a57bd1d5fd7179f9369bf2 10 25 52 2018-12-16T22:06:25Z wikipedia>Amorymeltzer 0 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Template other]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: Transclusion count has increased dramatically ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}} | template | other }} }} | template = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 06fb13d264df967b5232141067eb7d2b67372d76 828 126 260 2018-12-17T20:54:33Z wikipedia>Amorymeltzer 0 Changed protection level for "[[Module:Separated entries]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]]: Over 2M transclusions ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module takes positional parameters as input and concatenates them with -- an optional separator. The final separator (the "conjunction") can be -- specified independently, enabling natural-language lists like -- "foo, bar, baz and qux". The starting parameter can also be specified. local compressSparseArray = require('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray local p = {} function p._main(args) local separator = args.separator -- Decode (convert to Unicode) HTML escape sequences, such as "&#32;" for space. and mw.text.decode(args.separator) or '' local conjunction = args.conjunction and mw.text.decode(args.conjunction) or separator -- Discard values before the starting parameter. local start = tonumber(args.start) if start then for i = 1, start - 1 do args[i] = nil end end -- Discard named parameters. local values = compressSparseArray(args) return mw.text.listToText(values, separator, conjunction) end local function makeInvokeFunction(separator, conjunction, first) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) args.separator = separator or args.separator args.conjunction = conjunction or args.conjunction args.first = first or args.first return p._main(args) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunction() p.br = makeInvokeFunction('<br />') p.comma = makeInvokeFunction(mw.message.new('comma-separator'):plain()) return p e80231ff3de01afd7f62a94e0a34dc1e67504085 828 38 78 2019-01-31T16:27:33Z wikipedia>RexxS 0 add abbreviations UK and USA Scribunto text/plain local p ={} --[[ The values here are the English sitelinks for items that should not be linked. These 36 are not definitive and may be altered to suit. --]] p.items = { "Australia", "Austria", "Belgium", "Canada", "China", "Denmark", "England", "France", "Germany", "Greece", "Hungary", "Iceland", "India", "Republic of Ireland", "Israel", "Italy", "Jamaica", "Japan", "Luxembourg", "Mexico", "Netherlands", "New Zealand", "Northern Ireland", "Norway", "Poland", "Portugal", "Russia", "Scotland", "South Africa", "Spain", "Sweden", "Switzerland", "Turkey", "United Kingdom", "UK", "United States", "USA", "Wales", } --[[ This provides a convenient way to create a test whether an item is on the list. --]] p.itemsindex = {} for i, v in ipairs(p.items) do p.itemsindex[v] = true end return p d42a1e1cb5d411ab1b578dc0d36aa0266f32b2d6 10 144 296 2019-03-17T18:05:07Z wikipedia>JJMC89 0 handled by {{documentation}} wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}} |<hr style="height:{{{1}}}px" /> |<hr /> }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis to Wikidata. --> </noinclude> c603f73ed9385fb902bbaac80bd15ba89e91f37f 10 77 156 2019-03-20T22:04:45Z wikipedia>RMCD bot 0 Removing notice of move discussion wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> dba3962144dacd289dbc34f50fbe0a7bf6d7f2f7 10 52 106 2019-04-24T04:30:48Z wikipedia>JJMC89 0 actual template is in the category wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Category link]] {{R from move}} f79fddc38797fc163b6e6ddeb4377afbea7d0cfc 10 78 158 2019-04-24T04:30:59Z wikipedia>JJMC89 0 actual template is in the category wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Category link with count]] 02280e2ab57b544236e11f913e3759c5781ca9d5 10 151 310 2019-11-05T17:59:58Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:Sum]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]] ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:math|sum}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 163107e11b86304c79ebed4d9f51fda3611d3f75 10 136 280 2019-11-18T00:50:36Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 Adding unknown parameter tracking through [[:Category:Pages using URL template with unknown parameters]] using [[Module:check for unknown parameters]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:URL|url}}</includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using URL template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:URL]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y | 1 | 2 }}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 5671474ce4656f07c5bdc47292d1dcbe9c70317e 10 122 252 2019-12-09T17:31:16Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 Undid revision 929522913 by [[Special:Contributions/MSGJ|MSGJ]] ([[User talk:MSGJ|talk]]). Reverted, as this change has been shown to have bugs. Discussion continues on talk page. wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:list|unbulleted}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 89815a491d3e05b20af446e34cda13f13c25fb4f 10 173 363 2020-04-01T06:12:36Z wikipedia>MusikAnimal 0 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 0e54065432d540737b9e56c4e3a8e7f74d4534ea 828 8 18 2020-04-01T06:12:40Z wikipedia>MusikAnimal 0 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 828 96 195 2020-04-01T06:12:44Z wikipedia>MusikAnimal 0 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'page' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 0e4ff08d13c4b664d66b32c232deb129b77c1a56 828 95 193 2020-04-01T06:12:45Z wikipedia>MusikAnimal 0 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } d224f42a258bc308ef3ad8cc8686cd7a4f47d005 828 7 16 2020-04-01T06:27:55Z wikipedia>MusikAnimal 0 Undid revision 948472533 by [[Special:Contributions/w>Vogone|w>Vogone]] ([[User talk:w>Vogone|talk]]) Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 828 28 58 2020-04-01T06:31:54Z wikipedia>MusikAnimal 0 Undid revision 948472508 by [[Special:Contributions/w>IPad365|w>IPad365]] ([[User talk:w>IPad365|talk]]) Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p 66925f088d11530f2482f04181a3baaaa0ad3d0c 10 59 120 2020-04-03T00:08:09Z wikipedia>Evad37 0 Also match subpage names beginning with "sandbox", per [[Template_talk:Sandbox_other#Template-protected_edit_request_on_28_March_2020|edit request]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 91e4ae891d6b791615152c1fbc971414961ba872 828 39 80 2020-04-30T16:11:19Z wikipedia>RexxS 0 add magazine Scribunto text/plain --[[ To satisfy Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Titles, certain types of items are italicised, and others are quoted. This submodule lists the entity-ids used in 'instance of' (P31), which allows a module to identify the values that should be formatted. The table p.formats is indexed by entity-id, and contains the value " or '' --]] local p = {} p.italics = { "Q571", -- book "Q13593966", -- literary trilogy "Q277759", -- book series "Q2188189", -- musical work "Q11424", -- film "Q13593818", -- film trilogy "Q24856", -- film series "Q5398426", -- television series "Q482994", -- album "Q169930", -- extended play "Q1760610", -- comic book "Q7889", -- video game "Q7058673", -- video game series "Q25379", -- play "Q2743", -- musical "Q37484", -- epic poem "Q41298", -- magazine } p.quotes = { "Q207628", -- musical composition } p.size = 0 p.formats = {} for i, v in ipairs(p.italics) do p.formats[v] = "''" p.size = p.size + 1 end for i, v in ipairs(p.quotes) do p.formats[v] = '"' p.size = p.size + 1 end return p aecc52ff69e56d315f5b60dc21d02dd94a63dfea 10 143 294 2020-06-07T01:32:39Z wikipedia>Uzume 0 update tracking to use [[Module:Wd]] instead of the unmaintained and deprecated [[Module:Wikidata]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{{{{♥|safesubst:}}}#invoke:age|birth_date_and_age}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|ignoreblank=y|preview=Page using [[Template:Birth date and age]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using birth date and age template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|1|2|3|day|month|year|df|mf}}{{#ifeq: {{NAMESPACENUMBER}} | 0 | {{#if: {{#invoke:wd|label|raw}} | {{#if: {{#invoke:String|match|{{#invoke:wd|properties|raw|P31}},|Q5,|1|1|true|}} | {{#if: {{#invoke:wd|properties|raw|P569}} | | [[Category:Date of birth not in Wikidata]] }} }} | [[Category:Articles without Wikidata item]] }} }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 55c7a1b79d4b09cf1b1c81565ac2bd7da422612e 828 92 187 2020-06-18T21:22:08Z wikipedia>RexxS 0 add caps parameter per talk request Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- PAGETYPE -- -- -- -- This is a meta-module intended to replace {{pagetype}} and similar -- -- templates. It automatically detects namespaces, and allows for a -- -- great deal of customisation. It can easily be ported to other -- -- wikis by changing the values in the [[Module:Pagetype/config]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load config. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Pagetype/config') -- Load required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local nsDetectModule = require('Module:Namespace detect') local nsDetect = nsDetectModule._main local getParamMappings = nsDetectModule.getParamMappings local getPageObject = nsDetectModule.getPageObject local p = {} local function shallowCopy(t) -- Makes a shallow copy of a table. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end local function checkPagetypeInput(namespace, val) -- Checks to see whether we need the default value for the given namespace, -- and if so gets it from the pagetypes table. -- The yesno function returns true/false for "yes", "no", etc., and returns -- val for other input. local ret = yesno(val, val) if ret and type(ret) ~= 'string' then ret = cfg.pagetypes[namespace] end return ret end local function getPagetypeFromClass(class, param, aliasTable, default) -- Gets the pagetype from a class specified from the first positional -- parameter. param = yesno(param, param) if param ~= false then -- No check if specifically disallowed. for _, alias in ipairs(aliasTable) do if class == alias then if type(param) == 'string' then return param else return default end end end end end local function getNsDetectValue(args) -- Builds the arguments to pass to [[Module:Namespace detect]] and returns -- the result. -- Get the default values. local ndArgs = {} local defaultns = args[cfg.defaultns] if defaultns == cfg.defaultnsAll then ndArgs = shallowCopy(cfg.pagetypes) else local defaultnsArray if defaultns == cfg.defaultnsExtended then defaultnsArray = cfg.extendedNamespaces elseif defaultns == cfg.defaultnsNone then defaultnsArray = {} else defaultnsArray = cfg.defaultNamespaces end for _, namespace in ipairs(defaultnsArray) do ndArgs[namespace] = cfg.pagetypes[namespace] end end --[[ -- Add custom values passed in from the arguments. These overwrite the -- defaults. The possible argument names are fetched from -- Module:Namespace detect automatically in case new namespaces are -- added. Although we accept namespace aliases as parameters, we only pass -- the local namespace name as a parameter to Module:Namespace detect. -- This means that the "image" parameter can overwrite defaults for the -- File: namespace, which wouldn't work if we passed the parameters through -- separately. --]] local mappings = getParamMappings() for ns, paramAliases in pairs(mappings) do -- Copy the aliases table, as # doesn't work with tables returned from -- mw.loadData. paramAliases = shallowCopy(paramAliases) local paramName = paramAliases[1] -- Iterate backwards along the array so that any values for the local -- namespace names overwrite those for namespace aliases. for i = #paramAliases, 1, -1 do local paramAlias = paramAliases[i] local ndArg = checkPagetypeInput(paramAlias, args[paramAlias]) if ndArg == false then -- If any arguments are false, convert them to nil to protect -- against breakage by future changes to -- [[Module:Namespace detect]]. ndArgs[paramName] = nil elseif ndArg then ndArgs[paramName] = ndArg end end end -- Check for disambiguation-class and N/A-class pages in mainspace. if ndArgs.main then local class = args[1] if type(class) == 'string' then -- Put in lower case so e.g. "Dab" and "dab" will both match. class = mw.ustring.lower(class) end local dab = getPagetypeFromClass( class, args[cfg.dab], cfg.dabAliases, cfg.dabDefault ) if dab then ndArgs.main = dab else local na = getPagetypeFromClass( class, args[cfg.na], cfg.naAliases, cfg.naDefault ) if na then ndArgs.main = na end end end -- If there is no talk value specified, use the corresponding subject -- namespace for talk pages. if not ndArgs.talk then ndArgs.subjectns = true end -- Add the fallback value. This can also be customised, but it cannot be -- disabled. local other = args[cfg.other] -- We will ignore true/false/nil results from yesno here, but using it -- anyway for consistency. other = yesno(other, other) if type(other) == 'string' then ndArgs.other = other else ndArgs.other = cfg.otherDefault end -- Allow custom page values. ndArgs.page = args.page return nsDetect(ndArgs) end local function detectRedirects(args) local redirect = args[cfg.redirect] -- The yesno function returns true/false for "yes", "no", etc., and returns -- redirect for other input. redirect = yesno(redirect, redirect) if redirect == false then -- Detect redirects unless they have been explicitly disallowed with -- "redirect=no" or similar. return end local pageObject = getPageObject(args.page) -- If we are using subject namespaces elsewhere, do so here as well. if pageObject and not yesno(args.talk, true) and args[cfg.defaultns] ~= cfg.defaultnsAll then pageObject = getPageObject( pageObject.subjectNsText .. ':' .. pageObject.text ) end -- Allow custom values for redirects. if pageObject and pageObject.isRedirect then if type(redirect) == 'string' then return redirect else return cfg.redirectDefault end end end function p._main(args) local redirect = detectRedirects(args) local pagetype = "" if redirect then pagetype = redirect else pagetype = getNsDetectValue(args) end if yesno(args.plural, false) then if cfg.irregularPlurals[pagetype] then pagetype = cfg.irregularPlurals[pagetype] else pagetype = pagetype .. cfg.plural -- often 's' end end if yesno(args.caps, false) then pagetype = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(pagetype, 1, 1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(pagetype, 2) end return pagetype end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) end return p 210524e0c60e3354325aea88c508e94423ad228d 828 19 40 2020-08-02T15:49:42Z wikipedia>RexxS 0 separate annotations for str.match from those for str._match Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str 6df794dd52434e0f6a372c9918f5a9dedd15f579 828 134 276 2020-08-03T02:55:18Z wikipedia>Johnuniq 0 update from sandbox: implement show=M (minutes) and show=s (seconds); better method to fill a partial date Scribunto text/plain -- Date functions for use by other modules. -- I18N and time zones are not supported. local MINUS = '−' -- Unicode U+2212 MINUS SIGN local floor = math.floor local Date, DateDiff, diffmt -- forward declarations local uniq = { 'unique identifier' } local function is_date(t) -- The system used to make a date read-only means there is no unique -- metatable that is conveniently accessible to check. return type(t) == 'table' and t._id == uniq end local function is_diff(t) return type(t) == 'table' and getmetatable(t) == diffmt end local function _list_join(list, sep) return table.concat(list, sep) end local function collection() -- Return a table to hold items. return { n = 0, add = function (self, item) self.n = self.n + 1 self[self.n] = item end, join = _list_join, } end local function strip_to_nil(text) -- If text is a string, return its trimmed content, or nil if empty. -- Otherwise return text (convenient when Date fields are provided from -- another module which may pass a string, a number, or another type). if type(text) == 'string' then text = text:match('(%S.-)%s*$') end return text end local function is_leap_year(year, calname) -- Return true if year is a leap year. if calname == 'Julian' then return year % 4 == 0 end return (year % 4 == 0 and year % 100 ~= 0) or year % 400 == 0 end local function days_in_month(year, month, calname) -- Return number of days (1..31) in given month (1..12). if month == 2 and is_leap_year(year, calname) then return 29 end return ({ 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 })[month] end local function h_m_s(time) -- Return hour, minute, second extracted from fraction of a day. time = floor(time * 24 * 3600 + 0.5) -- number of seconds local second = time % 60 time = floor(time / 60) return floor(time / 60), time % 60, second end local function hms(date) -- Return fraction of a day from date's time, where (0 <= fraction < 1) -- if the values are valid, but could be anything if outside range. return (date.hour + (date.minute + date.second / 60) / 60) / 24 end local function julian_date(date) -- Return jd, jdz from a Julian or Gregorian calendar date where -- jd = Julian date and its fractional part is zero at noon -- jdz = same, but assume time is 00:00:00 if no time given -- http://www.tondering.dk/claus/cal/julperiod.php#formula -- Testing shows this works for all dates from year -9999 to 9999! -- JDN 0 is the 24-hour period starting at noon UTC on Monday -- 1 January 4713 BC = (-4712, 1, 1) Julian calendar -- 24 November 4714 BC = (-4713, 11, 24) Gregorian calendar local offset local a = floor((14 - date.month)/12) local y = date.year + 4800 - a if date.calendar == 'Julian' then offset = floor(y/4) - 32083 else offset = floor(y/4) - floor(y/100) + floor(y/400) - 32045 end local m = date.month + 12*a - 3 local jd = date.day + floor((153*m + 2)/5) + 365*y + offset if date.hastime then jd = jd + hms(date) - 0.5 return jd, jd end return jd, jd - 0.5 end local function set_date_from_jd(date) -- Set the fields of table date from its Julian date field. -- Return true if date is valid. -- http://www.tondering.dk/claus/cal/julperiod.php#formula -- This handles the proleptic Julian and Gregorian calendars. -- Negative Julian dates are not defined but they work. local calname = date.calendar local low, high -- min/max limits for date ranges −9999-01-01 to 9999-12-31 if calname == 'Gregorian' then low, high = -1930999.5, 5373484.49999 elseif calname == 'Julian' then low, high = -1931076.5, 5373557.49999 else return end local jd = date.jd if not (type(jd) == 'number' and low <= jd and jd <= high) then return end local jdn = floor(jd) if date.hastime then local time = jd - jdn -- 0 <= time < 1 if time >= 0.5 then -- if at or after midnight of next day jdn = jdn + 1 time = time - 0.5 else time = time + 0.5 end date.hour, date.minute, date.second = h_m_s(time) else date.second = 0 date.minute = 0 date.hour = 0 end local b, c if calname == 'Julian' then b = 0 c = jdn + 32082 else -- Gregorian local a = jdn + 32044 b = floor((4*a + 3)/146097) c = a - floor(146097*b/4) end local d = floor((4*c + 3)/1461) local e = c - floor(1461*d/4) local m = floor((5*e + 2)/153) date.day = e - floor((153*m + 2)/5) + 1 date.month = m + 3 - 12*floor(m/10) date.year = 100*b + d - 4800 + floor(m/10) return true end local function fix_numbers(numbers, y, m, d, H, M, S, partial, hastime, calendar) -- Put the result of normalizing the given values in table numbers. -- The result will have valid m, d values if y is valid; caller checks y. -- The logic of PHP mktime is followed where m or d can be zero to mean -- the previous unit, and -1 is the one before that, etc. -- Positive values carry forward. local date if not (1 <= m and m <= 12) then date = Date(y, 1, 1) if not date then return end date = date + ((m - 1) .. 'm') y, m = date.year, date.month end local days_hms if not partial then if hastime and H and M and S then if not (0 <= H and H <= 23 and 0 <= M and M <= 59 and 0 <= S and S <= 59) then days_hms = hms({ hour = H, minute = M, second = S }) end end if days_hms or not (1 <= d and d <= days_in_month(y, m, calendar)) then date = date or Date(y, m, 1) if not date then return end date = date + (d - 1 + (days_hms or 0)) y, m, d = date.year, date.month, date.day if days_hms then H, M, S = date.hour, date.minute, date.second end end end numbers.year = y numbers.month = m numbers.day = d if days_hms then -- Don't set H unless it was valid because a valid H will set hastime. numbers.hour = H numbers.minute = M numbers.second = S end end local function set_date_from_numbers(date, numbers, options) -- Set the fields of table date from numeric values. -- Return true if date is valid. if type(numbers) ~= 'table' then return end local y = numbers.year or date.year local m = numbers.month or date.month local d = numbers.day or date.day local H = numbers.hour local M = numbers.minute or date.minute or 0 local S = numbers.second or date.second or 0 local need_fix if y and m and d then date.partial = nil if not (-9999 <= y and y <= 9999 and 1 <= m and m <= 12 and 1 <= d and d <= days_in_month(y, m, date.calendar)) then if not date.want_fix then return end need_fix = true end elseif y and date.partial then if d or not (-9999 <= y and y <= 9999) then return end if m and not (1 <= m and m <= 12) then if not date.want_fix then return end need_fix = true end else return end if date.partial then H = nil -- ignore any time M = nil S = nil else if H then -- It is not possible to set M or S without also setting H. date.hastime = true else H = 0 end if not (0 <= H and H <= 23 and 0 <= M and M <= 59 and 0 <= S and S <= 59) then if date.want_fix then need_fix = true else return end end end date.want_fix = nil if need_fix then fix_numbers(numbers, y, m, d, H, M, S, date.partial, date.hastime, date.calendar) return set_date_from_numbers(date, numbers, options) end date.year = y -- -9999 to 9999 ('n BC' → year = 1 - n) date.month = m -- 1 to 12 (may be nil if partial) date.day = d -- 1 to 31 (* = nil if partial) date.hour = H -- 0 to 59 (*) date.minute = M -- 0 to 59 (*) date.second = S -- 0 to 59 (*) if type(options) == 'table' then for _, k in ipairs({ 'am', 'era', 'format' }) do if options[k] then date.options[k] = options[k] end end end return true end local function make_option_table(options1, options2) -- If options1 is a string, return a table with its settings, or -- if it is a table, use its settings. -- Missing options are set from table options2 or defaults. -- If a default is used, a flag is set so caller knows the value was not intentionally set. -- Valid option settings are: -- am: 'am', 'a.m.', 'AM', 'A.M.' -- 'pm', 'p.m.', 'PM', 'P.M.' (each has same meaning as corresponding item above) -- era: 'BCMINUS', 'BCNEGATIVE', 'BC', 'B.C.', 'BCE', 'B.C.E.', 'AD', 'A.D.', 'CE', 'C.E.' -- Option am = 'am' does not mean the hour is AM; it means 'am' or 'pm' is used, depending on the hour, -- and am = 'pm' has the same meaning. -- Similarly, era = 'BC' means 'BC' is used if year <= 0. -- BCMINUS displays a MINUS if year < 0 and the display format does not include %{era}. -- BCNEGATIVE is similar but displays a hyphen. local result = { bydefault = {} } if type(options1) == 'table' then result.am = options1.am result.era = options1.era elseif type(options1) == 'string' then -- Example: 'am:AM era:BC' or 'am=AM era=BC'. for item in options1:gmatch('%S+') do local lhs, rhs = item:match('^(%w+)[:=](.+)$') if lhs then result[lhs] = rhs end end end options2 = type(options2) == 'table' and options2 or {} local defaults = { am = 'am', era = 'BC' } for k, v in pairs(defaults) do if not result[k] then if options2[k] then result[k] = options2[k] else result[k] = v result.bydefault[k] = true end end end return result end local ampm_options = { -- lhs = input text accepted as an am/pm option -- rhs = code used internally ['am'] = 'am', ['AM'] = 'AM', ['a.m.'] = 'a.m.', ['A.M.'] = 'A.M.', ['pm'] = 'am', -- same as am ['PM'] = 'AM', ['p.m.'] = 'a.m.', ['P.M.'] = 'A.M.', } local era_text = { -- Text for displaying an era with a positive year (after adjusting -- by replacing year with 1 - year if date.year <= 0). -- options.era = { year<=0 , year>0 } ['BCMINUS'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true, sign = MINUS }, ['BCNEGATIVE'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true, sign = '-' }, ['BC'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true }, ['B.C.'] = { 'B.C.' , '' , isbc = true }, ['BCE'] = { 'BCE' , '' , isbc = true }, ['B.C.E.'] = { 'B.C.E.', '' , isbc = true }, ['AD'] = { 'BC' , 'AD' }, ['A.D.'] = { 'B.C.' , 'A.D.' }, ['CE'] = { 'BCE' , 'CE' }, ['C.E.'] = { 'B.C.E.', 'C.E.' }, } local function get_era_for_year(era, year) return (era_text[era] or era_text['BC'])[year > 0 and 2 or 1] or '' end local function strftime(date, format, options) -- Return date formatted as a string using codes similar to those -- in the C strftime library function. local sformat = string.format local shortcuts = { ['%c'] = '%-I:%M %p %-d %B %-Y %{era}', -- date and time: 2:30 pm 1 April 2016 ['%x'] = '%-d %B %-Y %{era}', -- date: 1 April 2016 ['%X'] = '%-I:%M %p', -- time: 2:30 pm } if shortcuts[format] then format = shortcuts[format] end local codes = { a = { field = 'dayabbr' }, A = { field = 'dayname' }, b = { field = 'monthabbr' }, B = { field = 'monthname' }, u = { fmt = '%d' , field = 'dowiso' }, w = { fmt = '%d' , field = 'dow' }, d = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'day' }, m = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'month' }, Y = { fmt = '%04d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'year' }, H = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'hour' }, M = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'minute' }, S = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'second' }, j = { fmt = '%03d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'dayofyear' }, I = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'hour', special = 'hour12' }, p = { field = 'hour', special = 'am' }, } options = make_option_table(options, date.options) local amopt = options.am local eraopt = options.era local function replace_code(spaces, modifier, id) local code = codes[id] if code then local fmt = code.fmt if modifier == '-' and code.fmt2 then fmt = code.fmt2 end local value = date[code.field] if not value then return nil -- an undefined field in a partial date end local special = code.special if special then if special == 'hour12' then value = value % 12 value = value == 0 and 12 or value elseif special == 'am' then local ap = ({ ['a.m.'] = { 'a.m.', 'p.m.' }, ['AM'] = { 'AM', 'PM' }, ['A.M.'] = { 'A.M.', 'P.M.' }, })[ampm_options[amopt]] or { 'am', 'pm' } return (spaces == '' and '' or '&nbsp;') .. (value < 12 and ap[1] or ap[2]) end end if code.field == 'year' then local sign = (era_text[eraopt] or {}).sign if not sign or format:find('%{era}', 1, true) then sign = '' if value <= 0 then value = 1 - value end else if value >= 0 then sign = '' else value = -value end end return spaces .. sign .. sformat(fmt, value) end return spaces .. (fmt and sformat(fmt, value) or value) end end local function replace_property(spaces, id) if id == 'era' then -- Special case so can use local era option. local result = get_era_for_year(eraopt, date.year) if result == '' then return '' end return (spaces == '' and '' or '&nbsp;') .. result end local result = date[id] if type(result) == 'string' then return spaces .. result end if type(result) == 'number' then return spaces .. tostring(result) end if type(result) == 'boolean' then return spaces .. (result and '1' or '0') end -- This occurs if id is an undefined field in a partial date, or is the name of a function. return nil end local PERCENT = '\127PERCENT\127' return (format :gsub('%%%%', PERCENT) :gsub('(%s*)%%{(%w+)}', replace_property) :gsub('(%s*)%%(%-?)(%a)', replace_code) :gsub(PERCENT, '%%') ) end local function _date_text(date, fmt, options) -- Return a formatted string representing the given date. if not is_date(date) then error('date:text: need a date (use "date:text()" with a colon)', 2) end if type(fmt) == 'string' and fmt:match('%S') then if fmt:find('%', 1, true) then return strftime(date, fmt, options) end elseif date.partial then fmt = date.month and 'my' or 'y' else fmt = 'dmy' if date.hastime then fmt = (date.second > 0 and 'hms ' or 'hm ') .. fmt end end local function bad_format() -- For consistency with other format processing, return given format -- (or cleaned format if original was not a string) if invalid. return mw.text.nowiki(fmt) end if date.partial then -- Ignore days in standard formats like 'ymd'. if fmt == 'ym' or fmt == 'ymd' then fmt = date.month and '%Y-%m %{era}' or '%Y %{era}' elseif fmt == 'my' or fmt == 'dmy' or fmt == 'mdy' then fmt = date.month and '%B %-Y %{era}' or '%-Y %{era}' elseif fmt == 'y' then fmt = date.month and '%-Y %{era}' or '%-Y %{era}' else return bad_format() end return strftime(date, fmt, options) end local function hm_fmt() local plain = make_option_table(options, date.options).bydefault.am return plain and '%H:%M' or '%-I:%M %p' end local need_time = date.hastime local t = collection() for item in fmt:gmatch('%S+') do local f if item == 'hm' then f = hm_fmt() need_time = false elseif item == 'hms' then f = '%H:%M:%S' need_time = false elseif item == 'ymd' then f = '%Y-%m-%d %{era}' elseif item == 'mdy' then f = '%B %-d, %-Y %{era}' elseif item == 'dmy' then f = '%-d %B %-Y %{era}' else return bad_format() end t:add(f) end fmt = t:join(' ') if need_time then fmt = hm_fmt() .. ' ' .. fmt end return strftime(date, fmt, options) end local day_info = { -- 0=Sun to 6=Sat [0] = { 'Sun', 'Sunday' }, { 'Mon', 'Monday' }, { 'Tue', 'Tuesday' }, { 'Wed', 'Wednesday' }, { 'Thu', 'Thursday' }, { 'Fri', 'Friday' }, { 'Sat', 'Saturday' }, } local month_info = { -- 1=Jan to 12=Dec { 'Jan', 'January' }, { 'Feb', 'February' }, { 'Mar', 'March' }, { 'Apr', 'April' }, { 'May', 'May' }, { 'Jun', 'June' }, { 'Jul', 'July' }, { 'Aug', 'August' }, { 'Sep', 'September' }, { 'Oct', 'October' }, { 'Nov', 'November' }, { 'Dec', 'December' }, } local function name_to_number(text, translate) if type(text) == 'string' then return translate[text:lower()] end end local function day_number(text) return name_to_number(text, { sun = 0, sunday = 0, mon = 1, monday = 1, tue = 2, tuesday = 2, wed = 3, wednesday = 3, thu = 4, thursday = 4, fri = 5, friday = 5, sat = 6, saturday = 6, }) end local function month_number(text) return name_to_number(text, { jan = 1, january = 1, feb = 2, february = 2, mar = 3, march = 3, apr = 4, april = 4, may = 5, jun = 6, june = 6, jul = 7, july = 7, aug = 8, august = 8, sep = 9, september = 9, sept = 9, oct = 10, october = 10, nov = 11, november = 11, dec = 12, december = 12, }) end local function _list_text(list, fmt) -- Return a list of formatted strings from a list of dates. if not type(list) == 'table' then error('date:list:text: need "list:text()" with a colon', 2) end local result = { join = _list_join } for i, date in ipairs(list) do result[i] = date:text(fmt) end return result end local function _date_list(date, spec) -- Return a possibly empty numbered table of dates meeting the specification. -- Dates in the list are in ascending order (oldest date first). -- The spec should be a string of form "<count> <day> <op>" -- where each item is optional and -- count = number of items wanted in list -- day = abbreviation or name such as Mon or Monday -- op = >, >=, <, <= (default is > meaning after date) -- If no count is given, the list is for the specified days in date's month. -- The default day is date's day. -- The spec can also be a positive or negative number: -- -5 is equivalent to '5 <' -- 5 is equivalent to '5' which is '5 >' if not is_date(date) then error('date:list: need a date (use "date:list()" with a colon)', 2) end local list = { text = _list_text } if date.partial then return list end local count, offset, operation local ops = { ['>='] = { before = false, include = true }, ['>'] = { before = false, include = false }, ['<='] = { before = true , include = true }, ['<'] = { before = true , include = false }, } if spec then if type(spec) == 'number' then count = floor(spec + 0.5) if count < 0 then count = -count operation = ops['<'] end elseif type(spec) == 'string' then local num, day, op = spec:match('^%s*(%d*)%s*(%a*)%s*([<>=]*)%s*$') if not num then return list end if num ~= '' then count = tonumber(num) end if day ~= '' then local dow = day_number(day:gsub('[sS]$', '')) -- accept plural days if not dow then return list end offset = dow - date.dow end operation = ops[op] else return list end end offset = offset or 0 operation = operation or ops['>'] local datefrom, dayfirst, daylast if operation.before then if offset > 0 or (offset == 0 and not operation.include) then offset = offset - 7 end if count then if count > 1 then offset = offset - 7*(count - 1) end datefrom = date + offset else daylast = date.day + offset dayfirst = daylast % 7 if dayfirst == 0 then dayfirst = 7 end end else if offset < 0 or (offset == 0 and not operation.include) then offset = offset + 7 end if count then datefrom = date + offset else dayfirst = date.day + offset daylast = date.monthdays end end if not count then if daylast < dayfirst then return list end count = floor((daylast - dayfirst)/7) + 1 datefrom = Date(date, {day = dayfirst}) end for i = 1, count do if not datefrom then break end -- exceeds date limits list[i] = datefrom datefrom = datefrom + 7 end return list end -- A table to get the current date/time (UTC), but only if needed. local current = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (self, key) local d = os.date('!*t') self.year = d.year self.month = d.month self.day = d.day self.hour = d.hour self.minute = d.min self.second = d.sec return rawget(self, key) end }) local function extract_date(newdate, text) -- Parse the date/time in text and return n, o where -- n = table of numbers with date/time fields -- o = table of options for AM/PM or AD/BC or format, if any -- or return nothing if date is known to be invalid. -- Caller determines if the values in n are valid. -- A year must be positive ('1' to '9999'); use 'BC' for BC. -- In a y-m-d string, the year must be four digits to avoid ambiguity -- ('0001' to '9999'). The only way to enter year <= 0 is by specifying -- the date as three numeric parameters like ymd Date(-1, 1, 1). -- Dates of form d/m/y, m/d/y, y/m/d are rejected as potentially ambiguous. local date, options = {}, {} if text:sub(-1) == 'Z' then -- Extract date/time from a Wikidata timestamp. -- The year can be 1 to 16 digits but this module handles 1 to 4 digits only. -- Examples: '+2016-06-21T14:30:00Z', '-0000000180-00-00T00:00:00Z'. local sign, y, m, d, H, M, S = text:match('^([+%-])(%d+)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)T(%d%d):(%d%d):(%d%d)Z$') if sign then y = tonumber(y) if sign == '-' and y > 0 then y = -y end if y <= 0 then options.era = 'BCE' end date.year = y m = tonumber(m) d = tonumber(d) H = tonumber(H) M = tonumber(M) S = tonumber(S) if m == 0 then newdate.partial = true return date, options end date.month = m if d == 0 then newdate.partial = true return date, options end date.day = d if H > 0 or M > 0 or S > 0 then date.hour = H date.minute = M date.second = S end return date, options end return end local function extract_ymd(item) -- Called when no day or month has been set. local y, m, d = item:match('^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%w+)%-(%d%d?)$') if y then if date.year then return end if m:match('^%d%d?$') then m = tonumber(m) else m = month_number(m) end if m then date.year = tonumber(y) date.month = m date.day = tonumber(d) return true end end end local function extract_day_or_year(item) -- Called when a day would be valid, or -- when a year would be valid if no year has been set and partial is set. local number, suffix = item:match('^(%d%d?%d?%d?)(.*)$') if number then local n = tonumber(number) if #number <= 2 and n <= 31 then suffix = suffix:lower() if suffix == '' or suffix == 'st' or suffix == 'nd' or suffix == 'rd' or suffix == 'th' then date.day = n return true end elseif suffix == '' and newdate.partial and not date.year then date.year = n return true end end end local function extract_month(item) -- A month must be given as a name or abbreviation; a number could be ambiguous. local m = month_number(item) if m then date.month = m return true end end local function extract_time(item) local h, m, s = item:match('^(%d%d?):(%d%d)(:?%d*)$') if date.hour or not h then return end if s ~= '' then s = s:match('^:(%d%d)$') if not s then return end end date.hour = tonumber(h) date.minute = tonumber(m) date.second = tonumber(s) -- nil if empty string return true end local item_count = 0 local index_time local function set_ampm(item) local H = date.hour if H and not options.am and index_time + 1 == item_count then options.am = ampm_options[item] -- caller checked this is not nil if item:match('^[Aa]') then if not (1 <= H and H <= 12) then return end if H == 12 then date.hour = 0 end else if not (1 <= H and H <= 23) then return end if H <= 11 then date.hour = H + 12 end end return true end end for item in text:gsub(',', ' '):gsub('&nbsp;', ' '):gmatch('%S+') do item_count = item_count + 1 if era_text[item] then -- Era is accepted in peculiar places. if options.era then return end options.era = item elseif ampm_options[item] then if not set_ampm(item) then return end elseif item:find(':', 1, true) then if not extract_time(item) then return end index_time = item_count elseif date.day and date.month then if date.year then return -- should be nothing more so item is invalid end if not item:match('^(%d%d?%d?%d?)$') then return end date.year = tonumber(item) elseif date.day then if not extract_month(item) then return end elseif date.month then if not extract_day_or_year(item) then return end elseif extract_month(item) then options.format = 'mdy' elseif extract_ymd(item) then options.format = 'ymd' elseif extract_day_or_year(item) then if date.day then options.format = 'dmy' end else return end end if not date.year or date.year == 0 then return end local era = era_text[options.era] if era and era.isbc then date.year = 1 - date.year end return date, options end local function autofill(date1, date2) -- Fill any missing month or day in each date using the -- corresponding component from the other date, if present, -- or with 1 if both dates are missing the month or day. -- This gives a good result for calculating the difference -- between two partial dates when no range is wanted. -- Return filled date1, date2 (two full dates). local function filled(a, b) -- Return date a filled, if necessary, with month and/or day from date b. -- The filled day is truncated to fit the number of days in the month. local fillmonth, fillday if not a.month then fillmonth = b.month or 1 end if not a.day then fillday = b.day or 1 end if fillmonth or fillday then -- need to create a new date a = Date(a, { month = fillmonth, day = math.min(fillday or a.day, days_in_month(a.year, fillmonth or a.month, a.calendar)) }) end return a end return filled(date1, date2), filled(date2, date1) end local function date_add_sub(lhs, rhs, is_sub) -- Return a new date from calculating (lhs + rhs) or (lhs - rhs), -- or return nothing if invalid. -- The result is nil if the calculated date exceeds allowable limits. -- Caller ensures that lhs is a date; its properties are copied for the new date. if lhs.partial then -- Adding to a partial is not supported. -- Can subtract a date or partial from a partial, but this is not called for that. return end local function is_prefix(text, word, minlen) local n = #text return (minlen or 1) <= n and n <= #word and text == word:sub(1, n) end local function do_days(n) local forcetime, jd if floor(n) == n then jd = lhs.jd else forcetime = not lhs.hastime jd = lhs.jdz end jd = jd + (is_sub and -n or n) if forcetime then jd = tostring(jd) if not jd:find('.', 1, true) then jd = jd .. '.0' end end return Date(lhs, 'juliandate', jd) end if type(rhs) == 'number' then -- Add/subtract days, including fractional days. return do_days(rhs) end if type(rhs) == 'string' then -- rhs is a single component like '26m' or '26 months' (with optional sign). -- Fractions like '3.25d' are accepted for the units which are handled as days. local sign, numstr, id = rhs:match('^%s*([+-]?)([%d%.]+)%s*(%a+)$') if sign then if sign == '-' then is_sub = not (is_sub and true or false) end local y, m, days local num = tonumber(numstr) if not num then return end id = id:lower() if is_prefix(id, 'years') then y = num m = 0 elseif is_prefix(id, 'months') then y = floor(num / 12) m = num % 12 elseif is_prefix(id, 'weeks') then days = num * 7 elseif is_prefix(id, 'days') then days = num elseif is_prefix(id, 'hours') then days = num / 24 elseif is_prefix(id, 'minutes', 3) then days = num / (24 * 60) elseif is_prefix(id, 'seconds') then days = num / (24 * 3600) else return end if days then return do_days(days) end if numstr:find('.', 1, true) then return end if is_sub then y = -y m = -m end assert(-11 <= m and m <= 11) y = lhs.year + y m = lhs.month + m if m > 12 then y = y + 1 m = m - 12 elseif m < 1 then y = y - 1 m = m + 12 end local d = math.min(lhs.day, days_in_month(y, m, lhs.calendar)) return Date(lhs, y, m, d) end end if is_diff(rhs) then local days = rhs.age_days if (is_sub or false) ~= (rhs.isnegative or false) then days = -days end return lhs + days end end local full_date_only = { dayabbr = true, dayname = true, dow = true, dayofweek = true, dowiso = true, dayofweekiso = true, dayofyear = true, gsd = true, juliandate = true, jd = true, jdz = true, jdnoon = true, } -- Metatable for a date's calculated fields. local datemt = { __index = function (self, key) if rawget(self, 'partial') then if full_date_only[key] then return end if key == 'monthabbr' or key == 'monthdays' or key == 'monthname' then if not self.month then return end end end local value if key == 'dayabbr' then value = day_info[self.dow][1] elseif key == 'dayname' then value = day_info[self.dow][2] elseif key == 'dow' then value = (self.jdnoon + 1) % 7 -- day-of-week 0=Sun to 6=Sat elseif key == 'dayofweek' then value = self.dow elseif key == 'dowiso' then value = (self.jdnoon % 7) + 1 -- ISO day-of-week 1=Mon to 7=Sun elseif key == 'dayofweekiso' then value = self.dowiso elseif key == 'dayofyear' then local first = Date(self.year, 1, 1, self.calendar).jdnoon value = self.jdnoon - first + 1 -- day-of-year 1 to 366 elseif key == 'era' then -- Era text (never a negative sign) from year and options. value = get_era_for_year(self.options.era, self.year) elseif key == 'format' then value = self.options.format or 'dmy' elseif key == 'gsd' then -- GSD = 1 from 00:00:00 to 23:59:59 on 1 January 1 AD Gregorian calendar, -- which is from jd 1721425.5 to 1721426.49999. value = floor(self.jd - 1721424.5) elseif key == 'juliandate' or key == 'jd' or key == 'jdz' then local jd, jdz = julian_date(self) rawset(self, 'juliandate', jd) rawset(self, 'jd', jd) rawset(self, 'jdz', jdz) return key == 'jdz' and jdz or jd elseif key == 'jdnoon' then -- Julian date at noon (an integer) on the calendar day when jd occurs. value = floor(self.jd + 0.5) elseif key == 'isleapyear' then value = is_leap_year(self.year, self.calendar) elseif key == 'monthabbr' then value = month_info[self.month][1] elseif key == 'monthdays' then value = days_in_month(self.year, self.month, self.calendar) elseif key == 'monthname' then value = month_info[self.month][2] end if value ~= nil then rawset(self, key, value) return value end end, } -- Date operators. local function mt_date_add(lhs, rhs) if not is_date(lhs) then lhs, rhs = rhs, lhs -- put date on left (it must be a date for this to have been called) end return date_add_sub(lhs, rhs) end local function mt_date_sub(lhs, rhs) if is_date(lhs) then if is_date(rhs) then return DateDiff(lhs, rhs) end return date_add_sub(lhs, rhs, true) end end local function mt_date_concat(lhs, rhs) return tostring(lhs) .. tostring(rhs) end local function mt_date_tostring(self) return self:text() end local function mt_date_eq(lhs, rhs) -- Return true if dates identify same date/time where, for example, -- Date(-4712, 1, 1, 'Julian') == Date(-4713, 11, 24, 'Gregorian') is true. -- This is called only if lhs and rhs have the same type and the same metamethod. if lhs.partial or rhs.partial then -- One date is partial; the other is a partial or a full date. -- The months may both be nil, but must be the same. return lhs.year == rhs.year and lhs.month == rhs.month and lhs.calendar == rhs.calendar end return lhs.jdz == rhs.jdz end local function mt_date_lt(lhs, rhs) -- Return true if lhs < rhs, for example, -- Date('1 Jan 2016') < Date('06:00 1 Jan 2016') is true. -- This is called only if lhs and rhs have the same type and the same metamethod. if lhs.partial or rhs.partial then -- One date is partial; the other is a partial or a full date. if lhs.calendar ~= rhs.calendar then return lhs.calendar == 'Julian' end if lhs.partial then lhs = lhs.partial.first end if rhs.partial then rhs = rhs.partial.first end end return lhs.jdz < rhs.jdz end --[[ Examples of syntax to construct a date: Date(y, m, d, 'julian') default calendar is 'gregorian' Date(y, m, d, H, M, S, 'julian') Date('juliandate', jd, 'julian') if jd contains "." text output includes H:M:S Date('currentdate') Date('currentdatetime') Date('1 April 1995', 'julian') parse date from text Date('1 April 1995 AD', 'julian') using an era sets a flag to do the same for output Date('04:30:59 1 April 1995', 'julian') Date(date) copy of an existing date Date(date, t) same, updated with y,m,d,H,M,S fields from table t Date(t) date with y,m,d,H,M,S fields from table t ]] function Date(...) -- for forward declaration above -- Return a table holding a date assuming a uniform calendar always applies -- (proleptic Gregorian calendar or proleptic Julian calendar), or -- return nothing if date is invalid. -- A partial date has a valid year, however its month may be nil, and -- its day and time fields are nil. -- Field partial is set to false (if a full date) or a table (if a partial date). local calendars = { julian = 'Julian', gregorian = 'Gregorian' } local newdate = { _id = uniq, calendar = 'Gregorian', -- default is Gregorian calendar hastime = false, -- true if input sets a time hour = 0, -- always set hour/minute/second so don't have to handle nil minute = 0, second = 0, options = {}, list = _date_list, subtract = function (self, rhs, options) return DateDiff(self, rhs, options) end, text = _date_text, } local argtype, datetext, is_copy, jd_number, tnums local numindex = 0 local numfields = { 'year', 'month', 'day', 'hour', 'minute', 'second' } local numbers = {} for _, v in ipairs({...}) do v = strip_to_nil(v) local vlower = type(v) == 'string' and v:lower() or nil if v == nil then -- Ignore empty arguments after stripping so modules can directly pass template parameters. elseif calendars[vlower] then newdate.calendar = calendars[vlower] elseif vlower == 'partial' then newdate.partial = true elseif vlower == 'fix' then newdate.want_fix = true elseif is_date(v) then -- Copy existing date (items can be overridden by other arguments). if is_copy or tnums then return end is_copy = true newdate.calendar = v.calendar newdate.partial = v.partial newdate.hastime = v.hastime newdate.options = v.options newdate.year = v.year newdate.month = v.month newdate.day = v.day newdate.hour = v.hour newdate.minute = v.minute newdate.second = v.second elseif type(v) == 'table' then if tnums then return end tnums = {} local tfields = { year=1, month=1, day=1, hour=2, minute=2, second=2 } for tk, tv in pairs(v) do if tfields[tk] then tnums[tk] = tonumber(tv) end if tfields[tk] == 2 then newdate.hastime = true end end else local num = tonumber(v) if not num and argtype == 'setdate' and numindex == 1 then num = month_number(v) end if num then if not argtype then argtype = 'setdate' end if argtype == 'setdate' and numindex < 6 then numindex = numindex + 1 numbers[numfields[numindex]] = num elseif argtype == 'juliandate' and not jd_number then jd_number = num if type(v) == 'string' then if v:find('.', 1, true) then newdate.hastime = true end elseif num ~= floor(num) then -- The given value was a number. The time will be used -- if the fractional part is nonzero. newdate.hastime = true end else return end elseif argtype then return elseif type(v) == 'string' then if v == 'currentdate' or v == 'currentdatetime' or v == 'juliandate' then argtype = v else argtype = 'datetext' datetext = v end else return end end end if argtype == 'datetext' then if tnums or not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, extract_date(newdate, datetext)) then return end elseif argtype == 'juliandate' then newdate.partial = nil newdate.jd = jd_number if not set_date_from_jd(newdate) then return end elseif argtype == 'currentdate' or argtype == 'currentdatetime' then newdate.partial = nil newdate.year = current.year newdate.month = current.month newdate.day = current.day if argtype == 'currentdatetime' then newdate.hour = current.hour newdate.minute = current.minute newdate.second = current.second newdate.hastime = true end newdate.calendar = 'Gregorian' -- ignore any given calendar name elseif argtype == 'setdate' then if tnums or not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, numbers) then return end elseif not (is_copy or tnums) then return end if tnums then newdate.jd = nil -- force recalculation in case jd was set before changes from tnums if not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, tnums) then return end end if newdate.partial then local year = newdate.year local month = newdate.month local first = Date(year, month or 1, 1, newdate.calendar) month = month or 12 local last = Date(year, month, days_in_month(year, month), newdate.calendar) newdate.partial = { first = first, last = last } else newdate.partial = false -- avoid index lookup end setmetatable(newdate, datemt) local readonly = {} local mt = { __index = newdate, __newindex = function(t, k, v) error('date.' .. tostring(k) .. ' is read-only', 2) end, __add = mt_date_add, __sub = mt_date_sub, __concat = mt_date_concat, __tostring = mt_date_tostring, __eq = mt_date_eq, __lt = mt_date_lt, } return setmetatable(readonly, mt) end local function _diff_age(diff, code, options) -- Return a tuple of integer values from diff as specified by code, except that -- each integer may be a list of two integers for a diff with a partial date, or -- return nil if the code is not supported. -- If want round, the least significant unit is rounded to nearest whole unit. -- For a duration, an extra day is added. local wantround, wantduration, wantrange if type(options) == 'table' then wantround = options.round wantduration = options.duration wantrange = options.range else wantround = options end if not is_diff(diff) then local f = wantduration and 'duration' or 'age' error(f .. ': need a date difference (use "diff:' .. f .. '()" with a colon)', 2) end if diff.partial then -- Ignore wantround, wantduration. local function choose(v) if type(v) == 'table' then if not wantrange or v[1] == v[2] then -- Example: Date('partial', 2005) - Date('partial', 2001) gives -- diff.years = { 3, 4 } to show the range of possible results. -- If do not want a range, choose the second value as more expected. return v[2] end end return v end if code == 'ym' or code == 'ymd' then if not wantrange and diff.iszero then -- This avoids an unexpected result such as -- Date('partial', 2001) - Date('partial', 2001) -- giving diff = { years = 0, months = { 0, 11 } } -- which would be reported as 0 years and 11 months. return 0, 0 end return choose(diff.partial.years), choose(diff.partial.months) end if code == 'y' then return choose(diff.partial.years) end if code == 'm' or code == 'w' or code == 'd' then return choose({ diff.partial.mindiff:age(code), diff.partial.maxdiff:age(code) }) end return nil end local extra_days = wantduration and 1 or 0 if code == 'wd' or code == 'w' or code == 'd' then local offset = wantround and 0.5 or 0 local days = diff.age_days + extra_days if code == 'wd' or code == 'd' then days = floor(days + offset) if code == 'd' then return days end return floor(days/7), days % 7 end return floor(days/7 + offset) end local H, M, S = diff.hours, diff.minutes, diff.seconds if code == 'dh' or code == 'dhm' or code == 'dhms' or code == 'h' or code == 'hm' or code == 'hms' or code == 'M' or code == 's' then local days = floor(diff.age_days + extra_days) local inc_hour if wantround then if code == 'dh' or code == 'h' then if M >= 30 then inc_hour = true end elseif code == 'dhm' or code == 'hm' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 if M >= 60 then M = 0 inc_hour = true end end elseif code == 'M' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 end else -- Nothing needed because S is an integer. end if inc_hour then H = H + 1 if H >= 24 then H = 0 days = days + 1 end end end if code == 'dh' or code == 'dhm' or code == 'dhms' then if code == 'dh' then return days, H elseif code == 'dhm' then return days, H, M else return days, H, M, S end end local hours = days * 24 + H if code == 'h' then return hours elseif code == 'hm' then return hours, M elseif code == 'M' or code == 's' then M = hours * 60 + M if code == 'M' then return M end return M * 60 + S end return hours, M, S end if wantround then local inc_hour if code == 'ymdh' or code == 'ymwdh' then if M >= 30 then inc_hour = true end elseif code == 'ymdhm' or code == 'ymwdhm' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 if M >= 60 then M = 0 inc_hour = true end end elseif code == 'ymd' or code == 'ymwd' or code == 'yd' or code == 'md' then if H >= 12 then extra_days = extra_days + 1 end end if inc_hour then H = H + 1 if H >= 24 then H = 0 extra_days = extra_days + 1 end end end local y, m, d = diff.years, diff.months, diff.days if extra_days > 0 then d = d + extra_days if d > 28 or code == 'yd' then -- Recalculate in case have passed a month. diff = diff.date1 + extra_days - diff.date2 y, m, d = diff.years, diff.months, diff.days end end if code == 'ymd' then return y, m, d elseif code == 'yd' then if y > 0 then -- It is known that diff.date1 > diff.date2. diff = diff.date1 - (diff.date2 + (y .. 'y')) end return y, floor(diff.age_days) elseif code == 'md' then return y * 12 + m, d elseif code == 'ym' or code == 'm' then if wantround then if d >= 16 then m = m + 1 if m >= 12 then m = 0 y = y + 1 end end end if code == 'ym' then return y, m end return y * 12 + m elseif code == 'ymw' then local weeks = floor(d/7) if wantround then local days = d % 7 if days > 3 or (days == 3 and H >= 12) then weeks = weeks + 1 end end return y, m, weeks elseif code == 'ymwd' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7 elseif code == 'ymdh' then return y, m, d, H elseif code == 'ymwdh' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7, H elseif code == 'ymdhm' then return y, m, d, H, M elseif code == 'ymwdhm' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7, H, M end if code == 'y' then if wantround and m >= 6 then y = y + 1 end return y end return nil end local function _diff_duration(diff, code, options) if type(options) ~= 'table' then options = { round = options } end options.duration = true return _diff_age(diff, code, options) end -- Metatable for some operations on date differences. diffmt = { -- for forward declaration above __concat = function (lhs, rhs) return tostring(lhs) .. tostring(rhs) end, __tostring = function (self) return tostring(self.age_days) end, __index = function (self, key) local value if key == 'age_days' then if rawget(self, 'partial') then local function jdz(date) return (date.partial and date.partial.first or date).jdz end value = jdz(self.date1) - jdz(self.date2) else value = self.date1.jdz - self.date2.jdz end end if value ~= nil then rawset(self, key, value) return value end end, } function DateDiff(date1, date2, options) -- for forward declaration above -- Return a table with the difference between two dates (date1 - date2). -- The difference is negative if date1 is older than date2. -- Return nothing if invalid. -- If d = date1 - date2 then -- date1 = date2 + d -- If date1 >= date2 and the dates have no H:M:S time specified then -- date1 = date2 + (d.years..'y') + (d.months..'m') + d.days -- where the larger time units are added first. -- The result of Date(2015,1,x) + '1m' is Date(2015,2,28) for -- x = 28, 29, 30, 31. That means, for example, -- d = Date(2015,3,3) - Date(2015,1,31) -- gives d.years, d.months, d.days = 0, 1, 3 (excluding date1). if not (is_date(date1) and is_date(date2) and date1.calendar == date2.calendar) then return end local wantfill if type(options) == 'table' then wantfill = options.fill end local isnegative = false local iszero = false if date1 < date2 then isnegative = true date1, date2 = date2, date1 elseif date1 == date2 then iszero = true end -- It is known that date1 >= date2 (period is from date2 to date1). if date1.partial or date2.partial then -- Two partial dates might have timelines: ---------------------A=================B--- date1 is from A to B inclusive --------C=======D-------------------------- date2 is from C to D inclusive -- date1 > date2 iff A > C (date1.partial.first > date2.partial.first) -- The periods can overlap ('April 2001' - '2001'): -------------A===B------------------------- A=2001-04-01 B=2001-04-30 --------C=====================D------------ C=2001-01-01 D=2001-12-31 if wantfill then date1, date2 = autofill(date1, date2) else local function zdiff(date1, date2) local diff = date1 - date2 if diff.isnegative then return date1 - date1 -- a valid diff in case we call its methods end return diff end local function getdate(date, which) return date.partial and date.partial[which] or date end local maxdiff = zdiff(getdate(date1, 'last'), getdate(date2, 'first')) local mindiff = zdiff(getdate(date1, 'first'), getdate(date2, 'last')) local years, months if maxdiff.years == mindiff.years then years = maxdiff.years if maxdiff.months == mindiff.months then months = maxdiff.months else months = { mindiff.months, maxdiff.months } end else years = { mindiff.years, maxdiff.years } end return setmetatable({ date1 = date1, date2 = date2, partial = { years = years, months = months, maxdiff = maxdiff, mindiff = mindiff, }, isnegative = isnegative, iszero = iszero, age = _diff_age, duration = _diff_duration, }, diffmt) end end local y1, m1 = date1.year, date1.month local y2, m2 = date2.year, date2.month local years = y1 - y2 local months = m1 - m2 local d1 = date1.day + hms(date1) local d2 = date2.day + hms(date2) local days, time if d1 >= d2 then days = d1 - d2 else months = months - 1 -- Get days in previous month (before the "to" date) given December has 31 days. local dpm = m1 > 1 and days_in_month(y1, m1 - 1, date1.calendar) or 31 if d2 >= dpm then days = d1 - hms(date2) else days = dpm - d2 + d1 end end if months < 0 then years = years - 1 months = months + 12 end days, time = math.modf(days) local H, M, S = h_m_s(time) return setmetatable({ date1 = date1, date2 = date2, partial = false, -- avoid index lookup years = years, months = months, days = days, hours = H, minutes = M, seconds = S, isnegative = isnegative, iszero = iszero, age = _diff_age, duration = _diff_duration, }, diffmt) end return { _current = current, _Date = Date, _days_in_month = days_in_month, } 48b9402c32798b1e9f91f2ab44283ebda7b53ed9 10 89 181 2020-08-07T18:02:31Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:SDcat]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]] ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:SDcat |setCat}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 8c6e8783ddb0dc699d6fb60370db97b73725b9a6 10 40 82 2020-08-09T22:30:02Z wikipedia>Bsherr 0 adding comment wikitext text/x-wiki {{#tag:syntaxhighlight|{{{code|{{{1}}}}}}|lang={{{lang|{{{2|text}}}}}}|class={{{class|}}}|id={{{id|}}}|style={{{style|}}}|inline=1}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 5d9b1a0980efe1b02eb91bc717438a5ae4a5ee04 10 41 84 2020-08-09T23:17:35Z wikipedia>Bsherr 0 /* top */as found, replacing [[Template:Tld]] with [[Template:Tlc]] or adding/updating category placement comments, plus general and typo fixes wikitext text/x-wiki <em {{#if:{{{role|}}}|role="{{{role}}}"}} {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class="{{{class}}}"}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style="{{{style}}}"}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title="{{{title}}}"}}>{{{1}}}</em><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> e2fac6fb507a0dd72c4e79d02403049c7d857c8d 10 15 32 2020-08-28T03:15:17Z wikipedia>Xaosflux 0 add additional paramerters, "t", "f" - requested on talk - worked in sandbox /testcases wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 629c2937bc5cf7cfe13cd2a598582af832782399 828 146 300 2020-08-30T07:28:25Z wikipedia>Johnuniq 0 Changed protection level for "[[Module:TNT]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]]: per request at [[WP:RFPP]] to match [[Module:Excerpt]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- -- INTRO: (!!! DO NOT RENAME THIS PAGE !!!) -- This module allows any template or module to be copy/pasted between -- wikis without any translation changes. All translation text is stored -- in the global Data:*.tab pages on Commons, and used everywhere. -- -- SEE: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Multilingual_Templates_and_Modules -- -- ATTENTION: -- Please do NOT rename this module - it has to be identical on all wikis. -- This code is maintained at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:TNT -- Please do not modify it anywhere else, as it may get copied and override your changes. -- Suggestions can be made at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module_talk:TNT -- -- DESCRIPTION: -- The "msg" function uses a Commons dataset to translate a message -- with a given key (e.g. source-table), plus optional arguments -- to the wiki markup in the current content language. -- Use lang=xx to set language. Example: -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | msg -- | I18n/Template:Graphs.tab <!-- https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:I18n/Template:Graphs.tab --> -- | source-table <!-- uses a translation message with id = "source-table" --> -- | param1 }} <!-- optional parameter --> -- -- -- The "doc" function will generate the <templatedata> parameter documentation for templates. -- This way all template parameters can be stored and localized in a single Commons dataset. -- NOTE: "doc" assumes that all documentation is located in Data:Templatedata/* on Commons. -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | doc | Graph:Lines }} -- uses https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:Templatedata/Graph:Lines.tab -- if the current page is Template:Graph:Lines/doc -- local p = {} local i18nDataset = 'I18n/Module:TNT.tab' -- Forward declaration of the local functions local sanitizeDataset, loadData, link, formatMessage function p.msg(frame) local dataset, id local params = {} local lang = nil for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if k == 1 then dataset = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 2 then id = mw.text.trim(v) elseif type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(params, mw.text.trim(v)) elseif k == 'lang' and v ~= '_' then lang = mw.text.trim(v) end end return formatMessage(dataset, id, params, lang) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules -- Parameters: name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: format('I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.format(dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('format', 1, dataset, 'string') checkType('format', 2, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules with the language param -- Parameters: language code, name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: formatInLanguage('es', I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.formatInLanguage(lang, dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('formatInLanguage', 1, lang, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 2, dataset, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 3, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}, lang) end -- Obsolete function that adds a 'c:' prefix to the first param. -- "Sandbox/Sample.tab" -> 'c:Data:Sandbox/Sample.tab' function p.link(frame) return link(frame.args[1]) end function p.doc(frame) local dataset = 'Templatedata/' .. sanitizeDataset(frame.args[1]) return frame:extensionTag('templatedata', p.getTemplateData(dataset)) .. formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'edit_doc', {link(dataset)}) end function p.getTemplateData(dataset) -- TODO: add '_' parameter once lua starts reindexing properly for "all" languages local data = loadData(dataset) local names = {} for _, field in pairs(data.schema.fields) do table.insert(names, field.name) end local params = {} local paramOrder = {} for _, row in pairs(data.data) do local newVal = {} local name = nil for pos, val in pairs(row) do local columnName = names[pos] if columnName == 'name' then name = val else newVal[columnName] = val end end if name then params[name] = newVal table.insert(paramOrder, name) end end -- Work around json encoding treating {"1":{...}} as an [{...}] params['zzz123']='' local json = mw.text.jsonEncode({ params=params, paramOrder=paramOrder, description=data.description }) json = string.gsub(json,'"zzz123":"",?', "") return json end -- Local functions sanitizeDataset = function(dataset) if not dataset then return nil end dataset = mw.text.trim(dataset) if dataset == '' then return nil elseif string.sub(dataset,-4) ~= '.tab' then return dataset .. '.tab' else return dataset end end loadData = function(dataset, lang) dataset = sanitizeDataset(dataset) if not dataset then error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_no_dataset', {})) end -- Give helpful error to thirdparties who try and copy this module. if not mw.ext or not mw.ext.data or not mw.ext.data.get then error('Missing JsonConfig extension; Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:' .. dataset) end local data = mw.ext.data.get(dataset, lang) if data == false then if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Missing Commons dataset ' .. i18nDataset) else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_dataset', {link(dataset)})) end end return data end -- Given a dataset name, convert it to a title with the 'commons:data:' prefix link = function(dataset) return 'c:Data:' .. mw.text.trim(dataset or '') end formatMessage = function(dataset, key, params, lang) for _, row in pairs(loadData(dataset, lang).data) do local id, msg = unpack(row) if id == key then local result = mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, unpack(params or {})) return result:plain() end end if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Invalid message key "' .. key .. '"') else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_msgkey', {key, link(dataset)})) end end return p 9d0d10e54abd232c806dcabccaf03e52858634a1 828 36 74 2020-09-24T22:32:51Z wikipedia>Pppery 0 Add class per edit request Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{anchor}}. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local tableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} function p.main(frame) -- Get the positional arguments from #invoke, remove any nil values, -- and pass them to p._main. local args = getArgs(frame) local argArray = tableTools.compressSparseArray(args) return p._main(unpack(argArray)) end function p._main(...) -- Generate the list of anchors. local anchors = {...} local ret = {} for _, anchor in ipairs(anchors) do ret[#ret + 1] = '<span class="anchor" id="' .. anchor .. '"></span>' end return table.concat(ret) end return p e41d3f5d2f2840528aebb9bac719873540fcb3b8 828 27 56 2020-09-29T03:38:47Z wikipedia>Jackmcbarn 0 bring in changes from sandbox Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 70256a489edf6be9808031b14a7e3ef3e025da97 10 85 172 2020-10-21T17:22:59Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 wrap in nowiki2, since short descriptions do not render wikicode wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint">{{nowiki2|1={{#invoke:WikidataIB|getDescription|{{{1|}}}|qid={{{qid|}}}}}}}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> 880c3d2e1319b90060840b592e30fd9d1abdb27e 10 101 205 2020-11-14T04:41:20Z wikipedia>Arbitrarily0 0 Arbitrarily0 moved page [[Template:Cross]] to [[Template:Xmark]]: [[Wikipedia:Requested moves|requested move]]; consensus at [[Template talk:Xmark]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Xmark]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} e97e23c5fb1a53fbf972794777b17b669b615ad4 828 58 118 2020-11-19T20:21:58Z wikipedia>Izno 0 Changed protection level for "[[Module:Documentation/styles.css]]": actually match module ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) text text/plain /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #ecfcf4; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } ce0e629c92e3d825ab9fd927fe6cc37d9117b6cb 10 64 130 2020-11-20T18:16:50Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 Primefac moved page [[Template:Tnull]] to [[Template:Template link null]]: more obvious template name to match family wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link null]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} b22d666a4b16808dc3becc2403546fb9ab5dea7e 10 66 134 2020-11-20T18:52:18Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 avoid redir wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link code]] be5d6275ea41d83224503e05901f3405c82141f7 10 22 46 2020-11-20T18:53:35Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 Primefac moved page [[Template:Tlx]] to [[Template:Template link expanded]] over redirect: expand name, make it more obvious wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link expanded]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 1fec988ceb46cb324af228aac45d7cd25fcc9008 10 23 48 2020-11-21T12:04:41Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 update wikitext text/x-wiki {{#Invoke:Template link general|main|code=on}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlx}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 6c99696fee02f1da368ed20d2504e19bc15b1c13 10 62 126 2020-11-21T12:06:22Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 update wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#Invoke:Template link general|main|nolink=yes|code=yes|nowrap=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlc}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 044f00ca1bfc10cb967c32e893043ccc6f739764 10 65 132 2020-11-21T12:06:41Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 update wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#Invoke:Template link general|main|nolink=yes|code=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tnull}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 2167c503e001d24d870ef82a9de0aaa9832404cb 10 84 170 2021-01-19T20:55:25Z wikipedia>Elli 0 Added {{[[:Template:R avoided double redirect|R avoided double redirect]]}} tag to redirect wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:High-use]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R avoided double redirect|1=Template:High-risk}} {{R from alternative hyphenation|'''{{-r|Template:High-risk}}'''}}{{R from template shortcut}} }} ce1776d54ed01e65417b2a4ed18778e32694aa48 10 35 72 2021-01-31T22:06:17Z wikipedia>Plastikspork 0 Fix |=FOO bug where {{anchor|=FOO}} transcludes [[Template:FOO]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:anchor|main}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 7d65122552007ac959072bddfa6f723296c81998 10 10 22 2021-02-12T22:03:00Z wikipedia>Anthony Appleyard 0 Anthony Appleyard moved page [[Template:Tl]] to [[Template:Template link]]: [[Special:Permalink/1006428669|Requested]] by Buidhe at [[WP:RM/TR]]: RM closed as move wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} d6593bb3b4a866249f55d0f34b047a71fe1f1529 10 67 136 2021-02-16T17:54:05Z wikipedia>Nardog 0 TfM closed wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Shortcut|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 2f2ccc402cde40b1ae056628bffa0852ee01653c 10 154 316 2021-02-16T17:54:32Z wikipedia>Nardog 0 TfM closed as convert wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Shortcut|main|template=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> bfb2889c4c0ec36294b7b667f5e03350d2df680e 828 69 140 2021-02-16T18:43:45Z wikipedia>Nardog 0 Scribunto text/plain -- This module holds configuration data for [[Module:Shortcut]]. return { -- The heading at the top of the shortcut box. It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the total number of shortcuts. (required) ['shortcut-heading'] = '[[Wikipedia:Shortcut|{{PLURAL:$1|Shortcut|Shortcuts}}]]', -- The heading when |redirect=yes is given. It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the total number of shortcuts. (required) ['redirect-heading'] = '[[Wikipedia:Redirect|{{PLURAL:$1|Redirect|Redirects}}]]', -- The error message to display when a shortcut is invalid (is not a string, or -- is the blank string). It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the number of the shortcut in the argument list. (required) ['invalid-shortcut-error'] = 'shortcut #$1 was invalid (shortcuts must be ' .. 'strings of at least one character in length)', -- The error message to display when no shortcuts or other displayable content -- were specified. (required) ['no-content-error'] = 'Error: no shortcuts were specified and the ' .. mw.text.nowiki('|msg=') .. ' parameter was not set.', -- A category to add when the no-content-error message is displayed. (optional) ['no-content-error-category'] = 'Shortcut templates with missing parameters', } f9d1d94844d5953753eb19e30a3ce389eda3d319 10 82 166 2021-02-18T18:38:29Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 Reverted 1 edit by [[Special:Contributions/154.133.144.234|154.133.144.234]] ([[User talk:154.133.144.234|talk]]) to last revision by Ans wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if: {{{tag|}}} | {{#if: {{{style|}}} | <{{{tag}}} style="{{{style}}}"> | <{{{tag}}}> }} }}{{#invoke:LuaCall | call | mw.text.nowiki |\{{{1|}}}<!-- -->}}{{#if: {{{tag|}}} | </{{{tag}}}> }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 2712eeff2099493a4151603b9ed4ea74e51fa6ed 828 138 284 2021-03-11T22:23:48Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 typo fix Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module provides a number of basic mathematical operations. ]] local yesno, getArgs -- lazily initialized local p = {} -- Holds functions to be returned from #invoke, and functions to make available to other Lua modules. local wrap = {} -- Holds wrapper functions that process arguments from #invoke. These act as intemediary between functions meant for #invoke and functions meant for Lua. --[[ Helper functions used to avoid redundant code. ]] local function err(msg) -- Generates wikitext error messages. return mw.ustring.format('<strong class="error">Formatting error: %s</strong>', msg) end local function unpackNumberArgs(args) -- Returns an unpacked list of arguments specified with numerical keys. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(ret, v) end end return unpack(ret) end local function makeArgArray(...) -- Makes an array of arguments from a list of arguments that might include nils. local args = {...} -- Table of arguments. It might contain nils or non-number values, so we can't use ipairs. local nums = {} -- Stores the numbers of valid numerical arguments. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do v = p._cleanNumber(v) if v then nums[#nums + 1] = k args[k] = v end end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = args[num] end return ret end local function fold(func, ...) -- Use a function on all supplied arguments, and return the result. The function must accept two numbers as parameters, -- and must return a number as an output. This number is then supplied as input to the next function call. local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals -- The number of valid arguments if count == 0 then return -- Exit if we have no valid args, otherwise removing the first arg would cause an error. nil, 0 end local ret = table.remove(vals, 1) for _, val in ipairs(vals) do ret = func(ret, val) end return ret, count end --[[ Fold arguments by selectively choosing values (func should return when to choose the current "dominant" value). ]] local function binary_fold(func, ...) local value = fold((function(a, b) if func(a, b) then return a else return b end end), ...) return value end --[[ random Generate a random number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | random }} {{#invoke: Math | random | maximum value }} {{#invoke: Math | random | minimum value | maximum value }} ]] function wrap.random(args) local first = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local second = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) return p._random(first, second) end function p._random(first, second) math.randomseed(mw.site.stats.edits + mw.site.stats.pages + os.time() + math.floor(os.clock() * 1000000000)) -- math.random will throw an error if given an explicit nil parameter, so we need to use if statements to check the params. if first and second then if first <= second then -- math.random doesn't allow the first number to be greater than the second. return math.random(first, second) end elseif first then return math.random(first) else return math.random() end end --[[ order Determine order of magnitude of a number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | order | value }} ]] function wrap.order(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local input_number = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if input_number == nil then return err('order of magnitude input appears non-numeric') else return p._order(input_number) end end function p._order(x) if x == 0 then return 0 end return math.floor(math.log10(math.abs(x))) end --[[ precision Detemines the precision of a number using the string representation Usage: {{ #invoke: Math | precision | value }} ]] function wrap.precision(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local trap_fraction = args.check_fraction; local input_number; if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end if yesno(trap_fraction, true) then -- Returns true for all input except nil, false, "no", "n", "0" and a few others. See [[Module:Yesno]]. local pos = string.find(input_string, '/', 1, true); if pos ~= nil then if string.find(input_string, '/', pos + 1, true) == nil then local denominator = string.sub(input_string, pos+1, -1); local denom_value = tonumber(denominator); if denom_value ~= nil then return math.log10(denom_value); end end end end input_number, input_string = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if input_string == nil then return err('precision input appears non-numeric') else return p._precision(input_string) end end function p._precision(x) if type(x) == 'number' then x = tostring(x) end x = string.upper(x) local decimal = x:find('%.') local exponent_pos = x:find('E') local result = 0; if exponent_pos ~= nil then local exponent = string.sub(x, exponent_pos + 1) x = string.sub(x, 1, exponent_pos - 1) result = result - tonumber(exponent) end if decimal ~= nil then result = result + string.len(x) - decimal return result end local pos = string.len(x); while x:byte(pos) == string.byte('0') do pos = pos - 1 result = result - 1 if pos <= 0 then return 0 end end return result end --[[ max Finds the maximum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| max | value1 | value2 | ... }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.max(args) return p._max(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._max(...) local max_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a > b end), ...) if max_value then return max_value end end --[[ median Find the median of set of numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | median | number1 | number2 | ...}} OR {{#invoke:Math | median }} ]] function wrap.median(args) return p._median(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._median(...) local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals table.sort(vals) if count == 0 then return 0 end if p._mod(count, 2) == 0 then return (vals[count/2] + vals[count/2+1])/2 else return vals[math.ceil(count/2)] end end --[[ min Finds the minimum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| min | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| min }} When used with no arguments, it takes its input from the parent frame. Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.min(args) return p._min(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._min(...) local min_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a < b end), ...) if min_value then return min_value end end --[[ sum Finds the sum Usage: {{#invoke:Math| sum | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| sum }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.sum(args) return p._sum(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._sum(...) local sums, count = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sums then return 0 else return sums end end --[[ average Finds the average Usage: {{#invoke:Math| average | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| average }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.average(args) return p._average(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._average(...) local sum, count = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sum then return 0 else return sum / count end end --[[ round Rounds a number to specified precision Usage: {{#invoke:Math | round | value | precision }} --]] function wrap.round(args) local value = p._cleanNumber(args[1] or args.value or 0) local precision = p._cleanNumber(args[2] or args.precision or 0) if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('round input appears non-numeric') else return p._round(value, precision) end end function p._round(value, precision) local rescale = math.pow(10, precision or 0); return math.floor(value * rescale + 0.5) / rescale; end --[[ log10 returns the log (base 10) of a number Usage: {{#invoke:Math | log10 | x }} ]] function wrap.log10(args) return math.log10(args[1]) end --[[ mod Implements the modulo operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | mod | x | y }} --]] function wrap.mod(args) local x = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local y = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) if not x then return err('first argument to mod appears non-numeric') elseif not y then return err('second argument to mod appears non-numeric') else return p._mod(x, y) end end function p._mod(x, y) local ret = x % y if not (0 <= ret and ret < y) then ret = 0 end return ret end --[[ gcd Calculates the greatest common divisor of multiple numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | gcd | value 1 | value 2 | value 3 | ... }} --]] function wrap.gcd(args) return p._gcd(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._gcd(...) local function findGcd(a, b) local r = b local oldr = a while r ~= 0 do local quotient = math.floor(oldr / r) oldr, r = r, oldr - quotient * r end if oldr < 0 then oldr = oldr * -1 end return oldr end local result, count = fold(findGcd, ...) return result end --[[ precision_format Rounds a number to the specified precision and formats according to rules originally used for {{template:Rnd}}. Output is a string. Usage: {{#invoke: Math | precision_format | number | precision }} ]] function wrap.precision_format(args) local value_string = args[1] or 0 local precision = args[2] or 0 return p._precision_format(value_string, precision) end function p._precision_format(value_string, precision) -- For access to Mediawiki built-in formatter. local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local value value, value_string = p._cleanNumber(value_string) precision = p._cleanNumber(precision) -- Check for non-numeric input if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('invalid input when rounding') end local current_precision = p._precision(value) local order = p._order(value) -- Due to round-off effects it is neccesary to limit the returned precision under -- some circumstances because the terminal digits will be inaccurately reported. if order + precision >= 14 then if order + p._precision(value_string) >= 14 then precision = 13 - order; end end -- If rounding off, truncate extra digits if precision < current_precision then value = p._round(value, precision) current_precision = p._precision(value) end local formatted_num = lang:formatNum(math.abs(value)) local sign -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default if value < 0 then sign = '−' else sign = '' end -- Handle cases requiring scientific notation if string.find(formatted_num, 'E', 1, true) ~= nil or math.abs(order) >= 9 then value = value * math.pow(10, -order) current_precision = current_precision + order precision = precision + order formatted_num = lang:formatNum(math.abs(value)) else order = 0; end formatted_num = sign .. formatted_num -- Pad with zeros, if needed if current_precision < precision then local padding if current_precision <= 0 then if precision > 0 then local zero_sep = lang:formatNum(1.1) formatted_num = formatted_num .. zero_sep:sub(2,2) padding = precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end else padding = precision - current_precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end end -- Add exponential notation, if necessary. if order ~= 0 then -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default if order < 0 then order = '−' .. lang:formatNum(math.abs(order)) else order = lang:formatNum(order) end formatted_num = formatted_num .. '<span style="margin:0 .15em 0 .25em">×</span>10^{' .. order .. '}' end return formatted_num end --[[ divide Implements the division operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | divide | x | y | round= | precision= }} --]] function wrap.divide(args) local x = args[1] local y = args[2] local round = args.round local precision = args.precision if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end return p._divide(x, y, yesno(round), precision) end function p._divide(x, y, round, precision) if y == nil or y == "" then return err("Empty divisor") elseif not tonumber(y) then if type(y) == 'string' and string.sub(y, 1, 1) == '<' then return y else return err("Not a number: " .. y) end elseif x == nil or x == "" then return err("Empty dividend") elseif not tonumber(x) then if type(x) == 'string' and string.sub(x, 1, 1) == '<' then return x else return err("Not a number: " .. x) end else local z = x / y if round then return p._round(z, 0) elseif precision then return p._round(z, precision) else return z end end end --[[ Helper function that interprets the input numerically. If the input does not appear to be a number, attempts evaluating it as a parser functions expression. ]] function p._cleanNumber(number_string) if type(number_string) == 'number' then -- We were passed a number, so we don't need to do any processing. return number_string, tostring(number_string) elseif type(number_string) ~= 'string' or not number_string:find('%S') then -- We were passed a non-string or a blank string, so exit. return nil, nil; end -- Attempt basic conversion local number = tonumber(number_string) -- If failed, attempt to evaluate input as an expression if number == nil then local success, result = pcall(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr, number_string) if success then number = tonumber(result) number_string = tostring(number) else number = nil number_string = nil end else number_string = number_string:match("^%s*(.-)%s*$") -- String is valid but may contain padding, clean it. number_string = number_string:match("^%+(.*)$") or number_string -- Trim any leading + signs. if number_string:find('^%-?0[xX]') then -- Number is using 0xnnn notation to indicate base 16; use the number that Lua detected instead. number_string = tostring(number) end end return number, number_string end --[[ Wrapper function that does basic argument processing. This ensures that all functions from #invoke can use either the current frame or the parent frame, and it also trims whitespace for all arguments and removes blank arguments. ]] local mt = { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return wrap[k](getArgs(frame)) -- Argument processing is left to Module:Arguments. Whitespace is trimmed and blank arguments are removed. end end } return setmetatable(p, mt) 2bbe734d898299f65412963a3c1782e9fcc4d9ca 10 11 24 2021-03-25T19:03:22Z wikipedia>Izno 0 [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2021 March 18#Template:Tlu]] closed as keep ([[WP:XFDC#4.0.11|XFDcloser]]) wikitext text/x-wiki &#123;&#123;[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&#125;&#125;<noinclude>{{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> eabbec62efe3044a98ebb3ce9e7d4d43c222351d 10 79 160 2021-06-11T18:13:44Z wikipedia>GKFX 0 Support wider range of (valid) input format wikitext text/x-wiki [[:Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{{name}}}|Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}}}<!-- -->]]&nbsp;({{PAGESINCATEGORY:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|{{{2|all}}}}})<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f93f1540b8c157703bd6d24ae35c35bef745981d 828 93 189 2021-07-10T15:47:32Z wikipedia>Trialpears 0 Book namespace removal will happen within a few days Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Pagetype configuration data -- -- This page holds localisation and configuration data for Module:Pagetype. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table holds the values to use for "main=true", "user=true", etc. Keys to -- this table should be namespace parameters that can be used with -- [[Module:Namespace detect]]. cfg.pagetypes = { ['main'] = 'article', ['user'] = 'user page', ['project'] = 'project page', ['wikipedia'] = 'project page', ['wp'] = 'project page', ['file'] = 'file', ['image'] = 'file', ['mediawiki'] = 'interface page', ['template'] = 'template', ['help'] = 'help page', ['category'] = 'category', ['portal'] = 'portal', ['draft'] = 'draft', ['timedtext'] = 'Timed Text page', ['module'] = 'module', ['topic'] = 'topic', ['gadget'] = 'gadget', ['gadget definition'] = 'gadget definition', ['talk'] = 'talk page', ['special'] = 'special page', ['media'] = 'file', } -- This table holds the names of the namespaces to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes by default. cfg.defaultNamespaces = { 'main', 'file', 'template', 'category', 'module' } -- This table holds the names of the namespaces to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes if cfg.defaultnsExtended is set. cfg.extendedNamespaces = { 'main', 'user', 'project', 'file', 'mediawiki', 'template', 'category', 'help', 'portal', 'module', 'draft' } -- The parameter name to set which default namespace values to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes. cfg.defaultns = 'defaultns' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set all namespaces, including talk. cfg.defaultnsAll = 'all' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set the namespaces listed in -- cfg.extendedNamespaces cfg.defaultnsExtended = 'extended' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set no default namespaces. cfg.defaultnsNone = 'none' -- The parameter name to use for disambiguation pages page. cfg.dab = 'dab' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for disambiguation-class -- pages. These should be lower-case. cfg.dabAliases = { 'disambiguation', 'disambig', 'disamb', 'dab' } -- The default value for disambiguation pages. cfg.dabDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for N/A-class page. cfg.na = 'na' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for N/A-class pages. These -- should be lower-case. cfg.naAliases = {'na', 'n/a'} -- The default value for N/A-class pages. cfg.naDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for redirects. cfg.redirect = 'redirect' -- The default value to use for redirects. cfg.redirectDefault = 'redirect' -- The parameter name for undefined namespaces. cfg.other = 'other' -- The value used if the module detects an undefined namespace. cfg.otherDefault = 'page' -- The usual suffix denoting a plural. cfg.plural = 's' -- This table holds plurals not formed by a simple suffix. cfg.irregularPlurals = { ["category"] = "categories" } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line e2eb36d6c43611a422bae37947ebeb04b695dcba 10 44 90 2021-07-12T05:56:35Z wikipedia>SMcCandlish 0 clearer code wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Crossreference/styles.css" />{{Hatnote inline |1={{{1|{{{text|{{{content|<noinclude>sample content</noinclude>}}}}}}}}} |extraclasses=crossreference {{{class|{{{extraclasses|}}}}}} |selfref={{#if:{{{selfref|{{{printworthy|{{{unprintworthy|}}}}}}}}}||yes}} |inline={{{inline|true}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> b8ac8a6a83bb08330ba0b9f31a7fcd8567217d0e 10 46 94 2021-07-12T05:59:40Z wikipedia>SMcCandlish 0 more readable code wikitext text/x-wiki {{Hatnote inline/invoke |1={{{1|{{{text|{{{content}}}}}}}}} |extraclasses={{{class|{{{extraclasses|}}}}}} |selfref={{#if:{{{printworthy|{{{selfref|}}}}}}||yes}} |category={{{category|}}} |inline={{{inline|true}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 257f3004ea74817011cab7b3bdfd0c87531d7e35 10 45 92 2021-07-12T06:50:43Z wikipedia>SMcCandlish 0 Nope, that had no effect at all. text text/plain /* {{pp-template}} */ /* This snippet just undoes the default "padding-left: 1.6em;" imposed by div.hatnote, when Template:Crossreference is used in block (div) mode. Ignore the dumb CSS editor's "Element (div.crossreference) is overqualified" warning. It is wrong. We do not want to apply any CSS intended for block mode when it is not in block mode. While it's unlikely our "padding-left: 0;" does anything wrong in inline (span) mode, we can't guarantee it forever. */ div.crossreference { padding-left: 0; } ae665603577c5dbafbdf190ec9e29f2ed1f7cd77 828 48 98 2021-07-12T17:42:32Z wikipedia>Nihiltres 0 Made substitution fix more specific by limiting to 1 match per substitution-pair Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote-inline -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote-style links, and links to related articles, -- -- but inside a <span>, instead of the <div> used by Module:Hatnote. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote-inline}} meta-template. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} function p.hatnoteInline (frame) local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame) local hatnote = mHatnote.hatnote(frame) if args.inline == nil or yesno(args.inline, true) then local subs = { ['<div'] = '<span', ['</div>$'] = '</span>' } for k, v in pairs(subs) do hatnote = string.gsub(hatnote, k, v, 1) end end return hatnote end p.hatnote = p.hatnoteInline --alias return p b5000cd7910b7eae23206235b64880a775e4209b 828 30 62 2021-07-12T19:22:27Z wikipedia>Izno 0 per my talk page text text/plain /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .hatnote { font-style: italic; } /* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */ div.hatnote { /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } .hatnote i { font-style: normal; } /* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes. * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */ .hatnote + link + .hatnote { margin-top: -0.5em; } 44680ffd6e888866df2cdfa0341af9c7b97da94c 10 119 246 2021-07-27T21:26:23Z wikipedia>Trialpears 0 substitutable wikitext text/x-wiki {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{1|}}}| {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{3|}}}|{{{4|}}}}} |{{{4|}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS --> </noinclude> d77fc191cada8977a8131dd6d85dde5e31d0e6f2 10 49 100 2021-08-16T20:38:04Z wikipedia>ToBeFree 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Q]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Wikidata entity link]] [[Category:Wikidata templates]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from template shortcut}} {{R from move}} }} 7f19fdcb2b05d966cd3f0f5f540cf8fa37935869 10 71 144 2021-08-29T21:32:29Z wikipedia>SUM1 0 Added "based" parameter to other transclusion wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}|<!-- noheader: -->{{Template parameter usage|based=y}}|<!-- +header: -->This is the {{#if:{{{nolink|}}}|<!-- +header, nolink TD -->TemplateData|<!-- +header, +link [[TD]]; DEFAULT: -->[[Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]]}}<!-- e.o. #if:nolink; DEFAULT: --> for this template used by [[mw:Extension:TemplateWizard|TemplateWizard]], [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools. {{Template parameter usage|based=y}}<!-- e.o. #if:noheader -->}} '''TemplateData for {{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly><!-- check parameters -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown={{template other|1=[[Category:Pages using TemplateData header with unknown parameters|_VALUE_]]}} |template=Template:TemplateData header |1 |nolink |noheader |preview=<div class="error" style="font-weight:normal">Unknown parameter '_VALUE_' in [[Template:TemplateData header]].</div> }}<!-- -->{{template other|{{sandbox other|| [[Category:Templates using TemplateData]] }}}}</includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> ddfbb4ae793846b96d4c06330417fa6ed4da2adc 828 14 30 2021-09-10T07:46:37Z wikipedia>Johnuniq 0 restore p.getTargetFromText which is used by [[Module:RfD]] which is causing "Lua error in Module:RfD at line 87: attempt to call upvalue 'getTargetFromText' (a nil value)" Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides functions for getting the target of a redirect page. local p = {} -- Gets a mw.title object, using pcall to avoid generating script errors if we -- are over the expensive function count limit (among other possible causes). local function getTitle(...) local success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return titleObj else return nil end end -- Gets the name of a page that a redirect leads to, or nil if it isn't a -- redirect. function p.getTargetFromText(text) local target = string.match( text, "^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)%]%]" ) or string.match( text, "^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)|[^%[%]]-%]%]" ) return target and mw.uri.decode(target, 'PATH') end -- Gets the target of a redirect. If the page specified is not a redirect, -- returns nil. function p.getTarget(page, fulltext) -- Get the title object. Both page names and title objects are allowed -- as input. local titleObj if type(page) == 'string' or type(page) == 'number' then titleObj = getTitle(page) elseif type(page) == 'table' and type(page.getContent) == 'function' then titleObj = page else error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'getTarget'" .. " (string, number, or title object expected, got %s)", type(page) ), 2) end if not titleObj then return nil end local targetTitle = titleObj.redirectTarget if targetTitle then if fulltext then return targetTitle.fullText else return targetTitle.prefixedText end else return nil end end --[[ -- Given a single page name determines what page it redirects to and returns the -- target page name, or the passed page name when not a redirect. The passed -- page name can be given as plain text or as a page link. -- -- Returns page name as plain text, or when the bracket parameter is given, as a -- page link. Returns an error message when page does not exist or the redirect -- target cannot be determined for some reason. --]] function p.luaMain(rname, bracket, fulltext) if type(rname) ~= "string" or not rname:find("%S") then return nil end bracket = bracket and "[[%s]]" or "%s" rname = rname:match("%[%[(.+)%]%]") or rname local target = p.getTarget(rname, fulltext) local ret = target or rname ret = getTitle(ret) if ret then if fulltext then ret = ret.fullText else ret = ret.prefixedText end return bracket:format(ret) else return nil end end -- Provides access to the luaMain function from wikitext. function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) return p.luaMain(args[1], args.bracket, args.fulltext) or '' end -- Returns true if the specified page is a redirect, and false otherwise. function p.luaIsRedirect(page) local titleObj = getTitle(page) if not titleObj then return false end if titleObj.isRedirect then return true else return false end end -- Provides access to the luaIsRedirect function from wikitext, returning 'yes' -- if the specified page is a redirect, and the blank string otherwise. function p.isRedirect(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) if p.luaIsRedirect(args[1]) then return 'yes' else return '' end end return p a224c45940343d66f49a78b0a39b2045e2c45d20 10 104 211 2021-10-05T19:24:15Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:High use]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 345 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require autoconfirmed or confirmed access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki #Redirect [[Template:High-use]] {{Redirect category shell|{{R from modification}}{{R from template shortcut}}}} 65ce33c8f2d9659b46256ceb1f7fe57859f66fb2 828 185 387 2021-10-08T18:22:16Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; see [[Module_talk:Unsubst#template_invocation_name_override|talk]]; Scribunto text/plain local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} local BODY_PARAM = '$B' local specialParams = { ['$params'] = 'parameter list', ['$aliases'] = 'parameter aliases', ['$flags'] = 'flags', ['$B'] = 'template content', ['$template-name'] = 'template invocation name override', } function p.main(frame, body) -- If we are substing, this function returns a template invocation, and if -- not, it returns the template body. The template body can be specified in -- the body parameter, or in the template parameter defined in the -- BODY_PARAM variable. This function can be called from Lua or from -- #invoke. -- Return the template body if we aren't substing. if not mw.isSubsting() then if body ~= nil then return body elseif frame.args[BODY_PARAM] ~= nil then return frame.args[BODY_PARAM] else error(string.format( "no template content specified (use parameter '%s' from #invoke)", BODY_PARAM ), 2) end end -- Sanity check for the frame object. if type(frame) ~= 'table' or type(frame.getParent) ~= 'function' or not frame:getParent() then error( "argument #1 to 'main' must be a frame object with a parent " .. "frame available", 2 ) end -- Find the invocation name. local mTemplateInvocation = require('Module:Template invocation') local name if frame.args['$template-name'] and '' ~= frame.args['$template-name'] then name = frame.args['$template-name'] -- override whatever the template name is with this name else name = mTemplateInvocation.name(frame:getParent():getTitle()) end -- Combine passed args with passed defaults local args = {} if string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*override%s*,' ) then for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if not specialParams[k] then if v == '__DATE__' then v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' ) end args[k] = v end end else for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if not specialParams[k] then if v == '__DATE__' then v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' ) end args[k] = v end end for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do args[k] = v end end -- Trim parameters, if not specified otherwise if not string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*keep%-whitespace%s*,' ) then for k, v in pairs( args ) do args[k] = mw.ustring.match(v, '^%s*(.*)%s*$') or '' end end -- Pull information from parameter aliases local aliases = {} if frame.args['$aliases'] then local list = mw.text.split( frame.args['$aliases'], '%s*,%s*' ) for k, v in ipairs( list ) do local tmp = mw.text.split( v, '%s*>%s*' ) aliases[tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tmp[1], '^[1-9][0-9]*$')) or tmp[1]] = ((tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tmp[2], '^[1-9][0-9]*$'))) or tmp[2]) end end for k, v in pairs( aliases ) do if args[k] and ( not args[v] or args[v] == '' ) then args[v] = args[k] end args[k] = nil end -- Remove empty parameters, if specified if string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*remove%-empty%s*,' ) then local tmp = 0 for k, v in ipairs( args ) do if v ~= '' or ( args[k+1] and args[k+1] ~= '' ) or ( args[k+2] and args[k+2] ~= '' ) then tmp = k else break end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if v == '' then if not (type(k) == 'number' and k < tmp) then args[k] = nil end end end end -- Order parameters if frame.args['$params'] then local params, tmp = mw.text.split( frame.args['$params'], '%s*,%s*' ), {} for k, v in ipairs(params) do v = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(v, '^[1-9][0-9]*$')) or v if args[v] then tmp[v], args[v] = args[v], nil end end for k, v in pairs(args) do tmp[k], args[k] = args[k], nil end args = tmp end return mTemplateInvocation.invocation(name, args) end p[''] = p.main -- For backwards compatibility return p 7f01ffc8aa2ac4a4772f14c12e0b77e384ecabb6 10 161 330 2021-10-20T01:50:42Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:If either]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 4912 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{1|}}} |{{{then|{{{3|}}}}}} |{{#if:{{{2|}}} |{{{then|{{{3|}}}}}} |{{{else|{{{4|}}}}}} }} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 13d04801b797d6d74d49ef61d8700ad733d481ea 10 174 365 2021-10-20T19:50:22Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Module other]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 3570 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite) [Move=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Module}} | module | other }} }} | module = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 503694836c1b07142e63fd35d8be69ec8bb9ffe7 10 47 96 2021-10-22T01:54:39Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Hatnote inline/invoke]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 3213 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite) [Move=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Hatnote inline|hatnote}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|content=This is an includeonly part of [[Template:Hatnote inline]].}}</noinclude> bcceba0d964fb499427b81aef69b70f463221df3 10 16 34 2021-12-10T16:08:06Z wikipedia>Xaosflux 0 <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}} | main | other }} }} | main = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 86ad907ffeea3cc545159e00cd1f2d6433946450 10 183 383 2022-01-02T08:54:02Z wikipedia>Dinoguy1000 0 fix "|=foo" bug wikitext text/x-wiki {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>Ns has subpages | {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>NAMESPACE:{{{1}}}}}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>NAMESPACE}}}} }} | {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#titleparts:{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME}}}}|1}} | {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME}}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> fd0c4e7050dded2d50e5df405e6e5e31dd0d46ac 10 54 110 2022-01-02T09:07:18Z wikipedia>Dinoguy1000 0 fix "|=foo" bug wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#invoke:Redirect|isRedirect|{{{1}}}}} | <span class="plainlinks">[{{safesubst:<noinclude/>fullurl:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]</span> | {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{2|}}}|[[:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2}}}]]|[[:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 1760035b1bed54ee08b810208ed3551b812dfe13 10 135 278 2022-01-09T17:59:39Z wikipedia>MusikBot II 0 Protected "[[Template:Pluralize from text]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 18336 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Detect singular|pluralize}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 305f4b531ea5639895c83cecd0fd809f7f5cf845 828 125 258 2022-01-18T15:18:00Z wikipedia>Jdlrobson 0 Fix [[phab:T281642]], a pet peeve of mine. This copies across styles from [[MediaWiki:Minerva.css]] sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ /* * This TemplateStyles sheet deliberately does NOT include the full set of * infobox styles. We are still working to migrate all of the manual * infoboxes. See [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#Infobox]] * DO NOT ADD THEM HERE */ /* * not strictly certain these styles are necessary since the modules now * exclusively output infobox-subbox or infobox, not both * just replicating the module faithfully */ .infobox-subbox { padding: 0; border: none; margin: -3px; width: auto; min-width: 100%; font-size: 100%; clear: none; float: none; background-color: transparent; } .infobox-3cols-child { margin: auto; } .infobox .navbar { font-size: 100%; } /* T281642 */ body.skin-minerva .infobox-header, body.skin-minerva .infobox-subheader, body.skin-minerva .infobox-above, body.skin-minerva .infobox-title, body.skin-minerva .infobox-image, body.skin-minerva .infobox-full-data, body.skin-minerva .infobox-below { text-align: center; } e8de6d96f4fde53afc4a6b0fed534405ab59b0a7 828 114 236 2022-01-22T14:11:16Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 update per [[Wikipedia:Village_pump_(proposals)#rfc:_shall_we_update_cs1/2?|RfC]]; Scribunto text/plain local z = { error_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors error_ids_t = {}; -- list of error identifiers; used to prevent duplication of certain errors; local to this module error_msgs_t = {}; -- sequence table of error messages maint_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work prop_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance prop_keys_t = {}; -- for adding classes to the citation's <cite> tag }; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------ Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set (var) return not (var == nil or var == ''); end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack ]] local function in_array (needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false; end for n, v in ipairs (haystack) do if v == needle then return n; end end return false; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A C C E P T _ A S _ W R I T T E N >------------------------------------ When <str> is wholly wrapped in accept-as-written markup, return <str> without markup and true; return <str> and false else with allow_empty = false, <str> must have at least one character inside the markup with allow_empty = true, <str> the markup frame can be empty like (()) to distinguish an empty template parameter from the specific condition "has no applicable value" in citation-context. After further evaluation the two cases might be merged at a later stage, but should be kept separated for now. ]] local function has_accept_as_written (str, allow_empty) if not is_set (str) then return str, false; end local count; if true == allow_empty then str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1'); -- allows (()) to be an empty set else str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); end return str, 0 ~= count; end --[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table. <args> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function substitute (msg, args) return args and mw.message.newRawMessage (msg, args):plain() or msg; end --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Wraps error messages with CSS markup according to the state of hidden. <content> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function error_comment (content, hidden) return substitute (hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content); end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A - B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list ]] local function hyphen_to_dash (str) if not is_set (str) then return str; end local accept; -- boolean str = str:gsub ("(%(%(.-%)%))", function(m) return m:gsub(",", "，"):gsub(";", "；") end) -- replace commas and semicolons in accept-as-written markup with similar unicode characters so they'll be ignored during the split str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list item, accept = has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters else item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace end end table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string temp_str, accept = has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out if accept then temp_str = has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); else return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); -- else, return assembled temp_str end end --[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Makes a wikilink; when both link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only link is provided (or link and display are the same), returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are provided or link is omitted, returns an empty string. ]=] local function make_wikilink (link, display) if not is_set (link) then return '' end if is_set (display) and link ~= display then return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'}); else return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'}); end end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ M E S S A G E >---------------------------------------------------------- Sets an error message using the ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table along with arguments supplied in the function call, inserts the resulting message in z.error_msgs_t{} sequence table, and returns the error message. <error_id> – key value for appropriate error handler in ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table <arguments> – may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings to be subsititued into error_conditions[error_id].message <raw> – boolean true – causes this function to return the error message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; returns error_conditions[error_id].hidden as a second return value does not add message to z.error_msgs_t sequence table false, nil – adds message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag to z.error_msgs_t returns the error message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; there is no second return value <prefix> – string to be prepended to <message> -- TODO: remove support for these unused(?) arguments? <suffix> – string to be appended to <message> TODO: change z.error_cats_t and z.maint_cats_t to have the form cat_name = true? this to avoid dups without having to have an extra table ]] local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maint_cats_t; TODO: figure out how to delete this table local function set_message (error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix) local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[error_id]; prefix = prefix or ''; suffix = suffix or ''; if error_state == nil then error (cfg.messages['undefined_error'] .. ': ' .. error_id); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration elseif is_set (error_state.category) then if error_state.message then -- when error_state.message defined, this is an error message table.insert (z.error_cats_t, error_state.category); else if not added_maint_cats[error_id] then added_maint_cats[error_id] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (error_state.category, arguments)); -- make cat name then add to table end return; -- because no message, nothing more to do end end local message = substitute (error_state.message, arguments); message = table.concat ( { message, ' (', make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { cfg.messages['help page link'], '#', error_state.anchor }), cfg.messages['help page label']), ')' }); z.error_ids_t[error_id] = true; if z.error_ids_t['err_citation_missing_title'] and -- if missing-title error already noted in_array (error_id, {'err_bare_url_missing_title', 'err_trans_missing_title'}) then -- and this error is one of these return '', false; -- don't bother because one flavor of missing title is sufficient end message = table.concat ({prefix, message, suffix}); if true == raw then return message, error_state.hidden; -- return message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag end message = error_comment (message, error_state.hidden); -- wrap message in visible-error, hidden-error span tag table.insert (z.error_msgs_t, message); -- add it to the messages sequence table return message; -- and done; return value generally not used but is used as a flag in various functions of ~/Identifiers end --[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >----------------------------------------------------- This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list provided by the template. Input: args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one enumerated – true/false flag used to choose how enumerated aliases are examined value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected Returns: value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected ]] local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list) if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters? alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index else alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists end if is_set (args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases local skip; for _, v in ipairs (error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias if v == alias then skip = true; break; -- has been added so stop looking end end if not skip then -- has not been added so table.insert (error_list, alias); -- add error alias to the error list end else value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one selected = alias; end end return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------ Adds a category to z.maint_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maint_cats_t. ]] local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments) if not added_maint_cats [key] then added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.prop_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.prop_cats_t local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments, key_modifier) local key_modified = key .. ((key_modifier and key_modifier) or ''); -- modify <key> with <key_modifier> if present and not nil if not added_prop_cats [key_modified] then added_prop_cats [key_modified] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.prop_cats_t, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table table.insert (z.prop_keys_t, 'cs1-prop-' .. key); -- convert key to class for use in the citation's <cite> tag end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >---------------------------------------------- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... '' Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]] local function safe_for_italics (str) if not is_set (str) then return str end if str:sub (1, 1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end if str:sub (-1, -1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end return str:gsub ('\n', ' '); -- Remove newlines as they break italics. end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------------- Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg(). ]] local function wrap_style (key, str) if not is_set (str) then return ""; elseif in_array (key, {'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title'}) then str = safe_for_italics (str); end return substitute (cfg.presentation[key], {str}); end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ S E P _ L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------ make a separated list of items using provided separators. <sep_list> - typically '<comma><space>' <sep_list_pair> - typically '<space>and<space>' <sep_list_end> - typically '<comma><space>and<space>' or '<comma><space>&<space>' defaults to cfg.presentation['sep_list'], cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'], and cfg.presentation['sep_list_end'] if <sep_list_end> is specified, <sep_list> and <sep_list_pair> must also be supplied ]] local function make_sep_list (count, list_seq, sep_list, sep_list_pair, sep_list_end) local list = ''; if not sep_list then -- set the defaults sep_list = cfg.presentation['sep_list']; sep_list_pair = cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair']; sep_list_end = cfg.presentation['sep_list_end']; end if 2 >= count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list_pair); -- insert separator between two items; returns list_seq[1] then only one item elseif 2 < count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list, 1, count - 1); -- concatenate all but last item with plain list separator list = table.concat ({list, list_seq[count]}, sep_list_end); -- concatenate last item onto end of <list> with final separator end return list; end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >---------------------------------------------------------- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'. Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities. Generates an error if more than one match is present. ]] local function select_one (args, aliases_list, error_condition, index) local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen local error_list = {}; if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end for _, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do -- for each alias in the aliases list if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias end value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias else value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- test for non-enumerated alias end end if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names() for i, v in ipairs (error_list) do error_list[i] = wrap_style ('parameter', v); end table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', selected)); set_message (error_condition, {make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); end return value, selected; end --[=[-------------------------< R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------- Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup). In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims whitespace from the label if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called. ]=] local function remove_wiki_link (str) return (str:gsub ("%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l) return l:gsub ("^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub ("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1"); end)); end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ W I K I L I N K >-------------------------------------------------------- Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts. If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]): returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]]; if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]]) returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string; if not a wikilink: returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string. trims leading and trailing whitespace and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes). ]=] local function is_wikilink (str) local D, L local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]] if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content) return 0, str, ''; -- not a wikilink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L end L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]] if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]] wl_type = 1; end D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters return wl_type, D, L or ''; end --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >-------------------------------- Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata. This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind. Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed ]] local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument) if not is_set (argument) then return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do end if nil == argument:find ( "''", 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit. return argument, nil; end local flag; while true do if argument:find ("'''''", 1, true) then -- bold italic (5) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it elseif argument:find ("''''", 1, true) then -- italic start and end without content (4) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("'''", 1, true) then -- bold (3) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("''", 1, true) then -- italic (2) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'", ""); else break; end end return argument, flag; -- done end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------------------------------------- ]] return { add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat, -- exported functions add_prop_cat = add_prop_cat, error_comment = error_comment, has_accept_as_written = has_accept_as_written, hyphen_to_dash = hyphen_to_dash, in_array = in_array, is_set = is_set, is_wikilink = is_wikilink, make_sep_list = make_sep_list, make_wikilink = make_wikilink, remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link, safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics, select_one = select_one, set_message = set_message, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup, substitute = substitute, wrap_style = wrap_style, z = z, -- exported table } b006801b48981b2987f20fc09cbe0dfda525e044 10 90 183 2022-01-23T09:54:20Z wikipedia>Christian75 0 {{High risk}} wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High risk}} <!-- Add categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata (see [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]) --> {{lua|Module:SDcat}} This template is merely a wrapper for [[Module:SDcat]], which adds tracking categories to articles depending on whether their [[WP:short description|short description]] matches the associated description field on Wikidata. Complete documentation is available at [[Module:SDcat]]. == Usage == <code><nowiki>{{SDcat |sd={{{shortdescription|}}} }}</nowiki></code> === For testing === <code><nowiki>{{SDcat |sd=short description |qid=Wikidata entity ID |lp=link prefix (usually ":") }}</nowiki></code> <includeonly>{{sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:WikiProject Short descriptions]] }}</includeonly> 2a2e572b915cc316e39d344979cbca621b80c828 828 57 116 2022-01-25T23:46:11Z wikipedia>Ianblair23 0 link Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 71b68ed73088f1a59d61acf06bbee9fde6677f03 828 21 44 2022-01-31T13:08:18Z wikipedia>MSGJ 0 updates/fixes requested by [[User:Uzume]] Scribunto text/plain ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not -- -- be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isPositiveInteger(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if -- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful -- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an -- error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isNan(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.shallowClone(t) checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.removeDuplicates(arr) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v else if not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return -- {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}. -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The -- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for _ in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2) -- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings. local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2) if type1 ~= type2 then return type1 < type2 elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then return tostring(item1) < tostring(item2) else return item1 < item2 end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- keysToList -- -- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default -- comparison function or a custom keySort function. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked) if not checked then checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table') checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'}) end local arr = {} local index = 1 for k in pairs(t) do arr[index] = k index = index + 1 end if keySort ~= false then keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort table.sort(arr, keySort) end return arr end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sortedPairs -- -- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function. -- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort) checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table') checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true) local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true) local i = 0 return function () i = i + 1 local key = arr[i] if key ~= nil then return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArray -- -- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArray(v) if type(v) ~= 'table' then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArrayLike -- -- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArrayLike(v) if not pcall(pairs, v) then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invert -- -- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to -- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.invert(arr) checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local map = {} for i, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then map[v] = i end end return map end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- listToSet -- -- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the -- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them -- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.listToSet(arr) checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local set = {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then set[v] = true end end return set end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- deepCopy -- -- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen) -- Stores copies of tables indexed by the original table. already_seen = already_seen or {} local copy = already_seen[orig] if copy ~= nil then return copy end if type(orig) == 'table' then copy = {} for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen) end already_seen[orig] = copy if includeMetatable then local mt = getmetatable(orig) if mt ~= nil then local mt_copy = _deepCopy(mt, includeMetatable, already_seen) setmetatable(copy, mt_copy) already_seen[mt] = mt_copy end end else -- number, string, boolean, etc copy = orig end return copy end function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen) checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true) return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseConcat -- -- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order. -- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d} => "acd" -- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d} => "bcd" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j) local arr = {} local arr_i = 0 for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do arr_i = arr_i + 1 arr[arr_i] = v end return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- length -- -- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1", -- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the -- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array -- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For -- other tables, use #. -- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of the number -- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.length(t, prefix) -- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is -- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search") checkType('length', 1, t, 'table') checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true) return expSearch(function (i) local key if prefix then key = prefix .. tostring(i) else key = i end return t[key] ~= nil end) or 0 end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- inArray -- -- Returns true if valueToFind is a member of the array, and false otherwise. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind) checkType("inArray", 1, arr, "table") -- if valueToFind is nil, error? for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if v == valueToFind then return true end end return false end return p 085e7094ac84eb0132ee65822cf3f69cd8ba3d81 10 17 36 2022-02-12T16:35:05Z wikipedia>ToBeFree 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Short description/lowercasecheck]]": 4 million transclusions, through [[Template:Short description]] ([[WP:HRT]]) ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:<!--test first character for lower-case letter-->{{#invoke:string|find|1={{{1|}}}|2=^%l|plain=false}}|1 |<!-- first character is a lower case letter; test against whitelist -->{{#switch: {{First word|{{{1|}}}}}<!--begin whitelist--> |c. <!--for circa--> |gTLD |iMac |iOS |iOS, |iPad |iPhone |iTunes |macOS |none |pH |pH-dependent=<!-- end whitelist; short description starts with an allowed lower-case string; whitelist matched; do nothing --> |#default=<!-- apply category to track lower-case short descriptions -->{{main other|[[Category:Pages with lower-case short description|{{trim|{{{1|}}}}}]]}}{{Testcases other|{{red|CATEGORY APPLIED}}}}<!-- end whitelist test -->}} |<!-- short description does not start with lower-case letter; do nothing; end lower-case test --> }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 9a6d4db14b74614625fd234b4f8ee3c8e1a235c0 828 18 38 2022-02-21T05:24:13Z wikipedia>BusterD 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Check for unknown parameters]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]; requested at [[WP:RfPP]] ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p 93db6d115d4328d2a5148bb42959105e367b663e 10 187 391 2022-02-22T16:24:28Z wikipedia>Frietjes 0 fix |=February 2022 bug (see https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Night_of_the_Pencils_(film)&type=revision&diff=1073091061&oldid=1067523640 which transcluded [[Template:February 2022]]) wikitext text/x-wiki {{ <includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Unsubst||date=__DATE__ |$B= {{DMCA|Use dmy dates|from|{{{date|}}}}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using Use dmy dates template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Use dmy dates]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| cs1-dates | date }}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 3a087cd27e88fd70a0765c62d5ab506c3b73c9e7 10 50 102 2022-02-22T17:47:17Z wikipedia>Uzume 0 simplify and always uppercase wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}} | {{#switch:{{padleft:|1|{{uc:{{{1}}}}}}} | Q | P = [[d:Special:EntityPage/{{uc:{{{1}}}}}|{{#invoke:wd|label|{{uc:{{{1}}}}}}} <small>({{uc:{{{1}}}}})</small>]] | #default = [[d:Special:EntityPage/Q{{uc:{{{1}}}}}|{{#invoke:wd|label|Q{{uc:{{{1}}}}}}} <small>(Q{{uc:{{{1|}}}}})</small>]] }} | {{#if:{{#invoke:wd|label|raw}} | [[d:Special:EntityPage/{{#invoke:wd|label|raw}}|{{#invoke:wd|label}} <small>({{#invoke:wd|label|raw}})</small>]] | <small>(no entity)</small> }} }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 3eaf99f5fdf869bc08932bb8eda9eba23858c9c8 828 26 54 2022-02-23T10:59:29Z wikipedia>Xaosflux 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Effective protection expiry]]": used in the mediawiki interface / match [[Module:Effective protection level]] ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 9a8c58dc2667232ed08a9b206a5d89ca8150312b 10 184 385 2022-03-02T10:43:18Z wikipedia>Trialpears 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Ns has subpages]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Ns has subpages|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 060d2d01af26cb67fd90a7c346a0d2d5e450a040 828 24 50 2022-03-08T08:30:51Z wikipedia>Primefac 0 update from sandbox - fixes to _show_result and adding _expand Scribunto text/plain -- This implements Template:Tlg local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} -- Is a string non-empty? local function _ne(s) return s ~= nil and s ~= "" end local nw = mw.text.nowiki local function addTemplate(s) local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true) if i == nil then return 'Template:' .. s end local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1) if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then return s else return 'Template:' .. s end end local function trimTemplate(s) local needle = 'template:' if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then return s:sub(needle:len() + 1) else return s end end local function linkTitle(args) if _ne(args.nolink) then return args['1'] end local titleObj local titlePart = '[[' if args['1'] then -- This handles :Page and other NS titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template') else titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end titlePart = titlePart .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or addTemplate(args['1'])) local textPart = args.alttext if not _ne(textPart) then if titleObj ~= nil then textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText else -- redlink textPart = args['1'] end end if _ne(args.subst) then -- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart end if _ne(args.brace) then textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}') elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}') end titlePart = titlePart .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]' if _ne(args.braceinside) then titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}') end return titlePart end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { trim = true, removeBlanks = false }) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname) local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics) local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside) local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt) local show_result = _ne(args._show_result) local expand = _ne(args._expand) -- Build the link part local titlePart = linkTitle(args) if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end -- Build the arguments local textPart = "" local textPartBuffer = "&#124;" local codeArguments = {} local codeArgumentsString = "" local i = 2 local j = 1 while args[i] do local val = args[i] if val ~= "" then if _ne(args.nowiki) then -- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will -- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val)) end local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)") if not k then codeArguments[j] = val j = j + 1 else codeArguments[k] = v end codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val if italic then val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>' end textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val end i = i + 1 end -- final wrap local ret = titlePart .. textPart if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. '&nbsp;' .. ret end if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end if code then ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>' elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;">' .. ret .. '</code>' end if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end --[[ Wrap as html?? local span = mw.html.create('span') span:wikitext(ret) --]] if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end if show_result then local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments} ret = ret .. " → " .. result end if expand then local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}') local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query) mw.log() ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]" end return ret end return p c7307fa3959d308a2dd7fd2f5009c1ce6db3d122 828 124 256 2022-03-13T19:18:18Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 add class param from sandbox as per edit request Scribunto text/plain -- Inputs: -- image - Can either be a bare filename (with or without the File:/Image: prefix) or a fully formatted image link -- page - page to display for multipage images (DjVu) -- size - size to display the image -- maxsize - maximum size for image -- sizedefault - default size to display the image if size param is blank -- alt - alt text for image -- title - title text for image -- border - set to yes if border -- center - set to yes, if the image has to be centered -- upright - upright image param -- suppressplaceholder - if yes then checks to see if image is a placeholder and suppresses it -- link - page to visit when clicking on image -- class - HTML classes to add to the image -- Outputs: -- Formatted image. -- More details available at the "Module:InfoboxImage/doc" page local i = {}; local placeholder_image = { "Blue - Replace this image female.svg", "Blue - Replace this image male.svg", "Female no free image yet.png", "Flag of None (square).svg", "Flag of None.svg", "Flag of.svg", "Green - Replace this image female.svg", "Green - Replace this image male.svg", "Image is needed female.svg", "Image is needed male.svg", "Location map of None.svg", "Male no free image yet.png", "Missing flag.png", "No flag.svg", "No free portrait.svg", "No portrait (female).svg", "No portrait (male).svg", "Red - Replace this image female.svg", "Red - Replace this image male.svg", "Replace this image female (blue).svg", "Replace this image female.svg", "Replace this image male (blue).svg", "Replace this image male.svg", "Silver - Replace this image female.svg", "Silver - Replace this image male.svg", "Replace this image.svg", "Cricket no pic.png", "CarersLogo.gif", "Diagram Needed.svg", "Example.jpg", "Image placeholder.png", "No male portrait.svg", "Nocover-upload.png", "NoDVDcover copy.png", "Noribbon.svg", "No portrait-BFD-test.svg", "Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png", "Project Trains no image.png", "Image-request.png", "Sin bandera.svg", "Sin escudo.svg", "Replace this image - temple.png", "Replace this image butterfly.png", "Replace this image.svg", "Replace this image1.svg", "Resolution angle.png", "Image-No portrait-text-BFD-test.svg", "Insert image here.svg", "No image available.png", "NO IMAGE YET square.png", "NO IMAGE YET.png", "No Photo Available.svg", "No Screenshot.svg", "No-image-available.jpg", "Null.png", "PictureNeeded.gif", "Place holder.jpg", "Unbenannt.JPG", "UploadACopyrightFreeImage.svg", "UploadAnImage.gif", "UploadAnImage.svg", "UploadAnImageShort.svg", "CarersLogo.gif", "Diagram Needed.svg", "No male portrait.svg", "NoDVDcover copy.png", "Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png", "Project Trains no image.png", "Image-request.png", "Noimage.gif", } function i.IsPlaceholder(image) -- change underscores to spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " "); assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " ") must not return nil') -- if image starts with [[ then remove that and anything after | if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then image = mw.ustring.sub(image,3); image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1"); assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1") must not return nil') end -- Trim spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1'); assert(image ~= nil, "mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1') must not return nil") -- remove prefix if exists local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2); break end end -- Trim spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1'); -- capitalise first letter image = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(image,2); for i,j in pairs(placeholder_image) do if image == j then return true end end return false end function i.InfoboxImage(frame) local image = frame.args["image"]; if image == "" or image == nil then return ""; end if image == "&nbsp;" then return image; end if frame.args["suppressplaceholder"] ~= "no" then if i.IsPlaceholder(image) == true then return ""; end end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,5)) == "http:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,6)) == "[http:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,7)) == "[[http:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,6)) == "https:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,7)) == "[https:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,8)) == "[[https:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then -- search for thumbnail images and add to tracking cat if found local cat = ""; if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 and (mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumb%s*[|%]]") or mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumbnail%s*[|%]]")) then cat = "[[Category:Pages using infoboxes with thumbnail images]]"; end return image .. cat; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "{{" and mw.ustring.sub(image,1,3) ~= "{{{" then return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1) == "<" then return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,5) == mw.ustring.char(127).."UNIQ" then -- Found strip marker at begining, so pass don't process at all return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,4,9) == "`UNIQ-" then -- Found strip marker at begining, so pass don't process at all return image; else local result = ""; local page = frame.args["page"]; local size = frame.args["size"]; local maxsize = frame.args["maxsize"]; local sizedefault = frame.args["sizedefault"]; local alt = frame.args["alt"]; local link = frame.args["link"]; local title = frame.args["title"]; local border = frame.args["border"]; local upright = frame.args["upright"] or ""; local thumbtime = frame.args["thumbtime"] or ""; local center = frame.args["center"]; local class = frame.args["class"]; -- remove prefix if exists local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2); break end end if maxsize ~= "" and maxsize ~= nil then -- if no sizedefault then set to maxsize if sizedefault == "" or sizedefault == nil then sizedefault = maxsize end -- check to see if size bigger than maxsize if size ~= "" and size ~= nil then local sizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(size,"%d*")) or 0; local maxsizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(maxsize,"%d*")) or 0; if sizenumber>maxsizenumber and maxsizenumber>0 then size = maxsize; end end end -- add px to size if just a number if (tonumber(size) or 0) > 0 then size = size .. "px"; end -- add px to sizedefault if just a number if (tonumber(sizedefault) or 0) > 0 then sizedefault = sizedefault .. "px"; end result = "[[File:" .. image; if page ~= "" and page ~= nil then result = result .. "|page=" .. page; end if size ~= "" and size ~= nil then result = result .. "|" .. size; elseif sizedefault ~= "" and sizedefault ~= nil then result = result .. "|" .. sizedefault; else result = result .. "|frameless"; end if center == "yes" then result = result .. "|center" end if alt ~= "" and alt ~= nil then result = result .. "|alt=" .. alt; end if link ~= "" and link ~= nil then result = result .. "|link=" .. link; end if border == "yes" then result = result .. "|border"; end if upright == "yes" then result = result .. "|upright"; elseif upright ~= "" then result = result .. "|upright=" .. upright; end if thumbtime ~= "" then result = result .. "|thumbtime=" .. thumbtime; end if class ~= nil and class ~= "" then result = result .. "|class=" .. class; end -- if alt value is a keyword then do not use as a description if alt == "thumbnail" or alt == "thumb" or alt == "frameless" or alt == "left" or alt == "center" or alt == "right" or alt == "upright" or alt == "border" or mw.ustring.match(alt or "", '^[0-9]*px$', 1) ~= nil then alt = nil; end if title ~= "" and title ~= nil then -- does title param contain any templatestyles? If yes then set to blank. if mw.ustring.match(frame:preprocess(title), 'UNIQ%-%-templatestyles', 1) ~= nil then title = nil; end end if title ~= "" and title ~= nil then result = result .. "|" .. title; end result = result .. "]]"; return result; end end return i; 0ee5fe75ba239fc5c9cedc81ca11bdc0be068542 10 55 112 2022-03-29T02:14:34Z wikipedia>Bsherr 0 consistent with new substitution template format wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage --> </noinclude> 9e62b964e96c4e3d478edecbfcb3c0338ae8a276 10 131 270 2022-04-03T20:56:41Z wikipedia>Wugapodes 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:If empty]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: used on 2 million pages and permanently cascade protected; matches module protection ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:If empty|main}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 745940b7bdde8a1585c887ee4ee5ce81d98461a4 10 175 367 2022-06-03T15:10:23Z wikipedia>The Anome 0 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contribs/Dawn PScLim|Dawn PScLim]] ([[User talk:Dawn PScLim|talk]]) to last version by Alexis Jazz wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|<!--do not show protection level of the module on the doc page, use the second and optionally third parameter if the doc page is also protected -->{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{Pp|{{{2}}}|action={{{3|}}}}}}}|{{Module other|{{ombox | type = notice | image = {{#switch: {{{1|}}} | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = [[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Pre-alpha]] | alpha | a = [[File:Alpha lowercase.svg|26x26px|link=|alt=Alpha]] | beta | b = [[File:Greek lc beta.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Beta]] | release | r | general | g = [[File:Green check.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Ready for use]] | protected | protect | p = [[File:{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|edit|{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox={{FULLBASEPAGENAME}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}|autoconfirmed=Semi|extendedconfirmed=Extended|accountcreator|templateeditor=Template|#default=Full}}-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Protected]] | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi =[[File:Semi-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Semi-protected]] }} | style = | textstyle = | text = {{#switch: {{{1|}}} | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|pre-alpha]]. It is unfinished, and may or may not be in active development. It should not be used from article namespace pages. Modules remain pre-alpha until the original editor (or someone who takes one over if it is abandoned for some time) is satisfied with the basic structure.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | alpha | a = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in alpha|alpha]]. It is ready for third-party input, and may be used on a few pages to see if problems arise, but should be watched. Suggestions for new features or changes in their input and output mechanisms are welcome.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules in alpha|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | beta | b = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in beta|beta]], and is ready for widespread use. It is still new and should be used with some caution to ensure the results are as expected.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules in beta|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | release | r | general | g = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules for general use|ready for general use]]. It has reached a mature form and is thought to be relatively bug-free and ready for use wherever appropriate. It is ready to mention on help pages and other Wikipedia resources as an option for new users to learn. To reduce server load and bad output, it should be improved by [[Wikipedia:Template sandbox and test cases|sandbox testing]] rather than repeated trial-and-error editing.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules for general use|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | protected | protect | p = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] from editing.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[WP:SEMI|semi-protected]] from editing.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | #default = {{error|Module rating is invalid or not specified.}} }} }}|{{error|Error: {{tl|Module rating}} must be placed in the Module namespace.}} [[Category:Pages with templates in the wrong namespace]]|demospace={{{demospace|<noinclude>module</noinclude>}}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{module rating|release|nocat=true|demospace=module}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> bbd244b3ea2e13ec4c1c810ae44f2f3789a93efc 10 130 268 2022-06-13T15:31:11Z wikipedia>Xaosflux 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Clear]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: 3MM+ uses ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};"></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 38bab3e3d7fbd3d6800d46556e60bc6bac494d72 828 157 322 2022-06-16T15:10:06Z wikipedia>Pppery 0 Matching reality rather than 2018 me's wishful thinking Scribunto text/plain local cfg = {} -- Don’t touch this line. -- Subpage blacklist: these subpages will not be categorized (except for the -- error category, which is always added if there is an error). -- For example “Template:Foo/doc” matches the `doc = true` rule, so it will have -- no categories. “Template:Foo” and “Template:Foo/documentation” match no rules, -- so they *will* have categories. All rules should be in the -- ['<subpage name>'] = true, -- format. cfg['subpage_blacklist'] = { ['doc'] = true, ['sandbox'] = true, ['sandbox2'] = true, ['testcases'] = true, } -- Sandbox title: if the stylesheet’s title is <template>/<stylesheet>.css, the -- stylesheet’s sandbox is expected to be at <template>/<sandbox_title>/<stylesheet>.css -- Set to nil to disable sandbox links. cfg['sandbox_title'] = 'sandbox' -- Error category: this category is added if the module call contains errors -- (e.g. no stylesheet listed). A category name without namespace, or nil -- to disable categorization (not recommended). cfg['error_category'] = 'Uses TemplateStyles templates with errors' -- Default category: this category is added if no custom category is specified -- in module/template call. A category name without namespace, or nil -- to disable categorization. cfg['default_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles' -- Protection conflict category: this category is added if the protection level -- of any stylesheet is lower than the protection level of the template. A category name -- without namespace, or nil to disable categorization (not recommended). cfg['protection_conflict_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles with a different protection level' -- Hierarchy of protection levels, used to determine whether one protection level is lower -- than another and thus should populate protection_conflict_category. No protection is treated as zero cfg['protection_hierarchy'] = { autoconfirmed = 1, extendedconfirmed = 2, templateeditor = 3, sysop = 4 } -- Padlock pattern: Lua pattern to search on protected stylesheets for, or nil -- to disable padlock check. cfg['padlock_pattern'] = '{{pp-' -- Missing padlock category: this category is added if a protected stylesheet -- doesn’t contain any padlock template (specified by the above Lua pattern). -- A category name without namespace (no nil allowed) if the pattern is not nil, -- unused (and thus may be nil) otherwise. cfg['missing_padlock_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles without padlocks' return cfg -- Don’t touch this line. 58e7a37c44f6ea3f6b8af54a559d696cc7256493 828 156 320 2022-06-16T15:13:38Z wikipedia>Pppery 0 Matching reality rather than 2018 me's wishful thinking Scribunto text/plain local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local TNT = require('Module:TNT') local p = {} local function format(msg, ...) return TNT.format('I18n/Uses TemplateStyles', msg, ...) end local function getConfig() return mw.loadData('Module:Uses TemplateStyles/config') end local function renderBox(tStyles) local boxArgs = { type = 'notice', small = true, image = string.format('[[File:Farm-Fresh css add.svg|32px|alt=%s]]', format('logo-alt')) } if #tStyles < 1 then boxArgs.text = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', format('error-emptylist')) else local cfg = getConfig() local tStylesLinks = {} for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local link = string.format('[[:%s]]', ts) local sandboxLink = nil local tsTitle = mw.title.new(ts) if tsTitle and cfg['sandbox_title'] then local tsSandboxTitle = mw.title.new(string.format( '%s:%s/%s/%s', tsTitle.nsText, tsTitle.baseText, cfg['sandbox_title'], tsTitle.subpageText)) if tsSandboxTitle and tsSandboxTitle.exists then sandboxLink = format('sandboxlink', link, ':' .. tsSandboxTitle.prefixedText) end end tStylesLinks[i] = sandboxLink or link end local tStylesList = mList.makeList('bulleted', tStylesLinks) boxArgs.text = format( mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(828,829) and 'header-module' or 'header-template') .. '\n' .. tStylesList end return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end local function renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cfg = getConfig() local cats = {} -- Error category if #tStyles < 1 and cfg['error_category'] then cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['error_category'] end -- TemplateStyles category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if (titleObj.namespace == 10 or titleObj.namespace == 828) and not cfg['subpage_blacklist'][titleObj.subpageText] then local category = args.category or cfg['default_category'] if category then cats[#cats + 1] = category end if not yesno(args.noprotcat) and (cfg['protection_conflict_category'] or cfg['padlock_pattern']) then local currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil local addedLevelCat = false local addedPadlockCat = false for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local tsTitleObj = mw.title.new(ts) local tsProt = tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil if cfg['padlock_pattern'] and tsProt and not addedPadlockCat then local content = tsTitleObj:getContent() if not content:find(cfg['padlock_pattern']) then cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['missing_padlock_category'] addedPadlockCat = true end end if cfg['protection_conflict_category'] and currentProt and tsProt ~= currentProt and not addedLevelCat then currentProt = cfg['protection_hierarchy'][currentProt] or 0 tsProt = cfg['protection_hierarchy'][tsProt] or 0 if tsProt < currentProt then addedLevelCat = true cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['protection_conflict_category'] end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end function p._main(args, cfg) local tStyles = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = renderBox(tStyles) local trackingCategories = renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end return p 71ca57c37849f38e3c5ee30061bdae730963e48e 828 13 28 2022-07-11T18:19:26Z wikipedia>Izno 0 add templatestyles, remove a variable or two as a result Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } b6f0151037e6867b577c8cca32ff297e48697a10 828 81 164 2022-07-11T18:40:17Z wikipedia>Izno 0 and move mbox-small to 720px here as well text text/plain /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } 8fe3df4bb607e699eab2dbd23bd4a1a446391002 10 60 122 2022-07-15T07:27:49Z wikipedia>Izno 0 remove hard coded width 80% wikitext text/x-wiki {{Mbox | name = Warning | demospace = {{{demospace|}}} | style = {{#if:{{{style|}}} |{{{style}}} }} | subst = <includeonly>{{subst:substcheck}}</includeonly> | type = content | image = {{#if:{{{image|}}}| [[File:{{{image}}}|{{{imagesize|40px}}}|Warning]] }} | small = {{{small|}}} | smallimage = {{#if:{{{image|}}}| [[File:{{{image}}}|30px|Warning]]}} | imageright = {{#if:{{{imageright|}}} |{{{imageright}}} |{{#if:{{{shortcut|{{{shortcut1|}}}}}} |{{Ombox/shortcut|{{{shortcut|{{{shortcut1|}}}}}}|{{{shortcut2|}}}|{{{shortcut3|}}}|{{{shortcut4|}}}|{{{shortcut5|}}}}}}} }} | textstyle = {{{textstyle|text-align: {{#if:{{{center|}}}|center|{{{align|left}}}}};}}} | text = {{#if:{{{header|{{{heading|{{{title|}}}}}}}}} |<div style="{{{headstyle|text-align: {{#if:{{{center|}}}|center|left}};}}}">'''{{{header|{{{heading|{{{title|}}}}}}}}}'''</div>}}<!-- -->{{{text|{{{content|{{{reason|{{{1}}}}}}}}}}}} }}<noinclude> <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata. --> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 3af84e728da2ec54b8431a52af171256c929741e 828 139 286 2022-07-21T16:43:48Z wikipedia>Hike395 0 update date Scribunto text/plain local yesNo = require("Module:Yesno") local Text = { serial = "2022-07-21", suite = "Text" } --[=[ Text utilities ]=] -- local globals local PatternCJK = false local PatternCombined = false local PatternLatin = false local PatternTerminated = false local QuoteLang = false local QuoteType = false local RangesLatin = false local SeekQuote = false local function initLatinData() if not RangesLatin then RangesLatin = { { 7, 687 }, { 7531, 7578 }, { 7680, 7935 }, { 8194, 8250 } } end if not PatternLatin then local range PatternLatin = "^[" for i = 1, #RangesLatin do range = RangesLatin[ i ] PatternLatin = PatternLatin .. mw.ustring.char( range[ 1 ], 45, range[ 2 ] ) end -- for i PatternLatin = PatternLatin .. "]*$" end end local function initQuoteData() -- Create quote definitions if not QuoteLang then QuoteLang = { af = "bd", ar = "la", be = "labd", bg = "bd", ca = "la", cs = "bd", da = "bd", de = "bd", dsb = "bd", et = "bd", el = "lald", en = "ld", es = "la", eu = "la", -- fa = "la", fi = "rd", fr = "laSPC", ga = "ld", he = "ldla", hr = "bd", hsb = "bd", hu = "bd", hy = "labd", id = "rd", is = "bd", it = "ld", ja = "x300C", ka = "bd", ko = "ld", lt = "bd", lv = "bd", nl = "ld", nn = "la", no = "la", pl = "bdla", pt = "lald", ro = "bdla", ru = "labd", sk = "bd", sl = "bd", sq = "la", sr = "bx", sv = "rd", th = "ld", tr = "ld", uk = "la", zh = "ld", ["de-ch"] = "la", ["en-gb"] = "lsld", ["en-us"] = "ld", ["fr-ch"] = "la", ["it-ch"] = "la", ["pt-br"] = "ldla", ["zh-tw"] = "x300C", ["zh-cn"] = "ld" } end if not QuoteType then QuoteType = { bd = { { 8222, 8220 }, { 8218, 8217 } }, bdla = { { 8222, 8220 }, { 171, 187 } }, bx = { { 8222, 8221 }, { 8218, 8217 } }, la = { { 171, 187 }, { 8249, 8250 } }, laSPC = { { 171, 187 }, { 8249, 8250 }, true }, labd = { { 171, 187 }, { 8222, 8220 } }, lald = { { 171, 187 }, { 8220, 8221 } }, ld = { { 8220, 8221 }, { 8216, 8217 } }, ldla = { { 8220, 8221 }, { 171, 187 } }, lsld = { { 8216, 8217 }, { 8220, 8221 } }, rd = { { 8221, 8221 }, { 8217, 8217 } }, x300C = { { 0x300C, 0x300D }, { 0x300E, 0x300F } } } end end -- initQuoteData() local function fiatQuote( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2 local r = apply and tostring(apply) or "" alien = alien or "en" advance = tonumber(advance) or 0 local suite initQuoteData() local slang = alien:match( "^(%l+)-" ) suite = QuoteLang[alien] or slang and QuoteLang[slang] or QuoteLang["en"] if suite then local quotes = QuoteType[ suite ] if quotes then local space if quotes[ 3 ] then space = "&#160;" else space = "" end quotes = quotes[ advance ] if quotes then r = mw.ustring.format( "%s%s%s%s%s", mw.ustring.char( quotes[ 1 ] ), space, apply, space, mw.ustring.char( quotes[ 2 ] ) ) end else mw.log( "fiatQuote() " .. suite ) end end return r end -- fiatQuote() Text.char = function ( apply, again, accept ) -- Create string from codepoints -- Parameter: -- apply -- table (sequence) with numerical codepoints, or nil -- again -- number of repetitions, or nil -- accept -- true, if no error messages to be appended -- Returns: string local r = "" apply = type(apply) == "table" and apply or {} again = math.floor(tonumber(again) or 1) if again < 1 then return "" end local bad = { } local codes = { } for _, v in ipairs( apply ) do local n = tonumber(v) if not n or (n < 32 and n ~= 9 and n ~= 10) then table.insert(bad, tostring(v)) else table.insert(codes, math.floor(n)) end end if #bad > 0 then if not accept then r = tostring( mw.html.create( "span" ) :addClass( "error" ) :wikitext( "bad codepoints: " .. table.concat( bad, " " )) ) end return r end if #codes > 0 then r = mw.ustring.char( unpack( codes ) ) if again > 1 then r = r:rep(again) end end return r end -- Text.char() local function trimAndFormat(args, fmt) local result = {} if type(args) ~= 'table' then args = {args} end for _, v in ipairs(args) do v = mw.text.trim(tostring(v)) if v ~= "" then table.insert(result,fmt and mw.ustring.format(fmt, v) or v) end end return result end Text.concatParams = function ( args, apply, adapt ) -- Concat list items into one string -- Parameter: -- args -- table (sequence) with numKey=string -- apply -- string (optional); separator (default: "|") -- adapt -- string (optional); format including "%s" -- Returns: string local collect = { } return table.concat(trimAndFormat(args,adapt), apply or "|") end -- Text.concatParams() Text.containsCJK = function ( s ) -- Is any CJK code within? -- Parameter: -- s -- string -- Returns: true, if CJK detected s = s and tostring(s) or "" if not patternCJK then patternCJK = mw.ustring.char( 91, 4352, 45, 4607, 11904, 45, 42191, 43072, 45, 43135, 44032, 45, 55215, 63744, 45, 64255, 65072, 45, 65103, 65381, 45, 65500, 131072, 45, 196607, 93 ) end return mw.ustring.find( s, patternCJK ) ~= nil end -- Text.containsCJK() Text.removeDelimited = function (s, prefix, suffix) -- Remove all text in s delimited by prefix and suffix (inclusive) -- Arguments: -- s = string to process -- prefix = initial delimiter -- suffix = ending delimiter -- Returns: stripped string s = s and tostring(s) or "" prefix = prefix and tostring(prefix) or "" suffix = suffix and tostring(suffix) or "" local prefixLen = mw.ustring.len(prefix) local suffixLen = mw.ustring.len(suffix) if prefixLen == 0 or suffixLen == 0 then return s end local i = s:find(prefix, 1, true) local r = s local j while i do j = r:find(suffix, i + prefixLen) if j then r = r:sub(1, i - 1)..r:sub(j+suffixLen) else r = r:sub(1, i - 1) end i = r:find(prefix, 1, true) end return r end Text.getPlain = function ( adjust ) -- Remove wikisyntax from string, except templates -- Parameter: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string local r = Text.removeDelimited(adjust,"<!--","-->") r = r:gsub( "(</?%l[^>]*>)", "" ) :gsub( "'''", "" ) :gsub( "''", "" ) :gsub( "&nbsp;", " " ) return r end -- Text.getPlain() Text.isLatinRange = function (s) -- Are characters expected to be latin or symbols within latin texts? -- Arguments: -- s = string to analyze -- Returns: true, if valid for latin only s = s and tostring(s) or "" --- ensure input is always string initLatinData() return mw.ustring.match(s, PatternLatin) ~= nil end -- Text.isLatinRange() Text.isQuote = function ( s ) -- Is this character any quotation mark? -- Parameter: -- s = single character to analyze -- Returns: true, if s is quotation mark s = s and tostring(s) or "" if s == "" then return false end if not SeekQuote then SeekQuote = mw.ustring.char( 34, -- " 39, -- ' 171, -- laquo 187, -- raquo 8216, -- lsquo 8217, -- rsquo 8218, -- sbquo 8220, -- ldquo 8221, -- rdquo 8222, -- bdquo 8249, -- lsaquo 8250, -- rsaquo 0x300C, -- CJK 0x300D, -- CJK 0x300E, -- CJK 0x300F ) -- CJK end return mw.ustring.find( SeekQuote, s, 1, true ) ~= nil end -- Text.isQuote() Text.listToText = function ( args, adapt ) -- Format list items similar to mw.text.listToText() -- Parameter: -- args -- table (sequence) with numKey=string -- adapt -- string (optional); format including "%s" -- Returns: string return mw.text.listToText(trimAndFormat(args, adapt)) end -- Text.listToText() Text.quote = function ( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code, or nil -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2, or nil -- Returns: quoted string apply = apply and tostring(apply) or "" local mode, slang if type( alien ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( alien ):lower() else slang = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().pageLanguage if not slang then -- TODO FIXME: Introduction expected 2017-04 slang = mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode() end end if advance == 2 then mode = 2 else mode = 1 end return fiatQuote( mw.text.trim( apply ), slang, mode ) end -- Text.quote() Text.quoteUnquoted = function ( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text, if not yet quoted and not empty -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code, or nil -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2, or nil -- Returns: string; possibly quoted local r = mw.text.trim( apply and tostring(apply) or "" ) local s = mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, 1 ) if s ~= "" and not Text.isQuote( s, advance ) then s = mw.ustring.sub( r, -1, 1 ) if not Text.isQuote( s ) then r = Text.quote( r, alien, advance ) end end return r end -- Text.quoteUnquoted() Text.removeDiacritics = function ( adjust ) -- Remove all diacritics -- Parameter: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string; all latin letters should be ASCII -- or basic greek or cyrillic or symbols etc. local cleanup, decomposed if not PatternCombined then PatternCombined = mw.ustring.char( 91, 0x0300, 45, 0x036F, 0x1AB0, 45, 0x1AFF, 0x1DC0, 45, 0x1DFF, 0xFE20, 45, 0xFE2F, 93 ) end decomposed = mw.ustring.toNFD( adjust and tostring(adjust) or "" ) cleanup = mw.ustring.gsub( decomposed, PatternCombined, "" ) return mw.ustring.toNFC( cleanup ) end -- Text.removeDiacritics() Text.sentenceTerminated = function ( analyse ) -- Is string terminated by dot, question or exclamation mark? -- Quotation, link termination and so on granted -- Parameter: -- analyse -- string -- Returns: true, if sentence terminated local r if not PatternTerminated then PatternTerminated = mw.ustring.char( 91, 12290, 65281, 65294, 65311 ) .. "!%.%?…][\"'%]‹›«»‘’“”]*$" end if mw.ustring.find( analyse, PatternTerminated ) then r = true else r = false end return r end -- Text.sentenceTerminated() Text.ucfirstAll = function ( adjust) -- Capitalize all words -- Arguments: -- adjust = string to adjust -- Returns: string with all first letters in upper case adjust = adjust and tostring(adjust) or "" local r = mw.text.decode(adjust,true) local i = 1 local c, j, m m = (r ~= adjust) r = " "..r while i do i = mw.ustring.find( r, "%W%l", i ) if i then j = i + 1 c = mw.ustring.upper( mw.ustring.sub( r, j, j ) ) r = string.format( "%s%s%s", mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, i ), c, mw.ustring.sub( r, i + 2 ) ) i = j end end -- while i r = r:sub( 2 ) if m then r = mw.text.encode(r) end return r end -- Text.ucfirstAll() Text.uprightNonlatin = function ( adjust ) -- Ensure non-italics for non-latin text parts -- One single greek letter might be granted -- Precondition: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string with non-latin parts enclosed in <span> local r initLatinData() if mw.ustring.match( adjust, PatternLatin ) then -- latin only, horizontal dashes, quotes r = adjust else local c local j = false local k = 1 local m = false local n = mw.ustring.len( adjust ) local span = "%s%s<span dir='auto' style='font-style:normal'>%s</span>" local flat = function ( a ) -- isLatin local range for i = 1, #RangesLatin do range = RangesLatin[ i ] if a >= range[ 1 ] and a <= range[ 2 ] then return true end end -- for i end -- flat() local focus = function ( a ) -- char is not ambivalent local r = ( a > 64 ) if r then r = ( a < 8192 or a > 8212 ) else r = ( a == 38 or a == 60 ) -- '&' '<' end return r end -- focus() local form = function ( a ) return string.format( span, r, mw.ustring.sub( adjust, k, j - 1 ), mw.ustring.sub( adjust, j, a ) ) end -- form() r = "" for i = 1, n do c = mw.ustring.codepoint( adjust, i, i ) if focus( c ) then if flat( c ) then if j then if m then if i == m then -- single greek letter. j = false end m = false end if j then local nx = i - 1 local s = "" for ix = nx, 1, -1 do c = mw.ustring.sub( adjust, ix, ix ) if c == " " or c == "(" then nx = nx - 1 s = c .. s else break -- for ix end end -- for ix r = form( nx ) .. s j = false k = i end end elseif not j then j = i if c >= 880 and c <= 1023 then -- single greek letter? m = i + 1 else m = false end end elseif m then m = m + 1 end end -- for i if j and ( not m or m < n ) then r = form( n ) else r = r .. mw.ustring.sub( adjust, k ) end end return r end -- Text.uprightNonlatin() Text.test = function ( about ) local r if about == "quote" then initQuoteData() r = { } r.QuoteLang = QuoteLang r.QuoteType = QuoteType end return r end -- Text.test() -- Export local p = { } for _, func in ipairs({'containsCJK','isLatinRange','isQuote','sentenceTerminated'}) do p[func] = function (frame) return Text[func]( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) and "1" or "" end end for _, func in ipairs({'getPlain','removeDiacritics','ucfirstAll','uprightNonlatin'}) do p[func] = function (frame) return Text[func]( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) end end function p.char( frame ) local params = frame:getParent().args local story = params[ 1 ] local codes, lenient, multiple if not story then params = frame.args story = params[ 1 ] end if story then local items = mw.text.split( mw.text.trim(story), "%s+" ) if #items > 0 then local j lenient = (yesNo(params.errors) == false) codes = { } multiple = tonumber( params[ "*" ] ) for _, v in ipairs( items ) do j = tonumber((v:sub( 1, 1 ) == "x" and "0" or "") .. v) table.insert( codes, j or v ) end end end return Text.char( codes, multiple, lenient ) end function p.concatParams( frame ) local args local template = frame.args.template if type( template ) == "string" then template = mw.text.trim( template ) template = ( template == "1" ) end if template then args = frame:getParent().args else args = frame.args end return Text.concatParams( args, frame.args.separator, frame.args.format ) end function p.listToFormat(frame) local lists = {} local pformat = frame.args["format"] local sep = frame.args["sep"] or ";" -- Parameter parsen: Listen for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do local knum = tonumber(k) if knum then lists[knum] = v end end -- Listen splitten local maxListLen = 0 for i = 1, #lists do lists[i] = mw.text.split(lists[i], sep) if #lists[i] > maxListLen then maxListLen = #lists[i] end end -- Ergebnisstring generieren local result = "" local result_line = "" for i = 1, maxListLen do result_line = pformat for j = 1, #lists do result_line = mw.ustring.gsub(result_line, "%%s", lists[j][i], 1) end result = result .. result_line end return result end function p.listToText( frame ) local args local template = frame.args.template if type( template ) == "string" then template = mw.text.trim( template ) template = ( template == "1" ) end if template then args = frame:getParent().args else args = frame.args end return Text.listToText( args, frame.args.format ) end function p.quote( frame ) local slang = frame.args[2] if type( slang ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) if slang == "" then slang = false end end return Text.quote( frame.args[ 1 ] or "", slang, tonumber( frame.args[3] ) ) end function p.quoteUnquoted( frame ) local slang = frame.args[2] if type( slang ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) if slang == "" then slang = false end end return Text.quoteUnquoted( frame.args[ 1 ] or "", slang, tonumber( frame.args[3] ) ) end function p.zip(frame) local lists = {} local seps = {} local defaultsep = frame.args["sep"] or "" local innersep = frame.args["isep"] or "" local outersep = frame.args["osep"] or "" -- Parameter parsen for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do local knum = tonumber(k) if knum then lists[knum] = v else if string.sub(k, 1, 3) == "sep" then local sepnum = tonumber(string.sub(k, 4)) if sepnum then seps[sepnum] = v end end end end -- sofern keine expliziten Separatoren angegeben sind, den Standardseparator verwenden for i = 1, math.max(#seps, #lists) do if not seps[i] then seps[i] = defaultsep end end -- Listen splitten local maxListLen = 0 for i = 1, #lists do lists[i] = mw.text.split(lists[i], seps[i]) if #lists[i] > maxListLen then maxListLen = #lists[i] end end local result = "" for i = 1, maxListLen do if i ~= 1 then result = result .. outersep end for j = 1, #lists do if j ~= 1 then result = result .. innersep end result = result .. (lists[j][i] or "") end end return result end function p.failsafe() return Text.serial end p.Text = function () return Text end -- p.Text return p 07f1fc4d39342fd92bdae1c5463bbfede7eeda1a 10 177 371 2022-07-22T08:06:17Z wikipedia>TheDJ 0 breakup super long words, so we do not overflow the viewport. wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="tpl-para" style="word-break:break-word;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}|border: none; background-color: inherit;}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|color: {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}|#006400|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|inherit}}}};}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}">&#124;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> 06006deea2ed5d552aab61b4332321ab749ae7e8 10 149 306 2022-08-01T20:08:40Z wikipedia>Neveselbert 0 Reverting edit(s) by [[Special:Contributions/Neveselbert|Neveselbert]] ([[User_talk:Neveselbert|talk]]) to rev. 995473403 by Scottywong: Reverting [[WP:AGF|good faith]] edits [[w:en:WP:RW|(RW 16.1)]] wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{pp-template|small=yes}}</noinclude>{{#invoke:Plain text|main|{{{1|}}}}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> a314b48913b9772c90a2ace218da4d833852e757 10 179 375 2022-08-20T15:58:28Z wikipedia>Pppery 0 Not an improvement - there's already a well-established edit request process starting with clicking "view source" and we don't need a duplicative process for the specific set of templates that are used in system messages wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1=|2={{{2|}}}|system={{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|in system messages}}<noinclude>|nocat=true</noinclude>}}<noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 0abe278369db6cbbe319e7452d7644e27e11c532 828 29 60 2022-09-05T18:18:32Z wikipedia>Nihiltres 0 Reordered helper functions (first by export status, then alphabetically) and migrated p.quote upstream from [[Module:Redirect hatnote]] (includes contributions by Tamzin and Nihiltres) Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes -- -- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local formatLink -- lazily initialise [[Module:Format link]] ._formatLink local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end function p.defaultClasses(inline) -- Provides the default hatnote classes as a space-separated string; useful -- for hatnote-manipulation modules like [[Module:Hatnote group]]. return (inline == 1 and 'hatnote-inline' or 'hatnote') .. ' ' .. 'navigation-not-searchable' end function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator) -- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical, -- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)". checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string') checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true) disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation' return mw.ustring.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator) end function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon) -- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This -- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons -- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon -- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false. checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string') checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true) if removeColon ~= false then link = removeInitialColon(link) end local namespace = link:match('^(.-):') if namespace then local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace] if nsTable then return nsTable.id end end return 0 end function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title) -- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If -- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from -- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category -- is added. checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string') checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Make the help link text. local helpText if helpLink then helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])' else helpText = '' end -- Make the category text. local category if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out then category = 'Hatnote templates with errors' category = mw.ustring.format( '[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, category ) else category = '' end return mw.ustring.format( '<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s', msg, helpText, category ) end local curNs = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace p.missingTargetCat = --Default missing target category, exported for use in related modules ((curNs == 0) or (curNs == 14)) and 'Articles with hatnote templates targeting a nonexistent page' or nil function p.quote(title) --Wraps titles in quotation marks. If the title starts/ends with a quotation --mark, kerns that side as with {{-'}} local quotationMarks = { ["'"]=true, ['"']=true, ['“']=true, ["‘"]=true, ['”']=true, ["’"]=true } local quoteLeft, quoteRight = -- Test if start/end are quotation marks quotationMarks[string.sub(title, 1, 1)], quotationMarks[string.sub(title, -1, -1)] if quoteLeft or quoteRight then title = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(title) end if quoteLeft then title:css("padding-left", "0.15em") end if quoteRight then title:css("padding-right", "0.15em") end return '"' .. tostring(title) .. '"' end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Hatnote -- -- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.hatnote(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local s = args[1] if not s then return p.makeWikitextError( 'no text specified', 'Template:Hatnote#Errors', args.category ) end return p._hatnote(s, { extraclasses = args.extraclasses, selfref = args.selfref }) end function p._hatnote(s, options) checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string') checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} local inline = options.inline local hatnote = mw.html.create(inline == 1 and 'span' or 'div') local extraclasses if type(options.extraclasses) == 'string' then extraclasses = options.extraclasses end hatnote :attr('role', 'note') :addClass(p.defaultClasses(inline)) :addClass(extraclasses) :addClass(options.selfref and 'selfref' or nil) :wikitext(s) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' } } .. tostring(hatnote) end return p 3ae1ed7094c5005ca0896395ec9a587287a0bef1 828 140 288 2022-09-11T18:55:11Z wikipedia>Paine Ellsworth 0 per edit request on talk page - update Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements {{URL}} -- -- See unit tests at [[Module:URL/testcases]] local p = {} local function safeUri(s) local success, uri = pcall(function() return mw.uri.new(s) end) if success then return uri end end local function extractUrl(args) for name, val in pairs(args) do if name ~= 2 and name ~= "msg" then local url = name .. "=" .. val; url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '^[Hh][Tt][Tt][Pp]([Ss]?):(/?)([^/])', 'http%1://%3') local uri = safeUri(url); if uri and uri.host then return url end end end end function p._url(url, text, msg) url = mw.text.trim(url or '') text = mw.text.trim(text or '') local nomsg = (msg or ''):sub(1,1):lower() == "n" or msg == 'false' -- boolean: true if msg is "false" or starts with n or N if url == '' then if text == '' then if nomsg then return nil else return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'tlx', args = { 'URL', "''example.com''", "''optional display text''" } } end else return text end end -- If the URL contains any unencoded spaces, encode them, because MediaWiki will otherwise interpret a space as the end of the URL. url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '%s', function(s) return mw.uri.encode(s, 'PATH') end) -- If there is an empty query string or fragment id, remove it as it will cause mw.uri.new to throw an error url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '#$', '') url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '%?$', '') -- If it's an HTTP[S] URL without the double slash, fix it. url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '^[Hh][Tt][Tt][Pp]([Ss]?):(/?)([^/])', 'http%1://%3') local uri = safeUri(url) -- Handle URL's without a protocol and URL's that are protocol-relative, -- e.g. www.example.com/foo or www.example.com:8080/foo, and //www.example.com/foo if uri and (not uri.protocol or (uri.protocol and not uri.host)) and url:sub(1, 2) ~= '//' then url = 'http://' .. url uri = safeUri(url) end if text == '' then if uri then if uri.path == '/' then uri.path = '' end local port = '' if uri.port then port = ':' .. uri.port end text = mw.ustring.lower(uri.host or '') .. port .. (uri.relativePath or '') -- Add <wbr> before _/.-# sequences text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(/+)","<wbr/>%1") -- This entry MUST be the first. "<wbr/>" has a "/" in it, you know. text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%.+)","<wbr/>%1") -- text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%-+)","<wbr/>%1") -- DISABLED for now text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%#+)","<wbr/>%1") text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(_+)","<wbr/>%1") else -- URL is badly-formed, so just display whatever was passed in text = url end end return mw.ustring.format('<span class="url">[%s %s]</span>', url, text) end --[[ The main entry point for calling from Template:URL. --]] function p.url(frame) local templateArgs = frame.args local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args local url = templateArgs[1] or parentArgs[1] local text = templateArgs[2] or parentArgs[2] or '' local msg = templateArgs.msg or parentArgs.msg or '' url = url or extractUrl(templateArgs) or extractUrl(parentArgs) or '' return p._url(url, text, msg) end --[[ The entry point for calling from the forked Template:URL2. This function returns no message by default. It strips out wiki-link markup, html tags, and everything after a space. --]] function p.url2(frame) local templateArgs = frame.args local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args local url = templateArgs[1] or parentArgs[1] local text = templateArgs[2] or parentArgs[2] or '' -- default to no message local msg = templateArgs.msg or parentArgs.msg or 'no' url = url or extractUrl(templateArgs) or extractUrl(parentArgs) or '' -- if the url came from a Wikidata call, it might have a pen icon appended -- we want to keep that and add it back at the end. local u1, penicon = mw.ustring.match( url, "(.*)(&nbsp;<span class='penicon.*)" ) if penicon then url = u1 end -- strip out html tags and [ ] from url url = (url or ''):gsub("<[^>]*>", ""):gsub("[%[%]]", "") -- truncate anything after a space url = url:gsub("%%20", " "):gsub(" .*", "") return (p._url(url, text, msg) or "") .. (penicon or "") end return p 8d7a4c6fe04a01815e940475cf64b28e1ef48cfb 10 153 314 2022-09-15T17:36:18Z wikipedia>Aidan9382 0 Hatnote should ideally be moved into documentation as to allow users to edit it regardless of the protection on the main template wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Parameter names example|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> de1e29d6ebc113e9d1649ea6a976625885db8a2f 828 33 68 2022-10-21T08:07:11Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 use require('strict') instead of require('Module:No globals') Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p 894f0884d4c2da1ce19d385b96f59af654b0946a 828 189 395 2022-10-22T09:09:53Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 use require('strict') instead of require('Module:No globals') Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{section link}}. require('strict'); local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} local function makeSectionLink(page, section, display) display = display or section page = page or '' -- MediaWiki doesn't allow these in `page`, so only need to do for `section` if type(section) == 'string' then section = string.gsub(section, "{", "&#x7B;") section = string.gsub(section, "}", "&#x7D;") end return string.format('[[%s#%s|%s]]', page, section, display) end local function normalizeTitle(title) title = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(title, "'", ""), '"', '') title = mw.ustring.gsub(title, "%b<>", "") return mw.title.new(title).prefixedText end function p._main(page, sections, options, title) -- Validate input. checkType('_main', 1, page, 'string', true) checkType('_main', 3, options, 'table', true) if sections == nil then sections = {} elseif type(sections) == 'string' then sections = {sections} elseif type(sections) ~= 'table' then error(string.format( "type error in argument #2 to '_main' " .. "(string, table or nil expected, got %s)", type(sections) ), 2) end options = options or {} title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Deal with blank page names elegantly if page and not page:find('%S') then page = nil options.nopage = true end -- Make the link(s). local isShowingPage = not options.nopage if #sections <= 1 then local linkPage = page or '' local section = sections[1] or 'Notes' local display = '§&nbsp;' .. section if isShowingPage then page = page or title.prefixedText if options.display and options.display ~= '' then if normalizeTitle(options.display) == normalizeTitle(page) then display = options.display .. ' ' .. display else error(string.format( 'Display title "%s" was ignored since it is ' .. "not equivalent to the page's actual title", options.display ), 0) end else display = page .. ' ' .. display end end return makeSectionLink(linkPage, section, display) else -- Multiple sections. First, make a list of the links to display. local ret = {} for i, section in ipairs(sections) do ret[i] = makeSectionLink(page, section) end -- Assemble the list of links into a string with mw.text.listToText. -- We use the default separator for mw.text.listToText, but a custom -- conjunction. There is also a special case conjunction if we only -- have two links. local conjunction if #sections == 2 then conjunction = '&#8203; and ' else conjunction = ', and ' end ret = mw.text.listToText(ret, nil, conjunction) -- Add the intro text. local intro = '§§&nbsp;' if isShowingPage then intro = (page or title.prefixedText) .. ' ' .. intro end ret = intro .. ret return ret end end function p.main(frame) local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Section link', valueFunc = function (key, value) value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Trim whitespace -- Allow blank first parameters, as the wikitext template does this. if value ~= '' or key == 1 then return value end end }) for k, v in pairs(args) do -- replace underscores in the positional parameter values if 'number' == type(k) then if not yesno (args['keep-underscores']) then -- unless |keep-underscores=yes args[k] = mw.uri.decode (v, 'WIKI'); -- percent-decode; replace underscores with space characters else args[k] = mw.uri.decode (v, 'PATH'); -- percent-decode; retain underscores end end end -- Sort the arguments. local page local sections, options = {}, {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if k == 1 then -- Doing this in the loop because of a bug in [[Module:Arguments]] -- when using pairs with deleted arguments. page = mw.text.decode(v, true) elseif type(k) == 'number' then sections[k] = v else options[k] = v end end options.nopage = yesno (options.nopage); -- make boolean -- Extract section from page, if present if page then local p, s = page:match('^(.-)#(.*)$') if p then page, sections[1] = p, s end end -- Compress the sections array. local function compressArray(t) local nums, ret = {}, {} for num in pairs(t) do nums[#nums + 1] = num end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[i] = t[num] end return ret end sections = compressArray(sections) return p._main(page, sections, options) end return p 5cc61d43dc601ca43e9472500fc5cd09ca7cea44 828 12 26 2022-10-23T04:26:44Z wikipedia>Legoktm 0 Replace [[Module:No globals]] with require( "strict" ) Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) bdb0ecc9f26f26b9c0ce12a066a183ac9d4f0705 10 192 401 2022-12-10T23:52:31Z wikipedia>HouseBlaster 0 HouseBlaster moved page [[Template:Mlx]] to [[Template:Module link expanded]]: harmonize with [[Template:template link expanded]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Module link expanded]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 3a80cf77e735d41b1611f1bd7f028ce9941330a2 10 87 176 2022-12-11T06:59:53Z wikipedia>Izno 0 add this reset from mobile.css text text/plain /* {{pp-template|small=yes}} */ .plainlist ol, .plainlist ul { line-height: inherit; list-style: none; margin: 0; padding: 0; /* Reset Minerva default */ } .plainlist ol li, .plainlist ul li { margin-bottom: 0; } 51706efa229ff8794c0d94f260a208e7c5e6ec30 828 68 138 2022-12-13T23:41:34Z wikipedia>Izno 0 use module:list for plainlist, move templatestyles to module space Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{shortcut}}. -- Set constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Shortcut/config' -- Load required modules local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} local function message(msg, ...) return mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, ...):plain() end local function makeCategoryLink(cat) return string.format('[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat) end function p._main(shortcuts, options, frame, cfg) checkType('_main', 1, shortcuts, 'table') checkType('_main', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() cfg = cfg or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE) local templateMode = options.template and yesno(options.template) local redirectMode = options.redirect and yesno(options.redirect) local isCategorized = not options.category or yesno(options.category) ~= false -- Validate shortcuts for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do if type(shortcut) ~= 'string' or #shortcut < 1 then error(message(cfg['invalid-shortcut-error'], i), 2) end end -- Make the list items. These are the shortcuts plus any extra lines such -- as options.msg. local listItems = {} for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do local templatePath, prefix if templateMode then -- Namespace detection local titleObj = mw.title.new(shortcut, 10) if titleObj.namespace == 10 then templatePath = titleObj.fullText else templatePath = shortcut end prefix = options['pre' .. i] or options.pre or '' end if options.target and yesno(options.target) then listItems[i] = templateMode and string.format("&#123;&#123;%s[[%s|%s]]&#125;&#125;", prefix, templatePath, shortcut) or string.format("[[%s]]", shortcut) else listItems[i] = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'No redirect', args = templateMode and {templatePath, shortcut} or {shortcut, shortcut} } if templateMode then listItems[i] = string.format("&#123;&#123;%s%s&#125;&#125;", prefix, listItems[i]) end end end table.insert(listItems, options.msg) -- Return an error if we have nothing to display if #listItems < 1 then local msg = cfg['no-content-error'] msg = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', msg) if isCategorized and cfg['no-content-error-category'] then msg = msg .. makeCategoryLink(cfg['no-content-error-category']) end return msg end local root = mw.html.create() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Shortcut/styles.css'} }) -- Anchors local anchorDiv = root :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutanchordiv') for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do local anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(shortcut) anchorDiv:tag('span'):attr('id', anchor) end -- Shortcut heading local shortcutHeading do local nShortcuts = #shortcuts if nShortcuts > 0 then local headingMsg = options['shortcut-heading'] or redirectMode and cfg['redirect-heading'] or cfg['shortcut-heading'] shortcutHeading = message(headingMsg, nShortcuts) shortcutHeading = frame:preprocess(shortcutHeading) end end -- Shortcut box local shortcutList = root :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutboxplain noprint') :attr('role', 'note') if options.float and options.float:lower() == 'left' then shortcutList:addClass('module-shortcutboxleft') end if options.clear and options.clear ~= '' then shortcutList:css('clear', options.clear) end if shortcutHeading then shortcutList :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutlist') :wikitext(shortcutHeading) end local ubl = require('Module:List').unbulleted(listItems) shortcutList:wikitext(ubl) return tostring(root) end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) -- Separate shortcuts from options local shortcuts, options = {}, {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then shortcuts[k] = v else options[k] = v end end -- Compress the shortcut array, which may contain nils. local function compressArray(t) local nums, ret = {}, {} for k in pairs(t) do nums[#nums + 1] = k end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[i] = t[num] end return ret end shortcuts = compressArray(shortcuts) return p._main(shortcuts, options, frame) end return p 03fd46a265e549852a9ed3d3a9249b247d84cb4f 10 9 20 2022-12-18T05:46:16Z wikipedia>TadejM 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 5bfb2becf8bed35974b47e3ff8660dc14bee40c7 10 6 14 2022-12-23T23:04:16Z wikipedia>Fayenatic london 0 remove categories for several more namespaces, see [[Wikipedia:Categories for discussion/Log/2022 December 15#Pages with short description]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}|none|<nowiki /><!--Prevents whitespace issues when used with adjacent newlines-->|<div class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint searchaux" style="display:none">{{{1|}}}{{SHORTDESC:{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}</div>}}<includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{pagetype}}}|Disambiguation pages||{{#ifeq:{{pagetype |defaultns = all |user=exclude}}|exclude||{{#ifeq:{{#switch: {{NAMESPACENUMBER}} | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 100 | 101 | 118 | 119 | 828 | 829 | = exclude|#default=}}|exclude||[[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with short description]]}}}}}}</includeonly><!-- Start tracking -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{Main other|[[Category:Pages using short description with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Short description]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | pagetype | bot |plural }}<!-- -->{{#ifexpr: {{#invoke:String|len|{{{1|}}}}}>100 | [[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with long short description]]}}<!-- --><includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}}||[[Category:Pages with empty short description]]}}</includeonly><!-- -->{{Short description/lowercasecheck|{{{1|}}}}}<!-- -->{{Main other |{{SDcat |sd={{{1|}}} }} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f175a6d61b40a87adb43e2dd4f73c7979759b34c 10 164 336 2022-12-26T18:00:17Z wikipedia>Izno 0 actually remove that block, someone can dig for authorship sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-protected|reason=match parent|small=yes}} */ /* * hlist styles are defined in core and Minerva and differ in Minerva. The * current definitions here (2023-01-01) are sufficient to override Minerva * without use of the hlist-separated class. The most problematic styles were * related to margin, padding, and the bullet. Check files listed at * [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#hlist-separated]] */ /* * TODO: When the majority of readership supports it (or some beautiful world * in which grade C support is above the minimum threshold), use :is() */ .hlist dl, .hlist ol, .hlist ul { margin: 0; padding: 0; } /* Display list items inline */ .hlist dd, .hlist dt, .hlist li { /* * don't trust the note that says margin doesn't work with inline * removing margin: 0 makes dds have margins again * We also want to reset margin-right in Minerva */ margin: 0; display: inline; } /* Display requested top-level lists inline */ .hlist.inline, .hlist.inline dl, .hlist.inline ol, .hlist.inline ul, /* Display nested lists inline */ .hlist dl dl, .hlist dl ol, .hlist dl ul, .hlist ol dl, .hlist ol ol, .hlist ol ul, .hlist ul dl, .hlist ul ol, .hlist ul ul { display: inline; } /* Hide empty list items */ .hlist .mw-empty-li { display: none; } /* TODO: :not() can maybe be used here to remove the later rule. naive test * seems to work. more testing needed. like so: *.hlist dt:not(:last-child)::after { * content: ": "; *} *.hlist dd:not(:last-child)::after, *.hlist li:not(:last-child)::after { * content: " · "; * font-weight: bold; *} */ /* Generate interpuncts */ .hlist dt::after { content: ": "; } .hlist dd::after, .hlist li::after { content: " · "; font-weight: bold; } .hlist dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt:last-child::after, .hlist li:last-child::after { content: none; } /* Add parentheses around nested lists */ .hlist dd dd:first-child::before, .hlist dd dt:first-child::before, .hlist dd li:first-child::before, .hlist dt dd:first-child::before, .hlist dt dt:first-child::before, .hlist dt li:first-child::before, .hlist li dd:first-child::before, .hlist li dt:first-child::before, .hlist li li:first-child::before { content: " ("; font-weight: normal; } .hlist dd dd:last-child::after, .hlist dd dt:last-child::after, .hlist dd li:last-child::after, .hlist dt dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt dt:last-child::after, .hlist dt li:last-child::after, .hlist li dd:last-child::after, .hlist li dt:last-child::after, .hlist li li:last-child::after { content: ")"; font-weight: normal; } /* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */ .hlist ol { counter-reset: listitem; } .hlist ol > li { counter-increment: listitem; } .hlist ol > li::before { content: " " counter(listitem) "\a0"; } .hlist dd ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist dt ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist li ol > li:first-child::before { content: " (" counter(listitem) "\a0"; } 8c9dd9c9c00f30eead17fe10f51d183333e81f33 828 123 254 2022-12-27T21:29:12Z wikipedia>Izno 0 merge hlist here Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local args = {} local origArgs = {} local root local empty_row_categories = {} local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]' local has_rows = false local lists = { plainlist_t = { patterns = { '^plainlist$', '%splainlist$', '^plainlist%s', '%splainlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' }, hlist_t = { patterns = { '^hlist$', '%shlist$', '^hlist%s', '%shlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } local function has_list_class(args_to_check) for _, list in pairs(lists) do if not list.found then for _, arg in pairs(args_to_check) do for _, pattern in ipairs(list.patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(arg or '', pattern) then list.found = true break end end if list.found then break end end end end end local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt) local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end if notempty(sval) then local marker = '<span class=special_infobox_marker>' local s = sval -- start moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows local slast = '' while slast ~= s do slast = s s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*%]%])', '%2%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)', '%2%1') end -- end moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>)', '%1' .. marker) if s:match(marker) then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^<>]*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*</[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*>)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1') end if s:match(marker) then local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker) s = '' for k = 1, #subcells do if k == 1 then s = s .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' elseif k == #subcells then local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"' if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = '' end s = s .. '<tr' .. rowstyle ..'><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then if (k % 2) == 0 then s = s .. subcells[k] else s = s .. '<tr><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' end end end end -- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser -- [[Special:Diff/849054481]] -- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1') return s else return sval end end -- Cleans empty tables local function cleanInfobox() root = tostring(root) if has_rows == false then root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '<table[^<>]*>%s*</table>', '') end end -- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence. local function union(t1, t2) local vals = {} for k, v in pairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for k, v in pairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end return ret end -- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist -- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and -- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}. local function getArgNums(prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell -- or a label/data cell combination. local function addRow(rowArgs) if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class, args.headerclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) :cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-header') :addClass(rowArgs.class) :addClass(args.headerclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-header :cssText(args.headerstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th')) if rowArgs.data then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells]]' ) end elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) if rowArgs.label then row :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('infobox-label') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-label :cssText(args.labelstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(rowArgs.label) :done() end local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil) :addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data') :addClass(rowArgs.class) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox(-full)-data :cssText(rowArgs.datastyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '') end end local function renderTitle() if not args.title then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({args.titleclass}) root :tag('caption') :addClass('infobox-title') :addClass(args.titleclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-title :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end local function renderAboveRow() if not args.above then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.aboveclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-above') :addClass(args.aboveclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-above :cssText(args.abovestyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th')) end local function renderBelowRow() if not args.below then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.belowclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-below') :addClass(args.belowclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-below :cssText(args.belowstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td')) end local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs) if subheaderArgs.data and subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ subheaderArgs.rowclass, subheaderArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-subheader') :addClass(subheaderArgs.class) :cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle) :cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '') end end local function renderSubheaders() if args.subheader then args.subheader1 = args.subheader end if args.subheaderrowclass then args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass end local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader') for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do addSubheaderRow({ data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-subheader datastyle = args.subheaderstyle, rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)], class = args.subheaderclass, rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function addImageRow(imageArgs) if imageArgs.data and imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ imageArgs.rowclass, imageArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-image') :addClass(imageArgs.class) :cssText(imageArgs.datastyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '') end end local function renderImages() if args.image then args.image1 = args.image end if args.caption then args.caption1 = args.caption end local imagenums = getArgNums('image') for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)] local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)]) if caption then data :tag('div') :addClass('infobox-caption') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-caption :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(caption) end addImageRow({ data = tostring(data), -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-image datastyle = args.imagestyle, class = args.imageclass, rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end -- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows local function preprocessRows() if not args.autoheaders then return end local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) local lastheader for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end lastheader = num elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub( category_in_empty_row_pattern, '' ):match('^%S') then local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)] if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then lastheader = nil end end end if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end end -- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers, -- and renders them all in order local function renderRows() local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do addRow({ header = args['header' .. tostring(num)], label = args['label' .. tostring(num)], data = args['data' .. tostring(num)], datastyle = args.datastyle, class = args['class' .. tostring(num)], rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> rowclass rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)], rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function renderNavBar() if not args.name then return end has_rows = true root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-navbar') :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, }) end local function renderItalicTitle() local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title']) if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then root:wikitext(require('Module:Italic title')._main({})) end end -- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories. -- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by -- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories -- from rendering. local function renderEmptyRowCategories() for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do root:wikitext(s) end end -- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories. local function renderTrackingCategories() if args.decat == 'yes' then return end if args.child == 'yes' then if args.title then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]' ) end elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles using infobox templates with no data rows]]') end end --[=[ Loads the templatestyles for the infobox. TODO: FINISH loading base templatestyles here rather than in MediaWiki:Common.css. There are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox tables. See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :). When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too. Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar. ]=] local function loadTemplateStyles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local hlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.hlist_t.found then hlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.hlist_t.styles } } end local plainlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.plainlist_t.found then plainlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.plainlist_t.styles } } end -- See function description local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Infobox/styles.css' } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ -- hlist -> plainlist -> base is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because the rows of interest invoking -- each class may not be on a specific page hlist_templatestyles, plainlist_templatestyles, base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles }) end -- common functions between the child and non child cases local function structure_infobox_common() renderSubheaders() renderImages() preprocessRows() renderRows() renderBelowRow() renderNavBar() renderItalicTitle() renderEmptyRowCategories() renderTrackingCategories() cleanInfobox() end -- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the -- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox. local function _infobox() if args.child ~= 'yes' then root = mw.html.create('table') root :addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox') :addClass(args.bodyclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> :cssText(args.bodystyle) has_list_class({ args.bodyclass }) renderTitle() renderAboveRow() else root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(args.title) end structure_infobox_common() return loadTemplateStyles() .. root end -- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table. -- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions. local function preprocessSingleArg(argName) if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then args[argName] = origArgs[argName] end end -- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in -- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from -- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing -- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a -- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix" -- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix -- parameter is present and non-blank. local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step) if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2) end if type(step) ~= 'number' then error("Invalid step value detected", 2) end -- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input. for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or (v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2) end preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix) -- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present -- and not blank. if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs') end preprocessSingleArg(dependValue) end end end -- Get arguments with number suffixes. local a = 1 -- Counter variable. local moreArgumentsExist = true while moreArgumentsExist == true do moreArgumentsExist = false for i = a, a + step - 1 do for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i) if origArgs[prefixArgName] then -- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones. moreArgumentsExist = true preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName) end -- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present -- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is -- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present. if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i) preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName) end end end end a = a + step end end -- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so -- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that -- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present, -- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists. local function parseDataParameters() preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders') preprocessSingleArg('child') preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass') preprocessSingleArg('subbox') preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle') preprocessSingleArg('title') preprocessSingleArg('titleclass') preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle') preprocessSingleArg('above') preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass') preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle') preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle') preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle') preprocessSingleArg('imageclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'header'}, {prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}}, {prefix = 'rowclass'}, {prefix = 'rowstyle'}, {prefix = 'rowcellstyle'}, {prefix = 'class'} }, 50) preprocessSingleArg('headerclass') preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle') preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle') preprocessSingleArg('datastyle') preprocessSingleArg('below') preprocessSingleArg('belowclass') preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle') preprocessSingleArg('name') -- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title'] preprocessSingleArg('decat') preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles') end -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template. -- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in. function p.infobox(frame) if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args else origArgs = frame end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end -- For calling via #invoke within a template function p.infoboxTemplate(frame) origArgs = {} for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end return p 0ddb7e5c8426d67cd589b710efb9912ddfb67fea 10 120 248 2022-12-29T17:46:45Z wikipedia>Izno 0 templatestyles obviates the need for hlist-separated wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Hlist/styles.css"/><div class="hlist {{{class|}}}" {{#if:{{{style|}}}{{{indent|}}}|style="{{#if:{{{indent|}}}|margin-left: {{#expr:{{{indent}}}*1.6}}em;}} {{{style|}}}"}}>{{#if:{{{1|}}}| {{{1}}} </div>}}<noinclude></div> {{documentation}} </noinclude> cf60aa4aef920d48fa394e786f72fe5f6dcd3169 828 20 42 2022-12-29T17:57:56Z wikipedia>Izno 0 add templatestyles for hlist Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p 7a4f36a6e9cd56370bdd8207d23694124821dc1a 828 137 282 2023-01-02T22:05:13Z wikipedia>Hike395 0 decode HTML entities Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesNo = require('Module:Yesno') local getPlain = require('Module:Text').Text().getPlain -- function to determine whether "sub" occurs in "s" local function plainFind(s, sub) return mw.ustring.find(s, sub, 1, true) end -- function to count the number of times "pattern" (a regex) occurs in "s" local function countMatches(s, pattern) local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(s, pattern, '') return count end local singular = 1 local likelyPlural = 2 local plural = 3 -- Determine whether a string is singular or plural (i.e., it represents one -- item or many) -- Arguments: -- origArgs[1]: string to process -- origArgs.no_comma: if false, use commas to detect plural (default false) -- origArgs.parse_links: if false, treat wikilinks as opaque singular objects (default false) -- Returns: -- singular, likelyPlural, or plural (see constants above), or nil for completely unknown function p._main(origArgs) origArgs = type(origArgs) == 'table' and origArgs or {} local args = {} -- canonicalize boolean arguments for key, default in pairs({no_comma=false,parse_links=false,any_comma=false,no_and=false}) do if origArgs[key] == nil then args[key] = default else args[key] = yesNo(origArgs[key],default) end end local checkComma = not args.no_comma local checkAnd = not args.no_and local rewriteLinks = not args.parse_links local anyComma = args.any_comma local s = origArgs[1] -- the input string if not s then return nil -- empty input returns nil end s = tostring(s) s = mw.text.decode(s,true) --- replace HTML entities (to avoid spurious semicolons) if plainFind(s,'data-plural="0"') then -- magic data string to return true return singular end if plainFind(s,'data-plural="1"') then -- magic data string to return false return plural end -- count number of list items local numListItems = countMatches(s,'<%s*li') -- if exactly one, then singular, if more than one, then plural if numListItems == 1 then return singular end if numListItems > 1 then return plural end -- if "list of" occurs inside of wlink, then it's plural if mw.ustring.find(s:lower(), '%[%[[^%]]*list of[^%]]+%]%]') then return plural end -- fix for trailing br tags passed through [[template:marriage]] s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '<%s*br[^>]*>%s*(</div>)', '%1') -- replace all wikilinks with fixed string if rewriteLinks then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s,'%b[]','WIKILINK') end -- Five conditions: any one of them can make the string a likely plural or plural local hasBreak = mw.ustring.find(s,'<%s*br') -- For the last 4, evaluate on string stripped of wikimarkup s = getPlain(s) local hasBullets = countMatches(s,'%*+') > 1 local multipleQids = mw.ustring.find(s,'Q%d+[%p%s]+Q%d+') -- has multiple QIDs in a row if hasBullets or multipleQids then return plural end local commaPattern = anyComma and '[,;]' or '%D[,;]%D' -- semi-colon similar to comma local hasComma = checkComma and mw.ustring.find(s, commaPattern) local hasAnd = checkAnd and mw.ustring.find(s,'[,%s]and%s') if hasBreak or hasComma or hasAnd then return likelyPlural end return singular end function p._pluralize(args) args = type(args) == 'table' and args or {} local singularForm = args[3] or args.singular or "" local pluralForm = args[4] or args.plural or "" local likelyForm = args.likely or pluralForm local link = args[5] or args.link if link then link = tostring(link) singularForm = '[['..link..'|'..singularForm..']]' pluralForm = '[['..link..'|'..pluralForm..']]' likelyForm = '[['..link..'|'..likelyForm..']]' end if args[2] then return pluralForm end local detect = p._main(args) if detect == nil then return "" -- return blank on complete failure end if detect == singular then return singularForm elseif detect == likelyPlural then return likelyForm else return pluralForm end end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) -- For template, return 1 if singular, blank if plural or empty local result = p._main(args) if result == nil then return 1 end return result == singular and 1 or "" end function p.pluralize(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._pluralize(args) end return p 6afb2e8c0bd8ddff094e2861b836521ee4a5a779 828 118 244 2023-01-14T14:43:34Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; sanitized-css text/css /* Protection icon the following line controls the page-protection icon in the upper right corner it must remain within this comment {{sandbox other||{{pp-template}}}} */ /* Overrides Some wikis do not override user agent default styles for HTML <cite> and <q>, unlike en.wp. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[MediaWiki:Common.css]]. The word-wrap and :target styles were moved here from Common.css. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[Template:Citation/styles.css]]. */ cite.citation { font-style: inherit; /* Remove italics for <cite> */ /* Break long urls, etc., rather than overflowing box */ word-wrap: break-word; } .citation q { quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'"; /* Straight quote marks for <q> */ } /* Highlight linked elements (such as clicked references) in blue */ .citation:target { /* ignore the linter - all browsers of interest implement this */ background-color: rgba(0, 127, 255, 0.133); } /* ID and URL access Both core and Common.css have selector .mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external for PDF pages. All TemplateStyles pages are hoisted to .mw-parser-output. We need to have specificity equal to a[href$=".pdf"].external for locks to override PDF icon. That's essentially 2 classes and 1 element. the .id-lock-... selectors are for use by non-citation templates like {{Catalog lookup link}} which do not have to handle PDF links */ .id-lock-free a, .citation .cs1-lock-free a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/65/Lock-green.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-limited a, .id-lock-registration a, .citation .cs1-lock-limited a, .citation .cs1-lock-registration a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Lock-gray-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-subscription a, .citation .cs1-lock-subscription a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/aa/Lock-red-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } /* Wikisource Wikisource icon when |chapter= or |title= is wikilinked to Wikisource as in cite wikisource */ .cs1-ws-icon a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/4c/Wikisource-logo.svg) right 0.1em center/12px no-repeat; } /* Errors and maintenance */ .cs1-code { /* <code>...</code> style override: mediawiki's css definition is specified here: https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/ 69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199 */ color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit; } .cs1-hidden-error { display: none; color: #d33; } .cs1-visible-error { color: #d33; } .cs1-maint { display: none; color: #3a3; margin-left: 0.3em; } /* Small text size Set small text size in one place. 0.95 (here) * 0.9 (from references list) is ~0.85, which is the lower bound for size for accessibility. Old styling for this was just 0.85. We could write the rule so that when this template is inside references/reflist, only then does it multiply by 0.95; else multiply by 0.85 */ .cs1-format { font-size: 95%; } /* kerning */ .cs1-kern-left { padding-left: 0.2em; } .cs1-kern-right { padding-right: 0.2em; } /* selflinks – avoid bold font style when cs1|2 template links to the current page */ .citation .mw-selflink { font-weight: inherit; } 7c96feb084b1883e7b6522660da6a14bdcc94752 828 117 242 2023-01-14T14:43:36Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs) Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings of %27%27... ]] local function make_coins_title (title, script) title = has_accept_as_written (title); if is_set (title) then title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup else title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string end if is_set (script) then script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string) script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup else script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string end if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate end return title .. script; -- return the concatenation end --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. ]] local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters return argument; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------ Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS. ]] local function get_coins_pages (pages) local pattern; if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done while true do pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url " if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible end pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like? return pages; end --[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------ There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are PNG images TeX source MathML with SVG or PNG fallback All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata. Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings of the last editor to save the page. This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation. When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop. ]=] local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value) local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math']; local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test return false, value; end rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error) if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$ rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text else return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms end return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1); end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >---------------------------------------------------- Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities. 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29 TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible characters table? ]] local function coins_cleanup (value) local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation end value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;(s?)</span>', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen end value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space return value; end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information. ]] local function COinS(data, class) if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then return ''; end for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed) data[k] = coins_cleanup (v); end end local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004"; -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, { __newindex = function(self, key, value) if is_set(value) then rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } ); end end }); if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite ssrn elseif 'conference' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set) elseif 'web' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set) else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles end OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles -- these used only for periodicals OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc. OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue; OCinSoutput['rft.artnum'] = data.ArticleNumber; -- {{cite journal}} only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report"; elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book) elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then if is_set (data.Chapter) then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title else if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia end end else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'} OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; end OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation else -- cite thesis OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported) OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation end -- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx" -- and now common parameters (as much as possible) OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all? if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS; if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v }; elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords OCinSoutput[ id ] = v; elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol= OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label}); elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers) end end local last, first; for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name end else -- for all other authors if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation end -- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies? end end OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL; OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage }; -- TODO: Add optional extra info: -- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data) -- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object) -- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd) -- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding) OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil ); -- sort with version string always first, and combine. -- table.sort( OCinSoutput ); table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004" return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&"); end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link; strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { make_coins_title = make_coins_title, get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages, COinS = COinS, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, } 55b7d6a7605b5e672604b0210feeb5286b799f8e 828 116 240 2023-01-14T14:43:38Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities substitute, make_wikilink; local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title= --============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================ --[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >---------------------------- as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata. returns :<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else for identifiers that do not have q, returns nil for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil ]] local function wikidata_article_name_get (q) if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki return nil; -- abandon end local wd_article; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki if wd_article then wd_article = table.concat ({':', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading colon required end return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ L A B E L _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------ common function to create identifier link label from handler table or from Wikidata returns the first available of 1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled) 2. Wikidata (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local wiki's language) 3. label specified in the local wiki's handler table ]] local function link_label_make (handler) local wd_article; if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it; end return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link; end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style external link ]] local function external_link_id (options) local url_string = options.id; local ext_link; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH'); end if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix}); end ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id)); if is_set (options.access) then ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock end return table.concat ({ make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order) options.separator or '&nbsp;', ext_link }); end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style internal link TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id), but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:, :JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:. ]] local function internal_link_id (options) local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 return table.concat ( { make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label options.separator or '&nbsp;', -- add the separator make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { options.prefix, id, -- translated to Western digits options.suffix or '' }), substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis ); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required? }); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite. ]] local function is_embargoed (embargo) if is_set (embargo) then local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local good1, embargo_date, todays_date; good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo); todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U'); if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future? return embargo; -- still embargoed else set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired end end end return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ B I O R X I V _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true if: 2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400 biorxiv_date is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang_object.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with date parts and create a YYYY-MM-DD format date. ]=] local function is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) local biorxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date local good1, good2; local biorxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); good1, biorxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', biorxiv_date); -- convert biorxiv_date value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand biorxiv_ts = tonumber (biorxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (biorxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp end return ((1576022400 <= biorxiv_ts) and (biorxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- 2012-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < tomorrow's date end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >----------------------------------------------------- ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in isbn(). If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len) local temp = 0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58 len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58) temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal else temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i); end end return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------- ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit. If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str) local temp=0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39 for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit end return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct end --[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >-------------------------------------------------- LCCN normalization (https://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization) 1. Remove all blanks. 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash. 3. If there is a hyphen in the string: a. Remove it. b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out): 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function) 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six. Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function. ]] local function normalize_lccn (lccn) lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it end local prefix local suffix prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6 lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN end return lccn; end --============================<< I D E N T I F I E R F U N C T I O N S >>==================================== --[[--------------------------< A R X I V >-------------------------------------------------------------------- See: https://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier: the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is: arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version> where: <archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation <class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0 <number> is a three-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented) the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 <number> is a four-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces the third form, valid from January 2015 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412 <number> is a five-digit number ]] local function arxiv (options) local id = options.id; local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local year, month, version; local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message local text; -- output text if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month ((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) ((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end else err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message end if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end local err_msg_t = {}; if err_msg then set_message ('err_bad_arxiv'); end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); if is_set (class) then if id:match ('^%d+') then text = table.concat ({text, ' [[//arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink else set_message ('err_class_ignored'); end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I B C O D E >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID. Format for bibcodes is specified here: https://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests: length must be 19 characters characters in position 1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year 5 must be a letter 6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. ) 9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot 19 must be a letter or dot ]] local function bibcode (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local err_type; local err_msg = ''; local year; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); if 19 ~= id:len() then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length; else year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$"); if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error else local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds end if id:find('&%.') then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter) end end end if is_set (err_type) then -- if there was an error detected set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type}); options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I O R X I V >----------------------------------------------------------------- Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly 6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters: https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733 or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv ]] local function biorxiv (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error local patterns = { '^10.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11) '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11) '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11) } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match if id:match (pattern) then local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form if not is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) then -- validate the encoded date; TODO: don't ignore leap-year and actual month lengths ({{#time:}} is a poor date validator) break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message end end err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message break; -- and done end end -- err_cat remains set here when no match if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------ CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org). The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure ]] local function citeseerx (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local matched; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$"); if not matched then set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' ); options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors. DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message. DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash, and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in DOI names. https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html -- 2.2 Syntax of a DOI name https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html#2.2.2 -- 2.2.2 DOI prefix ]] local function doi (options) local id = options.id; local inactive = options.DoiBroken local access = options.access; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local text; if is_set (inactive) then local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date local inactive_month, good; if is_set (inactive_year) then if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything) local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date if not good then inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset end end else inactive_year = nil; -- |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date end if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '}); elseif is_set (inactive_year) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''}); else set_message ('maint_doi_inactive'); end inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')'; end local registrant = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$'); -- registrant set when DOI has the proper basic form local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported '^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999 '^[^1-5]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 60000+); accepts: 10000–59999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits '^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (3 digits with subcode is legitimate) '^%d%d?%.[%d%.]+', -- 1 or 2 digits with subcode '^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve '[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot } if not ignore_invalid then if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad break; -- and done end end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed end else set_message ('maint_doi_ignore'); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access, auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored }) .. (inactive or ''); return text; end --[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats an HDL with minor error checking. HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/' Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message. HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in HDLs. Query string parameters are named here: https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier. ]] local function hdl (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html 'noredirect', 'ignore_aliases', 'auth', 'cert', 'index', 'type', 'urlappend', 'locatt', 'action', } local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string local found; if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters found = true; -- announce a find break; -- and stop looking end end end if found then id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not else suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else end local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma set_message ('err_bad_hdl' ); options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S B N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid ]] local function isbn (options) local isbn_str = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator}); if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error else -- here when not ignoring if not check then -- and there is an error options.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message return ISBN; -- return id text end end return ISBN; -- return id text end if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace local len = id:len(); if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if len == 10 then if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); end if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid end if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin) return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1 end return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid else if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits end if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979 end if id:match ('^9790') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN end return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end end --[[--------------------------< A S I N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=. Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit. |asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message This function is positioned here because it calls isbn() ]] local function asin (options) local id = options.id; local domain = options.ASINTLD; local err_flag; if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters else if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X) if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10 if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn end elseif not is_set (err_flag) then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10 end elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha end end if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States domain = "com"; elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom domain = "co." .. domain; elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China domain = "cn"; elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey domain = "com." .. domain; elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value end local handler = options.handler; if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins else options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/", id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) end --[[--------------------------< I S M N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the same check digit calculations. See https://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf section 2, pages 9–12. ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function ismn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text; local valid_ismn = true; local id_copy; id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790 valid_ismn = false; else valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN end -- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to -- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet { make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id_copy }); if false == valid_ismn then options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S S N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this: |issn=0819 4327 gives: [https://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits. ]] local function issn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate local text; local valid_issn = true; id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character else valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN end if true == valid_issn then id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version else id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if ignore_invalid then set_message ('maint_issn_ignore'); else if false == valid_issn then options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< J F M >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn ]] local function jfm (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_jfm_format'); else -- plain number without JFM prefix id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix end if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern else set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< J S T O R >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format a JSTOR with some error checking ]] local function jstor (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< L C C N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits. https://oclc-research.github.io/infoURI-Frozen/info-uri.info/info:lccn/reg.html length = 8 then all digits length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha ]] local function lccn (options) local lccn = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes) local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN if 8 == len then if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern? err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ... if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end end elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message end if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message end if is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< M R >-------------------------------------------------------------------------- A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits. ]] local function mr (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local id_len; id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat else -- plain number without mr prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0; if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits else set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O C L C >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}} archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html ]] local function oclc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local number; if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number if 9 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers end elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix number = id; -- get the number if 10 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 10 digits; change this when OCLC issues 11-digit numbers end end if number then -- proper format id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link else set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >-------------------------------------------------------- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors. ]] local function openlibrary (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'; local err_flag; local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code ['A']='authors/OL', ['M']='books/OL', ['W']='works/OL', ['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid }; if not ident then code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol'); end if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins else options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code], id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< O S T I >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued. NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site ]] local function osti (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- OSTI is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles. The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix. PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed () returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string. PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued. ]] local function pmc (options) local id = options.id; local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_pmc_format'); else -- plain number without PMC prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message else id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string end else -- when id format incorrect err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message end if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed? text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link { make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id, }); else text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access, auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error }); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< P M I D >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued. ]] local function pmid (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- PMID is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued. An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/ ]] local function rfc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- RFC is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an S2CID, do simple error checking S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more S2CIDs are issued. ]] local function s2cid (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function sbn (options) local id = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator}); if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors if not check then options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message return SBN; end else set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only) end return SBN; end if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests if 9 ~= ident:len() then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position end return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end --[[--------------------------< S S R N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an SSRN, do simple error checking SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued. ]] local function ssrn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< U S E N E T _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in '<' and/or '>' angle brackets. ]] local function usenet_id (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>' set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< Z B L >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/ temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error ]] local function zbl (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format? set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format? set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --============================<< I N T E R F A C E F U N C T I O N S >>========================================== --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------ Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args ]] local function extract_ids (args) local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list end return id_list; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >-------------------------------------- Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter. returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else) ]] local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list) local id_accesses_list = {}; for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter if is_set (access_param) then local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one if is_set (access_level) then if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level}); access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset end if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message end id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword end end end return id_accesses_list; end --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list(); modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions <access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid) returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings ]] local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t) local ID_list_t = {}; local accept; local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier ['ARXIV'] = arxiv, ['ASIN'] = asin, ['BIBCODE'] = bibcode, ['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv, ['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx, ['DOI'] = doi, ['EISSN'] = issn, ['HDL'] = hdl, ['ISBN'] = isbn, ['ISMN'] = ismn, ['ISSN'] = issn, ['JFM'] = jfm, ['JSTOR'] = jstor, ['LCCN'] = lccn, ['MR'] = mr, ['OCLC'] = oclc, ['OL'] = openlibrary, ['OSTI'] = osti, ['PMC'] = pmc, ['PMID'] = pmid, ['RFC'] = rfc, ['S2CID'] = s2cid, ['SBN'] = sbn, ['SSRN'] = ssrn, ['USENETID'] = usenet_id, ['ZBL'] = zbl, } for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else -- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey]; options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords end if func_map[hkey] then local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table else error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey end end local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort() return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey end table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{} end return ID_list_t; end --[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------- check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements: [1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set [2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers [3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message [4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message ]] local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t) for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message end end end --[[--------------------------< I D E N T I F I E R _ L I S T S _ G E T >-------------------------------------- Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered citation. ]] local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t) local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink; z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title= identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels is_embargoed = is_embargoed; set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules; } 7de1cb3ecf620ae52d26ff9beaf2d8b1c95dedca 828 115 238 2023-01-14T14:43:40Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month) return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, param) local num; local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, param) if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison; if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param) local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; if not is_valid_year (year, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month]; end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection local year = tonumber(input.year); -- this temporary code to determine the extent of sources dated to the Julian/Gregorian local month = tonumber(input.month); -- interstice 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926 local day = tonumber (input.day); if (0 ~= day) and -- day must have a value for this to be a whole date (((1582 == year) and (10 <= month) and (12 >= month)) or -- any whole 1582 date from 1 October to 31 December or ((1926 == year) and (1 == month) and (1 == input.day)) or -- 1 January 1926 or ((1582 < year) and (1925 >= year))) then -- any date 1 January 1583 – 31 December 1925 tCOinS_date.inter_cal_cat = true; -- set category flag true end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection if 1582 > tonumber(input.year) or 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- Julian calendar or season so &rft.date gets year only date = input.year; if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', tonumber(input.year), tonumber(input.year2)) -- assemble the date range end if 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- if season or proper-name date local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name dates elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarters else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- seasons end else -- season range with a second season specified if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this? if 0~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this? tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range end end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date; return; -- done end if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns = { -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d?)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; if date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]); if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); end if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year) then return false; end else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if param ~= 'date' then -- CITEREF disambiguation only allowed in |date=; |year= & |publication-date= promote to date if anchor_year:match ('%l$') then return false; end end if 'access-date' == param then -- test accessdate here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; accessdate must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when accessdate out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when accessdate is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2); end if false == result then return false; end if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 local good_date = false; for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= if v.val:match("^n%.d%.%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((n%.d%.)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "n.d."; no error when date parameter is set to no date elseif v.val:match("^nd%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((nd)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "nd"; no error when date parameter is set to no date else good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') and year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match else result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, -- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki -- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line -- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = t.y:gsub ('%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both if t[mon] then t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil if xlate then date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions dates = dates, year_date_check = year_date_check, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules } 46ec997eed12f96ed5a030aee3a4264622c84955 828 113 234 2023-01-14T14:43:42Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------------------------- Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values: true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely ]] local basic_arguments = { ['accessdate'] = true, ['access-date'] = true, ['agency'] = true, ['archivedate'] = true, ['archive-date'] = true, ['archive-format'] = true, ['archiveurl'] = true, ['archive-url'] = true, ['article'] = true, ['article-format'] = true, ['article-number'] = true, -- {{cite journal}}, {{cite conference}}; {{citation}} when |journal= has a value ['article-url'] = true, ['article-url-access'] = true, ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['asin'] = true, ['ASIN'] = true, ['asin-tld'] = true, ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['bibcode'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['chapter'] = true, ['chapter-format'] = true, ['chapter-url'] = true, ['chapter-url-access'] = true, ['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['collaboration'] = true, ['contribution'] = true, ['contribution-format'] = true, ['contribution-url'] = true, ['contribution-url-access'] = true, ['contributor'] = true, ['contributor-first'] = true, ['contributor-given'] = true, ['contributor-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['department'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['dictionary'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['display-contributors'] = true, ['display-editors'] = true, ['display-interviewers'] = true, ['display-subjects'] = true, ['display-translators'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['edition'] = true, ['editor'] = true, ['editor-first'] = true, ['editor-given'] = true, ['editor-last'] = true, ['editor-surname'] = true, ['editor-link'] = true, ['editor-mask'] = true, ['eissn'] = true, ['EISSN'] = true, ['encyclopaedia'] = true, ['encyclopedia'] = true, ['entry'] = true, ['entry-format'] = true, ['entry-url'] = true, ['entry-url-access'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['first'] = true, ['format'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates? ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis? ['interviewer'] = true, ['interviewer-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask'] = true, ['isbn'] = true, ['ISBN'] = true, ['ismn'] = true, ['ISMN'] = true, ['issn'] = true, ['ISSN'] = true, ['issue'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['journal'] = true, ['jstor'] = true, ['JSTOR'] = true, ['jstor-access'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['lay-date'] = false, ['lay-format'] = false, ['lay-source'] = false, ['lay-url'] = false, ['lccn'] = true, ['LCCN'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['magazine'] = true, ['medium'] = true, ['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast? ['mode'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['newspaper'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['number'] = true, ['oclc'] = true, ['OCLC'] = true, ['ol'] = true, ['OL'] = true, ['ol-access'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['others'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['periodical'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['pmc'] = true, ['PMC'] = true, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = true, ['pmid'] = true, ['PMID'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['publication-date'] = true, ['publication-place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['rfc'] = true, ['RFC'] = true, ['sbn'] = true, ['SBN'] = true, ['scale'] = true, ['script-article'] = true, ['script-chapter'] = true, ['script-contribution'] = true, ['script-entry'] = true, ['script-journal'] = true, ['script-magazine'] = true, ['script-newspaper'] = true, ['script-periodical'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-section'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['script-website'] = true, ['script-work'] = true, ['section'] = true, ['section-format'] = true, ['section-url'] = true, ['section-url-access'] = true, ['series'] = true, ['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, ['subject'] = true, ['subject-link'] = true, ['subject-mask'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['s2cid'] = true, ['S2CID'] = true, ['s2cid-access'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['trans-article'] = true, ['trans-chapter'] = true, ['trans-contribution'] = true, ['trans-entry'] = true, ['trans-journal'] = true, ['trans-magazine'] = true, ['trans-newspaper'] = true, ['trans-periodical'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['trans-section'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['trans-website'] = true, ['trans-work'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['url'] = true, ['URL'] = true, ['url-access'] = true, ['url-status'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['veditors'] = true, ['version'] = true, ['via'] = true, ['volume'] = true, ['website'] = true, ['work'] = true, ['year'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, } local numbered_arguments = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['contributor#'] = true, ['contributor-first#'] = true, ['contributor#-first'] = true, ['contributor-given#'] = true, ['contributor#-given'] = true, ['contributor-last#'] = true, ['contributor#-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname#'] = true, ['contributor#-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link#'] = true, ['contributor#-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask#'] = true, ['contributor#-mask'] = true, ['editor#'] = true, ['editor-first#'] = true, ['editor#-first'] = true, ['editor-given#'] = true, ['editor#-given'] = true, ['editor-last#'] = true, ['editor#-last'] = true, ['editor-surname#'] = true, ['editor#-surname'] = true, ['editor-link#'] = true, ['editor#-link'] = true, ['editor-mask#'] = true, ['editor#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['host#'] = true, ['interviewer#'] = true, ['interviewer-first#'] = true, ['interviewer#-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given#'] = true, ['interviewer#-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last#'] = true, ['interviewer#-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname#'] = true, ['interviewer#-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link#'] = true, ['interviewer#-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask#'] = true, ['interviewer#-mask'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['subject#'] = true, ['subject-link#'] = true, ['subject#-link'] = true, ['subject-mask#'] = true, ['subject#-mask'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------- Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local preprint_arguments = { arxiv = { ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ['class'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers }, biorxiv = { ['biorxiv'] = true, }, citeseerx = { ['citeseerx'] = true, }, ssrn = { ['ssrn'] = true, ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >---------------------- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are allowed only a limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined here. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local limited_basic_arguments = { ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['collaboration'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['first'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['mode'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['title'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['year'] = true, } local limited_numbered_arguments = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S >---------------------------------------------- Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this table are the template's CitationClass parameter value Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local unique_arguments = { ['audio-visual'] = { ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, conference = { ['book-title'] = true, ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, episode = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['season'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['series-no'] = true, ['series-number'] = true, ['station'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcripturl'] = false, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, mailinglist = { ['mailing-list'] = true, }, map = { ['cartography'] = true, ['inset'] = true, ['map'] = true, ['map-format'] = true, ['map-url'] = true, ['map-url-access'] = true, ['script-map'] = true, ['sections'] = true, ['sheet'] = true, ['sheets'] = true, ['trans-map'] = true, }, newsgroup = { ['message-id'] = true, ['newsgroup'] = true, }, report = { ['docket'] = true, }, serial = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['station'] = true, }, speech = { ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, thesis = { ['degree'] = true, ['docket'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >-------------------------------------------- gets a list of the templates from table t ]] local function template_list_get (t) local out = {}; -- a table for output for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys table.insert (out, k) -- add each key to the output table end return out; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { basic_arguments = basic_arguments, numbered_arguments = numbered_arguments, limited_basic_arguments = limited_basic_arguments, limited_numbered_arguments = limited_numbered_arguments, preprint_arguments = preprint_arguments, preprint_template_list = template_list_get (preprint_arguments), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table unique_arguments = unique_arguments, unique_param_template_list = template_list_get (unique_arguments), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table }; 7c70519c4a7fa5776be7289982de9107c7a95c04 828 111 230 2023-01-14T14:43:47Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 sync from sandbox; Scribunto text/plain require('strict'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ''; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return base_url; end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; else err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; end utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first, position) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: false – no prefixen nil – prefix exists but not recognized project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: :<project>:<language>:<article> :<language>:<project>:<article> project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and v (wikiversity)) are not supported. ]] local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later end local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes '^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes '^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix '^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix } local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes '^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes '^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix '^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix } local cap1, cap2; for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); if cap1 then break; -- found a match so stop looking end end if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end else -- here when :language:project: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end end return nil; -- unknown interwiki language elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language end end end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? end if proj then proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project if proj then one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language end end if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? end if tag then local lang = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name end end table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. <cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter ]] local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) if utilities.is_set (name) then if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title= There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests. Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else ]=] local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, } local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging ]] local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only end end if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? link = nil; -- unset so we don't link link_alias = nil; end end last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil ]] local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag; name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase if utilities.is_set (tag) then lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns; local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. TODO: explain <invert> ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then return ''; end -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ''; if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') return vol; end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); end end -- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and if is_preview_mode then return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate else return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = ''; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); end end local Volume; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end end local ArticleNumber; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); local Page; local Pages; local At; local QuotePage; local QuotePages; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template end end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- CS1/2 mode local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); -- controls capitalization of certain static text local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; Format = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty'); end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end end -- end of do local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |ssrn= required for their templates if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors')); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers')); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators')); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors')); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors')); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat end if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency']; Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end local Quote = A['Quote']; local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then if utilities.is_set (Quote) then if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); end if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; elseif not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; end end Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; else Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; end PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end if "live" == UrlStatus then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], {external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled else Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ''; end local Lay = ''; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ''; -- and unset if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not (utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors)) then Others = Others:gsub ('^' .. sepc .. ' ', ''); -- when no authors and no editors, strip leading sepc and space end if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")"; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ''; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass); local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link)); table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link)); table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end end return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t) local url_error_t = {}; check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] local function citation(frame) Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else local pframe = frame:getParent() local styles; cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'; utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if ('string' == type (k)) then k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) -- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end local url_param_t = {}; for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check end end has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), citation0( config, args) }); end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return {citation = citation}; 9bfe095ac3f64719c64a17280b76d0add203ad61 828 132 272 2023-01-26T18:33:28Z wikipedia>MSGJ 0 lastk is not needed Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:If empty', removeBlanks = false}) for k,v in ipairs(args) do if v ~= '' then return v end end end return p 4790391408957dea3ff9f453834c05f6b379a45c 10 195 407 2023-02-03T03:07:34Z wikipedia>UtherSRG 0 UtherSRG moved page [[Template:DMCA]] to [[Template:Dated maintenance category (articles)]]: [[Special:Permalink/1137158761|Requested]] by Robertsky at [[WP:RM/TR]]: Per RM discussion. See [[Template_talk:DMCA#Requested_move_26_January_2023]]. Template protected at template editor/admin level wikitext text/x-wiki {{Dated maintenance category |onlyarticles=yes |1={{{1|}}} |2={{{2|}}} |3={{{3|}}} |4={{{4|}}} |5={{{5|}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation|Template:Dated maintenance category/doc}} </noinclude> 6bbc57c75cc28708a0e71dd658224d5945d80d68 10 181 379 2023-02-03T21:12:07Z wikipedia>Paine Ellsworth 0 add [[WP:RCAT|rcat template]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Dated maintenance category (articles)]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} {{R from modification}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} 711d3f1c53fa704297f675a8dcf1a56719c5b654 828 76 154 2023-02-16T14:39:53Z wikipedia>Uzume 0 [[Module:Citation]] has been blanked since [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2018 May 13#Module:Citation]]; remove special handling Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) local maybeSandbox = mw.title.new(module .. '/sandbox') if maybeSandbox.exists then moduleLinks[i] = moduleLinks[i] .. string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', maybeSandbox.fullText) end end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" then title = title.basePageTitle end if title.contentModel == "Scribunto" then boxArgs.text = 'This module depends on the following other modules:' .. moduleList else boxArgs.text = 'This template uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-Logo.svg|30px|alt=|link=]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local protCatName if titleObj.namespace == 10 then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Templates based on the String Lua module', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation/CS1'] = 'Templates based on the Citation/CS1 Lua module' } category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules" elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules" end if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then local protLevels = { autoconfirmed = 1, extendedconfirmed = 2, templateeditor = 3, sysop = 4 } local currentProt if titleObj.id ~= 0 then -- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template. currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] end if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end for i, module in ipairs(modules) do if module ~= "WP:libraryUtil" then local moduleProt = mw.title.new(module).protectionLevels["edit"][1] if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end if moduleProt < currentProt then cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName break end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 03ec1b34a40121efc562c0c64a67ebbf57d56dff 828 88 178 2023-03-14T15:53:59Z wikipedia>Izno 0 Undid revision 1144571295 by [[Special:Contributions/TheDJ|TheDJ]] ([[User talk:TheDJ|talk]]) I'm sorry, that's not what we discussed or agreed to text text/plain /* {{pp-template}} */ .module-shortcutboxplain { float: right; margin: 0 0 0 1em; border: 1px solid #aaa; background: #fff; padding: 0.3em 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; text-align: center; font-size: 85%; } .module-shortcutboxleft { float: left; margin: 0 1em 0 0; } .module-shortcutlist { display: inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 0.2em; } .module-shortcutboxplain ul { font-weight: bold; } .module-shortcutanchordiv { position: relative; top: -3em; } li .module-shortcutanchordiv { float: right; /* IE/Edge in list items */ } .mbox-imageright .module-shortcutboxplain { padding: 0.4em 1em 0.4em 1em; line-height: 1.3; margin: 0; } ccf3877e4b14726147d3b1d8a297fbecacdb2cf8 828 83 168 2023-04-04T19:01:48Z wikipedia>Lemondoge 0 Modified code formatting Scribunto text/plain local p={} function p.main(frame) local parent = frame.getParent(frame) or {} local reserved_value = {} local reserved_function, reserved_contents for k, v in pairs(parent.args or {}) do _G[k] = tonumber(v) or v -- transfer every parameter directly to the global variable table end for k, v in pairs(frame.args or {}) do _G[k] = tonumber(v) or v -- transfer every parameter directly to the global variable table end --- Alas Scribunto does NOT implement coroutines, according to --- http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#string.format --- this will not stop us from trying to implement one single lousy function call if _G[1] then reserved_function, reserved_contents = mw.ustring.match(_G[1], "^%s*(%a[^%s%(]*)%(([^%)]*)%)%s*$") end if reserved_contents then local reserved_counter = 0 repeat reserved_counter = reserved_counter + 1 reserved_value[reserved_counter] = _G[mw.ustring.match(reserved_contents, "([^%,]+)")] reserved_contents = mw.ustring.match(reserved_contents, "[^%,]+,(.*)$") until not reserved_contents end local reserved_arraypart = _G while mw.ustring.match(reserved_function, "%.") do reserved_functionpart, reserved_function = mw.ustring.match(reserved_function, "^(%a[^%.]*)%.(.*)$") reserved_arraypart = reserved_arraypart[reserved_functionpart] end local reserved_call = reserved_arraypart[reserved_function] if type(reserved_call) ~= "function" then return tostring(reserved_call) else reserved_output = {reserved_call(unpack(reserved_value))} return reserved_output[reserved_return or 1] end end local function tonumberOrString(v) return tonumber(v) or v:gsub("^\\", "", 1) end local function callWithTonumberOrStringOnPairs(f, ...) local args = {} for _, v in ... do table.insert(args, tonumberOrString(v)) end return (f(unpack(args))) end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- ipairsAtOffset -- This is an iterator for arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but with -- specified i as first index to iterate. i is an offset from 1 -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] local function ipairsAtOffset(t, i) local f, s, i0 = ipairs(t) return f, s, i0+i end local function get(s) local G = _G; for _ in mw.text.gsplit( mw.text.trim(s, '%s'), '%s*%.%s*' ) do G = G[_] end return G end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- call -- -- This function is usually useful for debugging template parameters. -- Prefix parameter with backslash (\) to force interpreting parameter as string. -- The leading backslash will be removed before passed to Lua function. -- -- Example: -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.log|a|1|2|3}} will return results of mw.log('a', 1, 2, 3) -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.logObject|\a|321|\321| \321 }} will return results of mw.logObject('a', 321, '321', ' \\321 ') -- -- This example show the debugging to see which Unicode characters are allowed in template parameters, -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0061}}}} return 97 -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0000}}}} return 65533 -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0001}}}} return 65533 -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0002}}}}}} return 0xfffd -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x007e}}}}}} return 0x007e -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x007f}}}}}} return 0x007f -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0080}}}}}} return 0x0080 -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x00a0}}}}}} return 0x00a0 -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.call(frame) return callWithTonumberOrStringOnPairs(get(frame.args[1]), ipairsAtOffset(frame.args, 1) ) end --local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- get -- -- Example: -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get| math.pi }} will return value of math.pi -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get|math|pi}} will return value of math.pi -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get| math |pi}} will return value of _G[' math '].pi -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get|_G| math.pi }} will return value of _G[' math.pi '] -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get|obj.a.5.c}} will return value of obj.a['5'].c -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get|obj|a|5|c}} will return value of obj.a[5].c -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.get(frame) -- #frame.args always return 0, regardless of number of unnamed -- template parameters, so check manually instead if frame.args[2] == nil then -- not do tonumber() for this args style, -- always treat it as string, -- so 'obj.1' will mean obj['1'] rather obj[1] return get(frame.args[1]) else local G = _G for _, v in ipairs(frame.args) do G = G[tonumberOrString(v)] end return G end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invoke -- -- This function is used by Template:Invoke -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.invoke(frame) local pframe, usedpargs = frame:getParent(), {} -- get module and function names from parent args if not provided local pfargs = setmetatable({frame.args[1], frame.args[2]}, {__index = table}) if not pfargs[1] then pfargs[1], usedpargs[1] = pframe.args[1], true if not pfargs[2] then pfargs[2], usedpargs[2] = pframe.args[2], true end elseif not pfargs[2] then pfargs[2], usedpargs[1] = pframe.args[1], true end -- repack sequential args for i, v in ipairs(pframe.args) do if not usedpargs[i] then pfargs:insert(v) usedpargs[i] = true end end -- copy other args for k, v in pairs(pframe.args) do if not pfargs[k] and not usedpargs[k] then pfargs[k], usedpargs[k] = v, true end end -- #invoke off parent frame so the new frame has the same parent return pframe:callParserFunction{name = '#invoke', args = pfargs} end return p d6ec342627682bf90e61bbad921fcc6190f2e090 10 155 318 2023-04-18T22:22:16Z wikipedia>Grufo 0 Move the preview inside the documentation wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Uses TemplateStyles|main}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 60f2fc73c4d69b292455879f9fcb3c68f6c63c2a 10 191 399 2023-04-19T17:10:44Z wikipedia>Grufo 0 Add includeonly wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><code>[<nowiki/>[{{{1}}}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{!}}{{{2}}}}}]<nowiki/>]{{{3|}}}</code></includeonly><!-- --><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> d76ca6072fb7ca852811a573aa38e9026487417c 10 167 342 2023-04-21T18:26:25Z wikipedia>Prefall 0 fix per talk sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ /* youtube color branding */ .ib-youtube-title, .ib-youtube-above, .ib-youtube-header, .ib-youtube-awards-color { background-color: #B60000; color: white; } .ib-youtube-above { font-size: 125%; } .ib-youtube-above .honorific-prefix, .ib-youtube-above .honorific-suffix { font-size: small; font-weight: normal; } /* override blue link on red background */ .ib-youtube-above .honorific-prefix a, .ib-youtube-above .honorific-suffix a, .ib-youtube-awards-color a, .ib-youtube-awards-color .mw-collapsible-text, .ib-youtube-awards-color .mw-collapsible-toggle::before, .ib-youtube-awards-color .mw-collapsible-toggle::after { color: white; } .ib-youtube-header { line-height: 1.5em; } .ib-youtube-title { line-height: 1.6em; } .ib-youtube .infobox-full-data { padding: 0; } .ib-youtube div.nickname, .ib-youtube div.birthplace, .ib-youtube div.deathplace { display: inline; } .ib-youtube-awards { width: 100%; display: inline-table; border-spacing: 0; margin: 0; /* mobile fix */ } .ib-youtube-awards th div { text-align: center; margin: 0 4em; } .ib-youtube-awards td { vertical-align: middle; } .ib-youtube-below { color: darkslategray; } /* mobile fixes */ body.skin-minerva .ib-youtube-title { padding: 7px; } body:not(.skin-minerva) .ib-youtube-awards td { padding: 3px; } body.skin-minerva .ib-youtube-below hr:first-of-type { display: none; } 111c6691e3dc7827fe4fee42345186e0eb20fd0d 10 63 128 2023-04-29T17:27:17Z wikipedia>Paine Ellsworth 0 m wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]] | text = {{strong|This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]]}} for {{terminate sentence|{{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}}}<br />It may contain usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |<!--(don't categorize)--> | <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 41ca90af0945442788a2dbd08c8c54a61a23c057 10 166 340 2023-05-01T11:00:19Z wikipedia>Prefall 0 update sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ /* twitch color branding */ .ib-twitch-title, .ib-twitch-above, .ib-twitch-header { background-color: #6441A4; color: white; } .ib-twitch-above { font-size: 125%; } .ib-twitch-above .honorific-prefix, .ib-twitch-above .honorific-suffix { font-size: small; font-weight: normal; } /* override blue link on purple background */ .ib-twitch-above .honorific-prefix a, .ib-twitch-above .honorific-suffix a { color: white; } .ib-twitch-header { line-height: 1.5em; } .ib-twitch-title { line-height: 1.6em; } .ib-twitch .infobox-full-data { padding: 0; } .ib-twitch div.nickname, .ib-twitch div.birthplace, .ib-twitch div.deathplace { display: inline; } .ib-twitch-below { color: darkslategray; } /* mobile fixes */ body.skin-minerva .ib-twitch-title { padding: 7px; } body.skin-minerva .ib-twitch-below hr:first-of-type { display: none; } f972ac5a3688c2930702bb6a37a6de39fd9c993a 828 34 70 2023-05-08T11:41:01Z wikipedia>Fayenatic london 0 Update categories from "fully-protected" to "fully protected", removing hyphen, per valid request at [[WP:CFDS]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } a20552ae38cb5253a4fa29aa126abc74215a589f 10 162 332 2023-05-10T14:42:37Z wikipedia>WOSlinker 0 syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE --> {{WikiProject YouTube/Used Template}} {{Template shortcut|Infobox YouTube|Infobox YouTuber|Infobox YouTube channel}} {{Lua|Module:Infobox|Module:InfoboxImage|Module:Check for unknown parameters|Module:YouTubeSubscribers}} {{Uses TemplateStyles|Template:Infobox YouTube personality/styles.css}} This infobox is intended to be used in articles about [[YouTube]] personalities, rather than using the generic {{tl|Infobox person}} template. The template may be used for individual YouTube personalities or collective YouTube channels run by more than one person. == Usage == The infobox may be added by pasting the template as shown below into an article and then filling in the desired fields. Any parameters left blank or omitted will not be displayed. === Blank template with basic parameters === {{Parameter names example |name |image=Pessoa Neutra.svg |caption |birth_name |birth_date |birth_place |death_date |death_place |nationality |other_names |occupation |organization |website |pseudonym |channel_name |years_active |genre |subscribers |views |network |associated_acts |language |silver_year |gold_year |diamond_year |ruby_year |red_diamond_year |stats_update }} This blank template pattern shows some basic parameters needed to fill the infobox, with comments about many parameters. For actual examples, see the section "[[#Examples|Examples]]" below. <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto; line-height:1.2em;"> {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = | image = <!-- filename only, no "File:" or "Image:" prefix, and no enclosing [[brackets]] --> | caption = | birth_name = <!-- use only if different from "name" --> | birth_date = <!-- {{Birth date and age|YYYY|MM|DD}} --> | birth_place = | death_date = <!-- {{Death date and age|YYYY|MM|DD|YYYY|MM|DD}} (DEATH date then BIRTH date) --> | death_place = | nationality = <!-- use only when necessary per [[WP:INFONAT]] --> | other_names = | occupation = | organization = | website = <!-- official website of the personality. format: {{URL|example.com}} --> | pseudonym = <!-- THE FOLLOWING THREE PARAMETERS ARE INTERCHANGEABLE; USE ONLY ONE --> | channel_name = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/user/ --> | channel_url = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/channel/ --> | channel_direct_url = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/ --> | channel_display_name = <!-- if the primary channel's display name differs from "channel_(name/url/direct_url)" --> | years_active = <!-- year of channel's creation until its discontinuation or present day --> | genre = | subscribers = | views = | network = | language = <!-- the channel's primary language(s) --> | associated_acts = | silver_year = <!-- year the channel reached 100,000 subscribers. if not known, use "silver_button=yes" instead --> | gold_year = <!-- year the channel reached 1,000,000 subscribers. if not known, use "gold_button=yes" instead --> | diamond_year = <!-- year the channel reached 10,000,000 subscribers. if not known, use "diamond_button=yes" instead --> | ruby_year = <!-- year the channel reached 50,000,000 subscribers. if not known, use "ruby_button=yes" instead --> | red_diamond_year = <!-- year the channel reached 100,000,000 subscribers. if not known, use "red_diamond_button=yes" instead --> | stats_update = <!-- date of given channel statistics --> }} </syntaxhighlight> {{Clear}} === Blank template with all parameters === {{Parameter names example|honorific_prefix|name|honorific_suffix|logo|logo_size|logo_alt|logo_caption|image|image_upright|alt|caption|birth_name|birth_date|birth_place|death_date|death_place|origin|nationality|other_names|education|occupation|spouse|partner|children|parents|relatives|organization|signature|signature_size|signature_alt|website|module_personal|pseudonym|channel_name|channel_display_name|creator|presenter|location|years_active|genre|subscribers|subscriber_date|views|view_date|network|language|associated_acts|channel_website|silver_year|gold_year|diamond_year|ruby_year|red_diamond_year|module|stats_update|extra_information}} Only the most pertinent information should be included. Please remove unused parameters, and refrain from inserting dubious trivia in an attempt to fill all parameters. <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto; line-height:1.2em;"> {{Infobox YouTube personality | honorific_prefix = | name = | honorific_suffix = | logo = <!-- filename only, no "File:" or "Image:" prefix, and no enclosing [[brackets]] --> | logo_size = | logo_alt = | logo_caption = | image = <!-- filename only, no "File:" or "Image:" prefix, and no enclosing [[brackets]] --> | image_upright = | alt = | caption = | birth_name = <!-- use only if different from "name" --> | birth_date = <!-- {{Birth date and age|YYYY|MM|DD}} --> | birth_place = | death_date = <!-- {{Death date and age|YYYY|MM|DD|YYYY|MM|DD}} (DEATH date then BIRTH date) --> | death_place = | origin = <!-- use for groups or companies --> | nationality = <!-- use only when necessary per [[WP:INFONAT]] --> | other_names = | education = | occupation = | spouse = | partner = <!-- unmarried long-term partner --> | children = | parents = | mother = | father = | relatives = | organization = | signature = | signature_size = | signature_alt = | website = <!-- official website of the personality. format: {{URL|example.com}} --> | module_personal = | pseudonym = <!-- THE FOLLOWING THREE PARAMETERS ARE INTERCHANGEABLE; USE ONLY ONE --> | channel_name = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/user/ --> | channel_url = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/channel/ --> | channel_direct_url = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/ --> <!-- DO NOT LINK TO SECONDARY CHANNELS UNLESS COVERED BY RELIABLE SOURCES IN THE BODY OF THE ARTICLE. SEE WP:ELMIN, WP:RS --> | channel_name2 = <!-- second channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/user/ --> | channel_url2 = <!-- second channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/channel/ --> | channel_direct_url2 = <!-- second channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/ --> | channel_name3 = <!-- third channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/user/ --> | channel_url3 = <!-- third channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/channel/ --> | channel_direct_url3 = <!-- third channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/ --> | channel_display_name = <!-- if the primary channel's display name differs from "channel_(name/url/direct_url)" --> | channel_display_name2 = <!-- if the second channel's display name differs from "channel_(name2/url2/direct_url2)" --> | channel_display_name3 = <!-- if the third channel's display name differs from "channel_(name3/url3/direct_url3)" --> | channels = | creator = | presenter = | location = <!-- use only when the channel's location is notable, not for mere residence --> | years_active = <!-- year of channel's creation until its discontinuation or present day --> | genre = | subscribers = | subscriber_date = <!-- date of given subscriber count --> | views = | view_date = <!-- date of given view count --> | network = | language = <!-- the channel's primary language(s) --> | associated_acts = | channel_website = <!-- official website of the channel. format: {{URL|example.com}} --> | silver_year = <!-- year the channel reached 100,000 subscribers --> | silver_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 100,000 subscribers is not known --> | gold_year = <!-- year the channel reached 1,000,000 subscribers --> | gold_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 1,000,000 subscribers is not known --> | diamond_year = <!-- year the channel reached 10,000,000 subscribers --> | diamond_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 10,000,000 subscribers is not known --> | ruby_year = <!-- year the channel reached 50,000,000 subscribers --> | ruby_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 50,000,000 subscribers is not known --> | red_diamond_year = <!-- year the channel reached 100,000,000 subscribers --> | red_diamond_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 100,000,000 subscribers is not known --> | module = | stats_update = <!-- date of given channel statistics --> | extra_information = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{Clear}} == Examples == === Individual === {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Fuslie | image = Fuslie TwitchCon 2022 (cropped).jpg | caption = Fuslie in 2022 | birth_name = Leslie Ann Fu | birth_date = {{birth date and age|1992|11|23}} | birth_place = [[San Francisco Bay Area]], [[California]], U.S. | education = [[University of California, Irvine]] ([[Bachelor of Science|BS]]) | occupation = {{flatlist| * [[Live streamer]] * [[YouTuber]] }} | organization = [[100 Thieves]] | website = {{URL|fuslie.com}} | years_active = 2015–present | channel_direct_url = fuslie | genre = {{flatlist| * [[Video game|Gaming]] * [[vlog]] }} | subscribers = 787,000 | views = 165.9 million | associated_acts = {{flatlist| * [[OfflineTV]] * [[Valkyrae]] * [[Sykkuno]] }} | silver_year = 2019 | module = {{Infobox Twitch streamer | subbox=yes | years_active = 2015–2022 | channel_name = fuslie | genre = Gaming }} | stats_update = April 2, 2023 }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto"> {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Fuslie | image = Fuslie TwitchCon 2022 (cropped).jpg | caption = Fuslie in 2022 | birth_name = Leslie Ann Fu | birth_date = {{birth date and age|1992|11|23}} | birth_place = [[San Francisco Bay Area]], [[California]], U.S. | education = [[University of California, Irvine]] ([[Bachelor of Science|BS]]) | occupation = {{flatlist| * [[Live streamer]] * [[YouTuber]] }} | organization = [[100 Thieves]] | website = {{URL|fuslie.com}} | years_active = 2015–present | channel_direct_url = fuslie | genre = {{flatlist| * [[Video game|Gaming]] * [[vlog]] }} | subscribers = 787,000 | views = 165.9 million | associated_acts = {{flatlist| * [[OfflineTV]] * [[Valkyrae]] * [[Sykkuno]] }} | silver_year = 2019 | module = {{Infobox Twitch streamer | subbox=yes | years_active = 2015–2022 | channel_name = fuslie | genre = Gaming }} | stats_update = April 2, 2023 }} </syntaxhighlight> {{Clear}} === Collective === {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Sidemen | logo = Sidemen Logo.svg | image = Sidemen collage 4.5.jpg | caption = Top to bottom from left column: [[Vikkstar123|Barn]], [[TBJZL|Brown]]; [[KSI|Olatunji]], Minter, Lewis; [[Behzinga|Payne]], and [[Zerkaa|Bradley]]. | birth_date = {{Unbulleted list |Olajide Olayinka Williams Olatunji ([[KSI]])|{{birth date and age|1993|6|19|df=yes}} |<hr>Simon Minter (Miniminter)|{{birth date and age|1992|09|07|df=y}} |<hr>Joshua Bradley ([[Zerkaa]])|{{birth date and age|1992|09|04|df=y}} |<hr>Tobit John Brown ([[TBJZL]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1993|4|8}} |<hr>Ethan Payne ([[Behzinga]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1995|6|20}} |<hr>Vikram Singh Barn ([[Vikkstar123]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1995|8|2}} |<hr>Harry Lewis (W2S)|{{birth date and age|1996|11|24|df=y}} }} | occupation = [[YouTuber]]s | website = {{url|https://sidemen.com}} | origin = London, England | channels = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCDogdKl7t7NHzQ95aEwkdMw Sidemen]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCh5mLn90vUaB1PbRRx_AiaA MoreSidemen]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCjRkTl_HP4zOh3UFaThgRZw SidemenReacts]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCbAZH3nTxzyNmehmTUhuUsA SidemenShorts]<br /> {{Collapsible list | framestyle = border:none; padding:0; | title = Associated channels <!-- Only include the individual channels that were created before they transitioned their content to the first two group channels --> | 1 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCVtFOytbRpEvzLjvqGG5gxQ KSI] | 2 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCGmnsW623G1r-Chmo5RB4Yw JJ Olatunji] | 3 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWZmCMB7mmKWcXJSIPRhzZw Miniminter] | 4 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCjB_adDAIxOL8GA4Y4OCt8g MM7Games] | 5 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/ZerkaaHD Zerkaa] | 6 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/ZerkaaPlays ZerkaaPlays] | 7 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/TBJZL TBJZL] | 8 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/EDITinGAMING TBJZLPlays] | 9 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Behzinga Behzinga] | 10 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCbzZFTHge5zk2yebSiWRZRg Beh2inga] | 11 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Vikkstar123 Vikkstar123] | 12 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/VikkstarPlays VikkstarPlays] | 13 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Vikkstar123HD Vikkstar123HD] | 14 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/wroetoshaw W2S] | 15 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC5_IT4-XpinnvNQwM1e15eQ W2S+] }} | years_active = 2013–present | genre = {{flatlist| * [[Entertainment]] * [[Let's Play|gaming]] * [[vlog]] * reaction }} | subscribers = {{Rounddown|{{Sum|<!-- Sidemen -->16.9|7.00|4.81|1.82|<!-- JJ -->24.0|16.0|<!-- Simon -->10.1|5.21|<!-- Josh -->4.66|2.80|<!-- Tobi -->4.87|1.67|<!-- Ethan -->4.88|1.96|<!-- Vik -->7.58|1.10|3.29|<!-- Harry -->16.3|3.79}}|1}} million (combined) | views = {{Rounddown|{{Sum|<!-- Sidemen -->4.45|2.85|1.72|1.08|<!-- JJ -->5.93|3.77|<!-- Simon -->3.54|2.68|<!-- Josh -->0.70|1.02|<!-- Tobi -->0.51|0.16|<!-- Ethan -->0.56|0.29|<!-- Vik -->2.10|0.14|1.10|<!-- Harry -->4.75|0.55}}|1}} billion (combined) | stats_update = 14 October 2022 | network = {{flatlist| * [[Omnia Media]] * [[OP Talent]] }} | associated_acts = [[Jme (musician)|Jme]] | silver_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2016</abbr>, <abbr title="MoreSidemen">2018</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenReacts">2020</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenShorts">2021</abbr> | gold_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2016</abbr>, <abbr title="MoreSidemen">2018</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenReacts">2020</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenShorts">2021</abbr> | diamond_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2020</abbr> }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto"> {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Sidemen | logo = Sidemen Logo.svg | image = Sidemen collage 4.5.jpg | caption = Top to bottom from left column: [[Vikkstar123|Barn]], [[TBJZL|Brown]]; [[KSI|Olatunji]], Minter, Lewis; [[Behzinga|Payne]], and [[Zerkaa|Bradley]]. | birth_date = {{Unbulleted list |Olajide Olayinka Williams Olatunji ([[KSI]])|{{birth date and age|1993|6|19|df=yes}} |<hr>Simon Minter (Miniminter)|{{birth date and age|1992|09|07|df=y}} |<hr>Joshua Bradley ([[Zerkaa]])|{{birth date and age|1992|09|04|df=y}} |<hr>Tobit John Brown ([[TBJZL]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1993|4|8}} |<hr>Ethan Payne ([[Behzinga]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1995|6|20}} |<hr>Vikram Singh Barn ([[Vikkstar123]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1995|8|2}} |<hr>Harry Lewis (W2S)|{{birth date and age|1996|11|24|df=y}} }} | occupation = [[YouTuber]]s | website = {{url|https://sidemen.com}} | origin = London, England | channels = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCDogdKl7t7NHzQ95aEwkdMw Sidemen]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCh5mLn90vUaB1PbRRx_AiaA MoreSidemen]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCjRkTl_HP4zOh3UFaThgRZw SidemenReacts]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCbAZH3nTxzyNmehmTUhuUsA SidemenShorts]<br /> {{Collapsible list | framestyle = border:none; padding:0; | title = Associated channels <!-- Only include the individual channels that were created before they transitioned their content to the first two group channels --> | 1 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCVtFOytbRpEvzLjvqGG5gxQ KSI] | 2 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCGmnsW623G1r-Chmo5RB4Yw JJ Olatunji] | 3 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWZmCMB7mmKWcXJSIPRhzZw Miniminter] | 4 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCjB_adDAIxOL8GA4Y4OCt8g MM7Games] | 5 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/ZerkaaHD Zerkaa] | 6 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/ZerkaaPlays ZerkaaPlays] | 7 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/TBJZL TBJZL] | 8 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/EDITinGAMING TBJZLPlays] | 9 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Behzinga Behzinga] | 10 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCbzZFTHge5zk2yebSiWRZRg Beh2inga] | 11 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Vikkstar123 Vikkstar123] | 12 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/VikkstarPlays VikkstarPlays] | 13 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Vikkstar123HD Vikkstar123HD] | 14 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/wroetoshaw W2S] | 15 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC5_IT4-XpinnvNQwM1e15eQ W2S+] }} | years_active = 2013–present | genre = {{flatlist| * [[Entertainment]] * [[Let's Play|gaming]] * [[vlog]] * reaction }} | subscribers = {{Rounddown|{{Sum|<!-- Sidemen -->16.9|7.00|4.81|1.82|<!-- JJ -->24.0|16.0|<!-- Simon -->10.1|5.21|<!-- Josh -->4.66|2.80|<!-- Tobi -->4.87|1.67|<!-- Ethan -->4.88|1.96|<!-- Vik -->7.58|1.10|3.29|<!-- Harry -->16.3|3.79}}|1}} million (combined) | views = {{Rounddown|{{Sum|<!-- Sidemen -->4.45|2.85|1.72|1.08|<!-- JJ -->5.93|3.77|<!-- Simon -->3.54|2.68|<!-- Josh -->0.70|1.02|<!-- Tobi -->0.51|0.16|<!-- Ethan -->0.56|0.29|<!-- Vik -->2.10|0.14|1.10|<!-- Harry -->4.75|0.55}}|1}} billion (combined) | stats_update = 14 October 2022 | network = {{flatlist| * [[Omnia Media]] * [[OP Talent]] }} | associated_acts = [[Jme (musician)|Jme]] | silver_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2016</abbr>, <abbr title="MoreSidemen">2018</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenReacts">2020</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenShorts">2021</abbr> | gold_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2016</abbr>, <abbr title="MoreSidemen">2018</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenReacts">2020</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenShorts">2021</abbr> | diamond_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2020</abbr> }} </syntaxhighlight> {{Clear}} == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "description": "An infobox for a YouTube personality or channel.", "format": "{{_\n| ____________________ = _\n}}\n", "params": { "honorific_prefix": { "aliases": [ "honorific prefix" ], "label": "Honorific prefix", "description": "Honorific prefix(es), to appear above the YouTube personality's name.", "example": "[[Sir]]", "type": "line" }, "name": { "label": { "en": "Name", "ar": "الإسم" }, "description": { "en": "The name of the YouTube personality or channel.", "ar": "اسم الشخصية" }, "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "honorific_suffix": { "aliases": [ "honorific suffix" ], "label": "Honorific suffix", "description": "Honorific suffix(es), to appear below the YouTube personality's name.", "example": "[[PhD]]", "type": "line" }, "logo": { "label": { "en": "Logo" }, "description": { "en": "The logo of the YouTube channel, if applicable." }, "example": "Dude Perfect logo.svg", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "logo_size": { "label": { "en": "Logo size" }, "description": { "en": "The logo width in pixels (\"px\" is automatically added if omitted)." }, "default": "250px", "example": "120px" }, "logo_alt": { "label": { "en": "Logo alt text" }, "description": { "en": "Alt text for the logo, for visually impaired readers. One word (such as \"photograph\") is rarely sufficient. See WP:ALT." }, "type": "string" }, "logo_caption": { "aliases": [ "logo caption" ], "label": "Logo caption", "description": "A caption for the logo, if needed.", "type": "string" }, "image": { "label": { "en": "Image" }, "description": { "en": "An image of the YouTube personality." }, "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "image_upright": { "aliases": [ "upright" ], "label": { "en": "Image upright" }, "description": { "en": "Scales the image thumbnail from its default size by the given factor. Values less than 1 scale the image down (0.9 = 90%) and values greater than 1 scale the image up (1.15 = 115%)." }, "default": "1", "example": "1.15", "type": "line" }, "image_size": { "label": { "en": "Image size" }, "description": { "en": "The image width in pixels (\"px\" is automatically added if omitted)." }, "default": "220px", "example": "120px", "aliases": [ "image size", "imagesize" ], "deprecated": "Use of this parameter is discouraged as per WP:IMGSIZE. Use \"image_upright\" instead.", "type": "line" }, "alt": { "label": "Image alt text", "description": "Alt text for the image, for visually impaired readers. One word (such as \"photograph\") is rarely sufficient. See WP:ALT.", "type": "string" }, "caption": { "aliases": [ "image_caption", "image caption" ], "label": "Image caption", "description": "A caption for the image, if needed. Try to include year of photo.", "type": "string" }, "birth_name": { "label": "Birth name", "description": "The birth name of the YouTube personality. Only use if different from \"name\".", "type": "string" }, "birth_date": { "label": "Birth date", "description": "The birth date of the YouTube personality. Use Template:Birth date and age (for living people) or Template:Birth date (for people who have died). If only a year of birth is known, or age as of a certain date, consider using Template:Birth year and age or Template:Birth based on age as of date.", "example": "{{Birth date and age|1990|01|26}}" }, "birth_place": { "label": "Birth place", "description": "The birth place of the YouTube personality: city, administrative region, sovereign state. Use the name of the birth place at the time of birth.", "example": "[[Los Angeles]], California, United States", "type": "string" }, "death_date": { "label": "Death date", "description": "The death date of the YouTube personality. Use Template:Death date and age (if birth date is known) or Template:Death date (if birth date unknown).", "example": "{{Death date and age|2010|12|30|1990|01|26}}" }, "death_place": { "label": "Death place", "description": "The death place of the YouTube personality: city, administrative region, sovereign state. Use the name of the death place at the time of death.", "example": "[[Paris]], France", "type": "string" }, "origin": { "label": "Origin", "description": "The city from which the subject originated. Usually appropriate for groups or companies.", "example": "[[Paris]], France", "type": "string" }, "nationality": { "label": "Nationality", "description": "The nationality of the YouTube personality. Only use if nationality cannot be inferred from the birthplace per WP:INFONAT.", "example": "American", "type": "string" }, "other_names": { "label": "Other names", "description": "Notable aliases of the subject. Listed outside of the \"YouTube information\" section, contrary to the \"pseudonym\" parameter.", "type": "string" }, "education": { "label": "Education", "description": "The YouTube personality's institution of higher education and degree, if notable. It is usually not relevant to include for non-graduates.", "example": "[[University of Oxford]]", "type": "string" }, "occupation": { "aliases": [ "occupations" ], "label": "Occupation(s)", "description": "The occupation(s) of the YouTube personality, as given in the lead.", "example": "[[YouTuber]]", "type": "string" }, "spouse": { "aliases": [ "spouses" ], "label": "Spouse(s)", "description": "Name of spouse(s), followed by years of marriage. Use Template:Marriage." }, "partner": { "aliases": [ "partners" ], "label": "Partner(s)", "description": "Name of long-term unmarried partner(s), followed by years.", "example": "[[Name]] (1980–present)" }, "children": { "label": "Children", "description": "Number of children (e.g., 3), or list of independently notable names." }, "parents": { "aliases": [ "parent" ], "label": "Parent(s)", "description": "Names of notable parent(s). If subject has only one notable mother or father, \"mother\" and \"father\" parameters may be used instead." }, "mother": { "label": "Mother", "description": "Name of mother; include only if subject has one mother who is independently notable or particularly relevant. Overridden by \"parents\" parameter." }, "father": { "label": "Father", "description": "Name of father; include only if subject has one father who is independently notable or particularly relevant. Overridden by \"parents\" parameter." }, "relatives": { "label": "Relatives", "description": "Notable relative(s) of the YouTube personality." }, "organization": { "aliases": [ "organisation", "organisations", "organizations" ], "label": "Organization(s)", "description": "Organization(s) the YouTube personality has been signed to. Omit dates.", "example": "[[OfflineTV]]" }, "signature": { "label": "Signature", "description": "An image of the YouTube personality's signature.", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "signature_size": { "label": "Signature size", "description": "The signature width in pixels (\"px\" is automatically added if omitted).", "default": "150px", "example": "100px" }, "signature_alt": { "aliases": [ "signature alt" ], "label": "Signature alt", "description": "Alt text for the signature image." }, "website": { "aliases": [ "homepage", "URL" ], "label": "Website (personal)", "description": "The official website of the YouTube personality.", "example": "{{URL|example.com}}", "type": "content" }, "module_personal": { "label": "Module personal", "description": "Used for embedding other infoboxes into the \"Personal information\" section of this one." }, "pseudonym": { "label": "Also known as", "description": "Notable aliases of the YouTube personality or channel. Listed in the \"YouTube information\" section, contrary to the \"other_names\" parameter.", "type": "string" }, "channel_name": { "label": { "en": "Channel name" }, "description": { "en": "The primary YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/user/\". Use only one of \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" or \"channel_direct_url\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_url": { "label": { "en": "Channel URL" }, "description": { "en": "The primary YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/channel/\". Use only one of \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" or \"channel_direct_url\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_direct_url": { "label": { "en": "Channel direct URL" }, "description": { "en": "The primary YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/\". Use only one of \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" or \"channel_direct_url\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_display_name": { "label": { "en": "Channel display name" }, "description": { "en": "The primary YouTube channel's display name, if it differs from \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" or \"channel_direct_url\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_name2": { "label": { "en": "Second channel name" }, "description": { "en": "The second YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/user/\". Use only one of \"channel_name2\", \"channel_url2\" or \"channel_direct_url2\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_url2": { "label": { "en": "Second channel URL" }, "description": { "en": "The second YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/channel/\". Use only one of \"channel_name2\", \"channel_url2\" or \"channel_direct_url2\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_direct_url2": { "label": { "en": "Second channel direct URL" }, "description": { "en": "The second YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/\". Use only one of \"channel_name2\", \"channel_url2\" or \"channel_direct_url2\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_display_name2": { "label": { "en": "Second channel display name" }, "description": { "en": "The second YouTube channel's display name, if it differs from \"channel_name2\", \"channel_url2\" or \"channel_direct_url2\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_name3": { "label": { "en": "Third channel name" }, "description": { "en": "The third YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/user/\". Use only one of \"channel_name3\", \"channel_url3\" or \"channel_direct_url3\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_url3": { "label": { "en": "Third channel URL" }, "description": { "en": "The third YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/channel/\". Use only one of \"channel_name3\", \"channel_url3\" or \"channel_direct_url3\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_direct_url3": { "label": { "en": "Third channel direct URL" }, "description": { "en": "The third YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/\". Use only one of \"channel_name3\", \"channel_url3\" or \"channel_direct_url3\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_display_name3": { "label": { "en": "Third channel display name" }, "description": { "en": "The third YouTube channel's display name, if it differs from \"channel_name3\", \"channel_url3\" or \"channel_direct_url3\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channels": { "label": "Channels", "description": "Custom styling for the YouTube channels affiliated with the subject. Overridden by \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" and \"channel_direct_url\".", "type": "string" }, "creator": { "aliases": [ "creators", "created_by" ], "label": "Created by", "description": "The creator(s) of the YouTube channel.", "type": "string" }, "presenter": { "aliases": [ "presenters", "presented_by" ], "label": "Presented by", "description": "The presenter(s) of the YouTube channel.", "type": "string" }, "location": { "label": "Location", "description": "The location of the YouTube channel, if notable. Not for mere residence.", "example": "[[Los Angeles]], California, United States", "type": "string" }, "years_active": { "aliases": [ "years active", "yearsactive" ], "label": "Years active", "description": "Date range in years during which the YouTube channel was active. Use an en dash (–) to separate the years.", "example": "2009–present", "type": "string" }, "genre": { "label": "Genre", "description": "The genre(s) of content produced by the YouTube channel.", "example": "Comedy", "type": "string", "aliases": [ "genres" ] }, "subscribers": { "label": "Subscribers", "description": "The number of subscribers the YouTube channel has.", "example": "1.5 million", "type": "string" }, "subscriber_date": { "description": "The month and year when the YouTube channel's subscriber count was last updated. The date is listed inline with the subscriber count. The all-encompassing \"stats_update\" parameter is generally recommended instead.", "label": "Subscribers date", "type": "string" }, "views": { "label": { "en": "Total views" }, "description": { "en": "The number of views the YouTube channel has." }, "example": "1.5 billion", "type": "string" }, "view_date": { "label": { "en": "Total views date" }, "description": { "en": "The month and year when the YouTube channel's view count was last updated. The date is listed inline with the view count. The all-encompassing \"stats_update\" parameter is generally recommended instead." } }, "network": { "description": "The multi-channel network (MCN) that the YouTube channel has been a part of.", "label": "Network", "example": "[[Machinima Inc.]] (2013–2015)" }, "language": { "label": "Contents are in", "description": "The primary language(s) of the YouTube channel. Use their English name.", "type": "string", "example": "Spanish" }, "associated_acts": { "label": "Associated acts", "description": "Associated YouTube personalities or channels, such as those that collaborate with the subject.", "type": "string" }, "channel_website": { "label": "Website (channel)", "description": "The official website of the YouTube channel.", "example": "{{URL|example.com}}" }, "silver_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 100,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"silver_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Silver Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "silver_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Silver Creator Award for reaching 100,000 subscribers. Overriden by \"silver_year\".", "label": "Silver Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "gold_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 1,000,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"gold_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Gold Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "gold_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Gold Creator Award for reaching 1,000,000 subscribers. Overriden by \"gold_year\".", "label": "Gold Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "diamond_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 10,000,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"diamond_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Diamond Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "diamond_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Diamond Creator Award for reaching 10,000,000 subscribers. Overriden by \"diamond_year\".", "label": "Diamond Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "ruby_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 50,000,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"ruby_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Custom Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "ruby_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Custom Creator Award for reaching 50,000,000 subscribers. Overriden by \"ruby_year\".", "label": "Custom Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "red_diamond_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 100,000,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"red_diamond_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Red Diamond Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "red_diamond_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Red Diamond Creator Award for reaching 100,000,000 subscribers. Overridden by \"red_diamond_year\".", "label": "Red Diamond Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "expand": { "label": "Expand", "description": "Enter \"yes\" to expand the \"Creator Awards\" section by default." }, "module": { "label": "Module", "description": "Used for embedding other infoboxes into this one." }, "stats_update": { "label": "Last updated", "description": "The date when the YouTube channel's statistics were last updated. The date is listed at the bottom of the infobox." }, "extra_information": { "label": "Extra information", "description": "If necessary, extra information can be added to the bottom of the infobox." }, "subbox": { "label": "Subbox", "description": "Enter \"yes\" when embedding this infobox into another to retain the red-colored headings." }, "embed": { "label": "Embed", "description": "Enter \"yes\" when embedding this infobox into another to remove the red-colored headings." } }, "paramOrder": [ "honorific_prefix", "name", "honorific_suffix", "logo", "logo_size", "logo_alt", "logo_caption", "image", "image_upright", "image_size", "alt", "caption", "birth_name", "birth_date", "birth_place", "death_date", "death_place", "origin", "nationality", "other_names", "education", "occupation", "spouse", "partner", "children", "parents", "mother", "father", "relatives", "organization", "signature", "signature_size", "signature_alt", "website", "module_personal", "pseudonym", "channel_name", "channel_url", "channel_direct_url", "channel_display_name", "channel_name2", "channel_url2", "channel_direct_url2", "channel_display_name2", "channel_name3", "channel_url3", "channel_direct_url3", "channel_display_name3", "channels", "creator", "presenter", "location", "years_active", "genre", "subscribers", "subscriber_date", "views", "view_date", "network", "language", "associated_acts", "channel_website", "silver_year", "silver_button", "gold_year", "gold_button", "diamond_year", "diamond_button", "ruby_year", "ruby_button", "red_diamond_year", "red_diamond_button", "expand", "module", "stats_update", "extra_information", "subbox", "embed" ] } </templatedata> == Tracking categories == * {{Category link with count|Pages using infobox YouTube personality with unknown parameters}} * {{Category link with count|Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors}} == See also == * [[Template:Infobox Twitch streamer]] * [[Template:Infobox video game player]] * [[Template:Infobox podcast]] == References == <references /> <includeonly>{{Basepage subpage| <!-- Categories go here and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> [[Category:People and person infobox templates|YouTube personality]] [[Category:Arts and culture infobox templates|YouTube personality]] [[Category:Biographical templates usable as a module|YouTube personality]] [[Category:Infobox templates with module parameter|YouTube personality]] [[Category:Infobox templates with updated parameter]] [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Templates that generate named references]] }}</includeonly> 49374506bdf6fc3f8dba26d2bba380f7daf59e48 828 197 411 2023-05-19T18:05:05Z wikipedia>Andrybak 0 add [[Module:Italic title]] to Lua wikitext text/x-wiki {{High-use|3308957|all-pages = yes}} {{module rating|protected}} {{Lua|Module:Navbar|Module:Italic title}} {{Uses TemplateStyles|Module:Infobox/styles.css|Template:Hlist/styles.css|Template:Plainlist/styles.css}} '''Module:Infobox''' is a [[WP:Module|module]] that implements the {{tl|Infobox}} template. Please see the template page for usage instructions. == Tracking categories == * {{clc|Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells}} * {{clc|Articles using infobox templates with no data rows}} * {{clc|Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter}} <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| [[Category:Modules that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Wikipedia infoboxes]] [[Category:Infobox modules]] [[Category:Modules that check for strip markers]] }}</includeonly> 936ad219eb263a6f3293d62f667bd7b5db1059c1 828 165 338 2023-05-25T23:29:40Z wikipedia>Wbm1058 0 see [[Wikipedia talk:WikiProject YouTube#Category:Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors]] Scribunto text/plain POINT_IN_TIME_PID = "P585" YT_CHAN_ID_PID= "P2397" SUB_COUNT_PID = "P8687" local p = {} -- taken from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Module:Wd function parseDate(dateStr, precision) precision = precision or "d" local i, j, index, ptr local parts = {nil, nil, nil} if dateStr == nil then return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end -- 'T' for snak values, '/' for outputs with '/Julian' attached i, j = dateStr:find("[T/]") if i then dateStr = dateStr:sub(1, i-1) end local from = 1 if dateStr:sub(1,1) == "-" then -- this is a negative number, look further ahead from = 2 end index = 1 ptr = 1 i, j = dateStr:find("-", from) if i then -- year parts[index] = tonumber(mw.ustring.gsub(dateStr:sub(ptr, i-1), "^%+(.+)$", "%1"), 10) -- remove '+' sign (explicitly give base 10 to prevent error) if parts[index] == -0 then parts[index] = tonumber("0") -- for some reason, 'parts[index] = 0' may actually store '-0', so parse from string instead end if precision == "y" then -- we're done return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end index = index + 1 ptr = i + 1 i, j = dateStr:find("-", ptr) if i then -- month parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr, i-1), 10) if precision == "m" then -- we're done return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end index = index + 1 ptr = i + 1 end end if dateStr:sub(ptr) ~= "" then -- day if we have month, month if we have year, or year parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr), 10) end return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end -- taken from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Module:Wd local function datePrecedesDate(aY, aM, aD, bY, bM, bD) if aY == nil or bY == nil then return nil end aM = aM or 1 aD = aD or 1 bM = bM or 1 bD = bD or 1 if aY < bY then return true elseif aY > bY then return false elseif aM < bM then return true elseif aM > bM then return false elseif aD < bD then return true end return false end function getClaimDate(claim) if claim['qualifiers'] and claim['qualifiers'][POINT_IN_TIME_PID] then local pointsInTime = claim['qualifiers'][POINT_IN_TIME_PID] if #pointsInTime ~= 1 then -- be conservative in what we accept error("Encountered a statement with zero or multiple point in time (P85) qualifiers. Please add or remove point in time information so each statement has exactly one") end local pointInTime = pointsInTime[1] if pointInTime and pointInTime['datavalue'] and pointInTime['datavalue']['value'] and pointInTime['datavalue']['value']['time'] then return parseDate(pointInTime['datavalue']['value']['time']) end end return nil end -- for a given list of statements find the newest one with a matching qual function newestMatchingStatement(statements, qual, targetQualValue) local newestStatement = nil local newestStatementYr = nil local newestStatementMo = nil local newestStatementDay = nil for k, v in pairs(statements) do if v['rank'] ~= "deprecated" and v['qualifiers'] and v['qualifiers'][qual] then local quals = v['qualifiers'][qual] -- should only have one instance of the qualifier on a statement if #quals == 1 then local qual = quals[1] if qual['datavalue'] and qual['datavalue']['value'] then local qualValue = qual['datavalue']['value'] if qualValue == targetQualValue then local targetYr, targetMo, targetDay = getClaimDate(v) if targetYr then local older = datePrecedesDate(targetYr, targetMo, targetDay, newestStatementYr, newestStatementMo, newestStatementDay) if older == nil or not older then newestStatementYr, newestStatementMo, newestStatementDay = targetYr, targetMo, targetDay newestStatement = v end end end end end end end return newestStatement end -- for a given property and qualifier pair returns the newest statement that matches function newestMatching(e, prop, qual, targetQualValue) -- first check the best statements local statements = e:getBestStatements(prop) local newestStatement = newestMatchingStatement(statements, qual, targetQualValue) if newestStatement then return newestStatement end -- try again with all statements if nothing so far statements = e:getAllStatements(prop) newestStatement = newestMatchingStatement(statements, qual, targetQualValue) if newestStatement then return newestStatement end return nil end function getEntity ( frame ) local qid = nil if frame.args then qid = frame.args["qid"] end if not qid then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then local e = nil return e end local e = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid) assert(e, "No such item found: " .. qid) return e end -- find the channel ID we are going to be getting the sub counts for function getBestYtChanId(e) local chanIds = e:getBestStatements(YT_CHAN_ID_PID) if #chanIds == 1 then local chan = chanIds[1] if chan and chan["mainsnak"] and chan["mainsnak"]["datavalue"] and chan["mainsnak"]["datavalue"]["value"] then return chan["mainsnak"]["datavalue"]["value"] end end return nil end function returnError(frame, eMessage) return frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'error', args = { eMessage } } .. "[[Category:Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors]]" end -- the date of the current YT subscriber count function p.date( frame ) local e = getEntity(frame) assert(e, "No qid found for page. Please make a Wikidata item for this article") local chanId = getBestYtChanId(e) assert(chanId, "Could not find a single best YouTube channel ID for this item. Add a YouTube channel ID or set the rank of one channel ID to be preferred") local s = newestMatching(e, SUB_COUNT_PID, YT_CHAN_ID_PID, chanId) if s then local yt_year, yt_month, yt_day = getClaimDate(s) if not yt_year then return nil end local dateString = yt_year .. "|" -- construct YYYY|mm|dd date string if yt_month and yt_month ~= 0 then dateString = dateString .. yt_month .. "|" -- truncate the day of month --if yt_day and yt_day ~= 0 then -- dateString = dateString .. yt_day --end end return frame:expandTemplate{title="Format date", args = {yt_year, yt_month, yd_day}} end error("Could not find a date for YouTube subscriber information. Is there a social media followers statement (P8687) qualified with good values for P585 and P2397?") end function p.dateNice( frame ) local status, obj = pcall(p.date, frame) if status then return obj else return returnError(frame, obj) end end -- the most up to date number of subscribers function p.subCount( frame ) local subCount = nil local e = getEntity(frame) if not e then subCount = -424 return tonumber(subCount) end local chanId = getBestYtChanId(e) if chanId then local s = newestMatching(e, SUB_COUNT_PID, YT_CHAN_ID_PID, chanId) if s and s["mainsnak"] and s['mainsnak']["datavalue"] and s['mainsnak']["datavalue"]["value"] and s['mainsnak']["datavalue"]['value']['amount'] then subCount = s['mainsnak']["datavalue"]['value']['amount'] end else subCount = -404 end if subCount then return tonumber(subCount) else subCount = -412 return tonumber(subCount) end end function p.subCountNice( frame ) local status, obj = pcall(p.subCount, frame) if status then if obj >= 0 then return frame:expandTemplate{title="Format price", args = {obj}} else return obj end else return returnError(frame, obj) end end return p 98467dcdea470df426a9b002a85e7ae22390fb10 10 109 226 2023-05-26T02:19:35Z wikipedia>Wbm1058 0 see [[Wikipedia talk:WikiProject YouTube#Category:Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Infobox | child = {{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}} | templatestyles = Template:Infobox YouTube personality/styles.css | bodyclass = ib-youtube biography vcard | title = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}|<div {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|}}}}}|class="ib-youtube-title"}}>'''YouTube information'''</div>}} | aboveclass = ib-youtube-above | above = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}||{{br separated entries |1={{#if:{{{honorific_prefix|{{{honorific prefix|}}}}}}|<span class="honorific-prefix">{{{honorific_prefix|{{{honorific prefix|}}}}}}</span>}} |2=<span class="fn">{{{name|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}</span> |3={{#if:{{{honorific_suffix|{{{honorific suffix|}}}}}}|<span class="honorific-suffix">{{{honorific_suffix|{{{honorific suffix|}}}}}}</span>}} }} }} | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{logo|}}}|size={{{logo_size|}}}|sizedefault=250px|alt={{{logo_alt|}}}}} | caption = {{{logo_caption|{{{logo caption|}}}}}} | image2 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{{image_size|{{{image size|{{{imagesize|}}}}}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{image_upright|{{{upright|1}}}}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}|suppressplaceholder=yes}} | caption2 = {{{image_caption|{{{caption|{{{image caption|}}}}}}}}} | headerclass = ib-youtube-header | header1 = {{#if:{{{birth_name|}}}{{{birth_date|}}}{{{birth_place|}}}{{{death_date|}}}{{{death_place|}}}{{{nationality|}}}{{{occupation|{{{occupations|}}}}}}|Personal information}} | label2 = Born | data2 = {{br separated entries|1={{#if:{{{birth_name|}}}|<div class="nickname">{{{birth_name}}}</div>}}|2={{{birth_date|}}}|3={{#if:{{{birth_place|}}}|<div class="birthplace">{{{birth_place|}}}</div>}}}} | label3 = Died | data3 = {{br separated entries|1={{{death_date|}}}|2={{#if:{{{death_place|}}}|<div class="deathplace">{{{death_place|}}}</div>}}}} | label4 = Origin | data4 = {{{origin|}}} | label5 = Nationality | data5 = {{{nationality|}}} | class5 = category | label6 = Other&nbsp;names | data6 = {{{other_names|}}} | class6 = nickname | label7 = Education | data7 = {{{education|}}} | label8 = Occupation{{#if:{{{occupations|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{occupation|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data8 = {{{occupation|{{{occupations|}}}}}} | class8 = role | label9 = Spouse{{#if:{{{spouses|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{spouse|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data9 = {{{spouse|{{{spouses|}}}}}} | label10 = Partner{{#if:{{{partners|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{partner|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data10 = {{{partner|{{{partners|}}}}}} | label11 = Children | data11 = {{{children|}}} | label12 = Parent{{if either|{{{parents|}}}|{{if both|{{{mother|}}}|{{{father|}}}|true}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{parent|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data12 = {{#if:{{{parent|{{{parents|}}}}}}|{{{parent|{{{parents}}}}}}|{{Unbulleted list|{{#if:{{{father|}}}|{{{father}}} (father)}}|{{#if:{{{mother|}}}|{{{mother}}} (mother)}}}}}} | label13 = Relatives | data13 = {{{relatives|}}} | label14 = Organi{{#if:{{{organisation|{{{organisations|}}}}}}|s|z}}ation{{#if:{{{organizations|{{{organisations|}}}}}}|s|{{pluralize from text|{{{organization|{{{organisation|}}}}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data14 = {{{organization|{{{organisation|{{{organizations|{{{organisations|}}}}}}}}}}}} | class14 = org | label15 = Signature | data15 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{signature|}}}|size={{{signature_size|}}}|sizedefault=150px|alt={{{signature_alt|{{{signature alt|}}}}}}}} | label16 = Website | data16 = {{{website|{{{homepage|{{{URL|}}}}}}}}} | data17 = {{{module_personal|}}} | header20 = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}||{{#if:{{{pseudonym|}}}{{{channel_name|}}}{{{channel_url|}}}{{{channel_direct_url|}}}{{{channels|}}}{{{years_active|{{{years active|{{{yearsactive|}}}}}}}}}{{{genre|{{{genres|}}}}}}{{#switch:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}|-404|-412|-424={{{subscribers|}}}|{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}}}{{{views|}}}{{{network|}}}{{{associated_acts|}}}|YouTube information}}}} | label21 = {{Nowrap|Also known as}} | data21 = {{{pseudonym|}}} | class21 = nickname | label22 = Channel{{#if:{{{channels|}}}{{{channel_name2|}}}{{{channel_url2|}}}{{{channel_direct_url2|}}}|s}} | data22 = {{#if:{{{channel_name|}}}{{{channel_url|}}}{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|{{flatlist| * [https://www.youtube.com/{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{channel_url|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url|}}}}}|{{{channel_name}}}=user/{{{channel_name}}}|{{{channel_url}}}=channel/{{{channel_url}}}|{{{channel_direct_url}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|YouTube channel}}]{{#if:{{{channel_name2|}}}{{{channel_url2|}}}{{{channel_direct_url2|}}}| * [https://www.youtube.com/{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{channel_name2|}}}|{{{channel_url2|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url2|}}}}}|{{{channel_name2}}}=user/{{{channel_name2}}}|{{{channel_url2}}}=channel/{{{channel_url2}}}|{{{channel_direct_url2}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name2|}}}|{{{channel_name2|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url2|}}}|YouTube channel}}]{{#if:{{{channel_name3|}}}{{{channel_url3|}}}{{{channel_direct_url3|}}}| * [https://www.youtube.com/{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{channel_name3|}}}|{{{channel_url3|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url3|}}}}}|{{{channel_name3}}}=user/{{{channel_name3}}}|{{{channel_url3}}}=channel/{{{channel_url3}}}|{{{channel_direct_url3}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name3|}}}|{{{channel_name3|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url3|}}}|YouTube channel}}]}} }} }}|{{{channels|}}} }} | label23 = Created&nbsp;by | data23 = {{{creator|{{{creators|{{{created_by|}}}}}}}}} | label24 = Presented&nbsp;by | data24 = {{{presenter|{{{presenters|{{{presented_by|}}}}}}}}} | label25 = Location | data25 = {{{location|}}} | label26 = Years&nbsp;active | data26 = {{{years_active|{{{years active|{{{yearsactive|}}}}}}}}} | label27 = Genre{{#if:{{{genres|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{genre|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data27 = {{{genre|{{{genres|}}}}}} | label28 = Subscribers | data28 = {{#if:{{#switch:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}|-404|-412|-424={{{subscribers|}}}|{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}}}|{{br separated entries|1={{#if:{{{subscribers|}}}|{{{subscribers}}}|{{#switch:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}|-404|-412|-424={{main other|[[Category:Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors]]}}|{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}}}}}{{#if:{{{channel_name|}}}{{{channel_url|}}}{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|{{#tag:ref|{{Cite web|title=About {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|YouTube channel}}|url=https://www.youtube.com/{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{channel_url|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url|}}}}}|{{{channel_name}}}=user/{{{channel_name}}}|{{{channel_url}}}=channel/{{{channel_url}}}|{{{channel_direct_url}}}}}/about |publisher=[[YouTube]]}}|name="YouTubeStats{{Plain text|{{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{name|}}}}}}}"}} }}|2={{#if:{{{subscriber_date|}}}|({{{subscriber_date}}})|{{#if:{{{subscribers|}}}||{{#iferror:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|dateNice}}||({{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|dateNice}})}}}}}}}}}} | label29 = Total&nbsp;views | data29 = {{#if:{{{views|}}}|{{br separated entries|1={{{views}}}{{if both|{{#switch:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}|-404|-412|-424={{{subscribers|}}}|{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}{{{channel_url|}}}{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|{{#tag:ref||name="YouTubeStats{{Plain text|{{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{name|}}}}}}}"}} }}|2={{#if:{{{view_date|}}}|({{{view_date|}}})}} }} }} | label30 = [[Multi-channel network|Network]] | data30 = {{{network|}}} | label31 = Contents are&nbsp;in | data31 = {{{language|}}} | label32 = Associated acts | data32 = {{{associated_acts|}}} | label33 = Website | data33 = {{{channel_website|}}} | data42 = {{#if:{{{silver_year|}}}{{{silver_button|}}}{{{gold_year|}}}{{{gold_button|}}}{{{diamond_year|}}}{{{diamond_button|}}}{{{ruby_year|}}}{{{ruby_button|}}}{{{red_diamond_year|}}}{{{red_diamond_button|}}}| <table class="ib-youtube-awards mw-collapsible {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{expand|}}}}}||mw-collapsed}}"> <tr><th colspan="3" {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{embed|}}}}}||class="ib-youtube-awards-color"}}><div>[[YouTube Creator Awards|Creator Awards]]</div></th></tr> {{If either|{{{silver_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{silver_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Silver Play Button 2.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>100,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{silver_year|}}}</td></tr>}} {{If either|{{{gold_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{gold_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Gold Play Button 2.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>1,000,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{gold_year|}}}</td></tr>}} {{If either|{{{diamond_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{diamond_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Diamond Play Button.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>10,000,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{diamond_year|}}}</td></tr>}} {{If either|{{{ruby_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{ruby_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Ruby Play Button 2.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>50,000,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{ruby_year|}}}</td></tr>}} {{If either|{{{red_diamond_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{red_diamond_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Red Diamond Play Button.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>100,000,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{red_diamond_year|}}}</td></tr>}} </table>}} | data52 = {{{module|}}} | belowclass = ib-youtube-below | below = {{#if:{{{stats_update|}}}|{{hr}}''Last updated:'' {{{stats_update}}}}}{{#if:{{{extra_information|}}}|{{hr}}{{{extra_information}}}}} }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using infobox YouTube personality with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox YouTube personality]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| alt | associated_acts | birth_date | birth_name | birth_place | caption | channel_name | channel_name2 | channel_name3 | channel_url | channel_url2 | channel_url3 | channel_direct_url | channel_direct_url2 | channel_direct_url3 | channels | channel_display_name | channel_display_name2 | channel_display_name3 | channel_website | children | created_by | creator | creators | father | presented_by | presenter | presenters | death_date | death_place | diamond_button | diamond_year | education | embed | expand | extra_information | genre | genres | gold_button | gold_year | homepage | honorific prefix | honorific suffix | honorific_prefix | honorific_suffix | image | image caption | image size | image_caption | image_size | image_upright | imagesize | language | location | logo | logo caption | logo_caption | logo_alt | logo_size | module | module_personal | mother | name | nationality | network | occupation | occupations | organisation | organisations | organization | organizations | origin | other_names | parent | parents | partner | partners | pseudonym | red_diamond_button | red_diamond_year | relatives | ruby_button | ruby_year | subbox | signature | signature alt | signature_alt | signature_size | silver_button | silver_year | spouse | spouses | stats_update | subscriber_date | subscribers | upright | URL | view_date | views | website | years active | years_active | yearsactive }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 08cd10a16ba44c06a8803113d2bbca0a9127a601 828 176 369 2023-05-26T17:38:04Z wikipedia>Wbm1058 0 /* Data retrieval problem codes */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki {{Module rating|beta}} <!-- Add categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata --> This module fetches a YouTube channel's subscriber count from its Wikidata entity. == Usage == <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|''subCount''<nowiki>|qid=</nowiki>''Wikidata entity ID'' (optional)<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|''subCountNice''<nowiki>|qid=</nowiki>''Wikidata entity ID'' (optional)<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> – formats the subscriber count <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|''date''<nowiki>|qid=</nowiki>''Wikidata entity ID'' (optional)<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|''dateNice''<nowiki>|qid=</nowiki>''Wikidata entity ID'' (optional)<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> == Data retrieval problem codes == * '''-404''' – Could not find a single best YouTube channel ID for this item. Add a YouTube channel ID or set the rank of one channel ID to be preferred * '''-412''' – Found an associated YouTube channel ID but could not find a most recent value for social media followers (i.e. P8687 qualified with P585 and P2397) * '''-424''' – No qid found for page. Please make a Wikidata item for this article ==Error tracking category== [[:Category:Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:Wikidata templates]] }}</includeonly> 95e396dd285ce792eaf61ddaa36f81eb3de5de8e 10 196 409 2023-05-30T09:39:48Z wikipedia>Lectonar 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:High-use]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1={{{1|}}}|2={{{2|}}}|info={{{info|}}}|demo={{{demo|}}}|form={{{form|}}}|expiry={{{expiry|}}}|system={{{system|}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwiki links go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> a3322d1bd47ac03df14fa2090855cff4fede9bc7 828 73 148 2023-05-30T11:20:32Z wikipedia>Lectonar 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:High-use]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- _fetch looks at the "demo" argument. local _fetch = require('Module:Transclusion_count').fetch local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') function p.num(frame, count) if count == nil then if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end end -- Build output string local return_value = "" if count == nil then if frame.args[1] == "risk" then return_value = "a very large number of" else return_value = "many" end else -- Use 2 significant figures for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones local sigfig = 2 if count >= 100000 then sigfig = 3 end -- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs local f = math.floor(math.log10(count)) - sigfig + 1 -- Round and insert "approximately" or "+" when appropriate if (frame.args[2] == "yes") or (mw.ustring.sub(frame.args[1],-1) == "+") then -- Round down return_value = string.format("%s+", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) ) else -- Round to nearest return_value = string.format("approximately&#x20;%s", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) ) end -- Insert percentage of pages if that is likely to be >= 1% and when |no-percent= not set to yes if count and count > 250000 and not yesno (frame:getParent().args['no-percent']) then local percent = math.floor( ( (count/frame:callParserFunction('NUMBEROFPAGES', 'R') ) * 100) + 0.5) if percent >= 1 then return_value = string.format("%s&#x20;pages, or roughly %s%% of all", return_value, percent) end end end return return_value end -- Actions if there is a large (greater than or equal to 100,000) transclusion count function p.risk(frame) local return_value = "" if frame.args[1] == "risk" then return_value = "risk" else local count = _fetch(frame) if count and count >= 100000 then return_value = "risk" end end return return_value end function p.text(frame, count) -- Only show the information about how this template gets updated if someone -- is actually editing the page and maybe trying to update the count. local bot_text = (frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}") == "") and "\n\n----\n'''Preview message''': Transclusion count updated automatically ([[Template:High-use/doc#Technical details|see documentation]])." or '' if count == nil then if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end end local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" or title.subpageText == "sandbox" then title = title.basePageTitle end local systemMessages = frame.args['system'] if frame.args['system'] == '' then systemMessages = nil end -- This retrieves the project URL automatically to simplify localiation. local templateCount = ('on [https://linkcount.toolforge.org/index.php?project=%s&page=%s %s pages]'):format( mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl():gsub('//(.-)/.*', '%1'), mw.uri.encode(title.fullText), p.num(frame, count)) local used_on_text = "'''This " .. (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Lua module" or "template") .. ' is used '; if systemMessages then used_on_text = used_on_text .. systemMessages .. ((count and count > 2000) and ("''', and " .. templateCount) or ("'''")) else used_on_text = used_on_text .. templateCount .. "'''" end local sandbox_text = ("%s's [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s/testcases|/testcases]] subpages, or in your own [[%s]]. "):format( (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "module" or "template"), title.fullText, title.fullText, mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Module:Sandbox|module sandbox" or "Wikipedia:User pages#SUB|user subpage" ) local infoArg = frame.args["info"] ~= "" and frame.args["info"] if (systemMessages or frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000) ) then local info = systemMessages and '.<br/>Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the Wikipedia user interface.' or '.' if infoArg then info = info .. "<br />" .. infoArg end sandbox_text = info .. '<br /> To avoid major disruption' .. (count and count >= 100000 and ' and server load' or '') .. ', any changes should be tested in the ' .. sandbox_text .. 'The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. ' else sandbox_text = (infoArg and ('.<br />' .. infoArg .. ' C') or ' and c') .. 'hanges may be widely noticed. Test changes in the ' .. sandbox_text end local discussion_text = systemMessages and 'Please discuss changes ' or 'Consider discussing changes ' if frame.args["2"] and frame.args["2"] ~= "" and frame.args["2"] ~= "yes" then discussion_text = string.format("%sat [[%s]]", discussion_text, frame.args["2"]) else discussion_text = string.format("%son the [[%s|talk page]]", discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText ) end return used_on_text .. sandbox_text .. discussion_text .. " before implementing them." .. bot_text end function p.main(frame) local count = nil if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end local image = "[[File:Ambox warning yellow.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" local type_param = "style" local epilogue = '' if frame.args['system'] and frame.args['system'] ~= '' then image = "[[File:Ambox important.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" type_param = "content" local nocat = frame:getParent().args['nocat'] or frame.args['nocat'] local categorise = (nocat == '' or not yesno(nocat)) if categorise then epilogue = frame:preprocess('{{Sandbox other||{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}|File=upload|#default=edit}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}|sysop|templateeditor|interfaceadmin=|#default=[[Category:Pages used in system messages needing protection]]}}}}') end elseif (frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000)) then image = "[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" type_param = "content" end if frame.args["form"] == "editnotice" then return frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'editnotice', args = { ["image"] = image, ["text"] = p.text(frame, count), ["expiry"] = (frame.args["expiry"] or "") } } .. epilogue else return require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', { type = type_param, image = image, text = p.text(frame, count), expiry = (frame.args["expiry"] or "") }) .. epilogue end end return p 134551888e066954a89c109d2faa8af71a4454a4 828 74 150 2023-05-30T20:51:38Z wikipedia>Isabelle Belato 0 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Transclusion count]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]; requested at [[WP:RfPP]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p.fetch(frame) local template = nil local return_value = nil -- Use demo parameter if it exists, otherswise use current template name local namespace = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace if frame.args["demo"] and frame.args["demo"] ~= "" then template = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args["demo"],"^[Tt]emplate:","") elseif namespace == 10 then -- Template namespace template = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text elseif namespace == 828 then -- Module namespace template = (mw.site.namespaces[828].name .. ":" .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text) end -- If in template or module namespace, look up count in /data if template ~= nil then namespace = mw.title.new(template, "Template").namespace if namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 then template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/doc$", "") -- strip /doc from end template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/sandbox$", "") -- strip /sandbox from end local index = mw.ustring.sub(mw.title.new(template).text,1,1) local status, data = pcall(function () return(mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion_count/data/' .. (mw.ustring.find(index, "%a") and index or "other"))) end) if status then return_value = tonumber(data[mw.ustring.gsub(template, " ", "_")]) end end end -- If database value doesn't exist, use value passed to template if return_value == nil and frame.args[1] ~= nil then local arg1=mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1], '[%d,]+') if arg1 and arg1 ~= '' then return_value = tonumber(frame:callParserFunction('formatnum', arg1, 'R')) end end return return_value end -- Tabulate this data for [[Wikipedia:Database reports/Templates transcluded on the most pages]] function p.tabulate(frame) local list = {} for i = 65, 91 do local data = mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion count/data/' .. ((i == 91) and 'other' or string.char(i))) for name, count in pairs(data) do table.insert(list, {mw.title.new(name, "Template").fullText, count}) end end table.sort(list, function(a, b) return (a[2] == b[2]) and (a[1] < b[1]) or (a[2] > b[2]) end) local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); for i = 1, #list do list[i] = ('|-\n| %d || [[%s]] || %s\n'):format(i, list[i][1]:gsub('_', ' '), lang:formatNum(list[i][2])) end return table.concat(list) end return p 000ef6bcbf7b66e727870b0c300c4009da300513 828 193 403 2023-06-02T00:35:18Z wikipedia>Voidxor 0 Use is discouraged per [[WP:THUMBSIZE]]; see {{Para|upright}} below instead. wikitext text/x-wiki {{used in system}} {{Module rating|protected}} ==Overview== This module is used within infoboxes to process the image parameters and tidy up the formatting of the result. ==Parameters== {| class="wikitable" ! Parameter ! Description |- | image | Required. The main parameter that should be passed over which contains the image info. |- | size | Size to display image, in pixels. Use is discouraged per [[WP:THUMBSIZE]]; see {{Para|upright}} below instead. |- | maxsize | Maximum size to display image. Note: If no size or sizedefault params specified then image will be shown at maxsize. |- | sizedefault | The size to use for the image if no size param is specified. Defaults to [[Wikipedia:Autosizing images|frameless]]. |- | alt | Alt text for the image. |- | title | Title text for image (mouseover text). |- | border | If yes, then a border is added. |- | page | The page number to be displayed when using a multi-page image. |- | upright | If upright=yes, adds "upright" which displays image at 75% of default image size (which is 220px if not changed at [[Special:Preferences]]). If a value, adds "upright=''value''" to image, where values less than 1 scale the image down (0.9 = 90%) and values greater than 1 scale the image up (1.15 = 115%). |- | center | If yes, then the image is centered. |- | thumbtime | thumbtime param, used for video clips. |- | suppressplaceholder | If no, then will not suppress certain placeholder images. See {{section link||Placeholder images which can be suppressed}}. |- | link | Page to go to when clicking on the image. |- | class | HTML classes to add to the image. |} Note: If you specify the maxsize or sizedefault params, then you should include the px after the number. {{Use dmy dates|date=July 2016}} ==Parameters displayed in image syntax== All parameters: :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | size={{{size}}} | maxsize={{{maxsize}}} | sizedefault={{{sizedefault}}} | upright={{{upright}}} | alt={{{alt}}} | title={{{title}}} | thumbtime={{{thumbtime}}} | link={{{link}}} | border=yes | center=yes | page={{{page}}} | class={{{class}}} }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | size={{{size}}} | maxsize={{{maxsize}}} | sizedefault={{{sizedefault}}} | upright={{{upright}}} | alt={{{alt}}} | title={{{title}}} | thumbtime={{{thumbtime}}} | link={{{link}}} | border=yes | center=yes | page={{{page}}} | class={{{class}}}}}</code> When "size" and "maxsize" are defined, the smaller of the two is used (if "px" is omitted it will be added by the module): :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | size=300px | maxsize=250px }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | size=300px | maxsize=250px }}</code> When "size" is not defined, "sizedefault" is used, even if larger than "maxsize" (in actual use "px" is required after the number; omitted here to show it is not added by the module): :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | sizedefault=250px | maxsize=200px }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | sizedefault=250px | maxsize=200px }}</code> When "size" and "sizedefault" are not defined, "maxsize" is used (in actual use "px" is required after the number; omitted here to show it is not added by the module): :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | maxsize=250px }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | maxsize=250px }}</code> When "size", "sizedefault", and "maxsize" are not defined, "frameless" is added, which displays the image at the default thumbnail size (220px, but logged in users can change this at [[Special:Preferences]]) and is required if using "upright" to scale the default size: :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} }}</code> Use of "upright" without a number value, which displays the image at approximately 75% of the user's default size (multiplied by 0.75 then rounded to nearest 10): :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | upright = yes }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | upright = yes }}</code> When "alt" is used without "title", the alt text is also used as the title: :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | alt = Alt text }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | alt = Alt text }}</code> For more information, see [[Wikipedia:Extended image syntax]]. ==Sample usage== <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;"> |image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|upright={{{image_upright|1}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}}} </syntaxhighlight> ==Examples== {| class="wikitable" |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg}}<br /> {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}File:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg}}<br /> {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|upright{{=}}yes}}<br /> | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|upright=yes}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|upright{{=}}1.2}}<br /> | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|upright=1.2}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size{{=}}100px}}<br /> {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size{{=}}100}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=100px}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px}}}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px]]}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px}}|title=Abbey Road!}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px]]|title=Abbey Road!}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault{{=}}250px|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault=250px|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault{{=}}250|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault=250|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault{{=}}250px|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios|title=Exterior, front view of Abbey Road studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault=250px|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios|title=Exterior, front view of Abbey Road studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size{{=}}100px|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=100px|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Bandera de Bilbao.svg|size{{=}}100|border{{=}}yes}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Bandera de Bilbao.svg|size=200|border=yes}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Image is needed male.svg}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Image is needed male.svg}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Image is needed male.svg|suppressplaceholder=no}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Image is needed male.svg|suppressplaceholder=no}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|File:Image is needed male.svg|200px}}}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[File:Image is needed male.svg|200px]]}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|File:Image is needed male.svg|200px}}|suppressplaceholder{{=}}no}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[File:Image is needed male.svg|200px]]|suppressplaceholder=no}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=50px|maxsize{{=}}100px}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=50px|maxsize=100px}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=200px|maxsize{{=}}100px}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=200px|maxsize=100px}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|File:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px}}|maxsize{{=}}100px}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[File:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px]]|maxsize=100px}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|maxsize{{=}}100px|center{{=}}yes}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|maxsize=100px|center=yes}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}no such image|maxsize{{=}}100px|center{{=}}yes}}<!-- this issue sh'd be fixed somewhow--> | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=no such image|maxsize=100px|center=yes}} |} == Placeholder images which can be suppressed == {| | style="vertical-align:top;" | * [[:File:Blue - replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Blue - replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Female no free image yet.png]] * [[:File:Male no free image yet.png]] * [[:File:Flag of None (square).svg]] * [[:File:Flag of None.svg]] * [[:File:Flag of.svg]] * [[:File:Green - replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Green - replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Image is needed female.svg]] * [[:File:Image is needed male.svg]] * [[:File:Location map of None.svg]] * [[:File:Male no free image yet.png]] * [[:File:Missing flag.png]] * [[:File:No flag.svg]] * [[:File:No free portrait.svg]] * [[:File:No portrait (female).svg]] * [[:File:No portrait (male).svg]] * [[:File:Red - replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Red - replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image female (blue).svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image male (blue).svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Silver - replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Silver - replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image.svg]] * [[:File:Cricket no pic.png]] * [[:File:CarersLogo.gif]] * [[:File:Diagram Needed.svg]] * [[:File:Example.jpg]] * [[:File:Image placeholder.png]] * [[:File:No male portrait.svg]] * [[:File:Nocover-upload.png]] * [[:File:NoDVDcover copy.png]] * [[:File:Noribbon.svg]] | style="vertical-align:top;" | * [[:File:No portrait-BFD-test.svg]] * [[:File:Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png]] * [[:File:Project Trains no image.png]] * [[:File:Image-request.png]] * [[:File:Sin bandera.svg]] * [[:File:Sin escudo.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image - temple.png]] * [[:File:Replace this image butterfly.png]] * [[:File:Replace this image.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image1.svg]] * [[:File:Resolution angle.png]] * [[:File:Image-No portrait-text-BFD-test.svg]] * [[:File:Insert image here.svg]] * [[:File:No image available.png]] * [[:File:NO IMAGE YET square.png]] * [[:File:NO IMAGE YET.png]] * [[:File:No Photo Available.svg]] * [[:File:No Screenshot.svg]] * [[:File:No-image-available.jpg]] * [[:File:Null.png]] * [[:File:PictureNeeded.gif]] * [[:File:Place holder.jpg]] * [[:File:Unbenannt.JPG]] * [[:File:UploadACopyrightFreeImage.svg]] * [[:File:UploadAnImage.gif]] * [[:File:UploadAnImage.svg]] * [[:File:UploadAnImageShort.svg]] * [[:File:CarersLogo.gif]] * [[:File:Diagram Needed.svg]] * [[:File:No male portrait.svg]] * [[:File:NoDVDcover copy.png]] * [[:File:Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png]] * [[:File:Project Trains no image.png]] * [[:File:Image-request.png]] |} == Tracking categories == * {{clc|Pages using infoboxes with thumbnail images}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| {{DEFAULTSORT:Image, {{PAGENAME}}}} [[Category:Modules for image handling]] [[Category:Modules that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Infobox modules]] }}</includeonly> c94fcbc786f35c8e23c8f499b3090efc604852c7 828 133 274 2023-06-11T07:27:55Z wikipedia>Johnuniq 0 change default for {{age}} from range=no to range=dash per [[Template talk:Age#Inaccurate age shown]] Scribunto text/plain -- Implement various "age of" and other date-related templates. local mtext = { -- Message and other text that should be localized. -- Also need to localize text in table names in function dateDifference. ['mt-bad-param1'] = 'Invalid parameter $1', ['mt-bad-param2'] = 'Parameter $1=$2 is invalid', ['mt-bad-show'] = 'Parameter show=$1 is not supported here', ['mt-cannot-add'] = 'Cannot add "$1"', ['mt-conflicting-show'] = 'Parameter show=$1 conflicts with round=$2', ['mt-date-wrong-order'] = 'The second date must be later in time than the first date', ['mt-dd-future'] = 'Death date (first date) must not be in the future', ['mt-dd-wrong-order'] = 'Death date (first date) must be later in time than the birth date (second date)', ['mt-invalid-bd-age'] = 'Invalid birth date for calculating age', ['mt-invalid-dates-age'] = 'Invalid dates for calculating age', ['mt-invalid-end'] = 'Invalid end date in second parameter', ['mt-invalid-start'] = 'Invalid start date in first parameter', ['mt-need-jdn'] = 'Need valid Julian date number', ['mt-need-valid-bd'] = 'Need valid birth date: year, month, day', ['mt-need-valid-bd2'] = 'Need valid birth date (second date): year, month, day', ['mt-need-valid-date'] = 'Need valid date', ['mt-need-valid-dd'] = 'Need valid death date (first date): year, month, day', ['mt-need-valid-ymd'] = 'Need valid year, month, day', ['mt-need-valid-ymd-current'] = 'Need valid year|month|day or "currentdate"', ['mt-need-valid-ymd2'] = 'Second date should be year, month, day', ['mt-template-bad-name'] = 'The specified template name is not valid', ['mt-template-x'] = 'The template invoking this must have "|template=x" where x is the wanted operation', ['txt-and'] = ' and ', ['txt-or'] = '&nbsp;or ', ['txt-category'] = 'Category:Age error', ['txt-comma-and'] = ', and ', ['txt-error'] = 'Error: ', ['txt-format-default'] = 'mf', -- 'df' (day first = dmy) or 'mf' (month first = mdy) ['txt-module-convertnumeric'] = 'Module:ConvertNumeric', ['txt-module-date'] = 'Module:Date', ['txt-sandbox'] = 'sandbox', ['txt-bda'] = '<span style="display:none"> (<span class="bday">$1</span>) </span>$2<span class="noprint ForceAgeToShow"> (age&nbsp;$3)</span>', ['txt-dda'] = '$2<span style="display:none">($1)</span> (aged&nbsp;$3)', ['txt-bda-disp'] = 'disp_raw', -- disp_raw → age is a number only; disp_age → age is a number and unit (normally years but months or days if very young) ['txt-dda-disp'] = 'disp_raw', ['txt-dmy'] = '%-d %B %-Y', ['txt-mdy'] = '%B %-d, %-Y', } local isWarning = { ['mt-bad-param1'] = true, } local translate, from_en, to_en, isZero if translate then -- Functions to translate from en to local language and reverse go here. -- See example at [[:bn:Module:বয়স]]. else from_en = function (text) return text end isZero = function (text) return tonumber(text) == 0 end end local _Date, _currentDate local function getExports(frame) -- Return objects exported from the date module or its sandbox. if not _Date then local sandbox = frame:getTitle():find(mtext['txt-sandbox'], 1, true) and ('/' .. mtext['txt-sandbox']) or '' local datemod = require(mtext['txt-module-date'] .. sandbox) local realDate = datemod._Date _currentDate = datemod._current if to_en then _Date = function (...) local args = {} for i, v in ipairs({...}) do args[i] = to_en(v) end return realDate(unpack(args)) end else _Date = realDate end end return _Date, _currentDate end local Collection -- a table to hold items Collection = { add = function (self, item) if item ~= nil then self.n = self.n + 1 self[self.n] = item end end, join = function (self, sep) return table.concat(self, sep) end, remove = function (self, pos) if self.n > 0 and (pos == nil or (0 < pos and pos <= self.n)) then self.n = self.n - 1 return table.remove(self, pos) end end, sort = function (self, comp) table.sort(self, comp) end, new = function () return setmetatable({n = 0}, Collection) end } Collection.__index = Collection local function stripToNil(text) -- If text is a string, return its trimmed content, or nil if empty. -- Otherwise return text (which may, for example, be nil). if type(text) == 'string' then text = text:match('(%S.-)%s*$') end return text end local function dateFormat(args) -- Return string for wanted date format. local default = mtext['txt-format-default'] local other = default == 'df' and 'mf' or 'df' local wanted = stripToNil(args[other]) and other or default return wanted == 'df' and mtext['txt-dmy'] or mtext['txt-mdy'] end local function substituteParameters(text, ...) -- Return text after substituting any given parameters for $1, $2, etc. return mw.message.newRawMessage(text, ...):plain() end local function yes(parameter) -- Return true if parameter should be interpreted as "yes". -- Do not want to accept mixed upper/lowercase unless done by current templates. -- Need to accept "on" because "round=on" is wanted. return ({ y = true, yes = true, on = true })[parameter] end local function message(msg, ...) -- Return formatted message text for an error or warning. local function getText(msg) return mtext[msg] or error('Bug: message "' .. tostring(msg) .. '" not defined') end local categories = { error = mtext['txt-category'], warning = mtext['txt-category'], } local a, b, k, category local text = substituteParameters(getText(msg), ...) if isWarning[msg] then a = '<sup>[<i>' b = '</i>]</sup>' k = 'warning' else a = '<strong class="error">' .. getText('txt-error') b = '</strong>' k = 'error' end if mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(0) then -- Category only in namespaces: 0=article. category = '[[' .. categories[k] .. ']]' end return a .. mw.text.nowiki(text) .. b .. (category or '') end local function formatNumber(number) -- Return the given number formatted with commas as group separators, -- given that the number is an integer. local numstr = tostring(number) local length = #numstr local places = Collection.new() local pos = 0 repeat places:add(pos) pos = pos + 3 until pos >= length places:add(length) local groups = Collection.new() for i = places.n, 2, -1 do local p1 = length - places[i] + 1 local p2 = length - places[i - 1] groups:add(numstr:sub(p1, p2)) end return groups:join(',') end local function spellNumber(number, options, i) -- Return result of spelling number, or -- return number (as a string) if cannot spell it. -- i == 1 for the first number which can optionally start with an uppercase letter. number = tostring(number) return require(mtext['txt-module-convertnumeric']).spell_number( number, nil, -- fraction numerator nil, -- fraction denominator i == 1 and options.upper, -- true: 'One' instead of 'one' not options.us, -- true: use 'and' between tens/ones etc options.adj, -- true: hyphenated options.ordinal -- true: 'first' instead of 'one' ) or number end local function makeExtra(args, flagCurrent) -- Return extra text that will be inserted before the visible result -- but after any sort key. local extra = args.prefix or '' if mw.ustring.len(extra) > 1 then -- Parameter "~" gives "~3" whereas "over" gives "over 3". if extra:sub(-6, -1) ~= '&nbsp;' then extra = extra .. ' ' end end if flagCurrent then extra = '<span class="currentage"></span>' .. extra end return extra end local function makeSort(value, sortable) -- Return a sort key if requested. -- Assume value is a valid number which has not overflowed. if sortable == 'sortable_table' or sortable == 'sortable_on' or sortable == 'sortable_debug' then local sortKey if value == 0 then sortKey = '5000000000000000000' else local mag = math.floor(math.log10(math.abs(value)) + 1e-14) if value > 0 then sortKey = 7000 + mag else sortKey = 2999 - mag value = value + 10^(mag+1) end sortKey = string.format('%d', sortKey) .. string.format('%015.0f', math.floor(value * 10^(14-mag))) end local result if sortable == 'sortable_table' then result = 'data-sort-value="_SORTKEY_"|' elseif sortable == 'sortable_debug' then result = '<span data-sort-value="_SORTKEY_♠"><span style="border:1px solid">_SORTKEY_♠</span></span>' else result = '<span data-sort-value="_SORTKEY_♠"></span>' end return (result:gsub('_SORTKEY_', sortKey)) end end local translateParameters = { abbr = { off = 'abbr_off', on = 'abbr_on', }, disp = { age = 'disp_age', raw = 'disp_raw', }, format = { raw = 'format_raw', commas = 'format_commas', }, round = { on = 'on', yes = 'on', months = 'ym', weeks = 'ymw', days = 'ymd', hours = 'ymdh', }, sep = { comma = 'sep_comma', [','] = 'sep_comma', serialcomma = 'sep_serialcomma', space = 'sep_space', }, show = { hide = { id = 'hide' }, y = { 'y', id = 'y' }, ym = { 'y', 'm', id = 'ym' }, ymd = { 'y', 'm', 'd', id = 'ymd' }, ymw = { 'y', 'm', 'w', id = 'ymw' }, ymwd = { 'y', 'm', 'w', 'd', id = 'ymwd' }, yd = { 'y', 'd', id = 'yd', keepZero = true }, m = { 'm', id = 'm' }, md = { 'm', 'd', id = 'md' }, w = { 'w', id = 'w' }, wd = { 'w', 'd', id = 'wd' }, h = { 'H', id = 'h' }, hm = { 'H', 'M', id = 'hm' }, hms = { 'H', 'M', 'S', id = 'hms' }, M = { 'M', id = 'M' }, s = { 'S', id = 's' }, d = { 'd', id = 'd' }, dh = { 'd', 'H', id = 'dh' }, dhm = { 'd', 'H', 'M', id = 'dhm' }, dhms = { 'd', 'H', 'M', 'S', id = 'dhms' }, ymdh = { 'y', 'm', 'd', 'H', id = 'ymdh' }, ymdhm = { 'y', 'm', 'd', 'H', 'M', id = 'ymdhm' }, ymwdh = { 'y', 'm', 'w', 'd', 'H', id = 'ymwdh' }, ymwdhm = { 'y', 'm', 'w', 'd', 'H', 'M', id = 'ymwdhm' }, }, sortable = { off = false, on = 'sortable_on', table = 'sortable_table', debug = 'sortable_debug', }, } local spellOptions = { cardinal = {}, Cardinal = { upper = true }, cardinal_us = { us = true }, Cardinal_us = { us = true, upper = true }, ordinal = { ordinal = true }, Ordinal = { ordinal = true, upper = true }, ordinal_us = { ordinal = true, us = true }, Ordinal_us = { ordinal = true, us = true, upper = true }, } local function dateExtract(frame) -- Return part of a date after performing an optional operation. local Date = getExports(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args local parms = {} for i, v in ipairs(args) do parms[i] = v end if yes(args.fix) then table.insert(parms, 'fix') end if yes(args.partial) then table.insert(parms, 'partial') end local show = stripToNil(args.show) or 'dmy' local date = Date(unpack(parms)) if not date then if show == 'format' then return 'error' end return message('mt-need-valid-date') end local add = stripToNil(args.add) if add then for item in add:gmatch('%S+') do date = date + item if not date then return message('mt-cannot-add', item) end end end local sortKey, result local sortable = translateParameters.sortable[args.sortable] if sortable then local value = (date.partial and date.partial.first or date).jdz sortKey = makeSort(value, sortable) end if show ~= 'hide' then result = date[show] if result == nil then result = from_en(date:text(show)) elseif type(result) == 'boolean' then result = result and '1' or '0' else result = from_en(tostring(result)) end end return (sortKey or '') .. makeExtra(args) .. (result or '') end local function rangeJoin(range) -- Return text to be used between a range of ages. return range == 'dash' and '–' or mtext['txt-or'] end local function makeText(values, components, names, options, noUpper) -- Return wikitext representing an age or duration. local text = Collection.new() local count = #values local sep = names.sep or '' for i, v in ipairs(values) do -- v is a number (say 4 for 4 years), or a table ({4,5} for 4 or 5 years). local islist = type(v) == 'table' if (islist or v > 0) or (text.n == 0 and i == count) or (text.n > 0 and components.keepZero) then local fmt, vstr if options.spell then fmt = function(number) return spellNumber(number, options.spell, noUpper or i) end elseif i == 1 and options.format == 'format_commas' then -- Numbers after the first should be small and not need formatting. fmt = formatNumber else fmt = tostring end if islist then vstr = fmt(v[1]) .. rangeJoin(options.range) noUpper = true vstr = vstr .. fmt(v[2]) else vstr = fmt(v) end local name = names[components[i]] if name then if type(name) == 'table' then name = mw.getContentLanguage():plural(islist and v[2] or v, name) end text:add(vstr .. sep .. name) else text:add(vstr) end end end local first, last if options.join == 'sep_space' then first = ' ' last = ' ' elseif options.join == 'sep_comma' then first = ', ' last = ', ' elseif options.join == 'sep_serialcomma' and text.n > 2 then first = ', ' last = mtext['txt-comma-and'] else first = ', ' last = mtext['txt-and'] end for i, v in ipairs(text) do if i < text.n then text[i] = v .. (i + 1 < text.n and first or last) end end local sign = '' if options.isnegative then -- Do not display negative zero. if text.n > 1 or (text.n == 1 and text[1]:sub(1, 1) ~= '0' ) then if options.format == 'format_raw' then sign = '-' -- plain hyphen so result can be used in a calculation else sign = '−' -- Unicode U+2212 MINUS SIGN end end end return (options.sortKey or '') .. (options.extra or '') .. sign .. text:join() .. (options.suffix or '') end local function dateDifference(parms) -- Return a formatted date difference using the given parameters -- which have been validated. local names = { -- Each name is: -- * a string if no plural form of the name is used; or -- * a table of strings, one of which is selected using the rules at -- https://translatewiki.net/wiki/Plural/Mediawiki_plural_rules abbr_off = { sep = '&nbsp;', y = {'year', 'years'}, m = {'month', 'months'}, w = {'week', 'weeks'}, d = {'day', 'days'}, H = {'hour', 'hours'}, M = {'minute', 'minutes'}, S = {'second', 'seconds'}, }, abbr_on = { y = 'y', m = 'm', w = 'w', d = 'd', H = 'h', M = 'm', S = 's', }, abbr_infant = { -- for {{age for infant}} sep = '&nbsp;', y = {'yr', 'yrs'}, m = {'mo', 'mos'}, w = {'wk', 'wks'}, d = {'day', 'days'}, H = {'hr', 'hrs'}, M = {'min', 'mins'}, S = {'sec', 'secs'}, }, abbr_raw = {}, } local diff = parms.diff -- must be a valid date difference local show = parms.show -- may be nil; default is set below local abbr = parms.abbr or 'abbr_off' local defaultJoin if abbr ~= 'abbr_off' then defaultJoin = 'sep_space' end if not show then show = 'ymd' if parms.disp == 'disp_age' then if diff.years < 3 then defaultJoin = 'sep_space' if diff.years >= 1 then show = 'ym' else show = 'md' end else show = 'y' end end end if type(show) ~= 'table' then show = translateParameters.show[show] end if parms.disp == 'disp_raw' then defaultJoin = 'sep_space' abbr = 'abbr_raw' elseif parms.wantSc then defaultJoin = 'sep_serialcomma' end local diffOptions = { round = parms.round, duration = parms.wantDuration, range = parms.range and true or nil, } local sortKey if parms.sortable then local value = diff.age_days + (parms.wantDuration and 1 or 0) -- days and fraction of a day if diff.isnegative then value = -value end sortKey = makeSort(value, parms.sortable) end local textOptions = { extra = parms.extra, format = parms.format, join = parms.sep or defaultJoin, isnegative = diff.isnegative, range = parms.range, sortKey = sortKey, spell = parms.spell, suffix = parms.suffix, -- not currently used } if show.id == 'hide' then return sortKey or '' end local values = { diff:age(show.id, diffOptions) } if values[1] then return makeText(values, show, names[abbr], textOptions) end if diff.partial then -- Handle a more complex range such as -- {{age_yd|20 Dec 2001|2003|range=yes}} → 1 year, 12 days or 2 years, 11 days local opt = { format = textOptions.format, join = textOptions.join, isnegative = textOptions.isnegative, spell = textOptions.spell, } return (textOptions.sortKey or '') .. makeText({ diff.partial.mindiff:age(show.id, diffOptions) }, show, names[abbr], opt) .. rangeJoin(textOptions.range) .. makeText({ diff.partial.maxdiff:age(show.id, diffOptions) }, show, names[abbr], opt, true) .. (textOptions.suffix or '') end return message('mt-bad-show', show.id) end local function getDates(frame, getopt) -- Parse template parameters and return one of: -- * date (a date table, if single) -- * date1, date2 (two date tables, if not single) -- * text (a string error message) -- A missing date is optionally replaced with the current date. -- If wantMixture is true, a missing date component is replaced -- from the current date, so can get a bizarre mixture of -- specified/current y/m/d as has been done by some "age" templates. -- Some results may be placed in table getopt. local Date, currentDate = getExports(frame) getopt = getopt or {} local function flagCurrent(text) -- This allows the calling template to detect if the current date has been used, -- that is, whether both dates have been entered in a template expecting two. -- For example, an infobox may want the age when an event occurred, not the current age. -- Don't bother detecting if wantMixture is used because not needed and it is a poor option. if not text then if getopt.noMissing then return nil -- this gives a nil date which gives an error end text = 'currentdate' if getopt.flag == 'usesCurrent' then getopt.usesCurrent = true end end return text end local args = frame:getParent().args local fields = {} local isNamed = args.year or args.year1 or args.year2 or args.month or args.month1 or args.month2 or args.day or args.day1 or args.day2 if isNamed then fields[1] = args.year1 or args.year fields[2] = args.month1 or args.month fields[3] = args.day1 or args.day fields[4] = args.year2 fields[5] = args.month2 fields[6] = args.day2 else for i = 1, 6 do fields[i] = args[i] end end local imax = 0 for i = 1, 6 do fields[i] = stripToNil(fields[i]) if fields[i] then imax = i end if getopt.omitZero and i % 3 ~= 1 then -- omit zero months and days as unknown values but keep year 0 which is 1 BCE if isZero(fields[i]) then fields[i] = nil getopt.partial = true end end end local fix = getopt.fix and 'fix' or '' local partialText = getopt.partial and 'partial' or '' local dates = {} if isNamed or imax >= 3 then local nrDates = getopt.single and 1 or 2 if getopt.wantMixture then -- Cannot be partial since empty fields are set from current. local components = { 'year', 'month', 'day' } for i = 1, nrDates * 3 do fields[i] = fields[i] or currentDate[components[i > 3 and i - 3 or i]] end for i = 1, nrDates do local index = i == 1 and 1 or 4 local y, m, d = fields[index], fields[index+1], fields[index+2] if (m == 2 or m == '2') and (d == 29 or d == '29') then -- Workaround error with following which attempt to use invalid date 2001-02-29. -- {{age_ymwd|year1=2001|year2=2004|month2=2|day2=29}} -- {{age_ymwd|year1=2001|month1=2|year2=2004|month2=1|day2=29}} -- TODO Get rid of wantMixture because even this ugly code does not handle -- 'Feb' or 'February' or 'feb' or 'february'. if not ((y % 4 == 0 and y % 100 ~= 0) or y % 400 == 0) then d = 28 end end dates[i] = Date(y, m, d) end else -- If partial dates are allowed, accept -- year only, or -- year and month only -- Do not accept year and day without a month because that makes no sense -- (and because, for example, Date('partial', 2001, nil, 12) sets day = nil, not 12). for i = 1, nrDates do local index = i == 1 and 1 or 4 local y, m, d = fields[index], fields[index+1], fields[index+2] if (getopt.partial and y and (m or not d)) or (y and m and d) then dates[i] = Date(fix, partialText, y, m, d) elseif not y and not m and not d then dates[i] = Date(flagCurrent()) end end end else getopt.textdates = true -- have parsed each date from a single text field dates[1] = Date(fix, partialText, flagCurrent(fields[1])) if not getopt.single then dates[2] = Date(fix, partialText, flagCurrent(fields[2])) end end if not dates[1] then return message(getopt.missing1 or 'mt-need-valid-ymd') end if getopt.single then return dates[1] end if not dates[2] then return message(getopt.missing2 or 'mt-need-valid-ymd2') end return dates[1], dates[2] end local function ageGeneric(frame) -- Return the result required by the specified template. -- Can use sortable=x where x = on/table/off/debug in any supported template. -- Some templates default to sortable=on but can be overridden. local name = frame.args.template if not name then return message('mt-template-x') end local args = frame:getParent().args local specs = { age_days = { -- {{age in days}} show = 'd', disp = 'disp_raw', }, age_days_nts = { -- {{age in days nts}} show = 'd', disp = 'disp_raw', format = 'format_commas', sortable = 'on', }, duration_days = { -- {{duration in days}} show = 'd', disp = 'disp_raw', duration = true, }, duration_days_nts = { -- {{duration in days nts}} show = 'd', disp = 'disp_raw', format = 'format_commas', sortable = 'on', duration = true, }, age_full_years = { -- {{age}} show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_raw', flag = 'usesCurrent', omitZero = true, range = 'dash', }, age_full_years_nts = { -- {{age nts}} show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_raw', format = 'format_commas', sortable = 'on', }, age_in_years = { -- {{age in years}} show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_raw', negative = 'error', range = 'dash', }, age_in_years_nts = { -- {{age in years nts}} show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_raw', negative = 'error', range = 'dash', format = 'format_commas', sortable = 'on', }, age_infant = { -- {{age for infant}} -- Do not set show because special processing is done later. abbr = yes(args.abbr) and 'abbr_infant' or 'abbr_off', disp = 'disp_age', sep = 'sep_space', sortable = 'on', }, age_m = { -- {{age in months}} show = 'm', disp = 'disp_raw', }, age_w = { -- {{age in weeks}} show = 'w', disp = 'disp_raw', }, age_wd = { -- {{age in weeks and days}} show = 'wd', }, age_yd = { -- {{age in years and days}} show = 'yd', format = 'format_commas', sep = args.sep ~= 'and' and 'sep_comma' or nil, }, age_yd_nts = { -- {{age in years and days nts}} show = 'yd', format = 'format_commas', sep = args.sep ~= 'and' and 'sep_comma' or nil, sortable = 'on', }, age_ym = { -- {{age in years and months}} show = 'ym', sep = 'sep_comma', }, age_ymd = { -- {{age in years, months and days}} show = 'ymd', range = true, }, age_ymwd = { -- {{age in years, months, weeks and days}} show = 'ymwd', wantMixture = true, }, } local spec = specs[name] if not spec then return message('mt-template-bad-name') end if name == 'age_days' then local su = stripToNil(args['show unit']) if su then if su == 'abbr' or su == 'full' then spec.disp = nil spec.abbr = su == 'abbr' and 'abbr_on' or nil end end end local partial, autofill local range = stripToNil(args.range) or spec.range if range then -- Suppose partial dates are used and age could be 11 or 12 years. -- "|range=" (empty value) has no effect (spec is used). -- "|range=yes" or spec.range == true sets range = true (gives "11 or 12") -- "|range=dash" or spec.range == 'dash' sets range = 'dash' (gives "11–12"). -- "|range=no" or spec.range == 'no' sets range = nil and fills each date in the diff (gives "12"). -- ("on" is equivalent to "yes", and "off" is equivalent to "no"). -- "|range=OTHER" sets range = nil and rejects partial dates. range = ({ dash = 'dash', off = 'no', no = 'no', [true] = true })[range] or yes(range) if range then partial = true -- accept partial dates with a possible age range for the result if range == 'no' then autofill = true -- missing month/day in first or second date are filled from other date or 1 range = nil end end end local getopt = { fix = yes(args.fix), flag = stripToNil(args.flag) or spec.flag, omitZero = spec.omitZero, partial = partial, wantMixture = spec.wantMixture, } local date1, date2 = getDates(frame, getopt) if type(date1) == 'string' then return date1 end local format = stripToNil(args.format) local spell = spellOptions[format] if format then format = 'format_' .. format elseif name == 'age_days' and getopt.textdates then format = 'format_commas' end local parms = { diff = date2:subtract(date1, { fill = autofill }), wantDuration = spec.duration or yes(args.duration), range = range, wantSc = yes(args.sc), show = args.show == 'hide' and 'hide' or spec.show, abbr = spec.abbr, disp = spec.disp, extra = makeExtra(args, getopt.usesCurrent and format ~= 'format_raw'), format = format or spec.format, round = yes(args.round), sep = spec.sep, sortable = translateParameters.sortable[args.sortable or spec.sortable], spell = spell, } if (spec.negative or frame.args.negative) == 'error' and parms.diff.isnegative then return message('mt-date-wrong-order') end return from_en(dateDifference(parms)) end local function bda(frame) -- Implement [[Template:Birth date and age]]. local args = frame:getParent().args local options = { missing1 = 'mt-need-valid-bd', noMissing = true, single = true, } local date = getDates(frame, options) if type(date) == 'string' then return date -- error text end local Date = getExports(frame) local diff = Date('currentdate') - date if diff.isnegative or diff.years > 150 then return message('mt-invalid-bd-age') end local disp = mtext['txt-bda-disp'] local show = 'y' if diff.years < 2 then disp = 'disp_age' if diff.years == 0 and diff.months == 0 then show = 'd' else show = 'm' end end local result = substituteParameters( mtext['txt-bda'], date:text('%-Y-%m-%d'), from_en(date:text(dateFormat(args))), from_en(dateDifference({ diff = diff, show = show, abbr = 'abbr_off', disp = disp, sep = 'sep_space', })) ) local warnings = tonumber(frame.args.warnings) if warnings and warnings > 0 then local good = { df = true, mf = true, day = true, day1 = true, month = true, month1 = true, year = true, year1 = true, } local invalid local imax = options.textdates and 1 or 3 for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then if k > imax then invalid = tostring(k) break end else if not good[k] then invalid = k break end end end if invalid then result = result .. message('mt-bad-param1', invalid) end end return result end local function dda(frame) -- Implement [[Template:Death date and age]]. local args = frame:getParent().args local options = { missing1 = 'mt-need-valid-dd', missing2 = 'mt-need-valid-bd2', noMissing = true, partial = true, } local date1, date2 = getDates(frame, options) if type(date1) == 'string' then return date1 end local diff = date1 - date2 if diff.isnegative then return message('mt-dd-wrong-order') end local Date = getExports(frame) local today = Date('currentdate') + 1 -- one day in future allows for timezones if date1 > today then return message('mt-dd-future') end local years if diff.partial then years = diff.partial.years years = type(years) == 'table' and years[2] or years else years = diff.years end if years > 150 then return message('mt-invalid-dates-age') end local fmt_date, fmt_ymd if date1.day then -- y, m, d known fmt_date = dateFormat(args) fmt_ymd = '%-Y-%m-%d' elseif date1.month then -- y, m known; d unknown fmt_date = '%B %-Y' fmt_ymd = '%-Y-%m-00' else -- y known; m, d unknown fmt_date = '%-Y' fmt_ymd = '%-Y-00-00' end local sortKey local sortable = translateParameters.sortable[args.sortable] if sortable then local value = (date1.partial and date1.partial.first or date1).jdz sortKey = makeSort(value, sortable) end local result = (sortKey or '') .. substituteParameters( mtext['txt-dda'], date1:text(fmt_ymd), from_en(date1:text(fmt_date)), from_en(dateDifference({ diff = diff, show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_off', disp = mtext['txt-dda-disp'], range = 'dash', sep = 'sep_space', })) ) local warnings = tonumber(frame.args.warnings) if warnings and warnings > 0 then local good = { df = true, mf = true, } local invalid local imax = options.textdates and 2 or 6 for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then if k > imax then invalid = tostring(k) break end else if not good[k] then invalid = k break end end end if invalid then result = result .. message('mt-bad-param1', invalid) end end return result end local function dateToGsd(frame) -- Implement [[Template:Gregorian serial date]]. -- Return Gregorian serial date of the given date, or the current date. -- The returned value is negative for dates before 1 January 1 AD -- despite the fact that GSD is not defined for such dates. local date = getDates(frame, { wantMixture=true, single=true }) if type(date) == 'string' then return date end return tostring(date.gsd) end local function jdToDate(frame) -- Return formatted date from a Julian date. -- The result includes a time if the input includes a fraction. -- The word 'Julian' is accepted for the Julian calendar. local Date = getExports(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args local date = Date('juliandate', args[1], args[2]) if date then return from_en(date:text()) end return message('mt-need-jdn') end local function dateToJd(frame) -- Return Julian date (a number) from a date which may include a time, -- or the current date ('currentdate') or current date and time ('currentdatetime'). -- The word 'Julian' is accepted for the Julian calendar. local Date = getExports(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args local date = Date(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4], args[5], args[6], args[7]) if date then return tostring(date.jd) end return message('mt-need-valid-ymd-current') end local function timeInterval(frame) -- Implement [[Template:Time interval]]. -- There are two positional arguments: date1, date2. -- The default for each is the current date and time. -- Result is date2 - date1 formatted. local Date = getExports(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args local parms = { extra = makeExtra(args), wantDuration = yes(args.duration), range = yes(args.range) or (args.range == 'dash' and 'dash' or nil), wantSc = yes(args.sc), } local fix = yes(args.fix) and 'fix' or '' local date1 = Date(fix, 'partial', stripToNil(args[1]) or 'currentdatetime') if not date1 then return message('mt-invalid-start') end local date2 = Date(fix, 'partial', stripToNil(args[2]) or 'currentdatetime') if not date2 then return message('mt-invalid-end') end parms.diff = date2 - date1 for argname, translate in pairs(translateParameters) do local parm = stripToNil(args[argname]) if parm then parm = translate[parm] if parm == nil then -- test for nil because false is a valid setting return message('mt-bad-param2', argname, args[argname]) end parms[argname] = parm end end if parms.round then local round = parms.round local show = parms.show if round ~= 'on' then if show then if show.id ~= round then return message('mt-conflicting-show', args.show, args.round) end else parms.show = translateParameters.show[round] end end parms.round = true end return from_en(dateDifference(parms)) end return { age_generic = ageGeneric, -- can emulate several age templates birth_date_and_age = bda, -- Template:Birth_date_and_age death_date_and_age = dda, -- Template:Death_date_and_age gsd = dateToGsd, -- Template:Gregorian_serial_date extract = dateExtract, -- Template:Extract jd_to_date = jdToDate, -- Template:? JULIANDAY = dateToJd, -- Template:JULIANDAY time_interval = timeInterval, -- Template:Time_interval } 094ef43a81ac2366c838b6ad889ed0ffe5a1eec4 10 158 324 2023-06-14T05:03:02Z wikipedia>Prefall 0 Reverted [[WP:AGF|good faith]] edits by [[Special:Contributions/Hgraesdgaeg21|Hgraesdgaeg21]] ([[User talk:Hgraesdgaeg21|talk]]): Undiscussed changes. Platform name consistent with similar templates, like [[Template:Infobox YouTube personality]]. If you want a more generalized streamer infobox (or one for another platform), a new template may be necessary. wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox | child = {{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}} | templatestyles = Template:Infobox Twitch streamer/styles.css | bodyclass = ib-twitch biography vcard | title = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}|<div {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|}}}}}|class="ib-twitch-title"}}>'''Twitch information'''</div>}} | aboveclass = ib-twitch-above | above = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}||{{br separated entries |1={{#if:{{{honorific prefix|{{{honorific_prefix|}}}}}}|<span class="honorific-prefix">{{{honorific prefix|{{{honorific_prefix|}}}}}}</span>}} |2=<span class="fn">{{{name|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}</span> |3={{#if:{{{honorific suffix|{{{honorific_suffix|}}}}}}|<span class="honorific-suffix">{{{honorific suffix|{{{honorific_suffix|}}}}}}</span>}} }} }} | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{logo|}}}|size={{{logo_size|}}}|sizedefault=250px|alt={{{logo_alt|}}}}} | caption = {{{logo caption|{{{logo_caption|}}}}}} | image2 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{{image size|{{{image_size|{{{imagesize|}}}}}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{image_upright|{{{upright|1}}}}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}|suppressplaceholder=yes}} | caption2 = {{{image caption|{{{caption|{{{image_caption|}}}}}}}}} | headerclass = ib-twitch-header | header1 = {{#if:{{{birth_name|}}}{{{birth_date|}}}{{{birth_place|}}}{{{death_date|}}}{{{death_place|}}}{{{nationality|}}}{{{occupation|{{{occupations|}}}}}}|Personal information}} | label2 = Born | data2 = {{br separated entries|1={{#if:{{{birth_name|}}}|<div class="nickname">{{{birth_name}}}</div>}}|2={{{birth_date|}}}|3={{#if:{{{birth_place|}}}|<div class="birthplace">{{{birth_place}}}</div>}}}} | label3 = Died | data3 = {{br separated entries|1={{{death_date|}}}|2={{#if:{{{death_place|}}}|<div class="deathplace">{{{death_place}}}</div>}}}} | label4 = Origin | data4 = {{{origin|}}} | label5 = Nationality | data5 = {{{nationality|}}} | class5 = category | label6 = Other&nbsp;names | data6 = {{{other_names|}}} | class6 = nickname | label7 = Education | data7 = {{{education|}}} | label8 = Occupation{{#if:{{{occupations|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{occupation|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data8 = {{{occupation|{{{occupations|}}}}}} | class8 = role | label9 = Spouse{{#if:{{{spouses|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{spouse|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data9 = {{{spouse|{{{spouses|}}}}}} | label10 = Partner{{#if:{{{partners|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{partner|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data10 = {{{partner|{{{partners|}}}}}} | label11 = Children | data11 = {{{children|}}} | label12 = Parent{{if either|{{{parents|}}}|{{if both|{{{mother|}}}|{{{father|}}}|true}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{parent|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data12 = {{#if:{{{parent|{{{parents|}}}}}}|{{{parent|{{{parents}}}}}}|{{Unbulleted list|{{#if:{{{father|}}}|{{{father}}} (father)}}|{{#if:{{{mother|}}}|{{{mother}}} (mother)}}}}}} | label13 = Relatives | data13 = {{{relatives|}}} | label14 = Organi{{#if:{{{organisation|{{{organisations|}}}}}}|s|z}}ation{{#if:{{{organizations|{{{organisations|}}}}}}|s|{{pluralize from text|{{{organization|{{{organisation|{{{teams|}}}}}}}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data14 = {{{organization|{{{organisation|{{{organizations|{{{organisations|{{{teams|}}}}}}}}}}}}}}} | class14 = org | label15 = Signature | data15 = {{#if:{{{signature|}}}|{{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{signature|}}}|size={{{signature_size|}}}|sizedefault=150px|alt={{{signature alt|{{{signature_alt|}}}}}}}} }} | label16 = Website | data16 = {{{website|{{{homepage|{{{URL|}}}}}}}}} | data17 = {{{module_personal|}}} | header20 = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}||{{#if:{{{pseudonym|}}}{{{channel_name|{{{channel_url|}}}}}}{{{channels|}}}{{{years active|{{{years_active|{{{yearsactive|}}}}}}}}}{{{genre|{{{genres|}}}}}}{{{game|{{{games|}}}}}}{{{followers|}}}|Twitch information}}}} | label21 = {{Nowrap|Also known as}} | data21 = {{{pseudonym|}}} | class21 = nickname | label22 = Channel{{#if:{{{channels|}}}{{{channel_name2|{{{channel_url2|}}}}}}|s}} | data22 = {{#if:{{{channel_name|{{{channel_url|}}}}}}|{{flatlist| * [https://www.twitch.tv/{{{channel_name|{{{channel_url|}}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|{{{channel_url}}}}}}}}]{{#if:{{{channel_name2|{{{channel_url2|}}}}}}| * [https://www.twitch.tv/{{{channel_name2|{{{channel_url2}}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name2|}}}|{{{channel_name2|{{{channel_url2}}}}}}}}]{{#if:{{{channel_name3|{{{channel_url3|}}}}}}| * [https://www.twitch.tv/{{{channel_name3|{{{channel_url3}}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name3|}}}|{{{channel_name3|{{{channel_url3}}}}}}}}]}} }} }}|{{{channels|}}} }} | label23 = Created&nbsp;by | data23 = {{{creator|{{{creators|{{{created_by|}}}}}}}}} | label24 = Presented&nbsp;by | data24 = {{{presenter|{{{presenters|{{{presented_by|}}}}}}}}} | label25 = Location | data25 = {{{location|}}} | label26 = Years&nbsp;active | data26 = {{{years active|{{{years_active|{{{yearsactive|}}}}}}}}} | label27 = Genre{{#if:{{{genres|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{genre|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data27 = {{{genre|{{{genres|}}}}}} | label28 = Game{{#if:{{{games|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{game|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data28 = {{{game|{{{games|}}}}}} | label29 = Followers | data29 = {{br separated entries|1={{{followers|}}}|2={{#if:{{{follower_date|}}}|({{{follower_date}}})}}}} | label30 = Contents are&nbsp;in | data30 = {{{language|}}} | label31 = Associated acts | data31 = {{{associated_acts|}}} | label32 = Website | data32 = {{{channel_website|}}} | data50 = {{{module|{{{module1|}}}}}} | data51 = {{{module2|}}} | belowclass = ib-twitch-below | below = {{#if:{{{stats_update|}}}|<hr>''Last updated:'' {{{stats_update}}}}}{{#if:{{{extra_information|}}}|{{hr}}{{{extra_information}}}}} }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using infobox Twitch streamer with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox Twitch streamer]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| alt | associated_acts | birth_date | birth_name | birth_place | caption | channel_name | channel_name2 | channel_name3 | channel_url | channel_url2 | channel_url3 | channel_display_name | channel_display_name2 | channel_display_name3 | channel_website | channels | children | created_by | creator | creators | death_date | death_place | education | embed | extra_information | father | follower_date | followers | game | games | genre | genres | homepage | honorific prefix | honorific suffix | honorific_prefix | honorific_suffix | image | image caption | image size | image_caption | image_size | image_upright | imagesize | language | location | logo | logo caption | logo_caption | logo_alt | logo_size | module | module_personal | module1 | module2 | mother | name | nationality | occupation | occupations | organisation | organisations | organization | organizations | origin | other_names | parent | parents | partner | partners | presented_by | presenter | presenters | pseudonym | subbox | signature | signature alt | signature_alt | signature_size | spouse | spouses | relatives | stats_update | teams | upright | URL | website | years active | years_active | yearsactive }}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> e269d60e41be2b6e1abd76da00d3b204c4645eba 10 97 197 2023-06-27T05:39:15Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 Fix [[Special:LintErrors|Linter]] errors. (bogus image options). strip trailing "px" off size parameter if present wikitext text/x-wiki [[{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#switch:{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>lc:{{{color|{{{colour|}}}}}} }} |green |grn |gn =File:Yes check.svg |lightgreen |lgreen |lgrn |lgn =File:Light green check.svg |red |rd |r =File:Red check.svg |darkred |dkred |drd |dr =File:Check-188-25-49-red.svg |pink |pnk |pk =File:Pink check.svg |orange |or |o =File:Check.svg |yellow |yel |y =File:Yellow check.svg |black |blk |k =File:Black check.svg |blue |blu |u =File:Check-blue.svg |lightblue |lblue |lblu |lb =File:Cornflower blue check.svg |cyan |cy |c =File:B-check.svg |purple |pur |pu =File:Purple check.svg |grey |gray |gry |gy =File:SemiTransBlack v.svg |brown |brn |bn =File:Brown check.svg <!--default--> |File:Yes check.svg }}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}|{{Str number/trim|{{{1}}}}}|20}}px|link=|alt={{#if:{{{alt|}}}|{{{alt}}}|check}}]]<span style="display:none">Y</span><!--template:tick--><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 2a5da56c38689fc7e1a8ccfd7a51892df49d6253 828 180 377 2023-07-09T21:17:30Z wikipedia>Grufo 0 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Used in system|in [[MediaWiki:Abusefilter-warning-DS]]}} {{Module rating|p}} {{Lua|Module:If preview|noprotcat=yes}} This module may be appended to a template to check for uses of unknown parameters. Unlike many other modules, this module is ''not'' implemented by a template. == Usage == === Basic usage === <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown=[[Category:Some tracking category]] |arg1|arg2|arg3|argN}} </syntaxhighlight> or to sort the entries in the tracking category by parameter with a preview error message <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown=[[Category:Some tracking category|_VALUE_]] |preview=unknown parameter "_VALUE_" |arg1|arg2|...|argN}} </syntaxhighlight> or for an explicit red error message <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown=<span class="error">Sorry, I don't recognize _VALUE_</span> |arg1|arg2|...|argN}} </syntaxhighlight> Here, <code>arg1</code>, <code>arg2</code>, ..., <code>argN</code>, are the known parameters. Unnamed (positional) parameters can be added too: <code><nowiki>|1|2|argname1|argname2|...</nowiki></code>. Any parameter which is used, but not on this list, will cause the module to return whatever is passed with the <code>unknown</code> parameter. The <code>_VALUE_</code> keyword, if used, will be changed to the name of the parameter. This is useful for either sorting the entries in a tracking category, or for provide more explicit information. By default, the module makes no distinction between a defined-but-blank parameter and a non-blank parameter. That is, both unlisted {{Para|foo|x}} and {{Para|foo}} are reported. To only track non-blank parameters use {{Para|ignoreblank|1}}. By default, the module ignores blank positional parameters. That is, an unlisted {{Para|2}} is ignored. To ''include'' blank positional parameters in the tracking use {{Para|showblankpositional|1}}. === Lua patterns === This module supports [[:mw:Extension:Scribunto/Lua reference manual#Patterns|Lua patterns]] (similar to [[regular expression]]s), which are useful when there are many known parameters which use a systematic pattern. For example, <code>[[Module:Infobox3cols|Infobox3cols]]</code> uses <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> regexp1 = "header[%d]+", regexp2 = "label[%d]+", regexp3 = "data[%d]+[abc]?", regexp4 = "class[%d]+[abc]?", regexp5 = "rowclass[%d]+", regexp6 = "rowstyle[%d]+", regexp7 = "rowcellstyle[%d]+", </syntaxhighlight> to match all parameters of the form <code>headerNUM</code>, <code>labelNUM</code>, <code>dataNUM</code>, <code>dataNUMa</code>, <code>dataNUMb</code>, <code>dataNUMc</code>, ..., <code>rowcellstyleNUM</code>, where NUM is a string of digits. == Example == <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox | above = {{{name|}}} | label1 = Height | data1 = {{{height|}}} | label2 = Weight | data2 = {{{weight|}}} | label3 = Website | data3 = {{{website|}}} }}<!-- end infobox, start tracking -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check | unknown = {{Main other|[[Category:Some tracking category|_VALUE_]]}} | preview = unknown parameter "_VALUE_" | name | height | weight | website }} </syntaxhighlight> ==Call from within Lua code== See the end of [[Module:Rugby box]] for a simple example or [[Module:Infobox3cols]] or [[Module:Flag]] for more complicated examples. ==See also== * {{Clc|Unknown parameters}} (category page can have header {{tl|Unknown parameters category}}) * [[Module:Params]] – for complex operations involving parameters * [[Template:Checks for unknown parameters]] – adds documentation to templates using this module * [[Module:Check for deprecated parameters]] – similar module that checks for deprecated parameters * [[Module:Check for clobbered parameters]] – module that checks for conflicting parameters * [[Module:TemplatePar]] – similar function (originally from dewiki) * [[Template:Parameters]] and [[Module:Parameters]] – generates a list of parameter names for a given template * [[Project:TemplateData]] based template parameter validation * [[Module:Parameter validation]] checks a lot more * [[User:Bamyers99/TemplateParametersTool]] - A tool for checking usage of template parameters <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories go here and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> [[Category:Modules that add a tracking category]] }}</includeonly> 31dc4e2854c7bd27db7480bd6e8c65ae8e364ac2 828 152 312 2023-07-10T09:41:44Z wikipedia>Gonnym 0 if these are wanted, they should be handled differently (by passing a parameter to this module) as these cause pages to appear as unknown parameters for templates that don't use them Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{parameter names example}}. local p = {} local function makeParam(s) local lb = '&#123;' local rb = '&#125;' return lb:rep(3) .. s .. rb:rep(3) end local function italicize(s) return "''" .. s .. "''" end local function plain(s) return s end function p._main(args, frame) -- Find how we want to format the arguments to the template. local formatFunc if args._display == 'italics' or args._display == 'italic' then formatFunc = italicize elseif args._display == 'plain' then formatFunc = plain else formatFunc = makeParam end -- Build the table of template arguments. local targs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then targs[v] = formatFunc(v) elseif not k:find('^_') then targs[k] = v end end --targs['nocat'] = 'yes'; --targs['categories'] = 'no'; --targs['demo'] = 'yes'; -- Find the template name. local template if args._template then template = args._template else local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.prefixedText:find('/sandbox$') then template = currentTitle.prefixedText else template = currentTitle.basePageTitle.prefixedText end end -- Call the template with the arguments. frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() local success, result = pcall( frame.expandTemplate, frame, {title = template, args = targs} ) if success then return result else return '' end end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Parameter names example' }) return p._main(args, frame) end return p fdf94fb7a5dc1fabf118d60488a02f1e65b0df24 828 31 64 2023-07-10T18:06:15Z wikipedia>Pppery 0 Per edit request Scribunto text/plain -- Original module located at [[:en:Module:Wd]] and [[:en:Module:Wd/i18n]]. require("strict") local p = {} local arg = ... local i18n local function loadI18n(aliasesP, frame) local title if frame then -- current module invoked by page/template, get its title from frame title = frame:getTitle() else -- current module included by other module, get its title from ... title = arg end if not i18n then i18n = require(title .. "/i18n").init(aliasesP) end end p.claimCommands = { property = "property", properties = "properties", qualifier = "qualifier", qualifiers = "qualifiers", reference = "reference", references = "references" } p.generalCommands = { label = "label", title = "title", description = "description", alias = "alias", aliases = "aliases", badge = "badge", badges = "badges" } p.flags = { linked = "linked", short = "short", raw = "raw", multilanguage = "multilanguage", unit = "unit", ------------- preferred = "preferred", normal = "normal", deprecated = "deprecated", best = "best", future = "future", current = "current", former = "former", edit = "edit", editAtEnd = "edit@end", mdy = "mdy", single = "single", sourced = "sourced" } p.args = { eid = "eid", page = "page", date = "date" } local aliasesP = { coord = "P625", ----------------------- image = "P18", author = "P50", authorNameString = "P2093", publisher = "P123", importedFrom = "P143", wikimediaImportURL = "P4656", statedIn = "P248", pages = "P304", language = "P407", hasPart = "P527", publicationDate = "P577", startTime = "P580", endTime = "P582", chapter = "P792", retrieved = "P813", referenceURL = "P854", sectionVerseOrParagraph = "P958", archiveURL = "P1065", title = "P1476", formatterURL = "P1630", quote = "P1683", shortName = "P1813", definingFormula = "P2534", archiveDate = "P2960", inferredFrom = "P3452", typeOfReference = "P3865", column = "P3903", subjectNamedAs = "P1810", wikidataProperty = "P1687", publishedIn = "P1433" } local aliasesQ = { percentage = "Q11229", prolepticJulianCalendar = "Q1985786", citeWeb = "Q5637226", citeQ = "Q22321052" } local parameters = { property = "%p", qualifier = "%q", reference = "%r", alias = "%a", badge = "%b", separator = "%s", general = "%x" } local formats = { property = "%p[%s][%r]", qualifier = "%q[%s][%r]", reference = "%r", propertyWithQualifier = "%p[ <span style=\"font-size:85\\%\">(%q)</span>][%s][%r]", alias = "%a[%s]", badge = "%b[%s]" } local hookNames = { -- {level_1, level_2} [parameters.property] = {"getProperty"}, [parameters.reference] = {"getReferences", "getReference"}, [parameters.qualifier] = {"getAllQualifiers"}, [parameters.qualifier.."\\d"] = {"getQualifiers", "getQualifier"}, [parameters.alias] = {"getAlias"}, [parameters.badge] = {"getBadge"} } -- default value objects, should NOT be mutated but instead copied local defaultSeparators = { ["sep"] = {" "}, ["sep%s"] = {","}, ["sep%q"] = {"; "}, ["sep%q\\d"] = {", "}, ["sep%r"] = nil, -- none ["punc"] = nil -- none } local rankTable = { ["preferred"] = 1, ["normal"] = 2, ["deprecated"] = 3 } local function replaceAlias(id) if aliasesP[id] then id = aliasesP[id] end return id end local function errorText(code, param) local text = i18n["errors"][code] if param then text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, "$1", param) end return text end local function throwError(errorMessage, param) error(errorText(errorMessage, param)) end local function replaceDecimalMark(num) return mw.ustring.gsub(num, "[.]", i18n['numeric']['decimal-mark'], 1) end local function padZeros(num, numDigits) local numZeros local negative = false if num < 0 then negative = true num = num * -1 end num = tostring(num) numZeros = numDigits - num:len() for _ = 1, numZeros do num = "0"..num end if negative then num = "-"..num end return num end local function replaceSpecialChar(chr) if chr == '_' then -- replace underscores with spaces return ' ' else return chr end end local function replaceSpecialChars(str) local chr local esc = false local strOut = "" for i = 1, #str do chr = str:sub(i,i) if not esc then if chr == '\\' then esc = true else strOut = strOut .. replaceSpecialChar(chr) end else strOut = strOut .. chr esc = false end end return strOut end local function buildWikilink(target, label) if not label or target == label then return "[[" .. target .. "]]" else return "[[" .. target .. "|" .. label .. "]]" end end -- used to make frame.args mutable, to replace #frame.args (which is always 0) -- with the actual amount and to simply copy tables local function copyTable(tIn) if not tIn then return nil end local tOut = {} for i, v in pairs(tIn) do tOut[i] = v end return tOut end -- used to merge output arrays together; -- note that it currently mutates the first input array local function mergeArrays(a1, a2) for i = 1, #a2 do a1[#a1 + 1] = a2[i] end return a1 end local function split(str, del) local out = {} local i, j = str:find(del) if i and j then out[1] = str:sub(1, i - 1) out[2] = str:sub(j + 1) else out[1] = str end return out end local function parseWikidataURL(url) local id if url:match('^http[s]?://') then id = split(url, "Q") if id[2] then return "Q" .. id[2] end end return nil end local function parseDate(dateStr, precision) precision = precision or "d" local i, j, index, ptr local parts = {nil, nil, nil} if dateStr == nil then return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end -- 'T' for snak values, '/' for outputs with '/Julian' attached i, j = dateStr:find("[T/]") if i then dateStr = dateStr:sub(1, i-1) end local from = 1 if dateStr:sub(1,1) == "-" then -- this is a negative number, look further ahead from = 2 end index = 1 ptr = 1 i, j = dateStr:find("-", from) if i then -- year parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr, i-1), 10) -- explicitly give base 10 to prevent error if parts[index] == -0 then parts[index] = tonumber("0") -- for some reason, 'parts[index] = 0' may actually store '-0', so parse from string instead end if precision == "y" then -- we're done return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end index = index + 1 ptr = i + 1 i, j = dateStr:find("-", ptr) if i then -- month parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr, i-1), 10) if precision == "m" then -- we're done return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end index = index + 1 ptr = i + 1 end end if dateStr:sub(ptr) ~= "" then -- day if we have month, month if we have year, or year parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr), 10) end return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end local function datePrecedesDate(aY, aM, aD, bY, bM, bD) if aY == nil or bY == nil then return nil end aM = aM or 1 aD = aD or 1 bM = bM or 1 bD = bD or 1 if aY < bY then return true end if aY > bY then return false end if aM < bM then return true end if aM > bM then return false end if aD < bD then return true end return false end local function getHookName(param, index) if hookNames[param] then return hookNames[param][index] elseif param:len() > 2 then return hookNames[param:sub(1, 2).."\\d"][index] else return nil end end local function alwaysTrue() return true end -- The following function parses a format string. -- -- The example below shows how a parsed string is structured in memory. -- Variables other than 'str' and 'child' are left out for clarity's sake. -- -- Example: -- "A %p B [%s[%q1]] C [%r] D" -- -- Structure: -- [ -- { -- str = "A " -- }, -- { -- str = "%p" -- }, -- { -- str = " B ", -- child = -- [ -- { -- str = "%s", -- child = -- [ -- { -- str = "%q1" -- } -- ] -- } -- ] -- }, -- { -- str = " C ", -- child = -- [ -- { -- str = "%r" -- } -- ] -- }, -- { -- str = " D" -- } -- ] -- local function parseFormat(str) local chr, esc, param, root, cur, prev, new local params = {} local function newObject(array) local obj = {} -- new object obj.str = "" array[#array + 1] = obj -- array{object} obj.parent = array return obj end local function endParam() if param > 0 then if cur.str ~= "" then cur.str = "%"..cur.str cur.param = true params[cur.str] = true cur.parent.req[cur.str] = true prev = cur cur = newObject(cur.parent) end param = 0 end end root = {} -- array root.req = {} cur = newObject(root) prev = nil esc = false param = 0 for i = 1, #str do chr = str:sub(i,i) if not esc then if chr == '\\' then endParam() esc = true elseif chr == '%' then endParam() if cur.str ~= "" then cur = newObject(cur.parent) end param = 2 elseif chr == '[' then endParam() if prev and cur.str == "" then table.remove(cur.parent) cur = prev end cur.child = {} -- new array cur.child.req = {} cur.child.parent = cur cur = newObject(cur.child) elseif chr == ']' then endParam() if cur.parent.parent then new = newObject(cur.parent.parent.parent) if cur.str == "" then table.remove(cur.parent) end cur = new end else if param > 1 then param = param - 1 elseif param == 1 then if not chr:match('%d') then endParam() end end cur.str = cur.str .. replaceSpecialChar(chr) end else cur.str = cur.str .. chr esc = false end prev = nil end endParam() -- make sure that at least one required parameter has been defined if not next(root.req) then throwError("missing-required-parameter") end -- make sure that the separator parameter "%s" is not amongst the required parameters if root.req[parameters.separator] then throwError("extra-required-parameter", parameters.separator) end return root, params end local function sortOnRank(claims) local rankPos local ranks = {{}, {}, {}, {}} -- preferred, normal, deprecated, (default) local sorted = {} for _, v in ipairs(claims) do rankPos = rankTable[v.rank] or 4 ranks[rankPos][#ranks[rankPos] + 1] = v end sorted = ranks[1] sorted = mergeArrays(sorted, ranks[2]) sorted = mergeArrays(sorted, ranks[3]) return sorted end local Config = {} -- allows for recursive calls function Config:new() local cfg = {} setmetatable(cfg, self) self.__index = self cfg.separators = { -- single value objects wrapped in arrays so that we can pass by reference ["sep"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep"])}, ["sep%s"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep%s"])}, ["sep%q"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep%q"])}, ["sep%r"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep%r"])}, ["punc"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["punc"])} } cfg.entity = nil cfg.entityID = nil cfg.propertyID = nil cfg.propertyValue = nil cfg.qualifierIDs = {} cfg.qualifierIDsAndValues = {} cfg.bestRank = true cfg.ranks = {true, true, false} -- preferred = true, normal = true, deprecated = false cfg.foundRank = #cfg.ranks cfg.flagBest = false cfg.flagRank = false cfg.periods = {true, true, true} -- future = true, current = true, former = true cfg.flagPeriod = false cfg.atDate = {parseDate(os.date('!%Y-%m-%d'))} -- today as {year, month, day} cfg.mdyDate = false cfg.singleClaim = false cfg.sourcedOnly = false cfg.editable = false cfg.editAtEnd = false cfg.inSitelinks = false cfg.langCode = mw.language.getContentLanguage().code cfg.langName = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.langCode, cfg.langCode) cfg.langObj = mw.language.new(cfg.langCode) cfg.siteID = mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() cfg.states = {} cfg.states.qualifiersCount = 0 cfg.curState = nil cfg.prefetchedRefs = nil return cfg end local State = {} function State:new(cfg, type) local stt = {} setmetatable(stt, self) self.__index = self stt.conf = cfg stt.type = type stt.results = {} stt.parsedFormat = {} stt.separator = {} stt.movSeparator = {} stt.puncMark = {} stt.linked = false stt.rawValue = false stt.shortName = false stt.anyLanguage = false stt.unitOnly = false stt.singleValue = false return stt end -- if id == nil then item connected to current page is used function Config:getLabel(id, raw, link, short) local label = nil local prefix, title= "", nil if not id then id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not id then return "" end end id = id:upper() -- just to be sure if raw then -- check if given id actually exists if mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(id) and mw.wikibase.entityExists(id) then label = id end prefix, title = "d:Special:EntityPage/", label -- may be nil else -- try short name first if requested if short then label = p._property{aliasesP.shortName, [p.args.eid] = id} -- get short name if label == "" then label = nil end end -- get label if not label then label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, self.langCode) -- XXX: should use fallback labels? end end if not label then label = "" elseif link then -- build a link if requested if not title then if id:sub(1,1) == "Q" then title = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(id) elseif id:sub(1,1) == "P" then -- properties have no sitelink, link to Wikidata instead prefix, title = "d:Special:EntityPage/", id end end label = mw.text.nowiki(label) -- escape raw label text so it cannot be wikitext markup if title then label = buildWikilink(prefix .. title, label) end end return label end function Config:getEditIcon() local value = "" local prefix = "" local front = "&nbsp;" local back = "" if self.entityID:sub(1,1) == "P" then prefix = "Property:" end if self.editAtEnd then front = '<span style="float:' if self.langObj:isRTL() then front = front .. 'left' else front = front .. 'right' end front = front .. '">' back = '</span>' end value = "[[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg|frameless|text-top|10px|alt=" .. i18n['info']['edit-on-wikidata'] .. "|link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. prefix .. self.entityID .. "?uselang=" .. self.langCode if self.propertyID then value = value .. "#" .. self.propertyID elseif self.inSitelinks then value = value .. "#sitelinks-wikipedia" end value = value .. "|" .. i18n['info']['edit-on-wikidata'] .. "]]" return front .. value .. back end -- used to create the final output string when it's all done, so that for references the -- function extensionTag("ref", ...) is only called when they really ended up in the final output function Config:concatValues(valuesArray) local outString = "" local j, skip for i = 1, #valuesArray do -- check if this is a reference if valuesArray[i].refHash then j = i - 1 skip = false -- skip this reference if it is part of a continuous row of references that already contains the exact same reference while valuesArray[j] and valuesArray[j].refHash do if valuesArray[i].refHash == valuesArray[j].refHash then skip = true break end j = j - 1 end if not skip then -- add <ref> tag with the reference's hash as its name (to deduplicate references) outString = outString .. mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag("ref", valuesArray[i][1], {name = valuesArray[i].refHash}) end else outString = outString .. valuesArray[i][1] end end return outString end function Config:convertUnit(unit, raw, link, short, unitOnly) local space = " " local label = "" local itemID if unit == "" or unit == "1" then return nil end if unitOnly then space = "" end itemID = parseWikidataURL(unit) if itemID then if itemID == aliasesQ.percentage then return "%" else label = self:getLabel(itemID, raw, link, short) if label ~= "" then return space .. label end end end return "" end function State:getValue(snak) return self.conf:getValue(snak, self.rawValue, self.linked, self.shortName, self.anyLanguage, self.unitOnly, false, self.type:sub(1,2)) end function Config:getValue(snak, raw, link, short, anyLang, unitOnly, noSpecial, type) if snak.snaktype == 'value' then local datatype = snak.datavalue.type local subtype = snak.datatype local datavalue = snak.datavalue.value if datatype == 'string' then if subtype == 'url' and link then -- create link explicitly if raw then -- will render as a linked number like [1] return "[" .. datavalue .. "]" else return "[" .. datavalue .. " " .. datavalue .. "]" end elseif subtype == 'commonsMedia' then if link then return buildWikilink("c:File:" .. datavalue, datavalue) elseif not raw then return "[[File:" .. datavalue .. "]]" else return datavalue end elseif subtype == 'geo-shape' and link then return buildWikilink("c:" .. datavalue, datavalue) elseif subtype == 'math' and not raw then local attribute = nil if (type == parameters.property or (type == parameters.qualifier and self.propertyID == aliasesP.hasPart)) and snak.property == aliasesP.definingFormula then attribute = {qid = self.entityID} end return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag("math", datavalue, attribute) elseif subtype == 'external-id' and link then local url = p._property{aliasesP.formatterURL, [p.args.eid] = snak.property} -- get formatter URL if url ~= "" then url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, "$1", datavalue) return "[" .. url .. " " .. datavalue .. "]" else return datavalue end else return datavalue end elseif datatype == 'monolingualtext' then if anyLang or datavalue['language'] == self.langCode then return datavalue['text'] else return nil end elseif datatype == 'quantity' then local value = "" local unit if not unitOnly then -- get value and strip + signs from front value = mw.ustring.gsub(datavalue['amount'], "^%+(.+)$", "%1") if raw then return value end -- replace decimal mark based on locale value = replaceDecimalMark(value) -- add delimiters for readability value = i18n.addDelimiters(value) end unit = self:convertUnit(datavalue['unit'], raw, link, short, unitOnly) if unit then value = value .. unit end return value elseif datatype == 'time' then local y, m, d, p, yDiv, yRound, yFull, value, calendarID, dateStr local yFactor = 1 local sign = 1 local prefix = "" local suffix = "" local mayAddCalendar = false local calendar = "" local precision = datavalue['precision'] if precision == 11 then p = "d" elseif precision == 10 then p = "m" else p = "y" yFactor = 10^(9-precision) end y, m, d = parseDate(datavalue['time'], p) if y < 0 then sign = -1 y = y * sign end -- if precision is tens/hundreds/thousands/millions/billions of years if precision <= 8 then yDiv = y / yFactor -- if precision is tens/hundreds/thousands of years if precision >= 6 then mayAddCalendar = true if precision <= 7 then -- round centuries/millenniums up (e.g. 20th century or 3rd millennium) yRound = math.ceil(yDiv) if not raw then if precision == 6 then suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['millennium'] else suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['century'] end suffix = i18n.getOrdinalSuffix(yRound) .. suffix else -- if not verbose, take the first year of the century/millennium -- (e.g. 1901 for 20th century or 2001 for 3rd millennium) yRound = (yRound - 1) * yFactor + 1 end else -- precision == 8 -- round decades down (e.g. 2010s) yRound = math.floor(yDiv) * yFactor if not raw then prefix = i18n['datetime']['prefixes']['decade-period'] suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['decade-period'] end end if raw and sign < 0 then -- if BCE then compensate for "counting backwards" -- (e.g. -2019 for 2010s BCE, -2000 for 20th century BCE or -3000 for 3rd millennium BCE) yRound = yRound + yFactor - 1 end else local yReFactor, yReDiv, yReRound -- round to nearest for tens of thousands of years or more yRound = math.floor(yDiv + 0.5) if yRound == 0 then if precision <= 2 and y ~= 0 then yReFactor = 1e6 yReDiv = y / yReFactor yReRound = math.floor(yReDiv + 0.5) if yReDiv == yReRound then -- change precision to millions of years only if we have a whole number of them precision = 3 yFactor = yReFactor yRound = yReRound end end if yRound == 0 then -- otherwise, take the unrounded (original) number of years precision = 5 yFactor = 1 yRound = y mayAddCalendar = true end end if precision >= 1 and y ~= 0 then yFull = yRound * yFactor yReFactor = 1e9 yReDiv = yFull / yReFactor yReRound = math.floor(yReDiv + 0.5) if yReDiv == yReRound then -- change precision to billions of years if we're in that range precision = 0 yFactor = yReFactor yRound = yReRound else yReFactor = 1e6 yReDiv = yFull / yReFactor yReRound = math.floor(yReDiv + 0.5) if yReDiv == yReRound then -- change precision to millions of years if we're in that range precision = 3 yFactor = yReFactor yRound = yReRound end end end if not raw then if precision == 3 then suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['million-years'] elseif precision == 0 then suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['billion-years'] else yRound = yRound * yFactor if yRound == 1 then suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['year'] else suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['years'] end end else yRound = yRound * yFactor end end else yRound = y mayAddCalendar = true end if mayAddCalendar then calendarID = parseWikidataURL(datavalue['calendarmodel']) if calendarID and calendarID == aliasesQ.prolepticJulianCalendar then if not raw then if link then calendar = " ("..buildWikilink(i18n['datetime']['julian-calendar'], i18n['datetime']['julian'])..")" else calendar = " ("..i18n['datetime']['julian']..")" end else calendar = "/"..i18n['datetime']['julian'] end end end if not raw then local ce = nil if sign < 0 then ce = i18n['datetime']['BCE'] elseif precision <= 5 then ce = i18n['datetime']['CE'] end if ce then if link then ce = buildWikilink(i18n['datetime']['common-era'], ce) end suffix = suffix .. " " .. ce end value = tostring(yRound) if m then dateStr = self.langObj:formatDate("F", "1-"..m.."-1") if d then if self.mdyDate then dateStr = dateStr .. " " .. d .. "," else dateStr = d .. " " .. dateStr end end value = dateStr .. " " .. value end value = prefix .. value .. suffix .. calendar else value = padZeros(yRound * sign, 4) if m then value = value .. "-" .. padZeros(m, 2) if d then value = value .. "-" .. padZeros(d, 2) end end value = value .. calendar end return value elseif datatype == 'globecoordinate' then -- logic from https://github.com/DataValues/Geo (v4.0.1) local precision, unitsPerDegree, numDigits, strFormat, value, globe local latitude, latConv, latValue, latLink local longitude, lonConv, lonValue, lonLink local latDirection, latDirectionN, latDirectionS, latDirectionEN local lonDirection, lonDirectionE, lonDirectionW, lonDirectionEN local degSymbol, minSymbol, secSymbol, separator local latDegrees = nil local latMinutes = nil local latSeconds = nil local lonDegrees = nil local lonMinutes = nil local lonSeconds = nil local latDegSym = "" local latMinSym = "" local latSecSym = "" local lonDegSym = "" local lonMinSym = "" local lonSecSym = "" local latDirectionEN_N = "N" local latDirectionEN_S = "S" local lonDirectionEN_E = "E" local lonDirectionEN_W = "W" if not raw then latDirectionN = i18n['coord']['latitude-north'] latDirectionS = i18n['coord']['latitude-south'] lonDirectionE = i18n['coord']['longitude-east'] lonDirectionW = i18n['coord']['longitude-west'] degSymbol = i18n['coord']['degrees'] minSymbol = i18n['coord']['minutes'] secSymbol = i18n['coord']['seconds'] separator = i18n['coord']['separator'] else latDirectionN = latDirectionEN_N latDirectionS = latDirectionEN_S lonDirectionE = lonDirectionEN_E lonDirectionW = lonDirectionEN_W degSymbol = "/" minSymbol = "/" secSymbol = "/" separator = "/" end latitude = datavalue['latitude'] longitude = datavalue['longitude'] if latitude < 0 then latDirection = latDirectionS latDirectionEN = latDirectionEN_S latitude = math.abs(latitude) else latDirection = latDirectionN latDirectionEN = latDirectionEN_N end if longitude < 0 then lonDirection = lonDirectionW lonDirectionEN = lonDirectionEN_W longitude = math.abs(longitude) else lonDirection = lonDirectionE lonDirectionEN = lonDirectionEN_E end precision = datavalue['precision'] if not precision or precision <= 0 then precision = 1 / 3600 -- precision not set (correctly), set to arcsecond end -- remove insignificant detail latitude = math.floor(latitude / precision + 0.5) * precision longitude = math.floor(longitude / precision + 0.5) * precision if precision >= 1 - (1 / 60) and precision < 1 then precision = 1 elseif precision >= (1 / 60) - (1 / 3600) and precision < (1 / 60) then precision = 1 / 60 end if precision >= 1 then unitsPerDegree = 1 elseif precision >= (1 / 60) then unitsPerDegree = 60 else unitsPerDegree = 3600 end numDigits = math.ceil(-math.log10(unitsPerDegree * precision)) if numDigits <= 0 then numDigits = tonumber("0") -- for some reason, 'numDigits = 0' may actually store '-0', so parse from string instead end strFormat = "%." .. numDigits .. "f" if precision >= 1 then latDegrees = strFormat:format(latitude) lonDegrees = strFormat:format(longitude) if not raw then latDegSym = replaceDecimalMark(latDegrees) .. degSymbol lonDegSym = replaceDecimalMark(lonDegrees) .. degSymbol else latDegSym = latDegrees .. degSymbol lonDegSym = lonDegrees .. degSymbol end else latConv = math.floor(latitude * unitsPerDegree * 10^numDigits + 0.5) / 10^numDigits lonConv = math.floor(longitude * unitsPerDegree * 10^numDigits + 0.5) / 10^numDigits if precision >= (1 / 60) then latMinutes = latConv lonMinutes = lonConv else latSeconds = latConv lonSeconds = lonConv latMinutes = math.floor(latSeconds / 60) lonMinutes = math.floor(lonSeconds / 60) latSeconds = strFormat:format(latSeconds - (latMinutes * 60)) lonSeconds = strFormat:format(lonSeconds - (lonMinutes * 60)) if not raw then latSecSym = replaceDecimalMark(latSeconds) .. secSymbol lonSecSym = replaceDecimalMark(lonSeconds) .. secSymbol else latSecSym = latSeconds .. secSymbol lonSecSym = lonSeconds .. secSymbol end end latDegrees = math.floor(latMinutes / 60) lonDegrees = math.floor(lonMinutes / 60) latDegSym = latDegrees .. degSymbol lonDegSym = lonDegrees .. degSymbol latMinutes = latMinutes - (latDegrees * 60) lonMinutes = lonMinutes - (lonDegrees * 60) if precision >= (1 / 60) then latMinutes = strFormat:format(latMinutes) lonMinutes = strFormat:format(lonMinutes) if not raw then latMinSym = replaceDecimalMark(latMinutes) .. minSymbol lonMinSym = replaceDecimalMark(lonMinutes) .. minSymbol else latMinSym = latMinutes .. minSymbol lonMinSym = lonMinutes .. minSymbol end else latMinSym = latMinutes .. minSymbol lonMinSym = lonMinutes .. minSymbol end end latValue = latDegSym .. latMinSym .. latSecSym .. latDirection lonValue = lonDegSym .. lonMinSym .. lonSecSym .. lonDirection value = latValue .. separator .. lonValue if link then globe = parseWikidataURL(datavalue['globe']) if globe then globe = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(globe, "en"):lower() else globe = "earth" end latLink = table.concat({latDegrees, latMinutes, latSeconds}, "_") lonLink = table.concat({lonDegrees, lonMinutes, lonSeconds}, "_") value = "[https://geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?language="..self.langCode.."&params="..latLink.."_"..latDirectionEN.."_"..lonLink.."_"..lonDirectionEN.."_globe:"..globe.." "..value.."]" end return value elseif datatype == 'wikibase-entityid' then local label local itemID = datavalue['numeric-id'] if subtype == 'wikibase-item' then itemID = "Q" .. itemID elseif subtype == 'wikibase-property' then itemID = "P" .. itemID else return '<strong class="error">' .. errorText('unknown-data-type', subtype) .. '</strong>' end label = self:getLabel(itemID, raw, link, short) if label == "" then label = nil end return label else return '<strong class="error">' .. errorText('unknown-data-type', datatype) .. '</strong>' end elseif snak.snaktype == 'somevalue' and not noSpecial then if raw then return " " -- single space represents 'somevalue' else return i18n['values']['unknown'] end elseif snak.snaktype == 'novalue' and not noSpecial then if raw then return "" -- empty string represents 'novalue' else return i18n['values']['none'] end else return nil end end function Config:getSingleRawQualifier(claim, qualifierID) local qualifiers if claim.qualifiers then qualifiers = claim.qualifiers[qualifierID] end if qualifiers and qualifiers[1] then return self:getValue(qualifiers[1], true) -- raw = true else return nil end end function Config:snakEqualsValue(snak, value) local snakValue = self:getValue(snak, true) -- raw = true if snakValue and snak.snaktype == 'value' and snak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then value = value:upper() end return snakValue == value end function Config:setRank(rank) local rankPos if rank == p.flags.best then self.bestRank = true self.flagBest = true -- mark that 'best' flag was given return end if rank:sub(1,9) == p.flags.preferred then rankPos = 1 elseif rank:sub(1,6) == p.flags.normal then rankPos = 2 elseif rank:sub(1,10) == p.flags.deprecated then rankPos = 3 else return end -- one of the rank flags was given, check if another one was given before if not self.flagRank then self.ranks = {false, false, false} -- no other rank flag given before, so unset ranks self.bestRank = self.flagBest -- unsets bestRank only if 'best' flag was not given before self.flagRank = true -- mark that a rank flag was given end if rank:sub(-1) == "+" then for i = rankPos, 1, -1 do self.ranks[i] = true end elseif rank:sub(-1) == "-" then for i = rankPos, #self.ranks do self.ranks[i] = true end else self.ranks[rankPos] = true end end function Config:setPeriod(period) local periodPos if period == p.flags.future then periodPos = 1 elseif period == p.flags.current then periodPos = 2 elseif period == p.flags.former then periodPos = 3 else return end -- one of the period flags was given, check if another one was given before if not self.flagPeriod then self.periods = {false, false, false} -- no other period flag given before, so unset periods self.flagPeriod = true -- mark that a period flag was given end self.periods[periodPos] = true end function Config:qualifierMatches(claim, id, value) local qualifiers if claim.qualifiers then qualifiers = claim.qualifiers[id] end if qualifiers then for _, v in pairs(qualifiers) do if self:snakEqualsValue(v, value) then return true end end elseif value == "" then -- if the qualifier is not present then treat it the same as the special value 'novalue' return true end return false end function Config:rankMatches(rankPos) if self.bestRank then return (self.ranks[rankPos] and self.foundRank >= rankPos) else return self.ranks[rankPos] end end function Config:timeMatches(claim) local startTime = nil local startTimeY = nil local startTimeM = nil local startTimeD = nil local endTime = nil local endTimeY = nil local endTimeM = nil local endTimeD = nil if self.periods[1] and self.periods[2] and self.periods[3] then -- any time return true end startTime = self:getSingleRawQualifier(claim, aliasesP.startTime) if startTime and startTime ~= "" and startTime ~= " " then startTimeY, startTimeM, startTimeD = parseDate(startTime) end endTime = self:getSingleRawQualifier(claim, aliasesP.endTime) if endTime and endTime ~= "" and endTime ~= " " then endTimeY, endTimeM, endTimeD = parseDate(endTime) end if startTimeY ~= nil and endTimeY ~= nil and datePrecedesDate(endTimeY, endTimeM, endTimeD, startTimeY, startTimeM, startTimeD) then -- invalidate end time if it precedes start time endTimeY = nil endTimeM = nil endTimeD = nil end if self.periods[1] then -- future if startTimeY and datePrecedesDate(self.atDate[1], self.atDate[2], self.atDate[3], startTimeY, startTimeM, startTimeD) then return true end end if self.periods[2] then -- current if (startTimeY == nil or not datePrecedesDate(self.atDate[1], self.atDate[2], self.atDate[3], startTimeY, startTimeM, startTimeD)) and (endTimeY == nil or datePrecedesDate(self.atDate[1], self.atDate[2], self.atDate[3], endTimeY, endTimeM, endTimeD)) then return true end end if self.periods[3] then -- former if endTimeY and not datePrecedesDate(self.atDate[1], self.atDate[2], self.atDate[3], endTimeY, endTimeM, endTimeD) then return true end end return false end function Config:processFlag(flag) if not flag then return false end if flag == p.flags.linked then self.curState.linked = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.raw then self.curState.rawValue = true if self.curState == self.states[parameters.reference] then -- raw reference values end with periods and require a separator (other than none) self.separators["sep%r"][1] = {" "} end return true elseif flag == p.flags.short then self.curState.shortName = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.multilanguage then self.curState.anyLanguage = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.unit then self.curState.unitOnly = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.mdy then self.mdyDate = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.single then self.singleClaim = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.sourced then self.sourcedOnly = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.edit then self.editable = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.editAtEnd then self.editable = true self.editAtEnd = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.best or flag:match('^'..p.flags.preferred..'[+-]?$') or flag:match('^'..p.flags.normal..'[+-]?$') or flag:match('^'..p.flags.deprecated..'[+-]?$') then self:setRank(flag) return true elseif flag == p.flags.future or flag == p.flags.current or flag == p.flags.former then self:setPeriod(flag) return true elseif flag == "" then -- ignore empty flags and carry on return true else return false end end function Config:processFlagOrCommand(flag) local param = "" if not flag then return false end if flag == p.claimCommands.property or flag == p.claimCommands.properties then param = parameters.property elseif flag == p.claimCommands.qualifier or flag == p.claimCommands.qualifiers then self.states.qualifiersCount = self.states.qualifiersCount + 1 param = parameters.qualifier .. self.states.qualifiersCount self.separators["sep"..param] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep%q\\d"])} elseif flag == p.claimCommands.reference or flag == p.claimCommands.references then param = parameters.reference else return self:processFlag(flag) end if self.states[param] then return false end -- create a new state for each command self.states[param] = State:new(self, param) -- use "%x" as the general parameter name self.states[param].parsedFormat = parseFormat(parameters.general) -- will be overwritten for param=="%p" -- set the separator self.states[param].separator = self.separators["sep"..param] -- will be nil for param=="%p", which will be set separately if flag == p.claimCommands.property or flag == p.claimCommands.qualifier or flag == p.claimCommands.reference then self.states[param].singleValue = true end self.curState = self.states[param] return true end function Config:processSeparators(args) local sep for i, v in pairs(self.separators) do if args[i] then sep = replaceSpecialChars(args[i]) if sep ~= "" then self.separators[i][1] = {sep} else self.separators[i][1] = nil end end end end function Config:setFormatAndSeparators(state, parsedFormat) state.parsedFormat = parsedFormat state.separator = self.separators["sep"] state.movSeparator = self.separators["sep"..parameters.separator] state.puncMark = self.separators["punc"] end -- determines if a claim has references by prefetching them from the claim using getReferences, -- which applies some filtering that determines if a reference is actually returned, -- and caches the references for later use function State:isSourced(claim) self.conf.prefetchedRefs = self:getReferences(claim) return (#self.conf.prefetchedRefs > 0) end function State:resetCaches() -- any prefetched references of the previous claim must not be used self.conf.prefetchedRefs = nil end function State:claimMatches(claim) local matches, rankPos -- first of all, reset any cached values used for the previous claim self:resetCaches() -- if a property value was given, check if it matches the claim's property value if self.conf.propertyValue then matches = self.conf:snakEqualsValue(claim.mainsnak, self.conf.propertyValue) else matches = true end -- if any qualifier values were given, check if each matches one of the claim's qualifier values for i, v in pairs(self.conf.qualifierIDsAndValues) do matches = (matches and self.conf:qualifierMatches(claim, i, v)) end -- check if the claim's rank and time period match rankPos = rankTable[claim.rank] or 4 matches = (matches and self.conf:rankMatches(rankPos) and self.conf:timeMatches(claim)) -- if only claims with references must be returned, check if this one has any if self.conf.sourcedOnly then matches = (matches and self:isSourced(claim)) -- prefetches and caches references end return matches, rankPos end function State:out() local result -- collection of arrays with value objects local valuesArray -- array with value objects local sep = nil -- value object local out = {} -- array with value objects local function walk(formatTable, result) local valuesArray = {} -- array with value objects for i, v in pairs(formatTable.req) do if not result[i] or not result[i][1] then -- we've got no result for a parameter that is required on this level, -- so skip this level (and its children) by returning an empty result return {} end end for _, v in ipairs(formatTable) do if v.param then valuesArray = mergeArrays(valuesArray, result[v.str]) elseif v.str ~= "" then valuesArray[#valuesArray + 1] = {v.str} end if v.child then valuesArray = mergeArrays(valuesArray, walk(v.child, result)) end end return valuesArray end -- iterate through the results from back to front, so that we know when to add separators for i = #self.results, 1, -1 do result = self.results[i] -- if there is already some output, then add the separators if #out > 0 then sep = self.separator[1] -- fixed separator result[parameters.separator] = {self.movSeparator[1]} -- movable separator else sep = nil result[parameters.separator] = {self.puncMark[1]} -- optional punctuation mark end valuesArray = walk(self.parsedFormat, result) if #valuesArray > 0 then if sep then valuesArray[#valuesArray + 1] = sep end out = mergeArrays(valuesArray, out) end end -- reset state before next iteration self.results = {} return out end -- level 1 hook function State:getProperty(claim) local value = {self:getValue(claim.mainsnak)} -- create one value object if #value > 0 then return {value} -- wrap the value object in an array and return it else return {} -- return empty array if there was no value end end -- level 1 hook function State:getQualifiers(claim, param) local qualifiers if claim.qualifiers then qualifiers = claim.qualifiers[self.conf.qualifierIDs[param]] end if qualifiers then -- iterate through claim's qualifier statements to collect their values; -- return array with multiple value objects return self.conf.states[param]:iterate(qualifiers, {[parameters.general] = hookNames[parameters.qualifier.."\\d"][2], count = 1}) -- pass qualifier state with level 2 hook else return {} -- return empty array end end -- level 2 hook function State:getQualifier(snak) local value = {self:getValue(snak)} -- create one value object if #value > 0 then return {value} -- wrap the value object in an array and return it else return {} -- return empty array if there was no value end end -- level 1 hook function State:getAllQualifiers(claim, param, result, hooks) local out = {} -- array with value objects local sep = self.conf.separators["sep"..parameters.qualifier][1] -- value object -- iterate through the output of the separate "qualifier(s)" commands for i = 1, self.conf.states.qualifiersCount do -- if a hook has not been called yet, call it now if not result[parameters.qualifier..i] then self:callHook(parameters.qualifier..i, hooks, claim, result) end -- if there is output for this particular "qualifier(s)" command, then add it if result[parameters.qualifier..i] and result[parameters.qualifier..i][1] then -- if there is already some output, then add the separator if #out > 0 and sep then out[#out + 1] = sep end out = mergeArrays(out, result[parameters.qualifier..i]) end end return out end -- level 1 hook function State:getReferences(claim) if self.conf.prefetchedRefs then -- return references that have been prefetched by isSourced return self.conf.prefetchedRefs end if claim.references then -- iterate through claim's reference statements to collect their values; -- return array with multiple value objects return self.conf.states[parameters.reference]:iterate(claim.references, {[parameters.general] = hookNames[parameters.reference][2], count = 1}) -- pass reference state with level 2 hook else return {} -- return empty array end end -- level 2 hook function State:getReference(statement) local key, citeWeb, citeQ, label local params = {} local citeParams = {['web'] = {}, ['q'] = {}} local citeMismatch = {} local useCite = nil local useParams = nil local value = "" local ref = {} local referenceEmpty = true -- will be set to false if at least one parameter is left unremoved local numAuthorParameters = 0 local numAuthorNameStringParameters = 0 local tempLink local additionalRefProperties = {} -- will hold properties of the reference which are not in statement.snaks, namely backup title from "subject named as" and URL from an external ID local wikidataPropertiesOfSource -- will contain "Wikidata property" properties of the item in stated in, if any local version = 4 -- increment this each time the below logic is changed to avoid conflict errors if statement.snaks then -- don't include "imported from", which is added by a bot if statement.snaks[aliasesP.importedFrom] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.importedFrom] = nil end -- don't include "Wikimedia import URL" if statement.snaks[aliasesP.wikimediaImportURL] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.wikimediaImportURL] = nil -- don't include "retrieved" if no "referenceURL" is present, -- as "retrieved" probably belongs to "Wikimedia import URL" if statement.snaks[aliasesP.retrieved] and not statement.snaks[aliasesP.referenceURL] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.retrieved] = nil end end -- don't include "inferred from", which is added by a bot if statement.snaks[aliasesP.inferredFrom] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.inferredFrom] = nil end -- don't include "type of reference" if statement.snaks[aliasesP.typeOfReference] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.typeOfReference] = nil end -- don't include "image" to prevent littering if statement.snaks[aliasesP.image] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.image] = nil end -- don't include "language" if it is equal to the local one if self:getReferenceDetail(statement.snaks, aliasesP.language) == self.conf.langName then statement.snaks[aliasesP.language] = nil end if statement.snaks[aliasesP.statedIn] and not statement.snaks[aliasesP.referenceURL] then -- "stated in" was given but "reference URL" was not. -- get "Wikidata property" properties from the item in "stated in" -- if any of the returned properties of the external-id datatype is in statement.snaks, generate a URL from it and use the URL in the reference -- find the "Wikidata property" properties in the item from "stated in" wikidataPropertiesOfSource = mw.text.split(p._properties{p.flags.raw, aliasesP.wikidataProperty, [p.args.eid] = self.conf:getValue(statement.snaks[aliasesP.statedIn][1], true, false)}, ", ", true) for i, wikidataPropertyOfSource in pairs(wikidataPropertiesOfSource) do if statement.snaks[wikidataPropertyOfSource] and statement.snaks[wikidataPropertyOfSource][1].datatype == "external-id" then tempLink = self.conf:getValue(statement.snaks[wikidataPropertyOfSource][1], false, true) -- not raw, linked if mw.ustring.match(tempLink, "^%[%Z- %Z+%]$") then -- getValue returned a URL. additionalRefProperties[aliasesP.referenceURL] = mw.ustring.gsub(tempLink, "^%[(%Z-) %Z+%]$", "%1") -- the URL is in wiki markup, so strip the square brackets and the display text statement.snaks[wikidataPropertyOfSource] = nil break end end end end -- don't include "subject named as", but use it as the title when "title" is not present but a URL is if statement.snaks[aliasesP.subjectNamedAs] then if not statement.snaks[aliasesP.title] and (statement.snaks[aliasesP.referenceURL] or additionalRefProperties[aliasesP.referenceURL]) then additionalRefProperties[aliasesP.title] = statement.snaks[aliasesP.subjectNamedAs][1].datavalue.value end statement.snaks[aliasesP.subjectNamedAs] = nil end -- retrieve all the parameters for i in pairs(statement.snaks) do label = "" -- multiple authors may be given if i == aliasesP.author or i == aliasesP.authorNameString then params[i] = self:getReferenceDetails(statement.snaks, i, false, self.linked, true) -- link = true/false, anyLang = true else params[i] = {self:getReferenceDetail(statement.snaks, i, false, (self.linked or (i == aliasesP.statedIn)) and (statement.snaks[i][1].datatype ~= 'url'), true)} -- link = true/false, anyLang = true end if #params[i] == 0 then params[i] = nil else referenceEmpty = false if statement.snaks[i][1].datatype == 'external-id' then key = "external-id" label = self.conf:getLabel(i) if label ~= "" then label = label .. " " end else key = i end -- add the parameter to each matching type of citation for j in pairs(citeParams) do -- do so if there was no mismatch with a previous parameter if not citeMismatch[j] then -- check if this parameter is not mismatching itself if i18n['cite'][j][key] then -- continue if an option is available in the corresponding cite template if i18n['cite'][j][key] ~= "" then -- handle non-author properties (and author properties ("author" and "author name string"), if they don't use the same template parameter) if (i ~= aliasesP.author and i ~= aliasesP.authorNameString) or (i18n['cite'][j][aliasesP.author] ~= i18n['cite'][j][aliasesP.authorNameString]) then citeParams[j][i18n['cite'][j][key]] = label .. params[i][1] -- to avoid problems with non-author multiple parameters (if existent), the following old code is retained for k=2, #params[i] do citeParams[j][i18n['cite'][j][key]..k] = label .. params[i][k] end -- handle "author" and "author name string" specially if they use the same template parameter elseif i == aliasesP.author or i == aliasesP.authorNameString then if params[aliasesP.author] ~= nil then numAuthorParameters = #params[aliasesP.author] else numAuthorParameters = 0 end if params[aliasesP.authorNameString] ~= nil then numAuthorNameStringParameters = #params[aliasesP.authorNameString] else numAuthorNameStringParameters = 0 end -- execute only if both "author" and "author name string" satisfy this condition: the property is both in params and in statement.snaks or it is neither in params nor in statement.snaks -- reason: parameters are added to params each iteration of the loop, not before the loop if ((statement.snaks[aliasesP.author] == nil) == (numAuthorParameters == 0)) and ((statement.snaks[aliasesP.authorNameString] == nil) == (numAuthorNameStringParameters == 0)) then for k=1, numAuthorParameters + numAuthorNameStringParameters do if k <= numAuthorParameters then -- now handling the authors from the "author" property citeParams[j][i18n['cite'][j][aliasesP.author]..k] = label .. params[aliasesP.author][k] else -- now handling the authors from "author name string" citeParams[j][i18n['cite'][j][aliasesP.authorNameString]..k] = label .. params[aliasesP.authorNameString][k - numAuthorParameters] end end end end end else citeMismatch[j] = true end end end end end -- use additional properties for i in pairs(additionalRefProperties) do for j in pairs(citeParams) do if not citeMismatch[j] and i18n["cite"][j][i] then citeParams[j][i18n["cite"][j][i]] = additionalRefProperties[i] else citeMismatch[j] = true end end end -- get title of general template for citing web references citeWeb = split(mw.wikibase.getSitelink(aliasesQ.citeWeb) or "", ":")[2] -- split off namespace from front -- get title of template that expands stated-in references into citations citeQ = split(mw.wikibase.getSitelink(aliasesQ.citeQ) or "", ":")[2] -- split off namespace from front -- (1) use the general template for citing web references if there is a match and if at least both "reference URL" and "title" are present if citeWeb and not citeMismatch['web'] and citeParams['web'][i18n['cite']['web'][aliasesP.referenceURL]] and citeParams['web'][i18n['cite']['web'][aliasesP.title]] then useCite = citeWeb useParams = citeParams['web'] -- (2) use the template that expands stated-in references into citations if there is a match and if at least "stated in" is present elseif citeQ and not citeMismatch['q'] and citeParams['q'][i18n['cite']['q'][aliasesP.statedIn]] then -- we need the raw "stated in" Q-identifier for the this template citeParams['q'][i18n['cite']['q'][aliasesP.statedIn]] = self:getReferenceDetail(statement.snaks, aliasesP.statedIn, true) -- raw = true useCite = citeQ useParams = citeParams['q'] end if useCite and useParams then -- if this module is being substituted then build a regular template call, otherwise expand the template if mw.isSubsting() then for i, v in pairs(useParams) do value = value .. "|" .. i .. "=" .. v end value = "{{" .. useCite .. value .. "}}" else value = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title=useCite, args=useParams} end -- (3) if the citation couldn't be displayed using Cite web or Cite Q, but has properties other than the removed ones, throw an error elseif not referenceEmpty then value = "<span style=\"color: crimson\">" .. errorText("malformed-reference") .. "</span>" end if value ~= "" then value = {value} -- create one value object if not self.rawValue then -- this should become a <ref> tag, so save the reference's hash for later value.refHash = "wikidata-" .. statement.hash .. "-v" .. (tonumber(i18n['cite']['version']) + version) end ref = {value} -- wrap the value object in an array end end return ref end -- gets a detail of one particular type for a reference function State:getReferenceDetail(snaks, dType, raw, link, anyLang) local switchLang = anyLang local value = nil if not snaks[dType] then return nil end -- if anyLang, first try the local language and otherwise any language repeat for _, v in ipairs(snaks[dType]) do value = self.conf:getValue(v, raw, link, false, anyLang and not switchLang, false, true) -- noSpecial = true if value then break end end if value or not anyLang then break end switchLang = not switchLang until anyLang and switchLang return value end -- gets the details of one particular type for a reference function State:getReferenceDetails(snaks, dType, raw, link, anyLang) local values = {} if not snaks[dType] then return {} end for _, v in ipairs(snaks[dType]) do -- if nil is returned then it will not be added to the table values[#values + 1] = self.conf:getValue(v, raw, link, false, anyLang, false, true) -- noSpecial = true end return values end -- level 1 hook function State:getAlias(object) local value = object.value local title = nil if value and self.linked then if self.conf.entityID:sub(1,1) == "Q" then title = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(self.conf.entityID) elseif self.conf.entityID:sub(1,1) == "P" then title = "d:Property:" .. self.conf.entityID end if title then value = buildWikilink(title, value) end end value = {value} -- create one value object if #value > 0 then return {value} -- wrap the value object in an array and return it else return {} -- return empty array if there was no value end end -- level 1 hook function State:getBadge(value) value = self.conf:getLabel(value, self.rawValue, self.linked, self.shortName) if value == "" then value = nil end value = {value} -- create one value object if #value > 0 then return {value} -- wrap the value object in an array and return it else return {} -- return empty array if there was no value end end function State:callHook(param, hooks, statement, result) local valuesArray, refHash -- call a parameter's hook if it has been defined and if it has not been called before if not result[param] and hooks[param] then valuesArray = self[hooks[param]](self, statement, param, result, hooks) -- array with value objects -- add to the result if #valuesArray > 0 then result[param] = valuesArray result.count = result.count + 1 else result[param] = {} -- an empty array to indicate that we've tried this hook already return true -- miss == true end end return false end -- iterate through claims, claim's qualifiers or claim's references to collect values function State:iterate(statements, hooks, matchHook) matchHook = matchHook or alwaysTrue local matches = false local rankPos = nil local result, gotRequired for _, v in ipairs(statements) do -- rankPos will be nil for non-claim statements (e.g. qualifiers, references, etc.) matches, rankPos = matchHook(self, v) if matches then result = {count = 0} -- collection of arrays with value objects local function walk(formatTable) local miss for i2, v2 in pairs(formatTable.req) do -- call a hook, adding its return value to the result miss = self:callHook(i2, hooks, v, result) if miss then -- we miss a required value for this level, so return false return false end if result.count == hooks.count then -- we're done if all hooks have been called; -- returning at this point breaks the loop return true end end for _, v2 in ipairs(formatTable) do if result.count == hooks.count then -- we're done if all hooks have been called; -- returning at this point prevents further childs from being processed return true end if v2.child then walk(v2.child) end end return true end gotRequired = walk(self.parsedFormat) -- only append the result if we got values for all required parameters on the root level if gotRequired then -- if we have a rankPos (only with matchHook() for complete claims), then update the foundRank if rankPos and self.conf.foundRank > rankPos then self.conf.foundRank = rankPos end -- append the result self.results[#self.results + 1] = result -- break if we only need a single value if self.singleValue then break end end end end return self:out() end local function getEntityId(arg, eid, page, allowOmitPropPrefix) local id = nil local prop = nil if arg then if arg:sub(1,1) == ":" then page = arg eid = nil elseif arg:sub(1,1):upper() == "Q" or arg:sub(1,9):lower() == "property:" or allowOmitPropPrefix then eid = arg page = nil else prop = arg end end if eid then if eid:sub(1,9):lower() == "property:" then id = replaceAlias(mw.text.trim(eid:sub(10))) if id:sub(1,1):upper() ~= "P" then id = "" end else id = replaceAlias(eid) end elseif page then if page:sub(1,1) == ":" then page = mw.text.trim(page:sub(2)) end id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle(page) or "" end if not id then id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() or "" end id = id:upper() if not mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(id) then id = "" end return id, prop end local function nextArg(args) local arg = args[args.pointer] if arg then args.pointer = args.pointer + 1 return mw.text.trim(arg) else return nil end end local function claimCommand(args, funcName) local cfg = Config:new() cfg:processFlagOrCommand(funcName) -- process first command (== function name) local lastArg, parsedFormat, formatParams, claims, value local hooks = {count = 0} -- set the date if given; -- must come BEFORE processing the flags if args[p.args.date] then cfg.atDate = {parseDate(args[p.args.date])} cfg.periods = {false, true, false} -- change default time constraint to 'current' end -- process flags and commands repeat lastArg = nextArg(args) until not cfg:processFlagOrCommand(lastArg) -- get the entity ID from either the positional argument, the eid argument or the page argument cfg.entityID, cfg.propertyID = getEntityId(lastArg, args[p.args.eid], args[p.args.page]) if cfg.entityID == "" then return "" -- we cannot continue without a valid entity ID end cfg.entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(cfg.entityID) if not cfg.propertyID then cfg.propertyID = nextArg(args) end cfg.propertyID = replaceAlias(cfg.propertyID) if not cfg.entity or not cfg.propertyID then return "" -- we cannot continue without an entity or a property ID end cfg.propertyID = cfg.propertyID:upper() if not cfg.entity.claims or not cfg.entity.claims[cfg.propertyID] then return "" -- there is no use to continue without any claims end claims = cfg.entity.claims[cfg.propertyID] if cfg.states.qualifiersCount > 0 then -- do further processing if "qualifier(s)" command was given if #args - args.pointer + 1 > cfg.states.qualifiersCount then -- claim ID or literal value has been given cfg.propertyValue = nextArg(args) end for i = 1, cfg.states.qualifiersCount do -- check if given qualifier ID is an alias and add it cfg.qualifierIDs[parameters.qualifier..i] = replaceAlias(nextArg(args) or ""):upper() end elseif cfg.states[parameters.reference] then -- do further processing if "reference(s)" command was given cfg.propertyValue = nextArg(args) end -- check for special property value 'somevalue' or 'novalue' if cfg.propertyValue then cfg.propertyValue = replaceSpecialChars(cfg.propertyValue) if cfg.propertyValue ~= "" and mw.text.trim(cfg.propertyValue) == "" then cfg.propertyValue = " " -- single space represents 'somevalue', whereas empty string represents 'novalue' else cfg.propertyValue = mw.text.trim(cfg.propertyValue) end end -- parse the desired format, or choose an appropriate format if args["format"] then parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(args["format"]) elseif cfg.states.qualifiersCount > 0 then -- "qualifier(s)" command given if cfg.states[parameters.property] then -- "propert(y|ies)" command given parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.propertyWithQualifier) else parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.qualifier) end elseif cfg.states[parameters.property] then -- "propert(y|ies)" command given parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.property) else -- "reference(s)" command given parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.reference) end -- if a "qualifier(s)" command and no "propert(y|ies)" command has been given, make the movable separator a semicolon if cfg.states.qualifiersCount > 0 and not cfg.states[parameters.property] then cfg.separators["sep"..parameters.separator][1] = {";"} end -- if only "reference(s)" has been given, set the default separator to none (except when raw) if cfg.states[parameters.reference] and not cfg.states[parameters.property] and cfg.states.qualifiersCount == 0 and not cfg.states[parameters.reference].rawValue then cfg.separators["sep"][1] = nil end -- if exactly one "qualifier(s)" command has been given, make "sep%q" point to "sep%q1" to make them equivalent if cfg.states.qualifiersCount == 1 then cfg.separators["sep"..parameters.qualifier] = cfg.separators["sep"..parameters.qualifier.."1"] end -- process overridden separator values; -- must come AFTER tweaking the default separators cfg:processSeparators(args) -- define the hooks that should be called (getProperty, getQualifiers, getReferences); -- only define a hook if both its command ("propert(y|ies)", "reference(s)", "qualifier(s)") and its parameter ("%p", "%r", "%q1", "%q2", "%q3") have been given for i, v in pairs(cfg.states) do -- e.g. 'formatParams["%q1"] or formatParams["%q"]' to define hook even if "%q1" was not defined to be able to build a complete value for "%q" if formatParams[i] or formatParams[i:sub(1, 2)] then hooks[i] = getHookName(i, 1) hooks.count = hooks.count + 1 end end -- the "%q" parameter is not attached to a state, but is a collection of the results of multiple states (attached to "%q1", "%q2", "%q3", ...); -- so if this parameter is given then this hook must be defined separately, but only if at least one "qualifier(s)" command has been given if formatParams[parameters.qualifier] and cfg.states.qualifiersCount > 0 then hooks[parameters.qualifier] = getHookName(parameters.qualifier, 1) hooks.count = hooks.count + 1 end -- create a state for "properties" if it doesn't exist yet, which will be used as a base configuration for each claim iteration; -- must come AFTER defining the hooks if not cfg.states[parameters.property] then cfg.states[parameters.property] = State:new(cfg, parameters.property) -- if the "single" flag has been given then this state should be equivalent to "property" (singular) if cfg.singleClaim then cfg.states[parameters.property].singleValue = true end end -- if the "sourced" flag has been given then create a state for "reference" if it doesn't exist yet, using default values, -- which must exist in order to be able to determine if a claim has any references; -- must come AFTER defining the hooks if cfg.sourcedOnly and not cfg.states[parameters.reference] then cfg:processFlagOrCommand(p.claimCommands.reference) -- use singular "reference" to minimize overhead end -- set the parsed format and the separators (and optional punctuation mark); -- must come AFTER creating the additonal states cfg:setFormatAndSeparators(cfg.states[parameters.property], parsedFormat) -- process qualifier matching values, analogous to cfg.propertyValue for i, v in pairs(args) do i = tostring(i) if i:match('^[Pp]%d+$') or aliasesP[i] then v = replaceSpecialChars(v) -- check for special qualifier value 'somevalue' if v ~= "" and mw.text.trim(v) == "" then v = " " -- single space represents 'somevalue' end cfg.qualifierIDsAndValues[replaceAlias(i):upper()] = v end end -- first sort the claims on rank to pre-define the order of output (preferred first, then normal, then deprecated) claims = sortOnRank(claims) -- then iterate through the claims to collect values value = cfg:concatValues(cfg.states[parameters.property]:iterate(claims, hooks, State.claimMatches)) -- pass property state with level 1 hooks and matchHook -- if desired, add a clickable icon that may be used to edit the returned values on Wikidata if cfg.editable and value ~= "" then value = value .. cfg:getEditIcon() end return value end local function generalCommand(args, funcName) local cfg = Config:new() cfg.curState = State:new(cfg) local lastArg local value = nil repeat lastArg = nextArg(args) until not cfg:processFlag(lastArg) -- get the entity ID from either the positional argument, the eid argument or the page argument cfg.entityID = getEntityId(lastArg, args[p.args.eid], args[p.args.page], true) if cfg.entityID == "" or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(cfg.entityID) then return "" -- we cannot continue without an entity end -- serve according to the given command if funcName == p.generalCommands.label then value = cfg:getLabel(cfg.entityID, cfg.curState.rawValue, cfg.curState.linked, cfg.curState.shortName) elseif funcName == p.generalCommands.title then cfg.inSitelinks = true if cfg.entityID:sub(1,1) == "Q" then value = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(cfg.entityID) end if cfg.curState.linked and value then value = buildWikilink(value) end elseif funcName == p.generalCommands.description then value = mw.wikibase.getDescription(cfg.entityID) else local parsedFormat, formatParams local hooks = {count = 0} cfg.entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(cfg.entityID) if funcName == p.generalCommands.alias or funcName == p.generalCommands.badge then cfg.curState.singleValue = true end if funcName == p.generalCommands.alias or funcName == p.generalCommands.aliases then if not cfg.entity.aliases or not cfg.entity.aliases[cfg.langCode] then return "" -- there is no use to continue without any aliasses end local aliases = cfg.entity.aliases[cfg.langCode] -- parse the desired format, or parse the default aliases format if args["format"] then parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(args["format"]) else parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.alias) end -- process overridden separator values; -- must come AFTER tweaking the default separators cfg:processSeparators(args) -- define the hook that should be called (getAlias); -- only define the hook if the parameter ("%a") has been given if formatParams[parameters.alias] then hooks[parameters.alias] = getHookName(parameters.alias, 1) hooks.count = hooks.count + 1 end -- set the parsed format and the separators (and optional punctuation mark) cfg:setFormatAndSeparators(cfg.curState, parsedFormat) -- iterate to collect values value = cfg:concatValues(cfg.curState:iterate(aliases, hooks)) elseif funcName == p.generalCommands.badge or funcName == p.generalCommands.badges then if not cfg.entity.sitelinks or not cfg.entity.sitelinks[cfg.siteID] or not cfg.entity.sitelinks[cfg.siteID].badges then return "" -- there is no use to continue without any badges end local badges = cfg.entity.sitelinks[cfg.siteID].badges cfg.inSitelinks = true -- parse the desired format, or parse the default aliases format if args["format"] then parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(args["format"]) else parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.badge) end -- process overridden separator values; -- must come AFTER tweaking the default separators cfg:processSeparators(args) -- define the hook that should be called (getBadge); -- only define the hook if the parameter ("%b") has been given if formatParams[parameters.badge] then hooks[parameters.badge] = getHookName(parameters.badge, 1) hooks.count = hooks.count + 1 end -- set the parsed format and the separators (and optional punctuation mark) cfg:setFormatAndSeparators(cfg.curState, parsedFormat) -- iterate to collect values value = cfg:concatValues(cfg.curState:iterate(badges, hooks)) end end value = value or "" if cfg.editable and value ~= "" then -- if desired, add a clickable icon that may be used to edit the returned value on Wikidata value = value .. cfg:getEditIcon() end return value end -- modules that include this module should call the functions with an underscore prepended, e.g.: p._property(args) local function establishCommands(commandList, commandFunc) for _, commandName in pairs(commandList) do local function wikitextWrapper(frame) local args = copyTable(frame.args) args.pointer = 1 loadI18n(aliasesP, frame) return commandFunc(args, commandName) end p[commandName] = wikitextWrapper local function luaWrapper(args) args = copyTable(args) args.pointer = 1 loadI18n(aliasesP) return commandFunc(args, commandName) end p["_" .. commandName] = luaWrapper end end establishCommands(p.claimCommands, claimCommand) establishCommands(p.generalCommands, generalCommand) -- main function that is supposed to be used by wrapper templates function p.main(frame) if not mw.wikibase then return nil end local f, args loadI18n(aliasesP, frame) -- get the parent frame to take the arguments that were passed to the wrapper template frame = frame:getParent() or frame if not frame.args[1] then throwError("no-function-specified") end f = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1]) if f == "main" then throwError("main-called-twice") end assert(p["_"..f], errorText('no-such-function', f)) -- copy arguments from immutable to mutable table args = copyTable(frame.args) -- remove the function name from the list table.remove(args, 1) return p["_"..f](args) end return p a84f46cf7d14594003fea6e756cf41b723dd67cd 828 32 66 2023-07-10T18:07:36Z wikipedia>Pppery 0 per edit request Scribunto text/plain -- The values and functions in this submodule should be localized per wiki. local p = {} function p.init(aliasesP) p = { ["errors"] = { ["unknown-data-type"] = "Unknown or unsupported datatype '$1'.", ["missing-required-parameter"] = "No required parameters defined, needing at least one", ["extra-required-parameter"] = "Parameter '$1' must be defined as optional", ["no-function-specified"] = "You must specify a function to call", -- equal to the standard module error message ["main-called-twice"] = 'The function "main" cannot be called twice', ["no-such-function"] = 'The function "$1" does not exist', -- equal to the standard module error message ["malformed-reference"] = "Error: Unable to display the reference properly. See [[Module:wd/doc#References|the documentation]] for details.[[Category:Module:Wd reference errors]]" }, ["info"] = { ["edit-on-wikidata"] = "Edit this on Wikidata" }, ["numeric"] = { ["decimal-mark"] = ".", ["delimiter"] = "," }, ["datetime"] = { ["prefixes"] = { ["decade-period"] = "" }, ["suffixes"] = { ["decade-period"] = "s", ["millennium"] = " millennium", ["century"] = " century", ["million-years"] = " million years", ["billion-years"] = " billion years", ["year"] = " year", ["years"] = " years" }, ["julian-calendar"] = "Julian calendar", -- linked page title ["julian"] = "Julian", ["BCE"] = "BCE", ["CE"] = "CE", ["common-era"] = "Common Era" -- linked page title }, ["coord"] = { ["latitude-north"] = "N", ["latitude-south"] = "S", ["longitude-east"] = "E", ["longitude-west"] = "W", ["degrees"] = "°", ["minutes"] = "'", ["seconds"] = '"', ["separator"] = ", " }, ["values"] = { ["unknown"] = "unknown", ["none"] = "none" }, ["cite"] = { ["version"] = "4", -- increment this each time the below parameters are changed to avoid conflict errors ["web"] = { -- <= left side: all allowed reference properties for *web page sources* per https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Help:Sources -- => right side: corresponding parameter names in (equivalent of) [[:en:Template:Cite web]] (if non-existent, keep empty i.e. "") [aliasesP.statedIn] = "website", [aliasesP.referenceURL] = "url", [aliasesP.publicationDate] = "date", [aliasesP.retrieved] = "access-date", [aliasesP.title] = "title", [aliasesP.archiveURL] = "archive-url", [aliasesP.archiveDate] = "archive-date", [aliasesP.language] = "language", [aliasesP.author] = "author", -- existence of author1, author2, author3, etc. is assumed [aliasesP.authorNameString] = "author", [aliasesP.publisher] = "publisher", [aliasesP.quote] = "quote", [aliasesP.pages] = "pages", -- extra option [aliasesP.publishedIn] = "website" }, ["q"] = { -- <= left side: all allowed reference properties for *sources other than web pages* per https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Help:Sources -- => right side: corresponding parameter names in (equivalent of) [[:en:Template:Cite Q]] (if non-existent, keep empty i.e. "") [aliasesP.statedIn] = "1", [aliasesP.pages] = "pages", [aliasesP.column] = "at", [aliasesP.chapter] = "chapter", [aliasesP.sectionVerseOrParagraph] = "section", ["external-id"] = "id", -- used for any type of database property ID [aliasesP.title] = "title", [aliasesP.publicationDate] = "date", [aliasesP.retrieved] = "access-date" } } } p.getOrdinalSuffix = function(num) if tostring(num):sub(-2,-2) == '1' then return "th" -- 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, ... 19th end num = tostring(num):sub(-1) if num == '1' then return "st" elseif num == '2' then return "nd" elseif num == '3' then return "rd" else return "th" end end p.addDelimiters = function(n) local left, num, right = string.match(n, "^([^%d]*%d)(%d*)(.-)$") if left and num and right then return left .. (num:reverse():gsub("(%d%d%d)", "%1" .. p['numeric']['delimiter']):reverse()) .. right else return n end end return p end return p a860785cf3b9ad3ba0c8096d5627eae877d4e9ab 828 37 76 2023-07-10T18:09:04Z wikipedia>Pppery 0 Per edit request Scribunto text/plain -- Version: 2023-07-10 -- Module to implement use of a blacklist and whitelist for infobox fields -- Can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article -- if not supplied, it will use the Wikidata ID associated with the current page. -- Fields in blacklist are never to be displayed, i.e. module must return nil in all circumstances -- Fields in whitelist return local value if it exists or the Wikidata value otherwise -- The name of the field that this function is called from is passed in named parameter |name -- The name is compulsory when blacklist or whitelist is used, -- so the module returns nil if it is not supplied. -- blacklist is passed in named parameter |suppressfields (or |spf) -- whitelist is passed in named parameter |fetchwikidata (or |fwd) require("strict") local p = {} local cdate -- initialise as nil and only load _complex_date function if needed -- Module:Complex date is loaded lazily and has the following dependencies: -- Module:Calendar -- Module:ISOdate -- Module:DateI18n -- Module:I18n/complex date -- Module:Ordinal -- Module:I18n/ordinal -- Module:Yesno -- Module:Formatnum -- Module:Linguistic -- -- The following, taken from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times, -- is needed to use Module:Complex date which seemingly requires date precision as a string. -- It would work better if only the authors of the mediawiki page could spell 'millennium'. local dp = { [6] = "millennium", [7] = "century", [8] = "decade", [9] = "year", [10] = "month", [11] = "day", } local i18n = { ["errors"] = { ["property-not-found"] = "Property not found.", ["No property supplied"] = "No property supplied", ["entity-not-found"] = "Wikidata entity not found.", ["unknown-claim-type"] = "Unknown claim type.", ["unknown-entity-type"] = "Unknown entity type.", ["qualifier-not-found"] = "Qualifier not found.", ["site-not-found"] = "Wikimedia project not found.", ["labels-not-found"] = "No labels found.", ["descriptions-not-found"] = "No descriptions found.", ["aliases-not-found"] = "No aliases found.", ["unknown-datetime-format"] = "Unknown datetime format.", ["local-article-not-found"] = "Article is available on Wikidata, but not on Wikipedia", ["dab-page"] = " (dab)", }, ["months"] = { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December" }, ["century"] = "century", ["BC"] = "BC", ["BCE"] = "BCE", ["ordinal"] = { [1] = "st", [2] = "nd", [3] = "rd", ["default"] = "th" }, ["filespace"] = "File", ["Unknown"] = "Unknown", ["NaN"] = "Not a number", -- set the following to the name of a tracking category, -- e.g. "[[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]", or "" to disable: ["missinginfocat"] = "[[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]", ["editonwikidata"] = "Edit this on Wikidata", ["latestdatequalifier"] = function (date) return "before " .. date end, -- some languages, e.g. Bosnian use a period as a suffix after each number in a date ["datenumbersuffix"] = "", ["list separator"] = ", ", ["multipliers"] = { [0] = "", [3] = " thousand", [6] = " million", [9] = " billion", [12] = " trillion", } } -- This allows an internationisation module to override the above table if 'en' ~= mw.getContentLanguage():getCode() then require("Module:i18n").loadI18n("Module:WikidataIB/i18n", i18n) end -- This piece of html implements a collapsible container. Check the classes exist on your wiki. local collapsediv = '<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="width:100%; overflow:auto;" data-expandtext="{{int:show}}" data-collapsetext="{{int:hide}}">' -- Some items should not be linked. -- Each wiki can create a list of those in Module:WikidataIB/nolinks -- It should return a table called itemsindex, containing true for each item not to be linked local donotlink = {} local nolinks_exists, nolinks = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/nolinks") if nolinks_exists then donotlink = nolinks.itemsindex end -- To satisfy Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Titles, certain types of items are italicised, and others are quoted. -- The submodule [[Module:WikidataIB/titleformats]] lists the entity-ids used in 'instance of' (P31), -- which allows this module to identify the values that should be formatted. -- WikidataIB/titleformats exports a table p.formats, which is indexed by entity-id, and contains the value " or '' local formats = {} local titleformats_exists, titleformats = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/titleformats") if titleformats_exists then formats = titleformats.formats end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Private functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- makeOrdinal needs to be internationalised along with the above: -- takes cardinal number as a numeric and returns the ordinal as a string -- we need three exceptions in English for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 21st, .. 31st, etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local makeOrdinal = function(cardinal) local ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal.default if cardinal % 10 == 1 then ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[1] elseif cardinal % 10 == 2 then ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[2] elseif cardinal % 10 == 3 then ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[3] end -- In English, 1, 21, 31, etc. use 'st', but 11, 111, etc. use 'th' -- similarly for 12 and 13, etc. if (cardinal % 100 == 11) or (cardinal % 100 == 12) or (cardinal % 100 == 13) then ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal.default end return tostring(cardinal) .. ordsuffix end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- findLang takes a "langcode" parameter if supplied and valid -- otherwise it tries to create it from the user's set language ({{int:lang}}) -- failing that it uses the wiki's content language. -- It returns a language object ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local findLang = function(langcode) local langobj langcode = mw.text.trim(langcode or "") if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then langobj = mw.language.new( langcode ) else langcode = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then langobj = mw.language.new( langcode ) else langobj = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end end return langobj end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank) -- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value -- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value -- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value -- Otherwise it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getItemLangCode = function(qid) qid = mw.text.trim(qid or ""):upper() if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return end local prop17 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P17")[1] if not prop17 or prop17.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end local qid17 = prop17.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id local prop37 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid17, "P37")[1] if not prop37 or prop37.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end local qid37 = prop37.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id local prop424 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid37, "P424")[1] if not prop424 or prop424.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end return prop424.mainsnak.datavalue.value end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- roundto takes a number (x) -- and returns it rounded to (sf) significant figures ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local roundto = function(x, sf) if x == 0 then return 0 end local s = 1 if x < 0 then x = -x s = -1 end if sf < 1 then sf = 1 end local p = 10 ^ (math.floor(math.log10(x)) - sf + 1) x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s -- if it's integral, cast to an integer: if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end return x end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- decimalToDMS takes a decimal degrees (x) with precision (p) -- and returns degrees/minutes/seconds according to the precision ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local decimalToDMS = function(x, p) -- if p is not supplied, use a precision around 0.1 seconds if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4 end local d = math.floor(x) local ms = (x - d) * 60 if p > 0.5 then -- precision is > 1/2 a degree if ms > 30 then d = d + 1 end ms = 0 end local m = math.floor(ms) local s = (ms - m) * 60 if p > 0.008 then -- precision is > 1/2 a minute if s > 30 then m = m +1 end s = 0 elseif p > 0.00014 then -- precision is > 1/2 a second s = math.floor(s + 0.5) elseif p > 0.000014 then -- precision is > 1/20 second s = math.floor(10 * s + 0.5) / 10 elseif p > 0.0000014 then -- precision is > 1/200 second s = math.floor(100 * s + 0.5) / 100 else -- cap it at 3 dec places for now s = math.floor(1000 * s + 0.5) / 1000 end return d, m, s end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- decimalPrecision takes a decimal (x) with precision (p) -- and returns x rounded approximately to the given precision -- precision should be between 1 and 1e-6, preferably a power of 10. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local decimalPrecision = function(x, p) local s = 1 if x < 0 then x = -x s = -1 end -- if p is not supplied, pick an arbitrary precision if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4 elseif p > 1 then p = 1 elseif p < 1e-6 then p = 1e-6 else p = 10 ^ math.floor(math.log10(p)) end x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s -- if it's integral, cast to an integer: if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end -- if it's less than 1e-4, it will be in exponent form, so return a string with 6dp -- 9e-5 becomes 0.000090 if math.abs(x) < 1e-4 then x = string.format("%f", x) end return x end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- formatDate takes a datetime of the usual format from mw.wikibase.entity:formatPropertyValues -- like "1 August 30 BCE" as parameter 1 -- and formats it according to the df (date format) and bc parameters -- df = ["dmy" / "mdy" / "y"] default will be "dmy" -- bc = ["BC" / "BCE"] default will be "BCE" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local format_Date = function(datetime, dateformat, bc) local datetime = datetime or "1 August 30 BCE" -- in case of nil value -- chop off multiple vales and/or any hours, mins, etc. -- keep anything before punctuation - we just want a single date: local dateval = string.match( datetime, "[%w ]+") local dateformat = string.lower(dateformat or "dmy") -- default to dmy local bc = string.upper(bc or "") -- can't use nil for bc -- we only want to accept two possibilities: BC or default to BCE if bc == "BC" then bc = "&nbsp;" .. i18n["BC"] -- prepend a non-breaking space. else bc = "&nbsp;" .. i18n["BCE"] end local postchrist = true -- start by assuming no BCE local dateparts = {} for word in string.gmatch(dateval, "%w+") do if word == "BCE" or word == "BC" then -- *** internationalise later *** postchrist = false else -- we'll keep the parts that are not 'BCE' in a table dateparts[#dateparts + 1] = word end end if postchrist then bc = "" end -- set AD dates to no suffix *** internationalise later *** local sep = "&nbsp;" -- separator is nbsp local fdate = table.concat(dateparts, sep) -- set formatted date to same order as input -- if we have day month year, check dateformat if #dateparts == 3 then if dateformat == "y" then fdate = dateparts[3] elseif dateformat == "mdy" then fdate = dateparts[2] .. sep .. dateparts[1] .. "," .. sep .. dateparts[3] end elseif #dateparts == 2 and dateformat == "y" then fdate = dateparts[2] end return fdate .. bc end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- dateFormat is the handler for properties that are of type "time" -- It takes timestamp, precision (6 to 11 per mediawiki), dateformat (y/dmy/mdy), BC format (BC/BCE), -- a plaindate switch (yes/no/adj) to en/disable "sourcing circumstances"/use adjectival form, -- any qualifiers for the property, the language, and any adjective to use like 'before'. -- It passes the date through the "complex date" function -- and returns a string with the internatonalised date formatted according to preferences. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang(); cdate(); dp[] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local dateFormat = function(timestamp, dprec, df, bcf, pd, qualifiers, lang, adj, model) -- output formatting according to preferences (y/dmy/mdy/ymd) df = (df or ""):lower() -- if ymd is required, return the part of the timestamp in YYYY-MM-DD form -- but apply Year zero#Astronomers fix: 1 BC = 0000; 2 BC = -0001; etc. if df == "ymd" then if timestamp:sub(1,1) == "+" then return timestamp:sub(2,11) else local yr = tonumber(timestamp:sub(2,5)) - 1 yr = ("000" .. yr):sub(-4) if yr ~= "0000" then yr = "-" .. yr end return yr .. timestamp:sub(6,11) end end -- A year can be stored like this: "+1872-00-00T00:00:00Z", -- which is processed here as if it were the day before "+1872-01-01T00:00:00Z", -- and that's the last day of 1871, so the year is wrong. -- So fix the month 0, day 0 timestamp to become 1 January instead: timestamp = timestamp:gsub("%-00%-00T", "-01-01T") -- just in case date precision is missing dprec = dprec or 11 -- override more precise dates if required dateformat is year alone: if df == "y" and dprec > 9 then dprec = 9 end -- complex date only deals with precisions from 6 to 11, so clip range dprec = dprec>11 and 11 or dprec dprec = dprec<6 and 6 or dprec -- BC format is "BC" or "BCE" bcf = (bcf or ""):upper() -- plaindate only needs the first letter (y/n/a) pd = (pd or ""):sub(1,1):lower() if pd == "" or pd == "n" or pd == "f" or pd == "0" then pd = false end -- in case language isn't passed lang = lang or findLang().code -- set adj as empty if nil adj = adj or "" -- extract the day, month, year from the timestamp local bc = timestamp:sub(1, 1)=="-" and "BC" or "" local year, month, day = timestamp:match("[+-](%d*)-(%d*)-(%d*)T") local iso = tonumber(year) -- if year is missing, let it throw an error -- this will adjust the date format to be compatible with cdate -- possible formats are Y, YY, YYY0, YYYY, YYYY-MM, YYYY-MM-DD if dprec == 6 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 1000 ) + 1 end if dprec == 7 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 100 ) + 1 end if dprec == 8 then iso = math.floor( iso / 10 ) .. "0" end if dprec == 10 then iso = year .. "-" .. month end if dprec == 11 then iso = year .. "-" .. month .. "-" .. day end -- add "circa" (Q5727902) from "sourcing circumstances" (P1480) local sc = not pd and qualifiers and qualifiers.P1480 if sc then for k1, v1 in pairs(sc) do if v1.datavalue and v1.datavalue.value.id == "Q5727902" then adj = "circa" break end end end -- deal with Julian dates: -- no point in saying that dates before 1582 are Julian - they are by default -- doesn't make sense for dates less precise than year -- we can suppress it by setting |plaindate, e.g. for use in constructing categories. local calendarmodel = "" if tonumber(year) > 1582 and dprec > 8 and not pd and model == "http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985786" then calendarmodel = "julian" end if not cdate then cdate = require("Module:Complex date")._complex_date end local fdate = cdate(calendarmodel, adj, tostring(iso), dp[dprec], bc, "", "", "", "", lang, 1) -- this may have QuickStatements info appended to it in a div, so remove that fdate = fdate:gsub(' <div style="display: none;">[^<]*</div>', '') -- it may also be returned wrapped in a microformat, so remove that fdate = fdate:gsub("<[^>]*>", "") -- there may be leading zeros that we should remove fdate = fdate:gsub("^0*", "") -- if a plain date is required, then remove any links (like BC linked) if pd then fdate = fdate:gsub("%[%[.*|", ""):gsub("]]", "") end -- if 'circa', use the abbreviated form *** internationalise later *** fdate = fdate:gsub('circa ', '<abbr title="circa">c.</abbr>&nbsp;') -- deal with BC/BCE if bcf == "BCE" then fdate = fdate:gsub('BC', 'BCE') end -- deal with mdy format if df == "mdy" then fdate = fdate:gsub("(%d+) (%w+) (%d+)", "%2 %1, %3") end -- deal with adjectival form *** internationalise later *** if pd == "a" then fdate = fdate:gsub(' century', '-century') end return fdate end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- parseParam takes a (string) parameter, e.g. from the list of frame arguments, -- and makes "false", "no", and "0" into the (boolean) false -- it makes the empty string and nil into the (boolean) value passed as default -- allowing the parameter to be true or false by default. -- It returns a boolean. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local parseParam = function(param, default) if type(param) == "boolean" then param = tostring(param) end if param and param ~= "" then param = param:lower() if (param == "false") or (param:sub(1,1) == "n") or (param == "0") then return false else return true end else return default end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink -- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki. -- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article -- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getSitelink = function(qid, wiki) qid = (qid or ""):upper() if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end wiki = wiki or "" local sitelink if wiki == "" then sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid) else sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, wiki) end return sitelink end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getCommonslink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- It returns one of the following in order of preference: -- the Commons sitelink of the Wikidata entity - but not if onlycat=true and it's not a category; -- the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the Wikidata entity; -- the Commons category of the Wikidata entity - unless fallback=false. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getSitelink(); parseParam() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getCommonslink = function(qid, onlycat, fallback) qid = (qid or ""):upper() if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end onlycat = parseParam(onlycat, false) if fallback == "" then fallback = nil end local sitelink = _getSitelink(qid, "commonswiki") if onlycat and sitelink and sitelink:sub(1,9) ~= "Category:" then sitelink = nil end if not sitelink then -- check for topic's main category local prop910 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P910")[1] if prop910 then local tmcid = prop910.mainsnak.datavalue and prop910.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id sitelink = _getSitelink(tmcid, "commonswiki") end if not sitelink then -- check for list's main category local prop1754 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P1754")[1] if prop1754 then local tmcid = prop1754.mainsnak.datavalue and prop1754.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id sitelink = _getSitelink(tmcid, "commonswiki") end end end if not sitelink and fallback then -- check for Commons category (string value) local prop373 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P373")[1] if prop373 then sitelink = prop373.mainsnak.datavalue and prop373.mainsnak.datavalue.value if sitelink then sitelink = "Category:" .. sitelink end end end return sitelink end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The label in a Wikidata item is subject to vulnerabilities -- that an attacker might try to exploit. -- It needs to be 'sanitised' by removing any wikitext before use. -- If it doesn't exist, return the id for the item -- a second (boolean) value is also returned, value is true when the label exists ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local labelOrId = function(id, lang) if lang == "default" then lang = findLang().code end local label if lang then label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, lang) else label = mw.wikibase.getLabel(id) end if label then return mw.text.nowiki(label), true else return id, false end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- linkedItem takes an entity-id and returns a string, linked if possible. -- This is the handler for "wikibase-item". Preferences: -- 1. Display linked disambiguated sitelink if it exists -- 2. Display linked label if it is a redirect -- 3. TBA: Display an inter-language link for the label if it exists other than in default language -- 4. Display unlinked label if it exists -- 5. Display entity-id for now to indicate a label could be provided -- dtxt is text to be used instead of label, or nil. -- shortname is boolean switch to use P1813 (short name) instead of label if true. -- lang is the current language code. -- uselbl is boolean switch to force display of the label instead of the sitelink (default: false) -- linkredir is boolean switch to allow linking to a redirect (default: false) -- formatvalue is boolean switch to allow formatting as italics or quoted (default: false) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: labelOrId(); donotlink[] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local linkedItem = function(id, args) local lprefix = (args.lp or args.lprefix or args.linkprefix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- toughen against nil values passed local lpostfix = (args.lpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '') local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local dtxt = args.dtxt local shortname = args.shortname or args.sn local lang = args.lang or "en" -- fallback to default if missing local uselbl = args.uselabel or args.uselbl uselbl = parseParam(uselbl, false) local linkredir = args.linkredir linkredir = parseParam(linkredir, false) local formatvalue = args.formatvalue or args.fv formatvalue = parseParam(formatvalue, false) -- see if item might need italics or quotes local fmt = "" if next(formats) and formatvalue then for k, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P31") ) do if v.mainsnak.datavalue and formats[v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id] then fmt = formats[v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id] break -- pick the first match end end end local disp local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(id) local label, islabel if dtxt then label, islabel = dtxt, true elseif shortname then -- see if there is a shortname in our language, and set label to it for k, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P1813") ) do if v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == lang then label, islabel = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text, true break end -- test for language match end -- loop through values of short name -- if we have no label set, then there was no shortname available if not islabel then label, islabel = labelOrId(id) shortname = false end else label, islabel = labelOrId(id) end if mw.site.siteName ~= "Wikimedia Commons" then if sitelink then if not (dtxt or shortname) then -- if sitelink and label are the same except for case, no need to process further if sitelink:lower() ~= label:lower() then -- strip any namespace or dab from the sitelink local pos = sitelink:find(":") or 0 local slink = sitelink if pos > 0 then local pfx = sitelink:sub(1,pos-1) if mw.site.namespaces[pfx] then -- that prefix is a valid namespace, so remove it slink = sitelink:sub(pos+1) end end -- remove stuff after commas or inside parentheses - ie. dabs slink = slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "") -- if uselbl is false, use sitelink instead of label if not uselbl then -- use slink as display, preserving label case - find("^%u") is true for 1st char uppercase if label:find("^%u") then label = slink:gsub("^(%l)", string.upper) else label = slink:gsub("^(%u)", string.lower) end end end end if donotlink[label] then disp = prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix else disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix .. "]]" end elseif islabel then -- no sitelink, label exists, so check if a redirect with that title exists, if linkredir is true -- display plain label by default disp = prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix if linkredir then local artitle = mw.title.new(label, 0) -- only nil if label has invalid chars if not donotlink[label] and artitle and artitle.redirectTarget then -- there's a redirect with the same title as the label, so let's link to that disp = "[[".. lprefix .. label .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix .. "]]" end end -- test if article title exists as redirect on current Wiki else -- no sitelink and no label, so return whatever was returned from labelOrId for now -- add tracking category [[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]] -- for enwiki, just return the tracking category if mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() == "enwiki" then disp = i18n.missinginfocat else disp = prefix .. label .. postfix .. i18n.missinginfocat end end else local ccat = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P373")[1] if ccat and ccat.mainsnak.datavalue then ccat = ccat.mainsnak.datavalue.value disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. "Category:" .. ccat .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]" elseif sitelink then -- this asumes that if a sitelink exists, then a label also exists disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]" else -- no sitelink and no Commons cat, so return label from labelOrId for now disp = prefix .. label .. postfix end end return disp end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- sourced takes a table representing a statement that may or may not have references -- it looks for a reference sourced to something not containing the word "wikipedia" -- it returns a boolean = true if it finds a sourced reference. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local sourced = function(claim) if claim.references then for kr, vr in pairs(claim.references) do local ref = mw.wikibase.renderSnaks(vr.snaks) if not ref:find("Wiki") then return true end end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- setRanks takes a flag (parameter passed) that requests the values to return -- "b[est]" returns preferred if available, otherwise normal -- "p[referred]" returns preferred -- "n[ormal]" returns normal -- "d[eprecated]" returns deprecated -- multiple values are allowed, e.g. "preferred normal" (which is the default) -- "best" will override the other flags, and set p and n ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local setRanks = function(rank) rank = (rank or ""):lower() -- if nothing passed, return preferred and normal -- if rank == "" then rank = "p n" end local ranks = {} for w in string.gmatch(rank, "%a+") do w = w:sub(1,1) if w == "b" or w == "p" or w == "n" or w == "d" then ranks[w] = true end end -- check if "best" is requested or no ranks requested; and if so, set preferred and normal if ranks.b or not next(ranks) then ranks.p = true ranks.n = true end return ranks end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- parseInput processes the Q-id , the blacklist and the whitelist -- if an input parameter is supplied, it returns that and ends the call. -- it returns (1) either the qid or nil indicating whether or not the call should continue -- and (2) a table containing all of the statements for the propertyID and relevant Qid -- if "best" ranks are requested, it returns those instead of all non-deprecated ranks ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local parseInput = function(frame, input_parm, property_id) -- There may be a local parameter supplied, if it's blank, set it to nil input_parm = mw.text.trim(input_parm or "") if input_parm == "" then input_parm = nil end -- return nil if Wikidata is not available if not mw.wikibase then return false, input_parm end local args = frame.args -- can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article. -- if it's not supplied, use the id for the current page local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end -- if there's no Wikidata item for the current page return nil if not qid then return false, input_parm end -- The blacklist is passed in named parameter |suppressfields local blacklist = args.suppressfields or args.spf or "" -- The whitelist is passed in named parameter |fetchwikidata local whitelist = args.fetchwikidata or args.fwd or "" if whitelist == "" then whitelist = "NONE" end -- The name of the field that this function is called from is passed in named parameter |name local fieldname = args.name or "" if blacklist ~= "" then -- The name is compulsory when blacklist is used, so return nil if it is not supplied if fieldname == "" then return false, nil end -- If this field is on the blacklist, then return nil if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return false, nil end end -- If we got this far then we're not on the blacklist -- The blacklist overrides any locally supplied parameter as well -- If a non-blank input parameter was supplied return it if input_parm then return false, input_parm end -- We can filter out non-valid properties if property_id:sub(1,1):upper() ~="P" or property_id == "P0" then return false, nil end -- Otherwise see if this field is on the whitelist: -- needs a bit more logic because find will return its second value = 0 if fieldname is "" -- but nil if fieldname not found on whitelist local _, found = whitelist:find(fieldname) found = ((found or 0) > 0) if whitelist ~= 'ALL' and (whitelist:upper() == "NONE" or not found) then return false, nil end -- See what's on Wikidata (the call always returns a table, but it may be empty): local props = {} if args.reqranks.b then props = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, property_id) else props = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, property_id) end if props[1] then return qid, props end -- no property on Wikidata return false, nil end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- createicon assembles the "Edit at Wikidata" pen icon. -- It returns a wikitext string inside a span class="penicon" -- if entityID is nil or empty, the ID associated with current page is used -- langcode and propertyID may be nil or empty ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: i18n[]; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local createicon = function(langcode, entityID, propertyID) langcode = langcode or "" if not entityID or entityID == "" then entityID= mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end propertyID = propertyID or "" local icon = "&nbsp;<span class='penicon autoconfirmed-show'>[[" -- "&nbsp;<span data-bridge-edit-flow='overwrite' class='penicon'>[[" -> enable Wikidata Bridge .. i18n["filespace"] .. ":OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt=" .. i18n["editonwikidata"] .. "|link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. entityID if langcode ~= "" then icon = icon .. "?uselang=" .. langcode end if propertyID ~= "" then icon = icon .. "#" .. propertyID end icon = icon .. "|" .. i18n["editonwikidata"] .. "]]</span>" return icon end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- assembleoutput takes the sequence table containing the property values -- and formats it according to switches given. It returns a string or nil. -- It uses the entityID (and optionally propertyID) to create a link in the pen icon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local assembleoutput = function(out, args, entityID, propertyID) -- sorted is a boolean passed to enable sorting of the values returned -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false -- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false local sorted = parseParam(args.sorted, false) -- noicon is a boolean passed to suppress the trailing "edit at Wikidata" icon -- for use when the value is processed further by the infobox -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false -- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false local noic = parseParam(args.noicon, false) -- list is the name of a template that a list of multiple values is passed through -- examples include "hlist" and "ubl" -- setting it to "prose" produces something like "1, 2, 3, and 4" local list = args.list or "" -- sep is a string that is used to separate multiple returned values -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it to the default -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed -- e.g. |sep=" - " local sepdefault = i18n["list separator"] local separator = args.sep or "" separator = string.gsub(separator, '"', '') if separator == "" then separator = sepdefault end -- collapse is a number that determines the maximum number of returned values -- before the output is collapsed. -- Zero or not a number result in no collapsing (default becomes 0). local collapse = tonumber(args.collapse) or 0 -- replacetext (rt) is a string that is returned instead of any non-empty Wikidata value -- this is useful for tracking and debugging local replacetext = mw.text.trim(args.rt or args.replacetext or "") -- if there's anything to return, then return a list -- comma-separated by default, but may be specified by the sep parameter -- optionally specify a hlist or ubl or a prose list, etc. local strout if #out > 0 then if sorted then table.sort(out) end -- if there's something to display and a pen icon is wanted, add it the end of the last value local hasdisplay = false for i, v in ipairs(out) do if v ~= i18n.missinginfocat then hasdisplay = true break end end if not noic and hasdisplay then out[#out] = out[#out] .. createicon(args.langobj.code, entityID, propertyID) end if list == "" then strout = table.concat(out, separator) elseif list:lower() == "prose" then strout = mw.text.listToText( out ) else strout = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out} end if collapse >0 and #out > collapse then strout = collapsediv .. strout .. "</div>" end else strout = nil -- no items had valid reference end if replacetext ~= "" and strout then strout = replacetext end return strout end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- rendersnak takes a table (propval) containing the information stored on one property value -- and returns the value as a string and its language if monolingual text. -- It handles data of type: -- wikibase-item -- time -- string, url, commonsMedia, external-id -- quantity -- globe-coordinate -- monolingualtext -- It also requires linked, the link/pre/postfixes, uabbr, and the arguments passed from frame. -- The optional filter parameter allows quantities to be be filtered by unit Qid. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam(); labelOrId(); i18n[]; dateFormat(); -- roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); linkedItem(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local rendersnak = function(propval, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter) lpre = lpre or "" lpost = lpost or "" pre = pre or "" post = post or "" args.lang = args.lang or findLang().code -- allow values to display a fixed text instead of label local dtxt = args.displaytext or args.dt if dtxt == "" then dtxt = nil end -- switch to use display of short name (P1813) instead of label local shortname = args.shortname or args.sn shortname = parseParam(shortname, false) local snak = propval.mainsnak or propval local dtype = snak.datatype local dv = snak.datavalue dv = dv and dv.value -- value and monolingual text language code returned local val, mlt if propval.rank and not args.reqranks[propval.rank:sub(1, 1)] then -- val is nil: value has a rank that isn't requested ------------------------------------ elseif snak.snaktype == "somevalue" then -- value is unknown val = i18n["Unknown"] ------------------------------------ elseif snak.snaktype == "novalue" then -- value is none -- val = "No value" -- don't return anything ------------------------------------ elseif dtype == "wikibase-item" then -- data type is a wikibase item: -- it's wiki-linked value, so output as link if enabled and possible local qnumber = dv.id if linked then val = linkedItem(qnumber, args) else -- no link wanted so check for display-text, otherwise test for lang code local label, islabel if dtxt then label = dtxt else label, islabel = labelOrId(qnumber) local langlabel = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qnumber, args.lang) if langlabel then label = mw.text.nowiki( langlabel ) end end val = pre .. label .. post end -- test for link required ------------------------------------ elseif dtype == "time" then -- data type is time: -- time is in timestamp format -- date precision is integer per mediawiki -- output formatting according to preferences (y/dmy/mdy) -- BC format as BC or BCE -- plaindate is passed to disable looking for "sourcing cirumstances" -- or to set the adjectival form -- qualifiers (if any) is a nested table or nil -- lang is given, or user language, or site language -- -- Here we can check whether args.df has a value -- If not, use code from Module:Sandbox/RexxS/Getdateformat to set it from templates like {{Use mdy dates}} val = dateFormat(dv.time, dv.precision, args.df, args.bc, args.pd, propval.qualifiers, args.lang, "", dv.calendarmodel) ------------------------------------ -- data types which are strings: elseif dtype == "commonsMedia" or dtype == "external-id" or dtype == "string" or dtype == "url" then -- commonsMedia or external-id or string or url -- all have mainsnak.datavalue.value as string if (lpre == "" or lpre == ":") and lpost == "" then -- don't link if no linkpre/postfix or linkprefix is just ":" val = pre .. dv .. post elseif dtype == "external-id" then val = "[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. " " .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]" else val = "[[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. "|" .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]]" end -- check for link requested (i.e. either linkprefix or linkpostfix exists) ------------------------------------ -- data types which are quantities: elseif dtype == "quantity" then -- quantities have mainsnak.datavalue.value.amount and mainsnak.datavalue.value.unit -- the unit is of the form http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q829073 -- -- implement a switch to turn on/off numerical formatting later local fnum = true -- -- a switch to turn on/off conversions - only for en-wiki local conv = parseParam(args.conv or args.convert, false) -- if we have conversions, we won't have formatted numbers or scales if conv then uabbr = true fnum = false args.scale = "0" end -- -- a switch to turn on/off showing units, default is true local showunits = parseParam(args.su or args.showunits, true) -- -- convert amount to a number local amount = tonumber(dv.amount) or i18n["NaN"] -- -- scale factor for millions, billions, etc. local sc = tostring(args.scale or ""):sub(1,1):lower() local scale if sc == "a" then -- automatic scaling if amount > 1e15 then scale = 12 elseif amount > 1e12 then scale = 9 elseif amount > 1e9 then scale = 6 elseif amount > 1e6 then scale = 3 else scale = 0 end else scale = tonumber(args.scale) or 0 if scale < 0 or scale > 12 then scale = 0 end scale = math.floor(scale/3) * 3 end local factor = 10^scale amount = amount / factor -- ranges: local range = "" -- check if upper and/or lower bounds are given and significant local upb = tonumber(dv.upperBound) local lowb = tonumber(dv.lowerBound) if upb and lowb then -- differences rounded to 2 sig fig: local posdif = roundto(upb - amount, 2) / factor local negdif = roundto(amount - lowb, 2) / factor upb, lowb = amount + posdif, amount - negdif -- round scaled numbers to integers or 4 sig fig if (scale > 0 or sc == "a") then if amount < 1e4 then amount = roundto(amount, 4) else amount = math.floor(amount + 0.5) end end if fnum then amount = args.langobj:formatNum( amount ) end if posdif ~= negdif then -- non-symmetrical range = " +" .. posdif .. " -" .. negdif elseif posdif ~= 0 then -- symmetrical and non-zero range = " ±" .. posdif else -- otherwise range is zero, so leave it as "" end else -- round scaled numbers to integers or 4 sig fig if (scale > 0 or sc == "a") then if amount < 1e4 then amount = roundto(amount, 4) else amount = math.floor(amount + 0.5) end end if fnum then amount = args.langobj:formatNum( amount ) end end -- unit names and symbols: -- extract the qid in the form 'Qnnn' from the value.unit url -- and then fetch the label from that - or symbol if unitabbr is true local unit = "" local usep = "" local usym = "" local unitqid = string.match( dv.unit, "(Q%d+)" ) if filter and unitqid ~= filter then return nil end if unitqid and showunits then local uname = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(unitqid, args.lang) or "" if uname ~= "" then usep, unit = " ", uname end if uabbr then -- see if there's a unit symbol (P5061) local unitsymbols = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(unitqid, "P5061") -- construct fallback table, add local lang and multiple languages local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( args.lang ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, args.lang ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, "mul" ) local found = false for idx1, us in ipairs(unitsymbols) do for idx2, fblang in ipairs(fbtbl) do if us.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == fblang then usym = us.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text found = true break end if found then break end end -- loop through fallback table end -- loop through values of P5061 if found then usep, unit = "&nbsp;", usym end end end -- format display: if conv then if range == "" then val = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "cvt", args = {amount, unit}} else val = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "cvt", args = {lowb, "to", upb, unit}} end elseif unit == "$" or unit == "£" then val = unit .. amount .. range .. i18n.multipliers[scale] else val = amount .. range .. i18n.multipliers[scale] .. usep .. unit end ------------------------------------ -- datatypes which are global coordinates: elseif dtype == "globe-coordinate" then -- 'display' parameter defaults to "inline, title" *** unused for now *** -- local disp = args.display or "" -- if disp == "" then disp = "inline, title" end -- -- format parameter switches from deg/min/sec to decimal degrees -- default is deg/min/sec -- decimal degrees needs |format = dec local form = (args.format or ""):lower():sub(1,3) if form ~= "dec" then form = "dms" end -- not needed for now -- -- show parameter allows just the latitude, or just the longitude, or both -- to be returned as a signed decimal, ignoring the format parameter. local show = (args.show or ""):lower() if show ~= "longlat" then show = show:sub(1,3) end -- local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision if show == "lat" then val = decimalPrecision(lat, prec) elseif show == "lon" then val = decimalPrecision(long, prec) elseif show == "longlat" then val = decimalPrecision(long, prec) .. ", " .. decimalPrecision(lat, prec) else local ns = "N" local ew = "E" if lat < 0 then ns = "S" lat = - lat end if long < 0 then ew = "W" long = - long end if form == "dec" then lat = decimalPrecision(lat, prec) long = decimalPrecision(long, prec) val = lat .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. long .. "°" .. ew else local latdeg, latmin, latsec = decimalToDMS(lat, prec) local longdeg, longmin, longsec = decimalToDMS(long, prec) if latsec == 0 and longsec == 0 then if latmin == 0 and longmin == 0 then val = latdeg .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. longdeg .. "°" .. ew else val = latdeg .. "°" .. latmin .. "′" .. ns .. " " val = val .. longdeg .. "°".. longmin .. "′" .. ew end else val = latdeg .. "°" .. latmin .. "′" .. latsec .. "″" .. ns .. " " val = val .. longdeg .. "°" .. longmin .. "′" .. longsec .. "″" .. ew end end end ------------------------------------ elseif dtype == "monolingualtext" then -- data type is Monolingual text: -- has mainsnak.datavalue.value as a table containing language/text pairs -- collect all the values in 'out' and languages in 'mlt' and process them later val = pre .. dv.text .. post mlt = dv.language ------------------------------------ else -- some other data type so write a specific handler val = "unknown data type: " .. dtype end -- of datatype/unknown value/sourced check return val, mlt end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- propertyvalueandquals takes a property object, the arguments passed from frame, -- and a qualifier propertyID. -- It returns a sequence (table) of values representing the values of that property -- and qualifiers that match the qualifierID if supplied. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam(); sourced(); labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date(); -- makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); assembleoutput(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function propertyvalueandquals(objproperty, args, qualID) -- needs this style of declaration because it's re-entrant -- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return only values sourced to other than Wikipedia -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) -- linked is a a boolean that enables the link to a local page via sitelink -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true) -- prefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is prefixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- postfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is postfixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- linkprefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this creates a link and is then prefixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned and indirect links are needed -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local lprefix = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') -- linkpostfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is postfixed to each value when linking is enabled with lprefix -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local lpostfix = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- wdlinks is a boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local wdl = parseParam(args.wdlinks or args.wdl, false) -- unitabbr is a boolean passed to enable unit abbreviations for common units -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local uabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr or args.uabbr, false) -- qualsonly is a boolean passed to return just the qualifiers -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local qualsonly = parseParam(args.qualsonly or args.qo, false) -- maxvals is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a number -- this determines how many items may be returned when multiple values are available -- setting it = 1 is useful where the returned string is used within another call, e.g. image local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 -- pd (plain date) is a string: yes/true/1 | no/false/0 | adj -- to disable/enable "sourcing cirumstances" or use adjectival form for the plain date local pd = args.plaindate or args.pd or "no" args.pd = pd -- allow qualifiers to have a different date format; default to year unless qualsonly is set args.qdf = args.qdf or args.qualifierdateformat or args.df or (not qualsonly and "y") local lang = args.lang or findLang().code -- qualID is a string list of wanted qualifiers or "ALL" qualID = qualID or "" -- capitalise list of wanted qualifiers and substitute "DATES" qualID = qualID:upper():gsub("DATES", "P580, P582") local allflag = (qualID == "ALL") -- create table of wanted qualifiers as key local qwanted = {} -- create sequence of wanted qualifiers local qorder = {} for q in mw.text.gsplit(qualID, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate local qtrim = mw.text.trim(q) if qtrim ~= "" then qwanted[mw.text.trim(q)] = true qorder[#qorder+1] = qtrim end end -- qsep is the output separator for rendering qualifier list local qsep = (args.qsep or ""):gsub('"', '') -- qargs are the arguments to supply to assembleoutput() local qargs = { ["osd"] = "false", ["linked"] = tostring(linked), ["prefix"] = args.qprefix, ["postfix"] = args.qpostfix, ["linkprefix"] = args.qlinkprefix or args.qlp, ["linkpostfix"] = args.qlinkpostfix, ["wdl"] = "false", ["unitabbr"] = tostring(uabbr), ["maxvals"] = 0, ["sorted"] = tostring(args.qsorted), ["noicon"] = "true", ["list"] = args.qlist, ["sep"] = qsep, ["langobj"] = args.langobj, ["lang"] = args.langobj.code, ["df"] = args.qdf, ["sn"] = parseParam(args.qsn or args.qshortname, false), } -- all proper values of a Wikidata property will be the same type as the first -- qualifiers don't have a mainsnak, properties do local datatype = objproperty[1].datatype or objproperty[1].mainsnak.datatype -- out[] holds the a list of returned values for this property -- mlt[] holds the language code if the datatype is monolingual text local out = {} local mlt = {} for k, v in ipairs(objproperty) do local hasvalue = true if (onlysrc and not sourced(v)) then -- no value: it isn't sourced when onlysourced=true hasvalue = false else local val, lcode = rendersnak(v, args, linked, lprefix, lpostfix, prefix, postfix, uabbr) if not val then hasvalue = false -- rank doesn't match elseif qualsonly and qualID then -- suppress value returned: only qualifiers are requested else out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = val, lcode end end -- See if qualifiers are to be returned: local snak = v.mainsnak or v if hasvalue and v.qualifiers and qualID ~= "" and snak.snaktype~="novalue" then -- collect all wanted qualifier values returned in qlist, indexed by propertyID local qlist = {} local timestart, timeend = "", "" -- loop through qualifiers for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do if allflag or qwanted[k1] then if k1 == "P1326" then local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qdf, args.bc, pd, "", lang, "before") elseif k1 == "P1319" then local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qdf, args.bc, pd, "", lang, "after") elseif k1 == "P580" then timestart = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one start time as valid elseif k1 == "P582" then timeend = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one end time as valid else local q = assembleoutput(propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs), qargs) -- we already deal with circa via 'sourcing circumstances' if the datatype was time -- circa may be either linked or unlinked *** internationalise later *** if datatype ~= "time" or q ~= "circa" and not (type(q) == "string" and q:find("circa]]")) then qlist[k1] = q end end end -- of test for wanted end -- of loop through qualifiers -- set date separator local t = timestart .. timeend -- *** internationalise date separators later *** local dsep = "&ndash;" if t:find("%s") or t:find("&nbsp;") then dsep = " &ndash; " end -- set the order for the list of qualifiers returned; start time and end time go last if next(qlist) then local qlistout = {} if allflag then for k2, v2 in pairs(qlist) do qlistout[#qlistout+1] = v2 end else for i2, v2 in ipairs(qorder) do qlistout[#qlistout+1] = qlist[v2] end end if t ~= "" then qlistout[#qlistout+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend end local qstr = assembleoutput(qlistout, qargs) if qualsonly then out[#out+1] = qstr else out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. qstr .. ")" end elseif t ~= "" then if qualsonly then if timestart == "" then out[#out+1] = timeend elseif timeend == "" then out[#out+1] = timestart else out[#out+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend end else out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. timestart .. dsep .. timeend .. ")" end end end -- of test for qualifiers wanted if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of for each value loop -- we need to pick one value to return if the datatype was "monolingualtext" -- if there's only one value, use that -- otherwise look through the fallback languages for a match if datatype == "monolingualtext" and #out >1 then lang = mw.text.split( lang, '-', true )[1] local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( lang ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, lang ) local bestval = "" local found = false for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then bestval = out[idx2] found = true break end end -- loop through values of property end -- loop through fallback languages if found then -- replace output table with a table containing the best value out = { bestval } else -- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages -- sod it, just give them the first one out = { out[1] } end end return out end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Common code for p.getValueByQual and p.getValueByLang ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getvaluebyqual = function(frame, qualID, checkvalue) -- The property ID that will have a qualifier is the first unnamed parameter local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") if propertyID == "" then return "no property supplied" end if qualID == "" then return "no qualifier supplied" end -- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return property values -- only when property values are sourced to something other than Wikipedia -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true -- if "false" or "no" or 0 is passed set it false local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true) -- set the requested ranks flags frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) -- set a language object and code in the frame.args table frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code local args = frame.args -- check for locally supplied parameter in second unnamed parameter -- success means no local parameter and the property exists local qid, props = parseInput(frame, args[2], propertyID) local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true) local lpre = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') local lpost = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local pre = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '') local post = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local uabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr or args.uabbr, false) local filter = (args.unit or ""):upper() local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 if filter == "" then filter = nil end if qid then local out = {} -- Scan through the values of the property -- we want something like property is "pronunciation audio (P443)" in propertyID -- with a qualifier like "language of work or name (P407)" in qualID -- whose value has the required ID, like "British English (Q7979)", in qval for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do if v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then -- check if it has the right qualifier local v1q = v1.qualifiers if v1q and v1q[qualID] then if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then -- if we've got this far, we have a (sourced) claim with qualifiers -- so see if matches the required value -- We'll only deal with wikibase-items and strings for now if v1q[qualID][1].datatype == "wikibase-item" then if checkvalue(v1q[qualID][1].datavalue.value.id) then out[#out + 1] = rendersnak(v1, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter) end elseif v1q[qualID][1].datatype == "string" then if checkvalue(v1q[qualID][1].datavalue.value) then out[#out + 1] = rendersnak(v1, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter) end end end -- of check for sourced end -- of check for matching required value and has qualifiers else return nil end -- of check for string if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of loop through values of propertyID return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID) else return props -- either local parameter or nothing end -- of test for success return nil end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _location takes Q-id and follows P276 (location) -- or P131 (located in the administrative territorial entity) or P706 (located on terrain feature) -- from the initial item to higher level territories/locations until it reaches the highest. -- An optional boolean, 'first', determines whether the first item is returned (default: false). -- An optional boolean 'skip' toggles the display to skip to the last item (default: false). -- It returns a table containing the locations - linked where possible, except for the highest. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang(); labelOrId(); linkedItem ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _location = function(qid, first, skip) first = parseParam(first, false) skip = parseParam(skip, false) local locs = {"P276", "P131", "P706"} local out = {} local langcode = findLang():getCode() local finished = false local count = 0 local prevqid = "Q0" repeat local prop for i1, v1 in ipairs(locs) do local proptbl = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, v1) if #proptbl > 1 then -- there is more than one higher location local prevP131, prevP131id if prevqid ~= "Q0" then prevP131 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(prevqid, "P131")[1] prevP131id = prevP131 and prevP131.mainsnak.datavalue and prevP131.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id end for i2, v2 in ipairs(proptbl) do local parttbl = v2.qualifiers and v2.qualifiers.P518 if parttbl then -- this higher location has qualifier 'applies to part' (P518) for i3, v3 in ipairs(parttbl) do if v3.snaktype == "value" and v3.datavalue.value.id == prevqid then -- it has a value equal to the previous location prop = proptbl[i2] break end -- of test for matching last location end -- of loop through values of 'applies to part' else -- there's no qualifier 'applies to part' (P518) -- so check if the previous location had a P131 that matches this alternate if qid == prevP131id then prop = proptbl[i2] break end -- of test for matching previous P131 end end -- of loop through parent locations -- fallback to second value if match not found prop = prop or proptbl[2] elseif #proptbl > 0 then prop = proptbl[1] end if prop then break end end -- check if it's an instance of (P31) a country (Q6256) or sovereign state (Q3624078) -- and terminate the chain if it is local inst = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, "P31") if #inst > 0 then for k, v in ipairs(inst) do local instid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id -- stop if it's a country (or a country within the United Kingdom if skip is true) if instid == "Q6256" or instid == "Q3624078" or (skip and instid == "Q3336843") then prop = nil -- this will ensure this is treated as top-level location break end end end -- get the name of this location and update qid to point to the parent location if prop and prop.mainsnak.datavalue then if not skip or count == 0 then local args = { lprefix = ":" } out[#out+1] = linkedItem(qid, args) -- get a linked value if we can end qid, prevqid = prop.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, qid else -- This is top-level location, so get short name except when this is the first item -- Use full label if there's no short name or this is the first item local prop1813 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, "P1813") -- if there's a short name and this isn't the only item if prop1813[1] and (#out > 0)then local shortname -- short name is monolingual text, so look for match to the local language -- choose the shortest 'short name' in that language for k, v in pairs(prop1813) do if v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == langcode then local name = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text if (not shortname) or (#name < #shortname) then shortname = name end end end -- add the shortname if one is found, fallback to the label -- but skip it if it's "USA" if shortname ~= "USA" then out[#out+1] = shortname or labelOrId(qid) else if skip then out[#out+1] = "US" end end else -- no shortname, so just add the label local loc = labelOrId(qid) -- exceptions go here: if loc == "United States of America" then out[#out+1] = "United States" else out[#out+1] = loc end end finished = true end count = count + 1 until finished or count >= 10 -- limit to 10 levels to avoid infinite loops -- remove the first location if not required if not first then table.remove(out, 1) end -- we might have duplicate text for consecutive locations, so remove them if #out > 2 then local plain = {} for i, v in ipairs(out) do -- strip any links plain[i] = v:gsub("^%[%[[^|]*|", ""):gsub("]]$", "") end local idx = 2 repeat if plain[idx] == plain[idx-1] then -- duplicate found local removeidx = 0 if (plain[idx] ~= out[idx]) and (plain[idx-1] == out[idx-1]) then -- only second one is linked, so drop the first removeidx = idx - 1 elseif (plain[idx] == out[idx]) and (plain[idx-1] ~= out[idx-1]) then -- only first one is linked, so drop the second removeidx = idx else -- pick one removeidx = idx - (os.time()%2) end table.remove(out, removeidx) table.remove(plain, removeidx) else idx = idx +1 end until idx >= #out end return out end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getsumofparts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list. -- The list (args.vlist) consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation. -- If the matched values have a qualifer 'quantity' (P1114), those quantites are summed. -- The sum is returned as a number (i.e. 0 if none) -- a table of arguments is supplied implementing the usual parameters. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: setRanks; parseParam; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getsumofparts = function(args) local vallist = (args.vlist or ""):upper() if vallist == "" then return end args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) local f = {} f.args = args local qid, props = parseInput(f, "", "P527") if not qid then return 0 end local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local sum = 0 for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do if (onlysrc == false or sourced(v1)) and v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and v1.mainsnak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" and vallist:match( v1.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id ) and v1.qualifiers then local quals = v1.qualifiers["P1114"] if quals then for k2, v2 in ipairs(quals) do sum = sum + v2.datavalue.value.amount end end end end return sum end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Public functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getValue makes the functionality of getValue available to other modules ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced; -- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p._getValue = function(args) -- parameter sets for commonly used groups of parameters local paraset = tonumber(args.ps or args.parameterset or 0) if paraset == 1 then -- a common setting args.rank = "best" args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" args.onlysourced = "no" args.noicon = "true" elseif paraset == 2 then -- equivalent to raw args.rank = "best" args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" args.onlysourced = "no" args.noicon = "true" args.linked = "no" args.pd = "true" elseif paraset == 3 then -- third set goes here end -- implement eid parameter local eid = args.eid if eid == "" then return nil elseif eid then args.qid = eid end local propertyID = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) -- replacetext (rt) is a string that is returned instead of any non-empty Wikidata value -- this is useful for tracking and debugging, so we set fetchwikidata=ALL to fill the whitelist local replacetext = mw.text.trim(args.rt or args.replacetext or "") if replacetext ~= "" then args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" end local f = {} f.args = args local entityid, props = parseInput(f, f.args[2], propertyID) if not entityid then return props -- either the input parameter or nothing end -- qual is a string containing the property ID of the qualifier(s) to be returned -- if qual == "ALL" then all qualifiers returned -- if qual == "DATES" then qualifiers P580 (start time) and P582 (end time) returned -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it nil -> no qualifiers returned local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end -- set a language object and code in the args table args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code -- table 'out' stores the return value(s): local out = propertyvalueandquals(props, args, qualID) -- format the table of values and return it as a string: return assembleoutput(out, args, entityid, propertyID) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getValue is used to get the value(s) of a property -- The property ID is passed as the first unnamed parameter and is required. -- A locally supplied parameter may optionaly be supplied as the second unnamed parameter. -- The function will now also return qualifiers if parameter qual is supplied ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced; -- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getValue = function(frame) local args= frame.args if not args[1] then args = frame:getParent().args if not args[1] then return i18n.errors["No property supplied"] end end return p._getValue(args) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getPreferredValue is used to get a value, -- (or a comma separated list of them if multiple values exist). -- If preferred ranks are set, it will return those values, otherwise values with normal ranks -- now redundant to getValue with |rank=best ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: p.getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; -- parseParam; sourced; labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; -- makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getPreferredValue = function(frame) frame.args.rank = "best" return p.getValue(frame) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getCoords is used to get coordinates for display in an infobox -- whitelist and blacklist are implemented -- optional 'display' parameter is allowed, defaults to nil - was "inline, title" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: setRanks(); parseInput(); decimalPrecision(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getCoords = function(frame) local propertyID = "P625" -- if there is a 'display' parameter supplied, use it -- otherwise default to nothing local disp = frame.args.display or "" if disp == "" then disp = nil -- default to not supplying display parameter, was "inline, title" end -- there may be a format parameter to switch from deg/min/sec to decimal degrees -- default is deg/min/sec -- decimal degrees needs |format = dec local form = (frame.args.format or ""):lower():sub(1,3) if form ~= "dec" then form = "dms" end -- just deal with best values frame.args.reqranks = setRanks("best") local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[1], propertyID) if not qid then return props -- either local parameter or nothing else local dv = props[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision lat = decimalPrecision(lat, prec) long = decimalPrecision(long, prec) local lat_long = { lat, long } lat_long["display"] = disp lat_long["format"] = form -- invoke template Coord with the values stored in the table return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'coord', args = lat_long} end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getQualifierValue is used to get a formatted value of a qualifier -- -- The call needs: a property (the unnamed parameter or 1=) -- a target value for that property (pval=) -- a qualifier for that target value (qual=) -- The usual whitelisting and blacklisting of the property is implemented -- The boolean onlysourced= parameter can be set to return nothing -- when the property is unsourced (or only sourced to Wikipedia) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam(); setRanks(); parseInput(); sourced(); -- propertyvalueandquals(); assembleoutput(); -- labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date(); -- findLang(); makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getQualifierValue = function(frame) -- The property ID that will have a qualifier is the first unnamed parameter local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") -- The value of the property we want to match whose qualifier value is to be returned -- is passed in named parameter |pval= local propvalue = frame.args.pval -- The property ID of the qualifier -- whose value is to be returned is passed in named parameter |qual= local qualifierID = frame.args.qual -- A filter can be set like this: filter=P642==Q22674854 local filter, fprop, fval local ftable = mw.text.split(frame.args.filter or "", "==") if ftable[2] then fprop = mw.text.trim(ftable[1]) fval = mw.text.trim(ftable[2]) filter = true end -- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return qualifiers -- only when property values are sourced to something other than Wikipedia -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true -- if "false" or "no" or 0 is passed set it false local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true) -- set a language object and language code in the frame.args table frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code -- set the requested ranks flags frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) -- check for locally supplied parameter in second unnamed parameter -- success means no local parameter and the property exists local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[2], propertyID) if qid then local out = {} -- Scan through the values of the property -- we want something like property is P793, significant event (in propertyID) -- whose value is something like Q385378, construction (in propvalue) -- then we can return the value(s) of a qualifier such as P580, start time (in qualifierID) for k1, v1 in pairs(props) do if v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and v1.mainsnak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then -- It's a wiki-linked value, so check if it's the target (in propvalue) and if it has qualifiers if v1.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == propvalue and v1.qualifiers then if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then -- if we've got this far, we have a (sourced) claim with qualifiers -- which matches the target, so apply the filter and find the value(s) of the qualifier we want if not filter or (v1.qualifiers[fprop] and v1.qualifiers[fprop][1].datavalue.value.id == fval) then local quals = v1.qualifiers[qualifierID] if quals then -- can't reference qualifer, so set onlysourced = "no" (args are strings, not boolean) local qargs = frame.args qargs.onlysourced = "no" local vals = propertyvalueandquals(quals, qargs, qid) for k, v in ipairs(vals) do out[#out + 1] = v end end end end -- of check for sourced end -- of check for matching required value and has qualifiers end -- of check for wikibase entity end -- of loop through values of propertyID return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID) else return props -- either local parameter or nothing end -- of test for success return nil end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getSumOfParts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list. -- The list is passed in parameter vlist. -- It consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation. -- If the matched values have a qualifier 'quantity' (P1114), those quantities are summed. -- The sum is returned as a number or nothing if zero. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getsumofparts; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getSumOfParts = function(frame) local sum = _getsumofparts(frame.args) if sum == 0 then return end return sum end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getValueByQual gets the value of a property which has a qualifier with a given entity value -- The call needs: -- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx) -- the ID of a qualifier for that property (qualID=Pyyy) -- either the Wikibase-entity ID of a value for that qualifier (qvalue=Qzzz) -- or a string value for that qualifier (qvalue=abc123) -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; -- assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getValueByQual = function(frame) local qualID = frame.args.qualID -- The Q-id of the value for the qualifier we want to match is in named parameter |qvalue= local qval = frame.args.qvalue or "" if qval == "" then return "no qualifier value supplied" end local function checkQID(id) return id == qval end return _getvaluebyqual(frame, qualID, checkQID) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getValueByLang gets the value of a property which has a qualifier P407 -- ("language of work or name") whose value has the given language code -- The call needs: -- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx) -- the MediaWiki language code to match the language (lang=xx[-yy]) -- (if no code is supplied, it uses the default language) -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getValueByLang = function(frame) -- The language code for the qualifier we want to match is in named parameter |lang= local langcode = findLang(frame.args.lang).code local function checkLanguage(id) -- id should represent a language like "British English (Q7979)" -- it should have string property "Wikimedia language code (P424)" -- qlcode will be a table: local qlcode = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P424") if (#qlcode > 0) and (qlcode[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value == langcode) then return true end end return _getvaluebyqual(frame, "P407", checkLanguage) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getValueByRefSource gets the value of a property which has a reference "stated in" (P248) -- whose value has the given entity-ID. -- The call needs: -- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx) -- the entity ID of a value to match where the reference is stated in (match=Qzzz) -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getValueByRefSource = function(frame) -- The property ID that we want to check is the first unnamed parameter local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or ""):upper() if propertyID == "" then return "no property supplied" end -- The Q-id of the value we want to match is in named parameter |qvalue= local qval = (frame.args.match or ""):upper() if qval == "" then qval = "Q21540096" end local unit = (frame.args.unit or ""):upper() if unit == "" then unit = "Q4917" end local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true) -- set the requested ranks flags frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) -- set a language object and code in the frame.args table frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code local linked = parseParam(frame.args.linked, true) local uabbr = parseParam(frame.args.uabbr or frame.args.unitabbr, false) -- qid not nil means no local parameter and the property exists local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[2], propertyID) if qid then local out = {} local mlt= {} for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then if v1.references then for k2, v2 in ipairs(v1.references) do if v2.snaks.P248 then for k3, v3 in ipairs(v2.snaks.P248) do if v3.datavalue.value.id == qval then out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = rendersnak(v1, frame.args, linked, "", "", "", "", uabbr, unit) if not mlt[#out] then -- we only need one match per property value -- unless datatype was monolingual text break end end -- of test for match end -- of loop through values "stated in" end -- of test that "stated in" exists end -- of loop through references end -- of test that references exist end -- of test for sourced end -- of loop through values of propertyID if #mlt > 0 then local langcode = frame.args.lang langcode = mw.text.split( langcode, '-', true )[1] local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( langcode ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, langcode ) local bestval = "" local found = false for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then bestval = out[idx2] found = true break end end -- loop through values of property end -- loop through fallback languages if found then -- replace output table with a table containing the best value out = { bestval } else -- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages -- sod it, just give them the first one out = { out[1] } end end return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID) else return props -- no property or local parameter supplied end -- of test for success end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getPropertyIDs takes most of the usual parameters. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented. -- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity. -- Otherwise it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p._getPropertyIDs = function(args) args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code -- change default for noicon to true args.noicon = tostring(parseParam(args.noicon or "", true)) local f = {} f.args = args local pid = mw.text.trim(args[1] or ""):upper() -- get the qid and table of claims for the property, or nothing and the local value passed local qid, props = parseInput(f, args[2], pid) if not qid then return props end if not props[1] then return nil end local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 local out = {} for i, v in ipairs(props) do local snak = v.mainsnak if ( snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" ) and ( v.rank and args.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)] ) and ( snak.snaktype == "value" ) and ( sourced(v) or not onlysrc ) then out[#out+1] = snak.datavalue.value.id end if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid) end p.getPropertyIDs = function(frame) local args = frame.args return p._getPropertyIDs(args) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getQualifierIDs takes most of the usual parameters. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented. -- It takes a property-id as the first unnamed parameter, and an optional parameter qlist -- which is a list of qualifier property-ids to search for (default is "ALL") -- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity. -- Otherwise it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getQualifierIDs = function(frame) local args = frame.args args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code -- change default for noicon to true args.noicon = tostring(parseParam(args.noicon or "", true)) local f = {} f.args = args local pid = mw.text.trim(args[1] or ""):upper() -- get the qid and table of claims for the property, or nothing and the local value passed local qid, props = parseInput(f, args[2], pid) if not qid then return props end if not props[1] then return nil end -- get the other parameters local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 local qlist = args.qlist or "" if qlist == "" then qlist = "ALL" end qlist = qlist:gsub("[%p%s]+", " ") .. " " local out = {} for i, v in ipairs(props) do local snak = v.mainsnak if ( v.rank and args.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)] ) and ( snak.snaktype == "value" ) and ( sourced(v) or not onlysrc ) then if v.qualifiers then for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do if qlist == "ALL " or qlist:match(k1 .. " ") then for i2, v2 in ipairs(v1) do if v2.datatype == "wikibase-item" and v2.snaktype == "value" then out[#out+1] = v2.datavalue.value.id end -- of test that id exists end -- of loop through qualifier values end -- of test for kq in qlist end -- of loop through qualifiers end -- of test for qualifiers end -- of test for rank value, sourced, and value exists if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of loop through property values return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getPropOfProp takes two propertyIDs: prop1 and prop2 (as well as the usual parameters) -- If the value(s) of prop1 are of type "wikibase-item" then it returns the value(s) of prop2 -- of each of those wikibase-items. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p._getPropOfProp = function(args) -- parameter sets for commonly used groups of parameters local paraset = tonumber(args.ps or args.parameterset or 0) if paraset == 1 then -- a common setting args.rank = "best" args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" args.onlysourced = "no" args.noicon = "true" elseif paraset == 2 then -- equivalent to raw args.rank = "best" args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" args.onlysourced = "no" args.noicon = "true" args.linked = "no" args.pd = "true" elseif paraset == 3 then -- third set goes here end args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code local pid1 = args.prop1 or args.pid1 or "" local pid2 = args.prop2 or args.pid2 or "" if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end local f = {} f.args = args local qid1, statements1 = parseInput(f, args[1], pid1) -- parseInput nulls empty args[1] and returns args[1] if nothing on Wikidata if not qid1 then return statements1 end -- otherwise it returns the qid and a table for the statement local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end local out = {} for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then local snak = v.mainsnak if snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" and snak.snaktype == "value" then local qid2 = snak.datavalue.value.id local statements2 = {} if args.reqranks.b then statements2 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid2, pid2) else statements2 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid2, pid2) end if statements2[1] then local out2 = propertyvalueandquals(statements2, args, qualID) out[#out+1] = assembleoutput(out2, args, qid2, pid2) end end -- of test for valid property1 value end -- of test for sourced if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of loop through values of property1 return assembleoutput(out, args, qid1, pid1) end p.getPropOfProp = function(frame) local args= frame.args if not args.prop1 and not args.pid1 then args = frame:getParent().args if not args.prop1 and not args.pid1 then return i18n.errors["No property supplied"] end end return p._getPropOfProp(args) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAwardCat takes most of the usual parameters. If the item has values of P166 (award received), -- then it examines each of those awards for P2517 (category for recipients of this award). -- If it exists, it returns the corresponding category, -- with the item's P734 (family name) as sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name. -- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk). -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAwardCat = function(frame) frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code local args = frame.args args.sep = " " local pid1 = args.prop1 or "P166" local pid2 = args.prop2 or "P2517" if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end -- locally supplied value: local localval = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") local qid1, statements1 = parseInput(frame, localval, pid1) if not qid1 then return localval end -- linkprefix (strip quotes) local lp = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') -- sort key (strip quotes, hyphens and periods): local sk = (args.sortkey or args.sk or ""):gsub('["-.]', '') -- family name: local famname = "" if sk == "" then local p734 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid1, "P734")[1] local p734id = p734 and p734.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and p734.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id or "" famname = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(p734id) or "" -- strip namespace and disambigation local pos = famname:find(":") or 0 famname = famname:sub(pos+1):gsub("%s%(.+%)$", "") if famname == "" then local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabel(p734id) famname = lbl and mw.text.nowiki(lbl) or "" end end local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end local out = {} for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then local snak = v.mainsnak if snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" and snak.snaktype == "value" then local qid2 = snak.datavalue.value.id local statements2 = {} if args.reqranks.b then statements2 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid2, pid2) else statements2 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid2, pid2) end if statements2[1] and statements2[1].mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then local qid3 = statements2[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid3) -- if there's no local sitelink, create the sitelink from English label if not sitelink then local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qid3, "en") if lbl then if lbl:sub(1,9) == "Category:" then sitelink = mw.text.nowiki(lbl) else sitelink = "Category:" .. mw.text.nowiki(lbl) end end end if sitelink then if sk ~= "" then out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "|" .. sk .. "]]" elseif famname ~= "" then out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "|" .. famname .. "]]" else out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "]]" end -- of check for sort keys end -- of test for sitelink end -- of test for category end -- of test for wikibase item has a value end -- of test for sourced if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of loop through values of property1 return assembleoutput(out, args, qid1, pid1) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getIntersectCat takes most of the usual parameters. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented -- It takes two properties, |prop1 and |prop2 (e.g. occupation and country of citizenship) -- Each property's value is a wiki-base entity -- For each value of the first parameter (ranks implemented) it fetches the value's main category -- and then each value of the second parameter (possibly substituting a simpler description) -- then it returns all of the categories representing the intersection of those properties, -- (e.g. Category:Actors from Canada). A joining term may be supplied (e.g. |join=from). -- The item's P734 (family name) is the sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name. -- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getIntersectCat = function(frame) frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code local args = frame.args args.sep = " " args.linked = "no" local pid1 = args.prop1 or "P106" local pid2 = args.prop2 or "P27" if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end local qid, statements1 = parseInput(frame, "", pid1) if not qid then return nil end local qid, statements2 = parseInput(frame, "", pid2) if not qid then return nil end -- topics like countries may have different names in categories from their label in Wikidata local subs_exists, subs = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/subs") local join = args.join or "" local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 -- linkprefix (strip quotes) local lp = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') -- sort key (strip quotes, hyphens and periods): local sk = (args.sortkey or args.sk or ""):gsub('["-.]', '') -- family name: local famname = "" if sk == "" then local p734 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P734")[1] local p734id = p734 and p734.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and p734.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id or "" famname = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(p734id) or "" -- strip namespace and disambigation local pos = famname:find(":") or 0 famname = famname:sub(pos+1):gsub("%s%(.+%)$", "") if famname == "" then local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabel(p734id) famname = lbl and mw.text.nowiki(lbl) or "" end end local cat1 = {} for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then -- get the ID representing the value of the property local pvalID = (v.mainsnak.snaktype == "value") and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if pvalID then -- get the topic's main category (P910) for that entity local p910 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(pvalID, "P910")[1] if p910 and p910.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then local tmcID = p910.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id -- use sitelink or the English label for the cat local cat = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(tmcID) if not cat then local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(tmcID, "en") if lbl then if lbl:sub(1,9) == "Category:" then cat = mw.text.nowiki(lbl) else cat = "Category:" .. mw.text.nowiki(lbl) end end end cat1[#cat1+1] = cat end -- of test for topic's main category exists end -- of test for property has vaild value end -- of test for sourced if maxvals > 0 and #cat1 >= maxvals then break end end local cat2 = {} for k, v in ipairs(statements2) do if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then local cat = rendersnak(v, args) if subs[cat] then cat = subs[cat] end cat2[#cat2+1] = cat end if maxvals > 0 and #cat2 >= maxvals then break end end local out = {} for k1, v1 in ipairs(cat1) do for k2, v2 in ipairs(cat2) do if sk ~= "" then out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "|" .. sk .. "]]" elseif famname ~= "" then out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "|" .. famname .. "]]" else out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "]]" end -- of check for sort keys end end args.noicon = "true" return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid1) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- qualsToTable takes most of the usual parameters. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented. -- A qid may be given, and the first unnamed parameter is the property ID, which is of type wikibase item. -- It takes a list of qualifier property IDs as |quals= -- For a given qid and property, it creates the rows of an html table, -- each row being a value of the property (optionally only if the property matches the value in |pval= ) -- each cell being the first value of the qualifier corresponding to the list in |quals ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.qualsToTable = function(frame) local args = frame.args local quals = args.quals or "" if quals == "" then return "" end args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") local f = {} f.args = args local entityid, props = parseInput(f, "", propertyID) if not entityid then return "" end args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code local pval = args.pval or "" local qplist = mw.text.split(quals, "%p") -- split at punctuation and make a sequential table for i, v in ipairs(qplist) do qplist[i] = mw.text.trim(v):upper() -- remove whitespace and capitalise end local col1 = args.firstcol or "" if col1 ~= "" then col1 = col1 .. "</td><td>" end local emptycell = args.emptycell or "&nbsp;" -- construct a 2-D array of qualifier values in qvals local qvals = {} for i, v in ipairs(props) do local skip = false if pval ~= "" then local pid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if pid ~= pval then skip = true end end if not skip then local qval = {} local vqualifiers = v.qualifiers or {} -- go through list of wanted qualifier properties for i1, v1 in ipairs(qplist) do -- check for that property ID in the statement's qualifiers local qv, qtype if vqualifiers[v1] then qtype = vqualifiers[v1][1].datatype if qtype == "time" then if vqualifiers[v1][1].snaktype == "value" then qv = mw.wikibase.renderSnak(vqualifiers[v1][1]) qv = frame:expandTemplate{title="dts", args={qv}} else qv = "?" end elseif qtype == "url" then if vqualifiers[v1][1].snaktype == "value" then qv = mw.wikibase.renderSnak(vqualifiers[v1][1]) local display = mw.ustring.match( mw.uri.decode(qv, "WIKI"), "([%w ]+)$" ) if display then qv = "[" .. qv .. " " .. display .. "]" end end else qv = mw.wikibase.formatValue(vqualifiers[v1][1]) end end -- record either the value or a placeholder qval[i1] = qv or emptycell end -- of loop through list of qualifiers -- add the list of qualifier values as a "row" in the main list qvals[#qvals+1] = qval end end -- of for each value loop local out = {} for i, v in ipairs(qvals) do out[i] = "<tr><td>" .. col1 .. table.concat(qvals[i], "</td><td>") .. "</td></tr>" end return table.concat(out, "\n") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getGlobe takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- otherwise it uses the linked item for the current page. -- If returns the Qid of the globe used in P625 (coordinate location), -- or nil if there isn't one. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getGlobe = function(frame) local qid = frame.args.qid or frame.args[1] or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end local coords = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1] local globeid if coords and coords.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then globeid = coords.mainsnak.datavalue.value.globe:match("(Q%d+)") end return globeid end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getCommonsLink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- It returns one of the following in order of preference: -- the Commons sitelink of the linked Wikidata item; -- the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the linked Wikidata item; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getCommonslink(); _getSitelink(); parseParam() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getCommonsLink = function(frame) local oc = frame.args.onlycat or frame.args.onlycategories local fb = parseParam(frame.args.fallback or frame.args.fb, true) return _getCommonslink(frame.args.qid, oc, fb) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink -- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki. -- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article -- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getSiteLink = function(frame) return _getSitelink(frame.args.qid, frame.args.wiki or mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getLink has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid= -- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns a link to the article -- with the Wikidata label as the displayed text. -- If there is no sitelink, it returns the label as plain text. -- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getLink = function(frame) local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "") if itemID == "" then return end local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(itemID) local label = labelOrId(itemID) if sitelink then return "[[:" .. sitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]" else return label end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getLabel has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid= -- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text. -- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getLabel = function(frame) local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "") if itemID == "" then return end local lang = frame.args.lang or "" if lang == "" then lang = nil end local label = labelOrId(itemID, lang) return label end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- label has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid= -- if no qid is supplied, it uses the qid associated with the current page. -- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text. -- If there is no label in the local language, it returns nil. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.label = function(frame) local qid = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "") if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return end local lang = frame.args.lang or "" if lang == "" then lang = nil end local label, success = labelOrId(qid, lang) if success then return label end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAT (Article Title) -- has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid= -- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns the sitelink as plain text. -- If there is no sitelink or qid supplied, it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAT = function(frame) local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "") if itemID == "" then return end return mw.wikibase.getSitelink(itemID) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getDescription has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted) -- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter. -- Any local parameter passed (other than "Wikidata" or "none") becomes the return value. -- It returns the article description for the Wikidata entity if the local parameter is "Wikidata". -- Nothing is returned if the description doesn't exist or "none" is passed as the local parameter. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getDescription = function(frame) local desc = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args.qid or "") if itemID == "" then itemID = nil end if desc:lower() == 'wikidata' then return mw.wikibase.getDescription(itemID) elseif desc:lower() == 'none' then return nil else return desc end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAliases has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted) -- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter. -- It implements blacklisting and whitelisting with a field name of "alias" by default. -- Any local parameter passed becomes the return value. -- Otherwise it returns the aliases for the Wikidata entity with the usual list options. -- Nothing is returned if the aliases do not exist. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang(); assembleoutput() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAliases = function(frame) local args = frame.args local fieldname = args.name or "" if fieldname == "" then fieldname = "alias" end local blacklist = args.suppressfields or args.spf or "" if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return nil end local localval = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") if localval ~= "" then return localval end local whitelist = args.fetchwikidata or args.fwd or "" if whitelist == "" then whitelist = "NONE" end if not (whitelist == 'ALL' or whitelist:find(fieldname)) then return nil end local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return nil end local aliases = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).aliases if not aliases then return nil end args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) local langcode = args.langobj.code args.lang = langcode local out = {} for k1, v1 in pairs(aliases) do if v1[1].language == langcode then for k1, v2 in ipairs(v1) do out[#out+1] = v2.value end break end end return assembleoutput(out, args, qid) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- pageId returns the page id (entity ID, Qnnn) of the current page -- returns nothing if the page is not connected to Wikidata ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.pageId = function(frame) return mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- formatDate is a wrapper to export the private function format_Date ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: format_Date(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.formatDate = function(frame) return format_Date(frame.args[1], frame.args.df, frame.args.bc) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- location is a wrapper to export the private function _location -- it takes the entity-id as qid or the first unnamed parameter -- optional boolean parameter first toggles the display of the first item -- optional boolean parameter skip toggles the display to skip to the last item -- parameter debug=<y/n> (default 'n') adds error msg if not a location ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _location(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.location = function(frame) local debug = (frame.args.debug or ""):sub(1, 1):lower() if debug == "" then debug = "n" end local qid = mw.text.trim(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1] or ""):upper() if qid == "" then qid=mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then if debug ~= "n" then return i18n.errors["entity-not-found"] else return nil end end local first = mw.text.trim(frame.args.first or "") local skip = mw.text.trim(frame.args.skip or "") return table.concat( _location(qid, first, skip), ", " ) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- checkBlacklist implements a test to check whether a named field is allowed -- returns true if the field is not blacklisted (i.e. allowed) -- returns false if the field is blacklisted (i.e. disallowed) -- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Joe |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}} -- displays "blacklisted" -- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Jim |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}} -- displays "not blacklisted" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.checkBlacklist = function(frame) local blacklist = frame.args.suppressfields or frame.args.spf or "" local fieldname = frame.args.name or "" if blacklist ~= "" and fieldname ~= "" then if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return false else return true end else -- one of the fields is missing: let's call that "not on the list" return true end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- emptyor returns nil if its first unnamed argument is just punctuation, whitespace or html tags -- otherwise it returns the argument unchanged (including leading/trailing space). -- If the argument may contain "=", then it must be called explicitly: -- |1=arg -- (In that case, leading and trailing spaces are trimmed) -- It finds use in infoboxes where it can replace tests like: -- {{#if: {{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} | <span class="xxx">{{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}}</span> | }} -- with a form that uses just a single call to Wikidata: -- {{#invoke |WikidataIB |emptyor |1= <span class="xxx">{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}}</span> }} ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.emptyor = function(frame) local s = frame.args[1] or "" if s == "" then return nil end local sx = s:gsub("%s", ""):gsub("<[^>]*>", ""):gsub("%p", "") if sx == "" then return nil else return s end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- labelorid is a public function to expose the output of labelOrId() -- Pass the Q-number as |qid= or as an unnamed parameter. -- It returns the Wikidata label for that entity or the qid if no label exists. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: labelOrId ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.labelorid = function(frame) return (labelOrId(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1])) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getLang returns the MediaWiki language code of the current content. -- If optional parameter |style=full, it returns the language name. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getLang = function(frame) local style = (frame.args.style or ""):lower() local langcode = mw.language.getContentLanguage().code if style == "full" then return mw.language.fetchLanguageName( langcode ) end return langcode end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank) -- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value -- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value -- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value -- Otherwise it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getItemLangCode() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getItemLangCode = function(frame) return _getItemLangCode(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1]) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- findLanguage exports the local findLang() function -- It takes an optional language code and returns, in order of preference: -- the code if a known language; -- the user's language, if set; -- the server's content language. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.findLanguage = function(frame) return findLang(frame.args.lang or frame.args[1]).code end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getQid returns the qid, if supplied -- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID of the "category's main topic (P301)", if it exists -- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID associated with the current page, if it exists -- otherwise, nothing ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getQid = function(frame) local qid = (frame.args.qid or ""):upper() -- check if a qid was passed; if so, return it: if qid ~= "" then return qid end -- check if there's a "category's main topic (P301)": qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if qid then local prop301 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P301") if prop301[1] then local mctid = prop301[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if mctid then return mctid end end end -- otherwise return the page qid (if any) return qid end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- followQid takes four optional parameters: qid, props, list and all. -- If qid is not given, it uses the qid for the connected page -- or returns nil if there isn't one. -- props is a list of properties, separated by punctuation. -- If props is given, the Wikidata item for the qid is examined for each property in turn. -- If that property contains a value that is another Wikibase-item, that item's qid is returned, -- and the search terminates, unless |all=y when all of the qids are returned, separated by spaces. -- If |list= is set to a template, the qids are passed as arguments to the template. -- If props is not given, the qid is returned. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p._followQid = function(args) local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper() local all = parseParam(args.all, false) local list = args.list or "" if list == "" then list = nil end if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end local out = {} local props = (args.props or ""):upper() if props ~= "" then for p in mw.text.gsplit(props, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate p = mw.text.trim(p) for i, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, p) ) do local linkedid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if linkedid then if all then out[#out+1] = linkedid else return linkedid end -- test for all or just the first one found end -- test for value exists for that property end -- loop through values of property to follow end -- loop through list of properties to follow end if #out > 0 then local ret = "" if list then ret = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out} else ret = table.concat(out, " ") end return ret else return qid end end p.followQid = function(frame) return p._followQid(frame.args) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- globalSiteID returns the globalSiteID for the current wiki -- e.g. returns "enwiki" for the English Wikipedia, "enwikisource" for English Wikisource, etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.globalSiteID = function(frame) return mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- siteID returns the root of the globalSiteID -- e.g. "en" for "enwiki", "enwikisource", etc. -- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.siteID = function(frame) local txtlang = frame:callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) or "" -- This deals with specific exceptions: be-tarask -> be-x-old if txtlang == "be-tarask" then return "be_x_old" end local pos = txtlang:find("-") local ret = "" if pos then ret = txtlang:sub(1, pos-1) else ret = txtlang end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- projID returns the code used to link to the reader's language's project -- e.g "en" for [[:en:WikidataIB]] -- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.projID = function(frame) local txtlang = frame:callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) or "" -- This deals with specific exceptions: be-tarask -> be-x-old if txtlang == "be-tarask" then return "be-x-old" end local pos = txtlang:find("-") local ret = "" if pos then ret = txtlang:sub(1, pos-1) else ret = txtlang end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- formatNumber formats a number according to the the supplied language code ("|lang=") -- or the default language if not supplied. -- The number is the first unnamed parameter or "|num=" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.formatNumber = function(frame) local lang local num = tonumber(frame.args[1] or frame.args.num) or 0 lang = findLang(frame.args.lang) return lang:formatNum( num ) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- examine dumps the property (the unnamed parameter or pid) -- from the item given by the parameter 'qid' (or the other unnamed parameter) -- or from the item corresponding to the current page if qid is not supplied. -- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |pid=P26 |qid=Q42}} -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26 |Q42}} or any combination of these -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26}} for the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.examine = function( frame ) local args if frame.args[1] or frame.args.pid or frame.args.qid then args = frame.args else args = frame:getParent().args end local par = {} local pid = (args.pid or ""):upper() local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper() par[1] = mw.text.trim( args[1] or "" ):upper() par[2] = mw.text.trim( args[2] or "" ):upper() table.sort(par) if par[2]:sub(1,1) == "P" then par[1], par[2] = par[2], par[1] end if pid == "" then pid = par[1] end if qid == "" then qid = par[2] end local q1 = qid:sub(1,1) if pid:sub(1,1) ~= "P" then return "No property supplied" end if q1 ~= "Q" and q1 ~= "M" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return "No item for this page" end return "<pre>" .. mw.dumpObject( mw.wikibase.getAllStatements( qid, pid ) ) .. "</pre>" end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- checkvalue looks for 'val' as a wikibase-item value of a property (the unnamed parameter or pid) -- from the item given by the parameter 'qid' -- or from the Wikidata item associated with the current page if qid is not supplied. -- It only checks ranks that are requested (preferred and normal by default) -- If property is not supplied, then P31 (instance of) is assumed. -- It returns val if found or nothing if not found. -- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |pid=P31 |qid=Q42}} -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31 |qid=Q42}} -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |qid=Q42}} -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31}} for the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.checkvalue = function( frame ) local args if frame.args.val then args = frame.args else args = frame:getParent().args end local val = args.val if not val then return nil end local pid = mw.text.trim(args.pid or args[1] or "P31"):upper() local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper() if pid:sub(1,1) ~= "P" then return nil end if qid:sub(1,1) ~= "Q" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end local ranks = setRanks(args.rank) local stats = {} if ranks.b then stats = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, pid) else stats = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements( qid, pid ) end if not stats[1] then return nil end if stats[1].mainsnak.datatype == "wikibase-item" then for k, v in pairs( stats ) do local ms = v.mainsnak if ranks[v.rank:sub(1,1)] and ms.snaktype == "value" and ms.datavalue.value.id == val then return val end end end return nil end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- url2 takes a parameter url= that is a proper url and formats it for use in an infobox. -- If no parameter is supplied, it returns nothing. -- This is the equivalent of Template:URL -- but it keeps the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon out of the microformat. -- Usually it will take its url parameter directly from a Wikidata call: -- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |url2 |url={{wdib |P856 |qid=Q23317 |fwd=ALL |osd=no}} }} ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.url2 = function(frame) local txt = frame.args.url or "" if txt == "" then return nil end -- extract any icon local url, icon = txt:match("(.+)&nbsp;(.+)") -- make sure there's at least a space at the end url = (url or txt) .. " " icon = icon or "" -- extract any protocol like https:// local prot = url:match("(https*://).+[ \"\']") -- extract address local addr = "" if prot then addr = url:match("https*://(.+)[ \"\']") or " " else prot = "//" addr = url:match("[^%p%s]+%.(.+)[ \"\']") or " " end -- strip trailing / from end of domain-only url and add <wbr/> before . and / local disp, n = addr:gsub( "^([^/]+)/$", "%1" ):gsub("%/", "<wbr/>/"):gsub("%.", "<wbr/>.") return '<span class="url">[' .. prot .. addr .. " " .. disp .. "]</span>&nbsp;" .. icon end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getWebsite fetches the Official website (P856) and formats it for use in an infobox. -- This is similar to Template:Official website but with a url displayed, -- and it adds the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon beyond the microformat if enabled. -- A local value will override the Wikidata value. "NONE" returns nothing. -- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |getWebsite |qid= |noicon= |lang= |url= }} ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang(); parseParam(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getWebsite = function(frame) local url = frame.args.url or "" if url:upper() == "NONE" then return nil end local urls = {} local quals = {} local qid = frame.args.qid or "" if url and url ~= "" then urls[1] = url else if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end local prop856 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P856") for k, v in pairs(prop856) do if v.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then urls[#urls+1] = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value if v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers["P1065"] then -- just take the first archive url (P1065) local au = v.qualifiers["P1065"][1] if au.snaktype == "value" then quals[#urls] = au.datavalue.value end -- test for archive url having a value end -- test for qualifers end -- test for website having a value end -- loop through website(s) end if #urls == 0 then return nil end local out = {} for i, u in ipairs(urls) do local link = quals[i] or u local prot, addr = u:match("(http[s]*://)(.+)") addr = addr or u local disp, n = addr:gsub("%.", "<wbr/>%.") out[#out+1] = '<span class="url">[' .. link .. " " .. disp .. "]</span>" end local langcode = findLang(frame.args.lang).code local noicon = parseParam(frame.args.noicon, false) if url == "" and not noicon then out[#out] = out[#out] .. createicon(langcode, qid, "P856") end local ret = "" if #out > 1 then ret = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "ubl", args = out} else ret = out[1] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAllLabels fetches the set of labels and formats it for display as wikitext. -- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAllLabels = function(frame) local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {} local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end local labels = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).labels if not labels then return i18n["labels-not-found"] end local out = {} for k, v in pairs(labels) do out[#out+1] = v.value .. " (" .. v.language .. ")" end return table.concat(out, "; ") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAllDescriptions fetches the set of descriptions and formats it for display as wikitext. -- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAllDescriptions = function(frame) local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {} local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end local descriptions = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).descriptions if not descriptions then return i18n["descriptions-not-found"] end local out = {} for k, v in pairs(descriptions) do out[#out+1] = v.value .. " (" .. v.language .. ")" end return table.concat(out, "; ") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAllAliases fetches the set of aliases and formats it for display as wikitext. -- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAllAliases = function(frame) local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {} local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end local aliases = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).aliases if not aliases then return i18n["aliases-not-found"] end local out = {} for k1, v1 in pairs(aliases) do local lang = v1[1].language local val = {} for k1, v2 in ipairs(v1) do val[#val+1] = v2.value end out[#out+1] = table.concat(val, ", ") .. " (" .. lang .. ")" end return table.concat(out, "; ") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- showNoLinks displays the article titles that should not be linked. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.showNoLinks = function(frame) local out = {} for k, v in pairs(donotlink) do out[#out+1] = k end table.sort( out ) return table.concat(out, "; ") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- checkValidity checks whether the first unnamed parameter represents a valid entity-id, -- that is, something like Q1235 or P123. -- It returns the strings "true" or "false". -- Change false to nil to return "true" or "" (easier to test with #if:). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.checkValidity(frame) local id = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") if mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(id) then return true else return false end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getEntityFromTitle returns the Entity-ID (Q-number) for a given title. -- Modification of Module:ResolveEntityId -- The title is the first unnamed parameter. -- The site parameter determines the site/language for the title. Defaults to current wiki. -- The showdab parameter determines whether dab pages should return the Q-number or nil. Defaults to true. -- Returns the Q-number or nil if it does not exist. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEntityFromTitle(frame) local args=frame.args if not args[1] then args=frame:getParent().args end if not args[1] then return nil end local title = mw.text.trim(args[1]) local site = args.site or "" local showdab = parseParam(args.showdab, true) local qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle(title, site) if qid then local prop31 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P31")[1] if not showdab and prop31 and prop31.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == "Q4167410" then return nil else return qid end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getDatePrecision returns the number representing the precision of the first best date value -- for the given property. -- It takes the qid and property ID -- The meanings are given at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times -- 0 = 1 billion years .. 6 = millennium, 7 = century, 8 = decade, 9 = year, 10 = month, 11 = day -- Returns 0 (or the second unnamed parameter) if the Wikidata does not exist. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; sourced; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getDatePrecision(frame) local args=frame.args if not args[1] then args=frame:getParent().args end local default = tonumber(args[2] or args.default) or 0 local prop = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") if prop == "" then return default end local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return default end local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local stat = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, prop) for i, v in ipairs(stat) do local prec = (onlysrc == false or sourced(v)) and v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision if prec then return prec end end return default end return p ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- List of exported functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ _getValue getValue getPreferredValue getCoords getQualifierValue getSumOfParts getValueByQual getValueByLang getValueByRefSource getPropertyIDs getQualifierIDs getPropOfProp getAwardCat getIntersectCat getGlobe getCommonsLink getSiteLink getLink getLabel label getAT getDescription getAliases pageId formatDate location checkBlacklist emptyor labelorid getLang getItemLangCode findLanguage getQID followQid globalSiteID siteID projID formatNumber examine checkvalue url2 getWebsite getAllLabels getAllDescriptions getAllAliases showNoLinks checkValidity getEntityFromTitle getDatePrecision --]] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cdfad4f2433151e512d5023478c35bceaf5c980a 10 194 405 2023-07-13T14:23:50Z wikipedia>Grufo 0 Add includeonly wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><code>&#123;&#123;{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Separated entries|main|[[Module:{{{1}}}{{{section|}}}|#invoke:{{{1}}}]]|{{{2|''function''}}}|separator=&#124;}}&#125;&#125;</code></includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}<!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --></noinclude> fe65540c0f768ae41c071fe8617ea0d5c38617e7 828 142 292 2023-07-13T14:29:43Z wikipedia>Frietjes 0 we don't need to track this anymore after it was all cleaned up back in [[Template_talk:Collapsible_list/Archive_1#titlestyle_again|2018 to 2019]] Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local function getListItem( data ) if not type( data ) == 'string' then return '' end return mw.ustring.format( '<li style="line-height: inherit; margin: 0">%s</li>', data ) end -- Returns an array containing the keys of all positional arguments -- that contain data (i.e. non-whitespace values). local function getArgNums( args ) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs( args ) do if type( k ) == 'number' and k >= 1 and math.floor( k ) == k and type( v ) == 'string' and mw.ustring.match( v, '%S' ) then table.insert( nums, k ) end end table.sort( nums ) return nums end -- Formats a list of classes, styles or other attributes. local function formatAttributes( attrType, ... ) local attributes = { ... } local nums = getArgNums( attributes ) local t = {} for i, num in ipairs( nums ) do table.insert( t, attributes[ num ] ) end if #t == 0 then return '' -- Return the blank string so concatenation will work. end return mw.ustring.format( ' %s="%s"', attrType, table.concat( t, ' ' ) ) end -- TODO: use Module:List. Since the update for this comment is routine, -- this is blocked without a consensus discussion by -- [[MediaWiki_talk:Common.css/Archive_15#plainlist_+_hlist_indentation]] -- if we decide hlist in plainlist in this template isn't an issue, we can use -- module:list directly -- [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Collapsible_list/sandbox&oldid=1130172480] -- is an implementation (that will code rot slightly I expect) local function buildList( args ) -- Get the list items. local listItems = {} local argNums = getArgNums( args ) for i, num in ipairs( argNums ) do table.insert( listItems, getListItem( args[ num ] ) ) end if #listItems == 0 then return '' end listItems = table.concat( listItems ) -- hack around mw-collapsible show/hide jumpiness by looking for text-alignment -- by setting a margin if centered local textAlignmentCentered = 'text%-align%s*:%s*center' local centeredTitle = (args.title_style and args.title_style:lower():match(textAlignmentCentered) or args.titlestyle and args.titlestyle:lower():match(textAlignmentCentered)) local centeredTitleSpacing if centeredTitle then centeredTitleSpacing = 'margin: 0 4em' else centeredTitleSpacing = '' end -- Get class, style and title data. local collapsibleContainerClass = formatAttributes( 'class', 'collapsible-list', 'mw-collapsible', not args.expand and 'mw-collapsed' ) local collapsibleContainerStyle = formatAttributes( 'style', -- mostly work around .infobox-full-data defaulting to centered 'text-align: left;', args.frame_style, args.framestyle ) local collapsibleTitleStyle = formatAttributes( 'style', 'line-height: 1.6em; font-weight: bold;', args.title_style, args.titlestyle ) local jumpyTitleStyle = formatAttributes( 'style', centeredTitleSpacing ) local title = args.title or 'List' local ulclass = formatAttributes( 'class', 'mw-collapsible-content', args.hlist and 'hlist' ) local ulstyle = formatAttributes( 'style', 'margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; line-height: inherit;', not args.bullets and 'list-style: none; margin-left: 0;', args.list_style, args.liststyle ) local hlist_templatestyles = '' if args.hlist then hlist_templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } end -- Build the list. return mw.ustring.format( '%s<div%s%s>\n<div%s><div%s>%s</div></div>\n<ul%s%s>%s</ul>\n</div>', hlist_templatestyles, collapsibleContainerClass, collapsibleContainerStyle, collapsibleTitleStyle, jumpyTitleStyle, title, ulclass, ulstyle, listItems ) end function p.main( frame ) local origArgs if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do origArgs = frame.args break end else origArgs = frame end local args = {} for k, v in pairs( origArgs ) do if type( k ) == 'number' or v ~= '' then args[ k ] = v end end return buildList( args ) end return p 5b7e779e7529bcb12a219726ef6c948ea98874fd 828 128 264 2023-07-24T05:28:17Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 keep contents of sub, sup, and underline (see talk) Scribunto text/plain --converts text with wikilinks to plain text, e.g "[[foo|gah]] is [[bar]]" to "gah is bar" --removes anything enclosed in tags that isn't nested, mediawiki strip markers (references etc), files, italic and bold markup require[[strict]] local p = {} function p.main(frame) local text = frame.args[1] local encode = require('Module:yesno')(frame.args.encode) return p._main(text, encode) end function p._main(text, encode) if not text then return end text = mw.text.killMarkers(text) :gsub('&nbsp;', ' ') --replace nbsp spaces with regular spaces :gsub('<br ?/?>', ', ') --replace br with commas :gsub('<span.->(.-)</span>', '%1') --remove spans while keeping text inside :gsub('<i.->(.-)</i>', '%1') --remove italics while keeping text inside :gsub('<b.->(.-)</b>', '%1') --remove bold while keeping text inside :gsub('<em.->(.-)</em>', '%1') --remove emphasis while keeping text inside :gsub('<strong.->(.-)</strong>', '%1') --remove strong while keeping text inside :gsub('<sub.->(.-)</sub>', '%1') --remove subscript markup; retain contents :gsub('<sup.->(.-)</sup>', '%1') --remove superscript markup; retain contents :gsub('<u.->(.-)</u>', '%1') --remove underline markup; retain contents :gsub('<.->.-<.->', '') --strip out remaining tags and the text inside :gsub('<.->', '') --remove any other tag markup :gsub('%[%[%s*[Ff][Ii][Ll][Ee]%s*:.-%]%]', '') --strip out files :gsub('%[%[%s*[Ii][Mm][Aa][Gg][Ee]%s*:.-%]%]', '') --strip out use of image: :gsub('%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:.-%]%]', '') --strip out categories :gsub('%[%[[^%]]-|', '') --strip out piped link text :gsub('([^%[])%[[^%[%]][^%]]-%s', '%1') --strip out external link text :gsub('^%[[^%[%]][^%]]-%s', '') --strip out external link text :gsub('[%[%]]', '') --then strip out remaining [ and ] :gsub("'''''", "") --strip out bold italic markup :gsub("'''?", "") --not stripping out '''' gives correct output for bolded text in quotes :gsub('----+', '') --remove ---- lines :gsub("^%s+", "") --strip leading :gsub("%s+$", "") --and trailing spaces :gsub("%s+", " ") --strip redundant spaces if encode then return mw.text.encode(text) else return text end end return p 8d406c43e8cf1dadf34be7d3b395f44ba4c48b75 828 56 114 2023-07-31T17:22:10Z wikipedia>Izno 0 add a comment to make it obvious Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. viewLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. editLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. historyLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. createLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p 268dc89480af10873bfbca5439ae8e61b404f770 10 86 174 2023-08-02T05:28:41Z wikipedia>Jusdafax 0 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contributions/177.236.76.0|177.236.76.0]] ([[User talk:177.236.76.0|talk]]): page blanking ([[WP:HG|HG]]) (3.4.10) wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High risk|all-pages = yes}} {{Warning|'''Please do not use redirects/shortcuts for this template''', as they cause problems with the [[Wikipedia:Shortdesc helper|short description editing gadget]] and other maintenance tools.}} {{Lua|Module:Check for unknown parameters|Module:String}} '''[[Template:Short description]]''' is used to add a [[Wikipedia:Short description|short description]] (which can be edited from within Wikipedia) to a Wikipedia page. These descriptions appear in Wikipedia searches and elsewhere, and help users identify the desired article. == Usage == {{tld|Short description|''Write your short description here''}} This should be limited to about 40 characters, as explained at [[WP:SDFORMAT]], along with the other guidance at [[WP:SDCONTENT]]. == Parameters == {{TemplateData header|noheader=1}} <templatedata> { "description": { "en": "Creates a short description for a Wikipedia page, which is displayed in search results and other locations.", "es": "Crea una breve descripción, para un artículo de Wikipedia, que se utiliza en el Editor Visual para proporcionar contexto en los wikilinks (wikienlaces)." }, "params": { "1": { "label": { "en": "Description", "es": "Descripción" }, "description": { "en": "The short description of the article or 'none'. It should be limited to about 40 characters.", "es": "La descripción corta del artículo" }, "example": { "en": "Chinese encyclopedia writer (1947–2001)", "es": "La enciclopedia en línea que cualquiera puede editar" }, "required": true, "type": "content" }, "2": { "label": { "en": "No replace?", "es": "2" }, "description": { "en": "Should be unused or 'noreplace'. Templates with noreplace will not replace a short description defined by an earlier template. Mainly for use within transcluded templates.", "es": "Se anula una descripción corta si se transcluye. Debe estar sin usar o con 'noreplace' (que significar no reemplazar)." }, "example": { "es": "noreplace" }, "required": false, "type": "string", "autovalue": "noreplace", "suggestedvalues": [ "noreplace" ] }, "pagetype": { "type": "string", "description": { "en": "The type of page. This puts it in the appropriate category - Things with short description. Normally unneeded, since handled through namespace detection.", "es": "El tipo de página. La coloca en la categoría apropiada - Cosas con descripción corta" }, "example": "Redirect, Disambiguation page", "required": false } }, "format": "{{_|_ = _}}\n" } </templatedata> == About writing good short descriptions == This page is about the short description {{em|template}}; it does not provide guidelines for writing a good short description. If you plan to use this template, you should make sure you read and follow the detailed guidance at [[WP:HOWTOSD]]. General information can be found at [[Wikipedia:Short description]]. == Template information == Eventually all articles should have a short description: * by directly using this template, in which case the short description will be unique to the article * transcluded in another template, such as a disambiguation template, where a generic short description is adequate for a large class of pages * where the short description is assembled from data in an infobox Automatically generated descriptions within templates should set the second parameter as {{code|noreplace}} so they do not override any short descriptions specifically added to the transcluding article. Short descriptions are not normally needed for non-article pages, such as redirects, but can be added if useful. If the article title alone is sufficient to ensure reliable identification of the desired article, a null value of {{tnull|Short description|none}} may be used. Short descriptions do not necessarily serve the same function as the Wikidata description for an item and they do not have to be the same, but some overlap is expected in many cases. Some Wikidata descriptions may be unsuitable, and if imported must be checked for relevance, accuracy and fitness for purpose. Responsibility for such imports lies with the importer. {{crossref|(See also [[d:Help:Description|Wikidata:Help:Description]].)}} === Example === At [[Oxygen therapy]], add the following at the very top of the article, above everything else: * {{tld|Short description|Use of oxygen as medical treatment}} == Testing == For testing purposes, the display of this template can be enabled by adding a line to your [[Special:MyPage/common.css]]: * <syntaxhighlight lang="CSS" inline>.shortdescription { display:block !important; }</syntaxhighlight> This can be easily removed or disabled when testing is finished. If you want to {{em|always}} see short descriptions, you may prefer a more utilitarian layout, such as: <syntaxhighlight lang="CSS"> .shortdescription { display:block !important; white-space: pre-wrap; } .shortdescription::before { content: "\A[Short description:\0020"; } .shortdescription::after { content: "]\A"; } </syntaxhighlight> There is a test version of this template available as [[Template:Short description/test]] which displays its text by default. * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays the short description if supplied * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays nothing if <code>none</code> is supplied * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays the description from Wikidata if <code>wikidata</code> is supplied. Taking {{Q|Q1096878}} as an example: * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|Underwater diving where breathing is from equipment independent of the surface}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|Underwater diving where breathing is from equipment independent of the surface }} * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|none}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|none}} * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|wikidata}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|wikidata|qid=Q1096878}} ===Pagetype parameter=== If {{param|Pagetype}} is '''not''' set, then this template adds the article to a category based on the namespace: * {{clc|Articles with short description}} * {{clc|Redirects with short description}} {{--}} for redirects in any namespace If {{param|Pagetype}} '''is''' set, then this template adds the article to a category matching the parameter. For example: * {{cl|Redirects with short description}} {{--}} {{code|pagetype {{=}} Redirect }} {{anchor|No-aliases}} == Aliases == {{shortcut|WP:SDNOALIASES}} While there are currently <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Short_description|hidetrans=1&hidelinks=1&limit=500}} redirects to this template]</span>, '''they must not be used''', for the reasons below: :* Other templates and gadgets attempt to extract short descriptions from pages by explicitly searching for the transclusions of the {{tl|Short description}} template. :* For example, {{tl|Annotated link}} searches for the template in its uppercase "Short description" and lowercase form "short description". '''Do not''' start the template with a space: {{code|<nowiki> {{ Short description...</nowiki>}}. While this does create a valid short description, the space will prevent searches for the {{code|<nowiki>{{Short description...</nowiki>}} text. ==Tracking categories== * {{clc|Templates that generate short descriptions}} * {{clc|Modules that create a short description}} * {{clc|Short description matches Wikidata}} * {{clc|Short description is different from Wikidata}} * {{clc|Short description with empty Wikidata description}} == Maintenance categories == * {{clc|Pages using short description with unknown parameters}} * {{clc|Articles with long short description}} * {{clc|Pages with lower-case short description}} ==See also == * {{tlx|Auto short description}} * {{tlx|Annotated link}} * {{tlx|laal}} – displays an article's pagelinks alongside its short description * [[Wikipedia:Short descriptions]] — background information * [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Short descriptions]] — project to add Short descriptions to all articles <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> <!-- Category:Articles with short description (maintenance category)? --> [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Templates that generate short descriptions]] }}</includeonly> 5de7c025a071fa8a4a8dadbf7245386999fb4ea7 828 178 373 2023-08-06T05:10:20Z wikipedia>Ahechtbot 0 [[Wikipedia:BOT|Bot]]: Updated page. Scribunto text/plain return { ["C"] = 649000, ["C-Class"] = 17000, ["C-SPAN"] = 12000, ["C-cmn"] = 2600, ["C-pl"] = 52000, ["C."] = 4000, ["CAN"] = 20000, ["CANelec"] = 14000, ["CANelec/gain"] = 2600, ["CANelec/hold"] = 4900, ["CANelec/source"] = 7100, ["CANelec/top"] = 6400, ["CANelec/total"] = 6200, ["CAS"] = 3800, ["CBB_Standings_End"] = 14000, ["CBB_Standings_Entry"] = 14000, ["CBB_Standings_Start"] = 14000, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_End"] = 3100, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_Entry"] = 3100, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_Start"] = 3000, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_Subhead"] = 3700, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_Subtotal"] = 2900, ["CBB_roster/Footer"] = 7900, ["CBB_roster/Header"] = 7900, ["CBB_roster/Player"] = 7900, ["CBB_schedule_end"] = 11000, ["CBB_schedule_entry"] = 11000, ["CBB_schedule_start"] = 11000, ["CBB_standings_end"] = 15000, ["CBB_standings_entry"] = 15000, ["CBB_standings_start"] = 15000, ["CBB_yearly_record_end"] = 4100, ["CBB_yearly_record_end/legend"] = 3600, ["CBB_yearly_record_entry"] = 4100, ["CBB_yearly_record_start"] = 4000, ["CBB_yearly_record_subhead"] = 3700, ["CBB_yearly_record_subtotal"] = 3800, ["CBSB_Standings_End"] = 4200, ["CBSB_Standings_Entry"] = 4200, ["CBSB_Standings_Start"] = 4200, ["CBSB_link"] = 3500, ["CBSB_standings_end"] = 4400, ["CBSB_standings_entry"] = 4400, ["CBSB_standings_start"] = 4400, ["CC0"] = 3900, ["CENTURY"] = 16000, ["CFB_Standings_End"] = 34000, ["CFB_Standings_Entry"] = 34000, ["CFB_Standings_Start"] = 34000, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_End"] = 6800, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_End/legend"] = 2400, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_Entry"] = 6800, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_Start"] = 6800, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_Subhead"] = 6800, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_Subtotal"] = 6600, ["CFB_schedule"] = 26000, ["CFB_schedule_entry"] = 19000, ["CFB_standings_end"] = 34000, ["CFB_standings_entry"] = 34000, ["CFB_standings_start"] = 34000, ["CFL_Year"] = 5600, ["CGF_year"] = 2600, ["CHE"] = 10000, ["CHI"] = 2700, ["CHL"] = 3600, ["CHN"] = 11000, ["CN"] = 3400, ["CO2"] = 3300, ["COI"] = 14000, ["COIUL"] = 129000, ["COI_editnotice"] = 6700, ["COL"] = 4900, ["COLON"] = 13000, ["CRI"] = 2200, ["CRO"] = 5400, ["CSK"] = 2800, ["CSS_image_crop"] = 4500, ["CUB"] = 3700, ["CURRENTDATE"] = 3600, ["CURRENTMINUTE"] = 2500, ["CYP"] = 2100, ["CZE"] = 15000, ["Calendar"] = 2400, ["California/color"] = 12000, ["Call_sign_disambiguation"] = 3100, ["Campaignbox"] = 23000, ["CanProvName"] = 14000, ["CanadaByProvinceCatNav"] = 9800, ["CanadaProvinceThe"] = 4000, ["Canadian_English"] = 6900, ["Canadian_Parliament_links"] = 5100, ["Canadian_election_result"] = 14000, ["Canadian_election_result/gain"] = 2700, ["Canadian_election_result/hold"] = 5000, ["Canadian_election_result/source"] = 8100, ["Canadian_election_result/top"] = 14000, ["Canadian_election_result/top/ElectionYearTest"] = 5800, ["Canadian_election_result/total"] = 11000, ["Canadian_party_colour"] = 8100, ["Canadian_party_colour/colour"] = 18000, ["Canadian_party_colour/colour/default"] = 18000, ["Canadian_party_colour/name"] = 15000, ["Canadian_party_colour/name/default"] = 6900, ["Canned_search"] = 5500, ["Cardinal_to_word"] = 6400, ["Cascite"] = 15000, ["Caselaw_source"] = 4000, ["Cassini-Ehess"] = 2600, ["Cast_listing"] = 15000, ["Castlist"] = 2400, ["Cat"] = 345000, ["CatAutoTOC"] = 658000, ["CatAutoTOC/core"] = 657000, ["CatRel"] = 3800, ["CatTrack"] = 3100, ["Cat_class"] = 6700, ["Cat_in_use"] = 50000, ["Cat_main"] = 199000, ["Cat_more"] = 101000, ["Cat_more_if_exists"] = 41000, ["Cat_see_also"] = 3500, ["Catalog_lookup_link"] = 515000, ["Category-Class"] = 14000, ["Category-inline"] = 9100, ["Category_TOC"] = 72000, ["Category_TOC/tracking"] = 72000, ["Category_U.S._State_elections_by_year"] = 7300, ["Category_U.S._State_elections_by_year/core"] = 7300, ["Category_class"] = 35000, ["Category_class/column"] = 35000, ["Category_class/second_row_column"] = 35000, ["Category_described_in_year"] = 5700, ["Category_diffuse"] = 7800, ["Category_disambiguation"] = 2400, ["Category_disambiguation/category_link"] = 2400, ["Category_explanation"] = 236000, ["Category_handler"] = 3300000, ["Category_ifexist"] = 5100, ["Category_importance"] = 10000, ["Category_importance/column"] = 10000, ["Category_importance/second_row_column"] = 10000, ["Category_link"] = 135000, ["Category_link_with_count"] = 6800, ["Category_more"] = 111000, ["Category_more_if_exists"] = 41000, ["Category_ordered_by_date"] = 11000, ["Category_other"] = 895000, ["Category_redirect"] = 109000, ["Category_see_also"] = 39000, ["Category_see_also/Category_pair_check"] = 39000, ["Category_see_also_if_exists"] = 72000, ["Category_see_also_if_exists_2"] = 88000, ["Category_title"] = 2400, ["Catexp"] = 7900, ["CathEncy"] = 2300, ["Catholic"] = 4100, ["Catholic_Encyclopedia"] = 5100, ["Catmain"] = 27000, ["Catmore"] = 9400, ["Cbb_link"] = 8700, ["Cbignore"] = 100000, ["Cbsb_link"] = 2100, ["Cc-by-2.5"] = 3800, ["Cc-by-3.0"] = 8600, ["Cc-by-sa-2.5"] = 2600, ["Cc-by-sa-2.5,2.0,1.0"] = 2600, ["Cc-by-sa-3.0"] = 25000, ["Cc-by-sa-3.0,2.5,2.0,1.0"] = 2200, ["Cc-by-sa-3.0-migrated"] = 24000, ["Cc-by-sa-4.0"] = 10000, ["Cc-zero"] = 3800, ["CensusAU"] = 9200, ["Census_2016_AUS"] = 6900, ["Cent"] = 5700, ["Center"] = 287000, ["Centralized_discussion"] = 6100, ["Centralized_discussion/core"] = 6100, ["Centralized_discussion/styles.css"] = 6100, ["Centre"] = 3200, ["Century"] = 2100, ["Century_name_from_decade"] = 2400, ["Century_name_from_decade_or_year"] = 77000, ["Century_name_from_title_decade"] = 7600, ["Century_name_from_title_year"] = 7500, ["Certification_Cite/Title"] = 30000, ["Certification_Cite/URL"] = 33000, ["Certification_Cite/archivedate"] = 6000, ["Certification_Cite/archiveurl"] = 6000, ["Certification_Cite_Ref"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Bottom"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Entry"] = 30000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Foot"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Foot/helper"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Region"] = 30000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/BelgianPeriod"] = 2100, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriod"] = 3200, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriodHelper1"] = 3200, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriodHelper2"] = 3200, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/GermanPeriod"] = 4000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/ItalianHelper"] = 3200, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/NewZealandPeriod"] = 2000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/SwedishPeriod"] = 2100, ["Certification_Table_Separator"] = 2300, ["Certification_Table_Top"] = 30000, ["Cfb_link"] = 24000, ["Cfd_result"] = 2400, ["Cfdend"] = 4000, ["Chart"] = 4600, ["Chart/end"] = 4700, ["Chart/start"] = 4600, ["Chart_bottom"] = 3500, ["Chart_top"] = 3500, ["Check_completeness_of_transclusions"] = 7300, ["Check_talk"] = 30000, ["Check_talk_wp"] = 1370000, ["Check_winner_by_scores"] = 13000, ["CheckedSockpuppet"] = 7200, ["Checked_sockpuppet"] = 18000, ["Checkedsockpuppet"] = 5300, ["Checkip"] = 13000, ["Checkuser"] = 75000, ["Checkuserblock-account"] = 17000, ["Chem"] = 5800, ["Chem/atom"] = 5700, ["Chem/link"] = 5800, ["Chem2"] = 4800, ["Chem_molar_mass"] = 18000, ["Chem_molar_mass/format"] = 18000, ["Chembox"] = 14000, ["Chembox/styles.css"] = 14000, ["Chembox_3DMet"] = 14000, ["Chembox_3DMet/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_AllOtherNames"] = 13000, ["Chembox_AllOtherNames/format"] = 13000, ["Chembox_Appearance"] = 6100, ["Chembox_BoilingPt"] = 3800, ["Chembox_CASNo"] = 14000, ["Chembox_CASNo/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_CalcTemperatures"] = 6800, ["Chembox_ChEBI"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChEBI/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChEMBL"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChEMBL/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChemSpiderID"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChemSpiderID/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_CompTox"] = 14000, ["Chembox_CompTox/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Datapage_check"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Density"] = 4900, ["Chembox_DrugBank"] = 14000, ["Chembox_DrugBank/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ECHA"] = 7600, ["Chembox_ECNumber"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ECNumber/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Elements"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Elements/molecular_formula"] = 18000, ["Chembox_Footer"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Footer/tracking"] = 14000, ["Chembox_GHS_(set)"] = 3500, ["Chembox_Hazards"] = 12000, ["Chembox_IUPHAR_ligand"] = 14000, ["Chembox_IUPHAR_ligand/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Identifiers"] = 14000, ["Chembox_InChI"] = 13000, ["Chembox_InChI/format"] = 13000, ["Chembox_Indexlist"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Jmol"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Jmol/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_KEGG"] = 14000, ["Chembox_KEGG/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_MeltingPt"] = 5800, ["Chembox_Properties"] = 14000, ["Chembox_PubChem"] = 14000, ["Chembox_PubChem/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_RTECS"] = 14000, ["Chembox_RTECS/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Related"] = 3400, ["Chembox_SMILES"] = 13000, ["Chembox_SMILES/format"] = 13000, ["Chembox_SolubilityInWater"] = 3900, ["Chembox_Structure"] = 2100, ["Chembox_UNII"] = 14000, ["Chembox_UNII/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_headerbar"] = 14000, ["Chembox_image"] = 13000, ["Chembox_image_cell"] = 12000, ["Chembox_image_sbs"] = 13000, ["Chembox_parametercheck"] = 13000, ["Chembox_setDatarow"] = 4500, ["Chembox_setHeader"] = 4500, ["Chembox_templatePar/formatPreviewMessage"] = 14000, ["Chembox_verification"] = 7100, ["Chemicals"] = 7400, ["Chemistry"] = 3100, ["Chemspidercite"] = 11000, ["Chessgames_player"] = 3600, ["Chinese"] = 7200, ["Chr"] = 9100, ["ChristianityWikiProject"] = 5700, ["Circa"] = 70000, ["Circular_reference"] = 4100, ["Citation"] = 403000, ["Citation/make_link"] = 6000, ["Citation/styles.css"] = 46000, ["Citation_needed"] = 544000, ["Citation_needed_span"] = 3500, ["Citation_style"] = 4300, ["Cite_AV_media"] = 43000, ["Cite_AV_media_notes"] = 26000, ["Cite_Appletons'"] = 2400, ["Cite_Australian_Dictionary_of_Biography"] = 3300, ["Cite_Catholic_Encyclopedia"] = 8100, ["Cite_Colledge2006"] = 3100, ["Cite_DCB"] = 2800, ["Cite_DNB"] = 18000, ["Cite_EB1911"] = 25000, ["Cite_GNIS"] = 2300, ["Cite_Gaia_DR2"] = 2100, ["Cite_IUCN"] = 58000, ["Cite_Instagram"] = 2000, ["Cite_Jewish_Encyclopedia"] = 2900, ["Cite_NIE"] = 3600, ["Cite_NSW_Parliament"] = 3300, ["Cite_NSW_SHR"] = 2600, ["Cite_ODNB"] = 17000, ["Cite_Q"] = 44000, ["Cite_QHR"] = 3000, ["Cite_QPN"] = 4000, ["Cite_Rowlett"] = 2500, ["Cite_Russian_law"] = 7800, ["Cite_Ryan"] = 3200, ["Cite_Sports-Reference"] = 54000, ["Cite_USGov"] = 24000, ["Cite_WoRMS"] = 5400, ["Cite_act"] = 2700, ["Cite_arXiv"] = 5000, ["Cite_bcgnis"] = 3100, ["Cite_book"] = 1590000, ["Cite_certification"] = 33000, ["Cite_cgndb"] = 3300, ["Cite_comic"] = 2100, ["Cite_conference"] = 16000, ["Cite_court"] = 5400, ["Cite_court/styles.css"] = 5400, ["Cite_dictionary"] = 3600, ["Cite_document"] = 5200, ["Cite_encyclopedia"] = 204000, ["Cite_episode"] = 17000, ["Cite_gnis"] = 34000, ["Cite_interview"] = 7700, ["Cite_iucn"] = 58000, ["Cite_journal"] = 957000, ["Cite_magazine"] = 269000, ["Cite_map"] = 39000, ["Cite_news"] = 1510000, ["Cite_newspaper_The_Times"] = 6500, ["Cite_patent"] = 5500, ["Cite_patent/authors"] = 4400, ["Cite_patent/core"] = 5800, ["Cite_peakbagger"] = 4500, ["Cite_podcast"] = 3800, ["Cite_press_release"] = 65000, ["Cite_report"] = 35000, ["Cite_rowlett"] = 2500, ["Cite_simbad"] = 4500, ["Cite_sports-reference"] = 59000, ["Cite_thesis"] = 32000, ["Cite_tweet"] = 36000, ["Cite_video"] = 12000, ["Cite_video_game"] = 3100, ["Cite_web"] = 4560000, ["Cite_wikisource"] = 5600, ["Cite_wikisource/make_link"] = 58000, ["Civil_navigation"] = 2700, ["Cl"] = 132000, ["Clade"] = 7500, ["Clade/styles.css"] = 7600, ["Clarify"] = 40000, ["Class"] = 686000, ["Class/colour"] = 8560000, ["Class/icon"] = 21000, ["Class_mask"] = 8340000, ["Class_mask/b"] = 342000, ["Classical"] = 6900, ["Classicon"] = 4700, ["Clc"] = 5900, ["Cleanup"] = 10000, ["Cleanup_bare_URLs"] = 28000, ["Cleanup_reorganize"] = 2500, ["Cleanup_rewrite"] = 5900, ["Clear"] = 2940000, ["Clear-left"] = 4100, ["Clear_left"] = 31000, ["Clear_right"] = 2700, ["Clerk-Note"] = 9800, ["Clerk_Request"] = 2000, ["Clerknote"] = 7400, ["Clickable_button"] = 16000, ["Clickable_button_2"] = 957000, ["Closed_access"] = 4400, ["Closed_rfc_top"] = 2200, ["Clr"] = 3600, ["Clubplayerscat"] = 8500, ["Cmbox"] = 418000, ["Cn"] = 93000, ["Cnote2"] = 2300, ["Cnote2_Begin"] = 2300, ["Cnote2_End"] = 2300, ["Coat_of_arms"] = 5200, ["Cob"] = 12000, ["Code"] = 50000, ["Col-1-of-2"] = 2400, ["Col-2"] = 170000, ["Col-2-of-2"] = 2300, ["Col-3"] = 10000, ["Col-4"] = 3500, ["Col-begin"] = 212000, ["Col-break"] = 211000, ["Col-end"] = 211000, ["Col-float"] = 2700, ["Col-float-break"] = 2600, ["Col-float-end"] = 2700, ["Col-float/styles.css"] = 2700, ["Col-start"] = 20000, ["Colbegin"] = 21000, ["Colend"] = 24000, ["Collapse"] = 9700, ["Collapse_bottom"] = 51000, ["Collapse_top"] = 52000, ["Collapsebottom"] = 3800, ["Collapsetop"] = 3800, ["Collapsible_list"] = 53000, ["Collapsible_option"] = 134000, ["College"] = 8800, ["CollegePrimaryHeader"] = 5900, ["CollegePrimaryStyle"] = 96000, ["CollegeSecondaryStyle"] = 3500, ["College_Athlete_Recruit_End"] = 2900, ["College_Athlete_Recruit_Entry"] = 3000, ["College_Athlete_Recruit_Start"] = 2900, ["College_athlete_recruit_end"] = 4000, ["College_athlete_recruit_entry"] = 4200, ["College_athlete_recruit_start"] = 4200, ["College_color_list"] = 3900, ["Colon"] = 18000, ["Color"] = 469000, ["Color_box"] = 73000, ["Colorbox"] = 3600, ["Colorbull"] = 4900, ["Colored_link"] = 63000, ["Colors"] = 3800, ["Colour"] = 5800, ["Coloured_link"] = 6900, ["Column"] = 2400, ["Column/styles.css"] = 2400, ["Columns-end"] = 2100, ["Columns-list"] = 98000, ["Columns-start"] = 2200, ["Comedy"] = 2500, ["Comic_Book_DB"] = 3500, ["Comicbookdb"] = 3500, ["Comics-replaceability"] = 2900, ["Comics_infobox_sec/creator_nat"] = 2800, ["Comics_infobox_sec/formcat"] = 3200, ["Comics_infobox_sec/genre"] = 4000, ["Comics_infobox_sec/genrecat"] = 3600, ["Comics_infobox_sec/styles.css"] = 8100, ["Comicsproj"] = 28000, ["Comma_separated_entries"] = 426000, ["Comma_separated_values"] = 45000, ["Comment"] = 5200, ["Committed_identity"] = 3000, ["Committed_identity/styles.css"] = 3000, ["Commons"] = 66000, ["Commons-inline"] = 20000, ["Commons_cat"] = 48000, ["Commons_category"] = 844000, ["Commons_category-inline"] = 147000, ["Commons_category_inline"] = 6000, ["Commonscat"] = 65000, ["Commonscat-inline"] = 17000, ["Commonscat_inline"] = 2400, ["Commonscatinline"] = 6600, ["Compact_TOC"] = 7000, ["Compact_ToC"] = 4800, ["Compare"] = 5200, ["Compare_image_with_Wikidata"] = 10000, ["Composition_bar"] = 10000, ["Confirmed"] = 16000, ["Confused"] = 2800, ["Confusing"] = 2400, ["CongBio"] = 9600, ["CongLinks"] = 4600, ["Connected_contributor"] = 18000, ["Connected_contributor_(paid)"] = 6800, ["Constellation_navbox"] = 6800, ["Container"] = 11000, ["Container_cat"] = 7600, ["Container_category"] = 42000, ["Containercat"] = 2600, ["Contains_special_characters"] = 4100, ["Contains_special_characters/core"] = 4100, ["Contains_special_characters/styles.css"] = 4100, ["Content_category"] = 7600, ["Contentious_topics/list"] = 13000, ["Contentious_topics/page_restriction_editnotice_base"] = 2400, ["Contentious_topics/page_restriction_talk_notice_base"] = 3600, ["Contentious_topics/talk_notice"] = 6600, ["Context"] = 2700, ["Continent2continental"] = 16000, ["Continent_adjective_to_noun"] = 2200, ["Controversial"] = 3300, ["Convert"] = 1170000, ["Convinfobox"] = 204000, ["Convinfobox/2"] = 17000, ["Convinfobox/3"] = 119000, ["Convinfobox/pri2"] = 63000, ["Convinfobox/prisec2"] = 3100, ["Convinfobox/prisec3"] = 26000, ["Convinfobox/sec2"] = 9300, ["Coord"] = 1330000, ["Coord_missing"] = 95000, ["Coord_missing/CheckCat"] = 95000, ["Coords"] = 7600, ["Copied"] = 19000, ["Copy_edit"] = 2500, ["Copy_to_Wikimedia_Commons"] = 109000, ["Copyvios"] = 4800, ["Cospar"] = 2500, ["Cot"] = 12000, ["Count"] = 661000, ["Country2continent"] = 36000, ["Country2continental"] = 2400, ["Country2nationality"] = 343000, ["CountryPrefixThe"] = 109000, ["Country_abbreviation"] = 88000, ["Country_alias"] = 16000, ["Country_at_games_navbox"] = 2700, ["Country_at_games_navbox/below"] = 2600, ["Country_data"] = 6900, ["Country_data_AFG"] = 2200, ["Country_data_ALB"] = 6600, ["Country_data_ALG"] = 9400, ["Country_data_AND"] = 3000, ["Country_data_ANG"] = 3900, ["Country_data_ARG"] = 47000, ["Country_data_ARM"] = 7400, ["Country_data_AUS"] = 76000, ["Country_data_AUT"] = 46000, ["Country_data_AZE"] = 9100, ["Country_data_Afghanistan"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Alaska"] = 2100, ["Country_data_Albania"] = 20000, ["Country_data_Alberta"] = 3600, ["Country_data_Algeria"] = 25000, ["Country_data_American_Samoa"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Andorra"] = 7900, ["Country_data_Angola"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Anguilla"] = 2500, ["Country_data_Antigua_and_Barbuda"] = 6100, ["Country_data_Apulia"] = 7900, ["Country_data_Argentina"] = 81000, ["Country_data_Arizona"] = 2300, ["Country_data_Arkansas"] = 2000, ["Country_data_Armenia"] = 22000, ["Country_data_Aruba"] = 3600, ["Country_data_Australia"] = 126000, ["Country_data_Austria"] = 78000, ["Country_data_Azerbaijan"] = 28000, ["Country_data_BAH"] = 4000, ["Country_data_BAN"] = 3900, ["Country_data_BAR"] = 2400, ["Country_data_BEL"] = 51000, ["Country_data_BER"] = 2300, ["Country_data_BHR"] = 4600, ["Country_data_BIH"] = 13000, ["Country_data_BLR"] = 24000, ["Country_data_BOL"] = 5800, ["Country_data_BOT"] = 2300, ["Country_data_BRA"] = 57000, ["Country_data_BUL"] = 26000, ["Country_data_Bahamas"] = 9800, ["Country_data_Bahrain"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Bangladesh"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Barbados"] = 8000, ["Country_data_Belarus"] = 44000, ["Country_data_Belgium"] = 89000, ["Country_data_Belize"] = 5300, ["Country_data_Benin"] = 7400, ["Country_data_Bermuda"] = 5800, ["Country_data_Bhutan"] = 4700, ["Country_data_Bolivia"] = 15000, ["Country_data_Bosnia_and_Herzegovina"] = 29000, ["Country_data_Botswana"] = 9200, ["Country_data_Brazil"] = 102000, ["Country_data_British_Columbia"] = 3400, ["Country_data_British_Raj"] = 2200, ["Country_data_British_Virgin_Islands"] = 3300, ["Country_data_Brunei"] = 6300, ["Country_data_Bulgaria"] = 52000, ["Country_data_Burkina_Faso"] = 10000, ["Country_data_Burma"] = 2700, ["Country_data_Burundi"] = 6100, ["Country_data_CAM"] = 2100, ["Country_data_CAN"] = 58000, ["Country_data_CGO"] = 2400, ["Country_data_CHE"] = 4700, ["Country_data_CHI"] = 18000, ["Country_data_CHL"] = 2100, ["Country_data_CHN"] = 42000, ["Country_data_CIV"] = 8100, ["Country_data_CMR"] = 8700, ["Country_data_COD"] = 3200, ["Country_data_COL"] = 25000, ["Country_data_CPV"] = 2100, ["Country_data_CRC"] = 6700, ["Country_data_CRO"] = 33000, ["Country_data_CUB"] = 10000, ["Country_data_CYP"] = 9100, ["Country_data_CZE"] = 46000, ["Country_data_California"] = 5900, ["Country_data_Cambodia"] = 8800, ["Country_data_Cameroon"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Canada"] = 122000, ["Country_data_Cape_Verde"] = 6400, ["Country_data_Castile_and_León"] = 2000, ["Country_data_Catalonia"] = 3100, ["Country_data_Cayman_Islands"] = 4200, ["Country_data_Central_African_Republic"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Chad"] = 5600, ["Country_data_Chile"] = 40000, ["Country_data_China"] = 83000, ["Country_data_Chinese_Taipei"] = 20000, ["Country_data_Colombia"] = 46000, ["Country_data_Colorado"] = 5700, ["Country_data_Comoros"] = 4400, ["Country_data_Confederate_States_of_America"] = 3100, ["Country_data_Connecticut"] = 3200, ["Country_data_Cook_Islands"] = 3800, ["Country_data_Costa_Rica"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Croatia"] = 57000, ["Country_data_Cuba"] = 23000, ["Country_data_Curaçao"] = 3600, ["Country_data_Cyprus"] = 23000, ["Country_data_Czech_Republic"] = 81000, ["Country_data_Czechoslovakia"] = 19000, ["Country_data_DEN"] = 34000, ["Country_data_DEU"] = 8700, ["Country_data_DNK"] = 3600, ["Country_data_DOM"] = 7300, ["Country_data_Democratic_Republic_of_the_Congo"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Denmark"] = 69000, ["Country_data_Djibouti"] = 4600, ["Country_data_Dominica"] = 4300, ["Country_data_Dominican_Republic"] = 17000, ["Country_data_ECU"] = 12000, ["Country_data_EGY"] = 13000, ["Country_data_ENG"] = 47000, ["Country_data_ESA"] = 2300, ["Country_data_ESP"] = 73000, ["Country_data_EST"] = 14000, ["Country_data_ETH"] = 3600, ["Country_data_EU"] = 3700, ["Country_data_East_Germany"] = 14000, ["Country_data_East_Timor"] = 5000, ["Country_data_Ecuador"] = 25000, ["Country_data_Egypt"] = 32000, ["Country_data_El_Salvador"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Empire_of_Japan"] = 4000, ["Country_data_England"] = 97000, ["Country_data_Equatorial_Guinea"] = 5200, ["Country_data_Eritrea"] = 5400, ["Country_data_Estonia"] = 34000, ["Country_data_Eswatini"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Ethiopia"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Europe"] = 2400, ["Country_data_European_Union"] = 7400, ["Country_data_FIJ"] = 3800, ["Country_data_FIN"] = 34000, ["Country_data_FRA"] = 98000, ["Country_data_FRG"] = 15000, ["Country_data_FRO"] = 2000, ["Country_data_FR_Yugoslavia"] = 4000, ["Country_data_Faroe_Islands"] = 5400, ["Country_data_Federated_States_of_Micronesia"] = 3100, ["Country_data_Fiji"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Finland"] = 68000, ["Country_data_Florida"] = 6500, ["Country_data_France"] = 193000, ["Country_data_French_Guiana"] = 2100, ["Country_data_French_Polynesia"] = 3800, ["Country_data_GAB"] = 2400, ["Country_data_GAM"] = 2100, ["Country_data_GBR"] = 55000, ["Country_data_GDR"] = 8400, ["Country_data_GEO"] = 14000, ["Country_data_GER"] = 82000, ["Country_data_GHA"] = 9800, ["Country_data_GRE"] = 25000, ["Country_data_GUA"] = 5000, ["Country_data_GUI"] = 3200, ["Country_data_GUY"] = 2300, ["Country_data_Gabon"] = 7600, ["Country_data_Gambia"] = 6800, ["Country_data_Georgia"] = 10000, ["Country_data_Georgia_(U.S._state)"] = 2800, ["Country_data_Georgia_(country)"] = 29000, ["Country_data_German_Empire"] = 5400, ["Country_data_Germany"] = 151000, ["Country_data_Ghana"] = 24000, ["Country_data_Gibraltar"] = 5000, ["Country_data_Great_Britain"] = 74000, ["Country_data_Greece"] = 57000, ["Country_data_Greenland"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Grenada"] = 5200, ["Country_data_Guadeloupe"] = 2800, ["Country_data_Guam"] = 4700, ["Country_data_Guatemala"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Guernsey"] = 2200, ["Country_data_Guinea"] = 8400, ["Country_data_Guinea-Bissau"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Guyana"] = 7400, ["Country_data_HAI"] = 3100, ["Country_data_HKG"] = 13000, ["Country_data_HON"] = 4300, ["Country_data_HUN"] = 37000, ["Country_data_Haiti"] = 8700, ["Country_data_Honduras"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Hong_Kong"] = 26000, ["Country_data_Hungary"] = 70000, ["Country_data_IDN"] = 5000, ["Country_data_INA"] = 10000, ["Country_data_IND"] = 30000, ["Country_data_IRE"] = 10000, ["Country_data_IRI"] = 5500, ["Country_data_IRL"] = 21000, ["Country_data_IRN"] = 6300, ["Country_data_IRQ"] = 4200, ["Country_data_ISL"] = 8600, ["Country_data_ISR"] = 21000, ["Country_data_ITA"] = 86000, ["Country_data_Iceland"] = 23000, ["Country_data_Idaho"] = 2000, ["Country_data_Illinois"] = 4400, ["Country_data_India"] = 109000, ["Country_data_Indiana"] = 2700, ["Country_data_Indonesia"] = 37000, ["Country_data_Iowa"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Iran"] = 92000, ["Country_data_Iraq"] = 14000, ["Country_data_Ireland"] = 34000, ["Country_data_Isle_of_Man"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Israel"] = 46000, ["Country_data_Italy"] = 145000, ["Country_data_Ivory_Coast"] = 18000, ["Country_data_JAM"] = 9800, ["Country_data_JOR"] = 4000, ["Country_data_JP"] = 8100, ["Country_data_JPN"] = 59000, ["Country_data_Jamaica"] = 21000, ["Country_data_Japan"] = 119000, ["Country_data_Jersey"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Jordan"] = 12000, ["Country_data_KAZ"] = 20000, ["Country_data_KEN"] = 7400, ["Country_data_KGZ"] = 3800, ["Country_data_KOR"] = 31000, ["Country_data_KOS"] = 2400, ["Country_data_KSA"] = 6000, ["Country_data_KUW"] = 4100, ["Country_data_Kazakhstan"] = 34000, ["Country_data_Kenya"] = 20000, ["Country_data_Kingdom_of_France"] = 2100, ["Country_data_Kingdom_of_Great_Britain"] = 4800, ["Country_data_Kingdom_of_Italy"] = 4200, ["Country_data_Kiribati"] = 3000, ["Country_data_Kosovo"] = 8800, ["Country_data_Kuwait"] = 11000, ["Country_data_Kyrgyzstan"] = 9300, ["Country_data_LAT"] = 15000, ["Country_data_LBN"] = 2400, ["Country_data_LIB"] = 2600, ["Country_data_LIE"] = 3100, ["Country_data_LIT"] = 3100, ["Country_data_LTU"] = 12000, ["Country_data_LUX"] = 10000, ["Country_data_LVA"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Laos"] = 7500, ["Country_data_Latvia"] = 32000, ["Country_data_Lebanon"] = 15000, ["Country_data_Lesotho"] = 5200, ["Country_data_Liberia"] = 7300, ["Country_data_Libya"] = 8700, ["Country_data_Liechtenstein"] = 7800, ["Country_data_Lithuania"] = 31000, ["Country_data_Luxembourg"] = 24000, ["Country_data_MAC"] = 2400, ["Country_data_MAD"] = 2000, ["Country_data_MAR"] = 12000, ["Country_data_MAS"] = 11000, ["Country_data_MDA"] = 7700, ["Country_data_MEX"] = 30000, ["Country_data_MGL"] = 2900, ["Country_data_MKD"] = 7600, ["Country_data_MLI"] = 4400, ["Country_data_MLT"] = 5600, ["Country_data_MNE"] = 7900, ["Country_data_MON"] = 3700, ["Country_data_MOZ"] = 2200, ["Country_data_MRI"] = 2100, ["Country_data_MYA"] = 3000, ["Country_data_MYS"] = 3700, ["Country_data_Macau"] = 6400, ["Country_data_Macedonia"] = 4900, ["Country_data_Madagascar"] = 9100, ["Country_data_Malawi"] = 5700, ["Country_data_Malaysia"] = 36000, ["Country_data_Maldives"] = 6100, ["Country_data_Mali"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Malta"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Manitoba"] = 2500, ["Country_data_Marshall_Islands"] = 3700, ["Country_data_Martinique"] = 2800, ["Country_data_Maryland"] = 3100, ["Country_data_Massachusetts"] = 3000, ["Country_data_Mauritania"] = 5900, ["Country_data_Mauritius"] = 8000, ["Country_data_Mexico"] = 67000, ["Country_data_Michigan"] = 4300, ["Country_data_Minnesota"] = 3700, ["Country_data_Missouri"] = 2000, ["Country_data_Moldova"] = 19000, ["Country_data_Monaco"] = 10000, ["Country_data_Mongolia"] = 9800, ["Country_data_Montana"] = 2100, ["Country_data_Montenegro"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Montserrat"] = 2500, ["Country_data_Morocco"] = 27000, ["Country_data_Mozambique"] = 7300, ["Country_data_Myanmar"] = 14000, ["Country_data_NAM"] = 3400, ["Country_data_NED"] = 60000, ["Country_data_NEP"] = 2900, ["Country_data_NGA"] = 8200, ["Country_data_NGR"] = 8100, ["Country_data_NIR"] = 10000, ["Country_data_NLD"] = 6100, ["Country_data_NOR"] = 30000, ["Country_data_NZ"] = 3200, ["Country_data_NZL"] = 32000, ["Country_data_Namibia"] = 9900, ["Country_data_Nauru"] = 2500, ["Country_data_Nazi_Germany"] = 9700, ["Country_data_Nepal"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Netherlands"] = 114000, ["Country_data_Netherlands_Antilles"] = 2300, ["Country_data_New_Brunswick"] = 2500, ["Country_data_New_Caledonia"] = 3400, ["Country_data_New_Jersey"] = 4200, ["Country_data_New_South_Wales"] = 5800, ["Country_data_New_York"] = 4800, ["Country_data_New_York_(state)"] = 6800, ["Country_data_New_Zealand"] = 67000, ["Country_data_Newfoundland_and_Labrador"] = 2300, ["Country_data_Nicaragua"] = 8300, ["Country_data_Niger"] = 6000, ["Country_data_Nigeria"] = 33000, ["Country_data_North_Carolina"] = 3500, ["Country_data_North_Korea"] = 13000, ["Country_data_North_Macedonia"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Northern_Ireland"] = 15000, ["Country_data_Northern_Mariana_Islands"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Norway"] = 73000, ["Country_data_Nova_Scotia"] = 2300, ["Country_data_OMA"] = 2700, ["Country_data_Ohio"] = 4800, ["Country_data_Oman"] = 8700, ["Country_data_Ontario"] = 3800, ["Country_data_Ottoman_Empire"] = 2500, ["Country_data_PAK"] = 7900, ["Country_data_PAN"] = 5800, ["Country_data_PAR"] = 10000, ["Country_data_PER"] = 12000, ["Country_data_PHI"] = 12000, ["Country_data_PHL"] = 2500, ["Country_data_PNG"] = 2700, ["Country_data_POL"] = 50000, ["Country_data_POR"] = 31000, ["Country_data_PRC"] = 2100, ["Country_data_PRK"] = 4600, ["Country_data_PRT"] = 2900, ["Country_data_PUR"] = 7300, ["Country_data_Pakistan"] = 29000, ["Country_data_Palau"] = 3000, ["Country_data_Palestine"] = 6800, ["Country_data_Panama"] = 16000, ["Country_data_Papua_New_Guinea"] = 8000, ["Country_data_Paraguay"] = 21000, ["Country_data_Pennsylvania"] = 3700, ["Country_data_People's_Republic_of_China"] = 3300, ["Country_data_Peru"] = 30000, ["Country_data_Philippines"] = 35000, ["Country_data_Poland"] = 150000, ["Country_data_Portugal"] = 68000, ["Country_data_Prussia"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Puerto_Rico"] = 17000, ["Country_data_QAT"] = 7900, ["Country_data_Qatar"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Quebec"] = 4200, ["Country_data_ROM"] = 13000, ["Country_data_ROU"] = 26000, ["Country_data_RSA"] = 31000, ["Country_data_RUS"] = 63000, ["Country_data_Republic_of_China"] = 5700, ["Country_data_Republic_of_Ireland"] = 26000, ["Country_data_Republic_of_the_Congo"] = 7700, ["Country_data_Romania"] = 68000, ["Country_data_Russia"] = 115000, ["Country_data_Russian_Empire"] = 4900, ["Country_data_Rwanda"] = 7600, ["Country_data_SAM"] = 3100, ["Country_data_SCG"] = 3100, ["Country_data_SCO"] = 26000, ["Country_data_SEN"] = 8000, ["Country_data_SER"] = 3600, ["Country_data_SGP"] = 2800, ["Country_data_SIN"] = 7000, ["Country_data_SLO"] = 19000, ["Country_data_SLV"] = 3000, ["Country_data_SMR"] = 3100, ["Country_data_SPA"] = 4800, ["Country_data_SRB"] = 26000, ["Country_data_SRI"] = 4700, ["Country_data_SUI"] = 42000, ["Country_data_SUR"] = 2000, ["Country_data_SVK"] = 29000, ["Country_data_SVN"] = 6700, ["Country_data_SWE"] = 57000, ["Country_data_SWI"] = 4700, ["Country_data_SYR"] = 3600, ["Country_data_Saint_Kitts_and_Nevis"] = 4800, ["Country_data_Saint_Lucia"] = 4900, ["Country_data_Saint_Vincent_and_the_Grenadines"] = 4800, ["Country_data_Samoa"] = 7700, ["Country_data_San_Marino"] = 8500, ["Country_data_Saskatchewan"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Saudi_Arabia"] = 19000, ["Country_data_Scotland"] = 52000, ["Country_data_Senegal"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Serbia"] = 54000, ["Country_data_Serbia_and_Montenegro"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Seychelles"] = 5500, ["Country_data_Sierra_Leone"] = 7400, ["Country_data_Singapore"] = 27000, ["Country_data_Slovakia"] = 51000, ["Country_data_Slovenia"] = 43000, ["Country_data_Solomon_Islands"] = 4700, ["Country_data_Somalia"] = 6200, ["Country_data_South_Africa"] = 70000, ["Country_data_South_Carolina"] = 3300, ["Country_data_South_Korea"] = 66000, ["Country_data_South_Sudan"] = 4100, ["Country_data_Soviet_Union"] = 36000, ["Country_data_Spain"] = 133000, ["Country_data_Sri_Lanka"] = 19000, ["Country_data_Sudan"] = 8100, ["Country_data_Suriname"] = 6500, ["Country_data_Sweden"] = 101000, ["Country_data_Switzerland"] = 83000, ["Country_data_Syria"] = 15000, ["Country_data_São_Tomé_and_Príncipe"] = 3400, ["Country_data_TAN"] = 2500, ["Country_data_TCH"] = 11000, ["Country_data_THA"] = 21000, ["Country_data_TJK"] = 2600, ["Country_data_TKM"] = 2800, ["Country_data_TPE"] = 15000, ["Country_data_TRI"] = 4800, ["Country_data_TUN"] = 11000, ["Country_data_TUR"] = 28000, ["Country_data_Taiwan"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Tajikistan"] = 9000, ["Country_data_Tanzania"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Texas"] = 5300, ["Country_data_Thailand"] = 44000, ["Country_data_Togo"] = 7000, ["Country_data_Tonga"] = 6400, ["Country_data_Trinidad_and_Tobago"] = 14000, ["Country_data_Tunisia"] = 22000, ["Country_data_Turkey"] = 74000, ["Country_data_Turkmenistan"] = 7900, ["Country_data_Turks_and_Caicos_Islands"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Tuvalu"] = 2800, ["Country_data_U.S."] = 2100, ["Country_data_U.S._Virgin_Islands"] = 4800, ["Country_data_UAE"] = 9300, ["Country_data_UGA"] = 4100, ["Country_data_UK"] = 19000, ["Country_data_UKGBI"] = 3100, ["Country_data_UKR"] = 37000, ["Country_data_URS"] = 14000, ["Country_data_URU"] = 15000, ["Country_data_US"] = 4900, ["Country_data_USA"] = 133000, ["Country_data_USSR"] = 4500, ["Country_data_UZB"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Uganda"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Ukraine"] = 73000, ["Country_data_United_Arab_Emirates"] = 20000, ["Country_data_United_Kingdom"] = 89000, ["Country_data_United_Kingdom_of_Great_Britain_and_Ireland"] = 4400, ["Country_data_United_Nations"] = 4000, ["Country_data_United_States"] = 282000, ["Country_data_United_States_of_America"] = 5000, ["Country_data_Uruguay"] = 29000, ["Country_data_Uzbekistan"] = 21000, ["Country_data_VEN"] = 17000, ["Country_data_VIE"] = 6400, ["Country_data_Vanuatu"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Vatican_City"] = 2300, ["Country_data_Venezuela"] = 33000, ["Country_data_Vietnam"] = 23000, ["Country_data_Virginia"] = 2900, ["Country_data_WAL"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Wales"] = 34000, ["Country_data_Washington"] = 3400, ["Country_data_Washington,_D.C."] = 2200, ["Country_data_Washington_(state)"] = 3700, ["Country_data_West_Germany"] = 24000, ["Country_data_West_Indies"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Wisconsin"] = 5200, ["Country_data_YUG"] = 9700, ["Country_data_Yemen"] = 7800, ["Country_data_Yugoslavia"] = 18000, ["Country_data_ZAF"] = 4700, ["Country_data_ZAM"] = 3300, ["Country_data_ZIM"] = 8300, ["Country_data_Zambia"] = 9600, ["Country_data_Zimbabwe"] = 18000, ["Country_flagbio"] = 27000, ["Country_name"] = 23000, ["Country_showdata"] = 6100, ["Country_topics"] = 22000, ["County"] = 7700, ["County_(judet)_of_Romania"] = 3300, ["Course_assignment"] = 4200, ["Course_details"] = 6300, ["Course_instructor"] = 2400, ["Cquote"] = 37000, ["Cr"] = 4300, ["Cr-rt"] = 2100, ["Create_taxonomy/link"] = 107000, ["Cref2"] = 2300, ["Cricinfo"] = 24000, ["Cricketarchive"] = 3000, ["Crime_opentask"] = 49000, ["Croatian_Census_2011"] = 2100, ["Cross"] = 3200, ["Crossreference"] = 2600, ["Crossreference/styles.css"] = 2600, ["Csv"] = 3000, ["Ct"] = 12000, ["Curlie"] = 6700, ["Currency"] = 3600, ["Current_events"] = 8200, ["Current_events/styles.css"] = 8200, ["Currentdate"] = 22000, ["Cvt"] = 103000, ["Cycling_Archives"] = 4300, ["Cycling_archives"] = 2500, ["Cycling_data_LTS"] = 2100, ["Cycling_data_TJV"] = 2000, ["Cycling_team_link"] = 12000, ["Module:CFB_schedule"] = 26000, ["Module:CallAssert"] = 244000, ["Module:CanElecResTopTest"] = 5800, ["Module:CanadaByProvinceCatNav"] = 9800, ["Module:Cat_main"] = 199000, ["Module:Catalog_lookup_link"] = 515000, ["Module:Category_described_in_year"] = 5700, ["Module:Category_described_in_year/conf"] = 5700, ["Module:Category_handler"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_handler/blacklist"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_handler/config"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_handler/data"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_handler/shared"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_more_if_exists"] = 41000, ["Module:Category_pair"] = 6100, ["Module:Category_see_also"] = 39000, ["Module:Celestial_object_quadrangle"] = 2300, ["Module:Check_DYK_hook"] = 114000, ["Module:Check_for_clobbered_parameters"] = 1210000, ["Module:Check_for_deprecated_parameters"] = 59000, ["Module:Check_for_unknown_parameters"] = 18500000, ["Module:Check_isxn"] = 481000, ["Module:Check_winner_by_scores"] = 13000, ["Module:Checkuser"] = 76000, ["Module:Chem2"] = 4800, ["Module:Chem2/styles.css"] = 4800, ["Module:Citation/CS1"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/COinS"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions"] = 24000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css"] = 5720000, ["Module:Cite_IUCN"] = 58000, ["Module:Cite_Q"] = 44000, ["Module:Cite_tweet"] = 36000, ["Module:Cite_web"] = 40000, ["Module:Clade"] = 7600, ["Module:Class"] = 10200000, ["Module:Class/definition.json"] = 10200000, ["Module:Class/styles.css"] = 9380000, ["Module:Class_mask"] = 10500000, ["Module:Clickable_button_2"] = 957000, ["Module:Collapsible_list"] = 55000, ["Module:College_color"] = 127000, ["Module:College_color/data"] = 127000, ["Module:Color_contrast"] = 499000, ["Module:Color_contrast/colors"] = 501000, ["Module:Commons_link"] = 257000, ["Module:Complex_date"] = 66000, ["Module:Convert"] = 1230000, ["Module:Convert/data"] = 1230000, ["Module:Convert/helper"] = 8600, ["Module:Convert/text"] = 1230000, ["Module:Convert/wikidata"] = 3300, ["Module:Convert/wikidata/data"] = 3300, ["Module:ConvertNumeric"] = 21000, ["Module:Convert_character_width"] = 2800, ["Module:Convert_character_width/data"] = 2800, ["Module:Coordinates"] = 1330000, ["Module:Coordinates/styles.css"] = 1330000, ["Module:Copied"] = 19000, ["Module:Count_banners"] = 47000, ["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym"] = 45000, ["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/Adjectives"] = 45000, ["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/Demonyms"] = 45000, ["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/The"] = 45000, ["Module:CountryData"] = 143000, ["Module:CountryData/cacheA"] = 12000, ["Module:CountryData/cacheB"] = 8300, ["Module:CountryData/cacheC"] = 12000, ["Module:CountryData/cacheD"] = 4500, ["Module:CountryData/cacheE"] = 2800, ["Module:CountryData/cacheF"] = 2600, ["Module:CountryData/cacheG"] = 2700, ["Module:CountryData/summary"] = 143000, ["Module:Country_adjective"] = 4300, ["Module:Country_alias"] = 52000, ["Module:Country_alias/data"] = 52000, ["Module:Currency"] = 3600, ["Module:Currency/Presentation"] = 3600, } b5974d0194e019096fb2348ee080590d1895d8ea 828 190 397 2023-08-06T05:11:20Z wikipedia>Ahechtbot 0 [[Wikipedia:BOT|Bot]]: Updated page. Scribunto text/plain return { ["IAAF_name"] = 2200, ["IAST"] = 6100, ["IBDB_name"] = 9100, ["ICD10"] = 4700, ["ICD9"] = 4400, ["ICS"] = 2900, ["IDN"] = 3400, ["IMDb_episode"] = 9900, ["IMDb_episodes"] = 2600, ["IMDb_name"] = 153000, ["IMDb_title"] = 188000, ["IMO_Number"] = 4100, ["IMSLP"] = 8200, ["INA"] = 2100, ["IND"] = 7500, ["INR"] = 6500, ["INRConvert"] = 5600, ["INRConvert/CurrentRate"] = 5500, ["INRConvert/USD"] = 5500, ["INRConvert/out"] = 5500, ["IOC_profile"] = 5300, ["IP"] = 2600, ["IPA"] = 142000, ["IPA-all"] = 3600, ["IPA-de"] = 8100, ["IPA-es"] = 8100, ["IPA-fr"] = 44000, ["IPA-it"] = 5900, ["IPA-nl"] = 3700, ["IPA-pl"] = 4100, ["IPA-pt"] = 3700, ["IPA-ru"] = 2700, ["IPA-sh"] = 2700, ["IPA-sl"] = 6900, ["IPA-th"] = 3000, ["IPA_audio_link"] = 19000, ["IPA_link"] = 3400, ["IPAc-cmn"] = 2600, ["IPAc-en"] = 48000, ["IPAc-pl"] = 52000, ["IPC_athlete"] = 2800, ["IPSummary"] = 78000, ["IP_summary"] = 78000, ["IPtalk"] = 21000, ["IPuser"] = 7000, ["IPvandal"] = 2900, ["IRC"] = 7300, ["IRI"] = 2200, ["IRL"] = 5500, ["IRN"] = 3600, ["ISBN"] = 461000, ["ISBNT"] = 39000, ["ISBN_missing"] = 2500, ["ISFDB_name"] = 4100, ["ISFDB_title"] = 4600, ["ISL"] = 2100, ["ISO_15924/script-example-character"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/format"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/label"] = 2700, ["ISO_3166_code"] = 514000, ["ISO_3166_name"] = 16000, ["ISO_639_name"] = 8000, ["ISP"] = 5300, ["ISR"] = 4800, ["ISSN"] = 12000, ["ISSN_link"] = 30000, ["ISTAT"] = 8100, ["ISU_figure_skater"] = 2500, ["ITA"] = 17000, ["ITF"] = 6200, ["ITF_profile"] = 9000, ["ITIS"] = 4400, ["ITN_talk"] = 10000, ["ITN_talk/date"] = 10000, ["IUCN_banner"] = 15000, ["I_sup"] = 4500, ["Iaaf_name"] = 7400, ["Ice_hockey"] = 19000, ["Ice_hockey_stats"] = 16000, ["Icehockeystats"] = 12000, ["Icon"] = 576000, ["If"] = 269000, ["If_all"] = 6400, ["If_between"] = 3700, ["If_both"] = 798000, ["If_empty"] = 3630000, ["If_first_display_both"] = 73000, ["If_in_page"] = 9400, ["If_last_display_both"] = 30000, ["If_preview"] = 57000, ["If_then_show"] = 283000, ["Ifempty"] = 4000, ["Ifeq"] = 16000, ["Iferror_then_show"] = 3200, ["Ifexist_not_redirect"] = 1120000, ["Ifnotempty"] = 14000, ["Ifnumber"] = 35000, ["Ifsubst"] = 437000, ["Ih"] = 7500, ["Ill"] = 112000, ["Illm"] = 6700, ["Image_frame"] = 4900, ["Image_label"] = 4500, ["Image_label_begin"] = 3900, ["Image_label_end"] = 3500, ["Image_label_small"] = 2600, ["Image_needed"] = 4500, ["Image_other"] = 274000, ["Image_requested"] = 167000, ["Image_requested/Category_helper"] = 158000, ["Imbox"] = 914000, ["Imdb_name"] = 5400, ["Imdb_title"] = 4200, ["Import_style"] = 11000, ["Import_style/inputbox.css"] = 11000, ["Importance"] = 5610000, ["Importance/colour"] = 5620000, ["Importance_mask"] = 10200000, ["Improve_categories"] = 7400, ["Improve_documentation"] = 2300, ["In_class"] = 5800, ["In_lang"] = 353000, ["In_progress"] = 3200, ["In_string"] = 74000, ["In_title"] = 19000, ["Inactive_WikiProject_banner"] = 205000, ["Inactive_userpage_blanked"] = 4900, ["Include-USGov"] = 29000, ["Incomplete_list"] = 23000, ["Inconclusive"] = 2100, ["Increase"] = 43000, ["Incumbent_pope"] = 4300, ["Indent"] = 4300, ["IndexFungorum"] = 2200, ["Indian_English"] = 4300, ["Indian_Rupee"] = 10000, ["Indian_railway_code"] = 3200, ["Inflation"] = 19000, ["Inflation-fn"] = 5400, ["Inflation-year"] = 4400, ["Inflation/IN/startyear"] = 5500, ["Inflation/UK"] = 4300, ["Inflation/UK/dataset"] = 4300, ["Inflation/UK/startyear"] = 4300, ["Inflation/US"] = 12000, ["Inflation/US/dataset"] = 12000, ["Inflation/US/startyear"] = 12000, ["Inflation/fn"] = 6200, ["Inflation/year"] = 24000, ["Info"] = 7200, ["Infobox"] = 3210000, ["Infobox/Columns"] = 2400, ["Infobox/mobileviewfix.css"] = 143000, ["Infobox3cols"] = 17000, ["Infobox_AFL_biography"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Aircraft_Begin"] = 5400, ["Infobox_Aircraft_Type"] = 4700, ["Infobox_Athletics_Championships"] = 2700, ["Infobox_Australian_place"] = 15000, ["Infobox_CFL_biography"] = 2200, ["Infobox_COA_wide"] = 3100, ["Infobox_Canada_electoral_district"] = 2400, ["Infobox_Canadian_Football_League_biography"] = 5700, ["Infobox_Canadian_Football_League_biography/position"] = 5700, ["Infobox_Chinese"] = 20000, ["Infobox_Chinese/Chinese"] = 2700, ["Infobox_Chinese/Footer"] = 8700, ["Infobox_Chinese/Header"] = 8700, ["Infobox_Chinese/Korean"] = 17000, ["Infobox_Christian_leader"] = 18000, ["Infobox_Election"] = 2200, ["Infobox_French_commune"] = 38000, ["Infobox_GAA_player"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Gaelic_games_player"] = 5000, ["Infobox_German_location"] = 13000, ["Infobox_German_place"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Grand_Prix_race_report"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Greece_place"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Greek_Dimos"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Hindu_temple"] = 2400, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency"] = 4600, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency/defaultdata"] = 4600, ["Infobox_Italian_comune"] = 8100, ["Infobox_Korean_name"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Korean_name/categories"] = 15000, ["Infobox_MLB_yearly"] = 3100, ["Infobox_NASCAR_race_report"] = 2200, ["Infobox_NCAA_team_season"] = 18000, ["Infobox_NFL_biography"] = 28000, ["Infobox_NFL_player"] = 7900, ["Infobox_NFL_season"] = 2500, ["Infobox_NFL_team_season"] = 3900, ["Infobox_NRHP"] = 72000, ["Infobox_NRHP/conv"] = 18000, ["Infobox_NRHP/locmapin2region"] = 66000, ["Infobox_Officeholder"] = 4900, ["Infobox_Olympic_event"] = 7300, ["Infobox_Olympic_event/games_text"] = 7300, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event/games_text"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Politician"] = 2200, ["Infobox_Romanian_subdivision"] = 3200, ["Infobox_Russian_district"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality"] = 4400, ["Infobox_SCOTUS_case"] = 3700, ["Infobox_Site_of_Special_Scientific_Interest"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Swiss_town"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Switzerland_municipality"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Turkey_place"] = 16000, ["Infobox_U.S._county"] = 3000, ["Infobox_U.S._county/district"] = 3000, ["Infobox_UK_constituency"] = 2100, ["Infobox_UK_constituency/year"] = 2100, ["Infobox_UK_legislation"] = 3200, ["Infobox_UK_place"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoDialCode"] = 7900, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoPostCode"] = 3100, ["Infobox_UK_place/area"] = 2400, ["Infobox_UK_place/dist"] = 2500, ["Infobox_UK_place/local"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UK_place/styles.css"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UN_resolution"] = 2300, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case"] = 3800, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case/courts"] = 3800, ["Infobox_Wikipedia_user"] = 9700, ["Infobox_YouTube_personality"] = 2600, ["Infobox_YouTube_personality/styles.css"] = 2600, ["Infobox_academic"] = 13000, ["Infobox_aircraft_begin"] = 14000, ["Infobox_aircraft_occurrence"] = 2300, ["Infobox_aircraft_type"] = 12000, ["Infobox_airline"] = 4600, ["Infobox_airport"] = 15000, ["Infobox_airport/datatable"] = 15000, ["Infobox_album"] = 161000, ["Infobox_album/color"] = 190000, ["Infobox_album/link"] = 161000, ["Infobox_anatomy"] = 4500, ["Infobox_ancient_site"] = 5300, ["Infobox_animanga/Footer"] = 6700, ["Infobox_animanga/Header"] = 6800, ["Infobox_animanga/Print"] = 5400, ["Infobox_animanga/Video"] = 4700, ["Infobox_architect"] = 3700, ["Infobox_artist"] = 28000, ["Infobox_artist_discography"] = 5900, ["Infobox_artwork"] = 11000, ["Infobox_athlete"] = 2900, ["Infobox_automobile"] = 8400, ["Infobox_award"] = 13000, ["Infobox_badminton_player"] = 3200, ["Infobox_baseball_biography"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/style"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Infobox_basketball_biography"] = 21000, ["Infobox_basketball_biography/style"] = 21000, ["Infobox_basketball_club"] = 3000, ["Infobox_beauty_pageant"] = 2400, ["Infobox_bilateral_relations"] = 4400, ["Infobox_body_of_water"] = 18000, ["Infobox_book"] = 52000, ["Infobox_boxer"] = 5700, ["Infobox_bridge"] = 6000, ["Infobox_building"] = 27000, ["Infobox_character"] = 7600, ["Infobox_chess_biography"] = 3800, ["Infobox_chess_player"] = 3100, ["Infobox_church"] = 15000, ["Infobox_church/denomination"] = 15000, ["Infobox_church/font_color"] = 15000, ["Infobox_civil_conflict"] = 2400, ["Infobox_civilian_attack"] = 5400, ["Infobox_college_coach"] = 11000, ["Infobox_college_football_game"] = 2100, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season"] = 39000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/link"] = 39000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/name"] = 39000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/succession"] = 39000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/team"] = 39000, ["Infobox_comic_book_title"] = 2900, ["Infobox_comics_character"] = 3600, ["Infobox_comics_creator"] = 3500, ["Infobox_comics_creator/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_company"] = 83000, ["Infobox_computing_device"] = 2300, ["Infobox_concert"] = 3300, ["Infobox_constituency"] = 5200, ["Infobox_country"] = 6300, ["Infobox_country/formernext"] = 6000, ["Infobox_country/imagetable"] = 5200, ["Infobox_country/multirow"] = 8200, ["Infobox_country/status_text"] = 2700, ["Infobox_country/styles.css"] = 6400, ["Infobox_country_at_games"] = 15000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/core"] = 15000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/see_also"] = 12000, ["Infobox_court_case"] = 4600, ["Infobox_court_case/images"] = 2400, ["Infobox_cricket_tournament"] = 2300, ["Infobox_cricketer"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/career"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/national_side"] = 7500, ["Infobox_criminal"] = 6300, ["Infobox_curler"] = 2600, ["Infobox_cycling_race_report"] = 4500, ["Infobox_cyclist"] = 16000, ["Infobox_dam"] = 5600, ["Infobox_designation_list"] = 19000, ["Infobox_designation_list/entry"] = 17000, ["Infobox_dim"] = 6900, ["Infobox_dim/core"] = 6900, ["Infobox_diocese"] = 3800, ["Infobox_drug"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/chemical_formula"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/data_page_link"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatATC"] = 9500, ["Infobox_drug/formatCASnumber"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEBI"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEMBL"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemDBNIAID"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemSpider"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatCompTox"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatDrugBank"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatIUPHARBPS"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatJmol"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatKEGG"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatPDBligand"] = 8900, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemCID"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemSID"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatUNII"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/legal_status"] = 9700, ["Infobox_drug/licence"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/maintenance_categories"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/non-ref-space"] = 4000, ["Infobox_drug/pregnancy_category"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/title"] = 9600, ["Infobox_election"] = 29000, ["Infobox_election/row"] = 29000, ["Infobox_election/shortname"] = 28000, ["Infobox_enzyme"] = 5100, ["Infobox_ethnic_group"] = 7200, ["Infobox_event"] = 5400, ["Infobox_family"] = 2100, ["Infobox_figure_skater"] = 4200, ["Infobox_film"] = 155000, ["Infobox_film/short_description"] = 151000, ["Infobox_film_awards"] = 2600, ["Infobox_film_awards/link"] = 2600, ["Infobox_film_awards/style"] = 2600, ["Infobox_food"] = 6800, ["Infobox_football_biography"] = 205000, ["Infobox_football_club"] = 27000, ["Infobox_football_club_season"] = 20000, ["Infobox_football_league"] = 2600, ["Infobox_football_league_season"] = 19000, ["Infobox_football_match"] = 5900, ["Infobox_football_tournament_season"] = 7900, ["Infobox_former_subdivision"] = 3300, ["Infobox_former_subdivision/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Infobox_galaxy"] = 2100, ["Infobox_game"] = 2500, ["Infobox_game_score"] = 3400, ["Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Infobox_given_name"] = 4000, ["Infobox_golfer"] = 4400, ["Infobox_golfer/highest_ranking"] = 4400, ["Infobox_government_agency"] = 10000, ["Infobox_government_cabinet"] = 2500, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_person"] = 2500, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_person/position"] = 5700, ["Infobox_gymnast"] = 3400, ["Infobox_handball_biography"] = 4900, ["Infobox_historic_site"] = 11000, ["Infobox_horseraces"] = 2600, ["Infobox_hospital"] = 6300, ["Infobox_hospital/care_system"] = 6300, ["Infobox_hospital/lists"] = 6300, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_biography"] = 20000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_player"] = 19000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team"] = 3000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team_season"] = 2000, ["Infobox_international_football_competition"] = 5700, ["Infobox_islands"] = 8700, ["Infobox_islands/area"] = 9100, ["Infobox_islands/density"] = 9100, ["Infobox_islands/length"] = 8700, ["Infobox_islands/styles.css"] = 8700, ["Infobox_journal"] = 9700, ["Infobox_journal/Abbreviation_search"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/Bluebook_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/Former_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/ISO_4_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/ISSN-eISSN"] = 9500, ["Infobox_journal/Indexing_search"] = 9500, ["Infobox_journal/MathSciNet_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/NLM_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/frequency"] = 8600, ["Infobox_lake"] = 4400, ["Infobox_language"] = 9500, ["Infobox_language/family-color"] = 11000, ["Infobox_language/genetic"] = 6500, ["Infobox_language/linguistlist"] = 9500, ["Infobox_language/ref"] = 7100, ["Infobox_legislature"] = 3600, ["Infobox_library"] = 2100, ["Infobox_lighthouse"] = 2600, ["Infobox_lighthouse/light"] = 2600, ["Infobox_locomotive"] = 4900, ["Infobox_magazine"] = 7600, ["Infobox_manner_of_address"] = 3300, ["Infobox_mapframe"] = 79000, ["Infobox_martial_artist"] = 5700, ["Infobox_martial_artist/record"] = 5700, ["Infobox_medal_templates"] = 421000, ["Infobox_medical_condition"] = 10000, ["Infobox_medical_condition_(new)"] = 8200, ["Infobox_medical_details"] = 2000, ["Infobox_military_conflict"] = 22000, ["Infobox_military_installation"] = 9700, ["Infobox_military_person"] = 45000, ["Infobox_military_unit"] = 26000, ["Infobox_mine"] = 2100, ["Infobox_model"] = 2300, ["Infobox_mountain"] = 28000, ["Infobox_multi-sport_competition_event"] = 2300, ["Infobox_museum"] = 10000, ["Infobox_musical_artist"] = 121000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/color"] = 121000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/hCard_class"] = 312000, ["Infobox_musical_composition"] = 2900, ["Infobox_name"] = 7400, ["Infobox_name_module"] = 6800, ["Infobox_newspaper"] = 9600, ["Infobox_nobility"] = 2400, ["Infobox_noble"] = 7300, ["Infobox_officeholder"] = 216000, ["Infobox_officeholder/office"] = 221000, ["Infobox_official_post"] = 8000, ["Infobox_organization"] = 36000, ["Infobox_pageant_titleholder"] = 3000, ["Infobox_park"] = 7300, ["Infobox_person"] = 469000, ["Infobox_person/Wikidata"] = 4900, ["Infobox_person/height"] = 102000, ["Infobox_person/length"] = 7100, ["Infobox_person/weight"] = 66000, ["Infobox_philosopher"] = 3400, ["Infobox_planet"] = 4700, ["Infobox_play"] = 3900, ["Infobox_political_party"] = 14000, ["Infobox_power_station"] = 3000, ["Infobox_prepared_food"] = 3100, ["Infobox_professional_wrestler"] = 4200, ["Infobox_professional_wrestling_event"] = 2600, ["Infobox_protected_area"] = 14000, ["Infobox_protein_family"] = 2100, ["Infobox_publisher"] = 2400, ["Infobox_racehorse"] = 5500, ["Infobox_racing_driver"] = 3800, ["Infobox_racing_driver_series_section"] = 2000, ["Infobox_radio_station"] = 22000, ["Infobox_rail"] = 2900, ["Infobox_rail_line"] = 7200, ["Infobox_rail_service"] = 2900, ["Infobox_rail_service/doc"] = 2900, ["Infobox_reality_competition_season"] = 3500, ["Infobox_record_label"] = 4000, ["Infobox_recurring_event"] = 6300, ["Infobox_religious_biography"] = 5200, ["Infobox_religious_building"] = 12000, ["Infobox_religious_building/color"] = 17000, ["Infobox_restaurant"] = 2700, ["Infobox_river"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/calcunit"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/discharge"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/row-style"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/source"] = 30000, ["Infobox_road"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/category"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/country"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/styles.css"] = 25000, ["Infobox_road_small"] = 2300, ["Infobox_rockunit"] = 6400, ["Infobox_royalty"] = 21000, ["Infobox_royalty/short_description"] = 13000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography"] = 16000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/correct_date"] = 16000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/depcheck"] = 15000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography"] = 9900, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography/PLAYER"] = 9800, ["Infobox_rugby_team"] = 2600, ["Infobox_sailboat_specifications"] = 2300, ["Infobox_saint"] = 5000, ["Infobox_school"] = 38000, ["Infobox_school/short_description"] = 38000, ["Infobox_school_district"] = 5600, ["Infobox_school_district/styles.css"] = 5600, ["Infobox_scientist"] = 48000, ["Infobox_service_record"] = 2600, ["Infobox_settlement"] = 559000, ["Infobox_settlement/areadisp"] = 233000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns"] = 94000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns/styles.css"] = 94000, ["Infobox_settlement/densdisp"] = 433000, ["Infobox_settlement/impus"] = 81000, ["Infobox_settlement/lengthdisp"] = 168000, ["Infobox_settlement/link"] = 94000, ["Infobox_settlement/metric"] = 207000, ["Infobox_settlement/pref"] = 289000, ["Infobox_settlement/styles.css"] = 559000, ["Infobox_ship_begin"] = 41000, ["Infobox_ship_career"] = 37000, ["Infobox_ship_characteristics"] = 41000, ["Infobox_ship_class_overview"] = 4100, ["Infobox_ship_image"] = 40000, ["Infobox_shopping_mall"] = 3400, ["Infobox_short_story"] = 2300, ["Infobox_skier"] = 2500, ["Infobox_soap_character"] = 2900, ["Infobox_software"] = 14000, ["Infobox_software/simple"] = 14000, ["Infobox_song"] = 75000, ["Infobox_song/color"] = 75000, ["Infobox_song/link"] = 75000, ["Infobox_spaceflight"] = 3500, ["Infobox_spaceflight/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_sport_event"] = 2100, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event"] = 17000, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event/medalrow"] = 11000, ["Infobox_sports_league"] = 5000, ["Infobox_sports_season"] = 5300, ["Infobox_sports_team"] = 2200, ["Infobox_sportsperson"] = 106000, ["Infobox_stadium"] = 3500, ["Infobox_station"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/doc"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/services"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/styles.css"] = 55000, ["Infobox_street"] = 3400, ["Infobox_swimmer"] = 9300, ["Infobox_television"] = 56000, ["Infobox_television/Short_description"] = 54000, ["Infobox_television_channel"] = 6200, ["Infobox_television_episode"] = 12000, ["Infobox_television_episode/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Infobox_television_season"] = 9400, ["Infobox_television_station"] = 3700, ["Infobox_tennis_biography"] = 10000, ["Infobox_tennis_event"] = 2400, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_event"] = 19000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year"] = 9100, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/color"] = 28000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/footer"] = 28000, ["Infobox_train"] = 2300, ["Infobox_union"] = 2100, ["Infobox_university"] = 26000, ["Infobox_user"] = 2600, ["Infobox_venue"] = 18000, ["Infobox_video_game"] = 28000, ["Infobox_video_game/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Infobox_volleyball_biography"] = 5300, ["Infobox_weapon"] = 7300, ["Infobox_website"] = 7700, ["Infobox_writer"] = 38000, ["Information"] = 102000, ["Information/styles.css"] = 102000, ["Inprogress"] = 2400, ["Input_link"] = 32000, ["Instagram"] = 11000, ["Interlanguage_link"] = 150000, ["Interlanguage_link_multi"] = 19000, ["Internet_Archive_author"] = 18000, ["Internet_Archive_film"] = 2500, ["Intitle"] = 12000, ["Invalid_SVG"] = 3600, ["Invalid_SVG/styles.css"] = 3600, ["Iptalk"] = 20000, ["IranCensus2006"] = 48000, ["IranNCSGN"] = 3200, ["Iran_Census_2006"] = 48000, ["Irc"] = 2100, ["Irish_place_name"] = 2600, ["IsIPAddress"] = 39000, ["IsValidPageName"] = 140000, ["Is_country_in_Central_America"] = 13000, ["Is_country_in_the_Caribbean"] = 14000, ["Is_interwiki_link"] = 6100, ["Is_italic_taxon"] = 473000, ["Is_redirect"] = 26000, ["Isbn"] = 7400, ["Isfdb_name"] = 3800, ["Isfdb_title"] = 4500, ["Isnumeric"] = 205000, ["Iso2continent"] = 35000, ["Iso2country"] = 23000, ["Iso2country/article"] = 22000, ["Iso2country/data"] = 23000, ["Iso2nationality"] = 224000, ["Issubst"] = 72000, ["Isu_name"] = 2200, ["Italic_dab2"] = 5200, ["Italic_title"] = 284000, ["Italic_title_prefixed"] = 8700, ["Italics_colon"] = 3700, ["Italictitle"] = 4300, ["Ivm"] = 5700, ["Ivm/styles.css"] = 5700, ["Ivmbox"] = 122000, ["Ivory_messagebox"] = 140000, ["Module:I18n/complex_date"] = 66000, ["Module:IP"] = 130000, ["Module:IPA_symbol"] = 4700, ["Module:IPA_symbol/data"] = 4700, ["Module:IPAc-en"] = 48000, ["Module:IPAc-en/data"] = 48000, ["Module:IPAc-en/phonemes"] = 48000, ["Module:IPAc-en/pronunciation"] = 48000, ["Module:IPAddress"] = 189000, ["Module:ISO_3166"] = 1030000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/AT"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/BA"] = 3400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CA"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CN"] = 2100, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/DE"] = 14000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/ES"] = 3600, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/FR"] = 38000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GB"] = 6400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GR"] = 3100, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IN"] = 29000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IR"] = 6300, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/National"] = 1030000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/PL"] = 5800, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RS"] = 3200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RU"] = 25000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/US"] = 85000, ["Module:ISO_639_name"] = 20000, ["Module:ISOdate"] = 66000, ["Module:Icon"] = 577000, ["Module:Icon/data"] = 577000, ["Module:If_empty"] = 3630000, ["Module:If_in_page"] = 9400, ["Module:If_preview"] = 287000, ["Module:If_preview/configuration"] = 287000, ["Module:If_preview/styles.css"] = 287000, ["Module:Import_style"] = 11000, ["Module:In_lang"] = 354000, ["Module:Indent"] = 4300, ["Module:Infobox"] = 4080000, ["Module:Infobox/dates"] = 68000, ["Module:Infobox/styles.css"] = 4330000, ["Module:Infobox3cols"] = 295000, ["Module:InfoboxImage"] = 4380000, ["Module:Infobox_body_of_water_tracking"] = 18000, ["Module:Infobox_cyclist_tracking"] = 16000, ["Module:Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Module:Infobox_mapframe"] = 401000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict"] = 22000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict/styles.css"] = 22000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name"] = 20000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name/data"] = 20000, ["Module:Infobox_power_station"] = 3000, ["Module:Infobox_road"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/browselinks"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/errors"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/length"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/locations"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/map"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/route"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/sections"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_television"] = 56000, ["Module:Infobox_television_disambiguation_check"] = 63000, ["Module:Infobox_television_episode"] = 12000, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_disambiguation_check"] = 8900, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_name"] = 9400, ["Module:Internet_Archive"] = 18000, ["Module:IrelandByCountyCatNav"] = 3300, ["Module:Is_infobox_in_lead"] = 376000, ["Module:Is_instance"] = 334000, ["Module:Italic_title"] = 1110000, ["Module:Italic_title2"] = 5200, } a29f03d181b4fcf53177bd213f7cc28801871433 828 80 162 2023-08-06T05:13:00Z wikipedia>Ahechtbot 0 [[Wikipedia:BOT|Bot]]: Updated page. Scribunto text/plain return { ["S"] = 3500, ["S-aca"] = 6400, ["S-ach"] = 16000, ["S-aft"] = 218000, ["S-aft/filter"] = 218000, ["S-bef"] = 222000, ["S-bef/filter"] = 222000, ["S-break"] = 5000, ["S-civ"] = 2600, ["S-dip"] = 5300, ["S-end"] = 245000, ["S-gov"] = 7900, ["S-hon"] = 3800, ["S-hou"] = 9500, ["S-inc"] = 13000, ["S-legal"] = 9300, ["S-mil"] = 12000, ["S-new"] = 15000, ["S-non"] = 9200, ["S-npo"] = 4000, ["S-off"] = 41000, ["S-par"] = 50000, ["S-par/en"] = 3200, ["S-par/gb"] = 3300, ["S-par/uk"] = 11000, ["S-par/us-hs"] = 11000, ["S-par/us-sen"] = 2000, ["S-ppo"] = 13000, ["S-prec"] = 3200, ["S-rail"] = 6300, ["S-rail-start"] = 6200, ["S-rail/lines"] = 6400, ["S-reg"] = 20000, ["S-rel"] = 18000, ["S-roy"] = 2700, ["S-s"] = 3600, ["S-sports"] = 10000, ["S-start"] = 239000, ["S-ttl"] = 229000, ["S-vac"] = 6000, ["SCO"] = 3700, ["SDcat"] = 5390000, ["SECOND"] = 2300, ["SGP"] = 2600, ["SIA"] = 2600, ["SIPA"] = 2600, ["SLO"] = 4200, ["SMS"] = 7200, ["SMU"] = 2100, ["SPI_archive_notice"] = 70000, ["SPIarchive_notice"] = 70000, ["SPIcat"] = 3800, ["SPIclose"] = 3300, ["SPIpriorcases"] = 65000, ["SR/Olympics_profile"] = 3200, ["SRB"] = 3600, ["SS"] = 20000, ["SSPa"] = 2600, ["STN"] = 12000, ["SUBJECTSPACE_formatted"] = 42000, ["SUI"] = 8400, ["SVG"] = 3200, ["SVG-Logo"] = 17000, ["SVG-Res"] = 15000, ["SVG-logo"] = 2900, ["SVK"] = 5900, ["SVN"] = 5200, ["SWE"] = 12000, ["Sandbox_other"] = 230000, ["Saturday"] = 2600, ["Saved_book"] = 52000, ["Sc"] = 3000, ["Scholia"] = 2700, ["School_block"] = 13000, ["School_disambiguation"] = 3300, ["Schoolblock"] = 6700, ["Schooldis"] = 2700, ["Schoolip"] = 10000, ["Scientist_icon"] = 15000, ["Scientist_icon2"] = 15000, ["Sclass"] = 31000, ["Sclass2"] = 10000, ["Screen_reader-only"] = 43000, ["Screen_reader-only/styles.css"] = 43000, ["Script"] = 5800, ["Script/Arabic"] = 2100, ["Script/Hebrew"] = 4700, ["Script/Nastaliq"] = 14000, ["Script/doc/id-unk"] = 2900, ["Script/doc/id-unk/core"] = 2900, ["Script/doc/id-unk/is-iso-alpha4"] = 2800, ["Script/doc/id-unk/name-to-alpha4"] = 2900, ["Script/styles.css"] = 3000, ["Script/styles_arabic.css"] = 2100, ["Script/styles_hebrew.css"] = 4700, ["Sdash"] = 3000, ["Search_box"] = 49000, ["Search_link"] = 9800, ["Section_link"] = 52000, ["Section_sizes"] = 2400, ["See"] = 11000, ["See_also"] = 184000, ["Seealso"] = 6700, ["Select_skin"] = 4300, ["Selected_article"] = 2700, ["Selected_picture"] = 2500, ["Self"] = 49000, ["Self-published_inline"] = 3900, ["Self-published_source"] = 6600, ["Self-reference"] = 2700, ["Self-reference_tool"] = 5100, ["Self/migration"] = 33000, ["Self2"] = 2100, ["Sent_off"] = 13000, ["Sentoff"] = 4100, ["Separated_entries"] = 175000, ["Sequence"] = 3700, ["Serial_killer_opentask"] = 3600, ["Series_overview"] = 7600, ["Serif"] = 2800, ["Set_category"] = 35000, ["Set_index_article"] = 5700, ["Sets_taxobox_colour"] = 93000, ["Sfn"] = 152000, ["SfnRef"] = 133000, ["Sfnm"] = 3500, ["Sfnp"] = 17000, ["Sfnref"] = 11000, ["Sfrac"] = 4200, ["Sfrac/styles.css"] = 4200, ["SharedIPEDU"] = 3200, ["Shared_IP"] = 11000, ["Shared_IP_advice"] = 16000, ["Shared_IP_corp"] = 5000, ["Shared_IP_edu"] = 126000, ["Shared_IP_gov"] = 3000, ["Sharedip"] = 3300, ["Sharedipedu"] = 3600, ["Sherdog"] = 2600, ["Ship"] = 85000, ["Ship/maintenancecategory"] = 85000, ["Ship_index"] = 7000, ["Shipboxflag"] = 20000, ["Shipboxflag/core"] = 20000, ["Shipwrecks_navbox_footer"] = 10000, ["Shipwrecks_navbox_footer/link"] = 10000, ["Short_description"] = 5500000, ["Short_description/lowercasecheck"] = 5500000, ["Short_pages_monitor"] = 10000, ["Short_pages_monitor/maximum_length"] = 10000, ["Shortcut"] = 19000, ["Should_be_SVG"] = 9100, ["Show_button"] = 2130000, ["Sic"] = 32000, ["Sica"] = 3000, ["Side_box"] = 1120000, ["Sidebar"] = 254000, ["Sidebar_games_events"] = 36000, ["Sidebar_person"] = 2300, ["Sidebar_person/styles.css"] = 2300, ["Sidebar_with_collapsible_lists"] = 93000, ["Sigfig"] = 3700, ["Significant_figures"] = 5000, ["Significant_figures/rnd"] = 4600, ["Signpost-subscription"] = 2100, ["Sildb_prim"] = 2000, ["Silver02"] = 16000, ["Silver2"] = 48000, ["Silver_medal"] = 5500, ["Similar_names"] = 2100, ["Single+double"] = 6800, ["Single+space"] = 14000, ["Single-innings_cricket_match"] = 3200, ["Single_chart"] = 37000, ["Single_chart/chartnote"] = 37000, ["Single_namespace"] = 200000, ["Singlechart"] = 20000, ["Singles"] = 41000, ["Sister-inline"] = 187000, ["Sister_project"] = 1040000, ["Sister_project_links"] = 11000, ["Sisterlinks"] = 2800, ["Skip_to_talk"] = 12000, ["Skip_to_talk/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Sky"] = 2700, ["Sky/styles.css"] = 2700, ["Slink"] = 13000, ["Small"] = 597000, ["Small_Solar_System_bodies"] = 3600, ["Smallcaps"] = 18000, ["Smallcaps/styles.css"] = 18000, ["Smallcaps_all"] = 3100, ["Smalldiv"] = 21000, ["Smaller"] = 72000, ["Smallsup"] = 21000, ["Smiley"] = 43000, ["Snd"] = 160000, ["Snds"] = 6300, ["Soccer_icon"] = 130000, ["Soccer_icon2"] = 130000, ["Soccer_icon4"] = 5100, ["Soccerbase"] = 13000, ["Soccerbase_season"] = 6700, ["Soccerway"] = 75000, ["Sock"] = 47000, ["Sock_list"] = 4000, ["Sockcat"] = 2000, ["Sockmaster"] = 9300, ["Sockpuppet"] = 237000, ["Sockpuppet/altmaster"] = 2100, ["Sockpuppet/categorise"] = 237000, ["SockpuppetCheckuser"] = 5500, ["Sockpuppet_category"] = 45000, ["Sockpuppet_category/confirmed"] = 23000, ["Sockpuppet_category/suspected"] = 22000, ["Sockpuppetcheckuser"] = 3600, ["Sockpuppeteer"] = 24000, ["Soft_redirect"] = 6100, ["Soft_redirect_protection"] = 8200, ["Softredirect"] = 3200, ["Solar_luminosity"] = 4400, ["Solar_mass"] = 5200, ["Solar_radius"] = 4200, ["Soldier_icon"] = 3900, ["Soldier_icon2"] = 3900, ["Song"] = 8300, ["Songs"] = 19000, ["Songs_category"] = 8300, ["Songs_category/core"] = 8300, ["Sort"] = 116000, ["Sortname"] = 52000, ["Source-attribution"] = 28000, ["Source_check"] = 965000, ["Sourcecheck"] = 965000, ["Sources"] = 2400, ["South_America_topic"] = 2500, ["Sp"] = 250000, ["Space"] = 55000, ["Space+double"] = 18000, ["Space+single"] = 13000, ["Spaced_en_dash"] = 192000, ["Spaced_en_dash_space"] = 6400, ["Spaced_ndash"] = 23000, ["Spaces"] = 2690000, ["Spain_metadata_Wikidata"] = 7500, ["Spamlink"] = 13000, ["Species_Latin_name_abbreviation_disambiguation"] = 2200, ["Species_list"] = 15000, ["Speciesbox"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/getGenus"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/getSpecies"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/name"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/parameterCheck"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/trim"] = 288000, ["Specieslist"] = 5400, ["Split_article"] = 3600, ["Spnd"] = 4100, ["Sport_icon"] = 14000, ["Sport_icon2"] = 15000, ["SportsYearCatUSstate"] = 6500, ["SportsYearCatUSstate/core"] = 6500, ["Sports_links"] = 65000, ["Sports_reference"] = 7300, ["Squad_maintenance"] = 3500, ["Sronly"] = 41000, ["Srt"] = 5100, ["Stack"] = 25000, ["Stack/styles.css"] = 34000, ["Stack_begin"] = 8900, ["Stack_end"] = 8900, ["StaleIP"] = 3200, ["Standings_table_end"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_entry"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_entry/record"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_start"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_start/colheader"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_start/colspan"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_start/styles.css"] = 54000, ["Starbox_astrometry"] = 5100, ["Starbox_begin"] = 5300, ["Starbox_catalog"] = 5200, ["Starbox_character"] = 5100, ["Starbox_detail"] = 5000, ["Starbox_end"] = 5200, ["Starbox_image"] = 2900, ["Starbox_observe"] = 5100, ["Starbox_reference"] = 5200, ["Start-Class"] = 18000, ["Start-date"] = 3800, ["Start_and_end_dates"] = 2700, ["Start_box"] = 8100, ["Start_date"] = 433000, ["Start_date_and_age"] = 138000, ["Start_date_and_years_ago"] = 6600, ["Start_of_course_timeline"] = 6000, ["Start_of_course_week"] = 6200, ["Start_tab"] = 4900, ["Startflatlist"] = 144000, ["Static_IP"] = 5900, ["Station"] = 7700, ["Station_link"] = 16000, ["Stdinchicite"] = 10000, ["Steady"] = 14000, ["Stl"] = 14000, ["Stn"] = 7300, ["Stn_art_lnk"] = 2000, ["Stnlnk"] = 30000, ["Storm_colour"] = 5100, ["Storm_path"] = 2100, ["StoryTeleplay"] = 3400, ["Str_endswith"] = 199000, ["Str_find"] = 115000, ["Str_index"] = 13000, ["Str_left"] = 1580000, ["Str_len"] = 18000, ["Str_letter"] = 175000, ["Str_letter/trim"] = 20000, ["Str_number"] = 8000, ["Str_number/trim"] = 169000, ["Str_rep"] = 311000, ["Str_right"] = 678000, ["Str_trim"] = 5300, ["Str_≠_len"] = 34000, ["Str_≥_len"] = 72000, ["Strfind_short"] = 222000, ["Strikethrough"] = 16000, ["String_split"] = 2600, ["Strip_tags"] = 37000, ["Strong"] = 852000, ["Structurae"] = 2100, ["Stub-Class"] = 17000, ["Stub_Category"] = 13000, ["Stub_category"] = 18000, ["Stub_documentation"] = 36000, ["Student_editor"] = 27000, ["Student_sandbox"] = 4500, ["Student_table_row"] = 5100, ["Students_table"] = 5100, ["Su"] = 9700, ["Su-census1989"] = 4500, ["Sub"] = 4100, ["Subinfobox_bodystyle"] = 35000, ["Subject_bar"] = 18000, ["Suboff"] = 6200, ["Subon"] = 6300, ["Subpage_other"] = 285000, ["Subscription"] = 4300, ["Subscription_required"] = 34000, ["Subsidebar_bodystyle"] = 6700, ["Subst_only"] = 4600, ["Substituted_comment"] = 19000, ["Succession_box"] = 119000, ["Succession_links"] = 162000, ["Summer_Olympics_by_year_category_navigation"] = 2400, ["Summer_Olympics_by_year_category_navigation/core"] = 2400, ["Sunday"] = 2600, ["Sup"] = 58000, ["Suppress_categories"] = 5100, ["Surname"] = 66000, ["Swiss_populations"] = 2400, ["Swiss_populations_NC"] = 3000, ["Swiss_populations_YM"] = 2300, ["Swiss_populations_ref"] = 2400, ["Switcher"] = 2700, ["Module:SDcat"] = 5390000, ["Module:SPI_archive_notice"] = 32000, ["Module:Science_redirect"] = 253000, ["Module:Science_redirect/conf"] = 253000, ["Module:Section_link"] = 52000, ["Module:Section_sizes"] = 3500, ["Module:See_also_if_exists"] = 72000, ["Module:Separated_entries"] = 2270000, ["Module:Series_overview"] = 7700, ["Module:Settlement_short_description"] = 709000, ["Module:Shortcut"] = 23000, ["Module:Shortcut/config"] = 23000, ["Module:Shortcut/styles.css"] = 23000, ["Module:Side_box"] = 1150000, ["Module:Side_box/styles.css"] = 1150000, ["Module:Sidebar"] = 336000, ["Module:Sidebar/configuration"] = 336000, ["Module:Sidebar/styles.css"] = 342000, ["Module:Sidebar_games_events"] = 36000, ["Module:Sidebar_games_events/styles.css"] = 36000, ["Module:Singles"] = 41000, ["Module:Sister_project_links"] = 14000, ["Module:Sister_project_links/bar/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Module:Sister_project_links/styles.css"] = 11000, ["Module:Sock_list"] = 4000, ["Module:Sort_title"] = 17000, ["Module:Sortkey"] = 197000, ["Module:Split_article"] = 3600, ["Module:Sports_career"] = 19000, ["Module:Sports_color"] = 68000, ["Module:Sports_color/baseball"] = 34000, ["Module:Sports_color/basketball"] = 22000, ["Module:Sports_color/ice_hockey"] = 3200, ["Module:Sports_rbr_table"] = 11000, ["Module:Sports_rbr_table/styles.css"] = 11000, ["Module:Sports_reference"] = 7300, ["Module:Sports_results"] = 14000, ["Module:Sports_results/styles.css"] = 9400, ["Module:Sports_table"] = 57000, ["Module:Sports_table/WDL"] = 50000, ["Module:Sports_table/WDL_OT"] = 2600, ["Module:Sports_table/WL"] = 3900, ["Module:Sports_table/argcheck"] = 57000, ["Module:Sports_table/styles.css"] = 57000, ["Module:Sports_table/sub"] = 57000, ["Module:Sports_table/totalscheck"] = 41000, ["Module:Stock_tickers/NYSE"] = 2100, ["Module:Storm_categories"] = 5200, ["Module:Storm_categories/categories"] = 5200, ["Module:Storm_categories/colors"] = 5200, ["Module:Storm_categories/icons"] = 5200, ["Module:String"] = 11900000, ["Module:String2"] = 2280000, ["Module:Su"] = 12000, ["Module:Subject_bar"] = 18000, ["Module:Suppress_categories"] = 5200, } 03ba019c97a222c7612ec7459698be278cb1bd12 828 112 232 2023-08-07T11:54:33Z wikipedia>Trappist the monk 0 bump ssrn; Scribunto text/plain local lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- make a language object for the local language; used here for languages and dates --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ List of namespaces identifiers for namespaces that will not be included in citation error categories. Same as setting notracking = true by default. For wikis that have a current version of Module:cs1 documentation support, this #invoke will return an unordered list of namespace names and their associated identifiers: {{#invoke:cs1 documentation support|uncategorized_namespace_lister|all=<anything>}} ]] uncategorized_namespaces_t = {[2]=true}; -- init with user namespace id for k, _ in pairs (mw.site.talkNamespaces) do -- add all talk namespace ids uncategorized_namespaces_t[k] = true; end local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2', ['archived-missing'] = 'Archived from the original $1 on $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on ', ['archived'] = 'Archived', ['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1', ['editor'] = 'ed.', ['editors'] = 'eds.', ['edition'] = '($1&nbsp;ed.)', ['episode'] = 'Episode $1', ['et al'] = 'et&nbsp;al.', ['in'] = 'In', -- edited works ['inactive'] = 'inactive', ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1', ['lay summary'] = 'Lay summary', ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'the original', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (published $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1', ['season'] = 'Season $1', ['section'] = '§&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = '§§&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1', ['translated'] = 'Translated by $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype ['written'] = 'Written at $1', ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, no.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 No.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['art'] = '$1 Art.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only ['vol-art'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, art.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)', ['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text? ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = "$1 p.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(in $1)', ['via'] = " &ndash; via $1", ['event'] = 'Event occurs at', ['minutes'] = 'minutes in', -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors', ['help page label'] = 'help', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[Category:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:Category:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33">One or more <code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> templates have errors</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#3a3">One or more <code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> templates have maintenance messages</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link } --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S _ M A P >------------------------------------------ this table maps the value assigned to |CitationClass= in the cs1|2 templates to the canonical template name when the value assigned to |CitationClass= is different from the canonical template name. |CitationClass= values are used as class attributes in the <cite> tag that encloses the citation so these names may not contain spaces while the canonical template name may. These names are used in warning_msg_e and warning_msg_m to create links to the template's documentation when an article is displayed in preview mode. Most cs1|2 template |CitationClass= values at en.wiki match their canonical template names so are not listed here. ]] local citation_class_map_t = { -- TODO: if kept, these and all other config.CitationClass 'names' require some sort of i18n ['audio-visual'] = 'AV media', ['AV-media-notes'] = 'AV media notes', ['encyclopaedia'] = 'encyclopedia', ['mailinglist'] = 'mailing list', ['pressrelease'] = 'press release' } --[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------- This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message. ]=] local et_al_patterns = { "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match) "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al. "%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form "%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax) "[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. ['interwiki'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[in $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc ['interproj'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[at $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored) -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='cs1-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='cs1-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'}, ['limited'] = {class='cs1-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'}, ['subscription'] = {class='cs1-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = "&#91;$1&#93;", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} } --[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >--------------------------------- Aliases table for commonly passed parameters. Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names ]] local aliases = { ['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Agency'] = 'agency', ['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format', ['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArticleNumber'] = 'article-number', ['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld', ['At'] = 'at', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Authors'] = {'authors', 'people', 'credits'}, ['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'}, ['Cartography'] = 'cartography', ['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}; ['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url', 'chapterurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event'}, ['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format', ['ConferenceURL'] = 'conference-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Date'] = {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, -- air-date and airdate for cite episode and cite serial only ['Degree'] = 'degree', ['DF'] = 'df', ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['DisplayEditors'] = 'display-editors', ['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators', ['Docket'] = 'docket', ['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['Edition'] = 'edition', ['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['Episode'] = 'episode', -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['Format'] = 'format', ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'}, ['Inset'] = 'inset', ['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number'}, ['Language'] = {'language', 'lang'}, ['LayDate'] = 'lay-date', ['LayFormat'] = 'lay-format', ['LaySource'] = 'lay-source', ['LayURL'] = 'lay-url', ['MailingList'] = {'mailing-list', 'mailinglist'}, -- cite mailing list only ['Map'] = 'map', -- cite map only ['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only ['MapURL'] = {'map-url', 'mapurl'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Minutes'] = 'minutes', ['Mode'] = 'mode', ['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style', ['Network'] = 'network', ['Newsgroup'] = 'newsgroup', -- cite newsgroup only ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear'}, ['Others'] = 'others', ['Page'] = {'page', 'p'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Pages'] = {'pages', 'pp'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'website', 'work'}, ['Place'] = {'place', 'location'}, ['PostScript'] = 'postscript', ['PublicationDate'] = {'publication-date', 'publicationdate'}, ['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace'}, ['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'institution'}, ['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation'}, ['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page', ['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages', ['Ref'] = 'ref', ['Scale'] = 'scale', ['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map', ['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote', ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Season'] = 'season', ['Sections'] = 'sections', -- cite map only ['Series'] = {'series', 'version'}, ['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'}, ['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only ['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only ['Station'] = 'station', ['Time'] = 'time', ['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption', ['Title'] = 'title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'episodelink'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleNote'] = 'department', ['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'}, ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['Transcript'] = 'transcript', ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', ['TranscriptURL'] = {'transcript-url', 'transcripturl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote', ['TransTitle'] = 'trans-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlAccess'] = 'url-access', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlStatus'] = 'url-status', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors', ['Veditors'] = 'veditors', ['Via'] = 'via', ['Volume'] = 'volume', ['Year'] = 'year', ['AuthorList-First'] = {"first#", "author-first#", "author#-first", "given#", "author-given#", "author#-given"}, ['AuthorList-Last'] = {"last#", "author-last#", "author#-last", "surname#", "author-surname#", "author#-surname", "author#", "subject#", 'host#'}, ['AuthorList-Link'] = {"author-link#", "author#-link", "subject-link#", "subject#-link", "authorlink#", "author#link"}, ['AuthorList-Mask'] = {"author-mask#", "author#-mask", "subject-mask#", "subject#-mask"}, ['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'}, ['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname', 'contributor#'}, ['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'}, ['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'}, ['EditorList-First'] = {"editor-first#", "editor#-first", "editor-given#", "editor#-given"}, ['EditorList-Last'] = {"editor-last#", "editor#-last", "editor-surname#", "editor#-surname", "editor#"}, ['EditorList-Link'] = {"editor-link#", "editor#-link"}, ['EditorList-Mask'] = {"editor-mask#", "editor#-mask"}, ['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first', 'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given'}, ['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last', 'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#'}, ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'}, ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'}, ['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given'}, ['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator-last#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname', 'translator#'}, ['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'}, ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'}, } --[[--------------------------< P U N C T _ S K I P >--------------------------- builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check. ]] local punct_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters 'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators 'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'LayURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters } local url_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'ID', 'LayURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- parameters allowed to hold urls 'Page', 'Pages', 'At', 'QuotePage', 'QuotePages', -- insource locators allowed to hold urls } local function build_skip_table (skip_t, meta_params) for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name if 'string' == type (params) then skip_t[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter else for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name skip_t[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table local count; param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters if 0 ~= count then -- if removed skip_t[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker end end end end return skip_t; end local punct_skip = {}; local url_skip = {}; --[[--------------------------< S I N G L E - L E T T E R S E C O N D - L E V E L D O M A I N S >---------- this is a list of tlds that are known to have single-letter second-level domain names. This list does not include ccTLDs which are accepted in is_domain_name(). ]] local single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = {'cash', 'company', 'foundation', 'org', 'today'}; --[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------ This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc., is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where this translation table may be useful. ]] local is_Latn = 'A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143'; local special_case_translation = { ['AuthorList'] = 'authors list', -- used to assemble maintenance category names ['ContributorList'] = 'contributors list', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base maintenance category names in maint_cats{} table below ['EditorList'] = 'editors list', -- must match the names of the actual categories ['InterviewerList'] = 'interviewers list', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names() ['TranslatorList'] = 'translators list', -- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value ['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title ['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki ['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language }, -- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language -- generic titles and patterns in this table should be lowercase only -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches ['generic_titles'] = { ['accept'] = { }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'hugedomains.com', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'login • instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'usurped title', true}, ['local'] = nil}, -- added by a GreenC bot {['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } }, -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches, search string must be lowercase only -- boolean 'false' for pattern searches -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic name in your language ['generic_names'] = { ['accept'] = { {['en'] = {'%[%[[^|]*%(author%) *|[^%]]*%]%]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'about us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]dvisor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'allmusic', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]uthor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'business', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'cnn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'collaborator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contributor', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contact us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'directory', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*eds?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^eds?[%.,;]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]dited%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]ditors?%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a]]Ee]mail%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'google', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'home page', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ii]nc%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'interviewer', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'linkedIn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Nn]ews$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'pinterest', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'policy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'privacy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'reuters', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'translator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'tumblr', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'twitter', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'site name', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'statement', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'submitted', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'super.?user', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f['..is_Latn..'][Uu]ser%f[^'..is_Latn..']', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'verfasser', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } } } --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------------- This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table. Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used. In these tables, season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2, Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while. local_date_names_from_mediawiki is a boolean. When set to: true – module will fetch local month names from MediaWiki for both date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] false – module will *not* fetch local month names from MediaWiki Caveat lector: There is no guarantee that MediaWiki will provide short month names. At your wiki you can test the results of the MediaWiki fetch in the debug console with this command (the result is alpha sorted): =mw.dumpObject (p.date_names['local']) While the module can fetch month names from MediaWiki, it cannot fetch the quarter, season, and named date names from MediaWiki. Those must be translated manually. ]] local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = true; -- when false, manual translation required for date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] -- when true, module fetches long and short month names from MediaWiki local date_names = { ['en'] = { -- English ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, -- when local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, ['inv_local_long'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_short'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_quarter'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].quarter where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_season'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].season where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_named'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].named where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['local_digits'] = {['0'] = '0', ['1'] = '1', ['2'] = '2', ['3'] = '3', ['4'] = '4', ['5'] = '5', ['6'] = '6', ['7'] = '7', ['8'] = '8', ['9'] = '9'}, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9 ['xlate_digits'] = {}, } if local_date_names_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local month names from MediaWiki is enabled local long_t = {}; local short_t = {}; for i=1, 12 do -- loop 12x and local name = lang_obj:formatDate('F', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get long month name for each i long_t[name] = i; -- save it name = lang_obj:formatDate('M', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get short month name for each i short_t[name] = i; -- save it end date_names['local']['long'] = long_t; -- write the long table – overwrites manual translation date_names['local']['short'] = short_t; -- write the short table – overwrites manual translation end -- create inverted date-name tables for reformatting and/or translation for _, invert_t in pairs {{'long', 'inv_local_long'}, {'short', 'inv_local_short'}, {'quarter', 'inv_local_quarter'}, {'season', 'inv_local_season'}, {'named', 'inv_local_named'}} do for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'][invert_t[1]]) do -- this table is ['name'] = i date_names[invert_t[2]][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd end end for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value end local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}} '{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count '{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343 '{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176 '{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18 '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11 '{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56 '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5 '{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3 '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0 '{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0 } local function get_date_format () local title_object = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); if title_object.namespace == 10 then -- not in template space so that unused templates appear in unused-template-reports; return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end local content = title_object:getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625 for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format if match then content = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length return match:lower() .. '-' .. content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)'); else return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df= end end end end local global_df; --[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------ These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which is handled in the main module. ]] local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'} local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'} local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'} --[[ These tables control when it is appropriate for {{citation}} to render |volume= and/or |issue=. The parameter names in the tables constrain {{citation}} so that its renderings match the renderings of the equivalent cs1 templates. For example, {{cite web}} does not support |volume= so the equivalent {{citation |website=...}} must not support |volume=. ]] local citation_no_volume_t = { -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used 'website', 'mailinglist', 'script-website', } local citation_issue_t = { -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used 'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work', 'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work', } --[[ Patterns for finding extra text in |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages= ]] local vol_iss_pg_patterns = { good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages= '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]', '^[Pp][Pp]?%.&nbsp;', -- from {{p.}} and {{pp.}} templates '^[Pp]ages?', '^[Pp]gs.?', }, vpatterns = { -- patterns for |volume= '^volumes?', '^vols?[%.:=]?' }, ipatterns = { -- patterns for |issue= '^issues?', '^iss[%.:=]?', '^numbers?', '^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus' '^nr[%.:=]?', '^n[%.:= ]' -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here) } } --[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >------------------------------- These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords. ]] --[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >-------------------------- this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of synonymous keywords possibly from different languages. for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key. For example, adding the German keyword 'ja': ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'}, Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis, it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables. ]] local keywords = { ['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style= ['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style= ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution= ['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode= ['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode= ['dead'] = {'dead', 'deviated'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df= ['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df= ['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution= ['free'] = {'free'}, -- |<id>-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['harv'] = {'harv'}, -- |ref=; this no longer supported; is_valid_parameter_value() called with <invert> = true ['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution= ['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df= ['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df= ['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=) ['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution= ['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style= ['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df= ['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df= -- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki } --[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >--------------------- this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{} become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}: ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{} becomes ['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{} ['true'] = 'affirmative', ['y'] = 'affirmative', the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent that may be used in other modules of this suite ]] local function xlate_keywords () local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key end end return out_table; end local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords --[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >--------------------- this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter. keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{} ]] local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists) local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ... table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list end end return out_table; end --[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >----------------------------- this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key]. Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters: ['yes_true_y'], ['id-access']. The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the appropriate list in keywords{}. The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the parameters named in this table's keys. ]] local keywords_lists = { ['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}), ['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}), ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}), -- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki ['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}), ['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}), ['ref'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.harv}), -- inverted check; |ref=harv no longer supported ['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), ['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}), ['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free}), } --[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >---------------------------- Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form. ]] local stripmarkers = { ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker() } --[[------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >--------------------- This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table. Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's metadata before stripmarker replacement. ]] local invisible_defs = { del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed } local invisible_chars = { {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD {'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09 {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A {'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0 {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type {'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D)) {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD } --[[ Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages: Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese: Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup() ]] local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]'; -- list of emoji that use a zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji -- from: https://unicode.org/Public/emoji/15.0/emoji-zwj-sequences.txt; version: 15.0; 2022-05-06 -- table created by: [[:en:Module:Make emoji zwj table]] local emoji_t = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx [9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones [9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign [9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign [9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius [9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales [9895] = true, -- U+26A7 ⚧ male with stroke and male and female sign [9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane [10052] = true, -- U+2744 ❄ snowflake [10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart [11035] = true, -- U+2B1B ⬛ black large square [127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow [127787] = true, -- U+1F32B 🌫 fog [127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice [127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking [127868] = true, -- U+1F37C 🍼 baby bottle [127876] = true, -- U+1F384 🎄 christmas tree [127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap [127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone [127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette [127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school [127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory [128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy [128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl [128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man [128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman [128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark [128168] = true, -- U+1F4A8 💨 dash symbol [128171] = true, -- U+1F4AB 💫 dizzy symbol [128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer [128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case [128293] = true, -- U+1F525 🔥 fire [128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench [128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope [128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble [128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket [128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine [129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake [129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane [129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair [129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair [129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald [129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair [129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest [129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair [129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair [129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult [129657] = true, -- U+1FA79 🩹 adhesive bandage [129778] = true, -- U+1FAF2 🫲 leftwards hand } --[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >------------------- These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality. ]] --local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_code = lang_obj:getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{int:lang}}'); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead end local mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a table of language tag/name pairs known to Wikimedia; used for interwiki tests local mw_languages_by_name_t = {}; for k, v in pairs (mw_languages_by_tag_t) do -- build a 'reversed' table name/tag language pairs know to MediaWiki; used for |language= v = mw.ustring.lower (v); -- lowercase for tag fetch; get name's proper case from mw_languages_by_tag_t[<tag>] if mw_languages_by_name_t[v] then -- when name already in the table if 2 == #k or 3 == #k then -- if tag does not have subtags mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- prefer the shortest tag for this name end else -- here when name not in the table mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- so add name and matching tag end end local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local) if mw_languages_by_tag_t[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language tag inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map end end --[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >------------------- This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter= ]] local script_lang_codes = { 'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'pa', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'syc', 'ta', 'te', 'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'tt', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'yue', 'zh' }; --[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >---------------------- These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions For each ['code'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', 'code'} in lang_name_remap{} lang_code_remap{}: key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language code or a valid lowercase IETF language tag value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with key only one language name per key; key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{} lang_name_remap{}: key is always lowercase language name value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated code [2] (code must match a code key in lang_code_remap{}) may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and code; For example: ['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh' ]] local lang_code_remap = { -- used for |language= and |script-title= / |script-chapter= ['als'] = 'Tosk Albanian', -- MediaWiki returns Alemannisch ['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bla'] = 'Blackfoot', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla ['ca-valencia'] = 'Valencian', -- IETF variant of Catalan ['ilo'] = 'Ilocano', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['ksh'] = 'Kölsch', -- MediaWiki: Colognian; use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['ksh-x-colog'] = 'Colognian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Colognian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['mis-x-ripuar'] = 'Ripuarian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Ripuarian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['nan-tw'] = 'Taiwanese Hokkien', -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese and support en.wiki preferred name } local lang_name_remap = { -- used for |language=; names require proper capitalization; tags must be lowercase ['alemannisch'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- not an ISO or IANA language name; MediaWiki uses 'als' as a subdomain name for Alemannic Wikipedia: als.wikipedia.org ['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap ['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code ['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found ['blackfoot'] = {'Blackfoot', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['colognian'] = {'Colognian', 'ksh-x-colog'}, -- MediaWiki preferred name for ksh ['ilocano'] = {'Ilocano', 'ilo'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['kolsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name (use non-diacritical o instead of umlaut ö) ['kölsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['ripuarian'] = {'Ripuarian', 'mis-x-ripuar'}, -- group of dialects; no code in MediaWiki or in IANA/ISO 639 ['taiwanese hokkien'] = {'Taiwanese Hokkien', 'nan-tw'}, -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese ['tosk albanian'] = {'Tosk Albanian', 'als'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Tosk Albanian' with 'Alemannisch' so 'Tosk Albanian' cannot be found ['valencian'] = {'Valencian', 'ca-valencia'}, -- variant of Catalan; categorizes as Valencian } --[[---------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >---------------- Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations. ]] local prop_cats = { ['foreign-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['foreign-lang-source-2'] = 'CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key ['jul-greg-uncertainty'] = 'CS1: Julian–Gregorian uncertainty', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of template with dates 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926 ['local-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false ['location-test'] = 'CS1 location test', ['long-vol'] = 'CS1: long volume value', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 characters ['script'] = 'CS1 uses $1-language script ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['tracked-param'] = 'CS1 tracked parameter: $1', -- $1 is base (enumerators removed) parameter name ['year-range-abbreviated'] = 'CS1: abbreviated year range', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes', ['interview'] = 'Interview', ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list', ['map'] = 'Map', ['podcast'] = 'Podcast', ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release', ['report'] = 'Report', ['speech'] = 'Speech', ['techreport'] = 'Technical report', ['thesis'] = 'Thesis', } --[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>====================== ]] --[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L I M E N T S >------------- I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that describes the reason for the error TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}? ]] local err_msg_supl = { ['char'] = 'invalid character', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['flag'] = 'flag', -- |archive-url= ['form'] = 'invalid form', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['group'] = 'invalid group id', -- |isbn= ['initials'] = 'initials', -- Vancouver ['invalid language code'] = 'invalid language code', -- |script-<param>= ['journal'] = 'journal', -- |bibcode= ['length'] = 'length', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn= ['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url= ['missing comma'] = 'missing comma', -- Vancouver ['missing prefix'] = 'missing prefix', -- |script-<param>= ['missing title part'] = 'missing title part', -- |script-<param>= ['name'] = 'name', -- Vancouver ['non-Latin char'] = 'non-Latin character', -- Vancouver ['path'] = 'path', -- |archive-url= ['prefix'] = 'invalid prefix', -- |isbn= ['punctuation'] = 'punctuation', -- Vancouver ['save'] = 'save command', -- |archive-url= ['suffix'] = 'suffix', -- Vancouver ['timestamp'] = 'timestamp', -- |archive-url= ['unknown language code'] = 'unknown language code', -- |script-<param>= ['value'] = 'value', -- |bibcode= ['year'] = 'year', -- |bibcode= } --[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >--------------------------- Error condition table. This table has two sections: errors at the top, maintenance at the bottom. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil) The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment. Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error and maint tables inside that? ]] local error_conditions = { err_accessdate_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;access-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: access-date without URL', hidden = false }, err_apostrophe_markup = { message = 'Italic or bold markup not allowed in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'apostrophe_markup', category = 'CS1 errors: markup', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_date = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_date', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> is malformed: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'archive_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_arxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'arxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, err_asintld_missing_asin = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin', category = 'CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_arxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_arxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin_tld = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin-tld=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin_tld', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_bibcode = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_bibcode', category = 'CS1 errors: bibcode', hidden = false }, err_bad_biorxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_biorxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_citeseerx = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_citeseerx', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', hidden = false }, err_bad_date = { message = 'Check date values in: $1', -- $1 is a parameter name list anchor = 'bad_date', category = 'CS1 errors: dates', hidden = false }, err_bad_doi = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_bad_hdl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;hdl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_hdl', category = 'CS1 errors: HDL', hidden = false }, err_bad_isbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;isbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_isbn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ismn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ismn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ismn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISMN', hidden = false }, err_bad_issn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1issn=</code> value', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn anchor = 'bad_issn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISSN', hidden = false }, err_bad_jfm = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jfm=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jfm', category = 'CS1 errors: JFM', hidden = false }, err_bad_jstor = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jstor=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jstor', category = 'CS1 errors: JSTOR', hidden = false }, err_bad_lccn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;lccn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_lccn', category = 'CS1 errors: LCCN', hidden = false }, err_bad_mr = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;mr=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_mr', category = 'CS1 errors: MR', hidden = false }, err_bad_oclc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;oclc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_oclc', category = 'CS1 errors: OCLC', hidden = false }, err_bad_ol = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ol=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ol', category = 'CS1 errors: OL', hidden = false }, err_bad_osti = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;osti=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_osti', category = 'CS1 errors: OSTI', hidden = false }, err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link= message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_paramlink', category = 'CS1 errors: parameter link', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmid', category = 'CS1 errors: PMID', hidden = false }, err_bad_rfc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;rfc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_rfc', category = 'CS1 errors: RFC', hidden = false }, err_bad_s2cid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;s2cid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_s2cid', category = 'CS1 errors: S2CID', hidden = false }, err_bad_sbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;sbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_sbn', category = 'CS1 errors: SBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ssrn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ssrn', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_bad_url = { message = 'Check $1 value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL', hidden = false }, err_bad_usenet_id = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;message-id=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_message_id', category = 'CS1 errors: message-id', hidden = false }, err_bad_zbl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;zbl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_zbl', category = 'CS1 errors: Zbl', hidden = false }, err_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 missing title', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: bare URL', hidden = false }, err_biorxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'biorxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv hidden = false }, err_chapter_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'chapter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: chapter ignored', hidden = false }, err_citation_missing_title = { message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: missing title', hidden = false }, err_citeseerx_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> required', anchor = 'citeseerx_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx hidden = false }, err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'cite_web_url', category = 'CS1 errors: requires URL', hidden = false }, err_class_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;class=</code> ignored', anchor = 'class_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: class', hidden = false }, err_contributor_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> ignored', anchor = 'contributor_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_contributor_missing_required_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_deprecated_params = { message = 'Cite uses deprecated parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'deprecated_params', category = 'CS1 errors: deprecated parameters', hidden = false }, err_disp_name = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value anchor = 'disp_name', category = 'CS1 errors: display-names', hidden = false, }, err_doibroken_missing_doi = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_embargo_missing_pmc = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC embargo', hidden = false }, err_empty_citation = { message = 'Empty citation', anchor = 'empty_citation', category = 'CS1 errors: empty citation', hidden = false }, err_etal = { message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'explicit_et_al', category = 'CS1 errors: explicit use of et al.', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_edition = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;edition=</code> has extra text', anchor = 'extra_text_edition', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: edition', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_issue = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_issue', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: issue', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_pages = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_pages', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: pages', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_volume = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_volume', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: volume', hidden = true, }, err_first_missing_last = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias anchor = 'first_missing_last', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_format_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter anchor = 'format_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: format without URL', hidden = false }, err_generic_name = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has generic name', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'generic_name', category = 'CS1 errors: generic name', hidden = false, }, err_generic_title = { message = 'Cite uses generic title', anchor = 'generic_title', category = 'CS1 errors: generic title', hidden = false, }, err_invalid_param_val = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value anchor = 'invalid_param_val', category = 'CS1 errors: invalid parameter value', hidden = false }, err_invisible_char = { message = '$1 in $2 at position $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number anchor = 'invisible_char', category = 'CS1 errors: invisible characters', hidden = false }, err_missing_name = { message = 'Missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1$2=</code>', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator anchor = 'missing_name', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_missing_periodical = { message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_periodical', category = 'CS1 errors: missing periodical', hidden = true }, err_missing_pipe = { message = 'Missing pipe in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'missing_pipe', category = 'CS1 errors: missing pipe', hidden = false }, err_param_access_requires_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1-access=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_access_requires_param', category = 'CS1 errors: param-access', hidden = false }, err_param_has_ext_link = { message = 'External link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_ext_link', category = 'CS1 errors: external links', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored_suggest = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored (<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> suggested)', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_redundant_parameters = { message = 'More than one of $1 specified', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'redundant_parameters', category = 'CS1 errors: redundant parameter', hidden = false }, err_script_parameter = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail anchor = 'script_parameter', category = 'CS1 errors: script parameters', hidden = false }, err_ssrn_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> required', anchor = 'ssrn_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, err_text_ignored = { message = 'Text "$1" ignored', -- $1 is ignored text anchor = 'text_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unrecognized parameter', hidden = false }, err_trans_missing_title = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;trans-$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> or <code class="cs1-code">&#124;script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name anchor = 'trans_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: translated title', hidden = false }, err_param_unknown_empty = { message = 'Cite has empty unknown parameter$1: $2', -- $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is empty unknown param list anchor = 'param_unknown_empty', category = 'CS1 errors: empty unknown parameters', hidden = false }, err_vancouver = { message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name anchor = 'vancouver', category = 'CS1 errors: Vancouver style', hidden = false }, err_wikilink_in_url = { message = 'URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash anchor = 'wikilink_in_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash hidden = false }, --[[--------------------------< M A I N T >------------------------------------- maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure is the same as error messages ]] maint_archived_copy = { message = nil, anchor = 'archived_copy', category = 'CS1 maint: archived copy as title', hidden = true, }, maint_authors = { message = nil, anchor = 'authors', category = 'CS1 maint: uses authors parameter', hidden = true, }, maint_bot_unknown = { message = nil, anchor = 'bot:_unknown', category = 'CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown', hidden = true, }, maint_date_auto_xlated = { -- date auto-translation not supported by en.wiki message = nil, anchor = 'date_auto_xlated', category = 'CS1 maint: date auto-translated', hidden = true, }, maint_date_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_format', category = 'CS1 maint: date format', hidden = true, }, maint_date_year = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_year', category = 'CS1 maint: date and year', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_ignore', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored DOI errors', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive_dated = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string hidden = true, }, maint_extra_punct = { message = nil, anchor = 'extra_punct', category = 'CS1 maint: extra punctuation', hidden = true, }, maint_isbn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISBN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_issn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_issn', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISSN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_jfm_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'jfm_format', category = 'CS1 maint: JFM format', hidden = true, }, maint_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'location', category = 'CS1 maint: location', hidden = true, }, maint_mr_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'mr_format', category = 'CS1 maint: MR format', hidden = true, }, maint_mult_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'mult_names', category = 'CS1 maint: multiple names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_numeric_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'CS1 maint: numeric names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_others = { message = nil, anchor = 'others', category = 'CS1 maint: others', hidden = true, }, maint_others_avm = { message = nil, anchor = 'others_avm', category = 'CS1 maint: others in cite AV media (notes)', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_embargo = { message = nil, anchor = 'embargo', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC embargo expired', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'pmc_format', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC format', hidden = true, }, maint_postscript = { message = nil, anchor = 'postscript', category = 'CS1 maint: postscript', hidden = true, }, maint_ref_duplicates_default = { message = nil, anchor = 'ref_default', category = 'CS1 maint: ref duplicates default', hidden = true, }, maint_unfit = { message = nil, anchor = 'unfit', category = 'CS1 maint: unfit URL', hidden = true, }, maint_unknown_lang = { message = nil, anchor = 'unknown_lang', category = 'CS1 maint: unrecognized language', hidden = true, }, maint_untitled = { message = nil, anchor = 'untitled', category = 'CS1 maint: untitled periodical', hidden = true, }, maint_url_status = { message = nil, anchor = 'url_status', category = 'CS1 maint: url-status', hidden = true, }, maint_zbl = { message = nil, anchor = 'zbl', category = 'CS1 maint: Zbl', hidden = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >-------------------------------------------------------- The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation. parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form link: Wikipedia article name redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number' q: Wikidata q number for the identifier label: the label preceding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order): redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS: for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here) set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier. the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file). custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access') ]] local id_handlers = { ['ARXIV'] = { parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'}, link = 'arXiv', redirect = 'arXiv (identifier)', q = 'Q118398', label = 'arXiv', prefix = 'https://arxiv.org/abs/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 encode = false, COinS = 'info:arxiv', separator = ':', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['ASIN'] = { parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' }, link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number', redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)', q = 'Q1753278', label = 'ASIN', prefix = 'https://www.amazon.', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = false; }, ['BIBCODE'] = { parameters = {'bibcode'}, link = 'Bibcode', redirect = 'Bibcode (identifier)', q = 'Q25754', label = 'Bibcode', prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:bibcode', separator = ':', custom_access = 'bibcode-access', }, ['BIORXIV'] = { parameters = {'biorxiv'}, link = 'bioRxiv', redirect = 'bioRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q19835482', label = 'bioRxiv', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['CITESEERX'] = { parameters = {'citeseerx'}, link = 'CiteSeerX', redirect = 'CiteSeerX (identifier)', q = 'Q2715061', label = 'CiteSeerX', prefix = 'https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI'}, link = 'Digital object identifier', redirect = 'doi (identifier)', q = 'Q25670', label = 'doi', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'info:doi', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'doi-access', }, ['EISSN'] = { parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number#Electronic ISSN', redirect = 'eISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q46339674', label = 'eISSN', prefix = 'https://www.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.eissn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['HDL'] = { parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' }, link = 'Handle System', redirect = 'hdl (identifier)', q = 'Q3126718', label = 'hdl', prefix = 'https://hdl.handle.net/', COinS = 'info:hdl', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'hdl-access', }, ['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN'}, link = 'International Standard Book Number', redirect = 'ISBN (identifier)', q = 'Q33057', label = 'ISBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/', COinS = 'rft.isbn', separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISMN'] = { parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'}, link = 'International Standard Music Number', redirect = 'ISMN (identifier)', q = 'Q1666938', label = 'ISMN', prefix = '', -- not currently used; COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISSN'] = { parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number', redirect = 'ISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q131276', label = 'ISSN', prefix = 'https://www.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.issn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JFM'] = { parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'}, link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik', redirect = 'JFM (identifier)', q = '', label = 'JFM', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JSTOR'] = { parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'}, link = 'JSTOR', redirect = 'JSTOR (identifier)', q = 'Q1420342', label = 'JSTOR', prefix = 'https://www.jstor.org/stable/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', custom_access = 'jstor-access', }, ['LCCN'] = { parameters = {'lccn', 'LCCN'}, link = 'Library of Congress Control Number', redirect = 'LCCN (identifier)', q = 'Q620946', label = 'LCCN', prefix = 'https://lccn.loc.gov/', -- protocol-relative tested 2015-12-28 COinS = 'info:lccn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['MR'] = { parameters = {'mr', 'MR'}, link = 'Mathematical Reviews', redirect = 'MR (identifier)', q = 'Q211172', label = 'MR', prefix = 'https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['OCLC'] = { parameters = {'oclc', 'OCLC'}, link = 'OCLC', redirect = 'OCLC (identifier)', q = 'Q190593', label = 'OCLC', prefix = 'https://www.worldcat.org/oclc/', COinS = 'info:oclcnum', encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 9999999999, -- 10-digits }, ['OL'] = { parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' }, link = 'Open Library', redirect = 'OL (identifier)', q = 'Q1201876', label = 'OL', prefix = 'https://openlibrary.org/', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = true, custom_access = 'ol-access', }, ['OSTI'] = { parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'}, link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information', redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)', q = 'Q2015776', label = 'OSTI', prefix = 'https://www.osti.gov/biblio/', -- protocol-relative tested 2018-09-12 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 23010000, custom_access = 'osti-access', }, ['PMC'] = { parameters = {'pmc', 'PMC'}, link = 'PubMed Central', redirect = 'PMC (identifier)', q = 'Q229883', label = 'PMC', prefix = 'https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC', suffix = '', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 10500000, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['PMID'] = { parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'}, link = 'PubMed Identifier', redirect = 'PMID (identifier)', q = 'Q2082879', label = 'PMID', prefix = 'https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/', COinS = 'info:pmid', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 37900000, }, ['RFC'] = { parameters = {'rfc', 'RFC'}, link = 'Request for Comments', redirect = 'RFC (identifier)', q = 'Q212971', label = 'RFC', prefix = 'https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 9300, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['SBN'] = { parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'}, link = 'Standard Book Number', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History redirect = 'SBN (identifier)', label = 'SBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['SSRN'] = { parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'}, link = 'Social Science Research Network', redirect = 'SSRN (identifier)', q = 'Q7550801', label = 'SSRN', prefix = 'https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 4600000, custom_access = 'ssrn-access', }, ['S2CID'] = { parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'}, link = 'Semantic Scholar', redirect = 'S2CID (identifier)', q = 'Q22908627', label = 'S2CID', prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 262000000, custom_access = 's2cid-access', }, ['USENETID'] = { parameters = {'message-id'}, link = 'Usenet', redirect = 'Usenet (identifier)', q = 'Q193162', label = 'Usenet:', prefix = 'news:', encode = false, COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ZBL'] = { parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL' }, link = 'Zentralblatt MATH', redirect = 'Zbl (identifier)', q = 'Q190269', label = 'Zbl', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, } --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >--------------------------------- ]] return { use_identifier_redirects = true, -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links; always true at en.wiki local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- when true categorizes pages where |language=<local wiki's language>; always false at en.wiki date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates English month-names to the local-wiki's language month names; always false at en.wiki date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates Western date digit to the local-wiki's language digits (date_names['local_digits']); always false at en.wiki -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded global_df = get_date_format (), -- this line can be replaced with "global_df = 'dmy-all'," to have all dates auto translated to dmy format. punct_skip = build_skip_table (punct_skip, punct_meta_params), url_skip = build_skip_table (url_skip, url_meta_params), aliases = aliases, special_case_translation = special_case_translation, date_names = date_names, err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl, error_conditions = error_conditions, editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns, et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns, id_handlers = id_handlers, keywords_lists = keywords_lists, keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate, stripmarkers = stripmarkers, invisible_chars = invisible_chars, invisible_defs = invisible_defs, indic_script = indic_script, emoji_t = emoji_t, maint_cats = maint_cats, messages = messages, presentation = presentation, prop_cats = prop_cats, script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes, lang_code_remap = lang_code_remap, lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap, this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code, title_types = title_types, uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces_t, uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages, templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume, templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue, templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page, vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns, single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t, inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map, mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw_languages_by_tag_t, mw_languages_by_name_t = mw_languages_by_name_t, citation_class_map_t = citation_class_map_t, citation_issue_t = citation_issue_t, citation_no_volume_t = citation_no_volume_t, } 2cdaf417af636e6e0b4981038bd6c539ee5190a7 0 1 1 2023-08-08T16:08:25Z MediaWiki default 1 Create main page wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == This Main Page was created automatically and it seems it hasn't been replaced yet. === For the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phab:|Phabricator]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of this wiki === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 21236ac3f8d65e5563b6da6b70815ca6bf1e6616 2 1 2023-08-09T15:30:37Z GeoEditor 3 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == This Main Page was created automatically and it seems it hasn't been replaced yet. === For the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phab:|Phabricator]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of Geotubepedia === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 34a24e9d3cc5cde2f3d9f87bca742af0ee75ea27 5 2 2023-08-09T15:42:11Z GeoEditor 3 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == This Main Page was created automatically and it seems it hasn't been replaced yet. === For the bureaucrat(s) of Geotubepedia === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phab:|Phabricator]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of Geotubepedia === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 3e642f6c800a9b3e439e2805918b40811e908372 8 5 2023-08-10T11:10:17Z GeoEditor 3 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == This Main Page was created automatically. === For the bureaucrat(s) of Geotubepedia === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phab:|Phabricator]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of Geotubepedia === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 2a5e4c973e44e41704c530f86a12c07cef37d07f 9 8 2023-08-10T11:32:59Z GeoEditor 3 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == Hey there, Welcome! === For the bureaucrat(s) of Geotubepedia === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phab:|Phabricator]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of Geotubepedia === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 6d4cc311d0e9dc3ae823cf5db4e3480fdb5a4059 10 9 2023-08-10T13:44:16Z InsaneX 2 Protected "[[Main Page]]": High traffic page ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to {{SITENAME}}! == Hey there, Welcome! === For the bureaucrat(s) of Geotubepedia === Hello, and welcome to your new wiki! Thank you for choosing Miraheze for the hosting of your wiki, we hope you will enjoy our hosting. You can immediately start working on your wiki or whenever you want. Need help? No problem! We will help you with your wiki as needed. To start, try checking out these helpful links: * [[mw:Special:MyLanguage/Help:Contents|MediaWiki guide]] (e.g. navigation, editing, deleting pages, blocking users) * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/FAQ|Miraheze FAQ]] * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Request features|Request settings changes on your wiki]]. (Extensions, Skin and Logo/Favicon changes should be done through [[Special:ManageWiki]] on your wiki, see [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/ManageWiki|ManageWiki]] for more information.) ==== I still don't understand X! ==== Well, that's no problem. Even if something isn't explained in the documentation/FAQ, we are still happy to help you. You can find us here: * [[meta:Special:MyLanguage/Help center|On our own Miraheze wiki]] * On [[phab:|Phabricator]] * On [https://miraheze.org/discord Discord] * On IRC in #miraheze on irc.libera.chat ([irc://irc.libera.chat/%23miraheze direct link]; [https://web.libera.chat/?channel=#miraheze webchat]) === For visitors of Geotubepedia === Hello, the default Main Page of this wiki (this page) has not yet been replaced by the bureaucrat(s) of this wiki. The bureaucrat(s) might still be working on a Main Page, so please check again later! 6d4cc311d0e9dc3ae823cf5db4e3480fdb5a4059 2 2 3 2023-08-09T15:30:40Z HAWelcome 0 wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 3 4 2023-08-09T15:30:40Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:Main Page]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:HAWelcome|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:HAWelcome|HAWelcome]] ([[User talk:HAWelcome|talk]]) 15:30, 9 August 2023 9c6800133fb2d67276f75e49f653c56a5e0dfaaa 0 4 6 2023-08-09T15:46:03Z GeoEditor 3 Created page with "'''Umar Edits'''" wikitext text/x-wiki '''Umar Edits''' 47964e30b13755911c7ca8e108450dfa724f2a86 11 6 2023-08-10T13:54:51Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{GETSHORTDESC:Bacon}} '''Umar Edits''' 81ab155fababbfa464b505b808dee55334086c1d 12 11 2023-08-10T13:55:49Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{SHORTDESC:UmarEdits is a Youtuber}} '''Umar Edits''' 7cfd05767287e42ee5b0ead2e9468772b8af53c8 13 12 2023-08-10T13:56:43Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{SHORTDESC:UmarEdits is a Youtuber}} {{GETSHORTDESC:}} '''Umar Edits''' 962eebdb8345451b63381bfa72bc1bf37229e86c 6 5 7 2023-08-09T15:48:50Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 10 72 146 2023-08-10T01:28:48Z wikipedia>Jonesey95 0 clarify that the linked report applies only to article space wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{label|}}} |=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|C|c}}lick here] to see a monthly parameter usage report for {{#if:{{{1|}}}|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}]]|this template}} in articles{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}}. |None|none=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|P|p}}arameter usage report]{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}} |for|For=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|P|p}}arameter usage report] for {{#if:{{{1|}}}|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}]]|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}]]}}{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}}. |#default=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{{label|}}}]{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 10a89e6a4bc63a1427518ea21bf94b8f623a7391 10 6 15 14 2023-08-10T14:07:12Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}|none|<nowiki /><!--Prevents whitespace issues when used with adjacent newlines-->|<div class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint searchaux" style="display:none">{{{1|}}}{{SHORTDESC:{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}</div>}}<includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{{pagetype}}}|Disambiguation pages||{{#ifeq:{{pagetype |defaultns = all |user=exclude}}|exclude||{{#ifeq:{{#switch: {{NAMESPACENUMBER}} | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 100 | 101 | 118 | 119 | 828 | 829 | = exclude|#default=}}|exclude||[[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with short description]]}}}}}}</includeonly><!-- Start tracking -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{Main other|[[Category:Pages using short description with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Short description]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | pagetype | bot |plural }}<!-- -->{{#ifexpr: {{#invoke:String|len|{{{1|}}}}}>100 | [[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with long short description]]}}<!-- --><includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}}||[[Category:Pages with empty short description]]}}</includeonly><!-- -->{{Short description/lowercasecheck|{{{1|}}}}}<!-- -->{{Main other |{{SDcat |sd={{{1|}}} }} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f175a6d61b40a87adb43e2dd4f73c7979759b34c 828 7 17 16 2023-08-10T14:07:12Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end f767643e7d12126d020d88d662a3dd057817b9dc 828 8 19 18 2023-08-10T14:07:13Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 3134ecce8429b810d445e29eae115e2ae4c36c53 10 9 21 20 2023-08-10T14:07:13Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 5bfb2becf8bed35974b47e3ff8660dc14bee40c7 10 10 23 22 2023-08-10T14:07:14Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} d6593bb3b4a866249f55d0f34b047a71fe1f1529 10 11 25 24 2023-08-10T14:07:14Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki &#123;&#123;[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&#125;&#125;<noinclude>{{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> eabbec62efe3044a98ebb3ce9e7d4d43c222351d 828 12 27 26 2023-08-10T14:07:14Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain require('strict') local getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration' local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getTitleObject(...) -- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall -- in case we are over the expensive function count limit. local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return title end end local function union(t1, t2) -- Returns the union of two arrays. local vals = {} for i, v in ipairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for i, v in ipairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end table.sort(ret) return ret end local function getArgNums(args, prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Box class definition -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local MessageBox = {} MessageBox.__index = MessageBox function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg) args = args or {} local obj = {} -- Set the title object and the namespace. obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set the config for our box type. obj.cfg = cfg[boxType] if not obj.cfg then local ns = obj.title.namespace -- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then -- implement demospace parameter of mbox local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace) if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then -- use template from DEMOSPACES obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]] elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then -- demo as a talk page obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox else -- default to ombox obj.cfg = cfg.ombox end elseif ns == 0 then obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace elseif ns == 6 then obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace elseif ns == 14 then obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace else local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace else obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input end end end -- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones -- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams. do local newArgs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if v ~= '' then newArgs[k] = v end end for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do newArgs[param] = args[param] end obj.args = newArgs end -- Define internal data structure. obj.categories = {} obj.classes = {} -- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]]. obj.hasCategories = false return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox) end function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort) if not cat then return nil end if sort then cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort) else cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end self.hasCategories = true self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {} table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat) end function MessageBox:addClass(class) if not class then return nil end table.insert(self.classes, class) end function MessageBox:setParameters() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Get type data. self.type = args.type local typeData = cfg.types[self.type] self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError and self.type and not typeData typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default] self.typeClass = typeData.class self.typeImage = typeData.image -- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted. self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST' -- Find whether we are using a small message box. self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and ( cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small) ) -- Add attributes, classes and styles. self.id = args.id self.name = args.name if self.name then self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_')) end if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then self:addClass('plainlinks') end for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do self:addClass(class) end if self.isSmall then self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small') end self:addClass(self.typeClass) self:addClass(args.class) self.style = args.style self.attrs = args.attrs -- Set text style. self.textstyle = args.textstyle -- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only -- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory -- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set. self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields if self.useCollapsibleTextFields or cfg.templateCategory and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.name then local templateName = mw.ustring.match( self.name, '^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$' ) or self.name templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName) end self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle) end -- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only -- used in {{ambox}}. if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- Get the self.issue value. if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then self.issue = args.smalltext else local sect if args.sect == '' then sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page') elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then sect = 'This ' .. args.sect end local issue = args.issue issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil local text = args.text text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil local issues = {} table.insert(issues, sect) table.insert(issues, issue) table.insert(issues, text) self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ') end -- Get the self.talk value. local talk = args.talk -- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk -- parameter is blank. if talk == '' and self.templateTitle and ( mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title) or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle) ) then talk = '#' elseif talk == '' then talk = nil end if talk then -- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else -- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk -- page of the current page with that section heading. local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk) local talkArgIsTalkPage = true if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then talkArgIsTalkPage = false talkTitle = getTitleObject( self.title.text, mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id ) end if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then local talkText if self.isSmall then local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. '#' .. talk) talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink) else talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on' if talkArgIsTalkPage then talkText = string.format( '%s [[%s|%s]].', talkText, talk, talkTitle.prefixedText ) else talkText = string.format( '%s the [[%s#%s|talk page]].', talkText, talkTitle.prefixedText, talk ) end end self.talk = talkText end end -- Get other values. self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil local date if args.date and args.date ~= '' then date = args.date elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then date = lang:formatDate('F Y') end if date then self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date) end self.info = args.info if yesno(args.removalnotice) then self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice end end -- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box -- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes. if self.isSmall then self.text = args.smalltext or args.text else self.text = args.text end -- Set the below row. self.below = cfg.below and args.below -- General image settings. self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell -- Left image settings. local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none' or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none' then self.imageLeft = imageLeft if not imageLeft then local imageSize = self.isSmall and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px') or '40x40px' self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s|link=|alt=]]', self.typeImage or 'Imbox notice.png', imageSize) end end -- Right image settings. local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then self.imageRight = imageRight end -- set templatestyles self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles end function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then return nil end local nums = {} for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix] nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix)) end -- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}. local date = args.date date = type(date) == 'string' and date local preposition = 'from' for _, num in ipairs(nums) do local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)] or args['category' .. tostring(num)] local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)] mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date) self:addCat(0, catTitle) catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle) if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template') end elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then self:addCat(0, mainCat) end if allCat then self:addCat(0, allCat) end end end function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories() local args = self.args local cfg = self.cfg -- Add template categories. if cfg.templateCategory then if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then if self.isTemplatePage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end elseif not self.title.isSubpage then self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory) end end -- Add template error categories. if cfg.templateErrorCategory then local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory local templateCat, templateSort if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then templateCat = templateErrorCategory elseif self.isTemplatePage then local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {} local count = 0 for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do if not args[param] then count = count + 1 end end if count > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = tostring(count) end if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then templateCat = templateErrorCategory templateSort = 'C' end end self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort) end end function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories() -- Set categories for all namespaces. if self.invalidTypeError then local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort) end if self.isSubstituted then self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates') end end function MessageBox:setCategories() if self.title.namespace == 0 then self:setMainspaceCategories() elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then self:setTemplateCategories() end self:setAllNamespaceCategories() end function MessageBox:renderCategories() if not self.hasCategories then -- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so, -- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string. -- So we shortcut and return the empty string. return "" end -- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through -- [[Module:Category handler]]. return require('Module:Category handler')._main{ main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}), template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}), all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}), nocat = self.args.nocat, page = self.args.page } end function MessageBox:export() local root = mw.html.create() -- Add the subst check error. if self.isSubstituted and self.name then root:tag('b') :addClass('error') :wikitext(string.format( 'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.', mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}') )) end local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.base_templatestyles }, }) -- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as -- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we -- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places if self.templatestyles then root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = self.templatestyles }, }) end -- Create the box table. local boxTable = root:tag('table') boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil) for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do boxTable:addClass(class or nil) end boxTable :cssText(self.style or nil) :attr('role', 'presentation') if self.attrs then boxTable:attr(self.attrs) end -- Add the left-hand image. local row = boxTable:tag('tr') if self.imageLeft then local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image -- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the -- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that, -- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems. imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageLeftCell:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil) elseif self.imageEmptyCell then -- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and -- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are -- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width -- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width." row:tag('td') :addClass('mbox-empty-cell') end -- Add the text. local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text') if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then -- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be -- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this. textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil) local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div') textCellDiv :addClass('mbox-text-span') :wikitext(self.issue or nil) if (self.talk or self.fix) then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil) :wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil) end textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil) if self.info and not self.isSmall then textCellDiv :tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil) end if self.removalNotice then textCellDiv:tag('span') :addClass('hide-when-compact') :tag('i') :wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice)) end else -- Default text formatting - anything goes. textCell :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.text or nil) end -- Add the right-hand image. if self.imageRight then local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright') if self.imageCellDiv then -- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image -- is inside it. imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div') end imageRightCell :wikitext(self.imageRight or nil) end -- Add the below row. if self.below then boxTable:tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2') :addClass('mbox-text') :cssText(self.textstyle or nil) :wikitext(self.below or nil) end -- Add error message for invalid type parameters. if self.invalidTypeError then root:tag('div') :addClass('mbox-invalid-type') :wikitext(string.format( 'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.', self.type or '' )) end -- Add categories. root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil) return tostring(root) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p, mt = {}, {} function p._exportClasses() -- For testing. return { MessageBox = MessageBox } end function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables) local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE)) box:setParameters() box:setCategories() return box:export() end function mt.__index(t, k) return function (frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false})) end end return setmetatable(p, mt) bdb0ecc9f26f26b9c0ce12a066a183ac9d4f0705 828 13 29 28 2023-08-10T14:07:15Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Message box configuration -- -- -- -- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return { ambox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ambox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ambox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ambox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ambox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ambox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ambox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ambox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'}, allowSmall = true, smallParam = 'left', smallClass = 'mbox-small-left', substCheck = true, classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, imageCheckBlank = true, imageSmallSize = '20x20px', imageCellDiv = true, useCollapsibleTextFields = true, imageRightNone = true, sectionDefault = 'article', allowMainspaceCategories = true, templateCategory = 'Article message templates', templateCategoryRequireName = true, templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters', templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'}, removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this template message]]</small>', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css' }, cmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'cmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'cmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'cmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'cmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'cmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'cmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'cmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'cmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css' }, fmbox = { types = { warning = { class = 'fmbox-warning', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, editnotice = { class = 'fmbox-editnotice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' }, system = { class = 'fmbox-system', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'system', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'fmbox'}, imageEmptyCell = false, imageRightNone = false, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css' }, imbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'imbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'imbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'imbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'imbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'imbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'imbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, license = { class = 'imbox-license licensetpl', image = 'Imbox license.png' -- @todo We need an SVG version of this }, featured = { class = 'imbox-featured', image = 'Cscr-featured.svg' }, notice = { class = 'imbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'imbox'}, imageEmptyCell = true, below = true, templateCategory = 'File message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css' }, ombox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'ombox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'ombox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'ombox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'ombox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'ombox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'ombox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'ombox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'ombox'}, allowSmall = true, imageEmptyCell = true, imageRightNone = true, templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css' }, tmbox = { types = { speedy = { class = 'tmbox-speedy', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, delete = { class = 'tmbox-delete', image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg' }, content = { class = 'tmbox-content', image = 'Ambox important.svg' }, style = { class = 'tmbox-style', image = 'Edit-clear.svg' }, move = { class = 'tmbox-move', image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg' }, protection = { class = 'tmbox-protection', image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg' }, notice = { class = 'tmbox-notice', image = 'Information icon4.svg' } }, default = 'notice', showInvalidTypeError = true, classes = {'tmbox'}, allowSmall = true, imageRightNone = true, imageEmptyCell = true, templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes', templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css' } } b6f0151037e6867b577c8cca32ff297e48697a10 828 14 31 30 2023-08-10T14:07:15Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides functions for getting the target of a redirect page. local p = {} -- Gets a mw.title object, using pcall to avoid generating script errors if we -- are over the expensive function count limit (among other possible causes). local function getTitle(...) local success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, ...) if success then return titleObj else return nil end end -- Gets the name of a page that a redirect leads to, or nil if it isn't a -- redirect. function p.getTargetFromText(text) local target = string.match( text, "^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)%]%]" ) or string.match( text, "^%s*#[Rr][Ee][Dd][Ii][Rr][Ee][Cc][Tt]%s*:?%s*%[%[([^%[%]|]-)|[^%[%]]-%]%]" ) return target and mw.uri.decode(target, 'PATH') end -- Gets the target of a redirect. If the page specified is not a redirect, -- returns nil. function p.getTarget(page, fulltext) -- Get the title object. Both page names and title objects are allowed -- as input. local titleObj if type(page) == 'string' or type(page) == 'number' then titleObj = getTitle(page) elseif type(page) == 'table' and type(page.getContent) == 'function' then titleObj = page else error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'getTarget'" .. " (string, number, or title object expected, got %s)", type(page) ), 2) end if not titleObj then return nil end local targetTitle = titleObj.redirectTarget if targetTitle then if fulltext then return targetTitle.fullText else return targetTitle.prefixedText end else return nil end end --[[ -- Given a single page name determines what page it redirects to and returns the -- target page name, or the passed page name when not a redirect. The passed -- page name can be given as plain text or as a page link. -- -- Returns page name as plain text, or when the bracket parameter is given, as a -- page link. Returns an error message when page does not exist or the redirect -- target cannot be determined for some reason. --]] function p.luaMain(rname, bracket, fulltext) if type(rname) ~= "string" or not rname:find("%S") then return nil end bracket = bracket and "[[%s]]" or "%s" rname = rname:match("%[%[(.+)%]%]") or rname local target = p.getTarget(rname, fulltext) local ret = target or rname ret = getTitle(ret) if ret then if fulltext then ret = ret.fullText else ret = ret.prefixedText end return bracket:format(ret) else return nil end end -- Provides access to the luaMain function from wikitext. function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) return p.luaMain(args[1], args.bracket, args.fulltext) or '' end -- Returns true if the specified page is a redirect, and false otherwise. function p.luaIsRedirect(page) local titleObj = getTitle(page) if not titleObj then return false end if titleObj.isRedirect then return true else return false end end -- Provides access to the luaIsRedirect function from wikitext, returning 'yes' -- if the specified page is a redirect, and the blank string otherwise. function p.isRedirect(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {frameOnly = true}) if p.luaIsRedirect(args[1]) then return 'yes' else return '' end end return p a224c45940343d66f49a78b0a39b2045e2c45d20 10 15 33 32 2023-08-10T14:07:15Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 629c2937bc5cf7cfe13cd2a598582af832782399 10 16 35 34 2023-08-10T14:07:16Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}} | main | other }} }} | main = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> 86ad907ffeea3cc545159e00cd1f2d6433946450 10 17 37 36 2023-08-10T14:07:16Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:<!--test first character for lower-case letter-->{{#invoke:string|find|1={{{1|}}}|2=^%l|plain=false}}|1 |<!-- first character is a lower case letter; test against whitelist -->{{#switch: {{First word|{{{1|}}}}}<!--begin whitelist--> |c. <!--for circa--> |gTLD |iMac |iOS |iOS, |iPad |iPhone |iTunes |macOS |none |pH |pH-dependent=<!-- end whitelist; short description starts with an allowed lower-case string; whitelist matched; do nothing --> |#default=<!-- apply category to track lower-case short descriptions -->{{main other|[[Category:Pages with lower-case short description|{{trim|{{{1|}}}}}]]}}{{Testcases other|{{red|CATEGORY APPLIED}}}}<!-- end whitelist test -->}} |<!-- short description does not start with lower-case letter; do nothing; end lower-case test --> }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 9a6d4db14b74614625fd234b4f8ee3c8e1a235c0 828 18 39 38 2023-08-10T14:07:16Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p 93db6d115d4328d2a5148bb42959105e367b663e 828 19 41 40 2023-08-10T14:07:17Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str 6df794dd52434e0f6a372c9918f5a9dedd15f579 828 20 43 42 2023-08-10T14:07:17Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain local libUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libUtil.checkType local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} local listTypes = { ['bulleted'] = true, ['unbulleted'] = true, ['horizontal'] = true, ['ordered'] = true, ['horizontal_ordered'] = true } function p.makeListData(listType, args) -- Constructs a data table to be passed to p.renderList. local data = {} -- Classes and TemplateStyles data.classes = {} data.templatestyles = '' if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then table.insert(data.classes, 'hlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } elseif listType == 'unbulleted' then table.insert(data.classes, 'plainlist') data.templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Plainlist/styles.css' } } end table.insert(data.classes, args.class) -- Main div style data.style = args.style -- Indent for horizontal lists if listType == 'horizontal' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then local indent = tonumber(args.indent) indent = indent and indent * 1.6 or 0 if indent > 0 then data.marginLeft = indent .. 'em' end end -- List style types for ordered lists -- This could be "1, 2, 3", "a, b, c", or a number of others. The list style -- type is either set by the "type" attribute or the "list-style-type" CSS -- property. if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listStyleType = args.list_style_type or args['list-style-type'] data.type = args['type'] -- Detect invalid type attributes and attempt to convert them to -- list-style-type CSS properties. if data.type and not data.listStyleType and not tostring(data.type):find('^%s*[1AaIi]%s*$') then data.listStyleType = data.type data.type = nil end end -- List tag type if listType == 'ordered' or listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then data.listTag = 'ol' else data.listTag = 'ul' end -- Start number for ordered lists data.start = args.start if listType == 'horizontal_ordered' then -- Apply fix to get start numbers working with horizontal ordered lists. local startNum = tonumber(data.start) if startNum then data.counterReset = 'listitem ' .. tostring(startNum - 1) end end -- List style -- ul_style and ol_style are included for backwards compatibility. No -- distinction is made for ordered or unordered lists. data.listStyle = args.list_style -- List items -- li_style is included for backwards compatibility. item_style was included -- to be easier to understand for non-coders. data.itemStyle = args.item_style or args.li_style data.items = {} for _, num in ipairs(mTableTools.numKeys(args)) do local item = {} item.content = args[num] item.style = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_style'] or args['item_style' .. tostring(num)] item.value = args['item' .. tostring(num) .. '_value'] or args['item_value' .. tostring(num)] table.insert(data.items, item) end return data end function p.renderList(data) -- Renders the list HTML. -- Return the blank string if there are no list items. if type(data.items) ~= 'table' or #data.items < 1 then return '' end -- Render the main div tag. local root = mw.html.create('div') for _, class in ipairs(data.classes or {}) do root:addClass(class) end root:css{['margin-left'] = data.marginLeft} if data.style then root:cssText(data.style) end -- Render the list tag. local list = root:tag(data.listTag or 'ul') list :attr{start = data.start, type = data.type} :css{ ['counter-reset'] = data.counterReset, ['list-style-type'] = data.listStyleType } if data.listStyle then list:cssText(data.listStyle) end -- Render the list items for _, t in ipairs(data.items or {}) do local item = list:tag('li') if data.itemStyle then item:cssText(data.itemStyle) end if t.style then item:cssText(t.style) end item :attr{value = t.value} :wikitext(t.content) end return data.templatestyles .. tostring(root) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args) local isDeprecated = false -- Tracks deprecated parameters. for k, v in pairs(args) do k = tostring(k) if k:find('^item_style%d+$') or k:find('^item_value%d+$') then isDeprecated = true break end end local ret = '' if isDeprecated then ret = ret .. '[[Category:List templates with deprecated parameters]]' end return ret end function p.makeList(listType, args) if not listType or not listTypes[listType] then error(string.format( "bad argument #1 to 'makeList' ('%s' is not a valid list type)", tostring(listType) ), 2) end checkType('makeList', 2, args, 'table') local data = p.makeListData(listType, args) local list = p.renderList(data) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args) return list .. trackingCategories end for listType in pairs(listTypes) do p[listType] = function (frame) local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local origArgs = mArguments.getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if not value or not mw.ustring.find(value, '%S') then return nil end if mw.ustring.find(value, '^%s*[%*#;:]') then return value else return value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end return nil end }) -- Copy all the arguments to a new table, for faster indexing. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do args[k] = v end return p.makeList(listType, args) end end return p 7a4f36a6e9cd56370bdd8207d23694124821dc1a 828 21 45 44 2023-08-10T14:07:18Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- TableTools -- -- -- -- This module includes a number of functions for dealing with Lua tables. -- -- It is a meta-module, meant to be called from other Lua modules, and should not -- -- be called directly from #invoke. -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local p = {} -- Define often-used variables and functions. local floor = math.floor local infinity = math.huge local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeMulti = libraryUtil.checkTypeMulti ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isPositiveInteger -- -- This function returns true if the given value is a positive integer, and false -- if not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is -- useful for determining whether a given table key is in the array part or the -- hash part of a table. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isPositiveInteger(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v >= 1 and floor(v) == v and v < infinity end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isNan -- -- This function returns true if the given number is a NaN value, and false if -- not. Although it doesn't operate on tables, it is included here as it is useful -- for determining whether a value can be a valid table key. Lua will generate an -- error if a NaN is used as a table key. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isNan(v) return type(v) == 'number' and v ~= v end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- shallowClone -- -- This returns a clone of a table. The value returned is a new table, but all -- subtables and functions are shared. Metamethods are respected, but the returned -- table will have no metatable of its own. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.shallowClone(t) checkType('shallowClone', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- removeDuplicates -- -- This removes duplicate values from an array. Non-positive-integer keys are -- ignored. The earliest value is kept, and all subsequent duplicate values are -- removed, but otherwise the array order is unchanged. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.removeDuplicates(arr) checkType('removeDuplicates', 1, arr, 'table') local isNan = p.isNan local ret, exists = {}, {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if isNan(v) then -- NaNs can't be table keys, and they are also unique, so we don't need to check existence. ret[#ret + 1] = v else if not exists[v] then ret[#ret + 1] = v exists[v] = true end end end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numKeys -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of any numerical -- keys that have non-nil values, sorted in numerical order. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numKeys(t) checkType('numKeys', 1, t, 'table') local isPositiveInteger = p.isPositiveInteger local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if isPositiveInteger(k) then nums[#nums + 1] = k end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- affixNums -- -- This takes a table and returns an array containing the numbers of keys with the -- specified prefix and suffix. For example, for the table -- {a1 = 'foo', a3 = 'bar', a6 = 'baz'} and the prefix "a", affixNums will return -- {1, 3, 6}. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.affixNums(t, prefix, suffix) checkType('affixNums', 1, t, 'table') checkType('affixNums', 2, prefix, 'string', true) checkType('affixNums', 3, suffix, 'string', true) local function cleanPattern(s) -- Cleans a pattern so that the magic characters ()%.[]*+-?^$ are interpreted literally. return s:gsub('([%(%)%%%.%[%]%*%+%-%?%^%$])', '%%%1') end prefix = prefix or '' suffix = suffix or '' prefix = cleanPattern(prefix) suffix = cleanPattern(suffix) local pattern = '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)' .. suffix .. '$' local nums = {} for k in pairs(t) do if type(k) == 'string' then local num = mw.ustring.match(k, pattern) if num then nums[#nums + 1] = tonumber(num) end end end table.sort(nums) return nums end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- numData -- -- Given a table with keys like {"foo1", "bar1", "foo2", "baz2"}, returns a table -- of subtables in the format -- {[1] = {foo = 'text', bar = 'text'}, [2] = {foo = 'text', baz = 'text'}}. -- Keys that don't end with an integer are stored in a subtable named "other". The -- compress option compresses the table so that it can be iterated over with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.numData(t, compress) checkType('numData', 1, t, 'table') checkType('numData', 2, compress, 'boolean', true) local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do local prefix, num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^([^0-9]*)([1-9][0-9]*)$') if num then num = tonumber(num) local subtable = ret[num] or {} if prefix == '' then -- Positional parameters match the blank string; put them at the start of the subtable instead. prefix = 1 end subtable[prefix] = v ret[num] = subtable else local subtable = ret.other or {} subtable[k] = v ret.other = subtable end end if compress then local other = ret.other ret = p.compressSparseArray(ret) ret.other = other end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- compressSparseArray -- -- This takes an array with one or more nil values, and removes the nil values -- while preserving the order, so that the array can be safely traversed with -- ipairs. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.compressSparseArray(t) checkType('compressSparseArray', 1, t, 'table') local ret = {} local nums = p.numKeys(t) for _, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = t[num] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseIpairs -- -- This is an iterator for sparse arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but can -- handle nil values. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseIpairs(t) checkType('sparseIpairs', 1, t, 'table') local nums = p.numKeys(t) local i = 0 local lim = #nums return function () i = i + 1 if i <= lim then local key = nums[i] return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- size -- -- This returns the size of a key/value pair table. It will also work on arrays, -- but for arrays it is more efficient to use the # operator. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.size(t) checkType('size', 1, t, 'table') local i = 0 for _ in pairs(t) do i = i + 1 end return i end local function defaultKeySort(item1, item2) -- "number" < "string", so numbers will be sorted before strings. local type1, type2 = type(item1), type(item2) if type1 ~= type2 then return type1 < type2 elseif type1 == 'table' or type1 == 'boolean' or type1 == 'function' then return tostring(item1) < tostring(item2) else return item1 < item2 end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- keysToList -- -- Returns an array of the keys in a table, sorted using either a default -- comparison function or a custom keySort function. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.keysToList(t, keySort, checked) if not checked then checkType('keysToList', 1, t, 'table') checkTypeMulti('keysToList', 2, keySort, {'function', 'boolean', 'nil'}) end local arr = {} local index = 1 for k in pairs(t) do arr[index] = k index = index + 1 end if keySort ~= false then keySort = type(keySort) == 'function' and keySort or defaultKeySort table.sort(arr, keySort) end return arr end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sortedPairs -- -- Iterates through a table, with the keys sorted using the keysToList function. -- If there are only numerical keys, sparseIpairs is probably more efficient. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sortedPairs(t, keySort) checkType('sortedPairs', 1, t, 'table') checkType('sortedPairs', 2, keySort, 'function', true) local arr = p.keysToList(t, keySort, true) local i = 0 return function () i = i + 1 local key = arr[i] if key ~= nil then return key, t[key] else return nil, nil end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArray -- -- Returns true if the given value is a table and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArray(v) if type(v) ~= 'table' then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- isArrayLike -- -- Returns true if the given value is iterable and all keys are consecutive -- integers starting at 1. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.isArrayLike(v) if not pcall(pairs, v) then return false end local i = 0 for _ in pairs(v) do i = i + 1 if v[i] == nil then return false end end return true end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invert -- -- Transposes the keys and values in an array. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = 1, b = 2, c = 3}. Duplicates are not supported (result values refer to -- the index of the last duplicate) and NaN values are ignored. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.invert(arr) checkType("invert", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local map = {} for i, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then map[v] = i end end return map end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- listToSet -- -- Creates a set from the array part of the table. Indexing the set by any of the -- values of the array returns true. For example, {"a", "b", "c"} -> -- {a = true, b = true, c = true}. NaN values are ignored as Lua considers them -- never equal to any value (including other NaNs or even themselves). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.listToSet(arr) checkType("listToSet", 1, arr, "table") local isNan = p.isNan local set = {} for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if not isNan(v) then set[v] = true end end return set end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- deepCopy -- -- Recursive deep copy function. Preserves identities of subtables. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ local function _deepCopy(orig, includeMetatable, already_seen) -- Stores copies of tables indexed by the original table. already_seen = already_seen or {} local copy = already_seen[orig] if copy ~= nil then return copy end if type(orig) == 'table' then copy = {} for orig_key, orig_value in pairs(orig) do copy[_deepCopy(orig_key, includeMetatable, already_seen)] = _deepCopy(orig_value, includeMetatable, already_seen) end already_seen[orig] = copy if includeMetatable then local mt = getmetatable(orig) if mt ~= nil then local mt_copy = _deepCopy(mt, includeMetatable, already_seen) setmetatable(copy, mt_copy) already_seen[mt] = mt_copy end end else -- number, string, boolean, etc copy = orig end return copy end function p.deepCopy(orig, noMetatable, already_seen) checkType("deepCopy", 3, already_seen, "table", true) return _deepCopy(orig, not noMetatable, already_seen) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- sparseConcat -- -- Concatenates all values in the table that are indexed by a number, in order. -- sparseConcat{a, nil, c, d} => "acd" -- sparseConcat{nil, b, c, d} => "bcd" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.sparseConcat(t, sep, i, j) local arr = {} local arr_i = 0 for _, v in p.sparseIpairs(t) do arr_i = arr_i + 1 arr[arr_i] = v end return table.concat(arr, sep, i, j) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- length -- -- Finds the length of an array, or of a quasi-array with keys such as "data1", -- "data2", etc., using an exponential search algorithm. It is similar to the -- operator #, but may return a different value when there are gaps in the array -- portion of the table. Intended to be used on data loaded with mw.loadData. For -- other tables, use #. -- Note: #frame.args in frame object always be set to 0, regardless of the number -- of unnamed template parameters, so use this function for frame.args. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.length(t, prefix) -- requiring module inline so that [[Module:Exponential search]] which is -- only needed by this one function doesn't get millions of transclusions local expSearch = require("Module:Exponential search") checkType('length', 1, t, 'table') checkType('length', 2, prefix, 'string', true) return expSearch(function (i) local key if prefix then key = prefix .. tostring(i) else key = i end return t[key] ~= nil end) or 0 end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- inArray -- -- Returns true if valueToFind is a member of the array, and false otherwise. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ function p.inArray(arr, valueToFind) checkType("inArray", 1, arr, "table") -- if valueToFind is nil, error? for _, v in ipairs(arr) do if v == valueToFind then return true end end return false end return p 085e7094ac84eb0132ee65822cf3f69cd8ba3d81 10 22 47 46 2023-08-10T14:07:18Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link expanded]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 1fec988ceb46cb324af228aac45d7cd25fcc9008 10 23 49 48 2023-08-10T14:07:18Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#Invoke:Template link general|main|code=on}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlx}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 6c99696fee02f1da368ed20d2504e19bc15b1c13 828 24 51 50 2023-08-10T14:07:19Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This implements Template:Tlg local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local p = {} -- Is a string non-empty? local function _ne(s) return s ~= nil and s ~= "" end local nw = mw.text.nowiki local function addTemplate(s) local i, _ = s:find(':', 1, true) if i == nil then return 'Template:' .. s end local ns = s:sub(1, i - 1) if ns == '' or mw.site.namespaces[ns] then return s else return 'Template:' .. s end end local function trimTemplate(s) local needle = 'template:' if s:sub(1, needle:len()):lower() == needle then return s:sub(needle:len() + 1) else return s end end local function linkTitle(args) if _ne(args.nolink) then return args['1'] end local titleObj local titlePart = '[[' if args['1'] then -- This handles :Page and other NS titleObj = mw.title.new(args['1'], 'Template') else titleObj = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end titlePart = titlePart .. (titleObj ~= nil and titleObj.fullText or addTemplate(args['1'])) local textPart = args.alttext if not _ne(textPart) then if titleObj ~= nil then textPart = titleObj:inNamespace("Template") and args['1'] or titleObj.fullText else -- redlink textPart = args['1'] end end if _ne(args.subst) then -- HACK: the ns thing above is probably broken textPart = 'subst:' .. textPart end if _ne(args.brace) then textPart = nw('{{') .. textPart .. nw('}}') elseif _ne(args.braceinside) then textPart = nw('{') .. textPart .. nw('}') end titlePart = titlePart .. '|' .. textPart .. ']]' if _ne(args.braceinside) then titlePart = nw('{') .. titlePart .. nw('}') end return titlePart end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { trim = true, removeBlanks = false }) return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local bold = _ne(args.bold) or _ne(args.boldlink) or _ne(args.boldname) local italic = _ne(args.italic) or _ne(args.italics) local dontBrace = _ne(args.brace) or _ne(args.braceinside) local code = _ne(args.code) or _ne(args.tt) local show_result = _ne(args._show_result) local expand = _ne(args._expand) -- Build the link part local titlePart = linkTitle(args) if bold then titlePart = "'''" .. titlePart .. "'''" end if _ne(args.nowrapname) then titlePart = '<span class="nowrap">' .. titlePart .. '</span>' end -- Build the arguments local textPart = "" local textPartBuffer = "&#124;" local codeArguments = {} local codeArgumentsString = "" local i = 2 local j = 1 while args[i] do local val = args[i] if val ~= "" then if _ne(args.nowiki) then -- Unstrip nowiki tags first because calling nw on something that already contains nowiki tags will -- mangle the nowiki strip marker and result in literal UNIQ...QINU showing up val = nw(mw.text.unstripNoWiki(val)) end local k, v = string.match(val, "(.*)=(.*)") if not k then codeArguments[j] = val j = j + 1 else codeArguments[k] = v end codeArgumentsString = codeArgumentsString .. textPartBuffer .. val if italic then val = '<span style="font-style:italic;">' .. val .. '</span>' end textPart = textPart .. textPartBuffer .. val end i = i + 1 end -- final wrap local ret = titlePart .. textPart if not dontBrace then ret = nw('{{') .. ret .. nw('}}') end if _ne(args.a) then ret = nw('*') .. '&nbsp;' .. ret end if _ne(args.kbd) then ret = '<kbd>' .. ret .. '</kbd>' end if code then ret = '<code>' .. ret .. '</code>' elseif _ne(args.plaincode) then ret = '<code style="border:none;background:transparent;">' .. ret .. '</code>' end if _ne(args.nowrap) then ret = '<span class="nowrap">' .. ret .. '</span>' end --[[ Wrap as html?? local span = mw.html.create('span') span:wikitext(ret) --]] if _ne(args.debug) then ret = ret .. '\n<pre>' .. mw.text.encode(mw.dumpObject(args)) .. '</pre>' end if show_result then local result = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = addTemplate(args[1]), args = codeArguments} ret = ret .. " → " .. result end if expand then local query = mw.text.encode('{{' .. addTemplate(args[1]) .. string.gsub(codeArgumentsString, textPartBuffer, "|") .. '}}') local url = mw.uri.fullUrl('special:ExpandTemplates', 'wpInput=' .. query) mw.log() ret = ret .. " [" .. tostring(url) .. "]" end return ret end return p c7307fa3959d308a2dd7fd2f5009c1ce6db3d122 10 25 53 52 2023-08-10T14:07:20Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Template}} | template | other }} }} | template = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 06fb13d264df967b5232141067eb7d2b67372d76 828 26 55 54 2023-08-10T14:07:20Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the expiry of a restriction of an action on a given title, or unknown if it cannot be known. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local stabilitySettings = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) return stabilitySettings and stabilitySettings.expiry or 'unknown' elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, autoreview', 2 ) end local rawExpiry = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('PROTECTIONEXPIRY', action, pagename) if rawExpiry == 'infinity' then return 'infinity' elseif rawExpiry == '' then return 'unknown' else local year, month, day, hour, minute, second = rawExpiry:match( '^(%d%d%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)(%d%d)$' ) if year then return string.format( '%s-%s-%sT%s:%s:%s', year, month, day, hour, minute, second ) else error('internal error in Module:Effective protection expiry; malformed expiry timestamp') end end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 9a8c58dc2667232ed08a9b206a5d89ca8150312b 828 27 57 56 2023-08-10T14:07:21Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title. -- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used. function p._main(action, pagename) local title if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then title = pagename elseif pagename then title = mw.title.new(pagename) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end pagename = title.prefixedText if action == 'autoreview' then local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title) level = level and level.autoreview if level == 'review' then return 'reviewer' elseif level ~= '' then return level else return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review end elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 ) end if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page return 'sysop' end elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page return 'interfaceadmin' elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page return 'sysop' end end if action == 'undelete' then return 'sysop' end local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1] if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then return 'sysop' elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page return 'sysop' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then return 'templateeditor' elseif action == 'move' then local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move. if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif title.namespace == 6 then return 'filemover' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end end local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename) if blacklistentry then if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then return 'templateeditor' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then return 'extendedconfirmed' else return 'autoconfirmed' end elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason return 'autoconfirmed' elseif level then return level elseif action == 'upload' then return 'autoconfirmed' elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts return 'user' else return '*' end end setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) return t._main(k, frame.args[1]) end end }) return p 70256a489edf6be9808031b14a7e3ef3e025da97 828 28 59 58 2023-08-10T14:07:21Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides a library for formatting file wikilinks. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} function p._main(args) checkType('_main', 1, args, 'table') -- This is basically libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg, but we are rolling our -- own function to get the right error level. local function checkArg(key, val, level) if type(val) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( "type error in '%s' parameter of '_main' (expected string, got %s)", key, type(val) ), level) end end local ret = {} -- Adds a positional parameter to the buffer. local function addPositional(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = val end -- Adds a named parameter to the buffer. We assume that the parameter name -- is the same as the argument key. local function addNamed(key) local val = args[key] if not val then return nil end checkArg(key, val, 4) ret[#ret + 1] = key .. '=' .. val end -- Filename checkArg('file', args.file, 3) ret[#ret + 1] = 'File:' .. args.file -- Format if args.format then checkArg('format', args.format) if args.formatfile then checkArg('formatfile', args.formatfile) ret[#ret + 1] = args.format .. '=' .. args.formatfile else ret[#ret + 1] = args.format end end -- Border if yesno(args.border) then ret[#ret + 1] = 'border' end addPositional('location') addPositional('alignment') addPositional('size') addNamed('upright') addNamed('link') addNamed('alt') addNamed('page') addNamed('class') addNamed('lang') addNamed('start') addNamed('end') addNamed('thumbtime') addPositional('caption') return string.format('[[%s]]', table.concat(ret, '|')) end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:File link' }) if not origArgs.file then error("'file' parameter missing from [[Template:File link]]", 0) end -- Copy the arguments that were passed to a new table to avoid looking up -- every possible parameter in the frame object. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do -- Make _BLANK a special argument to add a blank parameter. For use in -- conditional templates etc. it is useful for blank arguments to be -- ignored, but we still need a way to specify them so that we can do -- things like [[File:Example.png|link=]]. if v == '_BLANK' then v = '' end args[k] = v end return p._main(args) end return p 66925f088d11530f2482f04181a3baaaa0ad3d0c 828 29 61 60 2023-08-10T14:07:21Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes -- -- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local formatLink -- lazily initialise [[Module:Format link]] ._formatLink local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end function p.defaultClasses(inline) -- Provides the default hatnote classes as a space-separated string; useful -- for hatnote-manipulation modules like [[Module:Hatnote group]]. return (inline == 1 and 'hatnote-inline' or 'hatnote') .. ' ' .. 'navigation-not-searchable' end function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator) -- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical, -- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)". checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string') checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true) disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation' return mw.ustring.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator) end function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon) -- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This -- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons -- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon -- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false. checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string') checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true) if removeColon ~= false then link = removeInitialColon(link) end local namespace = link:match('^(.-):') if namespace then local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace] if nsTable then return nsTable.id end end return 0 end function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title) -- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If -- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from -- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category -- is added. checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string') checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Make the help link text. local helpText if helpLink then helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])' else helpText = '' end -- Make the category text. local category if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out then category = 'Hatnote templates with errors' category = mw.ustring.format( '[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, category ) else category = '' end return mw.ustring.format( '<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s', msg, helpText, category ) end local curNs = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace p.missingTargetCat = --Default missing target category, exported for use in related modules ((curNs == 0) or (curNs == 14)) and 'Articles with hatnote templates targeting a nonexistent page' or nil function p.quote(title) --Wraps titles in quotation marks. If the title starts/ends with a quotation --mark, kerns that side as with {{-'}} local quotationMarks = { ["'"]=true, ['"']=true, ['“']=true, ["‘"]=true, ['”']=true, ["’"]=true } local quoteLeft, quoteRight = -- Test if start/end are quotation marks quotationMarks[string.sub(title, 1, 1)], quotationMarks[string.sub(title, -1, -1)] if quoteLeft or quoteRight then title = mw.html.create("span"):wikitext(title) end if quoteLeft then title:css("padding-left", "0.15em") end if quoteRight then title:css("padding-right", "0.15em") end return '"' .. tostring(title) .. '"' end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Hatnote -- -- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.hatnote(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local s = args[1] if not s then return p.makeWikitextError( 'no text specified', 'Template:Hatnote#Errors', args.category ) end return p._hatnote(s, { extraclasses = args.extraclasses, selfref = args.selfref }) end function p._hatnote(s, options) checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string') checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} local inline = options.inline local hatnote = mw.html.create(inline == 1 and 'span' or 'div') local extraclasses if type(options.extraclasses) == 'string' then extraclasses = options.extraclasses end hatnote :attr('role', 'note') :addClass(p.defaultClasses(inline)) :addClass(extraclasses) :addClass(options.selfref and 'selfref' or nil) :wikitext(s) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' } } .. tostring(hatnote) end return p 3ae1ed7094c5005ca0896395ec9a587287a0bef1 828 30 63 62 2023-08-10T14:07:22Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description text text/plain /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .hatnote { font-style: italic; } /* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */ div.hatnote { /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } .hatnote i { font-style: normal; } /* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes. * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */ .hatnote + link + .hatnote { margin-top: -0.5em; } 44680ffd6e888866df2cdfa0341af9c7b97da94c 828 31 65 64 2023-08-10T14:07:23Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- Original module located at [[:en:Module:Wd]] and [[:en:Module:Wd/i18n]]. require("strict") local p = {} local arg = ... local i18n local function loadI18n(aliasesP, frame) local title if frame then -- current module invoked by page/template, get its title from frame title = frame:getTitle() else -- current module included by other module, get its title from ... title = arg end if not i18n then i18n = require(title .. "/i18n").init(aliasesP) end end p.claimCommands = { property = "property", properties = "properties", qualifier = "qualifier", qualifiers = "qualifiers", reference = "reference", references = "references" } p.generalCommands = { label = "label", title = "title", description = "description", alias = "alias", aliases = "aliases", badge = "badge", badges = "badges" } p.flags = { linked = "linked", short = "short", raw = "raw", multilanguage = "multilanguage", unit = "unit", ------------- preferred = "preferred", normal = "normal", deprecated = "deprecated", best = "best", future = "future", current = "current", former = "former", edit = "edit", editAtEnd = "edit@end", mdy = "mdy", single = "single", sourced = "sourced" } p.args = { eid = "eid", page = "page", date = "date" } local aliasesP = { coord = "P625", ----------------------- image = "P18", author = "P50", authorNameString = "P2093", publisher = "P123", importedFrom = "P143", wikimediaImportURL = "P4656", statedIn = "P248", pages = "P304", language = "P407", hasPart = "P527", publicationDate = "P577", startTime = "P580", endTime = "P582", chapter = "P792", retrieved = "P813", referenceURL = "P854", sectionVerseOrParagraph = "P958", archiveURL = "P1065", title = "P1476", formatterURL = "P1630", quote = "P1683", shortName = "P1813", definingFormula = "P2534", archiveDate = "P2960", inferredFrom = "P3452", typeOfReference = "P3865", column = "P3903", subjectNamedAs = "P1810", wikidataProperty = "P1687", publishedIn = "P1433" } local aliasesQ = { percentage = "Q11229", prolepticJulianCalendar = "Q1985786", citeWeb = "Q5637226", citeQ = "Q22321052" } local parameters = { property = "%p", qualifier = "%q", reference = "%r", alias = "%a", badge = "%b", separator = "%s", general = "%x" } local formats = { property = "%p[%s][%r]", qualifier = "%q[%s][%r]", reference = "%r", propertyWithQualifier = "%p[ <span style=\"font-size:85\\%\">(%q)</span>][%s][%r]", alias = "%a[%s]", badge = "%b[%s]" } local hookNames = { -- {level_1, level_2} [parameters.property] = {"getProperty"}, [parameters.reference] = {"getReferences", "getReference"}, [parameters.qualifier] = {"getAllQualifiers"}, [parameters.qualifier.."\\d"] = {"getQualifiers", "getQualifier"}, [parameters.alias] = {"getAlias"}, [parameters.badge] = {"getBadge"} } -- default value objects, should NOT be mutated but instead copied local defaultSeparators = { ["sep"] = {" "}, ["sep%s"] = {","}, ["sep%q"] = {"; "}, ["sep%q\\d"] = {", "}, ["sep%r"] = nil, -- none ["punc"] = nil -- none } local rankTable = { ["preferred"] = 1, ["normal"] = 2, ["deprecated"] = 3 } local function replaceAlias(id) if aliasesP[id] then id = aliasesP[id] end return id end local function errorText(code, param) local text = i18n["errors"][code] if param then text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, "$1", param) end return text end local function throwError(errorMessage, param) error(errorText(errorMessage, param)) end local function replaceDecimalMark(num) return mw.ustring.gsub(num, "[.]", i18n['numeric']['decimal-mark'], 1) end local function padZeros(num, numDigits) local numZeros local negative = false if num < 0 then negative = true num = num * -1 end num = tostring(num) numZeros = numDigits - num:len() for _ = 1, numZeros do num = "0"..num end if negative then num = "-"..num end return num end local function replaceSpecialChar(chr) if chr == '_' then -- replace underscores with spaces return ' ' else return chr end end local function replaceSpecialChars(str) local chr local esc = false local strOut = "" for i = 1, #str do chr = str:sub(i,i) if not esc then if chr == '\\' then esc = true else strOut = strOut .. replaceSpecialChar(chr) end else strOut = strOut .. chr esc = false end end return strOut end local function buildWikilink(target, label) if not label or target == label then return "[[" .. target .. "]]" else return "[[" .. target .. "|" .. label .. "]]" end end -- used to make frame.args mutable, to replace #frame.args (which is always 0) -- with the actual amount and to simply copy tables local function copyTable(tIn) if not tIn then return nil end local tOut = {} for i, v in pairs(tIn) do tOut[i] = v end return tOut end -- used to merge output arrays together; -- note that it currently mutates the first input array local function mergeArrays(a1, a2) for i = 1, #a2 do a1[#a1 + 1] = a2[i] end return a1 end local function split(str, del) local out = {} local i, j = str:find(del) if i and j then out[1] = str:sub(1, i - 1) out[2] = str:sub(j + 1) else out[1] = str end return out end local function parseWikidataURL(url) local id if url:match('^http[s]?://') then id = split(url, "Q") if id[2] then return "Q" .. id[2] end end return nil end local function parseDate(dateStr, precision) precision = precision or "d" local i, j, index, ptr local parts = {nil, nil, nil} if dateStr == nil then return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end -- 'T' for snak values, '/' for outputs with '/Julian' attached i, j = dateStr:find("[T/]") if i then dateStr = dateStr:sub(1, i-1) end local from = 1 if dateStr:sub(1,1) == "-" then -- this is a negative number, look further ahead from = 2 end index = 1 ptr = 1 i, j = dateStr:find("-", from) if i then -- year parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr, i-1), 10) -- explicitly give base 10 to prevent error if parts[index] == -0 then parts[index] = tonumber("0") -- for some reason, 'parts[index] = 0' may actually store '-0', so parse from string instead end if precision == "y" then -- we're done return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end index = index + 1 ptr = i + 1 i, j = dateStr:find("-", ptr) if i then -- month parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr, i-1), 10) if precision == "m" then -- we're done return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end index = index + 1 ptr = i + 1 end end if dateStr:sub(ptr) ~= "" then -- day if we have month, month if we have year, or year parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr), 10) end return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end local function datePrecedesDate(aY, aM, aD, bY, bM, bD) if aY == nil or bY == nil then return nil end aM = aM or 1 aD = aD or 1 bM = bM or 1 bD = bD or 1 if aY < bY then return true end if aY > bY then return false end if aM < bM then return true end if aM > bM then return false end if aD < bD then return true end return false end local function getHookName(param, index) if hookNames[param] then return hookNames[param][index] elseif param:len() > 2 then return hookNames[param:sub(1, 2).."\\d"][index] else return nil end end local function alwaysTrue() return true end -- The following function parses a format string. -- -- The example below shows how a parsed string is structured in memory. -- Variables other than 'str' and 'child' are left out for clarity's sake. -- -- Example: -- "A %p B [%s[%q1]] C [%r] D" -- -- Structure: -- [ -- { -- str = "A " -- }, -- { -- str = "%p" -- }, -- { -- str = " B ", -- child = -- [ -- { -- str = "%s", -- child = -- [ -- { -- str = "%q1" -- } -- ] -- } -- ] -- }, -- { -- str = " C ", -- child = -- [ -- { -- str = "%r" -- } -- ] -- }, -- { -- str = " D" -- } -- ] -- local function parseFormat(str) local chr, esc, param, root, cur, prev, new local params = {} local function newObject(array) local obj = {} -- new object obj.str = "" array[#array + 1] = obj -- array{object} obj.parent = array return obj end local function endParam() if param > 0 then if cur.str ~= "" then cur.str = "%"..cur.str cur.param = true params[cur.str] = true cur.parent.req[cur.str] = true prev = cur cur = newObject(cur.parent) end param = 0 end end root = {} -- array root.req = {} cur = newObject(root) prev = nil esc = false param = 0 for i = 1, #str do chr = str:sub(i,i) if not esc then if chr == '\\' then endParam() esc = true elseif chr == '%' then endParam() if cur.str ~= "" then cur = newObject(cur.parent) end param = 2 elseif chr == '[' then endParam() if prev and cur.str == "" then table.remove(cur.parent) cur = prev end cur.child = {} -- new array cur.child.req = {} cur.child.parent = cur cur = newObject(cur.child) elseif chr == ']' then endParam() if cur.parent.parent then new = newObject(cur.parent.parent.parent) if cur.str == "" then table.remove(cur.parent) end cur = new end else if param > 1 then param = param - 1 elseif param == 1 then if not chr:match('%d') then endParam() end end cur.str = cur.str .. replaceSpecialChar(chr) end else cur.str = cur.str .. chr esc = false end prev = nil end endParam() -- make sure that at least one required parameter has been defined if not next(root.req) then throwError("missing-required-parameter") end -- make sure that the separator parameter "%s" is not amongst the required parameters if root.req[parameters.separator] then throwError("extra-required-parameter", parameters.separator) end return root, params end local function sortOnRank(claims) local rankPos local ranks = {{}, {}, {}, {}} -- preferred, normal, deprecated, (default) local sorted = {} for _, v in ipairs(claims) do rankPos = rankTable[v.rank] or 4 ranks[rankPos][#ranks[rankPos] + 1] = v end sorted = ranks[1] sorted = mergeArrays(sorted, ranks[2]) sorted = mergeArrays(sorted, ranks[3]) return sorted end local Config = {} -- allows for recursive calls function Config:new() local cfg = {} setmetatable(cfg, self) self.__index = self cfg.separators = { -- single value objects wrapped in arrays so that we can pass by reference ["sep"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep"])}, ["sep%s"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep%s"])}, ["sep%q"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep%q"])}, ["sep%r"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep%r"])}, ["punc"] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["punc"])} } cfg.entity = nil cfg.entityID = nil cfg.propertyID = nil cfg.propertyValue = nil cfg.qualifierIDs = {} cfg.qualifierIDsAndValues = {} cfg.bestRank = true cfg.ranks = {true, true, false} -- preferred = true, normal = true, deprecated = false cfg.foundRank = #cfg.ranks cfg.flagBest = false cfg.flagRank = false cfg.periods = {true, true, true} -- future = true, current = true, former = true cfg.flagPeriod = false cfg.atDate = {parseDate(os.date('!%Y-%m-%d'))} -- today as {year, month, day} cfg.mdyDate = false cfg.singleClaim = false cfg.sourcedOnly = false cfg.editable = false cfg.editAtEnd = false cfg.inSitelinks = false cfg.langCode = mw.language.getContentLanguage().code cfg.langName = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.langCode, cfg.langCode) cfg.langObj = mw.language.new(cfg.langCode) cfg.siteID = mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() cfg.states = {} cfg.states.qualifiersCount = 0 cfg.curState = nil cfg.prefetchedRefs = nil return cfg end local State = {} function State:new(cfg, type) local stt = {} setmetatable(stt, self) self.__index = self stt.conf = cfg stt.type = type stt.results = {} stt.parsedFormat = {} stt.separator = {} stt.movSeparator = {} stt.puncMark = {} stt.linked = false stt.rawValue = false stt.shortName = false stt.anyLanguage = false stt.unitOnly = false stt.singleValue = false return stt end -- if id == nil then item connected to current page is used function Config:getLabel(id, raw, link, short) local label = nil local prefix, title= "", nil if not id then id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if not id then return "" end end id = id:upper() -- just to be sure if raw then -- check if given id actually exists if mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(id) and mw.wikibase.entityExists(id) then label = id end prefix, title = "d:Special:EntityPage/", label -- may be nil else -- try short name first if requested if short then label = p._property{aliasesP.shortName, [p.args.eid] = id} -- get short name if label == "" then label = nil end end -- get label if not label then label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, self.langCode) -- XXX: should use fallback labels? end end if not label then label = "" elseif link then -- build a link if requested if not title then if id:sub(1,1) == "Q" then title = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(id) elseif id:sub(1,1) == "P" then -- properties have no sitelink, link to Wikidata instead prefix, title = "d:Special:EntityPage/", id end end label = mw.text.nowiki(label) -- escape raw label text so it cannot be wikitext markup if title then label = buildWikilink(prefix .. title, label) end end return label end function Config:getEditIcon() local value = "" local prefix = "" local front = "&nbsp;" local back = "" if self.entityID:sub(1,1) == "P" then prefix = "Property:" end if self.editAtEnd then front = '<span style="float:' if self.langObj:isRTL() then front = front .. 'left' else front = front .. 'right' end front = front .. '">' back = '</span>' end value = "[[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg|frameless|text-top|10px|alt=" .. i18n['info']['edit-on-wikidata'] .. "|link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. prefix .. self.entityID .. "?uselang=" .. self.langCode if self.propertyID then value = value .. "#" .. self.propertyID elseif self.inSitelinks then value = value .. "#sitelinks-wikipedia" end value = value .. "|" .. i18n['info']['edit-on-wikidata'] .. "]]" return front .. value .. back end -- used to create the final output string when it's all done, so that for references the -- function extensionTag("ref", ...) is only called when they really ended up in the final output function Config:concatValues(valuesArray) local outString = "" local j, skip for i = 1, #valuesArray do -- check if this is a reference if valuesArray[i].refHash then j = i - 1 skip = false -- skip this reference if it is part of a continuous row of references that already contains the exact same reference while valuesArray[j] and valuesArray[j].refHash do if valuesArray[i].refHash == valuesArray[j].refHash then skip = true break end j = j - 1 end if not skip then -- add <ref> tag with the reference's hash as its name (to deduplicate references) outString = outString .. mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag("ref", valuesArray[i][1], {name = valuesArray[i].refHash}) end else outString = outString .. valuesArray[i][1] end end return outString end function Config:convertUnit(unit, raw, link, short, unitOnly) local space = " " local label = "" local itemID if unit == "" or unit == "1" then return nil end if unitOnly then space = "" end itemID = parseWikidataURL(unit) if itemID then if itemID == aliasesQ.percentage then return "%" else label = self:getLabel(itemID, raw, link, short) if label ~= "" then return space .. label end end end return "" end function State:getValue(snak) return self.conf:getValue(snak, self.rawValue, self.linked, self.shortName, self.anyLanguage, self.unitOnly, false, self.type:sub(1,2)) end function Config:getValue(snak, raw, link, short, anyLang, unitOnly, noSpecial, type) if snak.snaktype == 'value' then local datatype = snak.datavalue.type local subtype = snak.datatype local datavalue = snak.datavalue.value if datatype == 'string' then if subtype == 'url' and link then -- create link explicitly if raw then -- will render as a linked number like [1] return "[" .. datavalue .. "]" else return "[" .. datavalue .. " " .. datavalue .. "]" end elseif subtype == 'commonsMedia' then if link then return buildWikilink("c:File:" .. datavalue, datavalue) elseif not raw then return "[[File:" .. datavalue .. "]]" else return datavalue end elseif subtype == 'geo-shape' and link then return buildWikilink("c:" .. datavalue, datavalue) elseif subtype == 'math' and not raw then local attribute = nil if (type == parameters.property or (type == parameters.qualifier and self.propertyID == aliasesP.hasPart)) and snak.property == aliasesP.definingFormula then attribute = {qid = self.entityID} end return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag("math", datavalue, attribute) elseif subtype == 'external-id' and link then local url = p._property{aliasesP.formatterURL, [p.args.eid] = snak.property} -- get formatter URL if url ~= "" then url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, "$1", datavalue) return "[" .. url .. " " .. datavalue .. "]" else return datavalue end else return datavalue end elseif datatype == 'monolingualtext' then if anyLang or datavalue['language'] == self.langCode then return datavalue['text'] else return nil end elseif datatype == 'quantity' then local value = "" local unit if not unitOnly then -- get value and strip + signs from front value = mw.ustring.gsub(datavalue['amount'], "^%+(.+)$", "%1") if raw then return value end -- replace decimal mark based on locale value = replaceDecimalMark(value) -- add delimiters for readability value = i18n.addDelimiters(value) end unit = self:convertUnit(datavalue['unit'], raw, link, short, unitOnly) if unit then value = value .. unit end return value elseif datatype == 'time' then local y, m, d, p, yDiv, yRound, yFull, value, calendarID, dateStr local yFactor = 1 local sign = 1 local prefix = "" local suffix = "" local mayAddCalendar = false local calendar = "" local precision = datavalue['precision'] if precision == 11 then p = "d" elseif precision == 10 then p = "m" else p = "y" yFactor = 10^(9-precision) end y, m, d = parseDate(datavalue['time'], p) if y < 0 then sign = -1 y = y * sign end -- if precision is tens/hundreds/thousands/millions/billions of years if precision <= 8 then yDiv = y / yFactor -- if precision is tens/hundreds/thousands of years if precision >= 6 then mayAddCalendar = true if precision <= 7 then -- round centuries/millenniums up (e.g. 20th century or 3rd millennium) yRound = math.ceil(yDiv) if not raw then if precision == 6 then suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['millennium'] else suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['century'] end suffix = i18n.getOrdinalSuffix(yRound) .. suffix else -- if not verbose, take the first year of the century/millennium -- (e.g. 1901 for 20th century or 2001 for 3rd millennium) yRound = (yRound - 1) * yFactor + 1 end else -- precision == 8 -- round decades down (e.g. 2010s) yRound = math.floor(yDiv) * yFactor if not raw then prefix = i18n['datetime']['prefixes']['decade-period'] suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['decade-period'] end end if raw and sign < 0 then -- if BCE then compensate for "counting backwards" -- (e.g. -2019 for 2010s BCE, -2000 for 20th century BCE or -3000 for 3rd millennium BCE) yRound = yRound + yFactor - 1 end else local yReFactor, yReDiv, yReRound -- round to nearest for tens of thousands of years or more yRound = math.floor(yDiv + 0.5) if yRound == 0 then if precision <= 2 and y ~= 0 then yReFactor = 1e6 yReDiv = y / yReFactor yReRound = math.floor(yReDiv + 0.5) if yReDiv == yReRound then -- change precision to millions of years only if we have a whole number of them precision = 3 yFactor = yReFactor yRound = yReRound end end if yRound == 0 then -- otherwise, take the unrounded (original) number of years precision = 5 yFactor = 1 yRound = y mayAddCalendar = true end end if precision >= 1 and y ~= 0 then yFull = yRound * yFactor yReFactor = 1e9 yReDiv = yFull / yReFactor yReRound = math.floor(yReDiv + 0.5) if yReDiv == yReRound then -- change precision to billions of years if we're in that range precision = 0 yFactor = yReFactor yRound = yReRound else yReFactor = 1e6 yReDiv = yFull / yReFactor yReRound = math.floor(yReDiv + 0.5) if yReDiv == yReRound then -- change precision to millions of years if we're in that range precision = 3 yFactor = yReFactor yRound = yReRound end end end if not raw then if precision == 3 then suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['million-years'] elseif precision == 0 then suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['billion-years'] else yRound = yRound * yFactor if yRound == 1 then suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['year'] else suffix = i18n['datetime']['suffixes']['years'] end end else yRound = yRound * yFactor end end else yRound = y mayAddCalendar = true end if mayAddCalendar then calendarID = parseWikidataURL(datavalue['calendarmodel']) if calendarID and calendarID == aliasesQ.prolepticJulianCalendar then if not raw then if link then calendar = " ("..buildWikilink(i18n['datetime']['julian-calendar'], i18n['datetime']['julian'])..")" else calendar = " ("..i18n['datetime']['julian']..")" end else calendar = "/"..i18n['datetime']['julian'] end end end if not raw then local ce = nil if sign < 0 then ce = i18n['datetime']['BCE'] elseif precision <= 5 then ce = i18n['datetime']['CE'] end if ce then if link then ce = buildWikilink(i18n['datetime']['common-era'], ce) end suffix = suffix .. " " .. ce end value = tostring(yRound) if m then dateStr = self.langObj:formatDate("F", "1-"..m.."-1") if d then if self.mdyDate then dateStr = dateStr .. " " .. d .. "," else dateStr = d .. " " .. dateStr end end value = dateStr .. " " .. value end value = prefix .. value .. suffix .. calendar else value = padZeros(yRound * sign, 4) if m then value = value .. "-" .. padZeros(m, 2) if d then value = value .. "-" .. padZeros(d, 2) end end value = value .. calendar end return value elseif datatype == 'globecoordinate' then -- logic from https://github.com/DataValues/Geo (v4.0.1) local precision, unitsPerDegree, numDigits, strFormat, value, globe local latitude, latConv, latValue, latLink local longitude, lonConv, lonValue, lonLink local latDirection, latDirectionN, latDirectionS, latDirectionEN local lonDirection, lonDirectionE, lonDirectionW, lonDirectionEN local degSymbol, minSymbol, secSymbol, separator local latDegrees = nil local latMinutes = nil local latSeconds = nil local lonDegrees = nil local lonMinutes = nil local lonSeconds = nil local latDegSym = "" local latMinSym = "" local latSecSym = "" local lonDegSym = "" local lonMinSym = "" local lonSecSym = "" local latDirectionEN_N = "N" local latDirectionEN_S = "S" local lonDirectionEN_E = "E" local lonDirectionEN_W = "W" if not raw then latDirectionN = i18n['coord']['latitude-north'] latDirectionS = i18n['coord']['latitude-south'] lonDirectionE = i18n['coord']['longitude-east'] lonDirectionW = i18n['coord']['longitude-west'] degSymbol = i18n['coord']['degrees'] minSymbol = i18n['coord']['minutes'] secSymbol = i18n['coord']['seconds'] separator = i18n['coord']['separator'] else latDirectionN = latDirectionEN_N latDirectionS = latDirectionEN_S lonDirectionE = lonDirectionEN_E lonDirectionW = lonDirectionEN_W degSymbol = "/" minSymbol = "/" secSymbol = "/" separator = "/" end latitude = datavalue['latitude'] longitude = datavalue['longitude'] if latitude < 0 then latDirection = latDirectionS latDirectionEN = latDirectionEN_S latitude = math.abs(latitude) else latDirection = latDirectionN latDirectionEN = latDirectionEN_N end if longitude < 0 then lonDirection = lonDirectionW lonDirectionEN = lonDirectionEN_W longitude = math.abs(longitude) else lonDirection = lonDirectionE lonDirectionEN = lonDirectionEN_E end precision = datavalue['precision'] if not precision or precision <= 0 then precision = 1 / 3600 -- precision not set (correctly), set to arcsecond end -- remove insignificant detail latitude = math.floor(latitude / precision + 0.5) * precision longitude = math.floor(longitude / precision + 0.5) * precision if precision >= 1 - (1 / 60) and precision < 1 then precision = 1 elseif precision >= (1 / 60) - (1 / 3600) and precision < (1 / 60) then precision = 1 / 60 end if precision >= 1 then unitsPerDegree = 1 elseif precision >= (1 / 60) then unitsPerDegree = 60 else unitsPerDegree = 3600 end numDigits = math.ceil(-math.log10(unitsPerDegree * precision)) if numDigits <= 0 then numDigits = tonumber("0") -- for some reason, 'numDigits = 0' may actually store '-0', so parse from string instead end strFormat = "%." .. numDigits .. "f" if precision >= 1 then latDegrees = strFormat:format(latitude) lonDegrees = strFormat:format(longitude) if not raw then latDegSym = replaceDecimalMark(latDegrees) .. degSymbol lonDegSym = replaceDecimalMark(lonDegrees) .. degSymbol else latDegSym = latDegrees .. degSymbol lonDegSym = lonDegrees .. degSymbol end else latConv = math.floor(latitude * unitsPerDegree * 10^numDigits + 0.5) / 10^numDigits lonConv = math.floor(longitude * unitsPerDegree * 10^numDigits + 0.5) / 10^numDigits if precision >= (1 / 60) then latMinutes = latConv lonMinutes = lonConv else latSeconds = latConv lonSeconds = lonConv latMinutes = math.floor(latSeconds / 60) lonMinutes = math.floor(lonSeconds / 60) latSeconds = strFormat:format(latSeconds - (latMinutes * 60)) lonSeconds = strFormat:format(lonSeconds - (lonMinutes * 60)) if not raw then latSecSym = replaceDecimalMark(latSeconds) .. secSymbol lonSecSym = replaceDecimalMark(lonSeconds) .. secSymbol else latSecSym = latSeconds .. secSymbol lonSecSym = lonSeconds .. secSymbol end end latDegrees = math.floor(latMinutes / 60) lonDegrees = math.floor(lonMinutes / 60) latDegSym = latDegrees .. degSymbol lonDegSym = lonDegrees .. degSymbol latMinutes = latMinutes - (latDegrees * 60) lonMinutes = lonMinutes - (lonDegrees * 60) if precision >= (1 / 60) then latMinutes = strFormat:format(latMinutes) lonMinutes = strFormat:format(lonMinutes) if not raw then latMinSym = replaceDecimalMark(latMinutes) .. minSymbol lonMinSym = replaceDecimalMark(lonMinutes) .. minSymbol else latMinSym = latMinutes .. minSymbol lonMinSym = lonMinutes .. minSymbol end else latMinSym = latMinutes .. minSymbol lonMinSym = lonMinutes .. minSymbol end end latValue = latDegSym .. latMinSym .. latSecSym .. latDirection lonValue = lonDegSym .. lonMinSym .. lonSecSym .. lonDirection value = latValue .. separator .. lonValue if link then globe = parseWikidataURL(datavalue['globe']) if globe then globe = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(globe, "en"):lower() else globe = "earth" end latLink = table.concat({latDegrees, latMinutes, latSeconds}, "_") lonLink = table.concat({lonDegrees, lonMinutes, lonSeconds}, "_") value = "[https://geohack.toolforge.org/geohack.php?language="..self.langCode.."&params="..latLink.."_"..latDirectionEN.."_"..lonLink.."_"..lonDirectionEN.."_globe:"..globe.." "..value.."]" end return value elseif datatype == 'wikibase-entityid' then local label local itemID = datavalue['numeric-id'] if subtype == 'wikibase-item' then itemID = "Q" .. itemID elseif subtype == 'wikibase-property' then itemID = "P" .. itemID else return '<strong class="error">' .. errorText('unknown-data-type', subtype) .. '</strong>' end label = self:getLabel(itemID, raw, link, short) if label == "" then label = nil end return label else return '<strong class="error">' .. errorText('unknown-data-type', datatype) .. '</strong>' end elseif snak.snaktype == 'somevalue' and not noSpecial then if raw then return " " -- single space represents 'somevalue' else return i18n['values']['unknown'] end elseif snak.snaktype == 'novalue' and not noSpecial then if raw then return "" -- empty string represents 'novalue' else return i18n['values']['none'] end else return nil end end function Config:getSingleRawQualifier(claim, qualifierID) local qualifiers if claim.qualifiers then qualifiers = claim.qualifiers[qualifierID] end if qualifiers and qualifiers[1] then return self:getValue(qualifiers[1], true) -- raw = true else return nil end end function Config:snakEqualsValue(snak, value) local snakValue = self:getValue(snak, true) -- raw = true if snakValue and snak.snaktype == 'value' and snak.datavalue.type == 'wikibase-entityid' then value = value:upper() end return snakValue == value end function Config:setRank(rank) local rankPos if rank == p.flags.best then self.bestRank = true self.flagBest = true -- mark that 'best' flag was given return end if rank:sub(1,9) == p.flags.preferred then rankPos = 1 elseif rank:sub(1,6) == p.flags.normal then rankPos = 2 elseif rank:sub(1,10) == p.flags.deprecated then rankPos = 3 else return end -- one of the rank flags was given, check if another one was given before if not self.flagRank then self.ranks = {false, false, false} -- no other rank flag given before, so unset ranks self.bestRank = self.flagBest -- unsets bestRank only if 'best' flag was not given before self.flagRank = true -- mark that a rank flag was given end if rank:sub(-1) == "+" then for i = rankPos, 1, -1 do self.ranks[i] = true end elseif rank:sub(-1) == "-" then for i = rankPos, #self.ranks do self.ranks[i] = true end else self.ranks[rankPos] = true end end function Config:setPeriod(period) local periodPos if period == p.flags.future then periodPos = 1 elseif period == p.flags.current then periodPos = 2 elseif period == p.flags.former then periodPos = 3 else return end -- one of the period flags was given, check if another one was given before if not self.flagPeriod then self.periods = {false, false, false} -- no other period flag given before, so unset periods self.flagPeriod = true -- mark that a period flag was given end self.periods[periodPos] = true end function Config:qualifierMatches(claim, id, value) local qualifiers if claim.qualifiers then qualifiers = claim.qualifiers[id] end if qualifiers then for _, v in pairs(qualifiers) do if self:snakEqualsValue(v, value) then return true end end elseif value == "" then -- if the qualifier is not present then treat it the same as the special value 'novalue' return true end return false end function Config:rankMatches(rankPos) if self.bestRank then return (self.ranks[rankPos] and self.foundRank >= rankPos) else return self.ranks[rankPos] end end function Config:timeMatches(claim) local startTime = nil local startTimeY = nil local startTimeM = nil local startTimeD = nil local endTime = nil local endTimeY = nil local endTimeM = nil local endTimeD = nil if self.periods[1] and self.periods[2] and self.periods[3] then -- any time return true end startTime = self:getSingleRawQualifier(claim, aliasesP.startTime) if startTime and startTime ~= "" and startTime ~= " " then startTimeY, startTimeM, startTimeD = parseDate(startTime) end endTime = self:getSingleRawQualifier(claim, aliasesP.endTime) if endTime and endTime ~= "" and endTime ~= " " then endTimeY, endTimeM, endTimeD = parseDate(endTime) end if startTimeY ~= nil and endTimeY ~= nil and datePrecedesDate(endTimeY, endTimeM, endTimeD, startTimeY, startTimeM, startTimeD) then -- invalidate end time if it precedes start time endTimeY = nil endTimeM = nil endTimeD = nil end if self.periods[1] then -- future if startTimeY and datePrecedesDate(self.atDate[1], self.atDate[2], self.atDate[3], startTimeY, startTimeM, startTimeD) then return true end end if self.periods[2] then -- current if (startTimeY == nil or not datePrecedesDate(self.atDate[1], self.atDate[2], self.atDate[3], startTimeY, startTimeM, startTimeD)) and (endTimeY == nil or datePrecedesDate(self.atDate[1], self.atDate[2], self.atDate[3], endTimeY, endTimeM, endTimeD)) then return true end end if self.periods[3] then -- former if endTimeY and not datePrecedesDate(self.atDate[1], self.atDate[2], self.atDate[3], endTimeY, endTimeM, endTimeD) then return true end end return false end function Config:processFlag(flag) if not flag then return false end if flag == p.flags.linked then self.curState.linked = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.raw then self.curState.rawValue = true if self.curState == self.states[parameters.reference] then -- raw reference values end with periods and require a separator (other than none) self.separators["sep%r"][1] = {" "} end return true elseif flag == p.flags.short then self.curState.shortName = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.multilanguage then self.curState.anyLanguage = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.unit then self.curState.unitOnly = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.mdy then self.mdyDate = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.single then self.singleClaim = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.sourced then self.sourcedOnly = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.edit then self.editable = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.editAtEnd then self.editable = true self.editAtEnd = true return true elseif flag == p.flags.best or flag:match('^'..p.flags.preferred..'[+-]?$') or flag:match('^'..p.flags.normal..'[+-]?$') or flag:match('^'..p.flags.deprecated..'[+-]?$') then self:setRank(flag) return true elseif flag == p.flags.future or flag == p.flags.current or flag == p.flags.former then self:setPeriod(flag) return true elseif flag == "" then -- ignore empty flags and carry on return true else return false end end function Config:processFlagOrCommand(flag) local param = "" if not flag then return false end if flag == p.claimCommands.property or flag == p.claimCommands.properties then param = parameters.property elseif flag == p.claimCommands.qualifier or flag == p.claimCommands.qualifiers then self.states.qualifiersCount = self.states.qualifiersCount + 1 param = parameters.qualifier .. self.states.qualifiersCount self.separators["sep"..param] = {copyTable(defaultSeparators["sep%q\\d"])} elseif flag == p.claimCommands.reference or flag == p.claimCommands.references then param = parameters.reference else return self:processFlag(flag) end if self.states[param] then return false end -- create a new state for each command self.states[param] = State:new(self, param) -- use "%x" as the general parameter name self.states[param].parsedFormat = parseFormat(parameters.general) -- will be overwritten for param=="%p" -- set the separator self.states[param].separator = self.separators["sep"..param] -- will be nil for param=="%p", which will be set separately if flag == p.claimCommands.property or flag == p.claimCommands.qualifier or flag == p.claimCommands.reference then self.states[param].singleValue = true end self.curState = self.states[param] return true end function Config:processSeparators(args) local sep for i, v in pairs(self.separators) do if args[i] then sep = replaceSpecialChars(args[i]) if sep ~= "" then self.separators[i][1] = {sep} else self.separators[i][1] = nil end end end end function Config:setFormatAndSeparators(state, parsedFormat) state.parsedFormat = parsedFormat state.separator = self.separators["sep"] state.movSeparator = self.separators["sep"..parameters.separator] state.puncMark = self.separators["punc"] end -- determines if a claim has references by prefetching them from the claim using getReferences, -- which applies some filtering that determines if a reference is actually returned, -- and caches the references for later use function State:isSourced(claim) self.conf.prefetchedRefs = self:getReferences(claim) return (#self.conf.prefetchedRefs > 0) end function State:resetCaches() -- any prefetched references of the previous claim must not be used self.conf.prefetchedRefs = nil end function State:claimMatches(claim) local matches, rankPos -- first of all, reset any cached values used for the previous claim self:resetCaches() -- if a property value was given, check if it matches the claim's property value if self.conf.propertyValue then matches = self.conf:snakEqualsValue(claim.mainsnak, self.conf.propertyValue) else matches = true end -- if any qualifier values were given, check if each matches one of the claim's qualifier values for i, v in pairs(self.conf.qualifierIDsAndValues) do matches = (matches and self.conf:qualifierMatches(claim, i, v)) end -- check if the claim's rank and time period match rankPos = rankTable[claim.rank] or 4 matches = (matches and self.conf:rankMatches(rankPos) and self.conf:timeMatches(claim)) -- if only claims with references must be returned, check if this one has any if self.conf.sourcedOnly then matches = (matches and self:isSourced(claim)) -- prefetches and caches references end return matches, rankPos end function State:out() local result -- collection of arrays with value objects local valuesArray -- array with value objects local sep = nil -- value object local out = {} -- array with value objects local function walk(formatTable, result) local valuesArray = {} -- array with value objects for i, v in pairs(formatTable.req) do if not result[i] or not result[i][1] then -- we've got no result for a parameter that is required on this level, -- so skip this level (and its children) by returning an empty result return {} end end for _, v in ipairs(formatTable) do if v.param then valuesArray = mergeArrays(valuesArray, result[v.str]) elseif v.str ~= "" then valuesArray[#valuesArray + 1] = {v.str} end if v.child then valuesArray = mergeArrays(valuesArray, walk(v.child, result)) end end return valuesArray end -- iterate through the results from back to front, so that we know when to add separators for i = #self.results, 1, -1 do result = self.results[i] -- if there is already some output, then add the separators if #out > 0 then sep = self.separator[1] -- fixed separator result[parameters.separator] = {self.movSeparator[1]} -- movable separator else sep = nil result[parameters.separator] = {self.puncMark[1]} -- optional punctuation mark end valuesArray = walk(self.parsedFormat, result) if #valuesArray > 0 then if sep then valuesArray[#valuesArray + 1] = sep end out = mergeArrays(valuesArray, out) end end -- reset state before next iteration self.results = {} return out end -- level 1 hook function State:getProperty(claim) local value = {self:getValue(claim.mainsnak)} -- create one value object if #value > 0 then return {value} -- wrap the value object in an array and return it else return {} -- return empty array if there was no value end end -- level 1 hook function State:getQualifiers(claim, param) local qualifiers if claim.qualifiers then qualifiers = claim.qualifiers[self.conf.qualifierIDs[param]] end if qualifiers then -- iterate through claim's qualifier statements to collect their values; -- return array with multiple value objects return self.conf.states[param]:iterate(qualifiers, {[parameters.general] = hookNames[parameters.qualifier.."\\d"][2], count = 1}) -- pass qualifier state with level 2 hook else return {} -- return empty array end end -- level 2 hook function State:getQualifier(snak) local value = {self:getValue(snak)} -- create one value object if #value > 0 then return {value} -- wrap the value object in an array and return it else return {} -- return empty array if there was no value end end -- level 1 hook function State:getAllQualifiers(claim, param, result, hooks) local out = {} -- array with value objects local sep = self.conf.separators["sep"..parameters.qualifier][1] -- value object -- iterate through the output of the separate "qualifier(s)" commands for i = 1, self.conf.states.qualifiersCount do -- if a hook has not been called yet, call it now if not result[parameters.qualifier..i] then self:callHook(parameters.qualifier..i, hooks, claim, result) end -- if there is output for this particular "qualifier(s)" command, then add it if result[parameters.qualifier..i] and result[parameters.qualifier..i][1] then -- if there is already some output, then add the separator if #out > 0 and sep then out[#out + 1] = sep end out = mergeArrays(out, result[parameters.qualifier..i]) end end return out end -- level 1 hook function State:getReferences(claim) if self.conf.prefetchedRefs then -- return references that have been prefetched by isSourced return self.conf.prefetchedRefs end if claim.references then -- iterate through claim's reference statements to collect their values; -- return array with multiple value objects return self.conf.states[parameters.reference]:iterate(claim.references, {[parameters.general] = hookNames[parameters.reference][2], count = 1}) -- pass reference state with level 2 hook else return {} -- return empty array end end -- level 2 hook function State:getReference(statement) local key, citeWeb, citeQ, label local params = {} local citeParams = {['web'] = {}, ['q'] = {}} local citeMismatch = {} local useCite = nil local useParams = nil local value = "" local ref = {} local referenceEmpty = true -- will be set to false if at least one parameter is left unremoved local numAuthorParameters = 0 local numAuthorNameStringParameters = 0 local tempLink local additionalRefProperties = {} -- will hold properties of the reference which are not in statement.snaks, namely backup title from "subject named as" and URL from an external ID local wikidataPropertiesOfSource -- will contain "Wikidata property" properties of the item in stated in, if any local version = 4 -- increment this each time the below logic is changed to avoid conflict errors if statement.snaks then -- don't include "imported from", which is added by a bot if statement.snaks[aliasesP.importedFrom] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.importedFrom] = nil end -- don't include "Wikimedia import URL" if statement.snaks[aliasesP.wikimediaImportURL] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.wikimediaImportURL] = nil -- don't include "retrieved" if no "referenceURL" is present, -- as "retrieved" probably belongs to "Wikimedia import URL" if statement.snaks[aliasesP.retrieved] and not statement.snaks[aliasesP.referenceURL] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.retrieved] = nil end end -- don't include "inferred from", which is added by a bot if statement.snaks[aliasesP.inferredFrom] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.inferredFrom] = nil end -- don't include "type of reference" if statement.snaks[aliasesP.typeOfReference] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.typeOfReference] = nil end -- don't include "image" to prevent littering if statement.snaks[aliasesP.image] then statement.snaks[aliasesP.image] = nil end -- don't include "language" if it is equal to the local one if self:getReferenceDetail(statement.snaks, aliasesP.language) == self.conf.langName then statement.snaks[aliasesP.language] = nil end if statement.snaks[aliasesP.statedIn] and not statement.snaks[aliasesP.referenceURL] then -- "stated in" was given but "reference URL" was not. -- get "Wikidata property" properties from the item in "stated in" -- if any of the returned properties of the external-id datatype is in statement.snaks, generate a URL from it and use the URL in the reference -- find the "Wikidata property" properties in the item from "stated in" wikidataPropertiesOfSource = mw.text.split(p._properties{p.flags.raw, aliasesP.wikidataProperty, [p.args.eid] = self.conf:getValue(statement.snaks[aliasesP.statedIn][1], true, false)}, ", ", true) for i, wikidataPropertyOfSource in pairs(wikidataPropertiesOfSource) do if statement.snaks[wikidataPropertyOfSource] and statement.snaks[wikidataPropertyOfSource][1].datatype == "external-id" then tempLink = self.conf:getValue(statement.snaks[wikidataPropertyOfSource][1], false, true) -- not raw, linked if mw.ustring.match(tempLink, "^%[%Z- %Z+%]$") then -- getValue returned a URL. additionalRefProperties[aliasesP.referenceURL] = mw.ustring.gsub(tempLink, "^%[(%Z-) %Z+%]$", "%1") -- the URL is in wiki markup, so strip the square brackets and the display text statement.snaks[wikidataPropertyOfSource] = nil break end end end end -- don't include "subject named as", but use it as the title when "title" is not present but a URL is if statement.snaks[aliasesP.subjectNamedAs] then if not statement.snaks[aliasesP.title] and (statement.snaks[aliasesP.referenceURL] or additionalRefProperties[aliasesP.referenceURL]) then additionalRefProperties[aliasesP.title] = statement.snaks[aliasesP.subjectNamedAs][1].datavalue.value end statement.snaks[aliasesP.subjectNamedAs] = nil end -- retrieve all the parameters for i in pairs(statement.snaks) do label = "" -- multiple authors may be given if i == aliasesP.author or i == aliasesP.authorNameString then params[i] = self:getReferenceDetails(statement.snaks, i, false, self.linked, true) -- link = true/false, anyLang = true else params[i] = {self:getReferenceDetail(statement.snaks, i, false, (self.linked or (i == aliasesP.statedIn)) and (statement.snaks[i][1].datatype ~= 'url'), true)} -- link = true/false, anyLang = true end if #params[i] == 0 then params[i] = nil else referenceEmpty = false if statement.snaks[i][1].datatype == 'external-id' then key = "external-id" label = self.conf:getLabel(i) if label ~= "" then label = label .. " " end else key = i end -- add the parameter to each matching type of citation for j in pairs(citeParams) do -- do so if there was no mismatch with a previous parameter if not citeMismatch[j] then -- check if this parameter is not mismatching itself if i18n['cite'][j][key] then -- continue if an option is available in the corresponding cite template if i18n['cite'][j][key] ~= "" then -- handle non-author properties (and author properties ("author" and "author name string"), if they don't use the same template parameter) if (i ~= aliasesP.author and i ~= aliasesP.authorNameString) or (i18n['cite'][j][aliasesP.author] ~= i18n['cite'][j][aliasesP.authorNameString]) then citeParams[j][i18n['cite'][j][key]] = label .. params[i][1] -- to avoid problems with non-author multiple parameters (if existent), the following old code is retained for k=2, #params[i] do citeParams[j][i18n['cite'][j][key]..k] = label .. params[i][k] end -- handle "author" and "author name string" specially if they use the same template parameter elseif i == aliasesP.author or i == aliasesP.authorNameString then if params[aliasesP.author] ~= nil then numAuthorParameters = #params[aliasesP.author] else numAuthorParameters = 0 end if params[aliasesP.authorNameString] ~= nil then numAuthorNameStringParameters = #params[aliasesP.authorNameString] else numAuthorNameStringParameters = 0 end -- execute only if both "author" and "author name string" satisfy this condition: the property is both in params and in statement.snaks or it is neither in params nor in statement.snaks -- reason: parameters are added to params each iteration of the loop, not before the loop if ((statement.snaks[aliasesP.author] == nil) == (numAuthorParameters == 0)) and ((statement.snaks[aliasesP.authorNameString] == nil) == (numAuthorNameStringParameters == 0)) then for k=1, numAuthorParameters + numAuthorNameStringParameters do if k <= numAuthorParameters then -- now handling the authors from the "author" property citeParams[j][i18n['cite'][j][aliasesP.author]..k] = label .. params[aliasesP.author][k] else -- now handling the authors from "author name string" citeParams[j][i18n['cite'][j][aliasesP.authorNameString]..k] = label .. params[aliasesP.authorNameString][k - numAuthorParameters] end end end end end else citeMismatch[j] = true end end end end end -- use additional properties for i in pairs(additionalRefProperties) do for j in pairs(citeParams) do if not citeMismatch[j] and i18n["cite"][j][i] then citeParams[j][i18n["cite"][j][i]] = additionalRefProperties[i] else citeMismatch[j] = true end end end -- get title of general template for citing web references citeWeb = split(mw.wikibase.getSitelink(aliasesQ.citeWeb) or "", ":")[2] -- split off namespace from front -- get title of template that expands stated-in references into citations citeQ = split(mw.wikibase.getSitelink(aliasesQ.citeQ) or "", ":")[2] -- split off namespace from front -- (1) use the general template for citing web references if there is a match and if at least both "reference URL" and "title" are present if citeWeb and not citeMismatch['web'] and citeParams['web'][i18n['cite']['web'][aliasesP.referenceURL]] and citeParams['web'][i18n['cite']['web'][aliasesP.title]] then useCite = citeWeb useParams = citeParams['web'] -- (2) use the template that expands stated-in references into citations if there is a match and if at least "stated in" is present elseif citeQ and not citeMismatch['q'] and citeParams['q'][i18n['cite']['q'][aliasesP.statedIn]] then -- we need the raw "stated in" Q-identifier for the this template citeParams['q'][i18n['cite']['q'][aliasesP.statedIn]] = self:getReferenceDetail(statement.snaks, aliasesP.statedIn, true) -- raw = true useCite = citeQ useParams = citeParams['q'] end if useCite and useParams then -- if this module is being substituted then build a regular template call, otherwise expand the template if mw.isSubsting() then for i, v in pairs(useParams) do value = value .. "|" .. i .. "=" .. v end value = "{{" .. useCite .. value .. "}}" else value = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title=useCite, args=useParams} end -- (3) if the citation couldn't be displayed using Cite web or Cite Q, but has properties other than the removed ones, throw an error elseif not referenceEmpty then value = "<span style=\"color: crimson\">" .. errorText("malformed-reference") .. "</span>" end if value ~= "" then value = {value} -- create one value object if not self.rawValue then -- this should become a <ref> tag, so save the reference's hash for later value.refHash = "wikidata-" .. statement.hash .. "-v" .. (tonumber(i18n['cite']['version']) + version) end ref = {value} -- wrap the value object in an array end end return ref end -- gets a detail of one particular type for a reference function State:getReferenceDetail(snaks, dType, raw, link, anyLang) local switchLang = anyLang local value = nil if not snaks[dType] then return nil end -- if anyLang, first try the local language and otherwise any language repeat for _, v in ipairs(snaks[dType]) do value = self.conf:getValue(v, raw, link, false, anyLang and not switchLang, false, true) -- noSpecial = true if value then break end end if value or not anyLang then break end switchLang = not switchLang until anyLang and switchLang return value end -- gets the details of one particular type for a reference function State:getReferenceDetails(snaks, dType, raw, link, anyLang) local values = {} if not snaks[dType] then return {} end for _, v in ipairs(snaks[dType]) do -- if nil is returned then it will not be added to the table values[#values + 1] = self.conf:getValue(v, raw, link, false, anyLang, false, true) -- noSpecial = true end return values end -- level 1 hook function State:getAlias(object) local value = object.value local title = nil if value and self.linked then if self.conf.entityID:sub(1,1) == "Q" then title = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(self.conf.entityID) elseif self.conf.entityID:sub(1,1) == "P" then title = "d:Property:" .. self.conf.entityID end if title then value = buildWikilink(title, value) end end value = {value} -- create one value object if #value > 0 then return {value} -- wrap the value object in an array and return it else return {} -- return empty array if there was no value end end -- level 1 hook function State:getBadge(value) value = self.conf:getLabel(value, self.rawValue, self.linked, self.shortName) if value == "" then value = nil end value = {value} -- create one value object if #value > 0 then return {value} -- wrap the value object in an array and return it else return {} -- return empty array if there was no value end end function State:callHook(param, hooks, statement, result) local valuesArray, refHash -- call a parameter's hook if it has been defined and if it has not been called before if not result[param] and hooks[param] then valuesArray = self[hooks[param]](self, statement, param, result, hooks) -- array with value objects -- add to the result if #valuesArray > 0 then result[param] = valuesArray result.count = result.count + 1 else result[param] = {} -- an empty array to indicate that we've tried this hook already return true -- miss == true end end return false end -- iterate through claims, claim's qualifiers or claim's references to collect values function State:iterate(statements, hooks, matchHook) matchHook = matchHook or alwaysTrue local matches = false local rankPos = nil local result, gotRequired for _, v in ipairs(statements) do -- rankPos will be nil for non-claim statements (e.g. qualifiers, references, etc.) matches, rankPos = matchHook(self, v) if matches then result = {count = 0} -- collection of arrays with value objects local function walk(formatTable) local miss for i2, v2 in pairs(formatTable.req) do -- call a hook, adding its return value to the result miss = self:callHook(i2, hooks, v, result) if miss then -- we miss a required value for this level, so return false return false end if result.count == hooks.count then -- we're done if all hooks have been called; -- returning at this point breaks the loop return true end end for _, v2 in ipairs(formatTable) do if result.count == hooks.count then -- we're done if all hooks have been called; -- returning at this point prevents further childs from being processed return true end if v2.child then walk(v2.child) end end return true end gotRequired = walk(self.parsedFormat) -- only append the result if we got values for all required parameters on the root level if gotRequired then -- if we have a rankPos (only with matchHook() for complete claims), then update the foundRank if rankPos and self.conf.foundRank > rankPos then self.conf.foundRank = rankPos end -- append the result self.results[#self.results + 1] = result -- break if we only need a single value if self.singleValue then break end end end end return self:out() end local function getEntityId(arg, eid, page, allowOmitPropPrefix) local id = nil local prop = nil if arg then if arg:sub(1,1) == ":" then page = arg eid = nil elseif arg:sub(1,1):upper() == "Q" or arg:sub(1,9):lower() == "property:" or allowOmitPropPrefix then eid = arg page = nil else prop = arg end end if eid then if eid:sub(1,9):lower() == "property:" then id = replaceAlias(mw.text.trim(eid:sub(10))) if id:sub(1,1):upper() ~= "P" then id = "" end else id = replaceAlias(eid) end elseif page then if page:sub(1,1) == ":" then page = mw.text.trim(page:sub(2)) end id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle(page) or "" end if not id then id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() or "" end id = id:upper() if not mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(id) then id = "" end return id, prop end local function nextArg(args) local arg = args[args.pointer] if arg then args.pointer = args.pointer + 1 return mw.text.trim(arg) else return nil end end local function claimCommand(args, funcName) local cfg = Config:new() cfg:processFlagOrCommand(funcName) -- process first command (== function name) local lastArg, parsedFormat, formatParams, claims, value local hooks = {count = 0} -- set the date if given; -- must come BEFORE processing the flags if args[p.args.date] then cfg.atDate = {parseDate(args[p.args.date])} cfg.periods = {false, true, false} -- change default time constraint to 'current' end -- process flags and commands repeat lastArg = nextArg(args) until not cfg:processFlagOrCommand(lastArg) -- get the entity ID from either the positional argument, the eid argument or the page argument cfg.entityID, cfg.propertyID = getEntityId(lastArg, args[p.args.eid], args[p.args.page]) if cfg.entityID == "" then return "" -- we cannot continue without a valid entity ID end cfg.entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(cfg.entityID) if not cfg.propertyID then cfg.propertyID = nextArg(args) end cfg.propertyID = replaceAlias(cfg.propertyID) if not cfg.entity or not cfg.propertyID then return "" -- we cannot continue without an entity or a property ID end cfg.propertyID = cfg.propertyID:upper() if not cfg.entity.claims or not cfg.entity.claims[cfg.propertyID] then return "" -- there is no use to continue without any claims end claims = cfg.entity.claims[cfg.propertyID] if cfg.states.qualifiersCount > 0 then -- do further processing if "qualifier(s)" command was given if #args - args.pointer + 1 > cfg.states.qualifiersCount then -- claim ID or literal value has been given cfg.propertyValue = nextArg(args) end for i = 1, cfg.states.qualifiersCount do -- check if given qualifier ID is an alias and add it cfg.qualifierIDs[parameters.qualifier..i] = replaceAlias(nextArg(args) or ""):upper() end elseif cfg.states[parameters.reference] then -- do further processing if "reference(s)" command was given cfg.propertyValue = nextArg(args) end -- check for special property value 'somevalue' or 'novalue' if cfg.propertyValue then cfg.propertyValue = replaceSpecialChars(cfg.propertyValue) if cfg.propertyValue ~= "" and mw.text.trim(cfg.propertyValue) == "" then cfg.propertyValue = " " -- single space represents 'somevalue', whereas empty string represents 'novalue' else cfg.propertyValue = mw.text.trim(cfg.propertyValue) end end -- parse the desired format, or choose an appropriate format if args["format"] then parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(args["format"]) elseif cfg.states.qualifiersCount > 0 then -- "qualifier(s)" command given if cfg.states[parameters.property] then -- "propert(y|ies)" command given parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.propertyWithQualifier) else parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.qualifier) end elseif cfg.states[parameters.property] then -- "propert(y|ies)" command given parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.property) else -- "reference(s)" command given parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.reference) end -- if a "qualifier(s)" command and no "propert(y|ies)" command has been given, make the movable separator a semicolon if cfg.states.qualifiersCount > 0 and not cfg.states[parameters.property] then cfg.separators["sep"..parameters.separator][1] = {";"} end -- if only "reference(s)" has been given, set the default separator to none (except when raw) if cfg.states[parameters.reference] and not cfg.states[parameters.property] and cfg.states.qualifiersCount == 0 and not cfg.states[parameters.reference].rawValue then cfg.separators["sep"][1] = nil end -- if exactly one "qualifier(s)" command has been given, make "sep%q" point to "sep%q1" to make them equivalent if cfg.states.qualifiersCount == 1 then cfg.separators["sep"..parameters.qualifier] = cfg.separators["sep"..parameters.qualifier.."1"] end -- process overridden separator values; -- must come AFTER tweaking the default separators cfg:processSeparators(args) -- define the hooks that should be called (getProperty, getQualifiers, getReferences); -- only define a hook if both its command ("propert(y|ies)", "reference(s)", "qualifier(s)") and its parameter ("%p", "%r", "%q1", "%q2", "%q3") have been given for i, v in pairs(cfg.states) do -- e.g. 'formatParams["%q1"] or formatParams["%q"]' to define hook even if "%q1" was not defined to be able to build a complete value for "%q" if formatParams[i] or formatParams[i:sub(1, 2)] then hooks[i] = getHookName(i, 1) hooks.count = hooks.count + 1 end end -- the "%q" parameter is not attached to a state, but is a collection of the results of multiple states (attached to "%q1", "%q2", "%q3", ...); -- so if this parameter is given then this hook must be defined separately, but only if at least one "qualifier(s)" command has been given if formatParams[parameters.qualifier] and cfg.states.qualifiersCount > 0 then hooks[parameters.qualifier] = getHookName(parameters.qualifier, 1) hooks.count = hooks.count + 1 end -- create a state for "properties" if it doesn't exist yet, which will be used as a base configuration for each claim iteration; -- must come AFTER defining the hooks if not cfg.states[parameters.property] then cfg.states[parameters.property] = State:new(cfg, parameters.property) -- if the "single" flag has been given then this state should be equivalent to "property" (singular) if cfg.singleClaim then cfg.states[parameters.property].singleValue = true end end -- if the "sourced" flag has been given then create a state for "reference" if it doesn't exist yet, using default values, -- which must exist in order to be able to determine if a claim has any references; -- must come AFTER defining the hooks if cfg.sourcedOnly and not cfg.states[parameters.reference] then cfg:processFlagOrCommand(p.claimCommands.reference) -- use singular "reference" to minimize overhead end -- set the parsed format and the separators (and optional punctuation mark); -- must come AFTER creating the additonal states cfg:setFormatAndSeparators(cfg.states[parameters.property], parsedFormat) -- process qualifier matching values, analogous to cfg.propertyValue for i, v in pairs(args) do i = tostring(i) if i:match('^[Pp]%d+$') or aliasesP[i] then v = replaceSpecialChars(v) -- check for special qualifier value 'somevalue' if v ~= "" and mw.text.trim(v) == "" then v = " " -- single space represents 'somevalue' end cfg.qualifierIDsAndValues[replaceAlias(i):upper()] = v end end -- first sort the claims on rank to pre-define the order of output (preferred first, then normal, then deprecated) claims = sortOnRank(claims) -- then iterate through the claims to collect values value = cfg:concatValues(cfg.states[parameters.property]:iterate(claims, hooks, State.claimMatches)) -- pass property state with level 1 hooks and matchHook -- if desired, add a clickable icon that may be used to edit the returned values on Wikidata if cfg.editable and value ~= "" then value = value .. cfg:getEditIcon() end return value end local function generalCommand(args, funcName) local cfg = Config:new() cfg.curState = State:new(cfg) local lastArg local value = nil repeat lastArg = nextArg(args) until not cfg:processFlag(lastArg) -- get the entity ID from either the positional argument, the eid argument or the page argument cfg.entityID = getEntityId(lastArg, args[p.args.eid], args[p.args.page], true) if cfg.entityID == "" or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(cfg.entityID) then return "" -- we cannot continue without an entity end -- serve according to the given command if funcName == p.generalCommands.label then value = cfg:getLabel(cfg.entityID, cfg.curState.rawValue, cfg.curState.linked, cfg.curState.shortName) elseif funcName == p.generalCommands.title then cfg.inSitelinks = true if cfg.entityID:sub(1,1) == "Q" then value = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(cfg.entityID) end if cfg.curState.linked and value then value = buildWikilink(value) end elseif funcName == p.generalCommands.description then value = mw.wikibase.getDescription(cfg.entityID) else local parsedFormat, formatParams local hooks = {count = 0} cfg.entity = mw.wikibase.getEntity(cfg.entityID) if funcName == p.generalCommands.alias or funcName == p.generalCommands.badge then cfg.curState.singleValue = true end if funcName == p.generalCommands.alias or funcName == p.generalCommands.aliases then if not cfg.entity.aliases or not cfg.entity.aliases[cfg.langCode] then return "" -- there is no use to continue without any aliasses end local aliases = cfg.entity.aliases[cfg.langCode] -- parse the desired format, or parse the default aliases format if args["format"] then parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(args["format"]) else parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.alias) end -- process overridden separator values; -- must come AFTER tweaking the default separators cfg:processSeparators(args) -- define the hook that should be called (getAlias); -- only define the hook if the parameter ("%a") has been given if formatParams[parameters.alias] then hooks[parameters.alias] = getHookName(parameters.alias, 1) hooks.count = hooks.count + 1 end -- set the parsed format and the separators (and optional punctuation mark) cfg:setFormatAndSeparators(cfg.curState, parsedFormat) -- iterate to collect values value = cfg:concatValues(cfg.curState:iterate(aliases, hooks)) elseif funcName == p.generalCommands.badge or funcName == p.generalCommands.badges then if not cfg.entity.sitelinks or not cfg.entity.sitelinks[cfg.siteID] or not cfg.entity.sitelinks[cfg.siteID].badges then return "" -- there is no use to continue without any badges end local badges = cfg.entity.sitelinks[cfg.siteID].badges cfg.inSitelinks = true -- parse the desired format, or parse the default aliases format if args["format"] then parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(args["format"]) else parsedFormat, formatParams = parseFormat(formats.badge) end -- process overridden separator values; -- must come AFTER tweaking the default separators cfg:processSeparators(args) -- define the hook that should be called (getBadge); -- only define the hook if the parameter ("%b") has been given if formatParams[parameters.badge] then hooks[parameters.badge] = getHookName(parameters.badge, 1) hooks.count = hooks.count + 1 end -- set the parsed format and the separators (and optional punctuation mark) cfg:setFormatAndSeparators(cfg.curState, parsedFormat) -- iterate to collect values value = cfg:concatValues(cfg.curState:iterate(badges, hooks)) end end value = value or "" if cfg.editable and value ~= "" then -- if desired, add a clickable icon that may be used to edit the returned value on Wikidata value = value .. cfg:getEditIcon() end return value end -- modules that include this module should call the functions with an underscore prepended, e.g.: p._property(args) local function establishCommands(commandList, commandFunc) for _, commandName in pairs(commandList) do local function wikitextWrapper(frame) local args = copyTable(frame.args) args.pointer = 1 loadI18n(aliasesP, frame) return commandFunc(args, commandName) end p[commandName] = wikitextWrapper local function luaWrapper(args) args = copyTable(args) args.pointer = 1 loadI18n(aliasesP) return commandFunc(args, commandName) end p["_" .. commandName] = luaWrapper end end establishCommands(p.claimCommands, claimCommand) establishCommands(p.generalCommands, generalCommand) -- main function that is supposed to be used by wrapper templates function p.main(frame) if not mw.wikibase then return nil end local f, args loadI18n(aliasesP, frame) -- get the parent frame to take the arguments that were passed to the wrapper template frame = frame:getParent() or frame if not frame.args[1] then throwError("no-function-specified") end f = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1]) if f == "main" then throwError("main-called-twice") end assert(p["_"..f], errorText('no-such-function', f)) -- copy arguments from immutable to mutable table args = copyTable(frame.args) -- remove the function name from the list table.remove(args, 1) return p["_"..f](args) end return p a84f46cf7d14594003fea6e756cf41b723dd67cd 828 32 67 66 2023-08-10T14:07:24Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- The values and functions in this submodule should be localized per wiki. local p = {} function p.init(aliasesP) p = { ["errors"] = { ["unknown-data-type"] = "Unknown or unsupported datatype '$1'.", ["missing-required-parameter"] = "No required parameters defined, needing at least one", ["extra-required-parameter"] = "Parameter '$1' must be defined as optional", ["no-function-specified"] = "You must specify a function to call", -- equal to the standard module error message ["main-called-twice"] = 'The function "main" cannot be called twice', ["no-such-function"] = 'The function "$1" does not exist', -- equal to the standard module error message ["malformed-reference"] = "Error: Unable to display the reference properly. See [[Module:wd/doc#References|the documentation]] for details.[[Category:Module:Wd reference errors]]" }, ["info"] = { ["edit-on-wikidata"] = "Edit this on Wikidata" }, ["numeric"] = { ["decimal-mark"] = ".", ["delimiter"] = "," }, ["datetime"] = { ["prefixes"] = { ["decade-period"] = "" }, ["suffixes"] = { ["decade-period"] = "s", ["millennium"] = " millennium", ["century"] = " century", ["million-years"] = " million years", ["billion-years"] = " billion years", ["year"] = " year", ["years"] = " years" }, ["julian-calendar"] = "Julian calendar", -- linked page title ["julian"] = "Julian", ["BCE"] = "BCE", ["CE"] = "CE", ["common-era"] = "Common Era" -- linked page title }, ["coord"] = { ["latitude-north"] = "N", ["latitude-south"] = "S", ["longitude-east"] = "E", ["longitude-west"] = "W", ["degrees"] = "°", ["minutes"] = "'", ["seconds"] = '"', ["separator"] = ", " }, ["values"] = { ["unknown"] = "unknown", ["none"] = "none" }, ["cite"] = { ["version"] = "4", -- increment this each time the below parameters are changed to avoid conflict errors ["web"] = { -- <= left side: all allowed reference properties for *web page sources* per https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Help:Sources -- => right side: corresponding parameter names in (equivalent of) [[:en:Template:Cite web]] (if non-existent, keep empty i.e. "") [aliasesP.statedIn] = "website", [aliasesP.referenceURL] = "url", [aliasesP.publicationDate] = "date", [aliasesP.retrieved] = "access-date", [aliasesP.title] = "title", [aliasesP.archiveURL] = "archive-url", [aliasesP.archiveDate] = "archive-date", [aliasesP.language] = "language", [aliasesP.author] = "author", -- existence of author1, author2, author3, etc. is assumed [aliasesP.authorNameString] = "author", [aliasesP.publisher] = "publisher", [aliasesP.quote] = "quote", [aliasesP.pages] = "pages", -- extra option [aliasesP.publishedIn] = "website" }, ["q"] = { -- <= left side: all allowed reference properties for *sources other than web pages* per https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/Help:Sources -- => right side: corresponding parameter names in (equivalent of) [[:en:Template:Cite Q]] (if non-existent, keep empty i.e. "") [aliasesP.statedIn] = "1", [aliasesP.pages] = "pages", [aliasesP.column] = "at", [aliasesP.chapter] = "chapter", [aliasesP.sectionVerseOrParagraph] = "section", ["external-id"] = "id", -- used for any type of database property ID [aliasesP.title] = "title", [aliasesP.publicationDate] = "date", [aliasesP.retrieved] = "access-date" } } } p.getOrdinalSuffix = function(num) if tostring(num):sub(-2,-2) == '1' then return "th" -- 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, ... 19th end num = tostring(num):sub(-1) if num == '1' then return "st" elseif num == '2' then return "nd" elseif num == '3' then return "rd" else return "th" end end p.addDelimiters = function(n) local left, num, right = string.match(n, "^([^%d]*%d)(%d*)(.-)$") if left and num and right then return left .. (num:reverse():gsub("(%d%d%d)", "%1" .. p['numeric']['delimiter']):reverse()) .. right else return n end end return p end return p a860785cf3b9ad3ba0c8096d5627eae877d4e9ab 828 33 69 68 2023-08-10T14:07:24Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as -- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}. -- Initialise necessary modules. require('strict') local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need. local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang -- Set constants. local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) if cat then return string.format( '[[%s:%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat, sort ) end end -- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date local function validateDate(dateString, dateType) if not lang then lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString) if success then result = tonumber(result) if result then return result end end error(string.format( 'invalid %s: %s', dateType, tostring(dateString) ), 4) end local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display) return string.format( '[%s %s]', tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)), display ) end -- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors, -- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always -- including the given node). local function getReachableNodes(graph, start) local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {} while true do -- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key if k == nil then return retval end toWalk[k] = nil retval[k] = true for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do if not retval[v] then toWalk[v] = true end end end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Protection = {} Protection.__index = Protection Protection.supportedActions = { edit = true, move = true, autoreview = true, upload = true } Protection.bannerConfigFields = { 'text', 'explanation', 'tooltip', 'alt', 'link', 'image' } function Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Set action if not args.action then obj.action = 'edit' elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then obj.action = args.action else error(string.format( 'invalid action: %s', tostring(args.action) ), 3) end -- Set level obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title) if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then -- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat -- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected. obj.level = '*' end -- Set expiry local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title) if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then obj.expiry = 'indef' elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date') end -- Set reason if args[1] then obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1]) if obj.reason:find('|') then error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3) end end -- Set protection date if args.date then obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date') end -- Set banner config do obj.bannerConfig = {} local configTables = {} if cfg.banners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason] end if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level] configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default end configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do if t[field] then obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field] break end end end end return setmetatable(obj, Protection) end function Protection:isUserScript() -- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page. local title = self.title return title.namespace == 2 and ( title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' ) end function Protection:isProtected() return self.level ~= '*' end function Protection:shouldShowLock() -- Whether we should output a banner/padlock return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript() end -- Whether this page needs a protection category. Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock function Protection:isTemporary() return type(self.expiry) == 'number' end function Protection:makeProtectionCategory() if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then return '' end local cfg = self._cfg local title = self.title -- Get the expiry key fragment. local expiryFragment if self.expiry == 'indef' then expiryFragment = self.expiry elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then expiryFragment = 'temp' end -- Get the namespace key fragment. local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace] if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then namespaceFragment = 'talk' end -- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an -- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its -- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table. local order = { {val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1}, {val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2}, {val = self.reason, keypos = 3}, {val = self.level, keypos = 4}, {val = self.action, keypos = 5} } --[[ -- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system, -- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and -- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module -- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the -- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason. -- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to -- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the -- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table -- instead. --]] table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3)) --[[ -- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value" -- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key -- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in -- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of -- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the -- noActive parameter. --]] local noActive, attemptOrder do local active, inactive = {}, {} for i, t in ipairs(order) do if t.val then active[#active + 1] = t else inactive[#inactive + 1] = t end end noActive = #active attemptOrder = active for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t end end --[[ -- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a -- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are -- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different -- key fragment combinations until we match using the key -- "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix -- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active -- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix -- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and -- 1 corresponding to other key fragments. -- -- j 1 2 3 -- i -- 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 -- 4 0 0 1 -- 5 1 1 0 -- 6 0 1 0 -- 7 1 0 0 -- 8 0 0 0 -- -- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set -- to the string "all". -- -- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i. -- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in -- each subtable. --]] local cats = cfg.protectionCategories for i = 1, 2^noActive do local key = {} for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do if j > noActive then key[t.keypos] = 'all' else local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1) quotient = math.ceil(quotient) if quotient % 2 == 1 then key[t.keypos] = t.val else key[t.keypos] = 'all' end end end key = table.concat(key, '|') local attempt = cats[key] if attempt then return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text) end end return '' end function Protection:isIncorrect() local expiry = self.expiry return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time() end function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace return self.level == 'templateeditor' and ( (action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move') or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828) ) end function Protection:makeCategoryLinks() local msg = self._cfg.msg local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()} if self:isIncorrect() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-incorrect'], self.title.text ) end if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink( msg['tracking-category-template'], self.title.text ) end return table.concat(ret) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Blurb class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Blurb = {} Blurb.__index = Blurb Blurb.bannerTextFields = { text = true, explanation = true, tooltip = true, alt = true, link = true } function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) return setmetatable({ _cfg = cfg, _protectionObj = protectionObj, _args = args }, Blurb) end -- Private methods -- function Blurb:_formatDate(num) -- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format. lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage() local success, date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y', '@' .. tostring(num) ) if success then return date end end function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey) return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey]) end function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg) if not self._params then local parameterFuncs = {} parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter self._params = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (t, k) local param if parameterFuncs[k] then param = parameterFuncs[k](self) end param = param or '' t[k] = param return param end }) end msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params) return msg end function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter() -- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of -- protection. local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then -- We need the move log link. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'move', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display') ) else -- We need the history link. return makeFullUrl( pagename, {action = 'history'}, self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter() local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request') local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level -- Get the edit request type. local requestType if action == 'edit' then if level == 'autoconfirmed' then requestType = 'semi' elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then requestType = 'extended' elseif level == 'templateeditor' then requestType = 'template' end end requestType = requestType or 'full' -- Get the display value. local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display') return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display} end function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter() local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry if type(expiry) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(expiry) else return expiry end end function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter() -- Cover special cases first. if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect') end -- Get explanation blurb table keys local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject' -- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any -- parameters. local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs local msg if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey] elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then msg = explanations[action][level].default elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey] elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then msg = explanations[action].default.default else error(string.format( 'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"', action, level, talkKey ), 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter() local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if imageLinks[action][level] then msg = imageLinks[action][level] elseif imageLinks[action].default then msg = imageLinks[action].default else msg = imageLinks.edit.default end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter() local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace] or pagetypes.default or error('no default pagetype defined', 8) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter() local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level] elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default else error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter() local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then return self:_formatDate(protectionDate) else return protectionDate end end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter() local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels local action = self._protectionObj.action local level = self._protectionObj.level local msg if protectionLevels[action][level] then msg = protectionLevels[action][level] elseif protectionLevels[action].default then msg = protectionLevels[action].default elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then msg = protectionLevels.edit.default else error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter() local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then -- We need the pending changes log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'stable', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display') ) else -- We need the protection log. return makeFullUrl( 'Special:Log', {type = 'protect', page = pagename}, self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display') ) end end function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter() return string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, self._protectionObj.title.text, self._args.section or 'top', self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display') ) end function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter() if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry') else return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry') end end function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter() return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title="vandal-m", args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText} } end -- Public methods -- function Blurb:makeBannerText(key) -- Validate input. if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then error(string.format( '"%s" is not a valid banner config field', tostring(key) ), 2) end -- Generate the text. local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key] if type(msg) == 'string' then return self:_substituteParameters(msg) elseif type(msg) == 'function' then msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args) if type(msg) ~= 'string' then error(string.format( 'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"' .. ' (expected string, got %s)', tostring(key), type(msg) ), 4) end return self:_substituteParameters(msg) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- BannerTemplate class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local BannerTemplate = {} BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) local obj = {} obj._cfg = cfg -- Set the image filename. local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image if imageFilename then obj._imageFilename = imageFilename else -- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config, -- generate it from the protection status and the namespace. local action = protectionObj.action local level = protectionObj.level local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace local reason = protectionObj.reason -- Deal with special cases first. if ( namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason] ) and action == 'edit' and level == 'sysop' and not protectionObj:isTemporary() then -- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef" -- padlock. obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef'] else -- Deal with regular protection types. local images = obj._cfg.images if images[action] then if images[action][level] then obj._imageFilename = images[action][level] elseif images[action].default then obj._imageFilename = images[action].default end end end end return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate) end function BannerTemplate:renderImage() local filename = self._imageFilename or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default'] or 'Transparent.gif' return makeFileLink{ file = filename, size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px', alt = self._imageAlt, link = self._imageLink, caption = self.imageCaption } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Banner class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Banner.__index = Banner function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 40 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip. obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text') obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation') obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing. return setmetatable(obj, Banner) end function Banner:__tostring() -- Renders the banner. makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2) local explanationText = self._explanationText local mbargs = { page = self._page, type = 'protection', image = self:renderImage(), text = string.format( "'''%s'''%s", reasonText, explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or '' ) } return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate) Padlock.__index = Padlock function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb. obj.imageWidth = 20 obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip') obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link') obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action] or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default or 'pp-default' return setmetatable(obj, Padlock) end function Padlock:__tostring() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles. return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{ name = 'indicator', args = {name = self._indicatorName}, content = self:renderImage() } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- This is used for testing purposes. return { Protection = Protection, Blurb = Blurb, BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate, Banner = Banner, Padlock = Padlock, } end function p._main(args, cfg, title) args = args or {} cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title) local ret = {} -- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its -- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything -- for the other action (except categories). if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or args.demolevel or not getReachableNodes( cfg.hierarchy, protectionObj.level )[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)]) then -- Initialise the blurb object local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg) -- Render the banner if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then ret[#ret + 1] = tostring( (yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner) .new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg) ) end end -- Render the categories if yesno(args.category) ~= false then ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks() end return table.concat(ret) end function p.main(frame, cfg) cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE) -- Find default args, if any. local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent() local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')] -- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a -- wrapper template. getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local userArgs = getArgs(frame, { parentOnly = defaultArgs, frameOnly = not defaultArgs }) -- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args. local args = {} for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do args[k] = v end return p._main(args, cfg) end return p 894f0884d4c2da1ce19d385b96f59af654b0946a 828 34 71 70 2023-08-10T14:07:25Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]]. return { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- BANNER DATA -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- Banner data consists of six fields: -- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection -- banners. -- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used -- to explain the details of the protection. -- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small -- padlock icon. -- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to. -- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip -- text for the large protection banners. -- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock -- icons. -- -- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field. -- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason -- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners -- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the -- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection -- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables. -- -- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified -- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name -- enclosed in curly braces). -- -- Available parameters: -- -- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the -- display message "current-version-edit-display" or -- "current-version-move-display". -- -- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page. -- -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes -- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make -- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus." -- -- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection -- action and protection level. -- -- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry -- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently -- disabled until dd Month YYYY." -- -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation -- so that it can be used in run-on sentences. -- -- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template". -- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table. -- -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g. -- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled" -- -- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the -- template. -- -- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or -- "semi-protected". -- -- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log, -- depending on the protection action. -- -- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links -- straight to that talk page section. -- -- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to -- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is -- move-protected until DD Month YYYY". -- -- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name) -- using Module:Vandal-m. -- -- Functions -- -- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings -- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not -- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the -- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string. -- -- For example: -- -- text = function (protectionObj, args) -- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then -- return 'foo' -- else -- return 'bar' -- end -- end -- -- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful: -- protectionObj.action - the protection action -- protectionObj.level - the protection level -- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason -- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set -- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary. -- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if -- unspecified. -- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware -- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an -- infinite loop. -- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is -- protected. -- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is -- temporary. -- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection -- template is incorrect. --]] -- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or -- defaultBanners. masterBanner = { text = '${INTROBLURB}', explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}', link = '${IMAGELINK}', alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' }, -- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection -- levels. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. defaultBanners = { edit = {}, move = {}, autoreview = { default = { alt = 'Page protected with pending changes', tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users', image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' } }, upload = {} }, -- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons. -- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are -- valid inputs to the first positional parameter. -- -- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items -- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the -- module documentation. -- -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. banners = { edit = { blp = { description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. '|biographies of living persons]] policy', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons' .. "|Wikipedia's&nbsp;policy on&nbsp;the&nbsp;biographies" .. ' of&nbsp;living&nbsp;people]].', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on' .. ' biographies of living persons', }, dmca = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation' .. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital' .. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content' .. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under' .. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content' .. ' in question.' if args.notice then ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: ' .. args.notice .. '.' end ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing' .. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see' .. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}." .. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the" .. " restrictions are withdrawn'''." return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, dispute = { description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes', text = function (protectionObj, args) -- Find the value of "disputes". local display = 'disputes' local disputes if args.section then disputes = string.format( '[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name, protectionObj.title.text, args.section, display ) else disputes = display end -- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry. local msg if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.' else msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.' end return string.format(msg, disputes) end, explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes', }, ecp = { description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or' .. ' meets the criteria for community use', tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, mainpage = { description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]', text = 'This file is currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from' .. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed' .. ' on the [[Main Page]].', explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high' .. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.' .. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">' .. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page," .. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,' .. ' as appropriate.</span>', }, office = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation', text = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.' end return ret end, explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this" .. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do" .. " so.'''", image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, reset = { description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and' .. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version', text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the' .. ' scrutiny of the' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]' .. ' and is protected.', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.protectionDate then ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was' else ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been' end ret = ret .. ' reduced to a' .. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely' .. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of' .. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].' .. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which' .. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly' .. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while' .. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n' .. 'Any insertion of material directly from' .. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as' .. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly' .. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the' .. " same date.\n\n" .. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and" .. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override" .. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page," .. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation" .. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''" return ret end, image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg', }, sock = { description = 'For pages protected due to' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]' .. ' from editing it.', tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from' .. ' editing it', }, template = { description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]' .. ' templates and Lua modules', text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},' .. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].', explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if' .. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}' .. ' to prevent vandalism', alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}', }, usertalk = { description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a' .. ' particular user', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,' .. ' such as abusing the' .. ' &#123;&#123;[[Template:unblock|unblock]]&#125;&#125; template.', explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to' .. ' make a change or leave a message, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page' .. '|request an edit]],' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]],' .. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],' .. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]', text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].', explanation = function (protectionObj, args) local ret = '' if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ' end return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}' end, tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism', } }, move = { dispute = { description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to' .. ' disputes over the page title', explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the" .. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}', image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg' }, vandalism = { description = 'For pages protected against' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism' .. ' |page-move vandalism]]' } }, autoreview = {}, upload = {} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- GENERAL DATA TABLES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the -- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and -- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionBlurbs = { edit = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|' .. 'protected]] from editing', autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access' .. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered' .. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]', extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection', }, move = { default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]' .. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]' }, autoreview = { default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or' .. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]' .. ' users are currently' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]' }, upload = { default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Explanation blurbs -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the -- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action, -- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is -- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk -- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key -- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key -- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key -- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. explanationBlurbs = { edit = { autoconfirmed = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you' .. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].', }, extendedconfirmed = { default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors' .. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.' .. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]' .. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat' .. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.' .. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may' .. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].' }, default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page' .. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an' .. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for' .. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.' } }, move = { default = { subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the' .. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.', default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved' .. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be' .. ' unprotected.' } }, autoreview = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users' .. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by' .. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be' .. ' reviewed, you may' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection' .. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level' .. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or' .. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].' }, }, upload = { default = { default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file' .. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can' .. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you' .. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]' .. ' that the file be unprotected.' } } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection levels -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which -- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by -- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following -- order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. protectionLevels = { edit = { default = 'protected', templateeditor = 'template-protected', extendedconfirmed = 'extended-protected', autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected', }, move = { default = 'move-protected' }, autoreview = { }, upload = { default = 'upload-protected' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and -- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the -- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using -- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level images = { edit = { default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg', extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg', autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg' }, move = { default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg', }, autoreview = { default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg' }, upload = { default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg' } }, -- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef" -- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set. indefImageReasons = { template = true }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Image links -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets -- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action -- and protection level. It is checked in the following order: -- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level -- 2. page's protection action, default protection level -- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level -- -- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table. -- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables. imageLinks = { edit = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full', templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template', extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended', autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi' }, move = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move' }, autoreview = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending' }, upload = { default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload' } }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Padlock indicator names -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag -- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page -- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with -- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins. -- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a -- protection action name or the string "default". padlockIndicatorNames = { autoreview = 'pp-autoreview', default = 'pp-default' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table. -- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings: -- -- 1. the expiry date -- 2. the namespace -- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism") -- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed") -- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move") -- -- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to -- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a -- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key -- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module -- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It -- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the -- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all". -- -- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search. -- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values -- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g. -- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism"). -- -- expiry namespace reason level action -- order -- 1 1 1 1 1 1 -- 2 0 1 1 1 1 -- 3 1 0 1 1 1 -- 4 0 0 1 1 1 -- 5 1 1 0 1 1 -- 6 0 1 0 1 1 -- 7 1 0 0 1 1 -- 8 0 0 0 1 1 -- 9 1 1 1 0 1 -- 10 0 1 1 0 1 -- 11 1 0 1 0 1 -- 12 0 0 1 0 1 -- 13 1 1 0 0 1 -- 14 0 1 0 0 1 -- 15 1 0 0 0 1 -- 16 0 0 0 0 1 -- 17 1 1 1 1 0 -- 18 0 1 1 1 0 -- 19 1 0 1 1 0 -- 20 0 0 1 1 0 -- 21 1 1 0 1 0 -- 22 0 1 0 1 0 -- 23 1 0 0 1 0 -- 24 0 0 0 1 0 -- 25 1 1 1 0 0 -- 26 0 1 1 0 0 -- 27 1 0 1 0 0 -- 28 0 0 1 0 0 -- 29 1 1 0 0 0 -- 30 0 1 0 0 0 -- 31 1 0 0 0 0 -- 32 0 0 0 0 0 -- -- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last -- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most. -- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are -- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped -- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table. --]] -- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table, -- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories -- table. reasonsWithNamespacePriority = { vandalism = true, }, -- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each -- namespace number. categoryNamespaceKeys = { [ 2] = 'user', [ 3] = 'user', [ 4] = 'project', [ 6] = 'file', [ 8] = 'mediawiki', [ 10] = 'template', [ 12] = 'project', [ 14] = 'category', [100] = 'portal', [828] = 'module', }, protectionCategories = { ['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages', ['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages', ['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files', ['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages', ['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages', ['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories', ['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files', ['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals', ['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates', ['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', ['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates ['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people', ['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute', ['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism', ['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories', ['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files', ['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates', ['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages', ['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules', ['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules', ['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules', ['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules', ['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages', ['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages', ['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute', ['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism', ['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals', ['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages', ['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages', ['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates', ['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages', ['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages', ['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files', }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry category config -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection -- action. -- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if -- an expiry parameter is not set. -- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page. -- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if: -- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and -- 2) a reason is provided, and -- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck -- table. expiryCheckActions = { edit = nil, move = false, autoreview = true, upload = false }, reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = { blp = true, template = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Pagetypes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter. -- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value. pagetypes = { [0] = 'article', [6] = 'file', [10] = 'template', [14] = 'category', [828] = 'module', default = 'page' }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Strings marking indefinite protection -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page -- is protected indefinitely. indefStrings = { ['indef'] = true, ['indefinite'] = true, ['indefinitely'] = true, ['infinite'] = true, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Group hierarchy -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original -- group's page editing permissions. hierarchy = { sysop = {}, reviewer = {'sysop'}, filemover = {'sysop'}, templateeditor = {'sysop'}, extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'}, autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'}, user = {'autoconfirmed'}, ['*'] = {'user'} }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrapper templates and their default arguments -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their -- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the -- following invocation, and no other template content: -- -- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}} -- -- If other content is desired, it can be added between -- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags. -- -- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the -- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the -- arguments. wrappers = { ['Template:Pp'] = {}, ['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'}, ['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-create ['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'}, ['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'}, ['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, -- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef ['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'}, ['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'}, ['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'}, ['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'}, ['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true}, ['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'}, ['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true}, ['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'}, ['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'}, ['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'}, }, -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- MESSAGES -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- msg = { -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Intro blurb and intro fragment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and -- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the -- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use -- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.', ['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},', ['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tooltip blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter. -- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and -- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.', ['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.', ['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},', ['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Special explanation blurb -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages -- in the MediaWiki namespace. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|' .. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.' .. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you' .. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an' .. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it' .. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit' .. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus' .. '|consensus]].', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection log display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link -- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log', ['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Current version display values -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine the display values for the page history link -- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages. ['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title', ['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Talk page -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced -- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Edit requests -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced -- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter. -- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message. ['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Expiry date format -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for -- the first parameter of the #time parser function. ['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs. ['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates', ['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Images -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level. ['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg', ['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif', -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End messages -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- } a20552ae38cb5253a4fa29aa126abc74215a589f 10 35 73 72 2023-08-10T14:07:25Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:anchor|main}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 7d65122552007ac959072bddfa6f723296c81998 828 36 75 74 2023-08-10T14:07:26Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{anchor}}. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local tableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local p = {} function p.main(frame) -- Get the positional arguments from #invoke, remove any nil values, -- and pass them to p._main. local args = getArgs(frame) local argArray = tableTools.compressSparseArray(args) return p._main(unpack(argArray)) end function p._main(...) -- Generate the list of anchors. local anchors = {...} local ret = {} for _, anchor in ipairs(anchors) do ret[#ret + 1] = '<span class="anchor" id="' .. anchor .. '"></span>' end return table.concat(ret) end return p e41d3f5d2f2840528aebb9bac719873540fcb3b8 828 37 77 76 2023-08-10T14:07:26Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- Version: 2023-07-10 -- Module to implement use of a blacklist and whitelist for infobox fields -- Can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article -- if not supplied, it will use the Wikidata ID associated with the current page. -- Fields in blacklist are never to be displayed, i.e. module must return nil in all circumstances -- Fields in whitelist return local value if it exists or the Wikidata value otherwise -- The name of the field that this function is called from is passed in named parameter |name -- The name is compulsory when blacklist or whitelist is used, -- so the module returns nil if it is not supplied. -- blacklist is passed in named parameter |suppressfields (or |spf) -- whitelist is passed in named parameter |fetchwikidata (or |fwd) require("strict") local p = {} local cdate -- initialise as nil and only load _complex_date function if needed -- Module:Complex date is loaded lazily and has the following dependencies: -- Module:Calendar -- Module:ISOdate -- Module:DateI18n -- Module:I18n/complex date -- Module:Ordinal -- Module:I18n/ordinal -- Module:Yesno -- Module:Formatnum -- Module:Linguistic -- -- The following, taken from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times, -- is needed to use Module:Complex date which seemingly requires date precision as a string. -- It would work better if only the authors of the mediawiki page could spell 'millennium'. local dp = { [6] = "millennium", [7] = "century", [8] = "decade", [9] = "year", [10] = "month", [11] = "day", } local i18n = { ["errors"] = { ["property-not-found"] = "Property not found.", ["No property supplied"] = "No property supplied", ["entity-not-found"] = "Wikidata entity not found.", ["unknown-claim-type"] = "Unknown claim type.", ["unknown-entity-type"] = "Unknown entity type.", ["qualifier-not-found"] = "Qualifier not found.", ["site-not-found"] = "Wikimedia project not found.", ["labels-not-found"] = "No labels found.", ["descriptions-not-found"] = "No descriptions found.", ["aliases-not-found"] = "No aliases found.", ["unknown-datetime-format"] = "Unknown datetime format.", ["local-article-not-found"] = "Article is available on Wikidata, but not on Wikipedia", ["dab-page"] = " (dab)", }, ["months"] = { "January", "February", "March", "April", "May", "June", "July", "August", "September", "October", "November", "December" }, ["century"] = "century", ["BC"] = "BC", ["BCE"] = "BCE", ["ordinal"] = { [1] = "st", [2] = "nd", [3] = "rd", ["default"] = "th" }, ["filespace"] = "File", ["Unknown"] = "Unknown", ["NaN"] = "Not a number", -- set the following to the name of a tracking category, -- e.g. "[[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]", or "" to disable: ["missinginfocat"] = "[[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]]", ["editonwikidata"] = "Edit this on Wikidata", ["latestdatequalifier"] = function (date) return "before " .. date end, -- some languages, e.g. Bosnian use a period as a suffix after each number in a date ["datenumbersuffix"] = "", ["list separator"] = ", ", ["multipliers"] = { [0] = "", [3] = " thousand", [6] = " million", [9] = " billion", [12] = " trillion", } } -- This allows an internationisation module to override the above table if 'en' ~= mw.getContentLanguage():getCode() then require("Module:i18n").loadI18n("Module:WikidataIB/i18n", i18n) end -- This piece of html implements a collapsible container. Check the classes exist on your wiki. local collapsediv = '<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed" style="width:100%; overflow:auto;" data-expandtext="{{int:show}}" data-collapsetext="{{int:hide}}">' -- Some items should not be linked. -- Each wiki can create a list of those in Module:WikidataIB/nolinks -- It should return a table called itemsindex, containing true for each item not to be linked local donotlink = {} local nolinks_exists, nolinks = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/nolinks") if nolinks_exists then donotlink = nolinks.itemsindex end -- To satisfy Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Titles, certain types of items are italicised, and others are quoted. -- The submodule [[Module:WikidataIB/titleformats]] lists the entity-ids used in 'instance of' (P31), -- which allows this module to identify the values that should be formatted. -- WikidataIB/titleformats exports a table p.formats, which is indexed by entity-id, and contains the value " or '' local formats = {} local titleformats_exists, titleformats = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/titleformats") if titleformats_exists then formats = titleformats.formats end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Private functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- makeOrdinal needs to be internationalised along with the above: -- takes cardinal number as a numeric and returns the ordinal as a string -- we need three exceptions in English for 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 21st, .. 31st, etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local makeOrdinal = function(cardinal) local ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal.default if cardinal % 10 == 1 then ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[1] elseif cardinal % 10 == 2 then ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[2] elseif cardinal % 10 == 3 then ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal[3] end -- In English, 1, 21, 31, etc. use 'st', but 11, 111, etc. use 'th' -- similarly for 12 and 13, etc. if (cardinal % 100 == 11) or (cardinal % 100 == 12) or (cardinal % 100 == 13) then ordsuffix = i18n.ordinal.default end return tostring(cardinal) .. ordsuffix end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- findLang takes a "langcode" parameter if supplied and valid -- otherwise it tries to create it from the user's set language ({{int:lang}}) -- failing that it uses the wiki's content language. -- It returns a language object ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local findLang = function(langcode) local langobj langcode = mw.text.trim(langcode or "") if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then langobj = mw.language.new( langcode ) else langcode = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(langcode) then langobj = mw.language.new( langcode ) else langobj = mw.language.getContentLanguage() end end return langobj end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank) -- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value -- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value -- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value -- Otherwise it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getItemLangCode = function(qid) qid = mw.text.trim(qid or ""):upper() if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return end local prop17 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P17")[1] if not prop17 or prop17.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end local qid17 = prop17.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id local prop37 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid17, "P37")[1] if not prop37 or prop37.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end local qid37 = prop37.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id local prop424 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid37, "P424")[1] if not prop424 or prop424.mainsnak.snaktype ~= "value" then return end return prop424.mainsnak.datavalue.value end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- roundto takes a number (x) -- and returns it rounded to (sf) significant figures ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local roundto = function(x, sf) if x == 0 then return 0 end local s = 1 if x < 0 then x = -x s = -1 end if sf < 1 then sf = 1 end local p = 10 ^ (math.floor(math.log10(x)) - sf + 1) x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s -- if it's integral, cast to an integer: if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end return x end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- decimalToDMS takes a decimal degrees (x) with precision (p) -- and returns degrees/minutes/seconds according to the precision ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local decimalToDMS = function(x, p) -- if p is not supplied, use a precision around 0.1 seconds if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4 end local d = math.floor(x) local ms = (x - d) * 60 if p > 0.5 then -- precision is > 1/2 a degree if ms > 30 then d = d + 1 end ms = 0 end local m = math.floor(ms) local s = (ms - m) * 60 if p > 0.008 then -- precision is > 1/2 a minute if s > 30 then m = m +1 end s = 0 elseif p > 0.00014 then -- precision is > 1/2 a second s = math.floor(s + 0.5) elseif p > 0.000014 then -- precision is > 1/20 second s = math.floor(10 * s + 0.5) / 10 elseif p > 0.0000014 then -- precision is > 1/200 second s = math.floor(100 * s + 0.5) / 100 else -- cap it at 3 dec places for now s = math.floor(1000 * s + 0.5) / 1000 end return d, m, s end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- decimalPrecision takes a decimal (x) with precision (p) -- and returns x rounded approximately to the given precision -- precision should be between 1 and 1e-6, preferably a power of 10. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local decimalPrecision = function(x, p) local s = 1 if x < 0 then x = -x s = -1 end -- if p is not supplied, pick an arbitrary precision if not tonumber(p) then p = 1e-4 elseif p > 1 then p = 1 elseif p < 1e-6 then p = 1e-6 else p = 10 ^ math.floor(math.log10(p)) end x = math.floor(x / p + 0.5) * p * s -- if it's integral, cast to an integer: if x == math.floor(x) then x = math.floor(x) end -- if it's less than 1e-4, it will be in exponent form, so return a string with 6dp -- 9e-5 becomes 0.000090 if math.abs(x) < 1e-4 then x = string.format("%f", x) end return x end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- formatDate takes a datetime of the usual format from mw.wikibase.entity:formatPropertyValues -- like "1 August 30 BCE" as parameter 1 -- and formats it according to the df (date format) and bc parameters -- df = ["dmy" / "mdy" / "y"] default will be "dmy" -- bc = ["BC" / "BCE"] default will be "BCE" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local format_Date = function(datetime, dateformat, bc) local datetime = datetime or "1 August 30 BCE" -- in case of nil value -- chop off multiple vales and/or any hours, mins, etc. -- keep anything before punctuation - we just want a single date: local dateval = string.match( datetime, "[%w ]+") local dateformat = string.lower(dateformat or "dmy") -- default to dmy local bc = string.upper(bc or "") -- can't use nil for bc -- we only want to accept two possibilities: BC or default to BCE if bc == "BC" then bc = "&nbsp;" .. i18n["BC"] -- prepend a non-breaking space. else bc = "&nbsp;" .. i18n["BCE"] end local postchrist = true -- start by assuming no BCE local dateparts = {} for word in string.gmatch(dateval, "%w+") do if word == "BCE" or word == "BC" then -- *** internationalise later *** postchrist = false else -- we'll keep the parts that are not 'BCE' in a table dateparts[#dateparts + 1] = word end end if postchrist then bc = "" end -- set AD dates to no suffix *** internationalise later *** local sep = "&nbsp;" -- separator is nbsp local fdate = table.concat(dateparts, sep) -- set formatted date to same order as input -- if we have day month year, check dateformat if #dateparts == 3 then if dateformat == "y" then fdate = dateparts[3] elseif dateformat == "mdy" then fdate = dateparts[2] .. sep .. dateparts[1] .. "," .. sep .. dateparts[3] end elseif #dateparts == 2 and dateformat == "y" then fdate = dateparts[2] end return fdate .. bc end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- dateFormat is the handler for properties that are of type "time" -- It takes timestamp, precision (6 to 11 per mediawiki), dateformat (y/dmy/mdy), BC format (BC/BCE), -- a plaindate switch (yes/no/adj) to en/disable "sourcing circumstances"/use adjectival form, -- any qualifiers for the property, the language, and any adjective to use like 'before'. -- It passes the date through the "complex date" function -- and returns a string with the internatonalised date formatted according to preferences. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang(); cdate(); dp[] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local dateFormat = function(timestamp, dprec, df, bcf, pd, qualifiers, lang, adj, model) -- output formatting according to preferences (y/dmy/mdy/ymd) df = (df or ""):lower() -- if ymd is required, return the part of the timestamp in YYYY-MM-DD form -- but apply Year zero#Astronomers fix: 1 BC = 0000; 2 BC = -0001; etc. if df == "ymd" then if timestamp:sub(1,1) == "+" then return timestamp:sub(2,11) else local yr = tonumber(timestamp:sub(2,5)) - 1 yr = ("000" .. yr):sub(-4) if yr ~= "0000" then yr = "-" .. yr end return yr .. timestamp:sub(6,11) end end -- A year can be stored like this: "+1872-00-00T00:00:00Z", -- which is processed here as if it were the day before "+1872-01-01T00:00:00Z", -- and that's the last day of 1871, so the year is wrong. -- So fix the month 0, day 0 timestamp to become 1 January instead: timestamp = timestamp:gsub("%-00%-00T", "-01-01T") -- just in case date precision is missing dprec = dprec or 11 -- override more precise dates if required dateformat is year alone: if df == "y" and dprec > 9 then dprec = 9 end -- complex date only deals with precisions from 6 to 11, so clip range dprec = dprec>11 and 11 or dprec dprec = dprec<6 and 6 or dprec -- BC format is "BC" or "BCE" bcf = (bcf or ""):upper() -- plaindate only needs the first letter (y/n/a) pd = (pd or ""):sub(1,1):lower() if pd == "" or pd == "n" or pd == "f" or pd == "0" then pd = false end -- in case language isn't passed lang = lang or findLang().code -- set adj as empty if nil adj = adj or "" -- extract the day, month, year from the timestamp local bc = timestamp:sub(1, 1)=="-" and "BC" or "" local year, month, day = timestamp:match("[+-](%d*)-(%d*)-(%d*)T") local iso = tonumber(year) -- if year is missing, let it throw an error -- this will adjust the date format to be compatible with cdate -- possible formats are Y, YY, YYY0, YYYY, YYYY-MM, YYYY-MM-DD if dprec == 6 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 1000 ) + 1 end if dprec == 7 then iso = math.floor( (iso - 1) / 100 ) + 1 end if dprec == 8 then iso = math.floor( iso / 10 ) .. "0" end if dprec == 10 then iso = year .. "-" .. month end if dprec == 11 then iso = year .. "-" .. month .. "-" .. day end -- add "circa" (Q5727902) from "sourcing circumstances" (P1480) local sc = not pd and qualifiers and qualifiers.P1480 if sc then for k1, v1 in pairs(sc) do if v1.datavalue and v1.datavalue.value.id == "Q5727902" then adj = "circa" break end end end -- deal with Julian dates: -- no point in saying that dates before 1582 are Julian - they are by default -- doesn't make sense for dates less precise than year -- we can suppress it by setting |plaindate, e.g. for use in constructing categories. local calendarmodel = "" if tonumber(year) > 1582 and dprec > 8 and not pd and model == "http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q1985786" then calendarmodel = "julian" end if not cdate then cdate = require("Module:Complex date")._complex_date end local fdate = cdate(calendarmodel, adj, tostring(iso), dp[dprec], bc, "", "", "", "", lang, 1) -- this may have QuickStatements info appended to it in a div, so remove that fdate = fdate:gsub(' <div style="display: none;">[^<]*</div>', '') -- it may also be returned wrapped in a microformat, so remove that fdate = fdate:gsub("<[^>]*>", "") -- there may be leading zeros that we should remove fdate = fdate:gsub("^0*", "") -- if a plain date is required, then remove any links (like BC linked) if pd then fdate = fdate:gsub("%[%[.*|", ""):gsub("]]", "") end -- if 'circa', use the abbreviated form *** internationalise later *** fdate = fdate:gsub('circa ', '<abbr title="circa">c.</abbr>&nbsp;') -- deal with BC/BCE if bcf == "BCE" then fdate = fdate:gsub('BC', 'BCE') end -- deal with mdy format if df == "mdy" then fdate = fdate:gsub("(%d+) (%w+) (%d+)", "%2 %1, %3") end -- deal with adjectival form *** internationalise later *** if pd == "a" then fdate = fdate:gsub(' century', '-century') end return fdate end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- parseParam takes a (string) parameter, e.g. from the list of frame arguments, -- and makes "false", "no", and "0" into the (boolean) false -- it makes the empty string and nil into the (boolean) value passed as default -- allowing the parameter to be true or false by default. -- It returns a boolean. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local parseParam = function(param, default) if type(param) == "boolean" then param = tostring(param) end if param and param ~= "" then param = param:lower() if (param == "false") or (param:sub(1,1) == "n") or (param == "0") then return false else return true end else return default end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink -- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki. -- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article -- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getSitelink = function(qid, wiki) qid = (qid or ""):upper() if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end wiki = wiki or "" local sitelink if wiki == "" then sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid) else sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid, wiki) end return sitelink end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getCommonslink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- It returns one of the following in order of preference: -- the Commons sitelink of the Wikidata entity - but not if onlycat=true and it's not a category; -- the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the Wikidata entity; -- the Commons category of the Wikidata entity - unless fallback=false. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getSitelink(); parseParam() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getCommonslink = function(qid, onlycat, fallback) qid = (qid or ""):upper() if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end onlycat = parseParam(onlycat, false) if fallback == "" then fallback = nil end local sitelink = _getSitelink(qid, "commonswiki") if onlycat and sitelink and sitelink:sub(1,9) ~= "Category:" then sitelink = nil end if not sitelink then -- check for topic's main category local prop910 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P910")[1] if prop910 then local tmcid = prop910.mainsnak.datavalue and prop910.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id sitelink = _getSitelink(tmcid, "commonswiki") end if not sitelink then -- check for list's main category local prop1754 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P1754")[1] if prop1754 then local tmcid = prop1754.mainsnak.datavalue and prop1754.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id sitelink = _getSitelink(tmcid, "commonswiki") end end end if not sitelink and fallback then -- check for Commons category (string value) local prop373 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P373")[1] if prop373 then sitelink = prop373.mainsnak.datavalue and prop373.mainsnak.datavalue.value if sitelink then sitelink = "Category:" .. sitelink end end end return sitelink end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The label in a Wikidata item is subject to vulnerabilities -- that an attacker might try to exploit. -- It needs to be 'sanitised' by removing any wikitext before use. -- If it doesn't exist, return the id for the item -- a second (boolean) value is also returned, value is true when the label exists ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local labelOrId = function(id, lang) if lang == "default" then lang = findLang().code end local label if lang then label = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(id, lang) else label = mw.wikibase.getLabel(id) end if label then return mw.text.nowiki(label), true else return id, false end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- linkedItem takes an entity-id and returns a string, linked if possible. -- This is the handler for "wikibase-item". Preferences: -- 1. Display linked disambiguated sitelink if it exists -- 2. Display linked label if it is a redirect -- 3. TBA: Display an inter-language link for the label if it exists other than in default language -- 4. Display unlinked label if it exists -- 5. Display entity-id for now to indicate a label could be provided -- dtxt is text to be used instead of label, or nil. -- shortname is boolean switch to use P1813 (short name) instead of label if true. -- lang is the current language code. -- uselbl is boolean switch to force display of the label instead of the sitelink (default: false) -- linkredir is boolean switch to allow linking to a redirect (default: false) -- formatvalue is boolean switch to allow formatting as italics or quoted (default: false) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: labelOrId(); donotlink[] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local linkedItem = function(id, args) local lprefix = (args.lp or args.lprefix or args.linkprefix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- toughen against nil values passed local lpostfix = (args.lpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '') local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local dtxt = args.dtxt local shortname = args.shortname or args.sn local lang = args.lang or "en" -- fallback to default if missing local uselbl = args.uselabel or args.uselbl uselbl = parseParam(uselbl, false) local linkredir = args.linkredir linkredir = parseParam(linkredir, false) local formatvalue = args.formatvalue or args.fv formatvalue = parseParam(formatvalue, false) -- see if item might need italics or quotes local fmt = "" if next(formats) and formatvalue then for k, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P31") ) do if v.mainsnak.datavalue and formats[v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id] then fmt = formats[v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id] break -- pick the first match end end end local disp local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(id) local label, islabel if dtxt then label, islabel = dtxt, true elseif shortname then -- see if there is a shortname in our language, and set label to it for k, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P1813") ) do if v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == lang then label, islabel = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text, true break end -- test for language match end -- loop through values of short name -- if we have no label set, then there was no shortname available if not islabel then label, islabel = labelOrId(id) shortname = false end else label, islabel = labelOrId(id) end if mw.site.siteName ~= "Wikimedia Commons" then if sitelink then if not (dtxt or shortname) then -- if sitelink and label are the same except for case, no need to process further if sitelink:lower() ~= label:lower() then -- strip any namespace or dab from the sitelink local pos = sitelink:find(":") or 0 local slink = sitelink if pos > 0 then local pfx = sitelink:sub(1,pos-1) if mw.site.namespaces[pfx] then -- that prefix is a valid namespace, so remove it slink = sitelink:sub(pos+1) end end -- remove stuff after commas or inside parentheses - ie. dabs slink = slink:gsub("%s%(.+%)$", ""):gsub(",.+$", "") -- if uselbl is false, use sitelink instead of label if not uselbl then -- use slink as display, preserving label case - find("^%u") is true for 1st char uppercase if label:find("^%u") then label = slink:gsub("^(%l)", string.upper) else label = slink:gsub("^(%u)", string.lower) end end end end if donotlink[label] then disp = prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix else disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix .. "]]" end elseif islabel then -- no sitelink, label exists, so check if a redirect with that title exists, if linkredir is true -- display plain label by default disp = prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix if linkredir then local artitle = mw.title.new(label, 0) -- only nil if label has invalid chars if not donotlink[label] and artitle and artitle.redirectTarget then -- there's a redirect with the same title as the label, so let's link to that disp = "[[".. lprefix .. label .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. fmt .. label .. fmt .. postfix .. "]]" end end -- test if article title exists as redirect on current Wiki else -- no sitelink and no label, so return whatever was returned from labelOrId for now -- add tracking category [[Category:Articles with missing Wikidata information]] -- for enwiki, just return the tracking category if mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() == "enwiki" then disp = i18n.missinginfocat else disp = prefix .. label .. postfix .. i18n.missinginfocat end end else local ccat = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P373")[1] if ccat and ccat.mainsnak.datavalue then ccat = ccat.mainsnak.datavalue.value disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. "Category:" .. ccat .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]" elseif sitelink then -- this asumes that if a sitelink exists, then a label also exists disp = "[[" .. lprefix .. sitelink .. lpostfix .. "|" .. prefix .. label .. postfix .. "]]" else -- no sitelink and no Commons cat, so return label from labelOrId for now disp = prefix .. label .. postfix end end return disp end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- sourced takes a table representing a statement that may or may not have references -- it looks for a reference sourced to something not containing the word "wikipedia" -- it returns a boolean = true if it finds a sourced reference. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local sourced = function(claim) if claim.references then for kr, vr in pairs(claim.references) do local ref = mw.wikibase.renderSnaks(vr.snaks) if not ref:find("Wiki") then return true end end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- setRanks takes a flag (parameter passed) that requests the values to return -- "b[est]" returns preferred if available, otherwise normal -- "p[referred]" returns preferred -- "n[ormal]" returns normal -- "d[eprecated]" returns deprecated -- multiple values are allowed, e.g. "preferred normal" (which is the default) -- "best" will override the other flags, and set p and n ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local setRanks = function(rank) rank = (rank or ""):lower() -- if nothing passed, return preferred and normal -- if rank == "" then rank = "p n" end local ranks = {} for w in string.gmatch(rank, "%a+") do w = w:sub(1,1) if w == "b" or w == "p" or w == "n" or w == "d" then ranks[w] = true end end -- check if "best" is requested or no ranks requested; and if so, set preferred and normal if ranks.b or not next(ranks) then ranks.p = true ranks.n = true end return ranks end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- parseInput processes the Q-id , the blacklist and the whitelist -- if an input parameter is supplied, it returns that and ends the call. -- it returns (1) either the qid or nil indicating whether or not the call should continue -- and (2) a table containing all of the statements for the propertyID and relevant Qid -- if "best" ranks are requested, it returns those instead of all non-deprecated ranks ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local parseInput = function(frame, input_parm, property_id) -- There may be a local parameter supplied, if it's blank, set it to nil input_parm = mw.text.trim(input_parm or "") if input_parm == "" then input_parm = nil end -- return nil if Wikidata is not available if not mw.wikibase then return false, input_parm end local args = frame.args -- can take a named parameter |qid which is the Wikidata ID for the article. -- if it's not supplied, use the id for the current page local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end -- if there's no Wikidata item for the current page return nil if not qid then return false, input_parm end -- The blacklist is passed in named parameter |suppressfields local blacklist = args.suppressfields or args.spf or "" -- The whitelist is passed in named parameter |fetchwikidata local whitelist = args.fetchwikidata or args.fwd or "" if whitelist == "" then whitelist = "NONE" end -- The name of the field that this function is called from is passed in named parameter |name local fieldname = args.name or "" if blacklist ~= "" then -- The name is compulsory when blacklist is used, so return nil if it is not supplied if fieldname == "" then return false, nil end -- If this field is on the blacklist, then return nil if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return false, nil end end -- If we got this far then we're not on the blacklist -- The blacklist overrides any locally supplied parameter as well -- If a non-blank input parameter was supplied return it if input_parm then return false, input_parm end -- We can filter out non-valid properties if property_id:sub(1,1):upper() ~="P" or property_id == "P0" then return false, nil end -- Otherwise see if this field is on the whitelist: -- needs a bit more logic because find will return its second value = 0 if fieldname is "" -- but nil if fieldname not found on whitelist local _, found = whitelist:find(fieldname) found = ((found or 0) > 0) if whitelist ~= 'ALL' and (whitelist:upper() == "NONE" or not found) then return false, nil end -- See what's on Wikidata (the call always returns a table, but it may be empty): local props = {} if args.reqranks.b then props = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, property_id) else props = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, property_id) end if props[1] then return qid, props end -- no property on Wikidata return false, nil end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- createicon assembles the "Edit at Wikidata" pen icon. -- It returns a wikitext string inside a span class="penicon" -- if entityID is nil or empty, the ID associated with current page is used -- langcode and propertyID may be nil or empty ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: i18n[]; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local createicon = function(langcode, entityID, propertyID) langcode = langcode or "" if not entityID or entityID == "" then entityID= mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end propertyID = propertyID or "" local icon = "&nbsp;<span class='penicon autoconfirmed-show'>[[" -- "&nbsp;<span data-bridge-edit-flow='overwrite' class='penicon'>[[" -> enable Wikidata Bridge .. i18n["filespace"] .. ":OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg |frameless |text-top |10px |alt=" .. i18n["editonwikidata"] .. "|link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. entityID if langcode ~= "" then icon = icon .. "?uselang=" .. langcode end if propertyID ~= "" then icon = icon .. "#" .. propertyID end icon = icon .. "|" .. i18n["editonwikidata"] .. "]]</span>" return icon end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- assembleoutput takes the sequence table containing the property values -- and formats it according to switches given. It returns a string or nil. -- It uses the entityID (and optionally propertyID) to create a link in the pen icon. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local assembleoutput = function(out, args, entityID, propertyID) -- sorted is a boolean passed to enable sorting of the values returned -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false -- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false local sorted = parseParam(args.sorted, false) -- noicon is a boolean passed to suppress the trailing "edit at Wikidata" icon -- for use when the value is processed further by the infobox -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false -- if "false" or "no" or "0" is passed set it false local noic = parseParam(args.noicon, false) -- list is the name of a template that a list of multiple values is passed through -- examples include "hlist" and "ubl" -- setting it to "prose" produces something like "1, 2, 3, and 4" local list = args.list or "" -- sep is a string that is used to separate multiple returned values -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it to the default -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed -- e.g. |sep=" - " local sepdefault = i18n["list separator"] local separator = args.sep or "" separator = string.gsub(separator, '"', '') if separator == "" then separator = sepdefault end -- collapse is a number that determines the maximum number of returned values -- before the output is collapsed. -- Zero or not a number result in no collapsing (default becomes 0). local collapse = tonumber(args.collapse) or 0 -- replacetext (rt) is a string that is returned instead of any non-empty Wikidata value -- this is useful for tracking and debugging local replacetext = mw.text.trim(args.rt or args.replacetext or "") -- if there's anything to return, then return a list -- comma-separated by default, but may be specified by the sep parameter -- optionally specify a hlist or ubl or a prose list, etc. local strout if #out > 0 then if sorted then table.sort(out) end -- if there's something to display and a pen icon is wanted, add it the end of the last value local hasdisplay = false for i, v in ipairs(out) do if v ~= i18n.missinginfocat then hasdisplay = true break end end if not noic and hasdisplay then out[#out] = out[#out] .. createicon(args.langobj.code, entityID, propertyID) end if list == "" then strout = table.concat(out, separator) elseif list:lower() == "prose" then strout = mw.text.listToText( out ) else strout = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out} end if collapse >0 and #out > collapse then strout = collapsediv .. strout .. "</div>" end else strout = nil -- no items had valid reference end if replacetext ~= "" and strout then strout = replacetext end return strout end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- rendersnak takes a table (propval) containing the information stored on one property value -- and returns the value as a string and its language if monolingual text. -- It handles data of type: -- wikibase-item -- time -- string, url, commonsMedia, external-id -- quantity -- globe-coordinate -- monolingualtext -- It also requires linked, the link/pre/postfixes, uabbr, and the arguments passed from frame. -- The optional filter parameter allows quantities to be be filtered by unit Qid. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam(); labelOrId(); i18n[]; dateFormat(); -- roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); linkedItem(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local rendersnak = function(propval, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter) lpre = lpre or "" lpost = lpost or "" pre = pre or "" post = post or "" args.lang = args.lang or findLang().code -- allow values to display a fixed text instead of label local dtxt = args.displaytext or args.dt if dtxt == "" then dtxt = nil end -- switch to use display of short name (P1813) instead of label local shortname = args.shortname or args.sn shortname = parseParam(shortname, false) local snak = propval.mainsnak or propval local dtype = snak.datatype local dv = snak.datavalue dv = dv and dv.value -- value and monolingual text language code returned local val, mlt if propval.rank and not args.reqranks[propval.rank:sub(1, 1)] then -- val is nil: value has a rank that isn't requested ------------------------------------ elseif snak.snaktype == "somevalue" then -- value is unknown val = i18n["Unknown"] ------------------------------------ elseif snak.snaktype == "novalue" then -- value is none -- val = "No value" -- don't return anything ------------------------------------ elseif dtype == "wikibase-item" then -- data type is a wikibase item: -- it's wiki-linked value, so output as link if enabled and possible local qnumber = dv.id if linked then val = linkedItem(qnumber, args) else -- no link wanted so check for display-text, otherwise test for lang code local label, islabel if dtxt then label = dtxt else label, islabel = labelOrId(qnumber) local langlabel = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qnumber, args.lang) if langlabel then label = mw.text.nowiki( langlabel ) end end val = pre .. label .. post end -- test for link required ------------------------------------ elseif dtype == "time" then -- data type is time: -- time is in timestamp format -- date precision is integer per mediawiki -- output formatting according to preferences (y/dmy/mdy) -- BC format as BC or BCE -- plaindate is passed to disable looking for "sourcing cirumstances" -- or to set the adjectival form -- qualifiers (if any) is a nested table or nil -- lang is given, or user language, or site language -- -- Here we can check whether args.df has a value -- If not, use code from Module:Sandbox/RexxS/Getdateformat to set it from templates like {{Use mdy dates}} val = dateFormat(dv.time, dv.precision, args.df, args.bc, args.pd, propval.qualifiers, args.lang, "", dv.calendarmodel) ------------------------------------ -- data types which are strings: elseif dtype == "commonsMedia" or dtype == "external-id" or dtype == "string" or dtype == "url" then -- commonsMedia or external-id or string or url -- all have mainsnak.datavalue.value as string if (lpre == "" or lpre == ":") and lpost == "" then -- don't link if no linkpre/postfix or linkprefix is just ":" val = pre .. dv .. post elseif dtype == "external-id" then val = "[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. " " .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]" else val = "[[" .. lpre .. dv .. lpost .. "|" .. pre .. dv .. post .. "]]" end -- check for link requested (i.e. either linkprefix or linkpostfix exists) ------------------------------------ -- data types which are quantities: elseif dtype == "quantity" then -- quantities have mainsnak.datavalue.value.amount and mainsnak.datavalue.value.unit -- the unit is of the form http://www.wikidata.org/entity/Q829073 -- -- implement a switch to turn on/off numerical formatting later local fnum = true -- -- a switch to turn on/off conversions - only for en-wiki local conv = parseParam(args.conv or args.convert, false) -- if we have conversions, we won't have formatted numbers or scales if conv then uabbr = true fnum = false args.scale = "0" end -- -- a switch to turn on/off showing units, default is true local showunits = parseParam(args.su or args.showunits, true) -- -- convert amount to a number local amount = tonumber(dv.amount) or i18n["NaN"] -- -- scale factor for millions, billions, etc. local sc = tostring(args.scale or ""):sub(1,1):lower() local scale if sc == "a" then -- automatic scaling if amount > 1e15 then scale = 12 elseif amount > 1e12 then scale = 9 elseif amount > 1e9 then scale = 6 elseif amount > 1e6 then scale = 3 else scale = 0 end else scale = tonumber(args.scale) or 0 if scale < 0 or scale > 12 then scale = 0 end scale = math.floor(scale/3) * 3 end local factor = 10^scale amount = amount / factor -- ranges: local range = "" -- check if upper and/or lower bounds are given and significant local upb = tonumber(dv.upperBound) local lowb = tonumber(dv.lowerBound) if upb and lowb then -- differences rounded to 2 sig fig: local posdif = roundto(upb - amount, 2) / factor local negdif = roundto(amount - lowb, 2) / factor upb, lowb = amount + posdif, amount - negdif -- round scaled numbers to integers or 4 sig fig if (scale > 0 or sc == "a") then if amount < 1e4 then amount = roundto(amount, 4) else amount = math.floor(amount + 0.5) end end if fnum then amount = args.langobj:formatNum( amount ) end if posdif ~= negdif then -- non-symmetrical range = " +" .. posdif .. " -" .. negdif elseif posdif ~= 0 then -- symmetrical and non-zero range = " ±" .. posdif else -- otherwise range is zero, so leave it as "" end else -- round scaled numbers to integers or 4 sig fig if (scale > 0 or sc == "a") then if amount < 1e4 then amount = roundto(amount, 4) else amount = math.floor(amount + 0.5) end end if fnum then amount = args.langobj:formatNum( amount ) end end -- unit names and symbols: -- extract the qid in the form 'Qnnn' from the value.unit url -- and then fetch the label from that - or symbol if unitabbr is true local unit = "" local usep = "" local usym = "" local unitqid = string.match( dv.unit, "(Q%d+)" ) if filter and unitqid ~= filter then return nil end if unitqid and showunits then local uname = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(unitqid, args.lang) or "" if uname ~= "" then usep, unit = " ", uname end if uabbr then -- see if there's a unit symbol (P5061) local unitsymbols = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(unitqid, "P5061") -- construct fallback table, add local lang and multiple languages local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( args.lang ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, args.lang ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, "mul" ) local found = false for idx1, us in ipairs(unitsymbols) do for idx2, fblang in ipairs(fbtbl) do if us.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == fblang then usym = us.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text found = true break end if found then break end end -- loop through fallback table end -- loop through values of P5061 if found then usep, unit = "&nbsp;", usym end end end -- format display: if conv then if range == "" then val = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "cvt", args = {amount, unit}} else val = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "cvt", args = {lowb, "to", upb, unit}} end elseif unit == "$" or unit == "£" then val = unit .. amount .. range .. i18n.multipliers[scale] else val = amount .. range .. i18n.multipliers[scale] .. usep .. unit end ------------------------------------ -- datatypes which are global coordinates: elseif dtype == "globe-coordinate" then -- 'display' parameter defaults to "inline, title" *** unused for now *** -- local disp = args.display or "" -- if disp == "" then disp = "inline, title" end -- -- format parameter switches from deg/min/sec to decimal degrees -- default is deg/min/sec -- decimal degrees needs |format = dec local form = (args.format or ""):lower():sub(1,3) if form ~= "dec" then form = "dms" end -- not needed for now -- -- show parameter allows just the latitude, or just the longitude, or both -- to be returned as a signed decimal, ignoring the format parameter. local show = (args.show or ""):lower() if show ~= "longlat" then show = show:sub(1,3) end -- local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision if show == "lat" then val = decimalPrecision(lat, prec) elseif show == "lon" then val = decimalPrecision(long, prec) elseif show == "longlat" then val = decimalPrecision(long, prec) .. ", " .. decimalPrecision(lat, prec) else local ns = "N" local ew = "E" if lat < 0 then ns = "S" lat = - lat end if long < 0 then ew = "W" long = - long end if form == "dec" then lat = decimalPrecision(lat, prec) long = decimalPrecision(long, prec) val = lat .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. long .. "°" .. ew else local latdeg, latmin, latsec = decimalToDMS(lat, prec) local longdeg, longmin, longsec = decimalToDMS(long, prec) if latsec == 0 and longsec == 0 then if latmin == 0 and longmin == 0 then val = latdeg .. "°" .. ns .. " " .. longdeg .. "°" .. ew else val = latdeg .. "°" .. latmin .. "′" .. ns .. " " val = val .. longdeg .. "°".. longmin .. "′" .. ew end else val = latdeg .. "°" .. latmin .. "′" .. latsec .. "″" .. ns .. " " val = val .. longdeg .. "°" .. longmin .. "′" .. longsec .. "″" .. ew end end end ------------------------------------ elseif dtype == "monolingualtext" then -- data type is Monolingual text: -- has mainsnak.datavalue.value as a table containing language/text pairs -- collect all the values in 'out' and languages in 'mlt' and process them later val = pre .. dv.text .. post mlt = dv.language ------------------------------------ else -- some other data type so write a specific handler val = "unknown data type: " .. dtype end -- of datatype/unknown value/sourced check return val, mlt end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- propertyvalueandquals takes a property object, the arguments passed from frame, -- and a qualifier propertyID. -- It returns a sequence (table) of values representing the values of that property -- and qualifiers that match the qualifierID if supplied. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam(); sourced(); labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date(); -- makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); assembleoutput(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function propertyvalueandquals(objproperty, args, qualID) -- needs this style of declaration because it's re-entrant -- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return only values sourced to other than Wikipedia -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) -- linked is a a boolean that enables the link to a local page via sitelink -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true) -- prefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is prefixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local prefix = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- postfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is postfixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local postfix = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- linkprefix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this creates a link and is then prefixed to each value -- useful when when multiple values are returned and indirect links are needed -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local lprefix = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') -- linkpostfix is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a string of characters -- this is postfixed to each value when linking is enabled with lprefix -- useful when when multiple values are returned -- any double-quotes " are stripped out, so that spaces may be passed local lpostfix = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '') -- wdlinks is a boolean passed to enable links to Wikidata when no article exists -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local wdl = parseParam(args.wdlinks or args.wdl, false) -- unitabbr is a boolean passed to enable unit abbreviations for common units -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local uabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr or args.uabbr, false) -- qualsonly is a boolean passed to return just the qualifiers -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it false local qualsonly = parseParam(args.qualsonly or args.qo, false) -- maxvals is a string that may be nil, empty (""), or a number -- this determines how many items may be returned when multiple values are available -- setting it = 1 is useful where the returned string is used within another call, e.g. image local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 -- pd (plain date) is a string: yes/true/1 | no/false/0 | adj -- to disable/enable "sourcing cirumstances" or use adjectival form for the plain date local pd = args.plaindate or args.pd or "no" args.pd = pd -- allow qualifiers to have a different date format; default to year unless qualsonly is set args.qdf = args.qdf or args.qualifierdateformat or args.df or (not qualsonly and "y") local lang = args.lang or findLang().code -- qualID is a string list of wanted qualifiers or "ALL" qualID = qualID or "" -- capitalise list of wanted qualifiers and substitute "DATES" qualID = qualID:upper():gsub("DATES", "P580, P582") local allflag = (qualID == "ALL") -- create table of wanted qualifiers as key local qwanted = {} -- create sequence of wanted qualifiers local qorder = {} for q in mw.text.gsplit(qualID, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate local qtrim = mw.text.trim(q) if qtrim ~= "" then qwanted[mw.text.trim(q)] = true qorder[#qorder+1] = qtrim end end -- qsep is the output separator for rendering qualifier list local qsep = (args.qsep or ""):gsub('"', '') -- qargs are the arguments to supply to assembleoutput() local qargs = { ["osd"] = "false", ["linked"] = tostring(linked), ["prefix"] = args.qprefix, ["postfix"] = args.qpostfix, ["linkprefix"] = args.qlinkprefix or args.qlp, ["linkpostfix"] = args.qlinkpostfix, ["wdl"] = "false", ["unitabbr"] = tostring(uabbr), ["maxvals"] = 0, ["sorted"] = tostring(args.qsorted), ["noicon"] = "true", ["list"] = args.qlist, ["sep"] = qsep, ["langobj"] = args.langobj, ["lang"] = args.langobj.code, ["df"] = args.qdf, ["sn"] = parseParam(args.qsn or args.qshortname, false), } -- all proper values of a Wikidata property will be the same type as the first -- qualifiers don't have a mainsnak, properties do local datatype = objproperty[1].datatype or objproperty[1].mainsnak.datatype -- out[] holds the a list of returned values for this property -- mlt[] holds the language code if the datatype is monolingual text local out = {} local mlt = {} for k, v in ipairs(objproperty) do local hasvalue = true if (onlysrc and not sourced(v)) then -- no value: it isn't sourced when onlysourced=true hasvalue = false else local val, lcode = rendersnak(v, args, linked, lprefix, lpostfix, prefix, postfix, uabbr) if not val then hasvalue = false -- rank doesn't match elseif qualsonly and qualID then -- suppress value returned: only qualifiers are requested else out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = val, lcode end end -- See if qualifiers are to be returned: local snak = v.mainsnak or v if hasvalue and v.qualifiers and qualID ~= "" and snak.snaktype~="novalue" then -- collect all wanted qualifier values returned in qlist, indexed by propertyID local qlist = {} local timestart, timeend = "", "" -- loop through qualifiers for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do if allflag or qwanted[k1] then if k1 == "P1326" then local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qdf, args.bc, pd, "", lang, "before") elseif k1 == "P1319" then local ts = v1[1].datavalue.value.time local dp = v1[1].datavalue.value.precision qlist[k1] = dateFormat(ts, dp, args.qdf, args.bc, pd, "", lang, "after") elseif k1 == "P580" then timestart = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one start time as valid elseif k1 == "P582" then timeend = propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs)[1] or "" -- treat only one end time as valid else local q = assembleoutput(propertyvalueandquals(v1, qargs), qargs) -- we already deal with circa via 'sourcing circumstances' if the datatype was time -- circa may be either linked or unlinked *** internationalise later *** if datatype ~= "time" or q ~= "circa" and not (type(q) == "string" and q:find("circa]]")) then qlist[k1] = q end end end -- of test for wanted end -- of loop through qualifiers -- set date separator local t = timestart .. timeend -- *** internationalise date separators later *** local dsep = "&ndash;" if t:find("%s") or t:find("&nbsp;") then dsep = " &ndash; " end -- set the order for the list of qualifiers returned; start time and end time go last if next(qlist) then local qlistout = {} if allflag then for k2, v2 in pairs(qlist) do qlistout[#qlistout+1] = v2 end else for i2, v2 in ipairs(qorder) do qlistout[#qlistout+1] = qlist[v2] end end if t ~= "" then qlistout[#qlistout+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend end local qstr = assembleoutput(qlistout, qargs) if qualsonly then out[#out+1] = qstr else out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. qstr .. ")" end elseif t ~= "" then if qualsonly then if timestart == "" then out[#out+1] = timeend elseif timeend == "" then out[#out+1] = timestart else out[#out+1] = timestart .. dsep .. timeend end else out[#out] = out[#out] .. " (" .. timestart .. dsep .. timeend .. ")" end end end -- of test for qualifiers wanted if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of for each value loop -- we need to pick one value to return if the datatype was "monolingualtext" -- if there's only one value, use that -- otherwise look through the fallback languages for a match if datatype == "monolingualtext" and #out >1 then lang = mw.text.split( lang, '-', true )[1] local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( lang ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, lang ) local bestval = "" local found = false for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then bestval = out[idx2] found = true break end end -- loop through values of property end -- loop through fallback languages if found then -- replace output table with a table containing the best value out = { bestval } else -- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages -- sod it, just give them the first one out = { out[1] } end end return out end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Common code for p.getValueByQual and p.getValueByLang ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getvaluebyqual = function(frame, qualID, checkvalue) -- The property ID that will have a qualifier is the first unnamed parameter local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") if propertyID == "" then return "no property supplied" end if qualID == "" then return "no qualifier supplied" end -- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return property values -- only when property values are sourced to something other than Wikipedia -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true -- if "false" or "no" or 0 is passed set it false local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true) -- set the requested ranks flags frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) -- set a language object and code in the frame.args table frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code local args = frame.args -- check for locally supplied parameter in second unnamed parameter -- success means no local parameter and the property exists local qid, props = parseInput(frame, args[2], propertyID) local linked = parseParam(args.linked, true) local lpre = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') local lpost = (args.linkpostfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local pre = (args.prefix or ""):gsub('"', '') local post = (args.postfix or ""):gsub('"', '') local uabbr = parseParam(args.unitabbr or args.uabbr, false) local filter = (args.unit or ""):upper() local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 if filter == "" then filter = nil end if qid then local out = {} -- Scan through the values of the property -- we want something like property is "pronunciation audio (P443)" in propertyID -- with a qualifier like "language of work or name (P407)" in qualID -- whose value has the required ID, like "British English (Q7979)", in qval for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do if v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then -- check if it has the right qualifier local v1q = v1.qualifiers if v1q and v1q[qualID] then if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then -- if we've got this far, we have a (sourced) claim with qualifiers -- so see if matches the required value -- We'll only deal with wikibase-items and strings for now if v1q[qualID][1].datatype == "wikibase-item" then if checkvalue(v1q[qualID][1].datavalue.value.id) then out[#out + 1] = rendersnak(v1, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter) end elseif v1q[qualID][1].datatype == "string" then if checkvalue(v1q[qualID][1].datavalue.value) then out[#out + 1] = rendersnak(v1, args, linked, lpre, lpost, pre, post, uabbr, filter) end end end -- of check for sourced end -- of check for matching required value and has qualifiers else return nil end -- of check for string if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of loop through values of propertyID return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID) else return props -- either local parameter or nothing end -- of test for success return nil end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _location takes Q-id and follows P276 (location) -- or P131 (located in the administrative territorial entity) or P706 (located on terrain feature) -- from the initial item to higher level territories/locations until it reaches the highest. -- An optional boolean, 'first', determines whether the first item is returned (default: false). -- An optional boolean 'skip' toggles the display to skip to the last item (default: false). -- It returns a table containing the locations - linked where possible, except for the highest. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang(); labelOrId(); linkedItem ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _location = function(qid, first, skip) first = parseParam(first, false) skip = parseParam(skip, false) local locs = {"P276", "P131", "P706"} local out = {} local langcode = findLang():getCode() local finished = false local count = 0 local prevqid = "Q0" repeat local prop for i1, v1 in ipairs(locs) do local proptbl = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, v1) if #proptbl > 1 then -- there is more than one higher location local prevP131, prevP131id if prevqid ~= "Q0" then prevP131 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(prevqid, "P131")[1] prevP131id = prevP131 and prevP131.mainsnak.datavalue and prevP131.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id end for i2, v2 in ipairs(proptbl) do local parttbl = v2.qualifiers and v2.qualifiers.P518 if parttbl then -- this higher location has qualifier 'applies to part' (P518) for i3, v3 in ipairs(parttbl) do if v3.snaktype == "value" and v3.datavalue.value.id == prevqid then -- it has a value equal to the previous location prop = proptbl[i2] break end -- of test for matching last location end -- of loop through values of 'applies to part' else -- there's no qualifier 'applies to part' (P518) -- so check if the previous location had a P131 that matches this alternate if qid == prevP131id then prop = proptbl[i2] break end -- of test for matching previous P131 end end -- of loop through parent locations -- fallback to second value if match not found prop = prop or proptbl[2] elseif #proptbl > 0 then prop = proptbl[1] end if prop then break end end -- check if it's an instance of (P31) a country (Q6256) or sovereign state (Q3624078) -- and terminate the chain if it is local inst = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, "P31") if #inst > 0 then for k, v in ipairs(inst) do local instid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id -- stop if it's a country (or a country within the United Kingdom if skip is true) if instid == "Q6256" or instid == "Q3624078" or (skip and instid == "Q3336843") then prop = nil -- this will ensure this is treated as top-level location break end end end -- get the name of this location and update qid to point to the parent location if prop and prop.mainsnak.datavalue then if not skip or count == 0 then local args = { lprefix = ":" } out[#out+1] = linkedItem(qid, args) -- get a linked value if we can end qid, prevqid = prop.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id, qid else -- This is top-level location, so get short name except when this is the first item -- Use full label if there's no short name or this is the first item local prop1813 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid, "P1813") -- if there's a short name and this isn't the only item if prop1813[1] and (#out > 0)then local shortname -- short name is monolingual text, so look for match to the local language -- choose the shortest 'short name' in that language for k, v in pairs(prop1813) do if v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.language == langcode then local name = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.text if (not shortname) or (#name < #shortname) then shortname = name end end end -- add the shortname if one is found, fallback to the label -- but skip it if it's "USA" if shortname ~= "USA" then out[#out+1] = shortname or labelOrId(qid) else if skip then out[#out+1] = "US" end end else -- no shortname, so just add the label local loc = labelOrId(qid) -- exceptions go here: if loc == "United States of America" then out[#out+1] = "United States" else out[#out+1] = loc end end finished = true end count = count + 1 until finished or count >= 10 -- limit to 10 levels to avoid infinite loops -- remove the first location if not required if not first then table.remove(out, 1) end -- we might have duplicate text for consecutive locations, so remove them if #out > 2 then local plain = {} for i, v in ipairs(out) do -- strip any links plain[i] = v:gsub("^%[%[[^|]*|", ""):gsub("]]$", "") end local idx = 2 repeat if plain[idx] == plain[idx-1] then -- duplicate found local removeidx = 0 if (plain[idx] ~= out[idx]) and (plain[idx-1] == out[idx-1]) then -- only second one is linked, so drop the first removeidx = idx - 1 elseif (plain[idx] == out[idx]) and (plain[idx-1] ~= out[idx-1]) then -- only first one is linked, so drop the second removeidx = idx else -- pick one removeidx = idx - (os.time()%2) end table.remove(out, removeidx) table.remove(plain, removeidx) else idx = idx +1 end until idx >= #out end return out end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getsumofparts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list. -- The list (args.vlist) consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation. -- If the matched values have a qualifer 'quantity' (P1114), those quantites are summed. -- The sum is returned as a number (i.e. 0 if none) -- a table of arguments is supplied implementing the usual parameters. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: setRanks; parseParam; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local _getsumofparts = function(args) local vallist = (args.vlist or ""):upper() if vallist == "" then return end args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) local f = {} f.args = args local qid, props = parseInput(f, "", "P527") if not qid then return 0 end local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local sum = 0 for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do if (onlysrc == false or sourced(v1)) and v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and v1.mainsnak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" and vallist:match( v1.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id ) and v1.qualifiers then local quals = v1.qualifiers["P1114"] if quals then for k2, v2 in ipairs(quals) do sum = sum + v2.datavalue.value.amount end end end end return sum end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Public functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- _getValue makes the functionality of getValue available to other modules ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced; -- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p._getValue = function(args) -- parameter sets for commonly used groups of parameters local paraset = tonumber(args.ps or args.parameterset or 0) if paraset == 1 then -- a common setting args.rank = "best" args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" args.onlysourced = "no" args.noicon = "true" elseif paraset == 2 then -- equivalent to raw args.rank = "best" args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" args.onlysourced = "no" args.noicon = "true" args.linked = "no" args.pd = "true" elseif paraset == 3 then -- third set goes here end -- implement eid parameter local eid = args.eid if eid == "" then return nil elseif eid then args.qid = eid end local propertyID = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) -- replacetext (rt) is a string that is returned instead of any non-empty Wikidata value -- this is useful for tracking and debugging, so we set fetchwikidata=ALL to fill the whitelist local replacetext = mw.text.trim(args.rt or args.replacetext or "") if replacetext ~= "" then args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" end local f = {} f.args = args local entityid, props = parseInput(f, f.args[2], propertyID) if not entityid then return props -- either the input parameter or nothing end -- qual is a string containing the property ID of the qualifier(s) to be returned -- if qual == "ALL" then all qualifiers returned -- if qual == "DATES" then qualifiers P580 (start time) and P582 (end time) returned -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it nil -> no qualifiers returned local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end -- set a language object and code in the args table args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code -- table 'out' stores the return value(s): local out = propertyvalueandquals(props, args, qualID) -- format the table of values and return it as a string: return assembleoutput(out, args, entityid, propertyID) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getValue is used to get the value(s) of a property -- The property ID is passed as the first unnamed parameter and is required. -- A locally supplied parameter may optionaly be supplied as the second unnamed parameter. -- The function will now also return qualifiers if parameter qual is supplied ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; parseParam; sourced; -- labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getValue = function(frame) local args= frame.args if not args[1] then args = frame:getParent().args if not args[1] then return i18n.errors["No property supplied"] end end return p._getValue(args) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getPreferredValue is used to get a value, -- (or a comma separated list of them if multiple values exist). -- If preferred ranks are set, it will return those values, otherwise values with normal ranks -- now redundant to getValue with |rank=best ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: p.getValue; setRanks; parseInput; propertyvalueandquals; assembleoutput; -- parseParam; sourced; labelOrId; i18n.latestdatequalifier; format_Date; -- makeOrdinal; roundto; decimalPrecision; decimalToDMS; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getPreferredValue = function(frame) frame.args.rank = "best" return p.getValue(frame) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getCoords is used to get coordinates for display in an infobox -- whitelist and blacklist are implemented -- optional 'display' parameter is allowed, defaults to nil - was "inline, title" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: setRanks(); parseInput(); decimalPrecision(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getCoords = function(frame) local propertyID = "P625" -- if there is a 'display' parameter supplied, use it -- otherwise default to nothing local disp = frame.args.display or "" if disp == "" then disp = nil -- default to not supplying display parameter, was "inline, title" end -- there may be a format parameter to switch from deg/min/sec to decimal degrees -- default is deg/min/sec -- decimal degrees needs |format = dec local form = (frame.args.format or ""):lower():sub(1,3) if form ~= "dec" then form = "dms" end -- just deal with best values frame.args.reqranks = setRanks("best") local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[1], propertyID) if not qid then return props -- either local parameter or nothing else local dv = props[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value local lat, long, prec = dv.latitude, dv.longitude, dv.precision lat = decimalPrecision(lat, prec) long = decimalPrecision(long, prec) local lat_long = { lat, long } lat_long["display"] = disp lat_long["format"] = form -- invoke template Coord with the values stored in the table return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'coord', args = lat_long} end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getQualifierValue is used to get a formatted value of a qualifier -- -- The call needs: a property (the unnamed parameter or 1=) -- a target value for that property (pval=) -- a qualifier for that target value (qual=) -- The usual whitelisting and blacklisting of the property is implemented -- The boolean onlysourced= parameter can be set to return nothing -- when the property is unsourced (or only sourced to Wikipedia) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam(); setRanks(); parseInput(); sourced(); -- propertyvalueandquals(); assembleoutput(); -- labelOrId(); i18n.latestdatequalifier(); format_Date(); -- findLang(); makeOrdinal(); roundto(); decimalPrecision(); decimalToDMS(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getQualifierValue = function(frame) -- The property ID that will have a qualifier is the first unnamed parameter local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") -- The value of the property we want to match whose qualifier value is to be returned -- is passed in named parameter |pval= local propvalue = frame.args.pval -- The property ID of the qualifier -- whose value is to be returned is passed in named parameter |qual= local qualifierID = frame.args.qual -- A filter can be set like this: filter=P642==Q22674854 local filter, fprop, fval local ftable = mw.text.split(frame.args.filter or "", "==") if ftable[2] then fprop = mw.text.trim(ftable[1]) fval = mw.text.trim(ftable[2]) filter = true end -- onlysourced is a boolean passed to return qualifiers -- only when property values are sourced to something other than Wikipedia -- if nothing or an empty string is passed set it true -- if "false" or "no" or 0 is passed set it false local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true) -- set a language object and language code in the frame.args table frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code -- set the requested ranks flags frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) -- check for locally supplied parameter in second unnamed parameter -- success means no local parameter and the property exists local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[2], propertyID) if qid then local out = {} -- Scan through the values of the property -- we want something like property is P793, significant event (in propertyID) -- whose value is something like Q385378, construction (in propvalue) -- then we can return the value(s) of a qualifier such as P580, start time (in qualifierID) for k1, v1 in pairs(props) do if v1.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and v1.mainsnak.datavalue.type == "wikibase-entityid" then -- It's a wiki-linked value, so check if it's the target (in propvalue) and if it has qualifiers if v1.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == propvalue and v1.qualifiers then if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then -- if we've got this far, we have a (sourced) claim with qualifiers -- which matches the target, so apply the filter and find the value(s) of the qualifier we want if not filter or (v1.qualifiers[fprop] and v1.qualifiers[fprop][1].datavalue.value.id == fval) then local quals = v1.qualifiers[qualifierID] if quals then -- can't reference qualifer, so set onlysourced = "no" (args are strings, not boolean) local qargs = frame.args qargs.onlysourced = "no" local vals = propertyvalueandquals(quals, qargs, qid) for k, v in ipairs(vals) do out[#out + 1] = v end end end end -- of check for sourced end -- of check for matching required value and has qualifiers end -- of check for wikibase entity end -- of loop through values of propertyID return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID) else return props -- either local parameter or nothing end -- of test for success return nil end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getSumOfParts scans the property 'has part' (P527) for values matching a list. -- The list is passed in parameter vlist. -- It consists of a string of Qids separated by spaces or any usual punctuation. -- If the matched values have a qualifier 'quantity' (P1114), those quantities are summed. -- The sum is returned as a number or nothing if zero. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getsumofparts; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getSumOfParts = function(frame) local sum = _getsumofparts(frame.args) if sum == 0 then return end return sum end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getValueByQual gets the value of a property which has a qualifier with a given entity value -- The call needs: -- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx) -- the ID of a qualifier for that property (qualID=Pyyy) -- either the Wikibase-entity ID of a value for that qualifier (qvalue=Qzzz) -- or a string value for that qualifier (qvalue=abc123) -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; -- assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getValueByQual = function(frame) local qualID = frame.args.qualID -- The Q-id of the value for the qualifier we want to match is in named parameter |qvalue= local qval = frame.args.qvalue or "" if qval == "" then return "no qualifier value supplied" end local function checkQID(id) return id == qval end return _getvaluebyqual(frame, qualID, checkQID) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getValueByLang gets the value of a property which has a qualifier P407 -- ("language of work or name") whose value has the given language code -- The call needs: -- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx) -- the MediaWiki language code to match the language (lang=xx[-yy]) -- (if no code is supplied, it uses the default language) -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getvaluebyqual; parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getValueByLang = function(frame) -- The language code for the qualifier we want to match is in named parameter |lang= local langcode = findLang(frame.args.lang).code local function checkLanguage(id) -- id should represent a language like "British English (Q7979)" -- it should have string property "Wikimedia language code (P424)" -- qlcode will be a table: local qlcode = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(id, "P424") if (#qlcode > 0) and (qlcode[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value == langcode) then return true end end return _getvaluebyqual(frame, "P407", checkLanguage) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getValueByRefSource gets the value of a property which has a reference "stated in" (P248) -- whose value has the given entity-ID. -- The call needs: -- a property ID (the unnamed parameter or 1=Pxxx) -- the entity ID of a value to match where the reference is stated in (match=Qzzz) -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getValueByRefSource = function(frame) -- The property ID that we want to check is the first unnamed parameter local propertyID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or ""):upper() if propertyID == "" then return "no property supplied" end -- The Q-id of the value we want to match is in named parameter |qvalue= local qval = (frame.args.match or ""):upper() if qval == "" then qval = "Q21540096" end local unit = (frame.args.unit or ""):upper() if unit == "" then unit = "Q4917" end local onlysrc = parseParam(frame.args.onlysourced or frame.args.osd, true) -- set the requested ranks flags frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) -- set a language object and code in the frame.args table frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code local linked = parseParam(frame.args.linked, true) local uabbr = parseParam(frame.args.uabbr or frame.args.unitabbr, false) -- qid not nil means no local parameter and the property exists local qid, props = parseInput(frame, frame.args[2], propertyID) if qid then local out = {} local mlt= {} for k1, v1 in ipairs(props) do if onlysrc == false or sourced(v1) then if v1.references then for k2, v2 in ipairs(v1.references) do if v2.snaks.P248 then for k3, v3 in ipairs(v2.snaks.P248) do if v3.datavalue.value.id == qval then out[#out+1], mlt[#out+1] = rendersnak(v1, frame.args, linked, "", "", "", "", uabbr, unit) if not mlt[#out] then -- we only need one match per property value -- unless datatype was monolingual text break end end -- of test for match end -- of loop through values "stated in" end -- of test that "stated in" exists end -- of loop through references end -- of test that references exist end -- of test for sourced end -- of loop through values of propertyID if #mlt > 0 then local langcode = frame.args.lang langcode = mw.text.split( langcode, '-', true )[1] local fbtbl = mw.language.getFallbacksFor( langcode ) table.insert( fbtbl, 1, langcode ) local bestval = "" local found = false for idx1, lang1 in ipairs(fbtbl) do for idx2, lang2 in ipairs(mlt) do if (lang1 == lang2) and not found then bestval = out[idx2] found = true break end end -- loop through values of property end -- loop through fallback languages if found then -- replace output table with a table containing the best value out = { bestval } else -- more than one value and none of them on the list of fallback languages -- sod it, just give them the first one out = { out[1] } end end return assembleoutput(out, frame.args, qid, propertyID) else return props -- no property or local parameter supplied end -- of test for success end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getPropertyIDs takes most of the usual parameters. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented. -- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity. -- Otherwise it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p._getPropertyIDs = function(args) args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code -- change default for noicon to true args.noicon = tostring(parseParam(args.noicon or "", true)) local f = {} f.args = args local pid = mw.text.trim(args[1] or ""):upper() -- get the qid and table of claims for the property, or nothing and the local value passed local qid, props = parseInput(f, args[2], pid) if not qid then return props end if not props[1] then return nil end local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 local out = {} for i, v in ipairs(props) do local snak = v.mainsnak if ( snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" ) and ( v.rank and args.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)] ) and ( snak.snaktype == "value" ) and ( sourced(v) or not onlysrc ) then out[#out+1] = snak.datavalue.value.id end if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid) end p.getPropertyIDs = function(frame) local args = frame.args return p._getPropertyIDs(args) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getQualifierIDs takes most of the usual parameters. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented. -- It takes a property-id as the first unnamed parameter, and an optional parameter qlist -- which is a list of qualifier property-ids to search for (default is "ALL") -- It returns the Entity-IDs (Qids) of the values of a property if it is a Wikibase-Entity. -- Otherwise it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getQualifierIDs = function(frame) local args = frame.args args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code -- change default for noicon to true args.noicon = tostring(parseParam(args.noicon or "", true)) local f = {} f.args = args local pid = mw.text.trim(args[1] or ""):upper() -- get the qid and table of claims for the property, or nothing and the local value passed local qid, props = parseInput(f, args[2], pid) if not qid then return props end if not props[1] then return nil end -- get the other parameters local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 local qlist = args.qlist or "" if qlist == "" then qlist = "ALL" end qlist = qlist:gsub("[%p%s]+", " ") .. " " local out = {} for i, v in ipairs(props) do local snak = v.mainsnak if ( v.rank and args.reqranks[v.rank:sub(1, 1)] ) and ( snak.snaktype == "value" ) and ( sourced(v) or not onlysrc ) then if v.qualifiers then for k1, v1 in pairs(v.qualifiers) do if qlist == "ALL " or qlist:match(k1 .. " ") then for i2, v2 in ipairs(v1) do if v2.datatype == "wikibase-item" and v2.snaktype == "value" then out[#out+1] = v2.datavalue.value.id end -- of test that id exists end -- of loop through qualifier values end -- of test for kq in qlist end -- of loop through qualifiers end -- of test for qualifiers end -- of test for rank value, sourced, and value exists if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of loop through property values return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getPropOfProp takes two propertyIDs: prop1 and prop2 (as well as the usual parameters) -- If the value(s) of prop1 are of type "wikibase-item" then it returns the value(s) of prop2 -- of each of those wikibase-items. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p._getPropOfProp = function(args) -- parameter sets for commonly used groups of parameters local paraset = tonumber(args.ps or args.parameterset or 0) if paraset == 1 then -- a common setting args.rank = "best" args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" args.onlysourced = "no" args.noicon = "true" elseif paraset == 2 then -- equivalent to raw args.rank = "best" args.fetchwikidata = "ALL" args.onlysourced = "no" args.noicon = "true" args.linked = "no" args.pd = "true" elseif paraset == 3 then -- third set goes here end args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code local pid1 = args.prop1 or args.pid1 or "" local pid2 = args.prop2 or args.pid2 or "" if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end local f = {} f.args = args local qid1, statements1 = parseInput(f, args[1], pid1) -- parseInput nulls empty args[1] and returns args[1] if nothing on Wikidata if not qid1 then return statements1 end -- otherwise it returns the qid and a table for the statement local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end local out = {} for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then local snak = v.mainsnak if snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" and snak.snaktype == "value" then local qid2 = snak.datavalue.value.id local statements2 = {} if args.reqranks.b then statements2 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid2, pid2) else statements2 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid2, pid2) end if statements2[1] then local out2 = propertyvalueandquals(statements2, args, qualID) out[#out+1] = assembleoutput(out2, args, qid2, pid2) end end -- of test for valid property1 value end -- of test for sourced if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of loop through values of property1 return assembleoutput(out, args, qid1, pid1) end p.getPropOfProp = function(frame) local args= frame.args if not args.prop1 and not args.pid1 then args = frame:getParent().args if not args.prop1 and not args.pid1 then return i18n.errors["No property supplied"] end end return p._getPropOfProp(args) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAwardCat takes most of the usual parameters. If the item has values of P166 (award received), -- then it examines each of those awards for P2517 (category for recipients of this award). -- If it exists, it returns the corresponding category, -- with the item's P734 (family name) as sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name. -- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk). -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAwardCat = function(frame) frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code local args = frame.args args.sep = " " local pid1 = args.prop1 or "P166" local pid2 = args.prop2 or "P2517" if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end -- locally supplied value: local localval = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") local qid1, statements1 = parseInput(frame, localval, pid1) if not qid1 then return localval end -- linkprefix (strip quotes) local lp = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') -- sort key (strip quotes, hyphens and periods): local sk = (args.sortkey or args.sk or ""):gsub('["-.]', '') -- family name: local famname = "" if sk == "" then local p734 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid1, "P734")[1] local p734id = p734 and p734.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and p734.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id or "" famname = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(p734id) or "" -- strip namespace and disambigation local pos = famname:find(":") or 0 famname = famname:sub(pos+1):gsub("%s%(.+%)$", "") if famname == "" then local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabel(p734id) famname = lbl and mw.text.nowiki(lbl) or "" end end local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 local qualID = mw.text.trim(args.qual or ""):upper() if qualID == "" then qualID = nil end local out = {} for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then local snak = v.mainsnak if snak.datatype == "wikibase-item" and snak.snaktype == "value" then local qid2 = snak.datavalue.value.id local statements2 = {} if args.reqranks.b then statements2 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid2, pid2) else statements2 = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements(qid2, pid2) end if statements2[1] and statements2[1].mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then local qid3 = statements2[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(qid3) -- if there's no local sitelink, create the sitelink from English label if not sitelink then local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(qid3, "en") if lbl then if lbl:sub(1,9) == "Category:" then sitelink = mw.text.nowiki(lbl) else sitelink = "Category:" .. mw.text.nowiki(lbl) end end end if sitelink then if sk ~= "" then out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "|" .. sk .. "]]" elseif famname ~= "" then out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "|" .. famname .. "]]" else out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. sitelink .. "]]" end -- of check for sort keys end -- of test for sitelink end -- of test for category end -- of test for wikibase item has a value end -- of test for sourced if maxvals > 0 and #out >= maxvals then break end end -- of loop through values of property1 return assembleoutput(out, args, qid1, pid1) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getIntersectCat takes most of the usual parameters. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented -- It takes two properties, |prop1 and |prop2 (e.g. occupation and country of citizenship) -- Each property's value is a wiki-base entity -- For each value of the first parameter (ranks implemented) it fetches the value's main category -- and then each value of the second parameter (possibly substituting a simpler description) -- then it returns all of the categories representing the intersection of those properties, -- (e.g. Category:Actors from Canada). A joining term may be supplied (e.g. |join=from). -- The item's P734 (family name) is the sort key, or no sort key if there is no family name. -- The sort key may be overridden by the parameter |sortkey (alias |sk). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; propertyvalueandquals assembleoutput; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getIntersectCat = function(frame) frame.args.reqranks = setRanks(frame.args.rank) frame.args.langobj = findLang(frame.args.lang) frame.args.lang = frame.args.langobj.code local args = frame.args args.sep = " " args.linked = "no" local pid1 = args.prop1 or "P106" local pid2 = args.prop2 or "P27" if pid1 == "" or pid2 == "" then return nil end local qid, statements1 = parseInput(frame, "", pid1) if not qid then return nil end local qid, statements2 = parseInput(frame, "", pid2) if not qid then return nil end -- topics like countries may have different names in categories from their label in Wikidata local subs_exists, subs = pcall(mw.loadData, "Module:WikidataIB/subs") local join = args.join or "" local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local maxvals = tonumber(args.maxvals) or 0 -- linkprefix (strip quotes) local lp = (args.linkprefix or args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') -- sort key (strip quotes, hyphens and periods): local sk = (args.sortkey or args.sk or ""):gsub('["-.]', '') -- family name: local famname = "" if sk == "" then local p734 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P734")[1] local p734id = p734 and p734.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" and p734.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id or "" famname = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(p734id) or "" -- strip namespace and disambigation local pos = famname:find(":") or 0 famname = famname:sub(pos+1):gsub("%s%(.+%)$", "") if famname == "" then local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabel(p734id) famname = lbl and mw.text.nowiki(lbl) or "" end end local cat1 = {} for k, v in ipairs(statements1) do if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then -- get the ID representing the value of the property local pvalID = (v.mainsnak.snaktype == "value") and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if pvalID then -- get the topic's main category (P910) for that entity local p910 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(pvalID, "P910")[1] if p910 and p910.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then local tmcID = p910.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id -- use sitelink or the English label for the cat local cat = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(tmcID) if not cat then local lbl = mw.wikibase.getLabelByLang(tmcID, "en") if lbl then if lbl:sub(1,9) == "Category:" then cat = mw.text.nowiki(lbl) else cat = "Category:" .. mw.text.nowiki(lbl) end end end cat1[#cat1+1] = cat end -- of test for topic's main category exists end -- of test for property has vaild value end -- of test for sourced if maxvals > 0 and #cat1 >= maxvals then break end end local cat2 = {} for k, v in ipairs(statements2) do if not onlysrc or sourced(v) then local cat = rendersnak(v, args) if subs[cat] then cat = subs[cat] end cat2[#cat2+1] = cat end if maxvals > 0 and #cat2 >= maxvals then break end end local out = {} for k1, v1 in ipairs(cat1) do for k2, v2 in ipairs(cat2) do if sk ~= "" then out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "|" .. sk .. "]]" elseif famname ~= "" then out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "|" .. famname .. "]]" else out[#out+1] = "[[" .. lp .. v1 .. " " .. join .. " " .. v2 .. "]]" end -- of check for sort keys end end args.noicon = "true" return assembleoutput(out, args, qid, pid1) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- qualsToTable takes most of the usual parameters. -- The usual whitelisting, blacklisting, onlysourced, etc. are implemented. -- A qid may be given, and the first unnamed parameter is the property ID, which is of type wikibase item. -- It takes a list of qualifier property IDs as |quals= -- For a given qid and property, it creates the rows of an html table, -- each row being a value of the property (optionally only if the property matches the value in |pval= ) -- each cell being the first value of the qualifier corresponding to the list in |quals ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; setRanks; parseInput; sourced; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.qualsToTable = function(frame) local args = frame.args local quals = args.quals or "" if quals == "" then return "" end args.reqranks = setRanks(args.rank) local propertyID = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") local f = {} f.args = args local entityid, props = parseInput(f, "", propertyID) if not entityid then return "" end args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) args.lang = args.langobj.code local pval = args.pval or "" local qplist = mw.text.split(quals, "%p") -- split at punctuation and make a sequential table for i, v in ipairs(qplist) do qplist[i] = mw.text.trim(v):upper() -- remove whitespace and capitalise end local col1 = args.firstcol or "" if col1 ~= "" then col1 = col1 .. "</td><td>" end local emptycell = args.emptycell or "&nbsp;" -- construct a 2-D array of qualifier values in qvals local qvals = {} for i, v in ipairs(props) do local skip = false if pval ~= "" then local pid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if pid ~= pval then skip = true end end if not skip then local qval = {} local vqualifiers = v.qualifiers or {} -- go through list of wanted qualifier properties for i1, v1 in ipairs(qplist) do -- check for that property ID in the statement's qualifiers local qv, qtype if vqualifiers[v1] then qtype = vqualifiers[v1][1].datatype if qtype == "time" then if vqualifiers[v1][1].snaktype == "value" then qv = mw.wikibase.renderSnak(vqualifiers[v1][1]) qv = frame:expandTemplate{title="dts", args={qv}} else qv = "?" end elseif qtype == "url" then if vqualifiers[v1][1].snaktype == "value" then qv = mw.wikibase.renderSnak(vqualifiers[v1][1]) local display = mw.ustring.match( mw.uri.decode(qv, "WIKI"), "([%w ]+)$" ) if display then qv = "[" .. qv .. " " .. display .. "]" end end else qv = mw.wikibase.formatValue(vqualifiers[v1][1]) end end -- record either the value or a placeholder qval[i1] = qv or emptycell end -- of loop through list of qualifiers -- add the list of qualifier values as a "row" in the main list qvals[#qvals+1] = qval end end -- of for each value loop local out = {} for i, v in ipairs(qvals) do out[i] = "<tr><td>" .. col1 .. table.concat(qvals[i], "</td><td>") .. "</td></tr>" end return table.concat(out, "\n") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getGlobe takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- otherwise it uses the linked item for the current page. -- If returns the Qid of the globe used in P625 (coordinate location), -- or nil if there isn't one. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getGlobe = function(frame) local qid = frame.args.qid or frame.args[1] or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end local coords = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P625")[1] local globeid if coords and coords.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then globeid = coords.mainsnak.datavalue.value.globe:match("(Q%d+)") end return globeid end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getCommonsLink takes an optional qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- It returns one of the following in order of preference: -- the Commons sitelink of the linked Wikidata item; -- the Commons sitelink of the topic's main category of the linked Wikidata item; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getCommonslink(); _getSitelink(); parseParam() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getCommonsLink = function(frame) local oc = frame.args.onlycat or frame.args.onlycategories local fb = parseParam(frame.args.fallback or frame.args.fb, true) return _getCommonslink(frame.args.qid, oc, fb) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getSitelink takes the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- It takes an optional parameter |wiki= to determine which wiki is to be checked for a sitelink -- If the parameter is blank, then it uses the local wiki. -- If there is a sitelink to an article available, it returns the plain text link to the article -- If there is no sitelink, it returns nil. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getSiteLink = function(frame) return _getSitelink(frame.args.qid, frame.args.wiki or mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "")) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getLink has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid= -- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns a link to the article -- with the Wikidata label as the displayed text. -- If there is no sitelink, it returns the label as plain text. -- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getLink = function(frame) local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "") if itemID == "" then return end local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(itemID) local label = labelOrId(itemID) if sitelink then return "[[:" .. sitelink .. "|" .. label .. "]]" else return label end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getLabel has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid= -- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text. -- If there is no label in the local language, it displays the qid instead. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getLabel = function(frame) local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "") if itemID == "" then return end local lang = frame.args.lang or "" if lang == "" then lang = nil end local label = labelOrId(itemID, lang) return label end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- label has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid= -- if no qid is supplied, it uses the qid associated with the current page. -- It returns the Wikidata label for the local language as plain text. -- If there is no label in the local language, it returns nil. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.label = function(frame) local qid = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "") if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return end local lang = frame.args.lang or "" if lang == "" then lang = nil end local label, success = labelOrId(qid, lang) if success then return label end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAT (Article Title) -- has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as the first unnamed parameter or as |qid= -- If there is a sitelink to an article on the local Wiki, it returns the sitelink as plain text. -- If there is no sitelink or qid supplied, it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAT = function(frame) local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or frame.args.qid or "") if itemID == "" then return end return mw.wikibase.getSitelink(itemID) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getDescription has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted) -- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter. -- Any local parameter passed (other than "Wikidata" or "none") becomes the return value. -- It returns the article description for the Wikidata entity if the local parameter is "Wikidata". -- Nothing is returned if the description doesn't exist or "none" is passed as the local parameter. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getDescription = function(frame) local desc = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") local itemID = mw.text.trim(frame.args.qid or "") if itemID == "" then itemID = nil end if desc:lower() == 'wikidata' then return mw.wikibase.getDescription(itemID) elseif desc:lower() == 'none' then return nil else return desc end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAliases has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= -- (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted) -- and a local parameter passed as the first unnamed parameter. -- It implements blacklisting and whitelisting with a field name of "alias" by default. -- Any local parameter passed becomes the return value. -- Otherwise it returns the aliases for the Wikidata entity with the usual list options. -- Nothing is returned if the aliases do not exist. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang(); assembleoutput() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAliases = function(frame) local args = frame.args local fieldname = args.name or "" if fieldname == "" then fieldname = "alias" end local blacklist = args.suppressfields or args.spf or "" if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return nil end local localval = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") if localval ~= "" then return localval end local whitelist = args.fetchwikidata or args.fwd or "" if whitelist == "" then whitelist = "NONE" end if not (whitelist == 'ALL' or whitelist:find(fieldname)) then return nil end local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return nil end local aliases = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).aliases if not aliases then return nil end args.langobj = findLang(args.lang) local langcode = args.langobj.code args.lang = langcode local out = {} for k1, v1 in pairs(aliases) do if v1[1].language == langcode then for k1, v2 in ipairs(v1) do out[#out+1] = v2.value end break end end return assembleoutput(out, args, qid) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- pageId returns the page id (entity ID, Qnnn) of the current page -- returns nothing if the page is not connected to Wikidata ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.pageId = function(frame) return mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- formatDate is a wrapper to export the private function format_Date ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: format_Date(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.formatDate = function(frame) return format_Date(frame.args[1], frame.args.df, frame.args.bc) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- location is a wrapper to export the private function _location -- it takes the entity-id as qid or the first unnamed parameter -- optional boolean parameter first toggles the display of the first item -- optional boolean parameter skip toggles the display to skip to the last item -- parameter debug=<y/n> (default 'n') adds error msg if not a location ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _location(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.location = function(frame) local debug = (frame.args.debug or ""):sub(1, 1):lower() if debug == "" then debug = "n" end local qid = mw.text.trim(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1] or ""):upper() if qid == "" then qid=mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then if debug ~= "n" then return i18n.errors["entity-not-found"] else return nil end end local first = mw.text.trim(frame.args.first or "") local skip = mw.text.trim(frame.args.skip or "") return table.concat( _location(qid, first, skip), ", " ) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- checkBlacklist implements a test to check whether a named field is allowed -- returns true if the field is not blacklisted (i.e. allowed) -- returns false if the field is blacklisted (i.e. disallowed) -- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Joe |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}} -- displays "blacklisted" -- {{#if:{{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkBlacklist |name=Jim |suppressfields=Dave; Joe; Fred}} | not blacklisted | blacklisted}} -- displays "not blacklisted" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.checkBlacklist = function(frame) local blacklist = frame.args.suppressfields or frame.args.spf or "" local fieldname = frame.args.name or "" if blacklist ~= "" and fieldname ~= "" then if blacklist:find(fieldname) then return false else return true end else -- one of the fields is missing: let's call that "not on the list" return true end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- emptyor returns nil if its first unnamed argument is just punctuation, whitespace or html tags -- otherwise it returns the argument unchanged (including leading/trailing space). -- If the argument may contain "=", then it must be called explicitly: -- |1=arg -- (In that case, leading and trailing spaces are trimmed) -- It finds use in infoboxes where it can replace tests like: -- {{#if: {{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}} | <span class="xxx">{{#invoke:WikidatIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}}</span> | }} -- with a form that uses just a single call to Wikidata: -- {{#invoke |WikidataIB |emptyor |1= <span class="xxx">{{#invoke:WikidataIB |getvalue |P99 |fwd=ALL}}</span> }} ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.emptyor = function(frame) local s = frame.args[1] or "" if s == "" then return nil end local sx = s:gsub("%s", ""):gsub("<[^>]*>", ""):gsub("%p", "") if sx == "" then return nil else return s end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- labelorid is a public function to expose the output of labelOrId() -- Pass the Q-number as |qid= or as an unnamed parameter. -- It returns the Wikidata label for that entity or the qid if no label exists. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: labelOrId ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.labelorid = function(frame) return (labelOrId(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1])) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getLang returns the MediaWiki language code of the current content. -- If optional parameter |style=full, it returns the language name. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getLang = function(frame) local style = (frame.args.style or ""):lower() local langcode = mw.language.getContentLanguage().code if style == "full" then return mw.language.fetchLanguageName( langcode ) end return langcode end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getItemLangCode takes a qid parameter (using the current page's qid if blank) -- If the item for that qid has property country (P17) it looks at the first preferred value -- If the country has an official language (P37), it looks at the first preferred value -- If that official language has a language code (P424), it returns the first preferred value -- Otherwise it returns nothing. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: _getItemLangCode() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getItemLangCode = function(frame) return _getItemLangCode(frame.args.qid or frame.args[1]) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- findLanguage exports the local findLang() function -- It takes an optional language code and returns, in order of preference: -- the code if a known language; -- the user's language, if set; -- the server's content language. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.findLanguage = function(frame) return findLang(frame.args.lang or frame.args[1]).code end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getQid returns the qid, if supplied -- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID of the "category's main topic (P301)", if it exists -- failing that, the Wikidata entity ID associated with the current page, if it exists -- otherwise, nothing ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getQid = function(frame) local qid = (frame.args.qid or ""):upper() -- check if a qid was passed; if so, return it: if qid ~= "" then return qid end -- check if there's a "category's main topic (P301)": qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if qid then local prop301 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P301") if prop301[1] then local mctid = prop301[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if mctid then return mctid end end end -- otherwise return the page qid (if any) return qid end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- followQid takes four optional parameters: qid, props, list and all. -- If qid is not given, it uses the qid for the connected page -- or returns nil if there isn't one. -- props is a list of properties, separated by punctuation. -- If props is given, the Wikidata item for the qid is examined for each property in turn. -- If that property contains a value that is another Wikibase-item, that item's qid is returned, -- and the search terminates, unless |all=y when all of the qids are returned, separated by spaces. -- If |list= is set to a template, the qids are passed as arguments to the template. -- If props is not given, the qid is returned. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p._followQid = function(args) local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper() local all = parseParam(args.all, false) local list = args.list or "" if list == "" then list = nil end if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end local out = {} local props = (args.props or ""):upper() if props ~= "" then for p in mw.text.gsplit(props, "%p") do -- split at punctuation and iterate p = mw.text.trim(p) for i, v in ipairs( mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, p) ) do local linkedid = v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id if linkedid then if all then out[#out+1] = linkedid else return linkedid end -- test for all or just the first one found end -- test for value exists for that property end -- loop through values of property to follow end -- loop through list of properties to follow end if #out > 0 then local ret = "" if list then ret = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = list, args = out} else ret = table.concat(out, " ") end return ret else return qid end end p.followQid = function(frame) return p._followQid(frame.args) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- globalSiteID returns the globalSiteID for the current wiki -- e.g. returns "enwiki" for the English Wikipedia, "enwikisource" for English Wikisource, etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.globalSiteID = function(frame) return mw.wikibase.getGlobalSiteId() end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- siteID returns the root of the globalSiteID -- e.g. "en" for "enwiki", "enwikisource", etc. -- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.siteID = function(frame) local txtlang = frame:callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) or "" -- This deals with specific exceptions: be-tarask -> be-x-old if txtlang == "be-tarask" then return "be_x_old" end local pos = txtlang:find("-") local ret = "" if pos then ret = txtlang:sub(1, pos-1) else ret = txtlang end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- projID returns the code used to link to the reader's language's project -- e.g "en" for [[:en:WikidataIB]] -- treats "en-gb" as "en", etc. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.projID = function(frame) local txtlang = frame:callParserFunction('int', {'lang'}) or "" -- This deals with specific exceptions: be-tarask -> be-x-old if txtlang == "be-tarask" then return "be-x-old" end local pos = txtlang:find("-") local ret = "" if pos then ret = txtlang:sub(1, pos-1) else ret = txtlang end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- formatNumber formats a number according to the the supplied language code ("|lang=") -- or the default language if not supplied. -- The number is the first unnamed parameter or "|num=" ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang() ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.formatNumber = function(frame) local lang local num = tonumber(frame.args[1] or frame.args.num) or 0 lang = findLang(frame.args.lang) return lang:formatNum( num ) end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- examine dumps the property (the unnamed parameter or pid) -- from the item given by the parameter 'qid' (or the other unnamed parameter) -- or from the item corresponding to the current page if qid is not supplied. -- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |pid=P26 |qid=Q42}} -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26 |Q42}} or any combination of these -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |examine |P26}} for the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.examine = function( frame ) local args if frame.args[1] or frame.args.pid or frame.args.qid then args = frame.args else args = frame:getParent().args end local par = {} local pid = (args.pid or ""):upper() local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper() par[1] = mw.text.trim( args[1] or "" ):upper() par[2] = mw.text.trim( args[2] or "" ):upper() table.sort(par) if par[2]:sub(1,1) == "P" then par[1], par[2] = par[2], par[1] end if pid == "" then pid = par[1] end if qid == "" then qid = par[2] end local q1 = qid:sub(1,1) if pid:sub(1,1) ~= "P" then return "No property supplied" end if q1 ~= "Q" and q1 ~= "M" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return "No item for this page" end return "<pre>" .. mw.dumpObject( mw.wikibase.getAllStatements( qid, pid ) ) .. "</pre>" end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- checkvalue looks for 'val' as a wikibase-item value of a property (the unnamed parameter or pid) -- from the item given by the parameter 'qid' -- or from the Wikidata item associated with the current page if qid is not supplied. -- It only checks ranks that are requested (preferred and normal by default) -- If property is not supplied, then P31 (instance of) is assumed. -- It returns val if found or nothing if not found. -- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |pid=P31 |qid=Q42}} -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31 |qid=Q42}} -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |qid=Q42}} -- or {{#invoke:WikidataIB |checkvalue |val=Q5 |P31}} for the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.checkvalue = function( frame ) local args if frame.args.val then args = frame.args else args = frame:getParent().args end local val = args.val if not val then return nil end local pid = mw.text.trim(args.pid or args[1] or "P31"):upper() local qid = (args.qid or ""):upper() if pid:sub(1,1) ~= "P" then return nil end if qid:sub(1,1) ~= "Q" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end local ranks = setRanks(args.rank) local stats = {} if ranks.b then stats = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, pid) else stats = mw.wikibase.getAllStatements( qid, pid ) end if not stats[1] then return nil end if stats[1].mainsnak.datatype == "wikibase-item" then for k, v in pairs( stats ) do local ms = v.mainsnak if ranks[v.rank:sub(1,1)] and ms.snaktype == "value" and ms.datavalue.value.id == val then return val end end end return nil end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- url2 takes a parameter url= that is a proper url and formats it for use in an infobox. -- If no parameter is supplied, it returns nothing. -- This is the equivalent of Template:URL -- but it keeps the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon out of the microformat. -- Usually it will take its url parameter directly from a Wikidata call: -- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |url2 |url={{wdib |P856 |qid=Q23317 |fwd=ALL |osd=no}} }} ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.url2 = function(frame) local txt = frame.args.url or "" if txt == "" then return nil end -- extract any icon local url, icon = txt:match("(.+)&nbsp;(.+)") -- make sure there's at least a space at the end url = (url or txt) .. " " icon = icon or "" -- extract any protocol like https:// local prot = url:match("(https*://).+[ \"\']") -- extract address local addr = "" if prot then addr = url:match("https*://(.+)[ \"\']") or " " else prot = "//" addr = url:match("[^%p%s]+%.(.+)[ \"\']") or " " end -- strip trailing / from end of domain-only url and add <wbr/> before . and / local disp, n = addr:gsub( "^([^/]+)/$", "%1" ):gsub("%/", "<wbr/>/"):gsub("%.", "<wbr/>.") return '<span class="url">[' .. prot .. addr .. " " .. disp .. "]</span>&nbsp;" .. icon end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getWebsite fetches the Official website (P856) and formats it for use in an infobox. -- This is similar to Template:Official website but with a url displayed, -- and it adds the "edit at Wikidata" pen icon beyond the microformat if enabled. -- A local value will override the Wikidata value. "NONE" returns nothing. -- e.g. {{#invoke:WikidataIB |getWebsite |qid= |noicon= |lang= |url= }} ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: findLang(); parseParam(); ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getWebsite = function(frame) local url = frame.args.url or "" if url:upper() == "NONE" then return nil end local urls = {} local quals = {} local qid = frame.args.qid or "" if url and url ~= "" then urls[1] = url else if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return nil end local prop856 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P856") for k, v in pairs(prop856) do if v.mainsnak.snaktype == "value" then urls[#urls+1] = v.mainsnak.datavalue.value if v.qualifiers and v.qualifiers["P1065"] then -- just take the first archive url (P1065) local au = v.qualifiers["P1065"][1] if au.snaktype == "value" then quals[#urls] = au.datavalue.value end -- test for archive url having a value end -- test for qualifers end -- test for website having a value end -- loop through website(s) end if #urls == 0 then return nil end local out = {} for i, u in ipairs(urls) do local link = quals[i] or u local prot, addr = u:match("(http[s]*://)(.+)") addr = addr or u local disp, n = addr:gsub("%.", "<wbr/>%.") out[#out+1] = '<span class="url">[' .. link .. " " .. disp .. "]</span>" end local langcode = findLang(frame.args.lang).code local noicon = parseParam(frame.args.noicon, false) if url == "" and not noicon then out[#out] = out[#out] .. createicon(langcode, qid, "P856") end local ret = "" if #out > 1 then ret = mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = "ubl", args = out} else ret = out[1] end return ret end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAllLabels fetches the set of labels and formats it for display as wikitext. -- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAllLabels = function(frame) local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {} local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end local labels = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).labels if not labels then return i18n["labels-not-found"] end local out = {} for k, v in pairs(labels) do out[#out+1] = v.value .. " (" .. v.language .. ")" end return table.concat(out, "; ") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAllDescriptions fetches the set of descriptions and formats it for display as wikitext. -- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAllDescriptions = function(frame) local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {} local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end local descriptions = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).descriptions if not descriptions then return i18n["descriptions-not-found"] end local out = {} for k, v in pairs(descriptions) do out[#out+1] = v.value .. " (" .. v.language .. ")" end return table.concat(out, "; ") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getAllAliases fetches the set of aliases and formats it for display as wikitext. -- It takes a parameter 'qid' for arbitrary access, otherwise it uses the current page. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getAllAliases = function(frame) local args = frame.args or frame:getParent().args or {} local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid or not mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then return i18n["entity-not-found"] end local aliases = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid).aliases if not aliases then return i18n["aliases-not-found"] end local out = {} for k1, v1 in pairs(aliases) do local lang = v1[1].language local val = {} for k1, v2 in ipairs(v1) do val[#val+1] = v2.value end out[#out+1] = table.concat(val, ", ") .. " (" .. lang .. ")" end return table.concat(out, "; ") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- showNoLinks displays the article titles that should not be linked. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.showNoLinks = function(frame) local out = {} for k, v in pairs(donotlink) do out[#out+1] = k end table.sort( out ) return table.concat(out, "; ") end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- checkValidity checks whether the first unnamed parameter represents a valid entity-id, -- that is, something like Q1235 or P123. -- It returns the strings "true" or "false". -- Change false to nil to return "true" or "" (easier to test with #if:). ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: none ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.checkValidity(frame) local id = mw.text.trim(frame.args[1] or "") if mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(id) then return true else return false end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getEntityFromTitle returns the Entity-ID (Q-number) for a given title. -- Modification of Module:ResolveEntityId -- The title is the first unnamed parameter. -- The site parameter determines the site/language for the title. Defaults to current wiki. -- The showdab parameter determines whether dab pages should return the Q-number or nil. Defaults to true. -- Returns the Q-number or nil if it does not exist. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEntityFromTitle(frame) local args=frame.args if not args[1] then args=frame:getParent().args end if not args[1] then return nil end local title = mw.text.trim(args[1]) local site = args.site or "" local showdab = parseParam(args.showdab, true) local qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle(title, site) if qid then local prop31 = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, "P31")[1] if not showdab and prop31 and prop31.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == "Q4167410" then return nil else return qid end end end ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- getDatePrecision returns the number representing the precision of the first best date value -- for the given property. -- It takes the qid and property ID -- The meanings are given at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Wikibase/DataModel#Dates_and_times -- 0 = 1 billion years .. 6 = millennium, 7 = century, 8 = decade, 9 = year, 10 = month, 11 = day -- Returns 0 (or the second unnamed parameter) if the Wikidata does not exist. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Dependencies: parseParam; sourced; ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getDatePrecision(frame) local args=frame.args if not args[1] then args=frame:getParent().args end local default = tonumber(args[2] or args.default) or 0 local prop = mw.text.trim(args[1] or "") if prop == "" then return default end local qid = args.qid or "" if qid == "" then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then return default end local onlysrc = parseParam(args.onlysourced or args.osd, true) local stat = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(qid, prop) for i, v in ipairs(stat) do local prec = (onlysrc == false or sourced(v)) and v.mainsnak.datavalue and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value and v.mainsnak.datavalue.value.precision if prec then return prec end end return default end return p ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- List of exported functions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ _getValue getValue getPreferredValue getCoords getQualifierValue getSumOfParts getValueByQual getValueByLang getValueByRefSource getPropertyIDs getQualifierIDs getPropOfProp getAwardCat getIntersectCat getGlobe getCommonsLink getSiteLink getLink getLabel label getAT getDescription getAliases pageId formatDate location checkBlacklist emptyor labelorid getLang getItemLangCode findLanguage getQID followQid globalSiteID siteID projID formatNumber examine checkvalue url2 getWebsite getAllLabels getAllDescriptions getAllAliases showNoLinks checkValidity getEntityFromTitle getDatePrecision --]] ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cdfad4f2433151e512d5023478c35bceaf5c980a 828 38 79 78 2023-08-10T14:07:27Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain local p ={} --[[ The values here are the English sitelinks for items that should not be linked. These 36 are not definitive and may be altered to suit. --]] p.items = { "Australia", "Austria", "Belgium", "Canada", "China", "Denmark", "England", "France", "Germany", "Greece", "Hungary", "Iceland", "India", "Republic of Ireland", "Israel", "Italy", "Jamaica", "Japan", "Luxembourg", "Mexico", "Netherlands", "New Zealand", "Northern Ireland", "Norway", "Poland", "Portugal", "Russia", "Scotland", "South Africa", "Spain", "Sweden", "Switzerland", "Turkey", "United Kingdom", "UK", "United States", "USA", "Wales", } --[[ This provides a convenient way to create a test whether an item is on the list. --]] p.itemsindex = {} for i, v in ipairs(p.items) do p.itemsindex[v] = true end return p d42a1e1cb5d411ab1b578dc0d36aa0266f32b2d6 828 39 81 80 2023-08-10T14:07:27Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain --[[ To satisfy Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Titles, certain types of items are italicised, and others are quoted. This submodule lists the entity-ids used in 'instance of' (P31), which allows a module to identify the values that should be formatted. The table p.formats is indexed by entity-id, and contains the value " or '' --]] local p = {} p.italics = { "Q571", -- book "Q13593966", -- literary trilogy "Q277759", -- book series "Q2188189", -- musical work "Q11424", -- film "Q13593818", -- film trilogy "Q24856", -- film series "Q5398426", -- television series "Q482994", -- album "Q169930", -- extended play "Q1760610", -- comic book "Q7889", -- video game "Q7058673", -- video game series "Q25379", -- play "Q2743", -- musical "Q37484", -- epic poem "Q41298", -- magazine } p.quotes = { "Q207628", -- musical composition } p.size = 0 p.formats = {} for i, v in ipairs(p.italics) do p.formats[v] = "''" p.size = p.size + 1 end for i, v in ipairs(p.quotes) do p.formats[v] = '"' p.size = p.size + 1 end return p aecc52ff69e56d315f5b60dc21d02dd94a63dfea 10 40 83 82 2023-08-10T14:07:28Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#tag:syntaxhighlight|{{{code|{{{1}}}}}}|lang={{{lang|{{{2|text}}}}}}|class={{{class|}}}|id={{{id|}}}|style={{{style|}}}|inline=1}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 5d9b1a0980efe1b02eb91bc717438a5ae4a5ee04 10 41 85 84 2023-08-10T14:07:28Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <em {{#if:{{{role|}}}|role="{{{role}}}"}} {{#if:{{{class|}}}|class="{{{class}}}"}} {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style="{{{style}}}"}} {{#if:{{{title|}}}|title="{{{title}}}"}}>{{{1}}}</em><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> e2fac6fb507a0dd72c4e79d02403049c7d857c8d 10 42 87 86 2023-08-10T14:07:28Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude />yesno|{{{1}}}|yes={{{yes|yes}}}|no={{{no|no}}}|blank={{{blank|no}}}|¬={{{¬|no}}}|def={{{def|no}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Yesno/doc}} <!--Categories go in the doc page referenced above; interwikis go in Wikidata.--> </noinclude> 1ad7b7800da1b867ead8f6ff8cef76e6201b3b56 10 43 89 88 2023-08-10T14:07:29Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Crossreference]] {{Rcat shell| {{R from template shortcut}} }} dc4192593ccb8eaa34c0440c4aa712442a06c329 10 44 91 90 2023-08-10T14:07:29Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Crossreference/styles.css" />{{Hatnote inline |1={{{1|{{{text|{{{content|<noinclude>sample content</noinclude>}}}}}}}}} |extraclasses=crossreference {{{class|{{{extraclasses|}}}}}} |selfref={{#if:{{{selfref|{{{printworthy|{{{unprintworthy|}}}}}}}}}||yes}} |inline={{{inline|true}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> b8ac8a6a83bb08330ba0b9f31a7fcd8567217d0e 10 45 93 92 2023-08-10T14:07:29Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description text text/plain /* {{pp-template}} */ /* This snippet just undoes the default "padding-left: 1.6em;" imposed by div.hatnote, when Template:Crossreference is used in block (div) mode. Ignore the dumb CSS editor's "Element (div.crossreference) is overqualified" warning. It is wrong. We do not want to apply any CSS intended for block mode when it is not in block mode. While it's unlikely our "padding-left: 0;" does anything wrong in inline (span) mode, we can't guarantee it forever. */ div.crossreference { padding-left: 0; } ae665603577c5dbafbdf190ec9e29f2ed1f7cd77 10 46 95 94 2023-08-10T14:07:30Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{Hatnote inline/invoke |1={{{1|{{{text|{{{content}}}}}}}}} |extraclasses={{{class|{{{extraclasses|}}}}}} |selfref={{#if:{{{printworthy|{{{selfref|}}}}}}||yes}} |category={{{category|}}} |inline={{{inline|true}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 257f3004ea74817011cab7b3bdfd0c87531d7e35 10 47 97 96 2023-08-10T14:07:30Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Hatnote inline|hatnote}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|content=This is an includeonly part of [[Template:Hatnote inline]].}}</noinclude> bcceba0d964fb499427b81aef69b70f463221df3 828 48 99 98 2023-08-10T14:07:30Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote-inline -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote-style links, and links to related articles, -- -- but inside a <span>, instead of the <div> used by Module:Hatnote. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote-inline}} meta-template. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} function p.hatnoteInline (frame) local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame) local hatnote = mHatnote.hatnote(frame) if args.inline == nil or yesno(args.inline, true) then local subs = { ['<div'] = '<span', ['</div>$'] = '</span>' } for k, v in pairs(subs) do hatnote = string.gsub(hatnote, k, v, 1) end end return hatnote end p.hatnote = p.hatnoteInline --alias return p b5000cd7910b7eae23206235b64880a775e4209b 10 49 101 100 2023-08-10T14:07:31Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Wikidata entity link]] [[Category:Wikidata templates]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from template shortcut}} {{R from move}} }} 7f19fdcb2b05d966cd3f0f5f540cf8fa37935869 10 50 103 102 2023-08-10T14:07:31Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}} | {{#switch:{{padleft:|1|{{uc:{{{1}}}}}}} | Q | P = [[d:Special:EntityPage/{{uc:{{{1}}}}}|{{#invoke:wd|label|{{uc:{{{1}}}}}}} <small>({{uc:{{{1}}}}})</small>]] | #default = [[d:Special:EntityPage/Q{{uc:{{{1}}}}}|{{#invoke:wd|label|Q{{uc:{{{1}}}}}}} <small>(Q{{uc:{{{1|}}}}})</small>]] }} | {{#if:{{#invoke:wd|label|raw}} | [[d:Special:EntityPage/{{#invoke:wd|label|raw}}|{{#invoke:wd|label}} <small>({{#invoke:wd|label|raw}})</small>]] | <small>(no entity)</small> }} }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 3eaf99f5fdf869bc08932bb8eda9eba23858c9c8 10 51 105 104 2023-08-10T14:07:31Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{#titleparts:{{PAGENAME}}|1}}|Stub types for deletion |[[:Category:{{{1}}}|Cat:{{{1}}}]] | [[:Category:{{{1}}}|{{{2|Category:{{{1}}}}}}]]{{#ifeq:{{Yesno|{{{count|no}}}}}|yes|<small> {{#ifexpr:{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}|R}}>={{{backlog|{{#expr:{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}|R}}+1}}}}}|<span style="font-weight: bold; color: #DD0000;">}}(&thinsp;{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}}}&thinsp;){{#ifexpr:{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}|R}}>={{{backlog|{{#expr:{{PAGESINCAT:{{{1}}}|{{UC:{{{count_type|ALL}}}}}|R}}+1}}}}}|</span>}}</small>}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> cb0fcaeb8242d1d37c27a8dcb57f76fe5b5faa36 10 52 107 106 2023-08-10T14:07:32Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Category link]] {{R from move}} f79fddc38797fc163b6e6ddeb4377afbea7d0cfc 10 54 111 110 2023-08-10T14:07:32Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#invoke:Redirect|isRedirect|{{{1}}}}} | <span class="plainlinks">[{{safesubst:<noinclude/>fullurl:{{{1}}}|redirect=no}} {{{2|{{{1}}}}}}]</span> | {{safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{2|}}}|[[:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}|{{{2}}}]]|[[:{{safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME:{{{1}}}}}]]}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 1760035b1bed54ee08b810208ed3551b812dfe13 10 55 113 112 2023-08-10T14:07:33Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:documentation|main|_content={{ {{#invoke:documentation|contentTitle}}}}}}<noinclude> <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage --> </noinclude> 9e62b964e96c4e3d478edecbfcb3c0338ae8a276 828 56 115 114 2023-08-10T14:07:33Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{documentation}}. -- Get required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs -- Get the config table. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config') local p = {} -- Often-used functions. local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub local format = mw.ustring.format ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -- -- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p -- table for testing purposes. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType) --[[ -- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate. -- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not -- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'. -- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the -- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc. -- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.', -- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz." --]] local msg = cfg[cfgKey] expectType = expectType or 'string' if type(msg) ~= expectType then error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2) end if not valArray then return msg end local function getMessageVal(match) match = tonumber(match) return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4) end return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal) end p.message = message local function makeWikilink(page, display) if display then return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display) else return format('[[%s]]', page) end end p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort) local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort) end p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink local function makeUrlLink(url, display) return format('[%s %s]', url, display) end p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink local function makeToolbar(...) local ret = {} local lim = select('#', ...) if lim < 1 then return nil end for i = 1, lim do ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...) end -- 'documentation-toolbar' return format( '<span class="%s">(%s)</span>', message('toolbar-class'), table.concat(ret, ' &#124; ') ) end p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Argument processing ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName) return function (frame) local args = getArgs(frame, { valueFunc = function (key, value) if type(value) == 'string' then value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace. if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then return value else return nil end else return value end end }) return p[funcName](args) end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Entry points ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.nonexistent(frame) if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'} else return p.main(frame) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main') function p._main(args) --[[ -- This function defines logic flow for the module. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user --]] local env = p.getEnvironment(args) local root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)) :wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env)) :wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-container' :addClass(message('container')) :attr('role', 'complementary') :attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil) :attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil) :newline() :tag('div') -- 'documentation' :addClass(message('main-div-classes')) :newline() :wikitext(p._startBox(args, env)) :wikitext(p._content(args, env)) :tag('div') -- 'documentation-clear' :addClass(message('clear')) :done() :newline() :done() :wikitext(p._endBox(args, env)) :done() :wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env)) -- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag ( 'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles'] }) .. tostring(root) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Environment settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.getEnvironment(args) --[[ -- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title -- objects and other namespace- or path-related data. -- @args - table of arguments passed by the user -- -- Title objects include: -- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title) -- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.) -- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage. -- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage. -- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage. -- -- Data includes: -- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object. -- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace. -- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in. -- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace. -- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template. -- -- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value -- returned will be nil. --]] local env, envFuncs = {}, {} -- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value -- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions -- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.) setmetatable(env, { __index = function (t, key) local envFunc = envFuncs[key] if envFunc then local success, val = pcall(envFunc) if success then env[key] = val -- Memoise the value. return val end end return nil end }) function envFuncs.title() -- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page. local title local titleArg = args.page if titleArg then title = mw.title.new(titleArg) else title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end return title end function envFuncs.templateTitle() --[[ -- The template (or module, etc.) title object. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') then return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText) else return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text) end end function envFuncs.docTitle() --[[ -- Title object of the /doc subpage. -- Messages: -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' --]] local title = env.title local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page. local docpage if docname then docpage = docname else docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage') end return mw.title.new(docpage) end function envFuncs.sandboxTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /sandbox subpage. -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage')) end function envFuncs.testcasesTitle() --[[ -- Title object for the /testcases subpage. -- Messages: -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' --]] return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage')) end function envFuncs.protectionLevels() -- The protection levels table of the title object. return env.title.protectionLevels end function envFuncs.subjectSpace() -- The subject namespace number. return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id end function envFuncs.docSpace() -- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the -- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File, -- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and -- /testcases pages in talk space. local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then return subjectSpace + 1 else return subjectSpace end end function envFuncs.docpageBase() -- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages. -- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local docSpace = env.docSpace local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name -- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon. return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text end function envFuncs.compareUrl() -- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]]. local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl( 'Special:ComparePages', { page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText} ) return tostring(compareUrl) else return nil end end return env end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Auxiliary templates ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext') function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env) local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"] if moduleWikitext then return moduleWikitext.main() end end function p.sandboxNotice(args, env) --[=[ -- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' -- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.' -- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' -- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page' -- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' -- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases' -- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes' --]=] local title = env.title local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then return nil end -- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text". local omargs = {} omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image') -- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like -- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)." local text = '' local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module') else pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other') end local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display') local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink}) else text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink}) end -- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like -- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]." local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink}) else local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay) text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink}) end end -- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category. omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(message('sandbox-category')) -- 'documentation-clear' return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>' .. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs) end function p.protectionTemplate(env) -- Generates the padlock icon in the top right. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template' -- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'} local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels if not protectionLevels then return nil end local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1] local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1] if editProt then -- The page is edit-protected. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true } elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then -- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move -- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to -- no move protection at all. return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{ action = 'move', small = true } else return nil end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox') function p._startBox(args, env) --[[ -- This function generates the start box. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make -- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox -- which generate the box HTML. --]] env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local links local content = args.content if not content or args[1] then -- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself. local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) if linksData then links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData) end end -- Generate the start box html. local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) if data then return p.renderStartBox(data) else -- User specified no heading. return nil end end function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env) --[[ -- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'view-link-display' --> 'view' -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local title = env.title local docTitle = env.docTitle if not title or not docTitle then return nil end if docTitle.isRedirect then docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget end -- Create link if /doc doesn't exist. local preload = args.preload if not preload then if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace preload = message('module-preload') else preload = message('docpage-preload') end end return { title = title, docTitle = docTitle, -- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists. viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'), editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'), historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'), purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'), preload = preload, createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display') } end function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data) --[[ -- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData --]] local docTitle = data.docTitle -- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay) if docTitle.exists then local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay) local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay) local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. viewLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. editLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. historyLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" else local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay) return "&#91;" .. createLink .. "&#93; &#91;" .. purgeLink .. "&#93;" end return ret end function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links) --[=[ -- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error. -- -- Messages: -- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation' -- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation' -- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary' -- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' --]=] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not subjectSpace then -- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output -- if an error occurs. subjectSpace = 2 end local data = {} -- Heading local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed. if heading == '' then -- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank. return nil end if heading then data.heading = heading elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading') elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading') else data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading') end -- Heading CSS local headingStyle = args['heading-style'] if headingStyle then data.headingStyleText = headingStyle else -- 'documentation-heading' data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class') end -- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links. if links then -- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes') data.links = links end return data end function p.renderStartBox(data) -- Renders the start box html. -- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData. local sbox = mw.html.create('div') sbox -- 'documentation-startbox' :addClass(message('start-box-class')) :newline() :tag('span') :addClass(data.headingClass) :attr('id', 'documentation-heading') :cssText(data.headingStyleText) :wikitext(data.heading) local links = data.links if links then sbox:tag('span') :addClass(data.linksClass) :attr('id', data.linksId) :wikitext(links) end return tostring(sbox) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Documentation content ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content') function p._content(args, env) -- Displays the documentation contents -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle local content = args.content if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText} end -- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end -- of docs are interpreted correctly. return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n' end p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle') function p._contentTitle(args, env) env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local docTitle = env.docTitle if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then return docTitle.prefixedText else return '' end end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End box ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox') function p._endBox(args, env) --[=[ -- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box). -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- --]=] -- Get environment data. env = env or p.getEnvironment(args) local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local docTitle = env.docTitle if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then return nil end -- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end -- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the -- user, module or template namespaces. local linkBox = args['link box'] if linkBox == 'off' or not ( docTitle.exists or subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 828 or subjectSpace == 10 ) then return nil end -- Assemble the link box. local text = '' if linkBox then text = text .. linkBox else text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]." if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then -- We are in the user, template or module namespaces. -- Add sandbox and testcases links. -- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages." text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />' if not args.content and not args[1] then -- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page, -- as then it is unclear where to add the categories. text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '') end text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template" end end local box = mw.html.create('div') -- 'documentation-metadata' box:attr('role', 'note') :addClass(message('end-box-class')) -- 'plainlinks' :addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks')) :wikitext(text) :done() return '\n' .. tostring(box) end function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) --[=[ -- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)". -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'history-link-display' --> 'history' -- 'transcluded-from-blurb' --> -- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] -- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' -- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' -- 'create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'create-module-doc-blurb' --> -- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' --]=] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local ret if docTitle.exists then -- /doc exists; link to it. local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText) local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display') local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay) local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display') local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay) ret = message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink}) .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink) .. '<br />' elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then -- /doc does not exist; ask to create it. local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')} local createDisplay = message('create-link-display') local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay) ret = message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink}) .. '<br />' end return ret end function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- -- Messages: -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff' -- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror' -- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror' -- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit' -- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create' -- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases' -- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit' -- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.' -- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then return nil end -- Make links. local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks if sandboxTitle.exists then local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display') local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay) local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display') local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay) local compareUrl = env.compareUrl local compareLink if compareUrl then local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display') compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay) end sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink) else local sandboxPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload') else sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload') end local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload} local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display') local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay) local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)}) local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload') local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary} if subjectSpace == 828 then mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary} end local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display') local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay) sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink) end if testcasesTitle.exists then local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display') local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay) local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'} local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display') local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay) -- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display') local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay) testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink) else testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink) end else local testcasesPreload if subjectSpace == 828 then testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload') else testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload') end local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload} local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display') local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay) testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink) end local messageName if subjectSpace == 828 then messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module' else messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template' end return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks}) end function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage." -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc' -- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.' --]] local docTitle = env.docTitle if not docTitle then return nil end local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display')) return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink}) end function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) --[[ -- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link. -- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template' -- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module' -- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page' -- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1' --]] local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace local templateTitle = env.templateTitle if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then return nil end local pagetype if subjectSpace == 10 then pagetype = message('template-pagetype') elseif subjectSpace == 828 then pagetype = message('module-pagetype') else pagetype = message('default-pagetype') end local subpagesLink = makeWikilink( 'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/', message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype}) ) return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink}) end ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking categories ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.addTrackingCategories(env) --[[ -- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page. -- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment -- Messages: -- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true -- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc' -- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases' -- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' -- -- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have -- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically. --]] local title = env.title local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace if not title or not subjectSpace then return nil end local subpage = title.subpageText local ret = '' if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean') and ( subpage == message('doc-subpage') or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage') ) then ret = ret .. makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category')) end return ret end return p 268dc89480af10873bfbca5439ae8e61b404f770 828 57 117 116 2023-08-10T14:07:34Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- Configuration for Module:Documentation -- -- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to -- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here -- should be string values. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Protection template configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['protection-reason-edit'] -- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to -- [[Module:Protection banner]]. cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox notice configuration -- -- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a -- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a -- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the -- messages that the notices contains. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] -- The image displayed in the sandbox notice. cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] -- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject -- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page' cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display'] -- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence -- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page -- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'], -- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what -- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between -- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by -- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display']. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.' cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).' cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff' --[[ -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page -- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test -- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it. -- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test -- cases. --]] cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).' cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['sandbox-category'] -- A category to add to all template sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start box configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] -- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template. cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]' -- cfg['template-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the template namespace. cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation' -- cfg['module-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the module namespace. cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation' -- cfg['file-namespace-heading'] -- The heading shown in the file namespace. cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary' -- cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] -- The heading shown in other namespaces. cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation' -- cfg['view-link-display'] -- The text to display for "view" links. cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view' -- cfg['edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for "edit" links. cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['history-link-display'] -- The text to display for "history" links. cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history' -- cfg['purge-link-display'] -- The text to display for "purge" links. cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge' -- cfg['create-link-display'] -- The text to display for "create" links. cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Link box (end box) configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] -- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page. cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.' --[[ -- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] -- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist. -- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the -- display cfg['create-link-display']. --]] cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Experiment blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] -- cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] -- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages. -- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it -- might look like this: -- -- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages. -- -- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links. -- -- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending -- on what namespace we are in. -- -- Parameters: -- -- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display']) -- -- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display']) -- -- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary']. -- -- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format: -- -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display']) -- -- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the -- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current -- namespace. --]] cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages." cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages." ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Sandbox link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['sandbox-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes. cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for template sandbox pages. cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox' -- cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages. cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] -- The text to display for "sandbox" links. cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox' -- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links. cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for sandbox "create" links. cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create' -- cfg['compare-link-display'] -- The text to display for "compare" links. cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff' -- cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] -- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the -- template page. cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1' -- cfg['mirror-link-display'] -- The text to display for "mirror" links. cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror' -- cfg['mirror-link-preload'] -- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link. cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Test cases link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['testcases-subpage'] -- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases. cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['template-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for template test cases pages. cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases' -- cfg['module-testcases-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages. cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases' -- cfg['testcases-link-display'] -- The text to display for "testcases" links. cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases' -- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "edit" links. cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit' -- cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "run" links. cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run' -- cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] -- The text to display for test cases "create" links. cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Add categories blurb configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['add-categories-blurb'] -- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or -- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a -- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display']. --]] cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.' -- cfg['doc-link-display'] -- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage. cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Subpages link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ -- cfg['subpages-blurb'] -- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a -- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply -- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text. --]] cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.' --[[ -- cfg['subpages-link-display'] -- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'], -- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in -- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace. --]] cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1' -- cfg['template-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for template pages. cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template' -- cfg['module-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages. cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module' -- cfg['default-pagetype'] -- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules. cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Doc link configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['doc-subpage'] -- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages. cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc' -- cfg['docpage-preload'] -- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces. cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload' -- cfg['module-preload'] -- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages. cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- HTML and CSS configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['templatestyles'] -- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept. -- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed. cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css' -- cfg['container'] -- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the -- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container' -- cfg['main-div-classes'] -- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag. cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation' -- cfg['main-div-heading-class'] -- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading' -- cfg['start-box-class'] -- Class for the start box cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox' -- cfg['start-box-link-classes'] -- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box. -- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]] cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks' -- cfg['end-box-class'] -- Class for the end box. cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata' -- cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] -- Plainlinks cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks' -- cfg['toolbar-class'] -- Class added for toolbar links. cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar' -- cfg['clear'] -- Just used to clear things. cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear' ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Tracking category configuration ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] -- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage -- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false). cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true -- cfg['strange-usage-category'] -- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a -- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage. cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage' --[[ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration -- -- Don't edit anything below this line. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] return cfg 71b68ed73088f1a59d61acf06bbee9fde6677f03 828 58 119 118 2023-08-10T14:07:34Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description text text/plain /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #ecfcf4; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } ce0e629c92e3d825ab9fd927fe6cc37d9117b6cb 10 59 121 120 2023-08-10T14:07:34Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{#ifeq:{{#invoke:String|sublength|s={{SUBPAGENAME}}|i=0|len=7}}|sandbox|1}}{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|1}}{{#invoke:String|match|{{PAGENAME}}|/sandbox/styles.css$|plain=false|nomatch=}}|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}<!-- --><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 91e4ae891d6b791615152c1fbc971414961ba872 10 60 123 122 2023-08-10T14:07:35Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{Mbox | name = Warning | demospace = {{{demospace|}}} | style = {{#if:{{{style|}}} |{{{style}}} }} | subst = <includeonly>{{subst:substcheck}}</includeonly> | type = content | image = {{#if:{{{image|}}}| [[File:{{{image}}}|{{{imagesize|40px}}}|Warning]] }} | small = {{{small|}}} | smallimage = {{#if:{{{image|}}}| [[File:{{{image}}}|30px|Warning]]}} | imageright = {{#if:{{{imageright|}}} |{{{imageright}}} |{{#if:{{{shortcut|{{{shortcut1|}}}}}} |{{Ombox/shortcut|{{{shortcut|{{{shortcut1|}}}}}}|{{{shortcut2|}}}|{{{shortcut3|}}}|{{{shortcut4|}}}|{{{shortcut5|}}}}}}} }} | textstyle = {{{textstyle|text-align: {{#if:{{{center|}}}|center|{{{align|left}}}}};}}} | text = {{#if:{{{header|{{{heading|{{{title|}}}}}}}}} |<div style="{{{headstyle|text-align: {{#if:{{{center|}}}|center|left}};}}}">'''{{{header|{{{heading|{{{title|}}}}}}}}}'''</div>}}<!-- -->{{{text|{{{content|{{{reason|{{{1}}}}}}}}}}}} }}<noinclude> <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata. --> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 3af84e728da2ec54b8431a52af171256c929741e 10 61 125 124 2023-08-10T14:07:35Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Em dash]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} b6255351d93197d967d74365cfba31e395df0170 10 62 127 126 2023-08-10T14:07:36Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#Invoke:Template link general|main|nolink=yes|code=yes|nowrap=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tlc}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 044f00ca1bfc10cb967c32e893043ccc6f739764 10 63 129 128 2023-08-10T14:07:36Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{SUBPAGENAME}}}} |{{{override|doc}}} | <!--(this template has been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> </includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifeq:{{{doc-notice|show}}} |show | {{Mbox | type = notice | style = margin-bottom:1.0em; | image = [[File:Edit-copy green.svg|40px|alt=|link=]] | text = {{strong|This is a [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] [[Wikipedia:Subpages|subpage]]}} for {{terminate sentence|{{{1|[[:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}}]]}}}}}<br />It may contain usage information, [[Wikipedia:Categorization|categories]] and other content that is not part of the original {{#if:{{{text2|}}} |{{{text2}}} |{{#if:{{{text1|}}} |{{{text1}}} |{{#ifeq:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{ns:User}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} template page |{{#if:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |{{lc:{{SUBJECTSPACE}}}} page|article}}}}}}}}. }} }}<!-- -->{{DEFAULTSORT:{{{defaultsort|{{PAGENAME}}}}}}}<!-- -->{{#if:{{{inhibit|}}} |<!--(don't categorize)--> | <includeonly><!-- -->{{#ifexist:{{NAMESPACE}}:{{BASEPAGENAME}} | [[Category:{{#switch:{{SUBJECTSPACE}} |Template=Template |Module=Module |User=User |#default=Wikipedia}} documentation pages]] | [[Category:Documentation subpages without corresponding pages]] }}<!-- --></includeonly> }}<!-- (completing initial #ifeq: at start of template:) --><includeonly> | <!--(this template has not been transcluded on a /doc or /{{{override}}} page)--> }}<!-- --></includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 41ca90af0945442788a2dbd08c8c54a61a23c057 10 64 131 130 2023-08-10T14:07:37Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link null]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} b22d666a4b16808dc3becc2403546fb9ab5dea7e 10 65 133 132 2023-08-10T14:07:37Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#Invoke:Template link general|main|nolink=yes|code=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation|1=Template:Tlg/doc |content = {{tlg/doc|tnull}} }} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 2167c503e001d24d870ef82a9de0aaa9832404cb 10 66 135 134 2023-08-10T14:07:38Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link code]] be5d6275ea41d83224503e05901f3405c82141f7 10 67 137 136 2023-08-10T14:07:38Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Shortcut|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 2f2ccc402cde40b1ae056628bffa0852ee01653c 828 68 139 138 2023-08-10T14:07:38Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{shortcut}}. -- Set constants local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Shortcut/config' -- Load required modules local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local p = {} local function message(msg, ...) return mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, ...):plain() end local function makeCategoryLink(cat) return string.format('[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, cat) end function p._main(shortcuts, options, frame, cfg) checkType('_main', 1, shortcuts, 'table') checkType('_main', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() cfg = cfg or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE) local templateMode = options.template and yesno(options.template) local redirectMode = options.redirect and yesno(options.redirect) local isCategorized = not options.category or yesno(options.category) ~= false -- Validate shortcuts for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do if type(shortcut) ~= 'string' or #shortcut < 1 then error(message(cfg['invalid-shortcut-error'], i), 2) end end -- Make the list items. These are the shortcuts plus any extra lines such -- as options.msg. local listItems = {} for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do local templatePath, prefix if templateMode then -- Namespace detection local titleObj = mw.title.new(shortcut, 10) if titleObj.namespace == 10 then templatePath = titleObj.fullText else templatePath = shortcut end prefix = options['pre' .. i] or options.pre or '' end if options.target and yesno(options.target) then listItems[i] = templateMode and string.format("&#123;&#123;%s[[%s|%s]]&#125;&#125;", prefix, templatePath, shortcut) or string.format("[[%s]]", shortcut) else listItems[i] = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'No redirect', args = templateMode and {templatePath, shortcut} or {shortcut, shortcut} } if templateMode then listItems[i] = string.format("&#123;&#123;%s%s&#125;&#125;", prefix, listItems[i]) end end end table.insert(listItems, options.msg) -- Return an error if we have nothing to display if #listItems < 1 then local msg = cfg['no-content-error'] msg = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', msg) if isCategorized and cfg['no-content-error-category'] then msg = msg .. makeCategoryLink(cfg['no-content-error-category']) end return msg end local root = mw.html.create() root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Shortcut/styles.css'} }) -- Anchors local anchorDiv = root :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutanchordiv') for i, shortcut in ipairs(shortcuts) do local anchor = mw.uri.anchorEncode(shortcut) anchorDiv:tag('span'):attr('id', anchor) end -- Shortcut heading local shortcutHeading do local nShortcuts = #shortcuts if nShortcuts > 0 then local headingMsg = options['shortcut-heading'] or redirectMode and cfg['redirect-heading'] or cfg['shortcut-heading'] shortcutHeading = message(headingMsg, nShortcuts) shortcutHeading = frame:preprocess(shortcutHeading) end end -- Shortcut box local shortcutList = root :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutboxplain noprint') :attr('role', 'note') if options.float and options.float:lower() == 'left' then shortcutList:addClass('module-shortcutboxleft') end if options.clear and options.clear ~= '' then shortcutList:css('clear', options.clear) end if shortcutHeading then shortcutList :tag('div') :addClass('module-shortcutlist') :wikitext(shortcutHeading) end local ubl = require('Module:List').unbulleted(listItems) shortcutList:wikitext(ubl) return tostring(root) end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) -- Separate shortcuts from options local shortcuts, options = {}, {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then shortcuts[k] = v else options[k] = v end end -- Compress the shortcut array, which may contain nils. local function compressArray(t) local nums, ret = {}, {} for k in pairs(t) do nums[#nums + 1] = k end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[i] = t[num] end return ret end shortcuts = compressArray(shortcuts) return p._main(shortcuts, options, frame) end return p 03fd46a265e549852a9ed3d3a9249b247d84cb4f 828 69 141 140 2023-08-10T14:07:39Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module holds configuration data for [[Module:Shortcut]]. return { -- The heading at the top of the shortcut box. It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the total number of shortcuts. (required) ['shortcut-heading'] = '[[Wikipedia:Shortcut|{{PLURAL:$1|Shortcut|Shortcuts}}]]', -- The heading when |redirect=yes is given. It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the total number of shortcuts. (required) ['redirect-heading'] = '[[Wikipedia:Redirect|{{PLURAL:$1|Redirect|Redirects}}]]', -- The error message to display when a shortcut is invalid (is not a string, or -- is the blank string). It accepts the following parameter: -- $1 - the number of the shortcut in the argument list. (required) ['invalid-shortcut-error'] = 'shortcut #$1 was invalid (shortcuts must be ' .. 'strings of at least one character in length)', -- The error message to display when no shortcuts or other displayable content -- were specified. (required) ['no-content-error'] = 'Error: no shortcuts were specified and the ' .. mw.text.nowiki('|msg=') .. ' parameter was not set.', -- A category to add when the no-content-error message is displayed. (optional) ['no-content-error-category'] = 'Shortcut templates with missing parameters', } f9d1d94844d5953753eb19e30a3ce389eda3d319 10 71 145 144 2023-08-10T14:07:39Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <div class="templatedata-header">{{#if:{{{noheader|}}}|<!-- noheader: -->{{Template parameter usage|based=y}}|<!-- +header: -->This is the {{#if:{{{nolink|}}}|<!-- +header, nolink TD -->TemplateData|<!-- +header, +link [[TD]]; DEFAULT: -->[[Wikipedia:TemplateData|TemplateData]]}}<!-- e.o. #if:nolink; DEFAULT: --> for this template used by [[mw:Extension:TemplateWizard|TemplateWizard]], [[Wikipedia:VisualEditor|VisualEditor]] and other tools. {{Template parameter usage|based=y}}<!-- e.o. #if:noheader -->}} '''TemplateData for {{{1|{{BASEPAGENAME}}}}}''' </div><includeonly><!-- check parameters -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown={{template other|1=[[Category:Pages using TemplateData header with unknown parameters|_VALUE_]]}} |template=Template:TemplateData header |1 |nolink |noheader |preview=<div class="error" style="font-weight:normal">Unknown parameter '_VALUE_' in [[Template:TemplateData header]].</div> }}<!-- -->{{template other|{{sandbox other|| [[Category:Templates using TemplateData]] }}}}</includeonly><!-- --><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> ddfbb4ae793846b96d4c06330417fa6ed4da2adc 10 72 147 146 2023-08-10T14:07:40Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{label|}}} |=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|C|c}}lick here] to see a monthly parameter usage report for {{#if:{{{1|}}}|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}]]|this template}} in articles{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}}. |None|none=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|P|p}}arameter usage report]{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}} |for|For=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{lc}}}}}|no|P|p}}arameter usage report] for {{#if:{{{1|}}}|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}]]|[[Template:{{ROOTPAGENAME}}]]}}{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}}. |#default=[https://bambots.brucemyers.com/TemplateParam.php?wiki=enwiki&template={{Urlencode:{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME:{{{1|}}}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}}}}} {{{label|}}}]{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{based}}}}}|yes|&#32;based on {{#if:{{{1|}}}|its|this}} TemplateData}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 10a89e6a4bc63a1427518ea21bf94b8f623a7391 828 73 149 148 2023-08-10T14:07:40Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain local p = {} -- _fetch looks at the "demo" argument. local _fetch = require('Module:Transclusion_count').fetch local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') function p.num(frame, count) if count == nil then if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end end -- Build output string local return_value = "" if count == nil then if frame.args[1] == "risk" then return_value = "a very large number of" else return_value = "many" end else -- Use 2 significant figures for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones local sigfig = 2 if count >= 100000 then sigfig = 3 end -- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs local f = math.floor(math.log10(count)) - sigfig + 1 -- Round and insert "approximately" or "+" when appropriate if (frame.args[2] == "yes") or (mw.ustring.sub(frame.args[1],-1) == "+") then -- Round down return_value = string.format("%s+", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) ) else -- Round to nearest return_value = string.format("approximately&#x20;%s", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) ) end -- Insert percentage of pages if that is likely to be >= 1% and when |no-percent= not set to yes if count and count > 250000 and not yesno (frame:getParent().args['no-percent']) then local percent = math.floor( ( (count/frame:callParserFunction('NUMBEROFPAGES', 'R') ) * 100) + 0.5) if percent >= 1 then return_value = string.format("%s&#x20;pages, or roughly %s%% of all", return_value, percent) end end end return return_value end -- Actions if there is a large (greater than or equal to 100,000) transclusion count function p.risk(frame) local return_value = "" if frame.args[1] == "risk" then return_value = "risk" else local count = _fetch(frame) if count and count >= 100000 then return_value = "risk" end end return return_value end function p.text(frame, count) -- Only show the information about how this template gets updated if someone -- is actually editing the page and maybe trying to update the count. local bot_text = (frame:preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}") == "") and "\n\n----\n'''Preview message''': Transclusion count updated automatically ([[Template:High-use/doc#Technical details|see documentation]])." or '' if count == nil then if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end end local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" or title.subpageText == "sandbox" then title = title.basePageTitle end local systemMessages = frame.args['system'] if frame.args['system'] == '' then systemMessages = nil end -- This retrieves the project URL automatically to simplify localiation. local templateCount = ('on [https://linkcount.toolforge.org/index.php?project=%s&page=%s %s pages]'):format( mw.title.getCurrentTitle():fullUrl():gsub('//(.-)/.*', '%1'), mw.uri.encode(title.fullText), p.num(frame, count)) local used_on_text = "'''This " .. (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Lua module" or "template") .. ' is used '; if systemMessages then used_on_text = used_on_text .. systemMessages .. ((count and count > 2000) and ("''', and " .. templateCount) or ("'''")) else used_on_text = used_on_text .. templateCount .. "'''" end local sandbox_text = ("%s's [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s/testcases|/testcases]] subpages, or in your own [[%s]]. "):format( (mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "module" or "template"), title.fullText, title.fullText, mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 828 and "Module:Sandbox|module sandbox" or "Wikipedia:User pages#SUB|user subpage" ) local infoArg = frame.args["info"] ~= "" and frame.args["info"] if (systemMessages or frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000) ) then local info = systemMessages and '.<br/>Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the Wikipedia user interface.' or '.' if infoArg then info = info .. "<br />" .. infoArg end sandbox_text = info .. '<br /> To avoid major disruption' .. (count and count >= 100000 and ' and server load' or '') .. ', any changes should be tested in the ' .. sandbox_text .. 'The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. ' else sandbox_text = (infoArg and ('.<br />' .. infoArg .. ' C') or ' and c') .. 'hanges may be widely noticed. Test changes in the ' .. sandbox_text end local discussion_text = systemMessages and 'Please discuss changes ' or 'Consider discussing changes ' if frame.args["2"] and frame.args["2"] ~= "" and frame.args["2"] ~= "yes" then discussion_text = string.format("%sat [[%s]]", discussion_text, frame.args["2"]) else discussion_text = string.format("%son the [[%s|talk page]]", discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText ) end return used_on_text .. sandbox_text .. discussion_text .. " before implementing them." .. bot_text end function p.main(frame) local count = nil if yesno(frame.args['fetch']) == false then if (frame.args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(frame.args[1]) end else count = _fetch(frame) end local image = "[[File:Ambox warning yellow.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" local type_param = "style" local epilogue = '' if frame.args['system'] and frame.args['system'] ~= '' then image = "[[File:Ambox important.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" type_param = "content" local nocat = frame:getParent().args['nocat'] or frame.args['nocat'] local categorise = (nocat == '' or not yesno(nocat)) if categorise then epilogue = frame:preprocess('{{Sandbox other||{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}|File=upload|#default=edit}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}|sysop|templateeditor|interfaceadmin=|#default=[[Category:Pages used in system messages needing protection]]}}}}') end elseif (frame.args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000)) then image = "[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]" type_param = "content" end if frame.args["form"] == "editnotice" then return frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'editnotice', args = { ["image"] = image, ["text"] = p.text(frame, count), ["expiry"] = (frame.args["expiry"] or "") } } .. epilogue else return require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', { type = type_param, image = image, text = p.text(frame, count), expiry = (frame.args["expiry"] or "") }) .. epilogue end end return p 134551888e066954a89c109d2faa8af71a4454a4 828 74 151 150 2023-08-10T14:07:40Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p.fetch(frame) local template = nil local return_value = nil -- Use demo parameter if it exists, otherswise use current template name local namespace = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace if frame.args["demo"] and frame.args["demo"] ~= "" then template = mw.ustring.gsub(frame.args["demo"],"^[Tt]emplate:","") elseif namespace == 10 then -- Template namespace template = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text elseif namespace == 828 then -- Module namespace template = (mw.site.namespaces[828].name .. ":" .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text) end -- If in template or module namespace, look up count in /data if template ~= nil then namespace = mw.title.new(template, "Template").namespace if namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 then template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/doc$", "") -- strip /doc from end template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/sandbox$", "") -- strip /sandbox from end local index = mw.ustring.sub(mw.title.new(template).text,1,1) local status, data = pcall(function () return(mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion_count/data/' .. (mw.ustring.find(index, "%a") and index or "other"))) end) if status then return_value = tonumber(data[mw.ustring.gsub(template, " ", "_")]) end end end -- If database value doesn't exist, use value passed to template if return_value == nil and frame.args[1] ~= nil then local arg1=mw.ustring.match(frame.args[1], '[%d,]+') if arg1 and arg1 ~= '' then return_value = tonumber(frame:callParserFunction('formatnum', arg1, 'R')) end end return return_value end -- Tabulate this data for [[Wikipedia:Database reports/Templates transcluded on the most pages]] function p.tabulate(frame) local list = {} for i = 65, 91 do local data = mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion count/data/' .. ((i == 91) and 'other' or string.char(i))) for name, count in pairs(data) do table.insert(list, {mw.title.new(name, "Template").fullText, count}) end end table.sort(list, function(a, b) return (a[2] == b[2]) and (a[1] < b[1]) or (a[2] > b[2]) end) local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); for i = 1, #list do list[i] = ('|-\n| %d || [[%s]] || %s\n'):format(i, list[i][1]:gsub('_', ' '), lang:formatNum(list[i][2])) end return table.concat(list) end return p 000ef6bcbf7b66e727870b0c300c4009da300513 10 75 153 152 2023-08-10T14:07:41Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#ifeq:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />Yesno|{{{nested|no}}}}}|yes||<{{{tag|code}}}>}}&#123;&#123;&#123;{{{1<noinclude>|foo</noinclude>}}}{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#ifeq:{{{2}}}|{{{2|}}} |&#124;}}{{{2|}}}&#125;&#125;&#125;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#ifeq:{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />Yesno|{{{nested|no}}}}}|yes||</{{{tag|code}}}>}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS --> </noinclude> abdb5d7fe0982064ea62ad15e8298d1693ed69e2 828 76 155 154 2023-08-10T14:07:41Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements the {{lua}} template. local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local p = {} function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end function p._main(args) local modules = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = p.renderBox(modules) local trackingCategories = p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.renderBox(modules) local boxArgs = {} if #modules < 1 then boxArgs.text = '<strong class="error">Error: no modules specified</strong>' else local moduleLinks = {} for i, module in ipairs(modules) do moduleLinks[i] = string.format('[[:%s]]', module) local maybeSandbox = mw.title.new(module .. '/sandbox') if maybeSandbox.exists then moduleLinks[i] = moduleLinks[i] .. string.format(' ([[:%s|sandbox]])', maybeSandbox.fullText) end end local moduleList = mList.makeList('bulleted', moduleLinks) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.subpageText == "doc" then title = title.basePageTitle end if title.contentModel == "Scribunto" then boxArgs.text = 'This module depends on the following other modules:' .. moduleList else boxArgs.text = 'This template uses [[Wikipedia:Lua|Lua]]:\n' .. moduleList end end boxArgs.type = 'notice' boxArgs.small = true boxArgs.image = '[[File:Lua-Logo.svg|30px|alt=|link=]]' return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end function p.renderTrackingCategories(args, modules, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cats = {} -- Error category if #modules < 1 then cats[#cats + 1] = 'Lua templates with errors' end -- Lua templates category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local subpageBlacklist = { doc = true, sandbox = true, sandbox2 = true, testcases = true } if not subpageBlacklist[titleObj.subpageText] then local protCatName if titleObj.namespace == 10 then local category = args.category if not category then local categories = { ['Module:String'] = 'Templates based on the String Lua module', ['Module:Math'] = 'Templates based on the Math Lua module', ['Module:BaseConvert'] = 'Templates based on the BaseConvert Lua module', ['Module:Citation/CS1'] = 'Templates based on the Citation/CS1 Lua module' } category = modules[1] and categories[modules[1]] category = category or 'Lua-based templates' end cats[#cats + 1] = category protCatName = "Templates using under-protected Lua modules" elseif titleObj.namespace == 828 then protCatName = "Modules depending on under-protected modules" end if not args.noprotcat and protCatName then local protLevels = { autoconfirmed = 1, extendedconfirmed = 2, templateeditor = 3, sysop = 4 } local currentProt if titleObj.id ~= 0 then -- id is 0 (page does not exist) if am previewing before creating a template. currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] end if currentProt == nil then currentProt = 0 else currentProt = protLevels[currentProt] end for i, module in ipairs(modules) do if module ~= "WP:libraryUtil" then local moduleProt = mw.title.new(module).protectionLevels["edit"][1] if moduleProt == nil then moduleProt = 0 else moduleProt = protLevels[moduleProt] end if moduleProt < currentProt then cats[#cats + 1] = protCatName break end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end return p 03ec1b34a40121efc562c0c64a67ebbf57d56dff 10 77 157 156 2023-08-10T14:07:42Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Lua banner|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Lua|Module:Lua banner}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> dba3962144dacd289dbc34f50fbe0a7bf6d7f2f7 10 78 159 158 2023-08-10T14:07:42Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Category link with count]] 02280e2ab57b544236e11f913e3759c5781ca9d5 10 79 161 160 2023-08-10T14:07:42Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki [[:Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|<!-- -->{{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{{name}}}|Category:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}}}<!-- -->]]&nbsp;({{PAGESINCATEGORY:{{#invoke:string|replace|1={{{1}}}|2=^:?[Cc]ategory:|3=|plain=false}}|{{{2|all}}}}})<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> f93f1540b8c157703bd6d24ae35c35bef745981d 828 80 163 162 2023-08-10T14:07:44Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain return { ["S"] = 3500, ["S-aca"] = 6400, ["S-ach"] = 16000, ["S-aft"] = 218000, ["S-aft/filter"] = 218000, ["S-bef"] = 222000, ["S-bef/filter"] = 222000, ["S-break"] = 5000, ["S-civ"] = 2600, ["S-dip"] = 5300, ["S-end"] = 245000, ["S-gov"] = 7900, ["S-hon"] = 3800, ["S-hou"] = 9500, ["S-inc"] = 13000, ["S-legal"] = 9300, ["S-mil"] = 12000, ["S-new"] = 15000, ["S-non"] = 9200, ["S-npo"] = 4000, ["S-off"] = 41000, ["S-par"] = 50000, ["S-par/en"] = 3200, ["S-par/gb"] = 3300, ["S-par/uk"] = 11000, ["S-par/us-hs"] = 11000, ["S-par/us-sen"] = 2000, ["S-ppo"] = 13000, ["S-prec"] = 3200, ["S-rail"] = 6300, ["S-rail-start"] = 6200, ["S-rail/lines"] = 6400, ["S-reg"] = 20000, ["S-rel"] = 18000, ["S-roy"] = 2700, ["S-s"] = 3600, ["S-sports"] = 10000, ["S-start"] = 239000, ["S-ttl"] = 229000, ["S-vac"] = 6000, ["SCO"] = 3700, ["SDcat"] = 5390000, ["SECOND"] = 2300, ["SGP"] = 2600, ["SIA"] = 2600, ["SIPA"] = 2600, ["SLO"] = 4200, ["SMS"] = 7200, ["SMU"] = 2100, ["SPI_archive_notice"] = 70000, ["SPIarchive_notice"] = 70000, ["SPIcat"] = 3800, ["SPIclose"] = 3300, ["SPIpriorcases"] = 65000, ["SR/Olympics_profile"] = 3200, ["SRB"] = 3600, ["SS"] = 20000, ["SSPa"] = 2600, ["STN"] = 12000, ["SUBJECTSPACE_formatted"] = 42000, ["SUI"] = 8400, ["SVG"] = 3200, ["SVG-Logo"] = 17000, ["SVG-Res"] = 15000, ["SVG-logo"] = 2900, ["SVK"] = 5900, ["SVN"] = 5200, ["SWE"] = 12000, ["Sandbox_other"] = 230000, ["Saturday"] = 2600, ["Saved_book"] = 52000, ["Sc"] = 3000, ["Scholia"] = 2700, ["School_block"] = 13000, ["School_disambiguation"] = 3300, ["Schoolblock"] = 6700, ["Schooldis"] = 2700, ["Schoolip"] = 10000, ["Scientist_icon"] = 15000, ["Scientist_icon2"] = 15000, ["Sclass"] = 31000, ["Sclass2"] = 10000, ["Screen_reader-only"] = 43000, ["Screen_reader-only/styles.css"] = 43000, ["Script"] = 5800, ["Script/Arabic"] = 2100, ["Script/Hebrew"] = 4700, ["Script/Nastaliq"] = 14000, ["Script/doc/id-unk"] = 2900, ["Script/doc/id-unk/core"] = 2900, ["Script/doc/id-unk/is-iso-alpha4"] = 2800, ["Script/doc/id-unk/name-to-alpha4"] = 2900, ["Script/styles.css"] = 3000, ["Script/styles_arabic.css"] = 2100, ["Script/styles_hebrew.css"] = 4700, ["Sdash"] = 3000, ["Search_box"] = 49000, ["Search_link"] = 9800, ["Section_link"] = 52000, ["Section_sizes"] = 2400, ["See"] = 11000, ["See_also"] = 184000, ["Seealso"] = 6700, ["Select_skin"] = 4300, ["Selected_article"] = 2700, ["Selected_picture"] = 2500, ["Self"] = 49000, ["Self-published_inline"] = 3900, ["Self-published_source"] = 6600, ["Self-reference"] = 2700, ["Self-reference_tool"] = 5100, ["Self/migration"] = 33000, ["Self2"] = 2100, ["Sent_off"] = 13000, ["Sentoff"] = 4100, ["Separated_entries"] = 175000, ["Sequence"] = 3700, ["Serial_killer_opentask"] = 3600, ["Series_overview"] = 7600, ["Serif"] = 2800, ["Set_category"] = 35000, ["Set_index_article"] = 5700, ["Sets_taxobox_colour"] = 93000, ["Sfn"] = 152000, ["SfnRef"] = 133000, ["Sfnm"] = 3500, ["Sfnp"] = 17000, ["Sfnref"] = 11000, ["Sfrac"] = 4200, ["Sfrac/styles.css"] = 4200, ["SharedIPEDU"] = 3200, ["Shared_IP"] = 11000, ["Shared_IP_advice"] = 16000, ["Shared_IP_corp"] = 5000, ["Shared_IP_edu"] = 126000, ["Shared_IP_gov"] = 3000, ["Sharedip"] = 3300, ["Sharedipedu"] = 3600, ["Sherdog"] = 2600, ["Ship"] = 85000, ["Ship/maintenancecategory"] = 85000, ["Ship_index"] = 7000, ["Shipboxflag"] = 20000, ["Shipboxflag/core"] = 20000, ["Shipwrecks_navbox_footer"] = 10000, ["Shipwrecks_navbox_footer/link"] = 10000, ["Short_description"] = 5500000, ["Short_description/lowercasecheck"] = 5500000, ["Short_pages_monitor"] = 10000, ["Short_pages_monitor/maximum_length"] = 10000, ["Shortcut"] = 19000, ["Should_be_SVG"] = 9100, ["Show_button"] = 2130000, ["Sic"] = 32000, ["Sica"] = 3000, ["Side_box"] = 1120000, ["Sidebar"] = 254000, ["Sidebar_games_events"] = 36000, ["Sidebar_person"] = 2300, ["Sidebar_person/styles.css"] = 2300, ["Sidebar_with_collapsible_lists"] = 93000, ["Sigfig"] = 3700, ["Significant_figures"] = 5000, ["Significant_figures/rnd"] = 4600, ["Signpost-subscription"] = 2100, ["Sildb_prim"] = 2000, ["Silver02"] = 16000, ["Silver2"] = 48000, ["Silver_medal"] = 5500, ["Similar_names"] = 2100, ["Single+double"] = 6800, ["Single+space"] = 14000, ["Single-innings_cricket_match"] = 3200, ["Single_chart"] = 37000, ["Single_chart/chartnote"] = 37000, ["Single_namespace"] = 200000, ["Singlechart"] = 20000, ["Singles"] = 41000, ["Sister-inline"] = 187000, ["Sister_project"] = 1040000, ["Sister_project_links"] = 11000, ["Sisterlinks"] = 2800, ["Skip_to_talk"] = 12000, ["Skip_to_talk/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Sky"] = 2700, ["Sky/styles.css"] = 2700, ["Slink"] = 13000, ["Small"] = 597000, ["Small_Solar_System_bodies"] = 3600, ["Smallcaps"] = 18000, ["Smallcaps/styles.css"] = 18000, ["Smallcaps_all"] = 3100, ["Smalldiv"] = 21000, ["Smaller"] = 72000, ["Smallsup"] = 21000, ["Smiley"] = 43000, ["Snd"] = 160000, ["Snds"] = 6300, ["Soccer_icon"] = 130000, ["Soccer_icon2"] = 130000, ["Soccer_icon4"] = 5100, ["Soccerbase"] = 13000, ["Soccerbase_season"] = 6700, ["Soccerway"] = 75000, ["Sock"] = 47000, ["Sock_list"] = 4000, ["Sockcat"] = 2000, ["Sockmaster"] = 9300, ["Sockpuppet"] = 237000, ["Sockpuppet/altmaster"] = 2100, ["Sockpuppet/categorise"] = 237000, ["SockpuppetCheckuser"] = 5500, ["Sockpuppet_category"] = 45000, ["Sockpuppet_category/confirmed"] = 23000, ["Sockpuppet_category/suspected"] = 22000, ["Sockpuppetcheckuser"] = 3600, ["Sockpuppeteer"] = 24000, ["Soft_redirect"] = 6100, ["Soft_redirect_protection"] = 8200, ["Softredirect"] = 3200, ["Solar_luminosity"] = 4400, ["Solar_mass"] = 5200, ["Solar_radius"] = 4200, ["Soldier_icon"] = 3900, ["Soldier_icon2"] = 3900, ["Song"] = 8300, ["Songs"] = 19000, ["Songs_category"] = 8300, ["Songs_category/core"] = 8300, ["Sort"] = 116000, ["Sortname"] = 52000, ["Source-attribution"] = 28000, ["Source_check"] = 965000, ["Sourcecheck"] = 965000, ["Sources"] = 2400, ["South_America_topic"] = 2500, ["Sp"] = 250000, ["Space"] = 55000, ["Space+double"] = 18000, ["Space+single"] = 13000, ["Spaced_en_dash"] = 192000, ["Spaced_en_dash_space"] = 6400, ["Spaced_ndash"] = 23000, ["Spaces"] = 2690000, ["Spain_metadata_Wikidata"] = 7500, ["Spamlink"] = 13000, ["Species_Latin_name_abbreviation_disambiguation"] = 2200, ["Species_list"] = 15000, ["Speciesbox"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/getGenus"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/getSpecies"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/name"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/parameterCheck"] = 288000, ["Speciesbox/trim"] = 288000, ["Specieslist"] = 5400, ["Split_article"] = 3600, ["Spnd"] = 4100, ["Sport_icon"] = 14000, ["Sport_icon2"] = 15000, ["SportsYearCatUSstate"] = 6500, ["SportsYearCatUSstate/core"] = 6500, ["Sports_links"] = 65000, ["Sports_reference"] = 7300, ["Squad_maintenance"] = 3500, ["Sronly"] = 41000, ["Srt"] = 5100, ["Stack"] = 25000, ["Stack/styles.css"] = 34000, ["Stack_begin"] = 8900, ["Stack_end"] = 8900, ["StaleIP"] = 3200, ["Standings_table_end"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_entry"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_entry/record"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_start"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_start/colheader"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_start/colspan"] = 54000, ["Standings_table_start/styles.css"] = 54000, ["Starbox_astrometry"] = 5100, ["Starbox_begin"] = 5300, ["Starbox_catalog"] = 5200, ["Starbox_character"] = 5100, ["Starbox_detail"] = 5000, ["Starbox_end"] = 5200, ["Starbox_image"] = 2900, ["Starbox_observe"] = 5100, ["Starbox_reference"] = 5200, ["Start-Class"] = 18000, ["Start-date"] = 3800, ["Start_and_end_dates"] = 2700, ["Start_box"] = 8100, ["Start_date"] = 433000, ["Start_date_and_age"] = 138000, ["Start_date_and_years_ago"] = 6600, ["Start_of_course_timeline"] = 6000, ["Start_of_course_week"] = 6200, ["Start_tab"] = 4900, ["Startflatlist"] = 144000, ["Static_IP"] = 5900, ["Station"] = 7700, ["Station_link"] = 16000, ["Stdinchicite"] = 10000, ["Steady"] = 14000, ["Stl"] = 14000, ["Stn"] = 7300, ["Stn_art_lnk"] = 2000, ["Stnlnk"] = 30000, ["Storm_colour"] = 5100, ["Storm_path"] = 2100, ["StoryTeleplay"] = 3400, ["Str_endswith"] = 199000, ["Str_find"] = 115000, ["Str_index"] = 13000, ["Str_left"] = 1580000, ["Str_len"] = 18000, ["Str_letter"] = 175000, ["Str_letter/trim"] = 20000, ["Str_number"] = 8000, ["Str_number/trim"] = 169000, ["Str_rep"] = 311000, ["Str_right"] = 678000, ["Str_trim"] = 5300, ["Str_≠_len"] = 34000, ["Str_≥_len"] = 72000, ["Strfind_short"] = 222000, ["Strikethrough"] = 16000, ["String_split"] = 2600, ["Strip_tags"] = 37000, ["Strong"] = 852000, ["Structurae"] = 2100, ["Stub-Class"] = 17000, ["Stub_Category"] = 13000, ["Stub_category"] = 18000, ["Stub_documentation"] = 36000, ["Student_editor"] = 27000, ["Student_sandbox"] = 4500, ["Student_table_row"] = 5100, ["Students_table"] = 5100, ["Su"] = 9700, ["Su-census1989"] = 4500, ["Sub"] = 4100, ["Subinfobox_bodystyle"] = 35000, ["Subject_bar"] = 18000, ["Suboff"] = 6200, ["Subon"] = 6300, ["Subpage_other"] = 285000, ["Subscription"] = 4300, ["Subscription_required"] = 34000, ["Subsidebar_bodystyle"] = 6700, ["Subst_only"] = 4600, ["Substituted_comment"] = 19000, ["Succession_box"] = 119000, ["Succession_links"] = 162000, ["Summer_Olympics_by_year_category_navigation"] = 2400, ["Summer_Olympics_by_year_category_navigation/core"] = 2400, ["Sunday"] = 2600, ["Sup"] = 58000, ["Suppress_categories"] = 5100, ["Surname"] = 66000, ["Swiss_populations"] = 2400, ["Swiss_populations_NC"] = 3000, ["Swiss_populations_YM"] = 2300, ["Swiss_populations_ref"] = 2400, ["Switcher"] = 2700, ["Module:SDcat"] = 5390000, ["Module:SPI_archive_notice"] = 32000, ["Module:Science_redirect"] = 253000, ["Module:Science_redirect/conf"] = 253000, ["Module:Section_link"] = 52000, ["Module:Section_sizes"] = 3500, ["Module:See_also_if_exists"] = 72000, ["Module:Separated_entries"] = 2270000, ["Module:Series_overview"] = 7700, ["Module:Settlement_short_description"] = 709000, ["Module:Shortcut"] = 23000, ["Module:Shortcut/config"] = 23000, ["Module:Shortcut/styles.css"] = 23000, ["Module:Side_box"] = 1150000, ["Module:Side_box/styles.css"] = 1150000, ["Module:Sidebar"] = 336000, ["Module:Sidebar/configuration"] = 336000, ["Module:Sidebar/styles.css"] = 342000, ["Module:Sidebar_games_events"] = 36000, ["Module:Sidebar_games_events/styles.css"] = 36000, ["Module:Singles"] = 41000, ["Module:Sister_project_links"] = 14000, ["Module:Sister_project_links/bar/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Module:Sister_project_links/styles.css"] = 11000, ["Module:Sock_list"] = 4000, ["Module:Sort_title"] = 17000, ["Module:Sortkey"] = 197000, ["Module:Split_article"] = 3600, ["Module:Sports_career"] = 19000, ["Module:Sports_color"] = 68000, ["Module:Sports_color/baseball"] = 34000, ["Module:Sports_color/basketball"] = 22000, ["Module:Sports_color/ice_hockey"] = 3200, ["Module:Sports_rbr_table"] = 11000, ["Module:Sports_rbr_table/styles.css"] = 11000, ["Module:Sports_reference"] = 7300, ["Module:Sports_results"] = 14000, ["Module:Sports_results/styles.css"] = 9400, ["Module:Sports_table"] = 57000, ["Module:Sports_table/WDL"] = 50000, ["Module:Sports_table/WDL_OT"] = 2600, ["Module:Sports_table/WL"] = 3900, ["Module:Sports_table/argcheck"] = 57000, ["Module:Sports_table/styles.css"] = 57000, ["Module:Sports_table/sub"] = 57000, ["Module:Sports_table/totalscheck"] = 41000, ["Module:Stock_tickers/NYSE"] = 2100, ["Module:Storm_categories"] = 5200, ["Module:Storm_categories/categories"] = 5200, ["Module:Storm_categories/colors"] = 5200, ["Module:Storm_categories/icons"] = 5200, ["Module:String"] = 11900000, ["Module:String2"] = 2280000, ["Module:Su"] = 12000, ["Module:Subject_bar"] = 18000, ["Module:Suppress_categories"] = 5200, } 03ba019c97a222c7612ec7459698be278cb1bd12 828 81 165 164 2023-08-10T14:07:44Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description text text/plain /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } 8fe3df4bb607e699eab2dbd23bd4a1a446391002 10 82 167 166 2023-08-10T14:07:44Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if: {{{tag|}}} | {{#if: {{{style|}}} | <{{{tag}}} style="{{{style}}}"> | <{{{tag}}}> }} }}{{#invoke:LuaCall | call | mw.text.nowiki |\{{{1|}}}<!-- -->}}{{#if: {{{tag|}}} | </{{{tag}}}> }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 2712eeff2099493a4151603b9ed4ea74e51fa6ed 828 83 169 168 2023-08-10T14:07:45Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description Scribunto text/plain local p={} function p.main(frame) local parent = frame.getParent(frame) or {} local reserved_value = {} local reserved_function, reserved_contents for k, v in pairs(parent.args or {}) do _G[k] = tonumber(v) or v -- transfer every parameter directly to the global variable table end for k, v in pairs(frame.args or {}) do _G[k] = tonumber(v) or v -- transfer every parameter directly to the global variable table end --- Alas Scribunto does NOT implement coroutines, according to --- http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#string.format --- this will not stop us from trying to implement one single lousy function call if _G[1] then reserved_function, reserved_contents = mw.ustring.match(_G[1], "^%s*(%a[^%s%(]*)%(([^%)]*)%)%s*$") end if reserved_contents then local reserved_counter = 0 repeat reserved_counter = reserved_counter + 1 reserved_value[reserved_counter] = _G[mw.ustring.match(reserved_contents, "([^%,]+)")] reserved_contents = mw.ustring.match(reserved_contents, "[^%,]+,(.*)$") until not reserved_contents end local reserved_arraypart = _G while mw.ustring.match(reserved_function, "%.") do reserved_functionpart, reserved_function = mw.ustring.match(reserved_function, "^(%a[^%.]*)%.(.*)$") reserved_arraypart = reserved_arraypart[reserved_functionpart] end local reserved_call = reserved_arraypart[reserved_function] if type(reserved_call) ~= "function" then return tostring(reserved_call) else reserved_output = {reserved_call(unpack(reserved_value))} return reserved_output[reserved_return or 1] end end local function tonumberOrString(v) return tonumber(v) or v:gsub("^\\", "", 1) end local function callWithTonumberOrStringOnPairs(f, ...) local args = {} for _, v in ... do table.insert(args, tonumberOrString(v)) end return (f(unpack(args))) end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- ipairsAtOffset -- This is an iterator for arrays. It can be used like ipairs, but with -- specified i as first index to iterate. i is an offset from 1 -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] local function ipairsAtOffset(t, i) local f, s, i0 = ipairs(t) return f, s, i0+i end local function get(s) local G = _G; for _ in mw.text.gsplit( mw.text.trim(s, '%s'), '%s*%.%s*' ) do G = G[_] end return G end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- call -- -- This function is usually useful for debugging template parameters. -- Prefix parameter with backslash (\) to force interpreting parameter as string. -- The leading backslash will be removed before passed to Lua function. -- -- Example: -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.log|a|1|2|3}} will return results of mw.log('a', 1, 2, 3) -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.logObject|\a|321|\321| \321 }} will return results of mw.logObject('a', 321, '321', ' \\321 ') -- -- This example show the debugging to see which Unicode characters are allowed in template parameters, -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0061}}}} return 97 -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0000}}}} return 65533 -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0001}}}} return 65533 -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0002}}}}}} return 0xfffd -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x007e}}}}}} return 0x007e -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x007f}}}}}} return 0x007f -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x0080}}}}}} return 0x0080 -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|call|string.format|0x%04x|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.codepoint|{{#invoke:LuaCall|call|mw.ustring.char|0x00a0}}}}}} return 0x00a0 -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.call(frame) return callWithTonumberOrStringOnPairs(get(frame.args[1]), ipairsAtOffset(frame.args, 1) ) end --local TableTools = require('Module:TableTools') --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- get -- -- Example: -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get| math.pi }} will return value of math.pi -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get|math|pi}} will return value of math.pi -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get| math |pi}} will return value of _G[' math '].pi -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get|_G| math.pi }} will return value of _G[' math.pi '] -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get|obj.a.5.c}} will return value of obj.a['5'].c -- {{#invoke:LuaCall|get|obj|a|5|c}} will return value of obj.a[5].c -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.get(frame) -- #frame.args always return 0, regardless of number of unnamed -- template parameters, so check manually instead if frame.args[2] == nil then -- not do tonumber() for this args style, -- always treat it as string, -- so 'obj.1' will mean obj['1'] rather obj[1] return get(frame.args[1]) else local G = _G for _, v in ipairs(frame.args) do G = G[tonumberOrString(v)] end return G end end --[[ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -- invoke -- -- This function is used by Template:Invoke -- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ --]] function p.invoke(frame) local pframe, usedpargs = frame:getParent(), {} -- get module and function names from parent args if not provided local pfargs = setmetatable({frame.args[1], frame.args[2]}, {__index = table}) if not pfargs[1] then pfargs[1], usedpargs[1] = pframe.args[1], true if not pfargs[2] then pfargs[2], usedpargs[2] = pframe.args[2], true end elseif not pfargs[2] then pfargs[2], usedpargs[1] = pframe.args[1], true end -- repack sequential args for i, v in ipairs(pframe.args) do if not usedpargs[i] then pfargs:insert(v) usedpargs[i] = true end end -- copy other args for k, v in pairs(pframe.args) do if not pfargs[k] and not usedpargs[k] then pfargs[k], usedpargs[k] = v, true end end -- #invoke off parent frame so the new frame has the same parent return pframe:callParserFunction{name = '#invoke', args = pfargs} end return p d6ec342627682bf90e61bbad921fcc6190f2e090 10 84 171 170 2023-08-10T14:07:45Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:High-use]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R avoided double redirect|1=Template:High-risk}} {{R from alternative hyphenation|'''{{-r|Template:High-risk}}'''}}{{R from template shortcut}} }} ce1776d54ed01e65417b2a4ed18778e32694aa48 10 85 173 172 2023-08-10T14:07:46Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint">{{nowiki2|1={{#invoke:WikidataIB|getDescription|{{{1|}}}|qid={{{qid|}}}}}}}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}}</noinclude> 880c3d2e1319b90060840b592e30fd9d1abdb27e 10 86 175 174 2023-08-10T14:07:48Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High risk|all-pages = yes}} {{Warning|'''Please do not use redirects/shortcuts for this template''', as they cause problems with the [[Wikipedia:Shortdesc helper|short description editing gadget]] and other maintenance tools.}} {{Lua|Module:Check for unknown parameters|Module:String}} '''[[Template:Short description]]''' is used to add a [[Wikipedia:Short description|short description]] (which can be edited from within Wikipedia) to a Wikipedia page. These descriptions appear in Wikipedia searches and elsewhere, and help users identify the desired article. == Usage == {{tld|Short description|''Write your short description here''}} This should be limited to about 40 characters, as explained at [[WP:SDFORMAT]], along with the other guidance at [[WP:SDCONTENT]]. == Parameters == {{TemplateData header|noheader=1}} <templatedata> { "description": { "en": "Creates a short description for a Wikipedia page, which is displayed in search results and other locations.", "es": "Crea una breve descripción, para un artículo de Wikipedia, que se utiliza en el Editor Visual para proporcionar contexto en los wikilinks (wikienlaces)." }, "params": { "1": { "label": { "en": "Description", "es": "Descripción" }, "description": { "en": "The short description of the article or 'none'. It should be limited to about 40 characters.", "es": "La descripción corta del artículo" }, "example": { "en": "Chinese encyclopedia writer (1947–2001)", "es": "La enciclopedia en línea que cualquiera puede editar" }, "required": true, "type": "content" }, "2": { "label": { "en": "No replace?", "es": "2" }, "description": { "en": "Should be unused or 'noreplace'. Templates with noreplace will not replace a short description defined by an earlier template. Mainly for use within transcluded templates.", "es": "Se anula una descripción corta si se transcluye. Debe estar sin usar o con 'noreplace' (que significar no reemplazar)." }, "example": { "es": "noreplace" }, "required": false, "type": "string", "autovalue": "noreplace", "suggestedvalues": [ "noreplace" ] }, "pagetype": { "type": "string", "description": { "en": "The type of page. This puts it in the appropriate category - Things with short description. Normally unneeded, since handled through namespace detection.", "es": "El tipo de página. La coloca en la categoría apropiada - Cosas con descripción corta" }, "example": "Redirect, Disambiguation page", "required": false } }, "format": "{{_|_ = _}}\n" } </templatedata> == About writing good short descriptions == This page is about the short description {{em|template}}; it does not provide guidelines for writing a good short description. If you plan to use this template, you should make sure you read and follow the detailed guidance at [[WP:HOWTOSD]]. General information can be found at [[Wikipedia:Short description]]. == Template information == Eventually all articles should have a short description: * by directly using this template, in which case the short description will be unique to the article * transcluded in another template, such as a disambiguation template, where a generic short description is adequate for a large class of pages * where the short description is assembled from data in an infobox Automatically generated descriptions within templates should set the second parameter as {{code|noreplace}} so they do not override any short descriptions specifically added to the transcluding article. Short descriptions are not normally needed for non-article pages, such as redirects, but can be added if useful. If the article title alone is sufficient to ensure reliable identification of the desired article, a null value of {{tnull|Short description|none}} may be used. Short descriptions do not necessarily serve the same function as the Wikidata description for an item and they do not have to be the same, but some overlap is expected in many cases. Some Wikidata descriptions may be unsuitable, and if imported must be checked for relevance, accuracy and fitness for purpose. Responsibility for such imports lies with the importer. {{crossref|(See also [[d:Help:Description|Wikidata:Help:Description]].)}} === Example === At [[Oxygen therapy]], add the following at the very top of the article, above everything else: * {{tld|Short description|Use of oxygen as medical treatment}} == Testing == For testing purposes, the display of this template can be enabled by adding a line to your [[Special:MyPage/common.css]]: * <syntaxhighlight lang="CSS" inline>.shortdescription { display:block !important; }</syntaxhighlight> This can be easily removed or disabled when testing is finished. If you want to {{em|always}} see short descriptions, you may prefer a more utilitarian layout, such as: <syntaxhighlight lang="CSS"> .shortdescription { display:block !important; white-space: pre-wrap; } .shortdescription::before { content: "\A[Short description:\0020"; } .shortdescription::after { content: "]\A"; } </syntaxhighlight> There is a test version of this template available as [[Template:Short description/test]] which displays its text by default. * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays the short description if supplied * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays nothing if <code>none</code> is supplied * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays the description from Wikidata if <code>wikidata</code> is supplied. Taking {{Q|Q1096878}} as an example: * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|Underwater diving where breathing is from equipment independent of the surface}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|Underwater diving where breathing is from equipment independent of the surface }} * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|none}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|none}} * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|wikidata}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|wikidata|qid=Q1096878}} ===Pagetype parameter=== If {{param|Pagetype}} is '''not''' set, then this template adds the article to a category based on the namespace: * {{clc|Articles with short description}} * {{clc|Redirects with short description}} {{--}} for redirects in any namespace If {{param|Pagetype}} '''is''' set, then this template adds the article to a category matching the parameter. For example: * {{cl|Redirects with short description}} {{--}} {{code|pagetype {{=}} Redirect }} {{anchor|No-aliases}} == Aliases == {{shortcut|WP:SDNOALIASES}} While there are currently <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Short_description|hidetrans=1&hidelinks=1&limit=500}} redirects to this template]</span>, '''they must not be used''', for the reasons below: :* Other templates and gadgets attempt to extract short descriptions from pages by explicitly searching for the transclusions of the {{tl|Short description}} template. :* For example, {{tl|Annotated link}} searches for the template in its uppercase "Short description" and lowercase form "short description". '''Do not''' start the template with a space: {{code|<nowiki> {{ Short description...</nowiki>}}. While this does create a valid short description, the space will prevent searches for the {{code|<nowiki>{{Short description...</nowiki>}} text. ==Tracking categories== * {{clc|Templates that generate short descriptions}} * {{clc|Modules that create a short description}} * {{clc|Short description matches Wikidata}} * {{clc|Short description is different from Wikidata}} * {{clc|Short description with empty Wikidata description}} == Maintenance categories == * {{clc|Pages using short description with unknown parameters}} * {{clc|Articles with long short description}} * {{clc|Pages with lower-case short description}} ==See also == * {{tlx|Auto short description}} * {{tlx|Annotated link}} * {{tlx|laal}} – displays an article's pagelinks alongside its short description * [[Wikipedia:Short descriptions]] — background information * [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Short descriptions]] — project to add Short descriptions to all articles <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> <!-- Category:Articles with short description (maintenance category)? --> [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Templates that generate short descriptions]] }}</includeonly> 5de7c025a071fa8a4a8dadbf7245386999fb4ea7 220 175 2023-08-10T14:31:43Z InsaneX 2 /* Tracking categories */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High risk|all-pages = yes}} {{Warning|'''Please do not use redirects/shortcuts for this template''', as they cause problems with the [[Wikipedia:Shortdesc helper|short description editing gadget]] and other maintenance tools.}} {{Lua|Module:Check for unknown parameters|Module:String}} '''[[Template:Short description]]''' is used to add a [[Wikipedia:Short description|short description]] (which can be edited from within Wikipedia) to a Wikipedia page. These descriptions appear in Wikipedia searches and elsewhere, and help users identify the desired article. == Usage == {{tld|Short description|''Write your short description here''}} This should be limited to about 40 characters, as explained at [[WP:SDFORMAT]], along with the other guidance at [[WP:SDCONTENT]]. == Parameters == {{TemplateData header|noheader=1}} <templatedata> { "description": { "en": "Creates a short description for a Wikipedia page, which is displayed in search results and other locations.", "es": "Crea una breve descripción, para un artículo de Wikipedia, que se utiliza en el Editor Visual para proporcionar contexto en los wikilinks (wikienlaces)." }, "params": { "1": { "label": { "en": "Description", "es": "Descripción" }, "description": { "en": "The short description of the article or 'none'. It should be limited to about 40 characters.", "es": "La descripción corta del artículo" }, "example": { "en": "Chinese encyclopedia writer (1947–2001)", "es": "La enciclopedia en línea que cualquiera puede editar" }, "required": true, "type": "content" }, "2": { "label": { "en": "No replace?", "es": "2" }, "description": { "en": "Should be unused or 'noreplace'. Templates with noreplace will not replace a short description defined by an earlier template. Mainly for use within transcluded templates.", "es": "Se anula una descripción corta si se transcluye. Debe estar sin usar o con 'noreplace' (que significar no reemplazar)." }, "example": { "es": "noreplace" }, "required": false, "type": "string", "autovalue": "noreplace", "suggestedvalues": [ "noreplace" ] }, "pagetype": { "type": "string", "description": { "en": "The type of page. This puts it in the appropriate category - Things with short description. Normally unneeded, since handled through namespace detection.", "es": "El tipo de página. La coloca en la categoría apropiada - Cosas con descripción corta" }, "example": "Redirect, Disambiguation page", "required": false } }, "format": "{{_|_ = _}}\n" } </templatedata> == About writing good short descriptions == This page is about the short description {{em|template}}; it does not provide guidelines for writing a good short description. If you plan to use this template, you should make sure you read and follow the detailed guidance at [[WP:HOWTOSD]]. General information can be found at [[Wikipedia:Short description]]. == Template information == Eventually all articles should have a short description: * by directly using this template, in which case the short description will be unique to the article * transcluded in another template, such as a disambiguation template, where a generic short description is adequate for a large class of pages * where the short description is assembled from data in an infobox Automatically generated descriptions within templates should set the second parameter as {{code|noreplace}} so they do not override any short descriptions specifically added to the transcluding article. Short descriptions are not normally needed for non-article pages, such as redirects, but can be added if useful. If the article title alone is sufficient to ensure reliable identification of the desired article, a null value of {{tnull|Short description|none}} may be used. Short descriptions do not necessarily serve the same function as the Wikidata description for an item and they do not have to be the same, but some overlap is expected in many cases. Some Wikidata descriptions may be unsuitable, and if imported must be checked for relevance, accuracy and fitness for purpose. Responsibility for such imports lies with the importer. {{crossref|(See also [[d:Help:Description|Wikidata:Help:Description]].)}} === Example === At [[Oxygen therapy]], add the following at the very top of the article, above everything else: * {{tld|Short description|Use of oxygen as medical treatment}} == Testing == For testing purposes, the display of this template can be enabled by adding a line to your [[Special:MyPage/common.css]]: * <syntaxhighlight lang="CSS" inline>.shortdescription { display:block !important; }</syntaxhighlight> This can be easily removed or disabled when testing is finished. If you want to {{em|always}} see short descriptions, you may prefer a more utilitarian layout, such as: <syntaxhighlight lang="CSS"> .shortdescription { display:block !important; white-space: pre-wrap; } .shortdescription::before { content: "\A[Short description:\0020"; } .shortdescription::after { content: "]\A"; } </syntaxhighlight> There is a test version of this template available as [[Template:Short description/test]] which displays its text by default. * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays the short description if supplied * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays nothing if <code>none</code> is supplied * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays the description from Wikidata if <code>wikidata</code> is supplied. Taking {{Q|Q1096878}} as an example: * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|Underwater diving where breathing is from equipment independent of the surface}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|Underwater diving where breathing is from equipment independent of the surface }} * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|none}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|none}} * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|wikidata}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|wikidata|qid=Q1096878}} ===Pagetype parameter=== If {{param|Pagetype}} is '''not''' set, then this template adds the article to a category based on the namespace: * {{clc|Articles with short description}} * {{clc|Redirects with short description}} {{--}} for redirects in any namespace If {{param|Pagetype}} '''is''' set, then this template adds the article to a category matching the parameter. For example: * {{cl|Redirects with short description}} {{--}} {{code|pagetype {{=}} Redirect }} {{anchor|No-aliases}} == Aliases == {{shortcut|WP:SDNOALIASES}} While there are currently <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Short_description|hidetrans=1&hidelinks=1&limit=500}} redirects to this template]</span>, '''they must not be used''', for the reasons below: :* Other templates and gadgets attempt to extract short descriptions from pages by explicitly searching for the transclusions of the {{tl|Short description}} template. :* For example, {{tl|Annotated link}} searches for the template in its uppercase "Short description" and lowercase form "short description". '''Do not''' start the template with a space: {{code|<nowiki> {{ Short description...</nowiki>}}. While this does create a valid short description, the space will prevent searches for the {{code|<nowiki>{{Short description...</nowiki>}} text. == Maintenance categories == * {{clc|Pages using short description with unknown parameters}} * {{clc|Articles with long short description}} * {{clc|Pages with lower-case short description}} ==See also == * {{tlx|Auto short description}} * {{tlx|Annotated link}} * {{tlx|laal}} – displays an article's pagelinks alongside its short description * [[Wikipedia:Short descriptions]] — background information * [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Short descriptions]] — project to add Short descriptions to all articles <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> <!-- Category:Articles with short description (maintenance category)? --> [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Templates that generate short descriptions]] }}</includeonly> a600dc85316239911f8e37d53a842f6942229d69 221 220 2023-08-10T14:31:55Z InsaneX 2 /* Maintenance categories */ wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High risk|all-pages = yes}} {{Warning|'''Please do not use redirects/shortcuts for this template''', as they cause problems with the [[Wikipedia:Shortdesc helper|short description editing gadget]] and other maintenance tools.}} {{Lua|Module:Check for unknown parameters|Module:String}} '''[[Template:Short description]]''' is used to add a [[Wikipedia:Short description|short description]] (which can be edited from within Wikipedia) to a Wikipedia page. These descriptions appear in Wikipedia searches and elsewhere, and help users identify the desired article. == Usage == {{tld|Short description|''Write your short description here''}} This should be limited to about 40 characters, as explained at [[WP:SDFORMAT]], along with the other guidance at [[WP:SDCONTENT]]. == Parameters == {{TemplateData header|noheader=1}} <templatedata> { "description": { "en": "Creates a short description for a Wikipedia page, which is displayed in search results and other locations.", "es": "Crea una breve descripción, para un artículo de Wikipedia, que se utiliza en el Editor Visual para proporcionar contexto en los wikilinks (wikienlaces)." }, "params": { "1": { "label": { "en": "Description", "es": "Descripción" }, "description": { "en": "The short description of the article or 'none'. It should be limited to about 40 characters.", "es": "La descripción corta del artículo" }, "example": { "en": "Chinese encyclopedia writer (1947–2001)", "es": "La enciclopedia en línea que cualquiera puede editar" }, "required": true, "type": "content" }, "2": { "label": { "en": "No replace?", "es": "2" }, "description": { "en": "Should be unused or 'noreplace'. Templates with noreplace will not replace a short description defined by an earlier template. Mainly for use within transcluded templates.", "es": "Se anula una descripción corta si se transcluye. Debe estar sin usar o con 'noreplace' (que significar no reemplazar)." }, "example": { "es": "noreplace" }, "required": false, "type": "string", "autovalue": "noreplace", "suggestedvalues": [ "noreplace" ] }, "pagetype": { "type": "string", "description": { "en": "The type of page. This puts it in the appropriate category - Things with short description. Normally unneeded, since handled through namespace detection.", "es": "El tipo de página. La coloca en la categoría apropiada - Cosas con descripción corta" }, "example": "Redirect, Disambiguation page", "required": false } }, "format": "{{_|_ = _}}\n" } </templatedata> == About writing good short descriptions == This page is about the short description {{em|template}}; it does not provide guidelines for writing a good short description. If you plan to use this template, you should make sure you read and follow the detailed guidance at [[WP:HOWTOSD]]. General information can be found at [[Wikipedia:Short description]]. == Template information == Eventually all articles should have a short description: * by directly using this template, in which case the short description will be unique to the article * transcluded in another template, such as a disambiguation template, where a generic short description is adequate for a large class of pages * where the short description is assembled from data in an infobox Automatically generated descriptions within templates should set the second parameter as {{code|noreplace}} so they do not override any short descriptions specifically added to the transcluding article. Short descriptions are not normally needed for non-article pages, such as redirects, but can be added if useful. If the article title alone is sufficient to ensure reliable identification of the desired article, a null value of {{tnull|Short description|none}} may be used. Short descriptions do not necessarily serve the same function as the Wikidata description for an item and they do not have to be the same, but some overlap is expected in many cases. Some Wikidata descriptions may be unsuitable, and if imported must be checked for relevance, accuracy and fitness for purpose. Responsibility for such imports lies with the importer. {{crossref|(See also [[d:Help:Description|Wikidata:Help:Description]].)}} === Example === At [[Oxygen therapy]], add the following at the very top of the article, above everything else: * {{tld|Short description|Use of oxygen as medical treatment}} == Testing == For testing purposes, the display of this template can be enabled by adding a line to your [[Special:MyPage/common.css]]: * <syntaxhighlight lang="CSS" inline>.shortdescription { display:block !important; }</syntaxhighlight> This can be easily removed or disabled when testing is finished. If you want to {{em|always}} see short descriptions, you may prefer a more utilitarian layout, such as: <syntaxhighlight lang="CSS"> .shortdescription { display:block !important; white-space: pre-wrap; } .shortdescription::before { content: "\A[Short description:\0020"; } .shortdescription::after { content: "]\A"; } </syntaxhighlight> There is a test version of this template available as [[Template:Short description/test]] which displays its text by default. * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays the short description if supplied * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays nothing if <code>none</code> is supplied * {{tld|Short description/test}} displays the description from Wikidata if <code>wikidata</code> is supplied. Taking {{Q|Q1096878}} as an example: * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|Underwater diving where breathing is from equipment independent of the surface}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|Underwater diving where breathing is from equipment independent of the surface }} * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|none}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|none}} * <code><nowiki>{{short description/test|wikidata}}</nowiki></code> → {{short description/test|wikidata|qid=Q1096878}} ===Pagetype parameter=== If {{param|Pagetype}} is '''not''' set, then this template adds the article to a category based on the namespace: * {{clc|Articles with short description}} * {{clc|Redirects with short description}} {{--}} for redirects in any namespace If {{param|Pagetype}} '''is''' set, then this template adds the article to a category matching the parameter. For example: * {{cl|Redirects with short description}} {{--}} {{code|pagetype {{=}} Redirect }} {{anchor|No-aliases}} == Aliases == {{shortcut|WP:SDNOALIASES}} While there are currently <span class="plainlinks">[{{fullurl:Special:WhatLinksHere/Template:Short_description|hidetrans=1&hidelinks=1&limit=500}} redirects to this template]</span>, '''they must not be used''', for the reasons below: :* Other templates and gadgets attempt to extract short descriptions from pages by explicitly searching for the transclusions of the {{tl|Short description}} template. :* For example, {{tl|Annotated link}} searches for the template in its uppercase "Short description" and lowercase form "short description". '''Do not''' start the template with a space: {{code|<nowiki> {{ Short description...</nowiki>}}. While this does create a valid short description, the space will prevent searches for the {{code|<nowiki>{{Short description...</nowiki>}} text. ==See also == * {{tlx|Auto short description}} * {{tlx|Annotated link}} * {{tlx|laal}} – displays an article's pagelinks alongside its short description * [[Wikipedia:Short descriptions]] — background information * [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Short descriptions]] — project to add Short descriptions to all articles <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line, please; interwikis at Wikidata --> <!-- Category:Articles with short description (maintenance category)? --> [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Templates that generate short descriptions]] }}</includeonly> a7bbaf8a87d39182cb20e42c6ef0a536cb73d3b2 10 87 177 176 2023-08-10T14:07:48Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description text text/plain /* {{pp-template|small=yes}} */ .plainlist ol, .plainlist ul { line-height: inherit; list-style: none; margin: 0; padding: 0; /* Reset Minerva default */ } .plainlist ol li, .plainlist ul li { margin-bottom: 0; } 51706efa229ff8794c0d94f260a208e7c5e6ec30 828 88 179 178 2023-08-10T14:07:49Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported: Importing Short description text text/plain /* {{pp-template}} */ .module-shortcutboxplain { float: right; margin: 0 0 0 1em; border: 1px solid #aaa; background: #fff; padding: 0.3em 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; text-align: center; font-size: 85%; } .module-shortcutboxleft { float: left; margin: 0 1em 0 0; } .module-shortcutlist { display: inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 0.2em; } .module-shortcutboxplain ul { font-weight: bold; } .module-shortcutanchordiv { position: relative; top: -3em; } li .module-shortcutanchordiv { float: right; /* IE/Edge in list items */ } .mbox-imageright .module-shortcutboxplain { padding: 0.4em 1em 0.4em 1em; line-height: 1.3; margin: 0; } ccf3877e4b14726147d3b1d8a297fbecacdb2cf8 0 4 180 13 2023-08-10T14:10:16Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Short description|Umar Edits on TOP}} '''Umar Edits''' 5403f21e4908e5c077e6043de8e070f9e5d353af 222 180 2023-08-10T14:32:32Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Umar Edits''' 47964e30b13755911c7ca8e108450dfa724f2a86 224 222 2023-08-10T15:15:23Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox Name |title = Geotuber's Info |name = John Doe |country = USA |channel_link = https://www.youtube.com/user/johndoe }} '''Umar Edits''' 741dae5046569f1a41a50c8a8c5aec2d365b1056 225 224 2023-08-10T15:15:52Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox Geotuber |title = Geotuber's Info |name = John Doe |country = USA |channel_link = https://www.youtube.com/user/johndoe }} '''Umar Edits''' 9c4b509139be6f13f54478c5cec8f5b5c20d35e1 10 89 182 181 2023-08-10T14:16:19Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:SDcat |setCat}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 8c6e8783ddb0dc699d6fb60370db97b73725b9a6 10 90 184 183 2023-08-10T14:16:28Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} {{High risk}} <!-- Add categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata (see [[Wikipedia:Wikidata]]) --> {{lua|Module:SDcat}} This template is merely a wrapper for [[Module:SDcat]], which adds tracking categories to articles depending on whether their [[WP:short description|short description]] matches the associated description field on Wikidata. Complete documentation is available at [[Module:SDcat]]. == Usage == <code><nowiki>{{SDcat |sd={{{shortdescription|}}} }}</nowiki></code> === For testing === <code><nowiki>{{SDcat |sd=short description |qid=Wikidata entity ID |lp=link prefix (usually ":") }}</nowiki></code> <includeonly>{{sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:WikiProject Short descriptions]] }}</includeonly> 2a2e572b915cc316e39d344979cbca621b80c828 10 91 186 185 2023-08-10T14:17:01Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:pagetype|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> b8e6aa66678cd57877ea2c607372a45070f030a7 828 92 188 187 2023-08-10T14:17:03Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- PAGETYPE -- -- -- -- This is a meta-module intended to replace {{pagetype}} and similar -- -- templates. It automatically detects namespaces, and allows for a -- -- great deal of customisation. It can easily be ported to other -- -- wikis by changing the values in the [[Module:Pagetype/config]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load config. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Pagetype/config') -- Load required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local nsDetectModule = require('Module:Namespace detect') local nsDetect = nsDetectModule._main local getParamMappings = nsDetectModule.getParamMappings local getPageObject = nsDetectModule.getPageObject local p = {} local function shallowCopy(t) -- Makes a shallow copy of a table. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end local function checkPagetypeInput(namespace, val) -- Checks to see whether we need the default value for the given namespace, -- and if so gets it from the pagetypes table. -- The yesno function returns true/false for "yes", "no", etc., and returns -- val for other input. local ret = yesno(val, val) if ret and type(ret) ~= 'string' then ret = cfg.pagetypes[namespace] end return ret end local function getPagetypeFromClass(class, param, aliasTable, default) -- Gets the pagetype from a class specified from the first positional -- parameter. param = yesno(param, param) if param ~= false then -- No check if specifically disallowed. for _, alias in ipairs(aliasTable) do if class == alias then if type(param) == 'string' then return param else return default end end end end end local function getNsDetectValue(args) -- Builds the arguments to pass to [[Module:Namespace detect]] and returns -- the result. -- Get the default values. local ndArgs = {} local defaultns = args[cfg.defaultns] if defaultns == cfg.defaultnsAll then ndArgs = shallowCopy(cfg.pagetypes) else local defaultnsArray if defaultns == cfg.defaultnsExtended then defaultnsArray = cfg.extendedNamespaces elseif defaultns == cfg.defaultnsNone then defaultnsArray = {} else defaultnsArray = cfg.defaultNamespaces end for _, namespace in ipairs(defaultnsArray) do ndArgs[namespace] = cfg.pagetypes[namespace] end end --[[ -- Add custom values passed in from the arguments. These overwrite the -- defaults. The possible argument names are fetched from -- Module:Namespace detect automatically in case new namespaces are -- added. Although we accept namespace aliases as parameters, we only pass -- the local namespace name as a parameter to Module:Namespace detect. -- This means that the "image" parameter can overwrite defaults for the -- File: namespace, which wouldn't work if we passed the parameters through -- separately. --]] local mappings = getParamMappings() for ns, paramAliases in pairs(mappings) do -- Copy the aliases table, as # doesn't work with tables returned from -- mw.loadData. paramAliases = shallowCopy(paramAliases) local paramName = paramAliases[1] -- Iterate backwards along the array so that any values for the local -- namespace names overwrite those for namespace aliases. for i = #paramAliases, 1, -1 do local paramAlias = paramAliases[i] local ndArg = checkPagetypeInput(paramAlias, args[paramAlias]) if ndArg == false then -- If any arguments are false, convert them to nil to protect -- against breakage by future changes to -- [[Module:Namespace detect]]. ndArgs[paramName] = nil elseif ndArg then ndArgs[paramName] = ndArg end end end -- Check for disambiguation-class and N/A-class pages in mainspace. if ndArgs.main then local class = args[1] if type(class) == 'string' then -- Put in lower case so e.g. "Dab" and "dab" will both match. class = mw.ustring.lower(class) end local dab = getPagetypeFromClass( class, args[cfg.dab], cfg.dabAliases, cfg.dabDefault ) if dab then ndArgs.main = dab else local na = getPagetypeFromClass( class, args[cfg.na], cfg.naAliases, cfg.naDefault ) if na then ndArgs.main = na end end end -- If there is no talk value specified, use the corresponding subject -- namespace for talk pages. if not ndArgs.talk then ndArgs.subjectns = true end -- Add the fallback value. This can also be customised, but it cannot be -- disabled. local other = args[cfg.other] -- We will ignore true/false/nil results from yesno here, but using it -- anyway for consistency. other = yesno(other, other) if type(other) == 'string' then ndArgs.other = other else ndArgs.other = cfg.otherDefault end -- Allow custom page values. ndArgs.page = args.page return nsDetect(ndArgs) end local function detectRedirects(args) local redirect = args[cfg.redirect] -- The yesno function returns true/false for "yes", "no", etc., and returns -- redirect for other input. redirect = yesno(redirect, redirect) if redirect == false then -- Detect redirects unless they have been explicitly disallowed with -- "redirect=no" or similar. return end local pageObject = getPageObject(args.page) -- If we are using subject namespaces elsewhere, do so here as well. if pageObject and not yesno(args.talk, true) and args[cfg.defaultns] ~= cfg.defaultnsAll then pageObject = getPageObject( pageObject.subjectNsText .. ':' .. pageObject.text ) end -- Allow custom values for redirects. if pageObject and pageObject.isRedirect then if type(redirect) == 'string' then return redirect else return cfg.redirectDefault end end end function p._main(args) local redirect = detectRedirects(args) local pagetype = "" if redirect then pagetype = redirect else pagetype = getNsDetectValue(args) end if yesno(args.plural, false) then if cfg.irregularPlurals[pagetype] then pagetype = cfg.irregularPlurals[pagetype] else pagetype = pagetype .. cfg.plural -- often 's' end end if yesno(args.caps, false) then pagetype = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(pagetype, 1, 1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(pagetype, 2) end return pagetype end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) end return p 210524e0c60e3354325aea88c508e94423ad228d 828 93 190 189 2023-08-10T14:17:03Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Pagetype configuration data -- -- This page holds localisation and configuration data for Module:Pagetype. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table holds the values to use for "main=true", "user=true", etc. Keys to -- this table should be namespace parameters that can be used with -- [[Module:Namespace detect]]. cfg.pagetypes = { ['main'] = 'article', ['user'] = 'user page', ['project'] = 'project page', ['wikipedia'] = 'project page', ['wp'] = 'project page', ['file'] = 'file', ['image'] = 'file', ['mediawiki'] = 'interface page', ['template'] = 'template', ['help'] = 'help page', ['category'] = 'category', ['portal'] = 'portal', ['draft'] = 'draft', ['timedtext'] = 'Timed Text page', ['module'] = 'module', ['topic'] = 'topic', ['gadget'] = 'gadget', ['gadget definition'] = 'gadget definition', ['talk'] = 'talk page', ['special'] = 'special page', ['media'] = 'file', } -- This table holds the names of the namespaces to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes by default. cfg.defaultNamespaces = { 'main', 'file', 'template', 'category', 'module' } -- This table holds the names of the namespaces to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes if cfg.defaultnsExtended is set. cfg.extendedNamespaces = { 'main', 'user', 'project', 'file', 'mediawiki', 'template', 'category', 'help', 'portal', 'module', 'draft' } -- The parameter name to set which default namespace values to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes. cfg.defaultns = 'defaultns' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set all namespaces, including talk. cfg.defaultnsAll = 'all' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set the namespaces listed in -- cfg.extendedNamespaces cfg.defaultnsExtended = 'extended' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set no default namespaces. cfg.defaultnsNone = 'none' -- The parameter name to use for disambiguation pages page. cfg.dab = 'dab' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for disambiguation-class -- pages. These should be lower-case. cfg.dabAliases = { 'disambiguation', 'disambig', 'disamb', 'dab' } -- The default value for disambiguation pages. cfg.dabDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for N/A-class page. cfg.na = 'na' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for N/A-class pages. These -- should be lower-case. cfg.naAliases = {'na', 'n/a'} -- The default value for N/A-class pages. cfg.naDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for redirects. cfg.redirect = 'redirect' -- The default value to use for redirects. cfg.redirectDefault = 'redirect' -- The parameter name for undefined namespaces. cfg.other = 'other' -- The value used if the module detects an undefined namespace. cfg.otherDefault = 'page' -- The usual suffix denoting a plural. cfg.plural = 's' -- This table holds plurals not formed by a simple suffix. cfg.irregularPlurals = { ["category"] = "categories" } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line e2eb36d6c43611a422bae37947ebeb04b695dcba 828 94 192 191 2023-08-10T14:17:03Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain --[[ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- NAMESPACE DETECT -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{namespace detect}} template in Lua, with a -- -- few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases are supported, -- -- and namespace names are detected automatically for the local wiki. The -- -- module can also use the corresponding subject namespace value if it is -- -- used on a talk page. Parameter names can be configured for different wikis -- -- by altering the values in the "cfg" table in -- -- Module:Namespace detect/config. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] local data = mw.loadData('Module:Namespace detect/data') local argKeys = data.argKeys local cfg = data.cfg local mappings = data.mappings local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mArguments -- Lazily initialise Module:Arguments local mTableTools -- Lazily initilalise Module:TableTools local ustringLower = mw.ustring.lower local p = {} local function fetchValue(t1, t2) -- Fetches a value from the table t1 for the first key in array t2 where -- a non-nil value of t1 exists. for i, key in ipairs(t2) do local value = t1[key] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil end local function equalsArrayValue(t, value) -- Returns true if value equals a value in the array t. Otherwise -- returns false. for i, arrayValue in ipairs(t) do if value == arrayValue then return true end end return false end function p.getPageObject(page) -- Get the page object, passing the function through pcall in case of -- errors, e.g. being over the expensive function count limit. if page then local success, pageObject = pcall(mw.title.new, page) if success then return pageObject else return nil end else return mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end end -- Provided for backward compatibility with other modules function p.getParamMappings() return mappings end local function getNamespace(args) -- This function gets the namespace name from the page object. local page = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demopage) if page == '' then page = nil end local demospace = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demospace) if demospace == '' then demospace = nil end local subjectns = fetchValue(args, argKeys.subjectns) local ret if demospace then -- Handle "demospace = main" properly. if equalsArrayValue(argKeys.main, ustringLower(demospace)) then ret = mw.site.namespaces[0].name else ret = demospace end else local pageObject = p.getPageObject(page) if pageObject then if pageObject.isTalkPage then -- Get the subject namespace if the option is set, -- otherwise use "talk". if yesno(subjectns) then ret = mw.site.namespaces[pageObject.namespace].subject.name else ret = 'talk' end else ret = pageObject.nsText end else return nil -- return nil if the page object doesn't exist. end end ret = ret:gsub('_', ' ') return ustringLower(ret) end function p._main(args) -- Check the parameters stored in the mappings table for any matches. local namespace = getNamespace(args) or 'other' -- "other" avoids nil table keys local params = mappings[namespace] or {} local ret = fetchValue(args, params) --[[ -- If there were no matches, return parameters for other namespaces. -- This happens if there was no text specified for the namespace that -- was detected or if the demospace parameter is not a valid -- namespace. Note that the parameter for the detected namespace must be -- completely absent for this to happen, not merely blank. --]] if ret == nil then ret = fetchValue(args, argKeys.other) end return ret end function p.main(frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false}) local ret = p._main(args) return ret or '' end function p.table(frame) --[[ -- Create a wikitable of all subject namespace parameters, for -- documentation purposes. The talk parameter is optional, in case it -- needs to be excluded in the documentation. --]] -- Load modules and initialise variables. mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local namespaces = mw.site.namespaces local cfg = data.cfg local useTalk = type(frame) == 'table' and type(frame.args) == 'table' and yesno(frame.args.talk) -- Whether to use the talk parameter. -- Get the header names. local function checkValue(value, default) if type(value) == 'string' then return value else return default end end local nsHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader, 'Namespace') local aliasesHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader, 'Aliases') -- Put the namespaces in order. local mappingsOrdered = {} for nsname, params in pairs(mappings) do if useTalk or nsname ~= 'talk' then local nsid = namespaces[nsname].id -- Add 1, as the array must start with 1; nsid 0 would be lost otherwise. nsid = nsid + 1 mappingsOrdered[nsid] = params end end mappingsOrdered = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(mappingsOrdered) -- Build the table. local ret = '{| class="wikitable"' .. '\n|-' .. '\n! ' .. nsHeader .. '\n! ' .. aliasesHeader for i, params in ipairs(mappingsOrdered) do for j, param in ipairs(params) do if j == 1 then ret = ret .. '\n|-' .. '\n| <code>' .. param .. '</code>' .. '\n| ' elseif j == 2 then ret = ret .. '<code>' .. param .. '</code>' else ret = ret .. ', <code>' .. param .. '</code>' end end end ret = ret .. '\n|-' .. '\n|}' return ret end return p a4757000273064f151f0f22dc0e139092e5ff443 828 95 194 193 2023-08-10T14:17:04Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } d224f42a258bc308ef3ad8cc8686cd7a4f47d005 828 96 196 195 2023-08-10T14:17:04Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'page' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 0e4ff08d13c4b664d66b32c232deb129b77c1a56 10 97 198 197 2023-08-10T14:17:08Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki [[{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#switch:{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>lc:{{{color|{{{colour|}}}}}} }} |green |grn |gn =File:Yes check.svg |lightgreen |lgreen |lgrn |lgn =File:Light green check.svg |red |rd |r =File:Red check.svg |darkred |dkred |drd |dr =File:Check-188-25-49-red.svg |pink |pnk |pk =File:Pink check.svg |orange |or |o =File:Check.svg |yellow |yel |y =File:Yellow check.svg |black |blk |k =File:Black check.svg |blue |blu |u =File:Check-blue.svg |lightblue |lblue |lblu |lb =File:Cornflower blue check.svg |cyan |cy |c =File:B-check.svg |purple |pur |pu =File:Purple check.svg |grey |gray |gry |gy =File:SemiTransBlack v.svg |brown |brn |bn =File:Brown check.svg <!--default--> |File:Yes check.svg }}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}|{{Str number/trim|{{{1}}}}}|20}}px|link=|alt={{#if:{{{alt|}}}|{{{alt}}}|check}}]]<span style="display:none">Y</span><!--template:tick--><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 2a5da56c38689fc7e1a8ccfd7a51892df49d6253 10 101 206 205 2023-08-10T14:17:10Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Xmark]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} e97e23c5fb1a53fbf972794777b17b669b615ad4 10 104 212 211 2023-08-10T14:17:15Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki #Redirect [[Template:High-use]] {{Redirect category shell|{{R from modification}}{{R from template shortcut}}}} 65ce33c8f2d9659b46256ceb1f7fe57859f66fb2 10 6 219 15 2023-08-10T14:31:24Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}|none|<nowiki /><!--Prevents whitespace issues when used with adjacent newlines-->|<div class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint searchaux" style="display:none">{{{1|}}}{{SHORTDESC:{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}</div>}} <includeonly> <!-- Commenting out category assignments: {{#ifeq:{{{pagetype}}}|Disambiguation pages||{{#ifeq:{{pagetype |defaultns = all |user=exclude}}|exclude||{{#ifeq:{{#switch: {{NAMESPACENUMBER}} | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | 100 | 101 | 118 | 119 | 828 | 829 | = exclude|#default=}}|exclude||[[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with short description]]}}}}}} --> </includeonly> <!-- Start tracking --> <!-- Commenting out category assignments: {{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{Main other|[[Category:Pages using short description with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Short description]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | pagetype | bot |plural }} --> <!-- Commenting out category assignments: {{#ifexpr: {{#invoke:String|len|{{{1|}}}}}>100 | [[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with long short description]]}} --> <includeonly> <!-- Commenting out category assignments: {{#if:{{{1|}}}||[[Category:Pages with empty short description]]}} --> </includeonly> <!-- {{Short description/lowercasecheck|{{{1|}}}}} --> <!-- Commenting out category assignments: {{Main other |{{SDcat |sd={{{1|}}} }} }} --> <noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 76ae66d645c9dadb3641230cf413db6f1b7a033b 10 108 223 2023-08-10T15:14:53Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "{| class="infobox" |- ! colspan="2" style="text-align:center; background:#B0C4DE;" | {{{title|Default Title}}} |- | '''Name''' || {{{name|}}} |- | '''Country''' || {{{country|}}} |- | '''Channel Link''' || [{{{channel_link|}}} {{{name}}}] |}" wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="infobox" |- ! colspan="2" style="text-align:center; background:#B0C4DE;" | {{{title|Default Title}}} |- | '''Name''' || {{{name|}}} |- | '''Country''' || {{{country|}}} |- | '''Channel Link''' || [{{{channel_link|}}} {{{name}}}] |} 03179890e24b3ad1fe33021f52940567bfe9609e 10 109 227 226 2023-08-10T15:23:06Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Infobox_YouTube_personality]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{Infobox | child = {{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}} | templatestyles = Template:Infobox YouTube personality/styles.css | bodyclass = ib-youtube biography vcard | title = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}|<div {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|}}}}}|class="ib-youtube-title"}}>'''YouTube information'''</div>}} | aboveclass = ib-youtube-above | above = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}||{{br separated entries |1={{#if:{{{honorific_prefix|{{{honorific prefix|}}}}}}|<span class="honorific-prefix">{{{honorific_prefix|{{{honorific prefix|}}}}}}</span>}} |2=<span class="fn">{{{name|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}</span> |3={{#if:{{{honorific_suffix|{{{honorific suffix|}}}}}}|<span class="honorific-suffix">{{{honorific_suffix|{{{honorific suffix|}}}}}}</span>}} }} }} | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{logo|}}}|size={{{logo_size|}}}|sizedefault=250px|alt={{{logo_alt|}}}}} | caption = {{{logo_caption|{{{logo caption|}}}}}} | image2 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{{image_size|{{{image size|{{{imagesize|}}}}}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{image_upright|{{{upright|1}}}}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}|suppressplaceholder=yes}} | caption2 = {{{image_caption|{{{caption|{{{image caption|}}}}}}}}} | headerclass = ib-youtube-header | header1 = {{#if:{{{birth_name|}}}{{{birth_date|}}}{{{birth_place|}}}{{{death_date|}}}{{{death_place|}}}{{{nationality|}}}{{{occupation|{{{occupations|}}}}}}|Personal information}} | label2 = Born | data2 = {{br separated entries|1={{#if:{{{birth_name|}}}|<div class="nickname">{{{birth_name}}}</div>}}|2={{{birth_date|}}}|3={{#if:{{{birth_place|}}}|<div class="birthplace">{{{birth_place|}}}</div>}}}} | label3 = Died | data3 = {{br separated entries|1={{{death_date|}}}|2={{#if:{{{death_place|}}}|<div class="deathplace">{{{death_place|}}}</div>}}}} | label4 = Origin | data4 = {{{origin|}}} | label5 = Nationality | data5 = {{{nationality|}}} | class5 = category | label6 = Other&nbsp;names | data6 = {{{other_names|}}} | class6 = nickname | label7 = Education | data7 = {{{education|}}} | label8 = Occupation{{#if:{{{occupations|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{occupation|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data8 = {{{occupation|{{{occupations|}}}}}} | class8 = role | label9 = Spouse{{#if:{{{spouses|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{spouse|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data9 = {{{spouse|{{{spouses|}}}}}} | label10 = Partner{{#if:{{{partners|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{partner|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data10 = {{{partner|{{{partners|}}}}}} | label11 = Children | data11 = {{{children|}}} | label12 = Parent{{if either|{{{parents|}}}|{{if both|{{{mother|}}}|{{{father|}}}|true}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{parent|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data12 = {{#if:{{{parent|{{{parents|}}}}}}|{{{parent|{{{parents}}}}}}|{{Unbulleted list|{{#if:{{{father|}}}|{{{father}}} (father)}}|{{#if:{{{mother|}}}|{{{mother}}} (mother)}}}}}} | label13 = Relatives | data13 = {{{relatives|}}} | label14 = Organi{{#if:{{{organisation|{{{organisations|}}}}}}|s|z}}ation{{#if:{{{organizations|{{{organisations|}}}}}}|s|{{pluralize from text|{{{organization|{{{organisation|}}}}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data14 = {{{organization|{{{organisation|{{{organizations|{{{organisations|}}}}}}}}}}}} | class14 = org | label15 = Signature | data15 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{signature|}}}|size={{{signature_size|}}}|sizedefault=150px|alt={{{signature_alt|{{{signature alt|}}}}}}}} | label16 = Website | data16 = {{{website|{{{homepage|{{{URL|}}}}}}}}} | data17 = {{{module_personal|}}} | header20 = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}||{{#if:{{{pseudonym|}}}{{{channel_name|}}}{{{channel_url|}}}{{{channel_direct_url|}}}{{{channels|}}}{{{years_active|{{{years active|{{{yearsactive|}}}}}}}}}{{{genre|{{{genres|}}}}}}{{#switch:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}|-404|-412|-424={{{subscribers|}}}|{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}}}{{{views|}}}{{{network|}}}{{{associated_acts|}}}|YouTube information}}}} | label21 = {{Nowrap|Also known as}} | data21 = {{{pseudonym|}}} | class21 = nickname | label22 = Channel{{#if:{{{channels|}}}{{{channel_name2|}}}{{{channel_url2|}}}{{{channel_direct_url2|}}}|s}} | data22 = {{#if:{{{channel_name|}}}{{{channel_url|}}}{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|{{flatlist| * [https://www.youtube.com/{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{channel_url|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url|}}}}}|{{{channel_name}}}=user/{{{channel_name}}}|{{{channel_url}}}=channel/{{{channel_url}}}|{{{channel_direct_url}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|YouTube channel}}]{{#if:{{{channel_name2|}}}{{{channel_url2|}}}{{{channel_direct_url2|}}}| * [https://www.youtube.com/{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{channel_name2|}}}|{{{channel_url2|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url2|}}}}}|{{{channel_name2}}}=user/{{{channel_name2}}}|{{{channel_url2}}}=channel/{{{channel_url2}}}|{{{channel_direct_url2}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name2|}}}|{{{channel_name2|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url2|}}}|YouTube channel}}]{{#if:{{{channel_name3|}}}{{{channel_url3|}}}{{{channel_direct_url3|}}}| * [https://www.youtube.com/{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{channel_name3|}}}|{{{channel_url3|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url3|}}}}}|{{{channel_name3}}}=user/{{{channel_name3}}}|{{{channel_url3}}}=channel/{{{channel_url3}}}|{{{channel_direct_url3}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name3|}}}|{{{channel_name3|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url3|}}}|YouTube channel}}]}} }} }}|{{{channels|}}} }} | label23 = Created&nbsp;by | data23 = {{{creator|{{{creators|{{{created_by|}}}}}}}}} | label24 = Presented&nbsp;by | data24 = {{{presenter|{{{presenters|{{{presented_by|}}}}}}}}} | label25 = Location | data25 = {{{location|}}} | label26 = Years&nbsp;active | data26 = {{{years_active|{{{years active|{{{yearsactive|}}}}}}}}} | label27 = Genre{{#if:{{{genres|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{genre|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data27 = {{{genre|{{{genres|}}}}}} | label28 = Subscribers | data28 = {{#if:{{#switch:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}|-404|-412|-424={{{subscribers|}}}|{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}}}|{{br separated entries|1={{#if:{{{subscribers|}}}|{{{subscribers}}}|{{#switch:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}|-404|-412|-424={{main other|[[Category:Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors]]}}|{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}}}}}{{#if:{{{channel_name|}}}{{{channel_url|}}}{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|{{#tag:ref|{{Cite web|title=About {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|YouTube channel}}|url=https://www.youtube.com/{{#switch:{{if empty|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{channel_url|}}}|{{{channel_direct_url|}}}}}|{{{channel_name}}}=user/{{{channel_name}}}|{{{channel_url}}}=channel/{{{channel_url}}}|{{{channel_direct_url}}}}}/about |publisher=[[YouTube]]}}|name="YouTubeStats{{Plain text|{{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{name|}}}}}}}"}} }}|2={{#if:{{{subscriber_date|}}}|({{{subscriber_date}}})|{{#if:{{{subscribers|}}}||{{#iferror:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|dateNice}}||({{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|dateNice}})}}}}}}}}}} | label29 = Total&nbsp;views | data29 = {{#if:{{{views|}}}|{{br separated entries|1={{{views}}}{{if both|{{#switch:{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}|-404|-412|-424={{{subscribers|}}}|{{#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|subCountNice}}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}{{{channel_url|}}}{{{channel_direct_url|}}}|{{#tag:ref||name="YouTubeStats{{Plain text|{{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|}}}|{{{name|}}}}}}}"}} }}|2={{#if:{{{view_date|}}}|({{{view_date|}}})}} }} }} | label30 = [[Multi-channel network|Network]] | data30 = {{{network|}}} | label31 = Contents are&nbsp;in | data31 = {{{language|}}} | label32 = Associated acts | data32 = {{{associated_acts|}}} | label33 = Website | data33 = {{{channel_website|}}} | data42 = {{#if:{{{silver_year|}}}{{{silver_button|}}}{{{gold_year|}}}{{{gold_button|}}}{{{diamond_year|}}}{{{diamond_button|}}}{{{ruby_year|}}}{{{ruby_button|}}}{{{red_diamond_year|}}}{{{red_diamond_button|}}}| <table class="ib-youtube-awards mw-collapsible {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{expand|}}}}}||mw-collapsed}}"> <tr><th colspan="3" {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{embed|}}}}}||class="ib-youtube-awards-color"}}><div>[[YouTube Creator Awards|Creator Awards]]</div></th></tr> {{If either|{{{silver_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{silver_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Silver Play Button 2.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>100,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{silver_year|}}}</td></tr>}} {{If either|{{{gold_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{gold_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Gold Play Button 2.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>1,000,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{gold_year|}}}</td></tr>}} {{If either|{{{diamond_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{diamond_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Diamond Play Button.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>10,000,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{diamond_year|}}}</td></tr>}} {{If either|{{{ruby_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{ruby_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Ruby Play Button 2.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>50,000,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{ruby_year|}}}</td></tr>}} {{If either|{{{red_diamond_year|}}}|{{Yesno|{{{red_diamond_button|}}}}}|then=<tr><td>[[File:YouTube Red Diamond Play Button.svg|32px|link=]]</td><td>100,000,000 subscribers</td><td>{{{red_diamond_year|}}}</td></tr>}} </table>}} | data52 = {{{module|}}} | belowclass = ib-youtube-below | below = {{#if:{{{stats_update|}}}|{{hr}}''Last updated:'' {{{stats_update}}}}}{{#if:{{{extra_information|}}}|{{hr}}{{{extra_information}}}}} }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using infobox YouTube personality with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox YouTube personality]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| alt | associated_acts | birth_date | birth_name | birth_place | caption | channel_name | channel_name2 | channel_name3 | channel_url | channel_url2 | channel_url3 | channel_direct_url | channel_direct_url2 | channel_direct_url3 | channels | channel_display_name | channel_display_name2 | channel_display_name3 | channel_website | children | created_by | creator | creators | father | presented_by | presenter | presenters | death_date | death_place | diamond_button | diamond_year | education | embed | expand | extra_information | genre | genres | gold_button | gold_year | homepage | honorific prefix | honorific suffix | honorific_prefix | honorific_suffix | image | image caption | image size | image_caption | image_size | image_upright | imagesize | language | location | logo | logo caption | logo_caption | logo_alt | logo_size | module | module_personal | mother | name | nationality | network | occupation | occupations | organisation | organisations | organization | organizations | origin | other_names | parent | parents | partner | partners | pseudonym | red_diamond_button | red_diamond_year | relatives | ruby_button | ruby_year | subbox | signature | signature alt | signature_alt | signature_size | silver_button | silver_year | spouse | spouses | stats_update | subscriber_date | subscribers | upright | URL | view_date | views | website | years active | years_active | yearsactive }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 08cd10a16ba44c06a8803113d2bbca0a9127a601 10 110 229 228 2023-08-10T15:23:07Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Nowrap]] wikitext text/x-wiki <span class="nowrap">{{{1}}}</span><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc page; interwikis go to Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 5d0dc6b6d89b37f4356242404f46138a4017f015 828 111 231 230 2023-08-10T15:23:09Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1]] Scribunto text/plain require('strict'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ''; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return base_url; end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; else err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; end utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first, position) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >---------------------------------- extract interwiki prefixen from <value>. Returns two one or two values: false – no prefixen nil – prefix exists but not recognized project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of: :<project>:<language>:<article> :<language>:<project>:<article> project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and v (wikiversity)) are not supported. ]] local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link) if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later end local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes '^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes '^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix '^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix } local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen '^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes '^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes '^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix '^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix } local cap1, cap2; for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern); if cap1 then break; -- found a match so stop looking end end if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed) if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end else -- here when :language:project: if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language end end return nil; -- unknown interwiki language elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil? return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1 if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map? return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language end end end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat? end if proj then proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project if proj then one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language end end if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat? end if tag then local lang = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name end end table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. <cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter ]] local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) if utilities.is_set (name) then if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title= There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests. Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else ]=] local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, } local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging ]] local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only end end if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki? link = nil; -- unset so we don't link link_alias = nil; end end last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil ]] local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag; name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase if utilities.is_set (tag) then lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns; local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. TODO: explain <invert> ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then return ''; end -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ''; if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '') vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '') return vol; end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower); end end -- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and if is_preview_mode then return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate else return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = ''; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); end end local Volume; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end end local ArticleNumber; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); local Page; local Pages; local At; local QuotePage; local QuotePages; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message? Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids? no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template end end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- CS1/2 mode local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); -- controls capitalization of certain static text local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; Format = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty'); end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end end -- end of do local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |ssrn= required for their templates if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors')); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers')); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators')); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors')); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors')); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat end if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency']; Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end local Quote = A['Quote']; local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then if utilities.is_set (Quote) then if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); end if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; elseif not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; end end Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; else Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; end PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end if "live" == UrlStatus then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], {external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled else Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ''; end local Lay = ''; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ''; -- and unset if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not (utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors)) then Others = Others:gsub ('^' .. sepc .. ' ', ''); -- when no authors and no editors, strip leading sepc and space end if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")"; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ''; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass); local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link)); table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link)); table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end end return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t) local url_error_t = {}; check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] local function citation(frame) Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end -- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here) local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}} is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else local pframe = frame:getParent() local styles; cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'; utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if ('string' == type (k)) then k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) -- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end local url_param_t = {}; for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check end end has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), citation0( config, args) }); end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return {citation = citation}; 9bfe095ac3f64719c64a17280b76d0add203ad61 828 112 233 232 2023-08-10T15:23:10Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration]] Scribunto text/plain local lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- make a language object for the local language; used here for languages and dates --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ List of namespaces identifiers for namespaces that will not be included in citation error categories. Same as setting notracking = true by default. For wikis that have a current version of Module:cs1 documentation support, this #invoke will return an unordered list of namespace names and their associated identifiers: {{#invoke:cs1 documentation support|uncategorized_namespace_lister|all=<anything>}} ]] uncategorized_namespaces_t = {[2]=true}; -- init with user namespace id for k, _ in pairs (mw.site.talkNamespaces) do -- add all talk namespace ids uncategorized_namespaces_t[k] = true; end local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2', ['archived-missing'] = 'Archived from the original $1 on $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on ', ['archived'] = 'Archived', ['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1', ['editor'] = 'ed.', ['editors'] = 'eds.', ['edition'] = '($1&nbsp;ed.)', ['episode'] = 'Episode $1', ['et al'] = 'et&nbsp;al.', ['in'] = 'In', -- edited works ['inactive'] = 'inactive', ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1', ['lay summary'] = 'Lay summary', ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'the original', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (published $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1', ['season'] = 'Season $1', ['section'] = '§&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = '§§&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1', ['translated'] = 'Translated by $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype ['written'] = 'Written at $1', ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, no.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 No.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['art'] = '$1 Art.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; for {{cite conference}} only ['vol-art'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, art.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, article-number; for {{cite conference}} only ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)', ['j-article-num'] = ' $1', -- TODO: any punctuation here? static text? ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = "$1 p.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(in $1)', ['via'] = " &ndash; via $1", ['event'] = 'Event occurs at', ['minutes'] = 'minutes in', -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors', ['help page label'] = 'help', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[Category:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:Category:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33">One or more <code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> templates have errors</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#3a3">One or more <code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> templates have maintenance messages</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link } --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S _ M A P >------------------------------------------ this table maps the value assigned to |CitationClass= in the cs1|2 templates to the canonical template name when the value assigned to |CitationClass= is different from the canonical template name. |CitationClass= values are used as class attributes in the <cite> tag that encloses the citation so these names may not contain spaces while the canonical template name may. These names are used in warning_msg_e and warning_msg_m to create links to the template's documentation when an article is displayed in preview mode. Most cs1|2 template |CitationClass= values at en.wiki match their canonical template names so are not listed here. ]] local citation_class_map_t = { -- TODO: if kept, these and all other config.CitationClass 'names' require some sort of i18n ['audio-visual'] = 'AV media', ['AV-media-notes'] = 'AV media notes', ['encyclopaedia'] = 'encyclopedia', ['mailinglist'] = 'mailing list', ['pressrelease'] = 'press release' } --[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------- This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message. ]=] local et_al_patterns = { "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match) "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al. "%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form "%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax) "[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. ['interwiki'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[in $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-language-linked author, editor, etc ['interproj'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">[at $1]</span>', -- for interwiki-project-linked author, editor, etc (:d: and :s: supported; :w: ignored) -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='cs1-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='cs1-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'}, ['limited'] = {class='cs1-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'}, ['subscription'] = {class='cs1-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = "&#91;$1&#93;", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} } --[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >--------------------------------- Aliases table for commonly passed parameters. Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names ]] local aliases = { ['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Agency'] = 'agency', ['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format', ['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArticleNumber'] = 'article-number', ['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld', ['At'] = 'at', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Authors'] = {'authors', 'people', 'credits'}, ['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'}, ['Cartography'] = 'cartography', ['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}; ['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url', 'chapterurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event'}, ['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format', ['ConferenceURL'] = 'conference-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Date'] = {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, -- air-date and airdate for cite episode and cite serial only ['Degree'] = 'degree', ['DF'] = 'df', ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['DisplayEditors'] = 'display-editors', ['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators', ['Docket'] = 'docket', ['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['Edition'] = 'edition', ['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['Episode'] = 'episode', -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['Format'] = 'format', ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'}, ['Inset'] = 'inset', ['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number'}, ['Language'] = {'language', 'lang'}, ['LayDate'] = 'lay-date', ['LayFormat'] = 'lay-format', ['LaySource'] = 'lay-source', ['LayURL'] = 'lay-url', ['MailingList'] = {'mailing-list', 'mailinglist'}, -- cite mailing list only ['Map'] = 'map', -- cite map only ['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only ['MapURL'] = {'map-url', 'mapurl'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Minutes'] = 'minutes', ['Mode'] = 'mode', ['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style', ['Network'] = 'network', ['Newsgroup'] = 'newsgroup', -- cite newsgroup only ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear'}, ['Others'] = 'others', ['Page'] = {'page', 'p'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Pages'] = {'pages', 'pp'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'website', 'work'}, ['Place'] = {'place', 'location'}, ['PostScript'] = 'postscript', ['PublicationDate'] = {'publication-date', 'publicationdate'}, ['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace'}, ['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'institution'}, ['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation'}, ['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page', ['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages', ['Ref'] = 'ref', ['Scale'] = 'scale', ['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map', ['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote', ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Season'] = 'season', ['Sections'] = 'sections', -- cite map only ['Series'] = {'series', 'version'}, ['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'}, ['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only ['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only ['Station'] = 'station', ['Time'] = 'time', ['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption', ['Title'] = 'title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'episodelink'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleNote'] = 'department', ['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'}, ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['Transcript'] = 'transcript', ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', ['TranscriptURL'] = {'transcript-url', 'transcripturl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote', ['TransTitle'] = 'trans-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlAccess'] = 'url-access', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlStatus'] = 'url-status', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors', ['Veditors'] = 'veditors', ['Via'] = 'via', ['Volume'] = 'volume', ['Year'] = 'year', ['AuthorList-First'] = {"first#", "author-first#", "author#-first", "given#", "author-given#", "author#-given"}, ['AuthorList-Last'] = {"last#", "author-last#", "author#-last", "surname#", "author-surname#", "author#-surname", "author#", "subject#", 'host#'}, ['AuthorList-Link'] = {"author-link#", "author#-link", "subject-link#", "subject#-link", "authorlink#", "author#link"}, ['AuthorList-Mask'] = {"author-mask#", "author#-mask", "subject-mask#", "subject#-mask"}, ['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'}, ['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname', 'contributor#'}, ['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'}, ['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'}, ['EditorList-First'] = {"editor-first#", "editor#-first", "editor-given#", "editor#-given"}, ['EditorList-Last'] = {"editor-last#", "editor#-last", "editor-surname#", "editor#-surname", "editor#"}, ['EditorList-Link'] = {"editor-link#", "editor#-link"}, ['EditorList-Mask'] = {"editor-mask#", "editor#-mask"}, ['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first', 'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given'}, ['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last', 'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#'}, ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'}, ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'}, ['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given'}, ['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator-last#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname', 'translator#'}, ['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'}, ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'}, } --[[--------------------------< P U N C T _ S K I P >--------------------------- builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check. ]] local punct_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters 'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators 'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'LayURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters } local url_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'ID', 'LayURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- parameters allowed to hold urls 'Page', 'Pages', 'At', 'QuotePage', 'QuotePages', -- insource locators allowed to hold urls } local function build_skip_table (skip_t, meta_params) for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name if 'string' == type (params) then skip_t[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter else for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name skip_t[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table local count; param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters if 0 ~= count then -- if removed skip_t[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker end end end end return skip_t; end local punct_skip = {}; local url_skip = {}; --[[--------------------------< S I N G L E - L E T T E R S E C O N D - L E V E L D O M A I N S >---------- this is a list of tlds that are known to have single-letter second-level domain names. This list does not include ccTLDs which are accepted in is_domain_name(). ]] local single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = {'cash', 'company', 'foundation', 'org', 'today'}; --[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------ This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc., is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where this translation table may be useful. ]] local is_Latn = 'A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143'; local special_case_translation = { ['AuthorList'] = 'authors list', -- used to assemble maintenance category names ['ContributorList'] = 'contributors list', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base maintenance category names in maint_cats{} table below ['EditorList'] = 'editors list', -- must match the names of the actual categories ['InterviewerList'] = 'interviewers list', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names() ['TranslatorList'] = 'translators list', -- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value ['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title ['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki ['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language }, -- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language -- generic titles and patterns in this table should be lowercase only -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches ['generic_titles'] = { ['accept'] = { }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'hugedomains.com', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'login • instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'usurped title', true}, ['local'] = nil}, -- added by a GreenC bot {['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } }, -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches, search string must be lowercase only -- boolean 'false' for pattern searches -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic name in your language ['generic_names'] = { ['accept'] = { {['en'] = {'%[%[[^|]*%(author%) *|[^%]]*%]%]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'about us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]dvisor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'allmusic', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]uthor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'business', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'cnn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'collaborator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contributor', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contact us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'directory', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*eds?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^eds?[%.,;]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]dited%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]ditors?%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a]]Ee]mail%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'google', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'home page', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Ii]nc%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'interviewer', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'linkedIn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Nn]ews$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'pinterest', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'policy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'privacy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'reuters', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'translator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'tumblr', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'twitter', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'site name', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'statement', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'submitted', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'super.?user', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f['..is_Latn..'][Uu]ser%f[^'..is_Latn..']', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'verfasser', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } } } --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------------- This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table. Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used. In these tables, season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2, Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while. local_date_names_from_mediawiki is a boolean. When set to: true – module will fetch local month names from MediaWiki for both date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] false – module will *not* fetch local month names from MediaWiki Caveat lector: There is no guarantee that MediaWiki will provide short month names. At your wiki you can test the results of the MediaWiki fetch in the debug console with this command (the result is alpha sorted): =mw.dumpObject (p.date_names['local']) While the module can fetch month names from MediaWiki, it cannot fetch the quarter, season, and named date names from MediaWiki. Those must be translated manually. ]] local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = true; -- when false, manual translation required for date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] -- when true, module fetches long and short month names from MediaWiki local date_names = { ['en'] = { -- English ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, -- when local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, ['inv_local_long'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_short'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_quarter'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].quarter where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_season'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].season where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_named'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].named where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['local_digits'] = {['0'] = '0', ['1'] = '1', ['2'] = '2', ['3'] = '3', ['4'] = '4', ['5'] = '5', ['6'] = '6', ['7'] = '7', ['8'] = '8', ['9'] = '9'}, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9 ['xlate_digits'] = {}, } if local_date_names_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local month names from MediaWiki is enabled local long_t = {}; local short_t = {}; for i=1, 12 do -- loop 12x and local name = lang_obj:formatDate('F', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get long month name for each i long_t[name] = i; -- save it name = lang_obj:formatDate('M', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get short month name for each i short_t[name] = i; -- save it end date_names['local']['long'] = long_t; -- write the long table – overwrites manual translation date_names['local']['short'] = short_t; -- write the short table – overwrites manual translation end -- create inverted date-name tables for reformatting and/or translation for _, invert_t in pairs {{'long', 'inv_local_long'}, {'short', 'inv_local_short'}, {'quarter', 'inv_local_quarter'}, {'season', 'inv_local_season'}, {'named', 'inv_local_named'}} do for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'][invert_t[1]]) do -- this table is ['name'] = i date_names[invert_t[2]][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd end end for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value end local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}} '{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count '{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343 '{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176 '{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18 '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11 '{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56 '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5 '{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3 '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0 '{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0 } local function get_date_format () local title_object = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); if title_object.namespace == 10 then -- not in template space so that unused templates appear in unused-template-reports; return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end local content = title_object:getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625 for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format if match then content = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length return match:lower() .. '-' .. content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)'); else return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df= end end end end local global_df; --[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------ These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which is handled in the main module. ]] local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'} local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'} local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'} --[[ These tables control when it is appropriate for {{citation}} to render |volume= and/or |issue=. The parameter names in the tables constrain {{citation}} so that its renderings match the renderings of the equivalent cs1 templates. For example, {{cite web}} does not support |volume= so the equivalent {{citation |website=...}} must not support |volume=. ]] local citation_no_volume_t = { -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used 'website', 'mailinglist', 'script-website', } local citation_issue_t = { -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used 'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work', 'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work', } --[[ Patterns for finding extra text in |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages= ]] local vol_iss_pg_patterns = { good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages= '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]', '^[Pp][Pp]?%.&nbsp;', -- from {{p.}} and {{pp.}} templates '^[Pp]ages?', '^[Pp]gs.?', }, vpatterns = { -- patterns for |volume= '^volumes?', '^vols?[%.:=]?' }, ipatterns = { -- patterns for |issue= '^issues?', '^iss[%.:=]?', '^numbers?', '^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus' '^nr[%.:=]?', '^n[%.:= ]' -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here) } } --[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >------------------------------- These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords. ]] --[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >-------------------------- this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of synonymous keywords possibly from different languages. for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key. For example, adding the German keyword 'ja': ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'}, Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis, it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables. ]] local keywords = { ['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style= ['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style= ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution= ['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode= ['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode= ['dead'] = {'dead', 'deviated'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df= ['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df= ['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution= ['free'] = {'free'}, -- |<id>-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['harv'] = {'harv'}, -- |ref=; this no longer supported; is_valid_parameter_value() called with <invert> = true ['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution= ['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df= ['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df= ['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=) ['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution= ['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style= ['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df= ['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df= -- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki } --[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >--------------------- this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{} become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}: ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{} becomes ['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{} ['true'] = 'affirmative', ['y'] = 'affirmative', the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent that may be used in other modules of this suite ]] local function xlate_keywords () local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key end end return out_table; end local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords --[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >--------------------- this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter. keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{} ]] local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists) local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ... table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list end end return out_table; end --[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >----------------------------- this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key]. Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters: ['yes_true_y'], ['id-access']. The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the appropriate list in keywords{}. The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the parameters named in this table's keys. ]] local keywords_lists = { ['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}), ['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}), ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}), -- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki ['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}), ['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}), ['ref'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.harv}), -- inverted check; |ref=harv no longer supported ['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), ['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}), ['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free}), } --[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >---------------------------- Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form. ]] local stripmarkers = { ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker() } --[[------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >--------------------- This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table. Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's metadata before stripmarker replacement. ]] local invisible_defs = { del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed } local invisible_chars = { {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD {'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09 {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A {'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0 {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type {'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D)) {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD } --[[ Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages: Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese: Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup() ]] local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]'; -- list of emoji that use a zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji -- from: https://unicode.org/Public/emoji/15.0/emoji-zwj-sequences.txt; version: 15.0; 2022-05-06 -- table created by: [[:en:Module:Make emoji zwj table]] local emoji_t = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx [9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones [9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign [9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign [9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius [9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales [9895] = true, -- U+26A7 ⚧ male with stroke and male and female sign [9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane [10052] = true, -- U+2744 ❄ snowflake [10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart [11035] = true, -- U+2B1B ⬛ black large square [127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow [127787] = true, -- U+1F32B 🌫 fog [127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice [127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking [127868] = true, -- U+1F37C 🍼 baby bottle [127876] = true, -- U+1F384 🎄 christmas tree [127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap [127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone [127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette [127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school [127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory [128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy [128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl [128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man [128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman [128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark [128168] = true, -- U+1F4A8 💨 dash symbol [128171] = true, -- U+1F4AB 💫 dizzy symbol [128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer [128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case [128293] = true, -- U+1F525 🔥 fire [128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench [128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope [128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble [128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket [128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine [129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake [129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane [129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair [129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair [129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald [129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair [129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest [129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair [129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair [129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult [129657] = true, -- U+1FA79 🩹 adhesive bandage [129778] = true, -- U+1FAF2 🫲 leftwards hand } --[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >------------------- These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality. ]] --local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_code = lang_obj:getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{int:lang}}'); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead end local mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a table of language tag/name pairs known to Wikimedia; used for interwiki tests local mw_languages_by_name_t = {}; for k, v in pairs (mw_languages_by_tag_t) do -- build a 'reversed' table name/tag language pairs know to MediaWiki; used for |language= v = mw.ustring.lower (v); -- lowercase for tag fetch; get name's proper case from mw_languages_by_tag_t[<tag>] if mw_languages_by_name_t[v] then -- when name already in the table if 2 == #k or 3 == #k then -- if tag does not have subtags mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- prefer the shortest tag for this name end else -- here when name not in the table mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- so add name and matching tag end end local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local) if mw_languages_by_tag_t[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language tag inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map end end --[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >------------------- This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter= ]] local script_lang_codes = { 'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'pa', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'syc', 'ta', 'te', 'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'tt', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'yue', 'zh' }; --[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >---------------------- These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions For each ['code'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', 'code'} in lang_name_remap{} lang_code_remap{}: key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language code or a valid lowercase IETF language tag value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with key only one language name per key; key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{} lang_name_remap{}: key is always lowercase language name value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated code [2] (code must match a code key in lang_code_remap{}) may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and code; For example: ['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh' ]] local lang_code_remap = { -- used for |language= and |script-title= / |script-chapter= ['als'] = 'Tosk Albanian', -- MediaWiki returns Alemannisch ['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bla'] = 'Blackfoot', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla ['ca-valencia'] = 'Valencian', -- IETF variant of Catalan ['ilo'] = 'Ilocano', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['ksh'] = 'Kölsch', -- MediaWiki: Colognian; use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['ksh-x-colog'] = 'Colognian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Colognian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['mis-x-ripuar'] = 'Ripuarian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Ripuarian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['nan-tw'] = 'Taiwanese Hokkien', -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese and support en.wiki preferred name } local lang_name_remap = { -- used for |language=; names require proper capitalization; tags must be lowercase ['alemannisch'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- not an ISO or IANA language name; MediaWiki uses 'als' as a subdomain name for Alemannic Wikipedia: als.wikipedia.org ['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap ['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code ['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found ['blackfoot'] = {'Blackfoot', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['colognian'] = {'Colognian', 'ksh-x-colog'}, -- MediaWiki preferred name for ksh ['ilocano'] = {'Ilocano', 'ilo'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['kolsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name (use non-diacritical o instead of umlaut ö) ['kölsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['ripuarian'] = {'Ripuarian', 'mis-x-ripuar'}, -- group of dialects; no code in MediaWiki or in IANA/ISO 639 ['taiwanese hokkien'] = {'Taiwanese Hokkien', 'nan-tw'}, -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese ['tosk albanian'] = {'Tosk Albanian', 'als'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Tosk Albanian' with 'Alemannisch' so 'Tosk Albanian' cannot be found ['valencian'] = {'Valencian', 'ca-valencia'}, -- variant of Catalan; categorizes as Valencian } --[[---------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >---------------- Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations. ]] local prop_cats = { ['foreign-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['foreign-lang-source-2'] = 'CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key ['jul-greg-uncertainty'] = 'CS1: Julian–Gregorian uncertainty', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of template with dates 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926 ['local-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false ['location-test'] = 'CS1 location test', ['long-vol'] = 'CS1: long volume value', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 characters ['script'] = 'CS1 uses $1-language script ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['tracked-param'] = 'CS1 tracked parameter: $1', -- $1 is base (enumerators removed) parameter name ['year-range-abbreviated'] = 'CS1: abbreviated year range', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes', ['interview'] = 'Interview', ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list', ['map'] = 'Map', ['podcast'] = 'Podcast', ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release', ['report'] = 'Report', ['speech'] = 'Speech', ['techreport'] = 'Technical report', ['thesis'] = 'Thesis', } --[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>====================== ]] --[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L I M E N T S >------------- I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that describes the reason for the error TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}? ]] local err_msg_supl = { ['char'] = 'invalid character', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['flag'] = 'flag', -- |archive-url= ['form'] = 'invalid form', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['group'] = 'invalid group id', -- |isbn= ['initials'] = 'initials', -- Vancouver ['invalid language code'] = 'invalid language code', -- |script-<param>= ['journal'] = 'journal', -- |bibcode= ['length'] = 'length', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn= ['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url= ['missing comma'] = 'missing comma', -- Vancouver ['missing prefix'] = 'missing prefix', -- |script-<param>= ['missing title part'] = 'missing title part', -- |script-<param>= ['name'] = 'name', -- Vancouver ['non-Latin char'] = 'non-Latin character', -- Vancouver ['path'] = 'path', -- |archive-url= ['prefix'] = 'invalid prefix', -- |isbn= ['punctuation'] = 'punctuation', -- Vancouver ['save'] = 'save command', -- |archive-url= ['suffix'] = 'suffix', -- Vancouver ['timestamp'] = 'timestamp', -- |archive-url= ['unknown language code'] = 'unknown language code', -- |script-<param>= ['value'] = 'value', -- |bibcode= ['year'] = 'year', -- |bibcode= } --[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >--------------------------- Error condition table. This table has two sections: errors at the top, maintenance at the bottom. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil) The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment. Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error and maint tables inside that? ]] local error_conditions = { err_accessdate_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;access-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: access-date without URL', hidden = false }, err_apostrophe_markup = { message = 'Italic or bold markup not allowed in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'apostrophe_markup', category = 'CS1 errors: markup', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_date = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_date', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> is malformed: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'archive_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_arxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'arxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, err_asintld_missing_asin = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin', category = 'CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_arxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_arxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin_tld = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin-tld=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin_tld', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_bibcode = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_bibcode', category = 'CS1 errors: bibcode', hidden = false }, err_bad_biorxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_biorxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_citeseerx = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_citeseerx', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', hidden = false }, err_bad_date = { message = 'Check date values in: $1', -- $1 is a parameter name list anchor = 'bad_date', category = 'CS1 errors: dates', hidden = false }, err_bad_doi = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_bad_hdl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;hdl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_hdl', category = 'CS1 errors: HDL', hidden = false }, err_bad_isbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;isbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_isbn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ismn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ismn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ismn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISMN', hidden = false }, err_bad_issn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1issn=</code> value', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn anchor = 'bad_issn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISSN', hidden = false }, err_bad_jfm = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jfm=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jfm', category = 'CS1 errors: JFM', hidden = false }, err_bad_jstor = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jstor=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jstor', category = 'CS1 errors: JSTOR', hidden = false }, err_bad_lccn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;lccn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_lccn', category = 'CS1 errors: LCCN', hidden = false }, err_bad_mr = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;mr=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_mr', category = 'CS1 errors: MR', hidden = false }, err_bad_oclc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;oclc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_oclc', category = 'CS1 errors: OCLC', hidden = false }, err_bad_ol = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ol=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ol', category = 'CS1 errors: OL', hidden = false }, err_bad_osti = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;osti=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_osti', category = 'CS1 errors: OSTI', hidden = false }, err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link= message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_paramlink', category = 'CS1 errors: parameter link', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmid', category = 'CS1 errors: PMID', hidden = false }, err_bad_rfc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;rfc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_rfc', category = 'CS1 errors: RFC', hidden = false }, err_bad_s2cid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;s2cid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_s2cid', category = 'CS1 errors: S2CID', hidden = false }, err_bad_sbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;sbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_sbn', category = 'CS1 errors: SBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ssrn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ssrn', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_bad_url = { message = 'Check $1 value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL', hidden = false }, err_bad_usenet_id = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;message-id=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_message_id', category = 'CS1 errors: message-id', hidden = false }, err_bad_zbl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;zbl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_zbl', category = 'CS1 errors: Zbl', hidden = false }, err_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 missing title', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: bare URL', hidden = false }, err_biorxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'biorxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv hidden = false }, err_chapter_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'chapter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: chapter ignored', hidden = false }, err_citation_missing_title = { message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: missing title', hidden = false }, err_citeseerx_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> required', anchor = 'citeseerx_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx hidden = false }, err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'cite_web_url', category = 'CS1 errors: requires URL', hidden = false }, err_class_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;class=</code> ignored', anchor = 'class_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: class', hidden = false }, err_contributor_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> ignored', anchor = 'contributor_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_contributor_missing_required_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_deprecated_params = { message = 'Cite uses deprecated parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'deprecated_params', category = 'CS1 errors: deprecated parameters', hidden = false }, err_disp_name = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value anchor = 'disp_name', category = 'CS1 errors: display-names', hidden = false, }, err_doibroken_missing_doi = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_embargo_missing_pmc = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC embargo', hidden = false }, err_empty_citation = { message = 'Empty citation', anchor = 'empty_citation', category = 'CS1 errors: empty citation', hidden = false }, err_etal = { message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'explicit_et_al', category = 'CS1 errors: explicit use of et al.', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_edition = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;edition=</code> has extra text', anchor = 'extra_text_edition', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: edition', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_issue = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_issue', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: issue', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_pages = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_pages', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: pages', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_volume = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_volume', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: volume', hidden = true, }, err_first_missing_last = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias anchor = 'first_missing_last', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_format_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter anchor = 'format_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: format without URL', hidden = false }, err_generic_name = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has generic name', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'generic_name', category = 'CS1 errors: generic name', hidden = false, }, err_generic_title = { message = 'Cite uses generic title', anchor = 'generic_title', category = 'CS1 errors: generic title', hidden = false, }, err_invalid_param_val = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value anchor = 'invalid_param_val', category = 'CS1 errors: invalid parameter value', hidden = false }, err_invisible_char = { message = '$1 in $2 at position $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number anchor = 'invisible_char', category = 'CS1 errors: invisible characters', hidden = false }, err_missing_name = { message = 'Missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1$2=</code>', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator anchor = 'missing_name', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_missing_periodical = { message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_periodical', category = 'CS1 errors: missing periodical', hidden = true }, err_missing_pipe = { message = 'Missing pipe in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'missing_pipe', category = 'CS1 errors: missing pipe', hidden = false }, err_param_access_requires_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1-access=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_access_requires_param', category = 'CS1 errors: param-access', hidden = false }, err_param_has_ext_link = { message = 'External link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_ext_link', category = 'CS1 errors: external links', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored_suggest = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored (<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> suggested)', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_redundant_parameters = { message = 'More than one of $1 specified', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'redundant_parameters', category = 'CS1 errors: redundant parameter', hidden = false }, err_script_parameter = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail anchor = 'script_parameter', category = 'CS1 errors: script parameters', hidden = false }, err_ssrn_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> required', anchor = 'ssrn_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, err_text_ignored = { message = 'Text "$1" ignored', -- $1 is ignored text anchor = 'text_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unrecognized parameter', hidden = false }, err_trans_missing_title = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;trans-$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> or <code class="cs1-code">&#124;script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name anchor = 'trans_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: translated title', hidden = false }, err_param_unknown_empty = { message = 'Cite has empty unknown parameter$1: $2', -- $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is empty unknown param list anchor = 'param_unknown_empty', category = 'CS1 errors: empty unknown parameters', hidden = false }, err_vancouver = { message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name anchor = 'vancouver', category = 'CS1 errors: Vancouver style', hidden = false }, err_wikilink_in_url = { message = 'URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash anchor = 'wikilink_in_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash hidden = false }, --[[--------------------------< M A I N T >------------------------------------- maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure is the same as error messages ]] maint_archived_copy = { message = nil, anchor = 'archived_copy', category = 'CS1 maint: archived copy as title', hidden = true, }, maint_authors = { message = nil, anchor = 'authors', category = 'CS1 maint: uses authors parameter', hidden = true, }, maint_bot_unknown = { message = nil, anchor = 'bot:_unknown', category = 'CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown', hidden = true, }, maint_date_auto_xlated = { -- date auto-translation not supported by en.wiki message = nil, anchor = 'date_auto_xlated', category = 'CS1 maint: date auto-translated', hidden = true, }, maint_date_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_format', category = 'CS1 maint: date format', hidden = true, }, maint_date_year = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_year', category = 'CS1 maint: date and year', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_ignore', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored DOI errors', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive_dated = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string hidden = true, }, maint_extra_punct = { message = nil, anchor = 'extra_punct', category = 'CS1 maint: extra punctuation', hidden = true, }, maint_isbn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISBN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_issn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_issn', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISSN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_jfm_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'jfm_format', category = 'CS1 maint: JFM format', hidden = true, }, maint_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'location', category = 'CS1 maint: location', hidden = true, }, maint_mr_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'mr_format', category = 'CS1 maint: MR format', hidden = true, }, maint_mult_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'mult_names', category = 'CS1 maint: multiple names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_numeric_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'CS1 maint: numeric names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_others = { message = nil, anchor = 'others', category = 'CS1 maint: others', hidden = true, }, maint_others_avm = { message = nil, anchor = 'others_avm', category = 'CS1 maint: others in cite AV media (notes)', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_embargo = { message = nil, anchor = 'embargo', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC embargo expired', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'pmc_format', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC format', hidden = true, }, maint_postscript = { message = nil, anchor = 'postscript', category = 'CS1 maint: postscript', hidden = true, }, maint_ref_duplicates_default = { message = nil, anchor = 'ref_default', category = 'CS1 maint: ref duplicates default', hidden = true, }, maint_unfit = { message = nil, anchor = 'unfit', category = 'CS1 maint: unfit URL', hidden = true, }, maint_unknown_lang = { message = nil, anchor = 'unknown_lang', category = 'CS1 maint: unrecognized language', hidden = true, }, maint_untitled = { message = nil, anchor = 'untitled', category = 'CS1 maint: untitled periodical', hidden = true, }, maint_url_status = { message = nil, anchor = 'url_status', category = 'CS1 maint: url-status', hidden = true, }, maint_zbl = { message = nil, anchor = 'zbl', category = 'CS1 maint: Zbl', hidden = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >-------------------------------------------------------- The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation. parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form link: Wikipedia article name redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number' q: Wikidata q number for the identifier label: the label preceding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order): redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS: for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here) set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier. the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file). custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access') ]] local id_handlers = { ['ARXIV'] = { parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'}, link = 'arXiv', redirect = 'arXiv (identifier)', q = 'Q118398', label = 'arXiv', prefix = 'https://arxiv.org/abs/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 encode = false, COinS = 'info:arxiv', separator = ':', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['ASIN'] = { parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' }, link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number', redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)', q = 'Q1753278', label = 'ASIN', prefix = 'https://www.amazon.', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = false; }, ['BIBCODE'] = { parameters = {'bibcode'}, link = 'Bibcode', redirect = 'Bibcode (identifier)', q = 'Q25754', label = 'Bibcode', prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:bibcode', separator = ':', custom_access = 'bibcode-access', }, ['BIORXIV'] = { parameters = {'biorxiv'}, link = 'bioRxiv', redirect = 'bioRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q19835482', label = 'bioRxiv', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['CITESEERX'] = { parameters = {'citeseerx'}, link = 'CiteSeerX', redirect = 'CiteSeerX (identifier)', q = 'Q2715061', label = 'CiteSeerX', prefix = 'https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI'}, link = 'Digital object identifier', redirect = 'doi (identifier)', q = 'Q25670', label = 'doi', prefix = 'https://doi.org/', COinS = 'info:doi', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'doi-access', }, ['EISSN'] = { parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number#Electronic ISSN', redirect = 'eISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q46339674', label = 'eISSN', prefix = 'https://www.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.eissn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['HDL'] = { parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' }, link = 'Handle System', redirect = 'hdl (identifier)', q = 'Q3126718', label = 'hdl', prefix = 'https://hdl.handle.net/', COinS = 'info:hdl', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'hdl-access', }, ['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN'}, link = 'International Standard Book Number', redirect = 'ISBN (identifier)', q = 'Q33057', label = 'ISBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/', COinS = 'rft.isbn', separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISMN'] = { parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'}, link = 'International Standard Music Number', redirect = 'ISMN (identifier)', q = 'Q1666938', label = 'ISMN', prefix = '', -- not currently used; COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISSN'] = { parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number', redirect = 'ISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q131276', label = 'ISSN', prefix = 'https://www.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.issn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JFM'] = { parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'}, link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik', redirect = 'JFM (identifier)', q = '', label = 'JFM', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JSTOR'] = { parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'}, link = 'JSTOR', redirect = 'JSTOR (identifier)', q = 'Q1420342', label = 'JSTOR', prefix = 'https://www.jstor.org/stable/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', custom_access = 'jstor-access', }, ['LCCN'] = { parameters = {'lccn', 'LCCN'}, link = 'Library of Congress Control Number', redirect = 'LCCN (identifier)', q = 'Q620946', label = 'LCCN', prefix = 'https://lccn.loc.gov/', -- protocol-relative tested 2015-12-28 COinS = 'info:lccn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['MR'] = { parameters = {'mr', 'MR'}, link = 'Mathematical Reviews', redirect = 'MR (identifier)', q = 'Q211172', label = 'MR', prefix = 'https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['OCLC'] = { parameters = {'oclc', 'OCLC'}, link = 'OCLC', redirect = 'OCLC (identifier)', q = 'Q190593', label = 'OCLC', prefix = 'https://www.worldcat.org/oclc/', COinS = 'info:oclcnum', encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 9999999999, -- 10-digits }, ['OL'] = { parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' }, link = 'Open Library', redirect = 'OL (identifier)', q = 'Q1201876', label = 'OL', prefix = 'https://openlibrary.org/', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = true, custom_access = 'ol-access', }, ['OSTI'] = { parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'}, link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information', redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)', q = 'Q2015776', label = 'OSTI', prefix = 'https://www.osti.gov/biblio/', -- protocol-relative tested 2018-09-12 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 23010000, custom_access = 'osti-access', }, ['PMC'] = { parameters = {'pmc', 'PMC'}, link = 'PubMed Central', redirect = 'PMC (identifier)', q = 'Q229883', label = 'PMC', prefix = 'https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC', suffix = '', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 10500000, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['PMID'] = { parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'}, link = 'PubMed Identifier', redirect = 'PMID (identifier)', q = 'Q2082879', label = 'PMID', prefix = 'https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/', COinS = 'info:pmid', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 37900000, }, ['RFC'] = { parameters = {'rfc', 'RFC'}, link = 'Request for Comments', redirect = 'RFC (identifier)', q = 'Q212971', label = 'RFC', prefix = 'https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 9300, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['SBN'] = { parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'}, link = 'Standard Book Number', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History redirect = 'SBN (identifier)', label = 'SBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['SSRN'] = { parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'}, link = 'Social Science Research Network', redirect = 'SSRN (identifier)', q = 'Q7550801', label = 'SSRN', prefix = 'https://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 4600000, custom_access = 'ssrn-access', }, ['S2CID'] = { parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'}, link = 'Semantic Scholar', redirect = 'S2CID (identifier)', q = 'Q22908627', label = 'S2CID', prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 262000000, custom_access = 's2cid-access', }, ['USENETID'] = { parameters = {'message-id'}, link = 'Usenet', redirect = 'Usenet (identifier)', q = 'Q193162', label = 'Usenet:', prefix = 'news:', encode = false, COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ZBL'] = { parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL' }, link = 'Zentralblatt MATH', redirect = 'Zbl (identifier)', q = 'Q190269', label = 'Zbl', prefix = 'https://zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, } --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >--------------------------------- ]] return { use_identifier_redirects = true, -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links; always true at en.wiki local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- when true categorizes pages where |language=<local wiki's language>; always false at en.wiki date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates English month-names to the local-wiki's language month names; always false at en.wiki date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates Western date digit to the local-wiki's language digits (date_names['local_digits']); always false at en.wiki -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded global_df = get_date_format (), -- this line can be replaced with "global_df = 'dmy-all'," to have all dates auto translated to dmy format. punct_skip = build_skip_table (punct_skip, punct_meta_params), url_skip = build_skip_table (url_skip, url_meta_params), aliases = aliases, special_case_translation = special_case_translation, date_names = date_names, err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl, error_conditions = error_conditions, editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns, et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns, id_handlers = id_handlers, keywords_lists = keywords_lists, keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate, stripmarkers = stripmarkers, invisible_chars = invisible_chars, invisible_defs = invisible_defs, indic_script = indic_script, emoji_t = emoji_t, maint_cats = maint_cats, messages = messages, presentation = presentation, prop_cats = prop_cats, script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes, lang_code_remap = lang_code_remap, lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap, this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code, title_types = title_types, uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces_t, uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages, templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume, templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue, templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page, vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns, single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t = single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t, inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map, mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw_languages_by_tag_t, mw_languages_by_name_t = mw_languages_by_name_t, citation_class_map_t = citation_class_map_t, citation_issue_t = citation_issue_t, citation_no_volume_t = citation_no_volume_t, } 2cdaf417af636e6e0b4981038bd6c539ee5190a7 828 113 235 234 2023-08-10T15:23:11Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist]] Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------------------------- Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values: true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely ]] local basic_arguments = { ['accessdate'] = true, ['access-date'] = true, ['agency'] = true, ['archivedate'] = true, ['archive-date'] = true, ['archive-format'] = true, ['archiveurl'] = true, ['archive-url'] = true, ['article'] = true, ['article-format'] = true, ['article-number'] = true, -- {{cite journal}}, {{cite conference}}; {{citation}} when |journal= has a value ['article-url'] = true, ['article-url-access'] = true, ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['asin'] = true, ['ASIN'] = true, ['asin-tld'] = true, ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['bibcode'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['chapter'] = true, ['chapter-format'] = true, ['chapter-url'] = true, ['chapter-url-access'] = true, ['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['collaboration'] = true, ['contribution'] = true, ['contribution-format'] = true, ['contribution-url'] = true, ['contribution-url-access'] = true, ['contributor'] = true, ['contributor-first'] = true, ['contributor-given'] = true, ['contributor-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['department'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['dictionary'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['display-contributors'] = true, ['display-editors'] = true, ['display-interviewers'] = true, ['display-subjects'] = true, ['display-translators'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['edition'] = true, ['editor'] = true, ['editor-first'] = true, ['editor-given'] = true, ['editor-last'] = true, ['editor-surname'] = true, ['editor-link'] = true, ['editor-mask'] = true, ['eissn'] = true, ['EISSN'] = true, ['encyclopaedia'] = true, ['encyclopedia'] = true, ['entry'] = true, ['entry-format'] = true, ['entry-url'] = true, ['entry-url-access'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['first'] = true, ['format'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates? ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis? ['interviewer'] = true, ['interviewer-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask'] = true, ['isbn'] = true, ['ISBN'] = true, ['ismn'] = true, ['ISMN'] = true, ['issn'] = true, ['ISSN'] = true, ['issue'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['journal'] = true, ['jstor'] = true, ['JSTOR'] = true, ['jstor-access'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['lay-date'] = false, ['lay-format'] = false, ['lay-source'] = false, ['lay-url'] = false, ['lccn'] = true, ['LCCN'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['magazine'] = true, ['medium'] = true, ['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast? ['mode'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['newspaper'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['number'] = true, ['oclc'] = true, ['OCLC'] = true, ['ol'] = true, ['OL'] = true, ['ol-access'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['others'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['periodical'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['pmc'] = true, ['PMC'] = true, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = true, ['pmid'] = true, ['PMID'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['publication-date'] = true, ['publication-place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['rfc'] = true, ['RFC'] = true, ['sbn'] = true, ['SBN'] = true, ['scale'] = true, ['script-article'] = true, ['script-chapter'] = true, ['script-contribution'] = true, ['script-entry'] = true, ['script-journal'] = true, ['script-magazine'] = true, ['script-newspaper'] = true, ['script-periodical'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-section'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['script-website'] = true, ['script-work'] = true, ['section'] = true, ['section-format'] = true, ['section-url'] = true, ['section-url-access'] = true, ['series'] = true, ['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, ['subject'] = true, ['subject-link'] = true, ['subject-mask'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['s2cid'] = true, ['S2CID'] = true, ['s2cid-access'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['trans-article'] = true, ['trans-chapter'] = true, ['trans-contribution'] = true, ['trans-entry'] = true, ['trans-journal'] = true, ['trans-magazine'] = true, ['trans-newspaper'] = true, ['trans-periodical'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['trans-section'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['trans-website'] = true, ['trans-work'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['url'] = true, ['URL'] = true, ['url-access'] = true, ['url-status'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['veditors'] = true, ['version'] = true, ['via'] = true, ['volume'] = true, ['website'] = true, ['work'] = true, ['year'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, } local numbered_arguments = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['contributor#'] = true, ['contributor-first#'] = true, ['contributor#-first'] = true, ['contributor-given#'] = true, ['contributor#-given'] = true, ['contributor-last#'] = true, ['contributor#-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname#'] = true, ['contributor#-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link#'] = true, ['contributor#-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask#'] = true, ['contributor#-mask'] = true, ['editor#'] = true, ['editor-first#'] = true, ['editor#-first'] = true, ['editor-given#'] = true, ['editor#-given'] = true, ['editor-last#'] = true, ['editor#-last'] = true, ['editor-surname#'] = true, ['editor#-surname'] = true, ['editor-link#'] = true, ['editor#-link'] = true, ['editor-mask#'] = true, ['editor#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['host#'] = true, ['interviewer#'] = true, ['interviewer-first#'] = true, ['interviewer#-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given#'] = true, ['interviewer#-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last#'] = true, ['interviewer#-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname#'] = true, ['interviewer#-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link#'] = true, ['interviewer#-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask#'] = true, ['interviewer#-mask'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['subject#'] = true, ['subject-link#'] = true, ['subject#-link'] = true, ['subject-mask#'] = true, ['subject#-mask'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------- Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local preprint_arguments = { arxiv = { ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ['class'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers }, biorxiv = { ['biorxiv'] = true, }, citeseerx = { ['citeseerx'] = true, }, ssrn = { ['ssrn'] = true, ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >---------------------- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are allowed only a limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined here. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local limited_basic_arguments = { ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['collaboration'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['first'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['mode'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['title'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['year'] = true, } local limited_numbered_arguments = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S >---------------------------------------------- Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this table are the template's CitationClass parameter value Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local unique_arguments = { ['audio-visual'] = { ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, conference = { ['book-title'] = true, ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, episode = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['season'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['series-no'] = true, ['series-number'] = true, ['station'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcripturl'] = false, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, mailinglist = { ['mailing-list'] = true, }, map = { ['cartography'] = true, ['inset'] = true, ['map'] = true, ['map-format'] = true, ['map-url'] = true, ['map-url-access'] = true, ['script-map'] = true, ['sections'] = true, ['sheet'] = true, ['sheets'] = true, ['trans-map'] = true, }, newsgroup = { ['message-id'] = true, ['newsgroup'] = true, }, report = { ['docket'] = true, }, serial = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['station'] = true, }, speech = { ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, thesis = { ['degree'] = true, ['docket'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >-------------------------------------------- gets a list of the templates from table t ]] local function template_list_get (t) local out = {}; -- a table for output for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys table.insert (out, k) -- add each key to the output table end return out; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { basic_arguments = basic_arguments, numbered_arguments = numbered_arguments, limited_basic_arguments = limited_basic_arguments, limited_numbered_arguments = limited_numbered_arguments, preprint_arguments = preprint_arguments, preprint_template_list = template_list_get (preprint_arguments), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table unique_arguments = unique_arguments, unique_param_template_list = template_list_get (unique_arguments), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table }; 7c70519c4a7fa5776be7289982de9107c7a95c04 828 114 237 236 2023-08-10T15:23:11Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities]] Scribunto text/plain local z = { error_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors error_ids_t = {}; -- list of error identifiers; used to prevent duplication of certain errors; local to this module error_msgs_t = {}; -- sequence table of error messages maint_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work prop_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance prop_keys_t = {}; -- for adding classes to the citation's <cite> tag }; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------ Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set (var) return not (var == nil or var == ''); end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack ]] local function in_array (needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false; end for n, v in ipairs (haystack) do if v == needle then return n; end end return false; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A C C E P T _ A S _ W R I T T E N >------------------------------------ When <str> is wholly wrapped in accept-as-written markup, return <str> without markup and true; return <str> and false else with allow_empty = false, <str> must have at least one character inside the markup with allow_empty = true, <str> the markup frame can be empty like (()) to distinguish an empty template parameter from the specific condition "has no applicable value" in citation-context. After further evaluation the two cases might be merged at a later stage, but should be kept separated for now. ]] local function has_accept_as_written (str, allow_empty) if not is_set (str) then return str, false; end local count; if true == allow_empty then str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1'); -- allows (()) to be an empty set else str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); end return str, 0 ~= count; end --[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table. <args> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function substitute (msg, args) return args and mw.message.newRawMessage (msg, args):plain() or msg; end --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Wraps error messages with CSS markup according to the state of hidden. <content> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function error_comment (content, hidden) return substitute (hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content); end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A - B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list ]] local function hyphen_to_dash (str) if not is_set (str) then return str; end local accept; -- boolean str = str:gsub ("(%(%(.-%)%))", function(m) return m:gsub(",", "，"):gsub(";", "；") end) -- replace commas and semicolons in accept-as-written markup with similar unicode characters so they'll be ignored during the split str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list item, accept = has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters else item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace end end table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string temp_str, accept = has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out if accept then temp_str = has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); else return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); -- else, return assembled temp_str end end --[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Makes a wikilink; when both link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only link is provided (or link and display are the same), returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are provided or link is omitted, returns an empty string. ]=] local function make_wikilink (link, display) if not is_set (link) then return '' end if is_set (display) and link ~= display then return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'}); else return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'}); end end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ M E S S A G E >---------------------------------------------------------- Sets an error message using the ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table along with arguments supplied in the function call, inserts the resulting message in z.error_msgs_t{} sequence table, and returns the error message. <error_id> – key value for appropriate error handler in ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table <arguments> – may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings to be subsititued into error_conditions[error_id].message <raw> – boolean true – causes this function to return the error message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; returns error_conditions[error_id].hidden as a second return value does not add message to z.error_msgs_t sequence table false, nil – adds message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag to z.error_msgs_t returns the error message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; there is no second return value <prefix> – string to be prepended to <message> -- TODO: remove support for these unused(?) arguments? <suffix> – string to be appended to <message> TODO: change z.error_cats_t and z.maint_cats_t to have the form cat_name = true? this to avoid dups without having to have an extra table ]] local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maint_cats_t; TODO: figure out how to delete this table local function set_message (error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix) local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[error_id]; prefix = prefix or ''; suffix = suffix or ''; if error_state == nil then error (cfg.messages['undefined_error'] .. ': ' .. error_id); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration elseif is_set (error_state.category) then if error_state.message then -- when error_state.message defined, this is an error message table.insert (z.error_cats_t, error_state.category); else if not added_maint_cats[error_id] then added_maint_cats[error_id] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (error_state.category, arguments)); -- make cat name then add to table end return; -- because no message, nothing more to do end end local message = substitute (error_state.message, arguments); message = table.concat ( { message, ' (', make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { cfg.messages['help page link'], '#', error_state.anchor }), cfg.messages['help page label']), ')' }); z.error_ids_t[error_id] = true; if z.error_ids_t['err_citation_missing_title'] and -- if missing-title error already noted in_array (error_id, {'err_bare_url_missing_title', 'err_trans_missing_title'}) then -- and this error is one of these return '', false; -- don't bother because one flavor of missing title is sufficient end message = table.concat ({prefix, message, suffix}); if true == raw then return message, error_state.hidden; -- return message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag end message = error_comment (message, error_state.hidden); -- wrap message in visible-error, hidden-error span tag table.insert (z.error_msgs_t, message); -- add it to the messages sequence table return message; -- and done; return value generally not used but is used as a flag in various functions of ~/Identifiers end --[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >----------------------------------------------------- This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list provided by the template. Input: args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one enumerated – true/false flag used to choose how enumerated aliases are examined value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected Returns: value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected ]] local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list) if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters? alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index else alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists end if is_set (args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases local skip; for _, v in ipairs (error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias if v == alias then skip = true; break; -- has been added so stop looking end end if not skip then -- has not been added so table.insert (error_list, alias); -- add error alias to the error list end else value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one selected = alias; end end return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------ Adds a category to z.maint_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maint_cats_t. ]] local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments) if not added_maint_cats [key] then added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.prop_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.prop_cats_t local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments, key_modifier) local key_modified = key .. ((key_modifier and key_modifier) or ''); -- modify <key> with <key_modifier> if present and not nil if not added_prop_cats [key_modified] then added_prop_cats [key_modified] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.prop_cats_t, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table table.insert (z.prop_keys_t, 'cs1-prop-' .. key); -- convert key to class for use in the citation's <cite> tag end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >---------------------------------------------- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... '' Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]] local function safe_for_italics (str) if not is_set (str) then return str end if str:sub (1, 1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end if str:sub (-1, -1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end return str:gsub ('\n', ' '); -- Remove newlines as they break italics. end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------------- Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg(). ]] local function wrap_style (key, str) if not is_set (str) then return ""; elseif in_array (key, {'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title'}) then str = safe_for_italics (str); end return substitute (cfg.presentation[key], {str}); end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ S E P _ L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------ make a separated list of items using provided separators. <sep_list> - typically '<comma><space>' <sep_list_pair> - typically '<space>and<space>' <sep_list_end> - typically '<comma><space>and<space>' or '<comma><space>&<space>' defaults to cfg.presentation['sep_list'], cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'], and cfg.presentation['sep_list_end'] if <sep_list_end> is specified, <sep_list> and <sep_list_pair> must also be supplied ]] local function make_sep_list (count, list_seq, sep_list, sep_list_pair, sep_list_end) local list = ''; if not sep_list then -- set the defaults sep_list = cfg.presentation['sep_list']; sep_list_pair = cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair']; sep_list_end = cfg.presentation['sep_list_end']; end if 2 >= count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list_pair); -- insert separator between two items; returns list_seq[1] then only one item elseif 2 < count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list, 1, count - 1); -- concatenate all but last item with plain list separator list = table.concat ({list, list_seq[count]}, sep_list_end); -- concatenate last item onto end of <list> with final separator end return list; end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >---------------------------------------------------------- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'. Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities. Generates an error if more than one match is present. ]] local function select_one (args, aliases_list, error_condition, index) local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen local error_list = {}; if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end for _, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do -- for each alias in the aliases list if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias end value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias else value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- test for non-enumerated alias end end if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names() for i, v in ipairs (error_list) do error_list[i] = wrap_style ('parameter', v); end table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', selected)); set_message (error_condition, {make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); end return value, selected; end --[=[-------------------------< R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------- Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup). In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims whitespace from the label if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called. ]=] local function remove_wiki_link (str) return (str:gsub ("%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l) return l:gsub ("^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub ("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1"); end)); end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ W I K I L I N K >-------------------------------------------------------- Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts. If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]): returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]]; if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]]) returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string; if not a wikilink: returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string. trims leading and trailing whitespace and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes). ]=] local function is_wikilink (str) local D, L local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]] if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content) return 0, str, ''; -- not a wikilink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L end L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]] if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]] wl_type = 1; end D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters return wl_type, D, L or ''; end --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >-------------------------------- Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata. This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind. Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed ]] local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument) if not is_set (argument) then return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do end if nil == argument:find ( "''", 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit. return argument, nil; end local flag; while true do if argument:find ("'''''", 1, true) then -- bold italic (5) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it elseif argument:find ("''''", 1, true) then -- italic start and end without content (4) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("'''", 1, true) then -- bold (3) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("''", 1, true) then -- italic (2) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'", ""); else break; end end return argument, flag; -- done end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------------------------------------- ]] return { add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat, -- exported functions add_prop_cat = add_prop_cat, error_comment = error_comment, has_accept_as_written = has_accept_as_written, hyphen_to_dash = hyphen_to_dash, in_array = in_array, is_set = is_set, is_wikilink = is_wikilink, make_sep_list = make_sep_list, make_wikilink = make_wikilink, remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link, safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics, select_one = select_one, set_message = set_message, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup, substitute = substitute, wrap_style = wrap_style, z = z, -- exported table } b006801b48981b2987f20fc09cbe0dfda525e044 828 115 239 238 2023-08-10T15:23:11Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation]] Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month) return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, param) local num; local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, param) if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison; if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param) local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; if not is_valid_year (year, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month]; end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection local year = tonumber(input.year); -- this temporary code to determine the extent of sources dated to the Julian/Gregorian local month = tonumber(input.month); -- interstice 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926 local day = tonumber (input.day); if (0 ~= day) and -- day must have a value for this to be a whole date (((1582 == year) and (10 <= month) and (12 >= month)) or -- any whole 1582 date from 1 October to 31 December or ((1926 == year) and (1 == month) and (1 == input.day)) or -- 1 January 1926 or ((1582 < year) and (1925 >= year))) then -- any date 1 January 1583 – 31 December 1925 tCOinS_date.inter_cal_cat = true; -- set category flag true end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection if 1582 > tonumber(input.year) or 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- Julian calendar or season so &rft.date gets year only date = input.year; if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', tonumber(input.year), tonumber(input.year2)) -- assemble the date range end if 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- if season or proper-name date local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name dates elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarters else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- seasons end else -- season range with a second season specified if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this? if 0~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this? tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range end end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date; return; -- done end if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns = { -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d?)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; if date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]); if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); end if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year) then return false; end else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if param ~= 'date' then -- CITEREF disambiguation only allowed in |date=; |year= & |publication-date= promote to date if anchor_year:match ('%l$') then return false; end end if 'access-date' == param then -- test accessdate here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; accessdate must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when accessdate out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when accessdate is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2); end if false == result then return false; end if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 local good_date = false; for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= if v.val:match("^n%.d%.%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((n%.d%.)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "n.d."; no error when date parameter is set to no date elseif v.val:match("^nd%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((nd)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "nd"; no error when date parameter is set to no date else good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') and year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match else result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, -- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki -- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line -- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = t.y:gsub ('%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both if t[mon] then t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil if xlate then date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions dates = dates, year_date_check = year_date_check, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules } 46ec997eed12f96ed5a030aee3a4264622c84955 828 116 241 240 2023-08-10T15:23:12Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers]] Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities substitute, make_wikilink; local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title= --============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================ --[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >---------------------------- as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata. returns :<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else for identifiers that do not have q, returns nil for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil ]] local function wikidata_article_name_get (q) if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki return nil; -- abandon end local wd_article; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki if wd_article then wd_article = table.concat ({':', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading colon required end return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ L A B E L _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------ common function to create identifier link label from handler table or from Wikidata returns the first available of 1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled) 2. Wikidata (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local wiki's language) 3. label specified in the local wiki's handler table ]] local function link_label_make (handler) local wd_article; if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it; end return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link; end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style external link ]] local function external_link_id (options) local url_string = options.id; local ext_link; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH'); end if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix}); end ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id)); if is_set (options.access) then ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock end return table.concat ({ make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order) options.separator or '&nbsp;', ext_link }); end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style internal link TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id), but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:, :JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:. ]] local function internal_link_id (options) local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 return table.concat ( { make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label options.separator or '&nbsp;', -- add the separator make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { options.prefix, id, -- translated to Western digits options.suffix or '' }), substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis ); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required? }); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite. ]] local function is_embargoed (embargo) if is_set (embargo) then local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local good1, embargo_date, todays_date; good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo); todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U'); if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future? return embargo; -- still embargoed else set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired end end end return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ B I O R X I V _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true if: 2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400 biorxiv_date is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang_object.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with date parts and create a YYYY-MM-DD format date. ]=] local function is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) local biorxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date local good1, good2; local biorxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); good1, biorxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', biorxiv_date); -- convert biorxiv_date value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand biorxiv_ts = tonumber (biorxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (biorxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp end return ((1576022400 <= biorxiv_ts) and (biorxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- 2012-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < tomorrow's date end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >----------------------------------------------------- ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in isbn(). If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len) local temp = 0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58 len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58) temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal else temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i); end end return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------- ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit. If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str) local temp=0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39 for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit end return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct end --[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >-------------------------------------------------- LCCN normalization (https://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization) 1. Remove all blanks. 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash. 3. If there is a hyphen in the string: a. Remove it. b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out): 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function) 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six. Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function. ]] local function normalize_lccn (lccn) lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it end local prefix local suffix prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6 lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN end return lccn; end --============================<< I D E N T I F I E R F U N C T I O N S >>==================================== --[[--------------------------< A R X I V >-------------------------------------------------------------------- See: https://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier: the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is: arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version> where: <archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation <class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0 <number> is a three-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented) the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 <number> is a four-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces the third form, valid from January 2015 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412 <number> is a five-digit number ]] local function arxiv (options) local id = options.id; local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local year, month, version; local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message local text; -- output text if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month ((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) ((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end else err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message end if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end local err_msg_t = {}; if err_msg then set_message ('err_bad_arxiv'); end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); if is_set (class) then if id:match ('^%d+') then text = table.concat ({text, ' [[//arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink else set_message ('err_class_ignored'); end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I B C O D E >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID. Format for bibcodes is specified here: https://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests: length must be 19 characters characters in position 1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year 5 must be a letter 6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. ) 9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot 19 must be a letter or dot ]] local function bibcode (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local err_type; local err_msg = ''; local year; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); if 19 ~= id:len() then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length; else year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$"); if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error else local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds end if id:find('&%.') then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter) end end end if is_set (err_type) then -- if there was an error detected set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type}); options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I O R X I V >----------------------------------------------------------------- Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly 6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters: https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733 or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv ]] local function biorxiv (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error local patterns = { '^10.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11) '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11) '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11) } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match if id:match (pattern) then local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form if not is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) then -- validate the encoded date; TODO: don't ignore leap-year and actual month lengths ({{#time:}} is a poor date validator) break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message end end err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message break; -- and done end end -- err_cat remains set here when no match if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------ CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org). The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure ]] local function citeseerx (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local matched; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$"); if not matched then set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' ); options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors. DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message. DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash, and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in DOI names. https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html -- 2.2 Syntax of a DOI name https://www.doi.org/doi_handbook/2_Numbering.html#2.2.2 -- 2.2.2 DOI prefix ]] local function doi (options) local id = options.id; local inactive = options.DoiBroken local access = options.access; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local text; if is_set (inactive) then local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date local inactive_month, good; if is_set (inactive_year) then if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything) local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date if not good then inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset end end else inactive_year = nil; -- |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date end if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '}); elseif is_set (inactive_year) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''}); else set_message ('maint_doi_inactive'); end inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')'; end local registrant = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$'); -- registrant set when DOI has the proper basic form local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported '^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999 '^[^1-5]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 60000+); accepts: 10000–59999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits '^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (3 digits with subcode is legitimate) '^%d%d?%.[%d%.]+', -- 1 or 2 digits with subcode '^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve '[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot } if not ignore_invalid then if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad break; -- and done end end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed end else set_message ('maint_doi_ignore'); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access, auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored }) .. (inactive or ''); return text; end --[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats an HDL with minor error checking. HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/' Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message. HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in HDLs. Query string parameters are named here: https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier. ]] local function hdl (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from https://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html 'noredirect', 'ignore_aliases', 'auth', 'cert', 'index', 'type', 'urlappend', 'locatt', 'action', } local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string local found; if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters found = true; -- announce a find break; -- and stop looking end end end if found then id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not else suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else end local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma set_message ('err_bad_hdl' ); options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S B N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid ]] local function isbn (options) local isbn_str = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator}); if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error else -- here when not ignoring if not check then -- and there is an error options.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message return ISBN; -- return id text end end return ISBN; -- return id text end if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace local len = id:len(); if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if len == 10 then if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); end if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid end if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin) return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1 end return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid else if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits end if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979 end if id:match ('^9790') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN end return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end end --[[--------------------------< A S I N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=. Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit. |asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message This function is positioned here because it calls isbn() ]] local function asin (options) local id = options.id; local domain = options.ASINTLD; local err_flag; if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters else if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X) if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10 if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn end elseif not is_set (err_flag) then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10 end elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha end end if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States domain = "com"; elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom domain = "co." .. domain; elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China domain = "cn"; elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey domain = "com." .. domain; elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value end local handler = options.handler; if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins else options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/", id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) end --[[--------------------------< I S M N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the same check digit calculations. See https://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf section 2, pages 9–12. ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function ismn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text; local valid_ismn = true; local id_copy; id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790 valid_ismn = false; else valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN end -- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to -- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet { make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id_copy }); if false == valid_ismn then options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S S N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this: |issn=0819 4327 gives: [https://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits. ]] local function issn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate local text; local valid_issn = true; id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character else valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN end if true == valid_issn then id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version else id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if ignore_invalid then set_message ('maint_issn_ignore'); else if false == valid_issn then options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< J F M >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn ]] local function jfm (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_jfm_format'); else -- plain number without JFM prefix id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix end if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern else set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< J S T O R >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format a JSTOR with some error checking ]] local function jstor (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< L C C N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits. https://oclc-research.github.io/infoURI-Frozen/info-uri.info/info:lccn/reg.html length = 8 then all digits length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha ]] local function lccn (options) local lccn = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes) local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN if 8 == len then if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern? err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ... if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end end elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message end if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message end if is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< M R >-------------------------------------------------------------------------- A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits. ]] local function mr (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local id_len; id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat else -- plain number without mr prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0; if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits else set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O C L C >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}} archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html ]] local function oclc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local number; if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number if 9 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers end elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix number = id; -- get the number if 10 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 10 digits; change this when OCLC issues 11-digit numbers end end if number then -- proper format id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link else set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >-------------------------------------------------------- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors. ]] local function openlibrary (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'; local err_flag; local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code ['A']='authors/OL', ['M']='books/OL', ['W']='works/OL', ['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid }; if not ident then code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol'); end if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins else options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code], id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< O S T I >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued. NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site ]] local function osti (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- OSTI is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles. The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix. PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed () returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string. PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued. ]] local function pmc (options) local id = options.id; local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_pmc_format'); else -- plain number without PMC prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message else id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string end else -- when id format incorrect err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message end if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed? text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link { make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id, }); else text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access, auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error }); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< P M I D >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued. ]] local function pmid (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- PMID is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued. An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/ ]] local function rfc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- RFC is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an S2CID, do simple error checking S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more S2CIDs are issued. ]] local function s2cid (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function sbn (options) local id = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator}); if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors if not check then options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message return SBN; end else set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only) end return SBN; end if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests if 9 ~= ident:len() then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position end return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end --[[--------------------------< S S R N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an SSRN, do simple error checking SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued. ]] local function ssrn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< U S E N E T _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in '<' and/or '>' angle brackets. ]] local function usenet_id (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>' set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< Z B L >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/ temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error ]] local function zbl (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format? set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format? set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --============================<< I N T E R F A C E F U N C T I O N S >>========================================== --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------ Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args ]] local function extract_ids (args) local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list end return id_list; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >-------------------------------------- Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter. returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else) ]] local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list) local id_accesses_list = {}; for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter if is_set (access_param) then local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one if is_set (access_level) then if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level}); access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset end if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message end id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword end end end return id_accesses_list; end --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list(); modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions <access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid) returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings ]] local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t) local ID_list_t = {}; local accept; local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier ['ARXIV'] = arxiv, ['ASIN'] = asin, ['BIBCODE'] = bibcode, ['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv, ['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx, ['DOI'] = doi, ['EISSN'] = issn, ['HDL'] = hdl, ['ISBN'] = isbn, ['ISMN'] = ismn, ['ISSN'] = issn, ['JFM'] = jfm, ['JSTOR'] = jstor, ['LCCN'] = lccn, ['MR'] = mr, ['OCLC'] = oclc, ['OL'] = openlibrary, ['OSTI'] = osti, ['PMC'] = pmc, ['PMID'] = pmid, ['RFC'] = rfc, ['S2CID'] = s2cid, ['SBN'] = sbn, ['SSRN'] = ssrn, ['USENETID'] = usenet_id, ['ZBL'] = zbl, } for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else -- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey]; options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords end if func_map[hkey] then local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table else error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey end end local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort() return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey end table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{} end return ID_list_t; end --[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------- check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements: [1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set [2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers [3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message [4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message ]] local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t) for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message end end end --[[--------------------------< I D E N T I F I E R _ L I S T S _ G E T >-------------------------------------- Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered citation. ]] local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t) local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink; z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title= identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels is_embargoed = is_embargoed; set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules; } 7de1cb3ecf620ae52d26ff9beaf2d8b1c95dedca 828 117 243 242 2023-08-10T15:23:12Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1/COinS]] Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs) Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings of %27%27... ]] local function make_coins_title (title, script) title = has_accept_as_written (title); if is_set (title) then title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup else title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string end if is_set (script) then script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string) script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup else script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string end if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate end return title .. script; -- return the concatenation end --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. ]] local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters return argument; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------ Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS. ]] local function get_coins_pages (pages) local pattern; if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done while true do pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url " if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible end pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like? return pages; end --[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------ There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are PNG images TeX source MathML with SVG or PNG fallback All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata. Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings of the last editor to save the page. This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation. When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop. ]=] local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value) local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math']; local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test return false, value; end rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error) if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$ rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text else return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms end return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1); end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >---------------------------------------------------- Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities. 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29 TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible characters table? ]] local function coins_cleanup (value) local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation end value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;(s?)</span>', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen end value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space return value; end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information. ]] local function COinS(data, class) if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then return ''; end for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed) data[k] = coins_cleanup (v); end end local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004"; -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, { __newindex = function(self, key, value) if is_set(value) then rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } ); end end }); if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite ssrn elseif 'conference' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set) elseif 'web' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set) else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles end OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles -- these used only for periodicals OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc. OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue; OCinSoutput['rft.artnum'] = data.ArticleNumber; -- {{cite journal}} only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report"; elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book) elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then if is_set (data.Chapter) then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title else if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia end end else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'} OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; end OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation else -- cite thesis OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported) OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation end -- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx" -- and now common parameters (as much as possible) OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all? if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS; if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v }; elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords OCinSoutput[ id ] = v; elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol= OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label}); elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers) end end local last, first; for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name end else -- for all other authors if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation end -- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies? end end OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL; OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage }; -- TODO: Add optional extra info: -- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data) -- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object) -- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd) -- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding) OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil ); -- sort with version string always first, and combine. -- table.sort( OCinSoutput ); table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004" return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&"); end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link; strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { make_coins_title = make_coins_title, get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages, COinS = COinS, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, } 55b7d6a7605b5e672604b0210feeb5286b799f8e 828 118 245 244 2023-08-10T15:23:13Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css]] sanitized-css text/css /* Protection icon the following line controls the page-protection icon in the upper right corner it must remain within this comment {{sandbox other||{{pp-template}}}} */ /* Overrides Some wikis do not override user agent default styles for HTML <cite> and <q>, unlike en.wp. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[MediaWiki:Common.css]]. The word-wrap and :target styles were moved here from Common.css. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[Template:Citation/styles.css]]. */ cite.citation { font-style: inherit; /* Remove italics for <cite> */ /* Break long urls, etc., rather than overflowing box */ word-wrap: break-word; } .citation q { quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'"; /* Straight quote marks for <q> */ } /* Highlight linked elements (such as clicked references) in blue */ .citation:target { /* ignore the linter - all browsers of interest implement this */ background-color: rgba(0, 127, 255, 0.133); } /* ID and URL access Both core and Common.css have selector .mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external for PDF pages. All TemplateStyles pages are hoisted to .mw-parser-output. We need to have specificity equal to a[href$=".pdf"].external for locks to override PDF icon. That's essentially 2 classes and 1 element. the .id-lock-... selectors are for use by non-citation templates like {{Catalog lookup link}} which do not have to handle PDF links */ .id-lock-free a, .citation .cs1-lock-free a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/65/Lock-green.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-limited a, .id-lock-registration a, .citation .cs1-lock-limited a, .citation .cs1-lock-registration a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Lock-gray-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-subscription a, .citation .cs1-lock-subscription a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/aa/Lock-red-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } /* Wikisource Wikisource icon when |chapter= or |title= is wikilinked to Wikisource as in cite wikisource */ .cs1-ws-icon a { background: url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/4c/Wikisource-logo.svg) right 0.1em center/12px no-repeat; } /* Errors and maintenance */ .cs1-code { /* <code>...</code> style override: mediawiki's css definition is specified here: https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/ 69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199 */ color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit; } .cs1-hidden-error { display: none; color: #d33; } .cs1-visible-error { color: #d33; } .cs1-maint { display: none; color: #3a3; margin-left: 0.3em; } /* Small text size Set small text size in one place. 0.95 (here) * 0.9 (from references list) is ~0.85, which is the lower bound for size for accessibility. Old styling for this was just 0.85. We could write the rule so that when this template is inside references/reflist, only then does it multiply by 0.95; else multiply by 0.85 */ .cs1-format { font-size: 95%; } /* kerning */ .cs1-kern-left { padding-left: 0.2em; } .cs1-kern-right { padding-right: 0.2em; } /* selflinks – avoid bold font style when cs1|2 template links to the current page */ .citation .mw-selflink { font-weight: inherit; } 7c96feb084b1883e7b6522660da6a14bdcc94752 10 119 247 246 2023-08-10T15:23:14Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:If_both]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{1|}}}| {{{{{|safesubst:}}}#if:{{{2|}}}|{{{3|}}}|{{{4|}}}}} |{{{4|}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AND INTERWIKIS TO THE /doc SUBPAGE, THANKS --> </noinclude> d77fc191cada8977a8131dd6d85dde5e31d0e6f2 10 120 249 248 2023-08-10T15:23:15Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Flatlist]] wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Hlist/styles.css"/><div class="hlist {{{class|}}}" {{#if:{{{style|}}}{{{indent|}}}|style="{{#if:{{{indent|}}}|margin-left: {{#expr:{{{indent}}}*1.6}}em;}} {{{style|}}}"}}>{{#if:{{{1|}}}| {{{1}}} </div>}}<noinclude></div> {{documentation}} </noinclude> cf60aa4aef920d48fa394e786f72fe5f6dcd3169 10 121 251 250 2023-08-10T15:23:16Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Br_separated_entries]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Separated entries|br}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 2019f7fc383259e70d66e43cbd97a43d20889f1b 10 122 253 252 2023-08-10T15:23:16Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Unbulleted_list]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:list|unbulleted}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 89815a491d3e05b20af446e34cda13f13c25fb4f 828 123 255 254 2023-08-10T15:23:17Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Infobox]] Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local args = {} local origArgs = {} local root local empty_row_categories = {} local category_in_empty_row_pattern = '%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*]]' local has_rows = false local lists = { plainlist_t = { patterns = { '^plainlist$', '%splainlist$', '^plainlist%s', '%splainlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Plainlist/styles.css' }, hlist_t = { patterns = { '^hlist$', '%shlist$', '^hlist%s', '%shlist%s' }, found = false, styles = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } local function has_list_class(args_to_check) for _, list in pairs(lists) do if not list.found then for _, arg in pairs(args_to_check) do for _, pattern in ipairs(list.patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(arg or '', pattern) then list.found = true break end end if list.found then break end end end end end local function fixChildBoxes(sval, tt) local function notempty( s ) return s and s:match( '%S' ) end if notempty(sval) then local marker = '<span class=special_infobox_marker>' local s = sval -- start moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows local slast = '' while slast ~= s do slast = s s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:[^]]*%]%])', '%2%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>%s*)(\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-templatestyles%-%x+%-QINU[^\127]*\127)', '%2%1') end -- end moving templatestyles and categories inside of table rows s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Rr])', marker .. '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Tt][Rr]%s*>)', '%1' .. marker) if s:match(marker) then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*' .. marker, '') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]|-[^\r\n]*[\r\n])%s*' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '%s*([\r\n]|-)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(</[Cc][Aa][Pp][Tt][Ii][Oo][Nn]%s*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '(<%s*[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee][^<>]*>%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n]%{|[^\r\n]*[\r\n]%s*)' .. marker, '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*</[Tt][Aa][Bb][Ll][Ee]%s*>)', '%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, marker .. '(%s*\n|%})', '%1') end if s:match(marker) then local subcells = mw.text.split(s, marker) s = '' for k = 1, #subcells do if k == 1 then s = s .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' elseif k == #subcells then local rowstyle = ' style="display:none"' if notempty(subcells[k]) then rowstyle = '' end s = s .. '<tr' .. rowstyle ..'><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] elseif notempty(subcells[k]) then if (k % 2) == 0 then s = s .. subcells[k] else s = s .. '<tr><' .. tt .. ' colspan=2>\n' .. subcells[k] .. '</' .. tt .. '></tr>' end end end end -- the next two lines add a newline at the end of lists for the PHP parser -- [[Special:Diff/849054481]] -- remove when [[:phab:T191516]] is fixed or OBE s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '([\r\n][%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:][^\r\n]*)$', '%1\n') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^([%*#;:])', '\n%1') s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '^(%{%|)', '\n%1') return s else return sval end end -- Cleans empty tables local function cleanInfobox() root = tostring(root) if has_rows == false then root = mw.ustring.gsub(root, '<table[^<>]*>%s*</table>', '') end end -- Returns the union of the values of two tables, as a sequence. local function union(t1, t2) local vals = {} for k, v in pairs(t1) do vals[v] = true end for k, v in pairs(t2) do vals[v] = true end local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(vals) do table.insert(ret, k) end return ret end -- Returns a table containing the numbers of the arguments that exist -- for the specified prefix. For example, if the prefix was 'data', and -- 'data1', 'data2', and 'data5' exist, it would return {1, 2, 5}. local function getArgNums(prefix) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do local num = tostring(k):match('^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$') if num then table.insert(nums, tonumber(num)) end end table.sort(nums) return nums end -- Adds a row to the infobox, with either a header cell -- or a label/data cell combination. local function addRow(rowArgs) if rowArgs.header and rowArgs.header ~= '_BLANK_' then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class, args.headerclass }) root :tag('tr') :addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) :cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-header') :addClass(rowArgs.class) :addClass(args.headerclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-header :cssText(args.headerstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.header, 'th')) if rowArgs.data then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells]]' ) end elseif rowArgs.data and rowArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ rowArgs.rowclass, rowArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(rowArgs.rowclass) row:cssText(rowArgs.rowstyle) if rowArgs.label then row :tag('th') :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass('infobox-label') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-label :cssText(args.labelstyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(rowArgs.label) :done() end local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', not rowArgs.label and '2' or nil) :addClass(not rowArgs.label and 'infobox-full-data' or 'infobox-data') :addClass(rowArgs.class) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox(-full)-data :cssText(rowArgs.datastyle) :cssText(rowArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(rowArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, rowArgs.data or '') end end local function renderTitle() if not args.title then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({args.titleclass}) root :tag('caption') :addClass('infobox-title') :addClass(args.titleclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-title :cssText(args.titlestyle) :wikitext(args.title) end local function renderAboveRow() if not args.above then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.aboveclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('th') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-above') :addClass(args.aboveclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-above :cssText(args.abovestyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.above,'th')) end local function renderBelowRow() if not args.below then return end has_rows = true has_list_class({ args.belowclass }) root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-below') :addClass(args.belowclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-below :cssText(args.belowstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(args.below,'td')) end local function addSubheaderRow(subheaderArgs) if subheaderArgs.data and subheaderArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ subheaderArgs.rowclass, subheaderArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(subheaderArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-subheader') :addClass(subheaderArgs.class) :cssText(subheaderArgs.datastyle) :cssText(subheaderArgs.rowcellstyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(subheaderArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, subheaderArgs.data or '') end end local function renderSubheaders() if args.subheader then args.subheader1 = args.subheader end if args.subheaderrowclass then args.subheaderrowclass1 = args.subheaderrowclass end local subheadernums = getArgNums('subheader') for k, num in ipairs(subheadernums) do addSubheaderRow({ data = args['subheader' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-subheader datastyle = args.subheaderstyle, rowcellstyle = args['subheaderstyle' .. tostring(num)], class = args.subheaderclass, rowclass = args['subheaderrowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function addImageRow(imageArgs) if imageArgs.data and imageArgs.data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('^%S') then has_rows = true has_list_class({ imageArgs.rowclass, imageArgs.class }) local row = root:tag('tr') row:addClass(imageArgs.rowclass) local dataCell = row:tag('td') dataCell :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-image') :addClass(imageArgs.class) :cssText(imageArgs.datastyle) :wikitext(fixChildBoxes(imageArgs.data, 'td')) else table.insert(empty_row_categories, imageArgs.data or '') end end local function renderImages() if args.image then args.image1 = args.image end if args.caption then args.caption1 = args.caption end local imagenums = getArgNums('image') for k, num in ipairs(imagenums) do local caption = args['caption' .. tostring(num)] local data = mw.html.create():wikitext(args['image' .. tostring(num)]) if caption then data :tag('div') :addClass('infobox-caption') -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-caption :cssText(args.captionstyle) :wikitext(caption) end addImageRow({ data = tostring(data), -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> .infobox-image datastyle = args.imagestyle, class = args.imageclass, rowclass = args['imagerowclass' .. tostring(num)] }) end end -- When autoheaders are turned on, preprocesses the rows local function preprocessRows() if not args.autoheaders then return end local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) local lastheader for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do if args['header' .. tostring(num)] then if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end lastheader = num elseif args['data' .. tostring(num)] and args['data' .. tostring(num)]:gsub( category_in_empty_row_pattern, '' ):match('^%S') then local data = args['data' .. tostring(num)] if data:gsub(category_in_empty_row_pattern, ''):match('%S') then lastheader = nil end end end if lastheader then args['header' .. tostring(lastheader)] = nil end end -- Gets the union of the header and data argument numbers, -- and renders them all in order local function renderRows() local rownums = union(getArgNums('header'), getArgNums('data')) table.sort(rownums) for k, num in ipairs(rownums) do addRow({ header = args['header' .. tostring(num)], label = args['label' .. tostring(num)], data = args['data' .. tostring(num)], datastyle = args.datastyle, class = args['class' .. tostring(num)], rowclass = args['rowclass' .. tostring(num)], -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> rowclass rowstyle = args['rowstyle' .. tostring(num)], rowcellstyle = args['rowcellstyle' .. tostring(num)] }) end end local function renderNavBar() if not args.name then return end has_rows = true root :tag('tr') :tag('td') :attr('colspan', '2') :addClass('infobox-navbar') :wikitext(require('Module:Navbar')._navbar{ args.name, mini = 1, }) end local function renderItalicTitle() local italicTitle = args['italic title'] and mw.ustring.lower(args['italic title']) if italicTitle == '' or italicTitle == 'force' or italicTitle == 'yes' then root:wikitext(require('Module:Italic title')._main({})) end end -- Categories in otherwise empty rows are collected in empty_row_categories. -- This function adds them to the module output. It is not affected by -- args.decat because this module should not prevent module-external categories -- from rendering. local function renderEmptyRowCategories() for _, s in ipairs(empty_row_categories) do root:wikitext(s) end end -- Render tracking categories. args.decat == turns off tracking categories. local function renderTrackingCategories() if args.decat == 'yes' then return end if args.child == 'yes' then if args.title then root:wikitext( '[[Category:Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter]]' ) end elseif #(getArgNums('data')) == 0 and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then root:wikitext('[[Category:Articles using infobox templates with no data rows]]') end end --[=[ Loads the templatestyles for the infobox. TODO: FINISH loading base templatestyles here rather than in MediaWiki:Common.css. There are 4-5000 pages with 'raw' infobox tables. See [[Mediawiki_talk:Common.css/to_do#Infobox]] and/or come help :). When we do this we should clean up the inline CSS below too. Will have to do some bizarre conversion category like with sidebar. ]=] local function loadTemplateStyles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local hlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.hlist_t.found then hlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.hlist_t.styles } } end local plainlist_templatestyles = '' if lists.plainlist_t.found then plainlist_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = lists.plainlist_t.styles } } end -- See function description local base_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Infobox/styles.css' } } local templatestyles = '' if args['templatestyles'] then templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['templatestyles'] } } end local child_templatestyles = '' if args['child templatestyles'] then child_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['child templatestyles'] } } end local grandchild_templatestyles = '' if args['grandchild templatestyles'] then grandchild_templatestyles = frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = args['grandchild templatestyles'] } } end return table.concat({ -- hlist -> plainlist -> base is best-effort to preserve old Common.css ordering. -- this ordering is not a guarantee because the rows of interest invoking -- each class may not be on a specific page hlist_templatestyles, plainlist_templatestyles, base_templatestyles, templatestyles, child_templatestyles, grandchild_templatestyles }) end -- common functions between the child and non child cases local function structure_infobox_common() renderSubheaders() renderImages() preprocessRows() renderRows() renderBelowRow() renderNavBar() renderItalicTitle() renderEmptyRowCategories() renderTrackingCategories() cleanInfobox() end -- Specify the overall layout of the infobox, with special settings if the -- infobox is used as a 'child' inside another infobox. local function _infobox() if args.child ~= 'yes' then root = mw.html.create('table') root :addClass(args.subbox == 'yes' and 'infobox-subbox' or 'infobox') :addClass(args.bodyclass) -- @deprecated next; target .infobox-<name> :cssText(args.bodystyle) has_list_class({ args.bodyclass }) renderTitle() renderAboveRow() else root = mw.html.create() root :wikitext(args.title) end structure_infobox_common() return loadTemplateStyles() .. root end -- If the argument exists and isn't blank, add it to the argument table. -- Blank arguments are treated as nil to match the behaviour of ParserFunctions. local function preprocessSingleArg(argName) if origArgs[argName] and origArgs[argName] ~= '' then args[argName] = origArgs[argName] end end -- Assign the parameters with the given prefixes to the args table, in order, in -- batches of the step size specified. This is to prevent references etc. from -- appearing in the wrong order. The prefixTable should be an array containing -- tables, each of which has two possible fields, a "prefix" string and a -- "depend" table. The function always parses parameters containing the "prefix" -- string, but only parses parameters in the "depend" table if the prefix -- parameter is present and non-blank. local function preprocessArgs(prefixTable, step) if type(prefixTable) ~= 'table' then error("Non-table value detected for the prefix table", 2) end if type(step) ~= 'number' then error("Invalid step value detected", 2) end -- Get arguments without a number suffix, and check for bad input. for i,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do if type(v) ~= 'table' or type(v.prefix) ~= "string" or (v.depend and type(v.depend) ~= 'table') then error('Invalid input detected to preprocessArgs prefix table', 2) end preprocessSingleArg(v.prefix) -- Only parse the depend parameter if the prefix parameter is present -- and not blank. if args[v.prefix] and v.depend then for j, dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do if type(dependValue) ~= 'string' then error('Invalid "depend" parameter value detected in preprocessArgs') end preprocessSingleArg(dependValue) end end end -- Get arguments with number suffixes. local a = 1 -- Counter variable. local moreArgumentsExist = true while moreArgumentsExist == true do moreArgumentsExist = false for i = a, a + step - 1 do for j,v in ipairs(prefixTable) do local prefixArgName = v.prefix .. tostring(i) if origArgs[prefixArgName] then -- Do another loop if any arguments are found, even blank ones. moreArgumentsExist = true preprocessSingleArg(prefixArgName) end -- Process the depend table if the prefix argument is present -- and not blank, or we are processing "prefix1" and "prefix" is -- present and not blank, and if the depend table is present. if v.depend and (args[prefixArgName] or (i == 1 and args[v.prefix])) then for j,dependValue in ipairs(v.depend) do local dependArgName = dependValue .. tostring(i) preprocessSingleArg(dependArgName) end end end end a = a + step end end -- Parse the data parameters in the same order that the old {{infobox}} did, so -- that references etc. will display in the expected places. Parameters that -- depend on another parameter are only processed if that parameter is present, -- to avoid phantom references appearing in article reference lists. local function parseDataParameters() preprocessSingleArg('autoheaders') preprocessSingleArg('child') preprocessSingleArg('bodyclass') preprocessSingleArg('subbox') preprocessSingleArg('bodystyle') preprocessSingleArg('title') preprocessSingleArg('titleclass') preprocessSingleArg('titlestyle') preprocessSingleArg('above') preprocessSingleArg('aboveclass') preprocessSingleArg('abovestyle') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'subheader', depend = {'subheaderstyle', 'subheaderrowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('subheaderstyle') preprocessSingleArg('subheaderclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'image', depend = {'caption', 'imagerowclass'}} }, 10) preprocessSingleArg('captionstyle') preprocessSingleArg('imagestyle') preprocessSingleArg('imageclass') preprocessArgs({ {prefix = 'header'}, {prefix = 'data', depend = {'label'}}, {prefix = 'rowclass'}, {prefix = 'rowstyle'}, {prefix = 'rowcellstyle'}, {prefix = 'class'} }, 50) preprocessSingleArg('headerclass') preprocessSingleArg('headerstyle') preprocessSingleArg('labelstyle') preprocessSingleArg('datastyle') preprocessSingleArg('below') preprocessSingleArg('belowclass') preprocessSingleArg('belowstyle') preprocessSingleArg('name') -- different behaviour for italics if blank or absent args['italic title'] = origArgs['italic title'] preprocessSingleArg('decat') preprocessSingleArg('templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('child templatestyles') preprocessSingleArg('grandchild templatestyles') end -- If called via #invoke, use the args passed into the invoking template. -- Otherwise, for testing purposes, assume args are being passed directly in. function p.infobox(frame) if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args else origArgs = frame end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end -- For calling via #invoke within a template function p.infoboxTemplate(frame) origArgs = {} for k,v in pairs(frame.args) do origArgs[k] = mw.text.trim(v) end parseDataParameters() return _infobox() end return p 0ddb7e5c8426d67cd589b710efb9912ddfb67fea 828 124 257 256 2023-08-10T15:23:17Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:InfoboxImage]] Scribunto text/plain -- Inputs: -- image - Can either be a bare filename (with or without the File:/Image: prefix) or a fully formatted image link -- page - page to display for multipage images (DjVu) -- size - size to display the image -- maxsize - maximum size for image -- sizedefault - default size to display the image if size param is blank -- alt - alt text for image -- title - title text for image -- border - set to yes if border -- center - set to yes, if the image has to be centered -- upright - upright image param -- suppressplaceholder - if yes then checks to see if image is a placeholder and suppresses it -- link - page to visit when clicking on image -- class - HTML classes to add to the image -- Outputs: -- Formatted image. -- More details available at the "Module:InfoboxImage/doc" page local i = {}; local placeholder_image = { "Blue - Replace this image female.svg", "Blue - Replace this image male.svg", "Female no free image yet.png", "Flag of None (square).svg", "Flag of None.svg", "Flag of.svg", "Green - Replace this image female.svg", "Green - Replace this image male.svg", "Image is needed female.svg", "Image is needed male.svg", "Location map of None.svg", "Male no free image yet.png", "Missing flag.png", "No flag.svg", "No free portrait.svg", "No portrait (female).svg", "No portrait (male).svg", "Red - Replace this image female.svg", "Red - Replace this image male.svg", "Replace this image female (blue).svg", "Replace this image female.svg", "Replace this image male (blue).svg", "Replace this image male.svg", "Silver - Replace this image female.svg", "Silver - Replace this image male.svg", "Replace this image.svg", "Cricket no pic.png", "CarersLogo.gif", "Diagram Needed.svg", "Example.jpg", "Image placeholder.png", "No male portrait.svg", "Nocover-upload.png", "NoDVDcover copy.png", "Noribbon.svg", "No portrait-BFD-test.svg", "Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png", "Project Trains no image.png", "Image-request.png", "Sin bandera.svg", "Sin escudo.svg", "Replace this image - temple.png", "Replace this image butterfly.png", "Replace this image.svg", "Replace this image1.svg", "Resolution angle.png", "Image-No portrait-text-BFD-test.svg", "Insert image here.svg", "No image available.png", "NO IMAGE YET square.png", "NO IMAGE YET.png", "No Photo Available.svg", "No Screenshot.svg", "No-image-available.jpg", "Null.png", "PictureNeeded.gif", "Place holder.jpg", "Unbenannt.JPG", "UploadACopyrightFreeImage.svg", "UploadAnImage.gif", "UploadAnImage.svg", "UploadAnImageShort.svg", "CarersLogo.gif", "Diagram Needed.svg", "No male portrait.svg", "NoDVDcover copy.png", "Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png", "Project Trains no image.png", "Image-request.png", "Noimage.gif", } function i.IsPlaceholder(image) -- change underscores to spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " "); assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "_", " ") must not return nil') -- if image starts with [[ then remove that and anything after | if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then image = mw.ustring.sub(image,3); image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1"); assert(image ~= nil, 'mw.ustring.gsub(image, "([^|]*)|.*", "%1") must not return nil') end -- Trim spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1'); assert(image ~= nil, "mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1') must not return nil") -- remove prefix if exists local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2); break end end -- Trim spaces image = mw.ustring.gsub(image, '^[ ]*(.-)[ ]*$', '%1'); -- capitalise first letter image = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(image,2); for i,j in pairs(placeholder_image) do if image == j then return true end end return false end function i.InfoboxImage(frame) local image = frame.args["image"]; if image == "" or image == nil then return ""; end if image == "&nbsp;" then return image; end if frame.args["suppressplaceholder"] ~= "no" then if i.IsPlaceholder(image) == true then return ""; end end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,5)) == "http:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,6)) == "[http:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,7)) == "[[http:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,6)) == "https:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,7)) == "[https:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image,1,8)) == "[[https:" then return ""; end if mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "[[" then -- search for thumbnail images and add to tracking cat if found local cat = ""; if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 and (mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumb%s*[|%]]") or mw.ustring.find(image, "|%s*thumbnail%s*[|%]]")) then cat = "[[Category:Pages using infoboxes with thumbnail images]]"; end return image .. cat; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,2) == "{{" and mw.ustring.sub(image,1,3) ~= "{{{" then return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,1) == "<" then return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,1,5) == mw.ustring.char(127).."UNIQ" then -- Found strip marker at begining, so pass don't process at all return image; elseif mw.ustring.sub(image,4,9) == "`UNIQ-" then -- Found strip marker at begining, so pass don't process at all return image; else local result = ""; local page = frame.args["page"]; local size = frame.args["size"]; local maxsize = frame.args["maxsize"]; local sizedefault = frame.args["sizedefault"]; local alt = frame.args["alt"]; local link = frame.args["link"]; local title = frame.args["title"]; local border = frame.args["border"]; local upright = frame.args["upright"] or ""; local thumbtime = frame.args["thumbtime"] or ""; local center = frame.args["center"]; local class = frame.args["class"]; -- remove prefix if exists local allNames = mw.site.namespaces[6].aliases allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].name allNames[#allNames + 1] = mw.site.namespaces[6].canonicalName for i, name in ipairs(allNames) do if mw.ustring.lower(mw.ustring.sub(image, 1, mw.ustring.len(name) + 1)) == mw.ustring.lower(name .. ":") then image = mw.ustring.sub(image, mw.ustring.len(name) + 2); break end end if maxsize ~= "" and maxsize ~= nil then -- if no sizedefault then set to maxsize if sizedefault == "" or sizedefault == nil then sizedefault = maxsize end -- check to see if size bigger than maxsize if size ~= "" and size ~= nil then local sizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(size,"%d*")) or 0; local maxsizenumber = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(maxsize,"%d*")) or 0; if sizenumber>maxsizenumber and maxsizenumber>0 then size = maxsize; end end end -- add px to size if just a number if (tonumber(size) or 0) > 0 then size = size .. "px"; end -- add px to sizedefault if just a number if (tonumber(sizedefault) or 0) > 0 then sizedefault = sizedefault .. "px"; end result = "[[File:" .. image; if page ~= "" and page ~= nil then result = result .. "|page=" .. page; end if size ~= "" and size ~= nil then result = result .. "|" .. size; elseif sizedefault ~= "" and sizedefault ~= nil then result = result .. "|" .. sizedefault; else result = result .. "|frameless"; end if center == "yes" then result = result .. "|center" end if alt ~= "" and alt ~= nil then result = result .. "|alt=" .. alt; end if link ~= "" and link ~= nil then result = result .. "|link=" .. link; end if border == "yes" then result = result .. "|border"; end if upright == "yes" then result = result .. "|upright"; elseif upright ~= "" then result = result .. "|upright=" .. upright; end if thumbtime ~= "" then result = result .. "|thumbtime=" .. thumbtime; end if class ~= nil and class ~= "" then result = result .. "|class=" .. class; end -- if alt value is a keyword then do not use as a description if alt == "thumbnail" or alt == "thumb" or alt == "frameless" or alt == "left" or alt == "center" or alt == "right" or alt == "upright" or alt == "border" or mw.ustring.match(alt or "", '^[0-9]*px$', 1) ~= nil then alt = nil; end if title ~= "" and title ~= nil then -- does title param contain any templatestyles? If yes then set to blank. if mw.ustring.match(frame:preprocess(title), 'UNIQ%-%-templatestyles', 1) ~= nil then title = nil; end end if title ~= "" and title ~= nil then result = result .. "|" .. title; end result = result .. "]]"; return result; end end return i; 0ee5fe75ba239fc5c9cedc81ca11bdc0be068542 828 125 259 258 2023-08-10T15:23:18Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Infobox/styles.css]] sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ /* * This TemplateStyles sheet deliberately does NOT include the full set of * infobox styles. We are still working to migrate all of the manual * infoboxes. See [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#Infobox]] * DO NOT ADD THEM HERE */ /* * not strictly certain these styles are necessary since the modules now * exclusively output infobox-subbox or infobox, not both * just replicating the module faithfully */ .infobox-subbox { padding: 0; border: none; margin: -3px; width: auto; min-width: 100%; font-size: 100%; clear: none; float: none; background-color: transparent; } .infobox-3cols-child { margin: auto; } .infobox .navbar { font-size: 100%; } /* T281642 */ body.skin-minerva .infobox-header, body.skin-minerva .infobox-subheader, body.skin-minerva .infobox-above, body.skin-minerva .infobox-title, body.skin-minerva .infobox-image, body.skin-minerva .infobox-full-data, body.skin-minerva .infobox-below { text-align: center; } e8de6d96f4fde53afc4a6b0fed534405ab59b0a7 828 126 261 260 2023-08-10T15:23:19Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Separated_entries]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module takes positional parameters as input and concatenates them with -- an optional separator. The final separator (the "conjunction") can be -- specified independently, enabling natural-language lists like -- "foo, bar, baz and qux". The starting parameter can also be specified. local compressSparseArray = require('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray local p = {} function p._main(args) local separator = args.separator -- Decode (convert to Unicode) HTML escape sequences, such as "&#32;" for space. and mw.text.decode(args.separator) or '' local conjunction = args.conjunction and mw.text.decode(args.conjunction) or separator -- Discard values before the starting parameter. local start = tonumber(args.start) if start then for i = 1, start - 1 do args[i] = nil end end -- Discard named parameters. local values = compressSparseArray(args) return mw.text.listToText(values, separator, conjunction) end local function makeInvokeFunction(separator, conjunction, first) return function (frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame) args.separator = separator or args.separator args.conjunction = conjunction or args.conjunction args.first = first or args.first return p._main(args) end end p.main = makeInvokeFunction() p.br = makeInvokeFunction('<br />') p.comma = makeInvokeFunction(mw.message.new('comma-separator'):plain()) return p e80231ff3de01afd7f62a94e0a34dc1e67504085 10 127 263 262 2023-08-10T15:23:19Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Cite_web]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=web }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> ea1b0f38afd9728a1cf9f2e3f540887a402fab8e 828 128 265 264 2023-08-10T15:23:19Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Plain_text]] Scribunto text/plain --converts text with wikilinks to plain text, e.g "[[foo|gah]] is [[bar]]" to "gah is bar" --removes anything enclosed in tags that isn't nested, mediawiki strip markers (references etc), files, italic and bold markup require[[strict]] local p = {} function p.main(frame) local text = frame.args[1] local encode = require('Module:yesno')(frame.args.encode) return p._main(text, encode) end function p._main(text, encode) if not text then return end text = mw.text.killMarkers(text) :gsub('&nbsp;', ' ') --replace nbsp spaces with regular spaces :gsub('<br ?/?>', ', ') --replace br with commas :gsub('<span.->(.-)</span>', '%1') --remove spans while keeping text inside :gsub('<i.->(.-)</i>', '%1') --remove italics while keeping text inside :gsub('<b.->(.-)</b>', '%1') --remove bold while keeping text inside :gsub('<em.->(.-)</em>', '%1') --remove emphasis while keeping text inside :gsub('<strong.->(.-)</strong>', '%1') --remove strong while keeping text inside :gsub('<sub.->(.-)</sub>', '%1') --remove subscript markup; retain contents :gsub('<sup.->(.-)</sup>', '%1') --remove superscript markup; retain contents :gsub('<u.->(.-)</u>', '%1') --remove underline markup; retain contents :gsub('<.->.-<.->', '') --strip out remaining tags and the text inside :gsub('<.->', '') --remove any other tag markup :gsub('%[%[%s*[Ff][Ii][Ll][Ee]%s*:.-%]%]', '') --strip out files :gsub('%[%[%s*[Ii][Mm][Aa][Gg][Ee]%s*:.-%]%]', '') --strip out use of image: :gsub('%[%[%s*[Cc][Aa][Tt][Ee][Gg][Oo][Rr][Yy]%s*:.-%]%]', '') --strip out categories :gsub('%[%[[^%]]-|', '') --strip out piped link text :gsub('([^%[])%[[^%[%]][^%]]-%s', '%1') --strip out external link text :gsub('^%[[^%[%]][^%]]-%s', '') --strip out external link text :gsub('[%[%]]', '') --then strip out remaining [ and ] :gsub("'''''", "") --strip out bold italic markup :gsub("'''?", "") --not stripping out '''' gives correct output for bolded text in quotes :gsub('----+', '') --remove ---- lines :gsub("^%s+", "") --strip leading :gsub("%s+$", "") --and trailing spaces :gsub("%s+", " ") --strip redundant spaces if encode then return mw.text.encode(text) else return text end end return p 8d406c43e8cf1dadf34be7d3b395f44ba4c48b75 10 129 267 266 2023-08-10T15:23:20Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Infobox]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Infobox|infobox}}<includeonly>{{template other|{{#ifeq:{{PAGENAME}}|Infobox||{{#ifeq:{{str left|{{SUBPAGENAME}}|7}}|Infobox|[[Category:Infobox templates|{{remove first word|{{SUBPAGENAME}}}}]]}}}}|}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go in the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 817a9f5b6524eced06a57bd1d5fd7179f9369bf2 10 130 269 268 2023-08-10T15:23:21Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Clear]] wikitext text/x-wiki <div style="clear:{{{1|both}}};"></div><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 38bab3e3d7fbd3d6800d46556e60bc6bac494d72 10 131 271 270 2023-08-10T15:23:22Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:If_empty]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:If empty|main}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 745940b7bdde8a1585c887ee4ee5ce81d98461a4 828 132 273 272 2023-08-10T15:23:22Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:If_empty]] Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:If empty', removeBlanks = false}) for k,v in ipairs(args) do if v ~= '' then return v end end end return p 4790391408957dea3ff9f453834c05f6b379a45c 828 133 275 274 2023-08-10T15:23:23Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Age]] Scribunto text/plain -- Implement various "age of" and other date-related templates. local mtext = { -- Message and other text that should be localized. -- Also need to localize text in table names in function dateDifference. ['mt-bad-param1'] = 'Invalid parameter $1', ['mt-bad-param2'] = 'Parameter $1=$2 is invalid', ['mt-bad-show'] = 'Parameter show=$1 is not supported here', ['mt-cannot-add'] = 'Cannot add "$1"', ['mt-conflicting-show'] = 'Parameter show=$1 conflicts with round=$2', ['mt-date-wrong-order'] = 'The second date must be later in time than the first date', ['mt-dd-future'] = 'Death date (first date) must not be in the future', ['mt-dd-wrong-order'] = 'Death date (first date) must be later in time than the birth date (second date)', ['mt-invalid-bd-age'] = 'Invalid birth date for calculating age', ['mt-invalid-dates-age'] = 'Invalid dates for calculating age', ['mt-invalid-end'] = 'Invalid end date in second parameter', ['mt-invalid-start'] = 'Invalid start date in first parameter', ['mt-need-jdn'] = 'Need valid Julian date number', ['mt-need-valid-bd'] = 'Need valid birth date: year, month, day', ['mt-need-valid-bd2'] = 'Need valid birth date (second date): year, month, day', ['mt-need-valid-date'] = 'Need valid date', ['mt-need-valid-dd'] = 'Need valid death date (first date): year, month, day', ['mt-need-valid-ymd'] = 'Need valid year, month, day', ['mt-need-valid-ymd-current'] = 'Need valid year|month|day or "currentdate"', ['mt-need-valid-ymd2'] = 'Second date should be year, month, day', ['mt-template-bad-name'] = 'The specified template name is not valid', ['mt-template-x'] = 'The template invoking this must have "|template=x" where x is the wanted operation', ['txt-and'] = ' and ', ['txt-or'] = '&nbsp;or ', ['txt-category'] = 'Category:Age error', ['txt-comma-and'] = ', and ', ['txt-error'] = 'Error: ', ['txt-format-default'] = 'mf', -- 'df' (day first = dmy) or 'mf' (month first = mdy) ['txt-module-convertnumeric'] = 'Module:ConvertNumeric', ['txt-module-date'] = 'Module:Date', ['txt-sandbox'] = 'sandbox', ['txt-bda'] = '<span style="display:none"> (<span class="bday">$1</span>) </span>$2<span class="noprint ForceAgeToShow"> (age&nbsp;$3)</span>', ['txt-dda'] = '$2<span style="display:none">($1)</span> (aged&nbsp;$3)', ['txt-bda-disp'] = 'disp_raw', -- disp_raw → age is a number only; disp_age → age is a number and unit (normally years but months or days if very young) ['txt-dda-disp'] = 'disp_raw', ['txt-dmy'] = '%-d %B %-Y', ['txt-mdy'] = '%B %-d, %-Y', } local isWarning = { ['mt-bad-param1'] = true, } local translate, from_en, to_en, isZero if translate then -- Functions to translate from en to local language and reverse go here. -- See example at [[:bn:Module:বয়স]]. else from_en = function (text) return text end isZero = function (text) return tonumber(text) == 0 end end local _Date, _currentDate local function getExports(frame) -- Return objects exported from the date module or its sandbox. if not _Date then local sandbox = frame:getTitle():find(mtext['txt-sandbox'], 1, true) and ('/' .. mtext['txt-sandbox']) or '' local datemod = require(mtext['txt-module-date'] .. sandbox) local realDate = datemod._Date _currentDate = datemod._current if to_en then _Date = function (...) local args = {} for i, v in ipairs({...}) do args[i] = to_en(v) end return realDate(unpack(args)) end else _Date = realDate end end return _Date, _currentDate end local Collection -- a table to hold items Collection = { add = function (self, item) if item ~= nil then self.n = self.n + 1 self[self.n] = item end end, join = function (self, sep) return table.concat(self, sep) end, remove = function (self, pos) if self.n > 0 and (pos == nil or (0 < pos and pos <= self.n)) then self.n = self.n - 1 return table.remove(self, pos) end end, sort = function (self, comp) table.sort(self, comp) end, new = function () return setmetatable({n = 0}, Collection) end } Collection.__index = Collection local function stripToNil(text) -- If text is a string, return its trimmed content, or nil if empty. -- Otherwise return text (which may, for example, be nil). if type(text) == 'string' then text = text:match('(%S.-)%s*$') end return text end local function dateFormat(args) -- Return string for wanted date format. local default = mtext['txt-format-default'] local other = default == 'df' and 'mf' or 'df' local wanted = stripToNil(args[other]) and other or default return wanted == 'df' and mtext['txt-dmy'] or mtext['txt-mdy'] end local function substituteParameters(text, ...) -- Return text after substituting any given parameters for $1, $2, etc. return mw.message.newRawMessage(text, ...):plain() end local function yes(parameter) -- Return true if parameter should be interpreted as "yes". -- Do not want to accept mixed upper/lowercase unless done by current templates. -- Need to accept "on" because "round=on" is wanted. return ({ y = true, yes = true, on = true })[parameter] end local function message(msg, ...) -- Return formatted message text for an error or warning. local function getText(msg) return mtext[msg] or error('Bug: message "' .. tostring(msg) .. '" not defined') end local categories = { error = mtext['txt-category'], warning = mtext['txt-category'], } local a, b, k, category local text = substituteParameters(getText(msg), ...) if isWarning[msg] then a = '^{[<i>' b = '</i>]}' k = 'warning' else a = '<strong class="error">' .. getText('txt-error') b = '</strong>' k = 'error' end if mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(0) then -- Category only in namespaces: 0=article. category = '[[' .. categories[k] .. ']]' end return a .. mw.text.nowiki(text) .. b .. (category or '') end local function formatNumber(number) -- Return the given number formatted with commas as group separators, -- given that the number is an integer. local numstr = tostring(number) local length = #numstr local places = Collection.new() local pos = 0 repeat places:add(pos) pos = pos + 3 until pos >= length places:add(length) local groups = Collection.new() for i = places.n, 2, -1 do local p1 = length - places[i] + 1 local p2 = length - places[i - 1] groups:add(numstr:sub(p1, p2)) end return groups:join(',') end local function spellNumber(number, options, i) -- Return result of spelling number, or -- return number (as a string) if cannot spell it. -- i == 1 for the first number which can optionally start with an uppercase letter. number = tostring(number) return require(mtext['txt-module-convertnumeric']).spell_number( number, nil, -- fraction numerator nil, -- fraction denominator i == 1 and options.upper, -- true: 'One' instead of 'one' not options.us, -- true: use 'and' between tens/ones etc options.adj, -- true: hyphenated options.ordinal -- true: 'first' instead of 'one' ) or number end local function makeExtra(args, flagCurrent) -- Return extra text that will be inserted before the visible result -- but after any sort key. local extra = args.prefix or '' if mw.ustring.len(extra) > 1 then -- Parameter "~" gives "~3" whereas "over" gives "over 3". if extra:sub(-6, -1) ~= '&nbsp;' then extra = extra .. ' ' end end if flagCurrent then extra = '<span class="currentage"></span>' .. extra end return extra end local function makeSort(value, sortable) -- Return a sort key if requested. -- Assume value is a valid number which has not overflowed. if sortable == 'sortable_table' or sortable == 'sortable_on' or sortable == 'sortable_debug' then local sortKey if value == 0 then sortKey = '5000000000000000000' else local mag = math.floor(math.log10(math.abs(value)) + 1e-14) if value > 0 then sortKey = 7000 + mag else sortKey = 2999 - mag value = value + 10^(mag+1) end sortKey = string.format('%d', sortKey) .. string.format('%015.0f', math.floor(value * 10^(14-mag))) end local result if sortable == 'sortable_table' then result = 'data-sort-value="_SORTKEY_"|' elseif sortable == 'sortable_debug' then result = '<span data-sort-value="_SORTKEY_♠"><span style="border:1px solid">_SORTKEY_♠</span></span>' else result = '<span data-sort-value="_SORTKEY_♠"></span>' end return (result:gsub('_SORTKEY_', sortKey)) end end local translateParameters = { abbr = { off = 'abbr_off', on = 'abbr_on', }, disp = { age = 'disp_age', raw = 'disp_raw', }, format = { raw = 'format_raw', commas = 'format_commas', }, round = { on = 'on', yes = 'on', months = 'ym', weeks = 'ymw', days = 'ymd', hours = 'ymdh', }, sep = { comma = 'sep_comma', [','] = 'sep_comma', serialcomma = 'sep_serialcomma', space = 'sep_space', }, show = { hide = { id = 'hide' }, y = { 'y', id = 'y' }, ym = { 'y', 'm', id = 'ym' }, ymd = { 'y', 'm', 'd', id = 'ymd' }, ymw = { 'y', 'm', 'w', id = 'ymw' }, ymwd = { 'y', 'm', 'w', 'd', id = 'ymwd' }, yd = { 'y', 'd', id = 'yd', keepZero = true }, m = { 'm', id = 'm' }, md = { 'm', 'd', id = 'md' }, w = { 'w', id = 'w' }, wd = { 'w', 'd', id = 'wd' }, h = { 'H', id = 'h' }, hm = { 'H', 'M', id = 'hm' }, hms = { 'H', 'M', 'S', id = 'hms' }, M = { 'M', id = 'M' }, s = { 'S', id = 's' }, d = { 'd', id = 'd' }, dh = { 'd', 'H', id = 'dh' }, dhm = { 'd', 'H', 'M', id = 'dhm' }, dhms = { 'd', 'H', 'M', 'S', id = 'dhms' }, ymdh = { 'y', 'm', 'd', 'H', id = 'ymdh' }, ymdhm = { 'y', 'm', 'd', 'H', 'M', id = 'ymdhm' }, ymwdh = { 'y', 'm', 'w', 'd', 'H', id = 'ymwdh' }, ymwdhm = { 'y', 'm', 'w', 'd', 'H', 'M', id = 'ymwdhm' }, }, sortable = { off = false, on = 'sortable_on', table = 'sortable_table', debug = 'sortable_debug', }, } local spellOptions = { cardinal = {}, Cardinal = { upper = true }, cardinal_us = { us = true }, Cardinal_us = { us = true, upper = true }, ordinal = { ordinal = true }, Ordinal = { ordinal = true, upper = true }, ordinal_us = { ordinal = true, us = true }, Ordinal_us = { ordinal = true, us = true, upper = true }, } local function dateExtract(frame) -- Return part of a date after performing an optional operation. local Date = getExports(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args local parms = {} for i, v in ipairs(args) do parms[i] = v end if yes(args.fix) then table.insert(parms, 'fix') end if yes(args.partial) then table.insert(parms, 'partial') end local show = stripToNil(args.show) or 'dmy' local date = Date(unpack(parms)) if not date then if show == 'format' then return 'error' end return message('mt-need-valid-date') end local add = stripToNil(args.add) if add then for item in add:gmatch('%S+') do date = date + item if not date then return message('mt-cannot-add', item) end end end local sortKey, result local sortable = translateParameters.sortable[args.sortable] if sortable then local value = (date.partial and date.partial.first or date).jdz sortKey = makeSort(value, sortable) end if show ~= 'hide' then result = date[show] if result == nil then result = from_en(date:text(show)) elseif type(result) == 'boolean' then result = result and '1' or '0' else result = from_en(tostring(result)) end end return (sortKey or '') .. makeExtra(args) .. (result or '') end local function rangeJoin(range) -- Return text to be used between a range of ages. return range == 'dash' and '–' or mtext['txt-or'] end local function makeText(values, components, names, options, noUpper) -- Return wikitext representing an age or duration. local text = Collection.new() local count = #values local sep = names.sep or '' for i, v in ipairs(values) do -- v is a number (say 4 for 4 years), or a table ({4,5} for 4 or 5 years). local islist = type(v) == 'table' if (islist or v > 0) or (text.n == 0 and i == count) or (text.n > 0 and components.keepZero) then local fmt, vstr if options.spell then fmt = function(number) return spellNumber(number, options.spell, noUpper or i) end elseif i == 1 and options.format == 'format_commas' then -- Numbers after the first should be small and not need formatting. fmt = formatNumber else fmt = tostring end if islist then vstr = fmt(v[1]) .. rangeJoin(options.range) noUpper = true vstr = vstr .. fmt(v[2]) else vstr = fmt(v) end local name = names[components[i]] if name then if type(name) == 'table' then name = mw.getContentLanguage():plural(islist and v[2] or v, name) end text:add(vstr .. sep .. name) else text:add(vstr) end end end local first, last if options.join == 'sep_space' then first = ' ' last = ' ' elseif options.join == 'sep_comma' then first = ', ' last = ', ' elseif options.join == 'sep_serialcomma' and text.n > 2 then first = ', ' last = mtext['txt-comma-and'] else first = ', ' last = mtext['txt-and'] end for i, v in ipairs(text) do if i < text.n then text[i] = v .. (i + 1 < text.n and first or last) end end local sign = '' if options.isnegative then -- Do not display negative zero. if text.n > 1 or (text.n == 1 and text[1]:sub(1, 1) ~= '0' ) then if options.format == 'format_raw' then sign = '-' -- plain hyphen so result can be used in a calculation else sign = '−' -- Unicode U+2212 MINUS SIGN end end end return (options.sortKey or '') .. (options.extra or '') .. sign .. text:join() .. (options.suffix or '') end local function dateDifference(parms) -- Return a formatted date difference using the given parameters -- which have been validated. local names = { -- Each name is: -- * a string if no plural form of the name is used; or -- * a table of strings, one of which is selected using the rules at -- https://translatewiki.net/wiki/Plural/Mediawiki_plural_rules abbr_off = { sep = '&nbsp;', y = {'year', 'years'}, m = {'month', 'months'}, w = {'week', 'weeks'}, d = {'day', 'days'}, H = {'hour', 'hours'}, M = {'minute', 'minutes'}, S = {'second', 'seconds'}, }, abbr_on = { y = 'y', m = 'm', w = 'w', d = 'd', H = 'h', M = 'm', S = 's', }, abbr_infant = { -- for {{age for infant}} sep = '&nbsp;', y = {'yr', 'yrs'}, m = {'mo', 'mos'}, w = {'wk', 'wks'}, d = {'day', 'days'}, H = {'hr', 'hrs'}, M = {'min', 'mins'}, S = {'sec', 'secs'}, }, abbr_raw = {}, } local diff = parms.diff -- must be a valid date difference local show = parms.show -- may be nil; default is set below local abbr = parms.abbr or 'abbr_off' local defaultJoin if abbr ~= 'abbr_off' then defaultJoin = 'sep_space' end if not show then show = 'ymd' if parms.disp == 'disp_age' then if diff.years < 3 then defaultJoin = 'sep_space' if diff.years >= 1 then show = 'ym' else show = 'md' end else show = 'y' end end end if type(show) ~= 'table' then show = translateParameters.show[show] end if parms.disp == 'disp_raw' then defaultJoin = 'sep_space' abbr = 'abbr_raw' elseif parms.wantSc then defaultJoin = 'sep_serialcomma' end local diffOptions = { round = parms.round, duration = parms.wantDuration, range = parms.range and true or nil, } local sortKey if parms.sortable then local value = diff.age_days + (parms.wantDuration and 1 or 0) -- days and fraction of a day if diff.isnegative then value = -value end sortKey = makeSort(value, parms.sortable) end local textOptions = { extra = parms.extra, format = parms.format, join = parms.sep or defaultJoin, isnegative = diff.isnegative, range = parms.range, sortKey = sortKey, spell = parms.spell, suffix = parms.suffix, -- not currently used } if show.id == 'hide' then return sortKey or '' end local values = { diff:age(show.id, diffOptions) } if values[1] then return makeText(values, show, names[abbr], textOptions) end if diff.partial then -- Handle a more complex range such as -- {{age_yd|20 Dec 2001|2003|range=yes}} → 1 year, 12 days or 2 years, 11 days local opt = { format = textOptions.format, join = textOptions.join, isnegative = textOptions.isnegative, spell = textOptions.spell, } return (textOptions.sortKey or '') .. makeText({ diff.partial.mindiff:age(show.id, diffOptions) }, show, names[abbr], opt) .. rangeJoin(textOptions.range) .. makeText({ diff.partial.maxdiff:age(show.id, diffOptions) }, show, names[abbr], opt, true) .. (textOptions.suffix or '') end return message('mt-bad-show', show.id) end local function getDates(frame, getopt) -- Parse template parameters and return one of: -- * date (a date table, if single) -- * date1, date2 (two date tables, if not single) -- * text (a string error message) -- A missing date is optionally replaced with the current date. -- If wantMixture is true, a missing date component is replaced -- from the current date, so can get a bizarre mixture of -- specified/current y/m/d as has been done by some "age" templates. -- Some results may be placed in table getopt. local Date, currentDate = getExports(frame) getopt = getopt or {} local function flagCurrent(text) -- This allows the calling template to detect if the current date has been used, -- that is, whether both dates have been entered in a template expecting two. -- For example, an infobox may want the age when an event occurred, not the current age. -- Don't bother detecting if wantMixture is used because not needed and it is a poor option. if not text then if getopt.noMissing then return nil -- this gives a nil date which gives an error end text = 'currentdate' if getopt.flag == 'usesCurrent' then getopt.usesCurrent = true end end return text end local args = frame:getParent().args local fields = {} local isNamed = args.year or args.year1 or args.year2 or args.month or args.month1 or args.month2 or args.day or args.day1 or args.day2 if isNamed then fields[1] = args.year1 or args.year fields[2] = args.month1 or args.month fields[3] = args.day1 or args.day fields[4] = args.year2 fields[5] = args.month2 fields[6] = args.day2 else for i = 1, 6 do fields[i] = args[i] end end local imax = 0 for i = 1, 6 do fields[i] = stripToNil(fields[i]) if fields[i] then imax = i end if getopt.omitZero and i % 3 ~= 1 then -- omit zero months and days as unknown values but keep year 0 which is 1 BCE if isZero(fields[i]) then fields[i] = nil getopt.partial = true end end end local fix = getopt.fix and 'fix' or '' local partialText = getopt.partial and 'partial' or '' local dates = {} if isNamed or imax >= 3 then local nrDates = getopt.single and 1 or 2 if getopt.wantMixture then -- Cannot be partial since empty fields are set from current. local components = { 'year', 'month', 'day' } for i = 1, nrDates * 3 do fields[i] = fields[i] or currentDate[components[i > 3 and i - 3 or i]] end for i = 1, nrDates do local index = i == 1 and 1 or 4 local y, m, d = fields[index], fields[index+1], fields[index+2] if (m == 2 or m == '2') and (d == 29 or d == '29') then -- Workaround error with following which attempt to use invalid date 2001-02-29. -- {{age_ymwd|year1=2001|year2=2004|month2=2|day2=29}} -- {{age_ymwd|year1=2001|month1=2|year2=2004|month2=1|day2=29}} -- TODO Get rid of wantMixture because even this ugly code does not handle -- 'Feb' or 'February' or 'feb' or 'february'. if not ((y % 4 == 0 and y % 100 ~= 0) or y % 400 == 0) then d = 28 end end dates[i] = Date(y, m, d) end else -- If partial dates are allowed, accept -- year only, or -- year and month only -- Do not accept year and day without a month because that makes no sense -- (and because, for example, Date('partial', 2001, nil, 12) sets day = nil, not 12). for i = 1, nrDates do local index = i == 1 and 1 or 4 local y, m, d = fields[index], fields[index+1], fields[index+2] if (getopt.partial and y and (m or not d)) or (y and m and d) then dates[i] = Date(fix, partialText, y, m, d) elseif not y and not m and not d then dates[i] = Date(flagCurrent()) end end end else getopt.textdates = true -- have parsed each date from a single text field dates[1] = Date(fix, partialText, flagCurrent(fields[1])) if not getopt.single then dates[2] = Date(fix, partialText, flagCurrent(fields[2])) end end if not dates[1] then return message(getopt.missing1 or 'mt-need-valid-ymd') end if getopt.single then return dates[1] end if not dates[2] then return message(getopt.missing2 or 'mt-need-valid-ymd2') end return dates[1], dates[2] end local function ageGeneric(frame) -- Return the result required by the specified template. -- Can use sortable=x where x = on/table/off/debug in any supported template. -- Some templates default to sortable=on but can be overridden. local name = frame.args.template if not name then return message('mt-template-x') end local args = frame:getParent().args local specs = { age_days = { -- {{age in days}} show = 'd', disp = 'disp_raw', }, age_days_nts = { -- {{age in days nts}} show = 'd', disp = 'disp_raw', format = 'format_commas', sortable = 'on', }, duration_days = { -- {{duration in days}} show = 'd', disp = 'disp_raw', duration = true, }, duration_days_nts = { -- {{duration in days nts}} show = 'd', disp = 'disp_raw', format = 'format_commas', sortable = 'on', duration = true, }, age_full_years = { -- {{age}} show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_raw', flag = 'usesCurrent', omitZero = true, range = 'dash', }, age_full_years_nts = { -- {{age nts}} show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_raw', format = 'format_commas', sortable = 'on', }, age_in_years = { -- {{age in years}} show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_raw', negative = 'error', range = 'dash', }, age_in_years_nts = { -- {{age in years nts}} show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_raw', negative = 'error', range = 'dash', format = 'format_commas', sortable = 'on', }, age_infant = { -- {{age for infant}} -- Do not set show because special processing is done later. abbr = yes(args.abbr) and 'abbr_infant' or 'abbr_off', disp = 'disp_age', sep = 'sep_space', sortable = 'on', }, age_m = { -- {{age in months}} show = 'm', disp = 'disp_raw', }, age_w = { -- {{age in weeks}} show = 'w', disp = 'disp_raw', }, age_wd = { -- {{age in weeks and days}} show = 'wd', }, age_yd = { -- {{age in years and days}} show = 'yd', format = 'format_commas', sep = args.sep ~= 'and' and 'sep_comma' or nil, }, age_yd_nts = { -- {{age in years and days nts}} show = 'yd', format = 'format_commas', sep = args.sep ~= 'and' and 'sep_comma' or nil, sortable = 'on', }, age_ym = { -- {{age in years and months}} show = 'ym', sep = 'sep_comma', }, age_ymd = { -- {{age in years, months and days}} show = 'ymd', range = true, }, age_ymwd = { -- {{age in years, months, weeks and days}} show = 'ymwd', wantMixture = true, }, } local spec = specs[name] if not spec then return message('mt-template-bad-name') end if name == 'age_days' then local su = stripToNil(args['show unit']) if su then if su == 'abbr' or su == 'full' then spec.disp = nil spec.abbr = su == 'abbr' and 'abbr_on' or nil end end end local partial, autofill local range = stripToNil(args.range) or spec.range if range then -- Suppose partial dates are used and age could be 11 or 12 years. -- "|range=" (empty value) has no effect (spec is used). -- "|range=yes" or spec.range == true sets range = true (gives "11 or 12") -- "|range=dash" or spec.range == 'dash' sets range = 'dash' (gives "11–12"). -- "|range=no" or spec.range == 'no' sets range = nil and fills each date in the diff (gives "12"). -- ("on" is equivalent to "yes", and "off" is equivalent to "no"). -- "|range=OTHER" sets range = nil and rejects partial dates. range = ({ dash = 'dash', off = 'no', no = 'no', [true] = true })[range] or yes(range) if range then partial = true -- accept partial dates with a possible age range for the result if range == 'no' then autofill = true -- missing month/day in first or second date are filled from other date or 1 range = nil end end end local getopt = { fix = yes(args.fix), flag = stripToNil(args.flag) or spec.flag, omitZero = spec.omitZero, partial = partial, wantMixture = spec.wantMixture, } local date1, date2 = getDates(frame, getopt) if type(date1) == 'string' then return date1 end local format = stripToNil(args.format) local spell = spellOptions[format] if format then format = 'format_' .. format elseif name == 'age_days' and getopt.textdates then format = 'format_commas' end local parms = { diff = date2:subtract(date1, { fill = autofill }), wantDuration = spec.duration or yes(args.duration), range = range, wantSc = yes(args.sc), show = args.show == 'hide' and 'hide' or spec.show, abbr = spec.abbr, disp = spec.disp, extra = makeExtra(args, getopt.usesCurrent and format ~= 'format_raw'), format = format or spec.format, round = yes(args.round), sep = spec.sep, sortable = translateParameters.sortable[args.sortable or spec.sortable], spell = spell, } if (spec.negative or frame.args.negative) == 'error' and parms.diff.isnegative then return message('mt-date-wrong-order') end return from_en(dateDifference(parms)) end local function bda(frame) -- Implement [[Template:Birth date and age]]. local args = frame:getParent().args local options = { missing1 = 'mt-need-valid-bd', noMissing = true, single = true, } local date = getDates(frame, options) if type(date) == 'string' then return date -- error text end local Date = getExports(frame) local diff = Date('currentdate') - date if diff.isnegative or diff.years > 150 then return message('mt-invalid-bd-age') end local disp = mtext['txt-bda-disp'] local show = 'y' if diff.years < 2 then disp = 'disp_age' if diff.years == 0 and diff.months == 0 then show = 'd' else show = 'm' end end local result = substituteParameters( mtext['txt-bda'], date:text('%-Y-%m-%d'), from_en(date:text(dateFormat(args))), from_en(dateDifference({ diff = diff, show = show, abbr = 'abbr_off', disp = disp, sep = 'sep_space', })) ) local warnings = tonumber(frame.args.warnings) if warnings and warnings > 0 then local good = { df = true, mf = true, day = true, day1 = true, month = true, month1 = true, year = true, year1 = true, } local invalid local imax = options.textdates and 1 or 3 for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then if k > imax then invalid = tostring(k) break end else if not good[k] then invalid = k break end end end if invalid then result = result .. message('mt-bad-param1', invalid) end end return result end local function dda(frame) -- Implement [[Template:Death date and age]]. local args = frame:getParent().args local options = { missing1 = 'mt-need-valid-dd', missing2 = 'mt-need-valid-bd2', noMissing = true, partial = true, } local date1, date2 = getDates(frame, options) if type(date1) == 'string' then return date1 end local diff = date1 - date2 if diff.isnegative then return message('mt-dd-wrong-order') end local Date = getExports(frame) local today = Date('currentdate') + 1 -- one day in future allows for timezones if date1 > today then return message('mt-dd-future') end local years if diff.partial then years = diff.partial.years years = type(years) == 'table' and years[2] or years else years = diff.years end if years > 150 then return message('mt-invalid-dates-age') end local fmt_date, fmt_ymd if date1.day then -- y, m, d known fmt_date = dateFormat(args) fmt_ymd = '%-Y-%m-%d' elseif date1.month then -- y, m known; d unknown fmt_date = '%B %-Y' fmt_ymd = '%-Y-%m-00' else -- y known; m, d unknown fmt_date = '%-Y' fmt_ymd = '%-Y-00-00' end local sortKey local sortable = translateParameters.sortable[args.sortable] if sortable then local value = (date1.partial and date1.partial.first or date1).jdz sortKey = makeSort(value, sortable) end local result = (sortKey or '') .. substituteParameters( mtext['txt-dda'], date1:text(fmt_ymd), from_en(date1:text(fmt_date)), from_en(dateDifference({ diff = diff, show = 'y', abbr = 'abbr_off', disp = mtext['txt-dda-disp'], range = 'dash', sep = 'sep_space', })) ) local warnings = tonumber(frame.args.warnings) if warnings and warnings > 0 then local good = { df = true, mf = true, } local invalid local imax = options.textdates and 2 or 6 for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then if k > imax then invalid = tostring(k) break end else if not good[k] then invalid = k break end end end if invalid then result = result .. message('mt-bad-param1', invalid) end end return result end local function dateToGsd(frame) -- Implement [[Template:Gregorian serial date]]. -- Return Gregorian serial date of the given date, or the current date. -- The returned value is negative for dates before 1 January 1 AD -- despite the fact that GSD is not defined for such dates. local date = getDates(frame, { wantMixture=true, single=true }) if type(date) == 'string' then return date end return tostring(date.gsd) end local function jdToDate(frame) -- Return formatted date from a Julian date. -- The result includes a time if the input includes a fraction. -- The word 'Julian' is accepted for the Julian calendar. local Date = getExports(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args local date = Date('juliandate', args[1], args[2]) if date then return from_en(date:text()) end return message('mt-need-jdn') end local function dateToJd(frame) -- Return Julian date (a number) from a date which may include a time, -- or the current date ('currentdate') or current date and time ('currentdatetime'). -- The word 'Julian' is accepted for the Julian calendar. local Date = getExports(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args local date = Date(args[1], args[2], args[3], args[4], args[5], args[6], args[7]) if date then return tostring(date.jd) end return message('mt-need-valid-ymd-current') end local function timeInterval(frame) -- Implement [[Template:Time interval]]. -- There are two positional arguments: date1, date2. -- The default for each is the current date and time. -- Result is date2 - date1 formatted. local Date = getExports(frame) local args = frame:getParent().args local parms = { extra = makeExtra(args), wantDuration = yes(args.duration), range = yes(args.range) or (args.range == 'dash' and 'dash' or nil), wantSc = yes(args.sc), } local fix = yes(args.fix) and 'fix' or '' local date1 = Date(fix, 'partial', stripToNil(args[1]) or 'currentdatetime') if not date1 then return message('mt-invalid-start') end local date2 = Date(fix, 'partial', stripToNil(args[2]) or 'currentdatetime') if not date2 then return message('mt-invalid-end') end parms.diff = date2 - date1 for argname, translate in pairs(translateParameters) do local parm = stripToNil(args[argname]) if parm then parm = translate[parm] if parm == nil then -- test for nil because false is a valid setting return message('mt-bad-param2', argname, args[argname]) end parms[argname] = parm end end if parms.round then local round = parms.round local show = parms.show if round ~= 'on' then if show then if show.id ~= round then return message('mt-conflicting-show', args.show, args.round) end else parms.show = translateParameters.show[round] end end parms.round = true end return from_en(dateDifference(parms)) end return { age_generic = ageGeneric, -- can emulate several age templates birth_date_and_age = bda, -- Template:Birth_date_and_age death_date_and_age = dda, -- Template:Death_date_and_age gsd = dateToGsd, -- Template:Gregorian_serial_date extract = dateExtract, -- Template:Extract jd_to_date = jdToDate, -- Template:? JULIANDAY = dateToJd, -- Template:JULIANDAY time_interval = timeInterval, -- Template:Time_interval } 094ef43a81ac2366c838b6ad889ed0ffe5a1eec4 828 134 277 276 2023-08-10T15:23:24Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Date]] Scribunto text/plain -- Date functions for use by other modules. -- I18N and time zones are not supported. local MINUS = '−' -- Unicode U+2212 MINUS SIGN local floor = math.floor local Date, DateDiff, diffmt -- forward declarations local uniq = { 'unique identifier' } local function is_date(t) -- The system used to make a date read-only means there is no unique -- metatable that is conveniently accessible to check. return type(t) == 'table' and t._id == uniq end local function is_diff(t) return type(t) == 'table' and getmetatable(t) == diffmt end local function _list_join(list, sep) return table.concat(list, sep) end local function collection() -- Return a table to hold items. return { n = 0, add = function (self, item) self.n = self.n + 1 self[self.n] = item end, join = _list_join, } end local function strip_to_nil(text) -- If text is a string, return its trimmed content, or nil if empty. -- Otherwise return text (convenient when Date fields are provided from -- another module which may pass a string, a number, or another type). if type(text) == 'string' then text = text:match('(%S.-)%s*$') end return text end local function is_leap_year(year, calname) -- Return true if year is a leap year. if calname == 'Julian' then return year % 4 == 0 end return (year % 4 == 0 and year % 100 ~= 0) or year % 400 == 0 end local function days_in_month(year, month, calname) -- Return number of days (1..31) in given month (1..12). if month == 2 and is_leap_year(year, calname) then return 29 end return ({ 31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31 })[month] end local function h_m_s(time) -- Return hour, minute, second extracted from fraction of a day. time = floor(time * 24 * 3600 + 0.5) -- number of seconds local second = time % 60 time = floor(time / 60) return floor(time / 60), time % 60, second end local function hms(date) -- Return fraction of a day from date's time, where (0 <= fraction < 1) -- if the values are valid, but could be anything if outside range. return (date.hour + (date.minute + date.second / 60) / 60) / 24 end local function julian_date(date) -- Return jd, jdz from a Julian or Gregorian calendar date where -- jd = Julian date and its fractional part is zero at noon -- jdz = same, but assume time is 00:00:00 if no time given -- http://www.tondering.dk/claus/cal/julperiod.php#formula -- Testing shows this works for all dates from year -9999 to 9999! -- JDN 0 is the 24-hour period starting at noon UTC on Monday -- 1 January 4713 BC = (-4712, 1, 1) Julian calendar -- 24 November 4714 BC = (-4713, 11, 24) Gregorian calendar local offset local a = floor((14 - date.month)/12) local y = date.year + 4800 - a if date.calendar == 'Julian' then offset = floor(y/4) - 32083 else offset = floor(y/4) - floor(y/100) + floor(y/400) - 32045 end local m = date.month + 12*a - 3 local jd = date.day + floor((153*m + 2)/5) + 365*y + offset if date.hastime then jd = jd + hms(date) - 0.5 return jd, jd end return jd, jd - 0.5 end local function set_date_from_jd(date) -- Set the fields of table date from its Julian date field. -- Return true if date is valid. -- http://www.tondering.dk/claus/cal/julperiod.php#formula -- This handles the proleptic Julian and Gregorian calendars. -- Negative Julian dates are not defined but they work. local calname = date.calendar local low, high -- min/max limits for date ranges −9999-01-01 to 9999-12-31 if calname == 'Gregorian' then low, high = -1930999.5, 5373484.49999 elseif calname == 'Julian' then low, high = -1931076.5, 5373557.49999 else return end local jd = date.jd if not (type(jd) == 'number' and low <= jd and jd <= high) then return end local jdn = floor(jd) if date.hastime then local time = jd - jdn -- 0 <= time < 1 if time >= 0.5 then -- if at or after midnight of next day jdn = jdn + 1 time = time - 0.5 else time = time + 0.5 end date.hour, date.minute, date.second = h_m_s(time) else date.second = 0 date.minute = 0 date.hour = 0 end local b, c if calname == 'Julian' then b = 0 c = jdn + 32082 else -- Gregorian local a = jdn + 32044 b = floor((4*a + 3)/146097) c = a - floor(146097*b/4) end local d = floor((4*c + 3)/1461) local e = c - floor(1461*d/4) local m = floor((5*e + 2)/153) date.day = e - floor((153*m + 2)/5) + 1 date.month = m + 3 - 12*floor(m/10) date.year = 100*b + d - 4800 + floor(m/10) return true end local function fix_numbers(numbers, y, m, d, H, M, S, partial, hastime, calendar) -- Put the result of normalizing the given values in table numbers. -- The result will have valid m, d values if y is valid; caller checks y. -- The logic of PHP mktime is followed where m or d can be zero to mean -- the previous unit, and -1 is the one before that, etc. -- Positive values carry forward. local date if not (1 <= m and m <= 12) then date = Date(y, 1, 1) if not date then return end date = date + ((m - 1) .. 'm') y, m = date.year, date.month end local days_hms if not partial then if hastime and H and M and S then if not (0 <= H and H <= 23 and 0 <= M and M <= 59 and 0 <= S and S <= 59) then days_hms = hms({ hour = H, minute = M, second = S }) end end if days_hms or not (1 <= d and d <= days_in_month(y, m, calendar)) then date = date or Date(y, m, 1) if not date then return end date = date + (d - 1 + (days_hms or 0)) y, m, d = date.year, date.month, date.day if days_hms then H, M, S = date.hour, date.minute, date.second end end end numbers.year = y numbers.month = m numbers.day = d if days_hms then -- Don't set H unless it was valid because a valid H will set hastime. numbers.hour = H numbers.minute = M numbers.second = S end end local function set_date_from_numbers(date, numbers, options) -- Set the fields of table date from numeric values. -- Return true if date is valid. if type(numbers) ~= 'table' then return end local y = numbers.year or date.year local m = numbers.month or date.month local d = numbers.day or date.day local H = numbers.hour local M = numbers.minute or date.minute or 0 local S = numbers.second or date.second or 0 local need_fix if y and m and d then date.partial = nil if not (-9999 <= y and y <= 9999 and 1 <= m and m <= 12 and 1 <= d and d <= days_in_month(y, m, date.calendar)) then if not date.want_fix then return end need_fix = true end elseif y and date.partial then if d or not (-9999 <= y and y <= 9999) then return end if m and not (1 <= m and m <= 12) then if not date.want_fix then return end need_fix = true end else return end if date.partial then H = nil -- ignore any time M = nil S = nil else if H then -- It is not possible to set M or S without also setting H. date.hastime = true else H = 0 end if not (0 <= H and H <= 23 and 0 <= M and M <= 59 and 0 <= S and S <= 59) then if date.want_fix then need_fix = true else return end end end date.want_fix = nil if need_fix then fix_numbers(numbers, y, m, d, H, M, S, date.partial, date.hastime, date.calendar) return set_date_from_numbers(date, numbers, options) end date.year = y -- -9999 to 9999 ('n BC' → year = 1 - n) date.month = m -- 1 to 12 (may be nil if partial) date.day = d -- 1 to 31 (* = nil if partial) date.hour = H -- 0 to 59 (*) date.minute = M -- 0 to 59 (*) date.second = S -- 0 to 59 (*) if type(options) == 'table' then for _, k in ipairs({ 'am', 'era', 'format' }) do if options[k] then date.options[k] = options[k] end end end return true end local function make_option_table(options1, options2) -- If options1 is a string, return a table with its settings, or -- if it is a table, use its settings. -- Missing options are set from table options2 or defaults. -- If a default is used, a flag is set so caller knows the value was not intentionally set. -- Valid option settings are: -- am: 'am', 'a.m.', 'AM', 'A.M.' -- 'pm', 'p.m.', 'PM', 'P.M.' (each has same meaning as corresponding item above) -- era: 'BCMINUS', 'BCNEGATIVE', 'BC', 'B.C.', 'BCE', 'B.C.E.', 'AD', 'A.D.', 'CE', 'C.E.' -- Option am = 'am' does not mean the hour is AM; it means 'am' or 'pm' is used, depending on the hour, -- and am = 'pm' has the same meaning. -- Similarly, era = 'BC' means 'BC' is used if year <= 0. -- BCMINUS displays a MINUS if year < 0 and the display format does not include %{era}. -- BCNEGATIVE is similar but displays a hyphen. local result = { bydefault = {} } if type(options1) == 'table' then result.am = options1.am result.era = options1.era elseif type(options1) == 'string' then -- Example: 'am:AM era:BC' or 'am=AM era=BC'. for item in options1:gmatch('%S+') do local lhs, rhs = item:match('^(%w+)[:=](.+)$') if lhs then result[lhs] = rhs end end end options2 = type(options2) == 'table' and options2 or {} local defaults = { am = 'am', era = 'BC' } for k, v in pairs(defaults) do if not result[k] then if options2[k] then result[k] = options2[k] else result[k] = v result.bydefault[k] = true end end end return result end local ampm_options = { -- lhs = input text accepted as an am/pm option -- rhs = code used internally ['am'] = 'am', ['AM'] = 'AM', ['a.m.'] = 'a.m.', ['A.M.'] = 'A.M.', ['pm'] = 'am', -- same as am ['PM'] = 'AM', ['p.m.'] = 'a.m.', ['P.M.'] = 'A.M.', } local era_text = { -- Text for displaying an era with a positive year (after adjusting -- by replacing year with 1 - year if date.year <= 0). -- options.era = { year<=0 , year>0 } ['BCMINUS'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true, sign = MINUS }, ['BCNEGATIVE'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true, sign = '-' }, ['BC'] = { 'BC' , '' , isbc = true }, ['B.C.'] = { 'B.C.' , '' , isbc = true }, ['BCE'] = { 'BCE' , '' , isbc = true }, ['B.C.E.'] = { 'B.C.E.', '' , isbc = true }, ['AD'] = { 'BC' , 'AD' }, ['A.D.'] = { 'B.C.' , 'A.D.' }, ['CE'] = { 'BCE' , 'CE' }, ['C.E.'] = { 'B.C.E.', 'C.E.' }, } local function get_era_for_year(era, year) return (era_text[era] or era_text['BC'])[year > 0 and 2 or 1] or '' end local function strftime(date, format, options) -- Return date formatted as a string using codes similar to those -- in the C strftime library function. local sformat = string.format local shortcuts = { ['%c'] = '%-I:%M %p %-d %B %-Y %{era}', -- date and time: 2:30 pm 1 April 2016 ['%x'] = '%-d %B %-Y %{era}', -- date: 1 April 2016 ['%X'] = '%-I:%M %p', -- time: 2:30 pm } if shortcuts[format] then format = shortcuts[format] end local codes = { a = { field = 'dayabbr' }, A = { field = 'dayname' }, b = { field = 'monthabbr' }, B = { field = 'monthname' }, u = { fmt = '%d' , field = 'dowiso' }, w = { fmt = '%d' , field = 'dow' }, d = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'day' }, m = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'month' }, Y = { fmt = '%04d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'year' }, H = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'hour' }, M = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'minute' }, S = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'second' }, j = { fmt = '%03d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'dayofyear' }, I = { fmt = '%02d', fmt2 = '%d', field = 'hour', special = 'hour12' }, p = { field = 'hour', special = 'am' }, } options = make_option_table(options, date.options) local amopt = options.am local eraopt = options.era local function replace_code(spaces, modifier, id) local code = codes[id] if code then local fmt = code.fmt if modifier == '-' and code.fmt2 then fmt = code.fmt2 end local value = date[code.field] if not value then return nil -- an undefined field in a partial date end local special = code.special if special then if special == 'hour12' then value = value % 12 value = value == 0 and 12 or value elseif special == 'am' then local ap = ({ ['a.m.'] = { 'a.m.', 'p.m.' }, ['AM'] = { 'AM', 'PM' }, ['A.M.'] = { 'A.M.', 'P.M.' }, })[ampm_options[amopt]] or { 'am', 'pm' } return (spaces == '' and '' or '&nbsp;') .. (value < 12 and ap[1] or ap[2]) end end if code.field == 'year' then local sign = (era_text[eraopt] or {}).sign if not sign or format:find('%{era}', 1, true) then sign = '' if value <= 0 then value = 1 - value end else if value >= 0 then sign = '' else value = -value end end return spaces .. sign .. sformat(fmt, value) end return spaces .. (fmt and sformat(fmt, value) or value) end end local function replace_property(spaces, id) if id == 'era' then -- Special case so can use local era option. local result = get_era_for_year(eraopt, date.year) if result == '' then return '' end return (spaces == '' and '' or '&nbsp;') .. result end local result = date[id] if type(result) == 'string' then return spaces .. result end if type(result) == 'number' then return spaces .. tostring(result) end if type(result) == 'boolean' then return spaces .. (result and '1' or '0') end -- This occurs if id is an undefined field in a partial date, or is the name of a function. return nil end local PERCENT = '\127PERCENT\127' return (format :gsub('%%%%', PERCENT) :gsub('(%s*)%%{(%w+)}', replace_property) :gsub('(%s*)%%(%-?)(%a)', replace_code) :gsub(PERCENT, '%%') ) end local function _date_text(date, fmt, options) -- Return a formatted string representing the given date. if not is_date(date) then error('date:text: need a date (use "date:text()" with a colon)', 2) end if type(fmt) == 'string' and fmt:match('%S') then if fmt:find('%', 1, true) then return strftime(date, fmt, options) end elseif date.partial then fmt = date.month and 'my' or 'y' else fmt = 'dmy' if date.hastime then fmt = (date.second > 0 and 'hms ' or 'hm ') .. fmt end end local function bad_format() -- For consistency with other format processing, return given format -- (or cleaned format if original was not a string) if invalid. return mw.text.nowiki(fmt) end if date.partial then -- Ignore days in standard formats like 'ymd'. if fmt == 'ym' or fmt == 'ymd' then fmt = date.month and '%Y-%m %{era}' or '%Y %{era}' elseif fmt == 'my' or fmt == 'dmy' or fmt == 'mdy' then fmt = date.month and '%B %-Y %{era}' or '%-Y %{era}' elseif fmt == 'y' then fmt = date.month and '%-Y %{era}' or '%-Y %{era}' else return bad_format() end return strftime(date, fmt, options) end local function hm_fmt() local plain = make_option_table(options, date.options).bydefault.am return plain and '%H:%M' or '%-I:%M %p' end local need_time = date.hastime local t = collection() for item in fmt:gmatch('%S+') do local f if item == 'hm' then f = hm_fmt() need_time = false elseif item == 'hms' then f = '%H:%M:%S' need_time = false elseif item == 'ymd' then f = '%Y-%m-%d %{era}' elseif item == 'mdy' then f = '%B %-d, %-Y %{era}' elseif item == 'dmy' then f = '%-d %B %-Y %{era}' else return bad_format() end t:add(f) end fmt = t:join(' ') if need_time then fmt = hm_fmt() .. ' ' .. fmt end return strftime(date, fmt, options) end local day_info = { -- 0=Sun to 6=Sat [0] = { 'Sun', 'Sunday' }, { 'Mon', 'Monday' }, { 'Tue', 'Tuesday' }, { 'Wed', 'Wednesday' }, { 'Thu', 'Thursday' }, { 'Fri', 'Friday' }, { 'Sat', 'Saturday' }, } local month_info = { -- 1=Jan to 12=Dec { 'Jan', 'January' }, { 'Feb', 'February' }, { 'Mar', 'March' }, { 'Apr', 'April' }, { 'May', 'May' }, { 'Jun', 'June' }, { 'Jul', 'July' }, { 'Aug', 'August' }, { 'Sep', 'September' }, { 'Oct', 'October' }, { 'Nov', 'November' }, { 'Dec', 'December' }, } local function name_to_number(text, translate) if type(text) == 'string' then return translate[text:lower()] end end local function day_number(text) return name_to_number(text, { sun = 0, sunday = 0, mon = 1, monday = 1, tue = 2, tuesday = 2, wed = 3, wednesday = 3, thu = 4, thursday = 4, fri = 5, friday = 5, sat = 6, saturday = 6, }) end local function month_number(text) return name_to_number(text, { jan = 1, january = 1, feb = 2, february = 2, mar = 3, march = 3, apr = 4, april = 4, may = 5, jun = 6, june = 6, jul = 7, july = 7, aug = 8, august = 8, sep = 9, september = 9, sept = 9, oct = 10, october = 10, nov = 11, november = 11, dec = 12, december = 12, }) end local function _list_text(list, fmt) -- Return a list of formatted strings from a list of dates. if not type(list) == 'table' then error('date:list:text: need "list:text()" with a colon', 2) end local result = { join = _list_join } for i, date in ipairs(list) do result[i] = date:text(fmt) end return result end local function _date_list(date, spec) -- Return a possibly empty numbered table of dates meeting the specification. -- Dates in the list are in ascending order (oldest date first). -- The spec should be a string of form "<count> <day> <op>" -- where each item is optional and -- count = number of items wanted in list -- day = abbreviation or name such as Mon or Monday -- op = >, >=, <, <= (default is > meaning after date) -- If no count is given, the list is for the specified days in date's month. -- The default day is date's day. -- The spec can also be a positive or negative number: -- -5 is equivalent to '5 <' -- 5 is equivalent to '5' which is '5 >' if not is_date(date) then error('date:list: need a date (use "date:list()" with a colon)', 2) end local list = { text = _list_text } if date.partial then return list end local count, offset, operation local ops = { ['>='] = { before = false, include = true }, ['>'] = { before = false, include = false }, ['<='] = { before = true , include = true }, ['<'] = { before = true , include = false }, } if spec then if type(spec) == 'number' then count = floor(spec + 0.5) if count < 0 then count = -count operation = ops['<'] end elseif type(spec) == 'string' then local num, day, op = spec:match('^%s*(%d*)%s*(%a*)%s*([<>=]*)%s*$') if not num then return list end if num ~= '' then count = tonumber(num) end if day ~= '' then local dow = day_number(day:gsub('[sS]$', '')) -- accept plural days if not dow then return list end offset = dow - date.dow end operation = ops[op] else return list end end offset = offset or 0 operation = operation or ops['>'] local datefrom, dayfirst, daylast if operation.before then if offset > 0 or (offset == 0 and not operation.include) then offset = offset - 7 end if count then if count > 1 then offset = offset - 7*(count - 1) end datefrom = date + offset else daylast = date.day + offset dayfirst = daylast % 7 if dayfirst == 0 then dayfirst = 7 end end else if offset < 0 or (offset == 0 and not operation.include) then offset = offset + 7 end if count then datefrom = date + offset else dayfirst = date.day + offset daylast = date.monthdays end end if not count then if daylast < dayfirst then return list end count = floor((daylast - dayfirst)/7) + 1 datefrom = Date(date, {day = dayfirst}) end for i = 1, count do if not datefrom then break end -- exceeds date limits list[i] = datefrom datefrom = datefrom + 7 end return list end -- A table to get the current date/time (UTC), but only if needed. local current = setmetatable({}, { __index = function (self, key) local d = os.date('!*t') self.year = d.year self.month = d.month self.day = d.day self.hour = d.hour self.minute = d.min self.second = d.sec return rawget(self, key) end }) local function extract_date(newdate, text) -- Parse the date/time in text and return n, o where -- n = table of numbers with date/time fields -- o = table of options for AM/PM or AD/BC or format, if any -- or return nothing if date is known to be invalid. -- Caller determines if the values in n are valid. -- A year must be positive ('1' to '9999'); use 'BC' for BC. -- In a y-m-d string, the year must be four digits to avoid ambiguity -- ('0001' to '9999'). The only way to enter year <= 0 is by specifying -- the date as three numeric parameters like ymd Date(-1, 1, 1). -- Dates of form d/m/y, m/d/y, y/m/d are rejected as potentially ambiguous. local date, options = {}, {} if text:sub(-1) == 'Z' then -- Extract date/time from a Wikidata timestamp. -- The year can be 1 to 16 digits but this module handles 1 to 4 digits only. -- Examples: '+2016-06-21T14:30:00Z', '-0000000180-00-00T00:00:00Z'. local sign, y, m, d, H, M, S = text:match('^([+%-])(%d+)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)T(%d%d):(%d%d):(%d%d)Z$') if sign then y = tonumber(y) if sign == '-' and y > 0 then y = -y end if y <= 0 then options.era = 'BCE' end date.year = y m = tonumber(m) d = tonumber(d) H = tonumber(H) M = tonumber(M) S = tonumber(S) if m == 0 then newdate.partial = true return date, options end date.month = m if d == 0 then newdate.partial = true return date, options end date.day = d if H > 0 or M > 0 or S > 0 then date.hour = H date.minute = M date.second = S end return date, options end return end local function extract_ymd(item) -- Called when no day or month has been set. local y, m, d = item:match('^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%w+)%-(%d%d?)$') if y then if date.year then return end if m:match('^%d%d?$') then m = tonumber(m) else m = month_number(m) end if m then date.year = tonumber(y) date.month = m date.day = tonumber(d) return true end end end local function extract_day_or_year(item) -- Called when a day would be valid, or -- when a year would be valid if no year has been set and partial is set. local number, suffix = item:match('^(%d%d?%d?%d?)(.*)$') if number then local n = tonumber(number) if #number <= 2 and n <= 31 then suffix = suffix:lower() if suffix == '' or suffix == 'st' or suffix == 'nd' or suffix == 'rd' or suffix == 'th' then date.day = n return true end elseif suffix == '' and newdate.partial and not date.year then date.year = n return true end end end local function extract_month(item) -- A month must be given as a name or abbreviation; a number could be ambiguous. local m = month_number(item) if m then date.month = m return true end end local function extract_time(item) local h, m, s = item:match('^(%d%d?):(%d%d)(:?%d*)$') if date.hour or not h then return end if s ~= '' then s = s:match('^:(%d%d)$') if not s then return end end date.hour = tonumber(h) date.minute = tonumber(m) date.second = tonumber(s) -- nil if empty string return true end local item_count = 0 local index_time local function set_ampm(item) local H = date.hour if H and not options.am and index_time + 1 == item_count then options.am = ampm_options[item] -- caller checked this is not nil if item:match('^[Aa]') then if not (1 <= H and H <= 12) then return end if H == 12 then date.hour = 0 end else if not (1 <= H and H <= 23) then return end if H <= 11 then date.hour = H + 12 end end return true end end for item in text:gsub(',', ' '):gsub('&nbsp;', ' '):gmatch('%S+') do item_count = item_count + 1 if era_text[item] then -- Era is accepted in peculiar places. if options.era then return end options.era = item elseif ampm_options[item] then if not set_ampm(item) then return end elseif item:find(':', 1, true) then if not extract_time(item) then return end index_time = item_count elseif date.day and date.month then if date.year then return -- should be nothing more so item is invalid end if not item:match('^(%d%d?%d?%d?)$') then return end date.year = tonumber(item) elseif date.day then if not extract_month(item) then return end elseif date.month then if not extract_day_or_year(item) then return end elseif extract_month(item) then options.format = 'mdy' elseif extract_ymd(item) then options.format = 'ymd' elseif extract_day_or_year(item) then if date.day then options.format = 'dmy' end else return end end if not date.year or date.year == 0 then return end local era = era_text[options.era] if era and era.isbc then date.year = 1 - date.year end return date, options end local function autofill(date1, date2) -- Fill any missing month or day in each date using the -- corresponding component from the other date, if present, -- or with 1 if both dates are missing the month or day. -- This gives a good result for calculating the difference -- between two partial dates when no range is wanted. -- Return filled date1, date2 (two full dates). local function filled(a, b) -- Return date a filled, if necessary, with month and/or day from date b. -- The filled day is truncated to fit the number of days in the month. local fillmonth, fillday if not a.month then fillmonth = b.month or 1 end if not a.day then fillday = b.day or 1 end if fillmonth or fillday then -- need to create a new date a = Date(a, { month = fillmonth, day = math.min(fillday or a.day, days_in_month(a.year, fillmonth or a.month, a.calendar)) }) end return a end return filled(date1, date2), filled(date2, date1) end local function date_add_sub(lhs, rhs, is_sub) -- Return a new date from calculating (lhs + rhs) or (lhs - rhs), -- or return nothing if invalid. -- The result is nil if the calculated date exceeds allowable limits. -- Caller ensures that lhs is a date; its properties are copied for the new date. if lhs.partial then -- Adding to a partial is not supported. -- Can subtract a date or partial from a partial, but this is not called for that. return end local function is_prefix(text, word, minlen) local n = #text return (minlen or 1) <= n and n <= #word and text == word:sub(1, n) end local function do_days(n) local forcetime, jd if floor(n) == n then jd = lhs.jd else forcetime = not lhs.hastime jd = lhs.jdz end jd = jd + (is_sub and -n or n) if forcetime then jd = tostring(jd) if not jd:find('.', 1, true) then jd = jd .. '.0' end end return Date(lhs, 'juliandate', jd) end if type(rhs) == 'number' then -- Add/subtract days, including fractional days. return do_days(rhs) end if type(rhs) == 'string' then -- rhs is a single component like '26m' or '26 months' (with optional sign). -- Fractions like '3.25d' are accepted for the units which are handled as days. local sign, numstr, id = rhs:match('^%s*([+-]?)([%d%.]+)%s*(%a+)$') if sign then if sign == '-' then is_sub = not (is_sub and true or false) end local y, m, days local num = tonumber(numstr) if not num then return end id = id:lower() if is_prefix(id, 'years') then y = num m = 0 elseif is_prefix(id, 'months') then y = floor(num / 12) m = num % 12 elseif is_prefix(id, 'weeks') then days = num * 7 elseif is_prefix(id, 'days') then days = num elseif is_prefix(id, 'hours') then days = num / 24 elseif is_prefix(id, 'minutes', 3) then days = num / (24 * 60) elseif is_prefix(id, 'seconds') then days = num / (24 * 3600) else return end if days then return do_days(days) end if numstr:find('.', 1, true) then return end if is_sub then y = -y m = -m end assert(-11 <= m and m <= 11) y = lhs.year + y m = lhs.month + m if m > 12 then y = y + 1 m = m - 12 elseif m < 1 then y = y - 1 m = m + 12 end local d = math.min(lhs.day, days_in_month(y, m, lhs.calendar)) return Date(lhs, y, m, d) end end if is_diff(rhs) then local days = rhs.age_days if (is_sub or false) ~= (rhs.isnegative or false) then days = -days end return lhs + days end end local full_date_only = { dayabbr = true, dayname = true, dow = true, dayofweek = true, dowiso = true, dayofweekiso = true, dayofyear = true, gsd = true, juliandate = true, jd = true, jdz = true, jdnoon = true, } -- Metatable for a date's calculated fields. local datemt = { __index = function (self, key) if rawget(self, 'partial') then if full_date_only[key] then return end if key == 'monthabbr' or key == 'monthdays' or key == 'monthname' then if not self.month then return end end end local value if key == 'dayabbr' then value = day_info[self.dow][1] elseif key == 'dayname' then value = day_info[self.dow][2] elseif key == 'dow' then value = (self.jdnoon + 1) % 7 -- day-of-week 0=Sun to 6=Sat elseif key == 'dayofweek' then value = self.dow elseif key == 'dowiso' then value = (self.jdnoon % 7) + 1 -- ISO day-of-week 1=Mon to 7=Sun elseif key == 'dayofweekiso' then value = self.dowiso elseif key == 'dayofyear' then local first = Date(self.year, 1, 1, self.calendar).jdnoon value = self.jdnoon - first + 1 -- day-of-year 1 to 366 elseif key == 'era' then -- Era text (never a negative sign) from year and options. value = get_era_for_year(self.options.era, self.year) elseif key == 'format' then value = self.options.format or 'dmy' elseif key == 'gsd' then -- GSD = 1 from 00:00:00 to 23:59:59 on 1 January 1 AD Gregorian calendar, -- which is from jd 1721425.5 to 1721426.49999. value = floor(self.jd - 1721424.5) elseif key == 'juliandate' or key == 'jd' or key == 'jdz' then local jd, jdz = julian_date(self) rawset(self, 'juliandate', jd) rawset(self, 'jd', jd) rawset(self, 'jdz', jdz) return key == 'jdz' and jdz or jd elseif key == 'jdnoon' then -- Julian date at noon (an integer) on the calendar day when jd occurs. value = floor(self.jd + 0.5) elseif key == 'isleapyear' then value = is_leap_year(self.year, self.calendar) elseif key == 'monthabbr' then value = month_info[self.month][1] elseif key == 'monthdays' then value = days_in_month(self.year, self.month, self.calendar) elseif key == 'monthname' then value = month_info[self.month][2] end if value ~= nil then rawset(self, key, value) return value end end, } -- Date operators. local function mt_date_add(lhs, rhs) if not is_date(lhs) then lhs, rhs = rhs, lhs -- put date on left (it must be a date for this to have been called) end return date_add_sub(lhs, rhs) end local function mt_date_sub(lhs, rhs) if is_date(lhs) then if is_date(rhs) then return DateDiff(lhs, rhs) end return date_add_sub(lhs, rhs, true) end end local function mt_date_concat(lhs, rhs) return tostring(lhs) .. tostring(rhs) end local function mt_date_tostring(self) return self:text() end local function mt_date_eq(lhs, rhs) -- Return true if dates identify same date/time where, for example, -- Date(-4712, 1, 1, 'Julian') == Date(-4713, 11, 24, 'Gregorian') is true. -- This is called only if lhs and rhs have the same type and the same metamethod. if lhs.partial or rhs.partial then -- One date is partial; the other is a partial or a full date. -- The months may both be nil, but must be the same. return lhs.year == rhs.year and lhs.month == rhs.month and lhs.calendar == rhs.calendar end return lhs.jdz == rhs.jdz end local function mt_date_lt(lhs, rhs) -- Return true if lhs < rhs, for example, -- Date('1 Jan 2016') < Date('06:00 1 Jan 2016') is true. -- This is called only if lhs and rhs have the same type and the same metamethod. if lhs.partial or rhs.partial then -- One date is partial; the other is a partial or a full date. if lhs.calendar ~= rhs.calendar then return lhs.calendar == 'Julian' end if lhs.partial then lhs = lhs.partial.first end if rhs.partial then rhs = rhs.partial.first end end return lhs.jdz < rhs.jdz end --[[ Examples of syntax to construct a date: Date(y, m, d, 'julian') default calendar is 'gregorian' Date(y, m, d, H, M, S, 'julian') Date('juliandate', jd, 'julian') if jd contains "." text output includes H:M:S Date('currentdate') Date('currentdatetime') Date('1 April 1995', 'julian') parse date from text Date('1 April 1995 AD', 'julian') using an era sets a flag to do the same for output Date('04:30:59 1 April 1995', 'julian') Date(date) copy of an existing date Date(date, t) same, updated with y,m,d,H,M,S fields from table t Date(t) date with y,m,d,H,M,S fields from table t ]] function Date(...) -- for forward declaration above -- Return a table holding a date assuming a uniform calendar always applies -- (proleptic Gregorian calendar or proleptic Julian calendar), or -- return nothing if date is invalid. -- A partial date has a valid year, however its month may be nil, and -- its day and time fields are nil. -- Field partial is set to false (if a full date) or a table (if a partial date). local calendars = { julian = 'Julian', gregorian = 'Gregorian' } local newdate = { _id = uniq, calendar = 'Gregorian', -- default is Gregorian calendar hastime = false, -- true if input sets a time hour = 0, -- always set hour/minute/second so don't have to handle nil minute = 0, second = 0, options = {}, list = _date_list, subtract = function (self, rhs, options) return DateDiff(self, rhs, options) end, text = _date_text, } local argtype, datetext, is_copy, jd_number, tnums local numindex = 0 local numfields = { 'year', 'month', 'day', 'hour', 'minute', 'second' } local numbers = {} for _, v in ipairs({...}) do v = strip_to_nil(v) local vlower = type(v) == 'string' and v:lower() or nil if v == nil then -- Ignore empty arguments after stripping so modules can directly pass template parameters. elseif calendars[vlower] then newdate.calendar = calendars[vlower] elseif vlower == 'partial' then newdate.partial = true elseif vlower == 'fix' then newdate.want_fix = true elseif is_date(v) then -- Copy existing date (items can be overridden by other arguments). if is_copy or tnums then return end is_copy = true newdate.calendar = v.calendar newdate.partial = v.partial newdate.hastime = v.hastime newdate.options = v.options newdate.year = v.year newdate.month = v.month newdate.day = v.day newdate.hour = v.hour newdate.minute = v.minute newdate.second = v.second elseif type(v) == 'table' then if tnums then return end tnums = {} local tfields = { year=1, month=1, day=1, hour=2, minute=2, second=2 } for tk, tv in pairs(v) do if tfields[tk] then tnums[tk] = tonumber(tv) end if tfields[tk] == 2 then newdate.hastime = true end end else local num = tonumber(v) if not num and argtype == 'setdate' and numindex == 1 then num = month_number(v) end if num then if not argtype then argtype = 'setdate' end if argtype == 'setdate' and numindex < 6 then numindex = numindex + 1 numbers[numfields[numindex]] = num elseif argtype == 'juliandate' and not jd_number then jd_number = num if type(v) == 'string' then if v:find('.', 1, true) then newdate.hastime = true end elseif num ~= floor(num) then -- The given value was a number. The time will be used -- if the fractional part is nonzero. newdate.hastime = true end else return end elseif argtype then return elseif type(v) == 'string' then if v == 'currentdate' or v == 'currentdatetime' or v == 'juliandate' then argtype = v else argtype = 'datetext' datetext = v end else return end end end if argtype == 'datetext' then if tnums or not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, extract_date(newdate, datetext)) then return end elseif argtype == 'juliandate' then newdate.partial = nil newdate.jd = jd_number if not set_date_from_jd(newdate) then return end elseif argtype == 'currentdate' or argtype == 'currentdatetime' then newdate.partial = nil newdate.year = current.year newdate.month = current.month newdate.day = current.day if argtype == 'currentdatetime' then newdate.hour = current.hour newdate.minute = current.minute newdate.second = current.second newdate.hastime = true end newdate.calendar = 'Gregorian' -- ignore any given calendar name elseif argtype == 'setdate' then if tnums or not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, numbers) then return end elseif not (is_copy or tnums) then return end if tnums then newdate.jd = nil -- force recalculation in case jd was set before changes from tnums if not set_date_from_numbers(newdate, tnums) then return end end if newdate.partial then local year = newdate.year local month = newdate.month local first = Date(year, month or 1, 1, newdate.calendar) month = month or 12 local last = Date(year, month, days_in_month(year, month), newdate.calendar) newdate.partial = { first = first, last = last } else newdate.partial = false -- avoid index lookup end setmetatable(newdate, datemt) local readonly = {} local mt = { __index = newdate, __newindex = function(t, k, v) error('date.' .. tostring(k) .. ' is read-only', 2) end, __add = mt_date_add, __sub = mt_date_sub, __concat = mt_date_concat, __tostring = mt_date_tostring, __eq = mt_date_eq, __lt = mt_date_lt, } return setmetatable(readonly, mt) end local function _diff_age(diff, code, options) -- Return a tuple of integer values from diff as specified by code, except that -- each integer may be a list of two integers for a diff with a partial date, or -- return nil if the code is not supported. -- If want round, the least significant unit is rounded to nearest whole unit. -- For a duration, an extra day is added. local wantround, wantduration, wantrange if type(options) == 'table' then wantround = options.round wantduration = options.duration wantrange = options.range else wantround = options end if not is_diff(diff) then local f = wantduration and 'duration' or 'age' error(f .. ': need a date difference (use "diff:' .. f .. '()" with a colon)', 2) end if diff.partial then -- Ignore wantround, wantduration. local function choose(v) if type(v) == 'table' then if not wantrange or v[1] == v[2] then -- Example: Date('partial', 2005) - Date('partial', 2001) gives -- diff.years = { 3, 4 } to show the range of possible results. -- If do not want a range, choose the second value as more expected. return v[2] end end return v end if code == 'ym' or code == 'ymd' then if not wantrange and diff.iszero then -- This avoids an unexpected result such as -- Date('partial', 2001) - Date('partial', 2001) -- giving diff = { years = 0, months = { 0, 11 } } -- which would be reported as 0 years and 11 months. return 0, 0 end return choose(diff.partial.years), choose(diff.partial.months) end if code == 'y' then return choose(diff.partial.years) end if code == 'm' or code == 'w' or code == 'd' then return choose({ diff.partial.mindiff:age(code), diff.partial.maxdiff:age(code) }) end return nil end local extra_days = wantduration and 1 or 0 if code == 'wd' or code == 'w' or code == 'd' then local offset = wantround and 0.5 or 0 local days = diff.age_days + extra_days if code == 'wd' or code == 'd' then days = floor(days + offset) if code == 'd' then return days end return floor(days/7), days % 7 end return floor(days/7 + offset) end local H, M, S = diff.hours, diff.minutes, diff.seconds if code == 'dh' or code == 'dhm' or code == 'dhms' or code == 'h' or code == 'hm' or code == 'hms' or code == 'M' or code == 's' then local days = floor(diff.age_days + extra_days) local inc_hour if wantround then if code == 'dh' or code == 'h' then if M >= 30 then inc_hour = true end elseif code == 'dhm' or code == 'hm' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 if M >= 60 then M = 0 inc_hour = true end end elseif code == 'M' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 end else -- Nothing needed because S is an integer. end if inc_hour then H = H + 1 if H >= 24 then H = 0 days = days + 1 end end end if code == 'dh' or code == 'dhm' or code == 'dhms' then if code == 'dh' then return days, H elseif code == 'dhm' then return days, H, M else return days, H, M, S end end local hours = days * 24 + H if code == 'h' then return hours elseif code == 'hm' then return hours, M elseif code == 'M' or code == 's' then M = hours * 60 + M if code == 'M' then return M end return M * 60 + S end return hours, M, S end if wantround then local inc_hour if code == 'ymdh' or code == 'ymwdh' then if M >= 30 then inc_hour = true end elseif code == 'ymdhm' or code == 'ymwdhm' then if S >= 30 then M = M + 1 if M >= 60 then M = 0 inc_hour = true end end elseif code == 'ymd' or code == 'ymwd' or code == 'yd' or code == 'md' then if H >= 12 then extra_days = extra_days + 1 end end if inc_hour then H = H + 1 if H >= 24 then H = 0 extra_days = extra_days + 1 end end end local y, m, d = diff.years, diff.months, diff.days if extra_days > 0 then d = d + extra_days if d > 28 or code == 'yd' then -- Recalculate in case have passed a month. diff = diff.date1 + extra_days - diff.date2 y, m, d = diff.years, diff.months, diff.days end end if code == 'ymd' then return y, m, d elseif code == 'yd' then if y > 0 then -- It is known that diff.date1 > diff.date2. diff = diff.date1 - (diff.date2 + (y .. 'y')) end return y, floor(diff.age_days) elseif code == 'md' then return y * 12 + m, d elseif code == 'ym' or code == 'm' then if wantround then if d >= 16 then m = m + 1 if m >= 12 then m = 0 y = y + 1 end end end if code == 'ym' then return y, m end return y * 12 + m elseif code == 'ymw' then local weeks = floor(d/7) if wantround then local days = d % 7 if days > 3 or (days == 3 and H >= 12) then weeks = weeks + 1 end end return y, m, weeks elseif code == 'ymwd' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7 elseif code == 'ymdh' then return y, m, d, H elseif code == 'ymwdh' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7, H elseif code == 'ymdhm' then return y, m, d, H, M elseif code == 'ymwdhm' then return y, m, floor(d/7), d % 7, H, M end if code == 'y' then if wantround and m >= 6 then y = y + 1 end return y end return nil end local function _diff_duration(diff, code, options) if type(options) ~= 'table' then options = { round = options } end options.duration = true return _diff_age(diff, code, options) end -- Metatable for some operations on date differences. diffmt = { -- for forward declaration above __concat = function (lhs, rhs) return tostring(lhs) .. tostring(rhs) end, __tostring = function (self) return tostring(self.age_days) end, __index = function (self, key) local value if key == 'age_days' then if rawget(self, 'partial') then local function jdz(date) return (date.partial and date.partial.first or date).jdz end value = jdz(self.date1) - jdz(self.date2) else value = self.date1.jdz - self.date2.jdz end end if value ~= nil then rawset(self, key, value) return value end end, } function DateDiff(date1, date2, options) -- for forward declaration above -- Return a table with the difference between two dates (date1 - date2). -- The difference is negative if date1 is older than date2. -- Return nothing if invalid. -- If d = date1 - date2 then -- date1 = date2 + d -- If date1 >= date2 and the dates have no H:M:S time specified then -- date1 = date2 + (d.years..'y') + (d.months..'m') + d.days -- where the larger time units are added first. -- The result of Date(2015,1,x) + '1m' is Date(2015,2,28) for -- x = 28, 29, 30, 31. That means, for example, -- d = Date(2015,3,3) - Date(2015,1,31) -- gives d.years, d.months, d.days = 0, 1, 3 (excluding date1). if not (is_date(date1) and is_date(date2) and date1.calendar == date2.calendar) then return end local wantfill if type(options) == 'table' then wantfill = options.fill end local isnegative = false local iszero = false if date1 < date2 then isnegative = true date1, date2 = date2, date1 elseif date1 == date2 then iszero = true end -- It is known that date1 >= date2 (period is from date2 to date1). if date1.partial or date2.partial then -- Two partial dates might have timelines: ---------------------A=================B--- date1 is from A to B inclusive --------C=======D-------------------------- date2 is from C to D inclusive -- date1 > date2 iff A > C (date1.partial.first > date2.partial.first) -- The periods can overlap ('April 2001' - '2001'): -------------A===B------------------------- A=2001-04-01 B=2001-04-30 --------C=====================D------------ C=2001-01-01 D=2001-12-31 if wantfill then date1, date2 = autofill(date1, date2) else local function zdiff(date1, date2) local diff = date1 - date2 if diff.isnegative then return date1 - date1 -- a valid diff in case we call its methods end return diff end local function getdate(date, which) return date.partial and date.partial[which] or date end local maxdiff = zdiff(getdate(date1, 'last'), getdate(date2, 'first')) local mindiff = zdiff(getdate(date1, 'first'), getdate(date2, 'last')) local years, months if maxdiff.years == mindiff.years then years = maxdiff.years if maxdiff.months == mindiff.months then months = maxdiff.months else months = { mindiff.months, maxdiff.months } end else years = { mindiff.years, maxdiff.years } end return setmetatable({ date1 = date1, date2 = date2, partial = { years = years, months = months, maxdiff = maxdiff, mindiff = mindiff, }, isnegative = isnegative, iszero = iszero, age = _diff_age, duration = _diff_duration, }, diffmt) end end local y1, m1 = date1.year, date1.month local y2, m2 = date2.year, date2.month local years = y1 - y2 local months = m1 - m2 local d1 = date1.day + hms(date1) local d2 = date2.day + hms(date2) local days, time if d1 >= d2 then days = d1 - d2 else months = months - 1 -- Get days in previous month (before the "to" date) given December has 31 days. local dpm = m1 > 1 and days_in_month(y1, m1 - 1, date1.calendar) or 31 if d2 >= dpm then days = d1 - hms(date2) else days = dpm - d2 + d1 end end if months < 0 then years = years - 1 months = months + 12 end days, time = math.modf(days) local H, M, S = h_m_s(time) return setmetatable({ date1 = date1, date2 = date2, partial = false, -- avoid index lookup years = years, months = months, days = days, hours = H, minutes = M, seconds = S, isnegative = isnegative, iszero = iszero, age = _diff_age, duration = _diff_duration, }, diffmt) end return { _current = current, _Date = Date, _days_in_month = days_in_month, } 48b9402c32798b1e9f91f2ab44283ebda7b53ed9 10 135 279 278 2023-08-10T15:23:26Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Pluralize_from_text]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Detect singular|pluralize}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 305f4b531ea5639895c83cecd0fd809f7f5cf845 10 136 281 280 2023-08-10T15:23:26Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:URL]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:URL|url}}</includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using URL template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:URL]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y | 1 | 2 }}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 5671474ce4656f07c5bdc47292d1dcbe9c70317e 828 137 283 282 2023-08-10T15:23:26Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Detect_singular]] Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesNo = require('Module:Yesno') local getPlain = require('Module:Text').Text().getPlain -- function to determine whether "sub" occurs in "s" local function plainFind(s, sub) return mw.ustring.find(s, sub, 1, true) end -- function to count the number of times "pattern" (a regex) occurs in "s" local function countMatches(s, pattern) local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(s, pattern, '') return count end local singular = 1 local likelyPlural = 2 local plural = 3 -- Determine whether a string is singular or plural (i.e., it represents one -- item or many) -- Arguments: -- origArgs[1]: string to process -- origArgs.no_comma: if false, use commas to detect plural (default false) -- origArgs.parse_links: if false, treat wikilinks as opaque singular objects (default false) -- Returns: -- singular, likelyPlural, or plural (see constants above), or nil for completely unknown function p._main(origArgs) origArgs = type(origArgs) == 'table' and origArgs or {} local args = {} -- canonicalize boolean arguments for key, default in pairs({no_comma=false,parse_links=false,any_comma=false,no_and=false}) do if origArgs[key] == nil then args[key] = default else args[key] = yesNo(origArgs[key],default) end end local checkComma = not args.no_comma local checkAnd = not args.no_and local rewriteLinks = not args.parse_links local anyComma = args.any_comma local s = origArgs[1] -- the input string if not s then return nil -- empty input returns nil end s = tostring(s) s = mw.text.decode(s,true) --- replace HTML entities (to avoid spurious semicolons) if plainFind(s,'data-plural="0"') then -- magic data string to return true return singular end if plainFind(s,'data-plural="1"') then -- magic data string to return false return plural end -- count number of list items local numListItems = countMatches(s,'<%s*li') -- if exactly one, then singular, if more than one, then plural if numListItems == 1 then return singular end if numListItems > 1 then return plural end -- if "list of" occurs inside of wlink, then it's plural if mw.ustring.find(s:lower(), '%[%[[^%]]*list of[^%]]+%]%]') then return plural end -- fix for trailing br tags passed through [[template:marriage]] s = mw.ustring.gsub(s, '<%s*br[^>]*>%s*(</div>)', '%1') -- replace all wikilinks with fixed string if rewriteLinks then s = mw.ustring.gsub(s,'%b[]','WIKILINK') end -- Five conditions: any one of them can make the string a likely plural or plural local hasBreak = mw.ustring.find(s,'<%s*br') -- For the last 4, evaluate on string stripped of wikimarkup s = getPlain(s) local hasBullets = countMatches(s,'%*+') > 1 local multipleQids = mw.ustring.find(s,'Q%d+[%p%s]+Q%d+') -- has multiple QIDs in a row if hasBullets or multipleQids then return plural end local commaPattern = anyComma and '[,;]' or '%D[,;]%D' -- semi-colon similar to comma local hasComma = checkComma and mw.ustring.find(s, commaPattern) local hasAnd = checkAnd and mw.ustring.find(s,'[,%s]and%s') if hasBreak or hasComma or hasAnd then return likelyPlural end return singular end function p._pluralize(args) args = type(args) == 'table' and args or {} local singularForm = args[3] or args.singular or "" local pluralForm = args[4] or args.plural or "" local likelyForm = args.likely or pluralForm local link = args[5] or args.link if link then link = tostring(link) singularForm = '[['..link..'|'..singularForm..']]' pluralForm = '[['..link..'|'..pluralForm..']]' likelyForm = '[['..link..'|'..likelyForm..']]' end if args[2] then return pluralForm end local detect = p._main(args) if detect == nil then return "" -- return blank on complete failure end if detect == singular then return singularForm elseif detect == likelyPlural then return likelyForm else return pluralForm end end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) -- For template, return 1 if singular, blank if plural or empty local result = p._main(args) if result == nil then return 1 end return result == singular and 1 or "" end function p.pluralize(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._pluralize(args) end return p 6afb2e8c0bd8ddff094e2861b836521ee4a5a779 828 138 285 284 2023-08-10T15:23:27Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Math]] Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module provides a number of basic mathematical operations. ]] local yesno, getArgs -- lazily initialized local p = {} -- Holds functions to be returned from #invoke, and functions to make available to other Lua modules. local wrap = {} -- Holds wrapper functions that process arguments from #invoke. These act as intemediary between functions meant for #invoke and functions meant for Lua. --[[ Helper functions used to avoid redundant code. ]] local function err(msg) -- Generates wikitext error messages. return mw.ustring.format('<strong class="error">Formatting error: %s</strong>', msg) end local function unpackNumberArgs(args) -- Returns an unpacked list of arguments specified with numerical keys. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(ret, v) end end return unpack(ret) end local function makeArgArray(...) -- Makes an array of arguments from a list of arguments that might include nils. local args = {...} -- Table of arguments. It might contain nils or non-number values, so we can't use ipairs. local nums = {} -- Stores the numbers of valid numerical arguments. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do v = p._cleanNumber(v) if v then nums[#nums + 1] = k args[k] = v end end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[#ret + 1] = args[num] end return ret end local function fold(func, ...) -- Use a function on all supplied arguments, and return the result. The function must accept two numbers as parameters, -- and must return a number as an output. This number is then supplied as input to the next function call. local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals -- The number of valid arguments if count == 0 then return -- Exit if we have no valid args, otherwise removing the first arg would cause an error. nil, 0 end local ret = table.remove(vals, 1) for _, val in ipairs(vals) do ret = func(ret, val) end return ret, count end --[[ Fold arguments by selectively choosing values (func should return when to choose the current "dominant" value). ]] local function binary_fold(func, ...) local value = fold((function(a, b) if func(a, b) then return a else return b end end), ...) return value end --[[ random Generate a random number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | random }} {{#invoke: Math | random | maximum value }} {{#invoke: Math | random | minimum value | maximum value }} ]] function wrap.random(args) local first = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local second = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) return p._random(first, second) end function p._random(first, second) math.randomseed(mw.site.stats.edits + mw.site.stats.pages + os.time() + math.floor(os.clock() * 1000000000)) -- math.random will throw an error if given an explicit nil parameter, so we need to use if statements to check the params. if first and second then if first <= second then -- math.random doesn't allow the first number to be greater than the second. return math.random(first, second) end elseif first then return math.random(first) else return math.random() end end --[[ order Determine order of magnitude of a number Usage: {{#invoke: Math | order | value }} ]] function wrap.order(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local input_number = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if input_number == nil then return err('order of magnitude input appears non-numeric') else return p._order(input_number) end end function p._order(x) if x == 0 then return 0 end return math.floor(math.log10(math.abs(x))) end --[[ precision Detemines the precision of a number using the string representation Usage: {{ #invoke: Math | precision | value }} ]] function wrap.precision(args) local input_string = (args[1] or args.x or '0'); local trap_fraction = args.check_fraction; local input_number; if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end if yesno(trap_fraction, true) then -- Returns true for all input except nil, false, "no", "n", "0" and a few others. See [[Module:Yesno]]. local pos = string.find(input_string, '/', 1, true); if pos ~= nil then if string.find(input_string, '/', pos + 1, true) == nil then local denominator = string.sub(input_string, pos+1, -1); local denom_value = tonumber(denominator); if denom_value ~= nil then return math.log10(denom_value); end end end end input_number, input_string = p._cleanNumber(input_string); if input_string == nil then return err('precision input appears non-numeric') else return p._precision(input_string) end end function p._precision(x) if type(x) == 'number' then x = tostring(x) end x = string.upper(x) local decimal = x:find('%.') local exponent_pos = x:find('E') local result = 0; if exponent_pos ~= nil then local exponent = string.sub(x, exponent_pos + 1) x = string.sub(x, 1, exponent_pos - 1) result = result - tonumber(exponent) end if decimal ~= nil then result = result + string.len(x) - decimal return result end local pos = string.len(x); while x:byte(pos) == string.byte('0') do pos = pos - 1 result = result - 1 if pos <= 0 then return 0 end end return result end --[[ max Finds the maximum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| max | value1 | value2 | ... }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.max(args) return p._max(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._max(...) local max_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a > b end), ...) if max_value then return max_value end end --[[ median Find the median of set of numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | median | number1 | number2 | ...}} OR {{#invoke:Math | median }} ]] function wrap.median(args) return p._median(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._median(...) local vals = makeArgArray(...) local count = #vals table.sort(vals) if count == 0 then return 0 end if p._mod(count, 2) == 0 then return (vals[count/2] + vals[count/2+1])/2 else return vals[math.ceil(count/2)] end end --[[ min Finds the minimum argument Usage: {{#invoke:Math| min | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| min }} When used with no arguments, it takes its input from the parent frame. Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.min(args) return p._min(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._min(...) local min_value = binary_fold((function(a, b) return a < b end), ...) if min_value then return min_value end end --[[ sum Finds the sum Usage: {{#invoke:Math| sum | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| sum }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.sum(args) return p._sum(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._sum(...) local sums, count = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sums then return 0 else return sums end end --[[ average Finds the average Usage: {{#invoke:Math| average | value1 | value2 | ... }} OR {{#invoke:Math| average }} Note, any values that do not evaluate to numbers are ignored. ]] function wrap.average(args) return p._average(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._average(...) local sum, count = fold((function(a, b) return a + b end), ...) if not sum then return 0 else return sum / count end end --[[ round Rounds a number to specified precision Usage: {{#invoke:Math | round | value | precision }} --]] function wrap.round(args) local value = p._cleanNumber(args[1] or args.value or 0) local precision = p._cleanNumber(args[2] or args.precision or 0) if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('round input appears non-numeric') else return p._round(value, precision) end end function p._round(value, precision) local rescale = math.pow(10, precision or 0); return math.floor(value * rescale + 0.5) / rescale; end --[[ log10 returns the log (base 10) of a number Usage: {{#invoke:Math | log10 | x }} ]] function wrap.log10(args) return math.log10(args[1]) end --[[ mod Implements the modulo operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | mod | x | y }} --]] function wrap.mod(args) local x = p._cleanNumber(args[1]) local y = p._cleanNumber(args[2]) if not x then return err('first argument to mod appears non-numeric') elseif not y then return err('second argument to mod appears non-numeric') else return p._mod(x, y) end end function p._mod(x, y) local ret = x % y if not (0 <= ret and ret < y) then ret = 0 end return ret end --[[ gcd Calculates the greatest common divisor of multiple numbers Usage: {{#invoke:Math | gcd | value 1 | value 2 | value 3 | ... }} --]] function wrap.gcd(args) return p._gcd(unpackNumberArgs(args)) end function p._gcd(...) local function findGcd(a, b) local r = b local oldr = a while r ~= 0 do local quotient = math.floor(oldr / r) oldr, r = r, oldr - quotient * r end if oldr < 0 then oldr = oldr * -1 end return oldr end local result, count = fold(findGcd, ...) return result end --[[ precision_format Rounds a number to the specified precision and formats according to rules originally used for {{template:Rnd}}. Output is a string. Usage: {{#invoke: Math | precision_format | number | precision }} ]] function wrap.precision_format(args) local value_string = args[1] or 0 local precision = args[2] or 0 return p._precision_format(value_string, precision) end function p._precision_format(value_string, precision) -- For access to Mediawiki built-in formatter. local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local value value, value_string = p._cleanNumber(value_string) precision = p._cleanNumber(precision) -- Check for non-numeric input if value == nil or precision == nil then return err('invalid input when rounding') end local current_precision = p._precision(value) local order = p._order(value) -- Due to round-off effects it is neccesary to limit the returned precision under -- some circumstances because the terminal digits will be inaccurately reported. if order + precision >= 14 then if order + p._precision(value_string) >= 14 then precision = 13 - order; end end -- If rounding off, truncate extra digits if precision < current_precision then value = p._round(value, precision) current_precision = p._precision(value) end local formatted_num = lang:formatNum(math.abs(value)) local sign -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default if value < 0 then sign = '−' else sign = '' end -- Handle cases requiring scientific notation if string.find(formatted_num, 'E', 1, true) ~= nil or math.abs(order) >= 9 then value = value * math.pow(10, -order) current_precision = current_precision + order precision = precision + order formatted_num = lang:formatNum(math.abs(value)) else order = 0; end formatted_num = sign .. formatted_num -- Pad with zeros, if needed if current_precision < precision then local padding if current_precision <= 0 then if precision > 0 then local zero_sep = lang:formatNum(1.1) formatted_num = formatted_num .. zero_sep:sub(2,2) padding = precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end else padding = precision - current_precision if padding > 20 then padding = 20 end formatted_num = formatted_num .. string.rep('0', padding) end end -- Add exponential notation, if necessary. if order ~= 0 then -- Use proper unary minus sign rather than ASCII default if order < 0 then order = '−' .. lang:formatNum(math.abs(order)) else order = lang:formatNum(order) end formatted_num = formatted_num .. '<span style="margin:0 .15em 0 .25em">×</span>10^{' .. order .. '}' end return formatted_num end --[[ divide Implements the division operator Usage: {{#invoke:Math | divide | x | y | round= | precision= }} --]] function wrap.divide(args) local x = args[1] local y = args[2] local round = args.round local precision = args.precision if not yesno then yesno = require('Module:Yesno') end return p._divide(x, y, yesno(round), precision) end function p._divide(x, y, round, precision) if y == nil or y == "" then return err("Empty divisor") elseif not tonumber(y) then if type(y) == 'string' and string.sub(y, 1, 1) == '<' then return y else return err("Not a number: " .. y) end elseif x == nil or x == "" then return err("Empty dividend") elseif not tonumber(x) then if type(x) == 'string' and string.sub(x, 1, 1) == '<' then return x else return err("Not a number: " .. x) end else local z = x / y if round then return p._round(z, 0) elseif precision then return p._round(z, precision) else return z end end end --[[ Helper function that interprets the input numerically. If the input does not appear to be a number, attempts evaluating it as a parser functions expression. ]] function p._cleanNumber(number_string) if type(number_string) == 'number' then -- We were passed a number, so we don't need to do any processing. return number_string, tostring(number_string) elseif type(number_string) ~= 'string' or not number_string:find('%S') then -- We were passed a non-string or a blank string, so exit. return nil, nil; end -- Attempt basic conversion local number = tonumber(number_string) -- If failed, attempt to evaluate input as an expression if number == nil then local success, result = pcall(mw.ext.ParserFunctions.expr, number_string) if success then number = tonumber(result) number_string = tostring(number) else number = nil number_string = nil end else number_string = number_string:match("^%s*(.-)%s*$") -- String is valid but may contain padding, clean it. number_string = number_string:match("^%+(.*)$") or number_string -- Trim any leading + signs. if number_string:find('^%-?0[xX]') then -- Number is using 0xnnn notation to indicate base 16; use the number that Lua detected instead. number_string = tostring(number) end end return number, number_string end --[[ Wrapper function that does basic argument processing. This ensures that all functions from #invoke can use either the current frame or the parent frame, and it also trims whitespace for all arguments and removes blank arguments. ]] local mt = { __index = function(t, k) return function(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return wrap[k](getArgs(frame)) -- Argument processing is left to Module:Arguments. Whitespace is trimmed and blank arguments are removed. end end } return setmetatable(p, mt) 2bbe734d898299f65412963a3c1782e9fcc4d9ca 828 139 287 286 2023-08-10T15:23:27Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Text]] Scribunto text/plain local yesNo = require("Module:Yesno") local Text = { serial = "2022-07-21", suite = "Text" } --[=[ Text utilities ]=] -- local globals local PatternCJK = false local PatternCombined = false local PatternLatin = false local PatternTerminated = false local QuoteLang = false local QuoteType = false local RangesLatin = false local SeekQuote = false local function initLatinData() if not RangesLatin then RangesLatin = { { 7, 687 }, { 7531, 7578 }, { 7680, 7935 }, { 8194, 8250 } } end if not PatternLatin then local range PatternLatin = "^[" for i = 1, #RangesLatin do range = RangesLatin[ i ] PatternLatin = PatternLatin .. mw.ustring.char( range[ 1 ], 45, range[ 2 ] ) end -- for i PatternLatin = PatternLatin .. "]*$" end end local function initQuoteData() -- Create quote definitions if not QuoteLang then QuoteLang = { af = "bd", ar = "la", be = "labd", bg = "bd", ca = "la", cs = "bd", da = "bd", de = "bd", dsb = "bd", et = "bd", el = "lald", en = "ld", es = "la", eu = "la", -- fa = "la", fi = "rd", fr = "laSPC", ga = "ld", he = "ldla", hr = "bd", hsb = "bd", hu = "bd", hy = "labd", id = "rd", is = "bd", it = "ld", ja = "x300C", ka = "bd", ko = "ld", lt = "bd", lv = "bd", nl = "ld", nn = "la", no = "la", pl = "bdla", pt = "lald", ro = "bdla", ru = "labd", sk = "bd", sl = "bd", sq = "la", sr = "bx", sv = "rd", th = "ld", tr = "ld", uk = "la", zh = "ld", ["de-ch"] = "la", ["en-gb"] = "lsld", ["en-us"] = "ld", ["fr-ch"] = "la", ["it-ch"] = "la", ["pt-br"] = "ldla", ["zh-tw"] = "x300C", ["zh-cn"] = "ld" } end if not QuoteType then QuoteType = { bd = { { 8222, 8220 }, { 8218, 8217 } }, bdla = { { 8222, 8220 }, { 171, 187 } }, bx = { { 8222, 8221 }, { 8218, 8217 } }, la = { { 171, 187 }, { 8249, 8250 } }, laSPC = { { 171, 187 }, { 8249, 8250 }, true }, labd = { { 171, 187 }, { 8222, 8220 } }, lald = { { 171, 187 }, { 8220, 8221 } }, ld = { { 8220, 8221 }, { 8216, 8217 } }, ldla = { { 8220, 8221 }, { 171, 187 } }, lsld = { { 8216, 8217 }, { 8220, 8221 } }, rd = { { 8221, 8221 }, { 8217, 8217 } }, x300C = { { 0x300C, 0x300D }, { 0x300E, 0x300F } } } end end -- initQuoteData() local function fiatQuote( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2 local r = apply and tostring(apply) or "" alien = alien or "en" advance = tonumber(advance) or 0 local suite initQuoteData() local slang = alien:match( "^(%l+)-" ) suite = QuoteLang[alien] or slang and QuoteLang[slang] or QuoteLang["en"] if suite then local quotes = QuoteType[ suite ] if quotes then local space if quotes[ 3 ] then space = "&#160;" else space = "" end quotes = quotes[ advance ] if quotes then r = mw.ustring.format( "%s%s%s%s%s", mw.ustring.char( quotes[ 1 ] ), space, apply, space, mw.ustring.char( quotes[ 2 ] ) ) end else mw.log( "fiatQuote() " .. suite ) end end return r end -- fiatQuote() Text.char = function ( apply, again, accept ) -- Create string from codepoints -- Parameter: -- apply -- table (sequence) with numerical codepoints, or nil -- again -- number of repetitions, or nil -- accept -- true, if no error messages to be appended -- Returns: string local r = "" apply = type(apply) == "table" and apply or {} again = math.floor(tonumber(again) or 1) if again < 1 then return "" end local bad = { } local codes = { } for _, v in ipairs( apply ) do local n = tonumber(v) if not n or (n < 32 and n ~= 9 and n ~= 10) then table.insert(bad, tostring(v)) else table.insert(codes, math.floor(n)) end end if #bad > 0 then if not accept then r = tostring( mw.html.create( "span" ) :addClass( "error" ) :wikitext( "bad codepoints: " .. table.concat( bad, " " )) ) end return r end if #codes > 0 then r = mw.ustring.char( unpack( codes ) ) if again > 1 then r = r:rep(again) end end return r end -- Text.char() local function trimAndFormat(args, fmt) local result = {} if type(args) ~= 'table' then args = {args} end for _, v in ipairs(args) do v = mw.text.trim(tostring(v)) if v ~= "" then table.insert(result,fmt and mw.ustring.format(fmt, v) or v) end end return result end Text.concatParams = function ( args, apply, adapt ) -- Concat list items into one string -- Parameter: -- args -- table (sequence) with numKey=string -- apply -- string (optional); separator (default: "|") -- adapt -- string (optional); format including "%s" -- Returns: string local collect = { } return table.concat(trimAndFormat(args,adapt), apply or "|") end -- Text.concatParams() Text.containsCJK = function ( s ) -- Is any CJK code within? -- Parameter: -- s -- string -- Returns: true, if CJK detected s = s and tostring(s) or "" if not patternCJK then patternCJK = mw.ustring.char( 91, 4352, 45, 4607, 11904, 45, 42191, 43072, 45, 43135, 44032, 45, 55215, 63744, 45, 64255, 65072, 45, 65103, 65381, 45, 65500, 131072, 45, 196607, 93 ) end return mw.ustring.find( s, patternCJK ) ~= nil end -- Text.containsCJK() Text.removeDelimited = function (s, prefix, suffix) -- Remove all text in s delimited by prefix and suffix (inclusive) -- Arguments: -- s = string to process -- prefix = initial delimiter -- suffix = ending delimiter -- Returns: stripped string s = s and tostring(s) or "" prefix = prefix and tostring(prefix) or "" suffix = suffix and tostring(suffix) or "" local prefixLen = mw.ustring.len(prefix) local suffixLen = mw.ustring.len(suffix) if prefixLen == 0 or suffixLen == 0 then return s end local i = s:find(prefix, 1, true) local r = s local j while i do j = r:find(suffix, i + prefixLen) if j then r = r:sub(1, i - 1)..r:sub(j+suffixLen) else r = r:sub(1, i - 1) end i = r:find(prefix, 1, true) end return r end Text.getPlain = function ( adjust ) -- Remove wikisyntax from string, except templates -- Parameter: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string local r = Text.removeDelimited(adjust,"<!--","-->") r = r:gsub( "(</?%l[^>]*>)", "" ) :gsub( "'''", "" ) :gsub( "''", "" ) :gsub( "&nbsp;", " " ) return r end -- Text.getPlain() Text.isLatinRange = function (s) -- Are characters expected to be latin or symbols within latin texts? -- Arguments: -- s = string to analyze -- Returns: true, if valid for latin only s = s and tostring(s) or "" --- ensure input is always string initLatinData() return mw.ustring.match(s, PatternLatin) ~= nil end -- Text.isLatinRange() Text.isQuote = function ( s ) -- Is this character any quotation mark? -- Parameter: -- s = single character to analyze -- Returns: true, if s is quotation mark s = s and tostring(s) or "" if s == "" then return false end if not SeekQuote then SeekQuote = mw.ustring.char( 34, -- " 39, -- ' 171, -- laquo 187, -- raquo 8216, -- lsquo 8217, -- rsquo 8218, -- sbquo 8220, -- ldquo 8221, -- rdquo 8222, -- bdquo 8249, -- lsaquo 8250, -- rsaquo 0x300C, -- CJK 0x300D, -- CJK 0x300E, -- CJK 0x300F ) -- CJK end return mw.ustring.find( SeekQuote, s, 1, true ) ~= nil end -- Text.isQuote() Text.listToText = function ( args, adapt ) -- Format list items similar to mw.text.listToText() -- Parameter: -- args -- table (sequence) with numKey=string -- adapt -- string (optional); format including "%s" -- Returns: string return mw.text.listToText(trimAndFormat(args, adapt)) end -- Text.listToText() Text.quote = function ( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code, or nil -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2, or nil -- Returns: quoted string apply = apply and tostring(apply) or "" local mode, slang if type( alien ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( alien ):lower() else slang = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().pageLanguage if not slang then -- TODO FIXME: Introduction expected 2017-04 slang = mw.language.getContentLanguage():getCode() end end if advance == 2 then mode = 2 else mode = 1 end return fiatQuote( mw.text.trim( apply ), slang, mode ) end -- Text.quote() Text.quoteUnquoted = function ( apply, alien, advance ) -- Quote text, if not yet quoted and not empty -- Parameter: -- apply -- string, with text -- alien -- string, with language code, or nil -- advance -- number, with level 1 or 2, or nil -- Returns: string; possibly quoted local r = mw.text.trim( apply and tostring(apply) or "" ) local s = mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, 1 ) if s ~= "" and not Text.isQuote( s, advance ) then s = mw.ustring.sub( r, -1, 1 ) if not Text.isQuote( s ) then r = Text.quote( r, alien, advance ) end end return r end -- Text.quoteUnquoted() Text.removeDiacritics = function ( adjust ) -- Remove all diacritics -- Parameter: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string; all latin letters should be ASCII -- or basic greek or cyrillic or symbols etc. local cleanup, decomposed if not PatternCombined then PatternCombined = mw.ustring.char( 91, 0x0300, 45, 0x036F, 0x1AB0, 45, 0x1AFF, 0x1DC0, 45, 0x1DFF, 0xFE20, 45, 0xFE2F, 93 ) end decomposed = mw.ustring.toNFD( adjust and tostring(adjust) or "" ) cleanup = mw.ustring.gsub( decomposed, PatternCombined, "" ) return mw.ustring.toNFC( cleanup ) end -- Text.removeDiacritics() Text.sentenceTerminated = function ( analyse ) -- Is string terminated by dot, question or exclamation mark? -- Quotation, link termination and so on granted -- Parameter: -- analyse -- string -- Returns: true, if sentence terminated local r if not PatternTerminated then PatternTerminated = mw.ustring.char( 91, 12290, 65281, 65294, 65311 ) .. "!%.%?…][\"'%]‹›«»‘’“”]*$" end if mw.ustring.find( analyse, PatternTerminated ) then r = true else r = false end return r end -- Text.sentenceTerminated() Text.ucfirstAll = function ( adjust) -- Capitalize all words -- Arguments: -- adjust = string to adjust -- Returns: string with all first letters in upper case adjust = adjust and tostring(adjust) or "" local r = mw.text.decode(adjust,true) local i = 1 local c, j, m m = (r ~= adjust) r = " "..r while i do i = mw.ustring.find( r, "%W%l", i ) if i then j = i + 1 c = mw.ustring.upper( mw.ustring.sub( r, j, j ) ) r = string.format( "%s%s%s", mw.ustring.sub( r, 1, i ), c, mw.ustring.sub( r, i + 2 ) ) i = j end end -- while i r = r:sub( 2 ) if m then r = mw.text.encode(r) end return r end -- Text.ucfirstAll() Text.uprightNonlatin = function ( adjust ) -- Ensure non-italics for non-latin text parts -- One single greek letter might be granted -- Precondition: -- adjust -- string -- Returns: string with non-latin parts enclosed in <span> local r initLatinData() if mw.ustring.match( adjust, PatternLatin ) then -- latin only, horizontal dashes, quotes r = adjust else local c local j = false local k = 1 local m = false local n = mw.ustring.len( adjust ) local span = "%s%s<span dir='auto' style='font-style:normal'>%s</span>" local flat = function ( a ) -- isLatin local range for i = 1, #RangesLatin do range = RangesLatin[ i ] if a >= range[ 1 ] and a <= range[ 2 ] then return true end end -- for i end -- flat() local focus = function ( a ) -- char is not ambivalent local r = ( a > 64 ) if r then r = ( a < 8192 or a > 8212 ) else r = ( a == 38 or a == 60 ) -- '&' '<' end return r end -- focus() local form = function ( a ) return string.format( span, r, mw.ustring.sub( adjust, k, j - 1 ), mw.ustring.sub( adjust, j, a ) ) end -- form() r = "" for i = 1, n do c = mw.ustring.codepoint( adjust, i, i ) if focus( c ) then if flat( c ) then if j then if m then if i == m then -- single greek letter. j = false end m = false end if j then local nx = i - 1 local s = "" for ix = nx, 1, -1 do c = mw.ustring.sub( adjust, ix, ix ) if c == " " or c == "(" then nx = nx - 1 s = c .. s else break -- for ix end end -- for ix r = form( nx ) .. s j = false k = i end end elseif not j then j = i if c >= 880 and c <= 1023 then -- single greek letter? m = i + 1 else m = false end end elseif m then m = m + 1 end end -- for i if j and ( not m or m < n ) then r = form( n ) else r = r .. mw.ustring.sub( adjust, k ) end end return r end -- Text.uprightNonlatin() Text.test = function ( about ) local r if about == "quote" then initQuoteData() r = { } r.QuoteLang = QuoteLang r.QuoteType = QuoteType end return r end -- Text.test() -- Export local p = { } for _, func in ipairs({'containsCJK','isLatinRange','isQuote','sentenceTerminated'}) do p[func] = function (frame) return Text[func]( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) and "1" or "" end end for _, func in ipairs({'getPlain','removeDiacritics','ucfirstAll','uprightNonlatin'}) do p[func] = function (frame) return Text[func]( frame.args[ 1 ] or "" ) end end function p.char( frame ) local params = frame:getParent().args local story = params[ 1 ] local codes, lenient, multiple if not story then params = frame.args story = params[ 1 ] end if story then local items = mw.text.split( mw.text.trim(story), "%s+" ) if #items > 0 then local j lenient = (yesNo(params.errors) == false) codes = { } multiple = tonumber( params[ "*" ] ) for _, v in ipairs( items ) do j = tonumber((v:sub( 1, 1 ) == "x" and "0" or "") .. v) table.insert( codes, j or v ) end end end return Text.char( codes, multiple, lenient ) end function p.concatParams( frame ) local args local template = frame.args.template if type( template ) == "string" then template = mw.text.trim( template ) template = ( template == "1" ) end if template then args = frame:getParent().args else args = frame.args end return Text.concatParams( args, frame.args.separator, frame.args.format ) end function p.listToFormat(frame) local lists = {} local pformat = frame.args["format"] local sep = frame.args["sep"] or ";" -- Parameter parsen: Listen for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do local knum = tonumber(k) if knum then lists[knum] = v end end -- Listen splitten local maxListLen = 0 for i = 1, #lists do lists[i] = mw.text.split(lists[i], sep) if #lists[i] > maxListLen then maxListLen = #lists[i] end end -- Ergebnisstring generieren local result = "" local result_line = "" for i = 1, maxListLen do result_line = pformat for j = 1, #lists do result_line = mw.ustring.gsub(result_line, "%%s", lists[j][i], 1) end result = result .. result_line end return result end function p.listToText( frame ) local args local template = frame.args.template if type( template ) == "string" then template = mw.text.trim( template ) template = ( template == "1" ) end if template then args = frame:getParent().args else args = frame.args end return Text.listToText( args, frame.args.format ) end function p.quote( frame ) local slang = frame.args[2] if type( slang ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) if slang == "" then slang = false end end return Text.quote( frame.args[ 1 ] or "", slang, tonumber( frame.args[3] ) ) end function p.quoteUnquoted( frame ) local slang = frame.args[2] if type( slang ) == "string" then slang = mw.text.trim( slang ) if slang == "" then slang = false end end return Text.quoteUnquoted( frame.args[ 1 ] or "", slang, tonumber( frame.args[3] ) ) end function p.zip(frame) local lists = {} local seps = {} local defaultsep = frame.args["sep"] or "" local innersep = frame.args["isep"] or "" local outersep = frame.args["osep"] or "" -- Parameter parsen for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do local knum = tonumber(k) if knum then lists[knum] = v else if string.sub(k, 1, 3) == "sep" then local sepnum = tonumber(string.sub(k, 4)) if sepnum then seps[sepnum] = v end end end end -- sofern keine expliziten Separatoren angegeben sind, den Standardseparator verwenden for i = 1, math.max(#seps, #lists) do if not seps[i] then seps[i] = defaultsep end end -- Listen splitten local maxListLen = 0 for i = 1, #lists do lists[i] = mw.text.split(lists[i], seps[i]) if #lists[i] > maxListLen then maxListLen = #lists[i] end end local result = "" for i = 1, maxListLen do if i ~= 1 then result = result .. outersep end for j = 1, #lists do if j ~= 1 then result = result .. innersep end result = result .. (lists[j][i] or "") end end return result end function p.failsafe() return Text.serial end p.Text = function () return Text end -- p.Text return p 07f1fc4d39342fd92bdae1c5463bbfede7eeda1a 828 140 289 288 2023-08-10T15:23:27Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:URL]] Scribunto text/plain -- -- This module implements {{URL}} -- -- See unit tests at [[Module:URL/testcases]] local p = {} local function safeUri(s) local success, uri = pcall(function() return mw.uri.new(s) end) if success then return uri end end local function extractUrl(args) for name, val in pairs(args) do if name ~= 2 and name ~= "msg" then local url = name .. "=" .. val; url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '^[Hh][Tt][Tt][Pp]([Ss]?):(/?)([^/])', 'http%1://%3') local uri = safeUri(url); if uri and uri.host then return url end end end end function p._url(url, text, msg) url = mw.text.trim(url or '') text = mw.text.trim(text or '') local nomsg = (msg or ''):sub(1,1):lower() == "n" or msg == 'false' -- boolean: true if msg is "false" or starts with n or N if url == '' then if text == '' then if nomsg then return nil else return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'tlx', args = { 'URL', "''example.com''", "''optional display text''" } } end else return text end end -- If the URL contains any unencoded spaces, encode them, because MediaWiki will otherwise interpret a space as the end of the URL. url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '%s', function(s) return mw.uri.encode(s, 'PATH') end) -- If there is an empty query string or fragment id, remove it as it will cause mw.uri.new to throw an error url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '#$', '') url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '%?$', '') -- If it's an HTTP[S] URL without the double slash, fix it. url = mw.ustring.gsub(url, '^[Hh][Tt][Tt][Pp]([Ss]?):(/?)([^/])', 'http%1://%3') local uri = safeUri(url) -- Handle URL's without a protocol and URL's that are protocol-relative, -- e.g. www.example.com/foo or www.example.com:8080/foo, and //www.example.com/foo if uri and (not uri.protocol or (uri.protocol and not uri.host)) and url:sub(1, 2) ~= '//' then url = 'http://' .. url uri = safeUri(url) end if text == '' then if uri then if uri.path == '/' then uri.path = '' end local port = '' if uri.port then port = ':' .. uri.port end text = mw.ustring.lower(uri.host or '') .. port .. (uri.relativePath or '') -- Add <wbr> before _/.-# sequences text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(/+)","<wbr/>%1") -- This entry MUST be the first. "<wbr/>" has a "/" in it, you know. text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%.+)","<wbr/>%1") -- text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%-+)","<wbr/>%1") -- DISABLED for now text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(%#+)","<wbr/>%1") text = mw.ustring.gsub(text,"(_+)","<wbr/>%1") else -- URL is badly-formed, so just display whatever was passed in text = url end end return mw.ustring.format('<span class="url">[%s %s]</span>', url, text) end --[[ The main entry point for calling from Template:URL. --]] function p.url(frame) local templateArgs = frame.args local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args local url = templateArgs[1] or parentArgs[1] local text = templateArgs[2] or parentArgs[2] or '' local msg = templateArgs.msg or parentArgs.msg or '' url = url or extractUrl(templateArgs) or extractUrl(parentArgs) or '' return p._url(url, text, msg) end --[[ The entry point for calling from the forked Template:URL2. This function returns no message by default. It strips out wiki-link markup, html tags, and everything after a space. --]] function p.url2(frame) local templateArgs = frame.args local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args local url = templateArgs[1] or parentArgs[1] local text = templateArgs[2] or parentArgs[2] or '' -- default to no message local msg = templateArgs.msg or parentArgs.msg or 'no' url = url or extractUrl(templateArgs) or extractUrl(parentArgs) or '' -- if the url came from a Wikidata call, it might have a pen icon appended -- we want to keep that and add it back at the end. local u1, penicon = mw.ustring.match( url, "(.*)(&nbsp;<span class='penicon.*)" ) if penicon then url = u1 end -- strip out html tags and [ ] from url url = (url or ''):gsub("<[^>]*>", ""):gsub("[%[%]]", "") -- truncate anything after a space url = url:gsub("%%20", " "):gsub(" .*", "") return (p._url(url, text, msg) or "") .. (penicon or "") end return p 8d7a4c6fe04a01815e940475cf64b28e1ef48cfb 10 141 291 290 2023-08-10T15:23:28Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Collapsible_list]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:collapsible list|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> aff61df28bcc6c3457d6aa36ada4fffe68c409a9 828 142 293 292 2023-08-10T15:23:28Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Collapsible_list]] Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local function getListItem( data ) if not type( data ) == 'string' then return '' end return mw.ustring.format( '<li style="line-height: inherit; margin: 0">%s</li>', data ) end -- Returns an array containing the keys of all positional arguments -- that contain data (i.e. non-whitespace values). local function getArgNums( args ) local nums = {} for k, v in pairs( args ) do if type( k ) == 'number' and k >= 1 and math.floor( k ) == k and type( v ) == 'string' and mw.ustring.match( v, '%S' ) then table.insert( nums, k ) end end table.sort( nums ) return nums end -- Formats a list of classes, styles or other attributes. local function formatAttributes( attrType, ... ) local attributes = { ... } local nums = getArgNums( attributes ) local t = {} for i, num in ipairs( nums ) do table.insert( t, attributes[ num ] ) end if #t == 0 then return '' -- Return the blank string so concatenation will work. end return mw.ustring.format( ' %s="%s"', attrType, table.concat( t, ' ' ) ) end -- TODO: use Module:List. Since the update for this comment is routine, -- this is blocked without a consensus discussion by -- [[MediaWiki_talk:Common.css/Archive_15#plainlist_+_hlist_indentation]] -- if we decide hlist in plainlist in this template isn't an issue, we can use -- module:list directly -- [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Collapsible_list/sandbox&oldid=1130172480] -- is an implementation (that will code rot slightly I expect) local function buildList( args ) -- Get the list items. local listItems = {} local argNums = getArgNums( args ) for i, num in ipairs( argNums ) do table.insert( listItems, getListItem( args[ num ] ) ) end if #listItems == 0 then return '' end listItems = table.concat( listItems ) -- hack around mw-collapsible show/hide jumpiness by looking for text-alignment -- by setting a margin if centered local textAlignmentCentered = 'text%-align%s*:%s*center' local centeredTitle = (args.title_style and args.title_style:lower():match(textAlignmentCentered) or args.titlestyle and args.titlestyle:lower():match(textAlignmentCentered)) local centeredTitleSpacing if centeredTitle then centeredTitleSpacing = 'margin: 0 4em' else centeredTitleSpacing = '' end -- Get class, style and title data. local collapsibleContainerClass = formatAttributes( 'class', 'collapsible-list', 'mw-collapsible', not args.expand and 'mw-collapsed' ) local collapsibleContainerStyle = formatAttributes( 'style', -- mostly work around .infobox-full-data defaulting to centered 'text-align: left;', args.frame_style, args.framestyle ) local collapsibleTitleStyle = formatAttributes( 'style', 'line-height: 1.6em; font-weight: bold;', args.title_style, args.titlestyle ) local jumpyTitleStyle = formatAttributes( 'style', centeredTitleSpacing ) local title = args.title or 'List' local ulclass = formatAttributes( 'class', 'mw-collapsible-content', args.hlist and 'hlist' ) local ulstyle = formatAttributes( 'style', 'margin-top: 0; margin-bottom: 0; line-height: inherit;', not args.bullets and 'list-style: none; margin-left: 0;', args.list_style, args.liststyle ) local hlist_templatestyles = '' if args.hlist then hlist_templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Hlist/styles.css' } } end -- Build the list. return mw.ustring.format( '%s<div%s%s>\n<div%s><div%s>%s</div></div>\n<ul%s%s>%s</ul>\n</div>', hlist_templatestyles, collapsibleContainerClass, collapsibleContainerStyle, collapsibleTitleStyle, jumpyTitleStyle, title, ulclass, ulstyle, listItems ) end function p.main( frame ) local origArgs if frame == mw.getCurrentFrame() then origArgs = frame:getParent().args for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do origArgs = frame.args break end else origArgs = frame end local args = {} for k, v in pairs( origArgs ) do if type( k ) == 'number' or v ~= '' then args[ k ] = v end end return buildList( args ) end return p 5b7e779e7529bcb12a219726ef6c948ea98874fd 10 143 295 294 2023-08-10T15:23:29Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Birth_date_and_age]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{{{{♥|safesubst:}}}#invoke:age|birth_date_and_age}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|ignoreblank=y|preview=Page using [[Template:Birth date and age]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using birth date and age template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|1|2|3|day|month|year|df|mf}}{{#ifeq: {{NAMESPACENUMBER}} | 0 | {{#if: {{#invoke:wd|label|raw}} | {{#if: {{#invoke:String|match|{{#invoke:wd|properties|raw|P31}},|Q5,|1|1|true|}} | {{#if: {{#invoke:wd|properties|raw|P569}} | | [[Category:Date of birth not in Wikidata]] }} }} | [[Category:Articles without Wikidata item]] }} }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 55c7a1b79d4b09cf1b1c81565ac2bd7da422612e 10 144 297 296 2023-08-10T15:23:29Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Hr]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#if:{{{1|}}} |<hr style="height:{{{1}}}px" /> |<hr /> }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage and interwikis to Wikidata. --> </noinclude> c603f73ed9385fb902bbaac80bd15ba89e91f37f 10 145 299 298 2023-08-10T15:23:29Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Str_left]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{safesubst:padleft:|{{{2|1}}}|{{{1}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 2048b0d7b35e156528655b1d090e8b5ffab3f400 828 146 301 300 2023-08-10T15:23:30Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:TNT]] Scribunto text/plain -- -- INTRO: (!!! DO NOT RENAME THIS PAGE !!!) -- This module allows any template or module to be copy/pasted between -- wikis without any translation changes. All translation text is stored -- in the global Data:*.tab pages on Commons, and used everywhere. -- -- SEE: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Multilingual_Templates_and_Modules -- -- ATTENTION: -- Please do NOT rename this module - it has to be identical on all wikis. -- This code is maintained at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:TNT -- Please do not modify it anywhere else, as it may get copied and override your changes. -- Suggestions can be made at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module_talk:TNT -- -- DESCRIPTION: -- The "msg" function uses a Commons dataset to translate a message -- with a given key (e.g. source-table), plus optional arguments -- to the wiki markup in the current content language. -- Use lang=xx to set language. Example: -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | msg -- | I18n/Template:Graphs.tab <!-- https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:I18n/Template:Graphs.tab --> -- | source-table <!-- uses a translation message with id = "source-table" --> -- | param1 }} <!-- optional parameter --> -- -- -- The "doc" function will generate the <templatedata> parameter documentation for templates. -- This way all template parameters can be stored and localized in a single Commons dataset. -- NOTE: "doc" assumes that all documentation is located in Data:Templatedata/* on Commons. -- -- {{#invoke:TNT | doc | Graph:Lines }} -- uses https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:Templatedata/Graph:Lines.tab -- if the current page is Template:Graph:Lines/doc -- local p = {} local i18nDataset = 'I18n/Module:TNT.tab' -- Forward declaration of the local functions local sanitizeDataset, loadData, link, formatMessage function p.msg(frame) local dataset, id local params = {} local lang = nil for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do if k == 1 then dataset = mw.text.trim(v) elseif k == 2 then id = mw.text.trim(v) elseif type(k) == 'number' then table.insert(params, mw.text.trim(v)) elseif k == 'lang' and v ~= '_' then lang = mw.text.trim(v) end end return formatMessage(dataset, id, params, lang) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules -- Parameters: name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: format('I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.format(dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('format', 1, dataset, 'string') checkType('format', 2, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}) end -- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules with the language param -- Parameters: language code, name of dataset, message key, optional arguments -- Example with 2 params: formatInLanguage('es', I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset') function p.formatInLanguage(lang, dataset, key, ...) local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType checkType('formatInLanguage', 1, lang, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 2, dataset, 'string') checkType('formatInLanguage', 3, key, 'string') return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}, lang) end -- Obsolete function that adds a 'c:' prefix to the first param. -- "Sandbox/Sample.tab" -> 'c:Data:Sandbox/Sample.tab' function p.link(frame) return link(frame.args[1]) end function p.doc(frame) local dataset = 'Templatedata/' .. sanitizeDataset(frame.args[1]) return frame:extensionTag('templatedata', p.getTemplateData(dataset)) .. formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'edit_doc', {link(dataset)}) end function p.getTemplateData(dataset) -- TODO: add '_' parameter once lua starts reindexing properly for "all" languages local data = loadData(dataset) local names = {} for _, field in pairs(data.schema.fields) do table.insert(names, field.name) end local params = {} local paramOrder = {} for _, row in pairs(data.data) do local newVal = {} local name = nil for pos, val in pairs(row) do local columnName = names[pos] if columnName == 'name' then name = val else newVal[columnName] = val end end if name then params[name] = newVal table.insert(paramOrder, name) end end -- Work around json encoding treating {"1":{...}} as an [{...}] params['zzz123']='' local json = mw.text.jsonEncode({ params=params, paramOrder=paramOrder, description=data.description }) json = string.gsub(json,'"zzz123":"",?', "") return json end -- Local functions sanitizeDataset = function(dataset) if not dataset then return nil end dataset = mw.text.trim(dataset) if dataset == '' then return nil elseif string.sub(dataset,-4) ~= '.tab' then return dataset .. '.tab' else return dataset end end loadData = function(dataset, lang) dataset = sanitizeDataset(dataset) if not dataset then error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_no_dataset', {})) end -- Give helpful error to thirdparties who try and copy this module. if not mw.ext or not mw.ext.data or not mw.ext.data.get then error('Missing JsonConfig extension; Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:' .. dataset) end local data = mw.ext.data.get(dataset, lang) if data == false then if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Missing Commons dataset ' .. i18nDataset) else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_dataset', {link(dataset)})) end end return data end -- Given a dataset name, convert it to a title with the 'commons:data:' prefix link = function(dataset) return 'c:Data:' .. mw.text.trim(dataset or '') end formatMessage = function(dataset, key, params, lang) for _, row in pairs(loadData(dataset, lang).data) do local id, msg = unpack(row) if id == key then local result = mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, unpack(params or {})) return result:plain() end end if dataset == i18nDataset then -- Prevent cyclical calls error('Invalid message key "' .. key .. '"') else error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_msgkey', {key, link(dataset)})) end end return p 9d0d10e54abd232c806dcabccaf03e52858634a1 10 147 303 302 2023-08-10T15:23:30Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Remove_first_word]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:String|replace|source={{{1}}}|pattern=^[^{{{sep|%s}}}]*{{{sep|%s}}}*|replace=|plain=false}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> df7a9e692f68be1581be06af5f51eaed5483b4c8 10 148 305 304 2023-08-10T15:23:31Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Url]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:URL]] 18785dfd06e0aad86a368375896bc1a4a5be1fc4 10 149 307 306 2023-08-10T15:23:31Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Plain_text]] wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{pp-template|small=yes}}</noinclude>{{#invoke:Plain text|main|{{{1|}}}}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> a314b48913b9772c90a2ace218da4d833852e757 10 150 309 308 2023-08-10T15:23:33Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Rounddown]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#expr:floor(({{{1}}})*10^({{{2|0}}}))/10^({{{2|0}}})}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> b42fa12eaa65e5d614703a4bb3cee65cb2119aa2 10 151 311 310 2023-08-10T15:23:34Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Sum]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:math|sum}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 163107e11b86304c79ebed4d9f51fda3611d3f75 828 152 313 312 2023-08-10T15:23:35Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Parameter_names_example]] Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{parameter names example}}. local p = {} local function makeParam(s) local lb = '&#123;' local rb = '&#125;' return lb:rep(3) .. s .. rb:rep(3) end local function italicize(s) return "''" .. s .. "''" end local function plain(s) return s end function p._main(args, frame) -- Find how we want to format the arguments to the template. local formatFunc if args._display == 'italics' or args._display == 'italic' then formatFunc = italicize elseif args._display == 'plain' then formatFunc = plain else formatFunc = makeParam end -- Build the table of template arguments. local targs = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then targs[v] = formatFunc(v) elseif not k:find('^_') then targs[k] = v end end --targs['nocat'] = 'yes'; --targs['categories'] = 'no'; --targs['demo'] = 'yes'; -- Find the template name. local template if args._template then template = args._template else local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if currentTitle.prefixedText:find('/sandbox$') then template = currentTitle.prefixedText else template = currentTitle.basePageTitle.prefixedText end end -- Call the template with the arguments. frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() local success, result = pcall( frame.expandTemplate, frame, {title = template, args = targs} ) if success then return result else return '' end end function p.main(frame) local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Parameter names example' }) return p._main(args, frame) end return p fdf94fb7a5dc1fabf118d60488a02f1e65b0df24 10 153 315 314 2023-08-10T15:23:36Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Parameter_names_example]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Parameter names example|main}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> de1e29d6ebc113e9d1649ea6a976625885db8a2f 10 154 317 316 2023-08-10T15:23:37Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Template_shortcut]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Shortcut|main|template=yes}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> bfb2889c4c0ec36294b7b667f5e03350d2df680e 10 155 319 318 2023-08-10T15:23:37Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Uses_TemplateStyles]] wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Uses TemplateStyles|main}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 60f2fc73c4d69b292455879f9fcb3c68f6c63c2a 828 156 321 320 2023-08-10T15:23:38Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Uses_TemplateStyles]] Scribunto text/plain local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mList = require('Module:List') local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box') local TNT = require('Module:TNT') local p = {} local function format(msg, ...) return TNT.format('I18n/Uses TemplateStyles', msg, ...) end local function getConfig() return mw.loadData('Module:Uses TemplateStyles/config') end local function renderBox(tStyles) local boxArgs = { type = 'notice', small = true, image = string.format('[[File:Farm-Fresh css add.svg|32px|alt=%s]]', format('logo-alt')) } if #tStyles < 1 then boxArgs.text = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', format('error-emptylist')) else local cfg = getConfig() local tStylesLinks = {} for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local link = string.format('[[:%s]]', ts) local sandboxLink = nil local tsTitle = mw.title.new(ts) if tsTitle and cfg['sandbox_title'] then local tsSandboxTitle = mw.title.new(string.format( '%s:%s/%s/%s', tsTitle.nsText, tsTitle.baseText, cfg['sandbox_title'], tsTitle.subpageText)) if tsSandboxTitle and tsSandboxTitle.exists then sandboxLink = format('sandboxlink', link, ':' .. tsSandboxTitle.prefixedText) end end tStylesLinks[i] = sandboxLink or link end local tStylesList = mList.makeList('bulleted', tStylesLinks) boxArgs.text = format( mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(828,829) and 'header-module' or 'header-template') .. '\n' .. tStylesList end return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs) end local function renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles, titleObj) if yesno(args.nocat) then return '' end local cfg = getConfig() local cats = {} -- Error category if #tStyles < 1 and cfg['error_category'] then cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['error_category'] end -- TemplateStyles category titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if (titleObj.namespace == 10 or titleObj.namespace == 828) and not cfg['subpage_blacklist'][titleObj.subpageText] then local category = args.category or cfg['default_category'] if category then cats[#cats + 1] = category end if not yesno(args.noprotcat) and (cfg['protection_conflict_category'] or cfg['padlock_pattern']) then local currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil local addedLevelCat = false local addedPadlockCat = false for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do local tsTitleObj = mw.title.new(ts) local tsProt = tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil if cfg['padlock_pattern'] and tsProt and not addedPadlockCat then local content = tsTitleObj:getContent() if not content:find(cfg['padlock_pattern']) then cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['missing_padlock_category'] addedPadlockCat = true end end if cfg['protection_conflict_category'] and currentProt and tsProt ~= currentProt and not addedLevelCat then currentProt = cfg['protection_hierarchy'][currentProt] or 0 tsProt = cfg['protection_hierarchy'][tsProt] or 0 if tsProt < currentProt then addedLevelCat = true cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['protection_conflict_category'] end end end end end for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat) end return table.concat(cats) end function p._main(args, cfg) local tStyles = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args) local box = renderBox(tStyles) local trackingCategories = renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles) return box .. trackingCategories end function p.main(frame) local origArgs = frame:getParent().args local args = {} for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if v ~= '' then args[k] = v end end return p._main(args) end return p 71ca57c37849f38e3c5ee30061bdae730963e48e 828 157 323 322 2023-08-10T15:23:38Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:Uses_TemplateStyles/config]] Scribunto text/plain local cfg = {} -- Don’t touch this line. -- Subpage blacklist: these subpages will not be categorized (except for the -- error category, which is always added if there is an error). -- For example “Template:Foo/doc” matches the `doc = true` rule, so it will have -- no categories. “Template:Foo” and “Template:Foo/documentation” match no rules, -- so they *will* have categories. All rules should be in the -- ['<subpage name>'] = true, -- format. cfg['subpage_blacklist'] = { ['doc'] = true, ['sandbox'] = true, ['sandbox2'] = true, ['testcases'] = true, } -- Sandbox title: if the stylesheet’s title is <template>/<stylesheet>.css, the -- stylesheet’s sandbox is expected to be at <template>/<sandbox_title>/<stylesheet>.css -- Set to nil to disable sandbox links. cfg['sandbox_title'] = 'sandbox' -- Error category: this category is added if the module call contains errors -- (e.g. no stylesheet listed). A category name without namespace, or nil -- to disable categorization (not recommended). cfg['error_category'] = 'Uses TemplateStyles templates with errors' -- Default category: this category is added if no custom category is specified -- in module/template call. A category name without namespace, or nil -- to disable categorization. cfg['default_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles' -- Protection conflict category: this category is added if the protection level -- of any stylesheet is lower than the protection level of the template. A category name -- without namespace, or nil to disable categorization (not recommended). cfg['protection_conflict_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles with a different protection level' -- Hierarchy of protection levels, used to determine whether one protection level is lower -- than another and thus should populate protection_conflict_category. No protection is treated as zero cfg['protection_hierarchy'] = { autoconfirmed = 1, extendedconfirmed = 2, templateeditor = 3, sysop = 4 } -- Padlock pattern: Lua pattern to search on protected stylesheets for, or nil -- to disable padlock check. cfg['padlock_pattern'] = '{{pp-' -- Missing padlock category: this category is added if a protected stylesheet -- doesn’t contain any padlock template (specified by the above Lua pattern). -- A category name without namespace (no nil allowed) if the pattern is not nil, -- unused (and thus may be nil) otherwise. cfg['missing_padlock_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles without padlocks' return cfg -- Don’t touch this line. 58e7a37c44f6ea3f6b8af54a559d696cc7256493 10 158 325 324 2023-08-10T15:23:39Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Infobox_Twitch_streamer]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox | child = {{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}} | templatestyles = Template:Infobox Twitch streamer/styles.css | bodyclass = ib-twitch biography vcard | title = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}|<div {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|}}}}}|class="ib-twitch-title"}}>'''Twitch information'''</div>}} | aboveclass = ib-twitch-above | above = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}||{{br separated entries |1={{#if:{{{honorific prefix|{{{honorific_prefix|}}}}}}|<span class="honorific-prefix">{{{honorific prefix|{{{honorific_prefix|}}}}}}</span>}} |2=<span class="fn">{{{name|{{PAGENAMEBASE}}}}}</span> |3={{#if:{{{honorific suffix|{{{honorific_suffix|}}}}}}|<span class="honorific-suffix">{{{honorific suffix|{{{honorific_suffix|}}}}}}</span>}} }} }} | image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{logo|}}}|size={{{logo_size|}}}|sizedefault=250px|alt={{{logo_alt|}}}}} | caption = {{{logo caption|{{{logo_caption|}}}}}} | image2 = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|size={{{image size|{{{image_size|{{{imagesize|}}}}}}}}}|sizedefault=frameless|upright={{{image_upright|{{{upright|1}}}}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}|suppressplaceholder=yes}} | caption2 = {{{image caption|{{{caption|{{{image_caption|}}}}}}}}} | headerclass = ib-twitch-header | header1 = {{#if:{{{birth_name|}}}{{{birth_date|}}}{{{birth_place|}}}{{{death_date|}}}{{{death_place|}}}{{{nationality|}}}{{{occupation|{{{occupations|}}}}}}|Personal information}} | label2 = Born | data2 = {{br separated entries|1={{#if:{{{birth_name|}}}|<div class="nickname">{{{birth_name}}}</div>}}|2={{{birth_date|}}}|3={{#if:{{{birth_place|}}}|<div class="birthplace">{{{birth_place}}}</div>}}}} | label3 = Died | data3 = {{br separated entries|1={{{death_date|}}}|2={{#if:{{{death_place|}}}|<div class="deathplace">{{{death_place}}}</div>}}}} | label4 = Origin | data4 = {{{origin|}}} | label5 = Nationality | data5 = {{{nationality|}}} | class5 = category | label6 = Other&nbsp;names | data6 = {{{other_names|}}} | class6 = nickname | label7 = Education | data7 = {{{education|}}} | label8 = Occupation{{#if:{{{occupations|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{occupation|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data8 = {{{occupation|{{{occupations|}}}}}} | class8 = role | label9 = Spouse{{#if:{{{spouses|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{spouse|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data9 = {{{spouse|{{{spouses|}}}}}} | label10 = Partner{{#if:{{{partners|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{partner|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data10 = {{{partner|{{{partners|}}}}}} | label11 = Children | data11 = {{{children|}}} | label12 = Parent{{if either|{{{parents|}}}|{{if both|{{{mother|}}}|{{{father|}}}|true}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{parent|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data12 = {{#if:{{{parent|{{{parents|}}}}}}|{{{parent|{{{parents}}}}}}|{{Unbulleted list|{{#if:{{{father|}}}|{{{father}}} (father)}}|{{#if:{{{mother|}}}|{{{mother}}} (mother)}}}}}} | label13 = Relatives | data13 = {{{relatives|}}} | label14 = Organi{{#if:{{{organisation|{{{organisations|}}}}}}|s|z}}ation{{#if:{{{organizations|{{{organisations|}}}}}}|s|{{pluralize from text|{{{organization|{{{organisation|{{{teams|}}}}}}}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data14 = {{{organization|{{{organisation|{{{organizations|{{{organisations|{{{teams|}}}}}}}}}}}}}}} | class14 = org | label15 = Signature | data15 = {{#if:{{{signature|}}}|{{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{signature|}}}|size={{{signature_size|}}}|sizedefault=150px|alt={{{signature alt|{{{signature_alt|}}}}}}}} }} | label16 = Website | data16 = {{{website|{{{homepage|{{{URL|}}}}}}}}} | data17 = {{{module_personal|}}} | header20 = {{#if:{{Yesno|{{{subbox|{{{embed|}}}}}}}}||{{#if:{{{pseudonym|}}}{{{channel_name|{{{channel_url|}}}}}}{{{channels|}}}{{{years active|{{{years_active|{{{yearsactive|}}}}}}}}}{{{genre|{{{genres|}}}}}}{{{game|{{{games|}}}}}}{{{followers|}}}|Twitch information}}}} | label21 = {{Nowrap|Also known as}} | data21 = {{{pseudonym|}}} | class21 = nickname | label22 = Channel{{#if:{{{channels|}}}{{{channel_name2|{{{channel_url2|}}}}}}|s}} | data22 = {{#if:{{{channel_name|{{{channel_url|}}}}}}|{{flatlist| * [https://www.twitch.tv/{{{channel_name|{{{channel_url|}}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name|}}}|{{{channel_name|{{{channel_url}}}}}}}}]{{#if:{{{channel_name2|{{{channel_url2|}}}}}}| * [https://www.twitch.tv/{{{channel_name2|{{{channel_url2}}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name2|}}}|{{{channel_name2|{{{channel_url2}}}}}}}}]{{#if:{{{channel_name3|{{{channel_url3|}}}}}}| * [https://www.twitch.tv/{{{channel_name3|{{{channel_url3}}}}}} {{if empty|{{{channel_display_name3|}}}|{{{channel_name3|{{{channel_url3}}}}}}}}]}} }} }}|{{{channels|}}} }} | label23 = Created&nbsp;by | data23 = {{{creator|{{{creators|{{{created_by|}}}}}}}}} | label24 = Presented&nbsp;by | data24 = {{{presenter|{{{presenters|{{{presented_by|}}}}}}}}} | label25 = Location | data25 = {{{location|}}} | label26 = Years&nbsp;active | data26 = {{{years active|{{{years_active|{{{yearsactive|}}}}}}}}} | label27 = Genre{{#if:{{{genres|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{genre|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data27 = {{{genre|{{{genres|}}}}}} | label28 = Game{{#if:{{{games|}}}|s|{{Pluralize from text|{{{game|}}}|likely=(s)|plural=s}}}} | data28 = {{{game|{{{games|}}}}}} | label29 = Followers | data29 = {{br separated entries|1={{{followers|}}}|2={{#if:{{{follower_date|}}}|({{{follower_date}}})}}}} | label30 = Contents are&nbsp;in | data30 = {{{language|}}} | label31 = Associated acts | data31 = {{{associated_acts|}}} | label32 = Website | data32 = {{{channel_website|}}} | data50 = {{{module|{{{module1|}}}}}} | data51 = {{{module2|}}} | belowclass = ib-twitch-below | below = {{#if:{{{stats_update|}}}|<hr>''Last updated:'' {{{stats_update}}}}}{{#if:{{{extra_information|}}}|{{hr}}{{{extra_information}}}}} }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using infobox Twitch streamer with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Infobox Twitch streamer]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| alt | associated_acts | birth_date | birth_name | birth_place | caption | channel_name | channel_name2 | channel_name3 | channel_url | channel_url2 | channel_url3 | channel_display_name | channel_display_name2 | channel_display_name3 | channel_website | channels | children | created_by | creator | creators | death_date | death_place | education | embed | extra_information | father | follower_date | followers | game | games | genre | genres | homepage | honorific prefix | honorific suffix | honorific_prefix | honorific_suffix | image | image caption | image size | image_caption | image_size | image_upright | imagesize | language | location | logo | logo caption | logo_caption | logo_alt | logo_size | module | module_personal | module1 | module2 | mother | name | nationality | occupation | occupations | organisation | organisations | organization | organizations | origin | other_names | parent | parents | partner | partners | presented_by | presenter | presenters | pseudonym | subbox | signature | signature alt | signature_alt | signature_size | spouse | spouses | relatives | stats_update | teams | upright | URL | website | years active | years_active | yearsactive }}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> e269d60e41be2b6e1abd76da00d3b204c4645eba 10 159 327 326 2023-08-10T15:23:40Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:When_on_basepage]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "page" parameter then detect basepage/subpage/subsubpage--> {{#if:{{{page|}}} | {{#if:{{#titleparts:{{{page}}}|0|3}} | subsubpage <!--Subsubpage or lower--> | {{#if:{{#titleparts:{{{page}}}|0|2}} | subpage | basepage }} }} | {{#if:{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|0|3}} | subsubpage <!--Subsubpage or lower--> | {{#if:{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|0|2}} | subpage | basepage }} }} }} | basepage = {{{1|}}} | subpage = {{{2|}}} | subsubpage = {{{3| {{{2|}}} }}} <!--Respecting empty parameter on purpose--> }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> cf4dc92df647a26ab0ce149772a1fe3ac6c3dfc0 10 160 329 328 2023-08-10T15:23:40Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Basepage_subpage]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:When on basepage]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} 47118a1bed1942b7f143cdff1dec183002fc9f4b 10 161 331 330 2023-08-10T15:23:41Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:If_either]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{1|}}} |{{{then|{{{3|}}}}}} |{{#if:{{{2|}}} |{{{then|{{{3|}}}}}} |{{{else|{{{4|}}}}}} }} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 13d04801b797d6d74d49ef61d8700ad733d481ea 10 162 333 332 2023-08-10T15:23:44Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Infobox_YouTube_personality/doc]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{Documentation subpage}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES AT THE BOTTOM OF THIS PAGE --> {{WikiProject YouTube/Used Template}} {{Template shortcut|Infobox YouTube|Infobox YouTuber|Infobox YouTube channel}} {{Lua|Module:Infobox|Module:InfoboxImage|Module:Check for unknown parameters|Module:YouTubeSubscribers}} {{Uses TemplateStyles|Template:Infobox YouTube personality/styles.css}} This infobox is intended to be used in articles about [[YouTube]] personalities, rather than using the generic {{tl|Infobox person}} template. The template may be used for individual YouTube personalities or collective YouTube channels run by more than one person. == Usage == The infobox may be added by pasting the template as shown below into an article and then filling in the desired fields. Any parameters left blank or omitted will not be displayed. === Blank template with basic parameters === {{Parameter names example |name |image=Pessoa Neutra.svg |caption |birth_name |birth_date |birth_place |death_date |death_place |nationality |other_names |occupation |organization |website |pseudonym |channel_name |years_active |genre |subscribers |views |network |associated_acts |language |silver_year |gold_year |diamond_year |ruby_year |red_diamond_year |stats_update }} This blank template pattern shows some basic parameters needed to fill the infobox, with comments about many parameters. For actual examples, see the section "[[#Examples|Examples]]" below. <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto; line-height:1.2em;"> {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = | image = <!-- filename only, no "File:" or "Image:" prefix, and no enclosing [[brackets]] --> | caption = | birth_name = <!-- use only if different from "name" --> | birth_date = <!-- {{Birth date and age|YYYY|MM|DD}} --> | birth_place = | death_date = <!-- {{Death date and age|YYYY|MM|DD|YYYY|MM|DD}} (DEATH date then BIRTH date) --> | death_place = | nationality = <!-- use only when necessary per [[WP:INFONAT]] --> | other_names = | occupation = | organization = | website = <!-- official website of the personality. format: {{URL|example.com}} --> | pseudonym = <!-- THE FOLLOWING THREE PARAMETERS ARE INTERCHANGEABLE; USE ONLY ONE --> | channel_name = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/user/ --> | channel_url = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/channel/ --> | channel_direct_url = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/ --> | channel_display_name = <!-- if the primary channel's display name differs from "channel_(name/url/direct_url)" --> | years_active = <!-- year of channel's creation until its discontinuation or present day --> | genre = | subscribers = | views = | network = | language = <!-- the channel's primary language(s) --> | associated_acts = | silver_year = <!-- year the channel reached 100,000 subscribers. if not known, use "silver_button=yes" instead --> | gold_year = <!-- year the channel reached 1,000,000 subscribers. if not known, use "gold_button=yes" instead --> | diamond_year = <!-- year the channel reached 10,000,000 subscribers. if not known, use "diamond_button=yes" instead --> | ruby_year = <!-- year the channel reached 50,000,000 subscribers. if not known, use "ruby_button=yes" instead --> | red_diamond_year = <!-- year the channel reached 100,000,000 subscribers. if not known, use "red_diamond_button=yes" instead --> | stats_update = <!-- date of given channel statistics --> }} </syntaxhighlight> {{Clear}} === Blank template with all parameters === {{Parameter names example|honorific_prefix|name|honorific_suffix|logo|logo_size|logo_alt|logo_caption|image|image_upright|alt|caption|birth_name|birth_date|birth_place|death_date|death_place|origin|nationality|other_names|education|occupation|spouse|partner|children|parents|relatives|organization|signature|signature_size|signature_alt|website|module_personal|pseudonym|channel_name|channel_display_name|creator|presenter|location|years_active|genre|subscribers|subscriber_date|views|view_date|network|language|associated_acts|channel_website|silver_year|gold_year|diamond_year|ruby_year|red_diamond_year|module|stats_update|extra_information}} Only the most pertinent information should be included. Please remove unused parameters, and refrain from inserting dubious trivia in an attempt to fill all parameters. <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto; line-height:1.2em;"> {{Infobox YouTube personality | honorific_prefix = | name = | honorific_suffix = | logo = <!-- filename only, no "File:" or "Image:" prefix, and no enclosing [[brackets]] --> | logo_size = | logo_alt = | logo_caption = | image = <!-- filename only, no "File:" or "Image:" prefix, and no enclosing [[brackets]] --> | image_upright = | alt = | caption = | birth_name = <!-- use only if different from "name" --> | birth_date = <!-- {{Birth date and age|YYYY|MM|DD}} --> | birth_place = | death_date = <!-- {{Death date and age|YYYY|MM|DD|YYYY|MM|DD}} (DEATH date then BIRTH date) --> | death_place = | origin = <!-- use for groups or companies --> | nationality = <!-- use only when necessary per [[WP:INFONAT]] --> | other_names = | education = | occupation = | spouse = | partner = <!-- unmarried long-term partner --> | children = | parents = | mother = | father = | relatives = | organization = | signature = | signature_size = | signature_alt = | website = <!-- official website of the personality. format: {{URL|example.com}} --> | module_personal = | pseudonym = <!-- THE FOLLOWING THREE PARAMETERS ARE INTERCHANGEABLE; USE ONLY ONE --> | channel_name = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/user/ --> | channel_url = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/channel/ --> | channel_direct_url = <!-- primary channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/ --> <!-- DO NOT LINK TO SECONDARY CHANNELS UNLESS COVERED BY RELIABLE SOURCES IN THE BODY OF THE ARTICLE. SEE WP:ELMIN, WP:RS --> | channel_name2 = <!-- second channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/user/ --> | channel_url2 = <!-- second channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/channel/ --> | channel_direct_url2 = <!-- second channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/ --> | channel_name3 = <!-- third channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/user/ --> | channel_url3 = <!-- third channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/channel/ --> | channel_direct_url3 = <!-- third channel, enter ONLY what comes after www.youtube.com/ --> | channel_display_name = <!-- if the primary channel's display name differs from "channel_(name/url/direct_url)" --> | channel_display_name2 = <!-- if the second channel's display name differs from "channel_(name2/url2/direct_url2)" --> | channel_display_name3 = <!-- if the third channel's display name differs from "channel_(name3/url3/direct_url3)" --> | channels = | creator = | presenter = | location = <!-- use only when the channel's location is notable, not for mere residence --> | years_active = <!-- year of channel's creation until its discontinuation or present day --> | genre = | subscribers = | subscriber_date = <!-- date of given subscriber count --> | views = | view_date = <!-- date of given view count --> | network = | language = <!-- the channel's primary language(s) --> | associated_acts = | channel_website = <!-- official website of the channel. format: {{URL|example.com}} --> | silver_year = <!-- year the channel reached 100,000 subscribers --> | silver_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 100,000 subscribers is not known --> | gold_year = <!-- year the channel reached 1,000,000 subscribers --> | gold_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 1,000,000 subscribers is not known --> | diamond_year = <!-- year the channel reached 10,000,000 subscribers --> | diamond_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 10,000,000 subscribers is not known --> | ruby_year = <!-- year the channel reached 50,000,000 subscribers --> | ruby_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 50,000,000 subscribers is not known --> | red_diamond_year = <!-- year the channel reached 100,000,000 subscribers --> | red_diamond_button = <!-- yes; only if the year the channel reached 100,000,000 subscribers is not known --> | module = | stats_update = <!-- date of given channel statistics --> | extra_information = }} </syntaxhighlight> {{Clear}} == Examples == === Individual === {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Fuslie | image = Fuslie TwitchCon 2022 (cropped).jpg | caption = Fuslie in 2022 | birth_name = Leslie Ann Fu | birth_date = {{birth date and age|1992|11|23}} | birth_place = [[San Francisco Bay Area]], [[California]], U.S. | education = [[University of California, Irvine]] ([[Bachelor of Science|BS]]) | occupation = {{flatlist| * [[Live streamer]] * [[YouTuber]] }} | organization = [[100 Thieves]] | website = {{URL|fuslie.com}} | years_active = 2015–present | channel_direct_url = fuslie | genre = {{flatlist| * [[Video game|Gaming]] * [[vlog]] }} | subscribers = 787,000 | views = 165.9 million | associated_acts = {{flatlist| * [[OfflineTV]] * [[Valkyrae]] * [[Sykkuno]] }} | silver_year = 2019 | module = {{Infobox Twitch streamer | subbox=yes | years_active = 2015–2022 | channel_name = fuslie | genre = Gaming }} | stats_update = April 2, 2023 }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto"> {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Fuslie | image = Fuslie TwitchCon 2022 (cropped).jpg | caption = Fuslie in 2022 | birth_name = Leslie Ann Fu | birth_date = {{birth date and age|1992|11|23}} | birth_place = [[San Francisco Bay Area]], [[California]], U.S. | education = [[University of California, Irvine]] ([[Bachelor of Science|BS]]) | occupation = {{flatlist| * [[Live streamer]] * [[YouTuber]] }} | organization = [[100 Thieves]] | website = {{URL|fuslie.com}} | years_active = 2015–present | channel_direct_url = fuslie | genre = {{flatlist| * [[Video game|Gaming]] * [[vlog]] }} | subscribers = 787,000 | views = 165.9 million | associated_acts = {{flatlist| * [[OfflineTV]] * [[Valkyrae]] * [[Sykkuno]] }} | silver_year = 2019 | module = {{Infobox Twitch streamer | subbox=yes | years_active = 2015–2022 | channel_name = fuslie | genre = Gaming }} | stats_update = April 2, 2023 }} </syntaxhighlight> {{Clear}} === Collective === {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Sidemen | logo = Sidemen Logo.svg | image = Sidemen collage 4.5.jpg | caption = Top to bottom from left column: [[Vikkstar123|Barn]], [[TBJZL|Brown]]; [[KSI|Olatunji]], Minter, Lewis; [[Behzinga|Payne]], and [[Zerkaa|Bradley]]. | birth_date = {{Unbulleted list |Olajide Olayinka Williams Olatunji ([[KSI]])|{{birth date and age|1993|6|19|df=yes}} |<hr>Simon Minter (Miniminter)|{{birth date and age|1992|09|07|df=y}} |<hr>Joshua Bradley ([[Zerkaa]])|{{birth date and age|1992|09|04|df=y}} |<hr>Tobit John Brown ([[TBJZL]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1993|4|8}} |<hr>Ethan Payne ([[Behzinga]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1995|6|20}} |<hr>Vikram Singh Barn ([[Vikkstar123]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1995|8|2}} |<hr>Harry Lewis (W2S)|{{birth date and age|1996|11|24|df=y}} }} | occupation = [[YouTuber]]s | website = {{url|https://sidemen.com}} | origin = London, England | channels = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCDogdKl7t7NHzQ95aEwkdMw Sidemen]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCh5mLn90vUaB1PbRRx_AiaA MoreSidemen]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCjRkTl_HP4zOh3UFaThgRZw SidemenReacts]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCbAZH3nTxzyNmehmTUhuUsA SidemenShorts]<br /> {{Collapsible list | framestyle = border:none; padding:0; | title = Associated channels <!-- Only include the individual channels that were created before they transitioned their content to the first two group channels --> | 1 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCVtFOytbRpEvzLjvqGG5gxQ KSI] | 2 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCGmnsW623G1r-Chmo5RB4Yw JJ Olatunji] | 3 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWZmCMB7mmKWcXJSIPRhzZw Miniminter] | 4 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCjB_adDAIxOL8GA4Y4OCt8g MM7Games] | 5 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/ZerkaaHD Zerkaa] | 6 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/ZerkaaPlays ZerkaaPlays] | 7 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/TBJZL TBJZL] | 8 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/EDITinGAMING TBJZLPlays] | 9 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Behzinga Behzinga] | 10 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCbzZFTHge5zk2yebSiWRZRg Beh2inga] | 11 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Vikkstar123 Vikkstar123] | 12 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/VikkstarPlays VikkstarPlays] | 13 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Vikkstar123HD Vikkstar123HD] | 14 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/wroetoshaw W2S] | 15 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC5_IT4-XpinnvNQwM1e15eQ W2S+] }} | years_active = 2013–present | genre = {{flatlist| * [[Entertainment]] * [[Let's Play|gaming]] * [[vlog]] * reaction }} | subscribers = {{Rounddown|{{Sum|<!-- Sidemen -->16.9|7.00|4.81|1.82|<!-- JJ -->24.0|16.0|<!-- Simon -->10.1|5.21|<!-- Josh -->4.66|2.80|<!-- Tobi -->4.87|1.67|<!-- Ethan -->4.88|1.96|<!-- Vik -->7.58|1.10|3.29|<!-- Harry -->16.3|3.79}}|1}} million (combined) | views = {{Rounddown|{{Sum|<!-- Sidemen -->4.45|2.85|1.72|1.08|<!-- JJ -->5.93|3.77|<!-- Simon -->3.54|2.68|<!-- Josh -->0.70|1.02|<!-- Tobi -->0.51|0.16|<!-- Ethan -->0.56|0.29|<!-- Vik -->2.10|0.14|1.10|<!-- Harry -->4.75|0.55}}|1}} billion (combined) | stats_update = 14 October 2022 | network = {{flatlist| * [[Omnia Media]] * [[OP Talent]] }} | associated_acts = [[Jme (musician)|Jme]] | silver_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2016</abbr>, <abbr title="MoreSidemen">2018</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenReacts">2020</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenShorts">2021</abbr> | gold_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2016</abbr>, <abbr title="MoreSidemen">2018</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenReacts">2020</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenShorts">2021</abbr> | diamond_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2020</abbr> }} <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow: auto"> {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Sidemen | logo = Sidemen Logo.svg | image = Sidemen collage 4.5.jpg | caption = Top to bottom from left column: [[Vikkstar123|Barn]], [[TBJZL|Brown]]; [[KSI|Olatunji]], Minter, Lewis; [[Behzinga|Payne]], and [[Zerkaa|Bradley]]. | birth_date = {{Unbulleted list |Olajide Olayinka Williams Olatunji ([[KSI]])|{{birth date and age|1993|6|19|df=yes}} |<hr>Simon Minter (Miniminter)|{{birth date and age|1992|09|07|df=y}} |<hr>Joshua Bradley ([[Zerkaa]])|{{birth date and age|1992|09|04|df=y}} |<hr>Tobit John Brown ([[TBJZL]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1993|4|8}} |<hr>Ethan Payne ([[Behzinga]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1995|6|20}} |<hr>Vikram Singh Barn ([[Vikkstar123]])|{{birth date and age|df=y|1995|8|2}} |<hr>Harry Lewis (W2S)|{{birth date and age|1996|11|24|df=y}} }} | occupation = [[YouTuber]]s | website = {{url|https://sidemen.com}} | origin = London, England | channels = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCDogdKl7t7NHzQ95aEwkdMw Sidemen]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCh5mLn90vUaB1PbRRx_AiaA MoreSidemen]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCjRkTl_HP4zOh3UFaThgRZw SidemenReacts]<br />[https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCbAZH3nTxzyNmehmTUhuUsA SidemenShorts]<br /> {{Collapsible list | framestyle = border:none; padding:0; | title = Associated channels <!-- Only include the individual channels that were created before they transitioned their content to the first two group channels --> | 1 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCVtFOytbRpEvzLjvqGG5gxQ KSI] | 2 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCGmnsW623G1r-Chmo5RB4Yw JJ Olatunji] | 3 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCWZmCMB7mmKWcXJSIPRhzZw Miniminter] | 4 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCjB_adDAIxOL8GA4Y4OCt8g MM7Games] | 5 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/ZerkaaHD Zerkaa] | 6 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/ZerkaaPlays ZerkaaPlays] | 7 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/TBJZL TBJZL] | 8 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/EDITinGAMING TBJZLPlays] | 9 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Behzinga Behzinga] | 10 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCbzZFTHge5zk2yebSiWRZRg Beh2inga] | 11 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Vikkstar123 Vikkstar123] | 12 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/VikkstarPlays VikkstarPlays] | 13 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/Vikkstar123HD Vikkstar123HD] | 14 = [https://www.youtube.com/user/wroetoshaw W2S] | 15 = [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC5_IT4-XpinnvNQwM1e15eQ W2S+] }} | years_active = 2013–present | genre = {{flatlist| * [[Entertainment]] * [[Let's Play|gaming]] * [[vlog]] * reaction }} | subscribers = {{Rounddown|{{Sum|<!-- Sidemen -->16.9|7.00|4.81|1.82|<!-- JJ -->24.0|16.0|<!-- Simon -->10.1|5.21|<!-- Josh -->4.66|2.80|<!-- Tobi -->4.87|1.67|<!-- Ethan -->4.88|1.96|<!-- Vik -->7.58|1.10|3.29|<!-- Harry -->16.3|3.79}}|1}} million (combined) | views = {{Rounddown|{{Sum|<!-- Sidemen -->4.45|2.85|1.72|1.08|<!-- JJ -->5.93|3.77|<!-- Simon -->3.54|2.68|<!-- Josh -->0.70|1.02|<!-- Tobi -->0.51|0.16|<!-- Ethan -->0.56|0.29|<!-- Vik -->2.10|0.14|1.10|<!-- Harry -->4.75|0.55}}|1}} billion (combined) | stats_update = 14 October 2022 | network = {{flatlist| * [[Omnia Media]] * [[OP Talent]] }} | associated_acts = [[Jme (musician)|Jme]] | silver_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2016</abbr>, <abbr title="MoreSidemen">2018</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenReacts">2020</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenShorts">2021</abbr> | gold_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2016</abbr>, <abbr title="MoreSidemen">2018</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenReacts">2020</abbr>, <abbr title="SidemenShorts">2021</abbr> | diamond_year = <abbr title="Sidemen">2020</abbr> }} </syntaxhighlight> {{Clear}} == TemplateData == {{TemplateData header}} <templatedata> { "description": "An infobox for a YouTube personality or channel.", "format": "{{_\n| ____________________ = _\n}}\n", "params": { "honorific_prefix": { "aliases": [ "honorific prefix" ], "label": "Honorific prefix", "description": "Honorific prefix(es), to appear above the YouTube personality's name.", "example": "[[Sir]]", "type": "line" }, "name": { "label": { "en": "Name", "ar": "الإسم" }, "description": { "en": "The name of the YouTube personality or channel.", "ar": "اسم الشخصية" }, "type": "string", "suggested": true }, "honorific_suffix": { "aliases": [ "honorific suffix" ], "label": "Honorific suffix", "description": "Honorific suffix(es), to appear below the YouTube personality's name.", "example": "[[PhD]]", "type": "line" }, "logo": { "label": { "en": "Logo" }, "description": { "en": "The logo of the YouTube channel, if applicable." }, "example": "Dude Perfect logo.svg", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "logo_size": { "label": { "en": "Logo size" }, "description": { "en": "The logo width in pixels (\"px\" is automatically added if omitted)." }, "default": "250px", "example": "120px" }, "logo_alt": { "label": { "en": "Logo alt text" }, "description": { "en": "Alt text for the logo, for visually impaired readers. One word (such as \"photograph\") is rarely sufficient. See WP:ALT." }, "type": "string" }, "logo_caption": { "aliases": [ "logo caption" ], "label": "Logo caption", "description": "A caption for the logo, if needed.", "type": "string" }, "image": { "label": { "en": "Image" }, "description": { "en": "An image of the YouTube personality." }, "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "image_upright": { "aliases": [ "upright" ], "label": { "en": "Image upright" }, "description": { "en": "Scales the image thumbnail from its default size by the given factor. Values less than 1 scale the image down (0.9 = 90%) and values greater than 1 scale the image up (1.15 = 115%)." }, "default": "1", "example": "1.15", "type": "line" }, "image_size": { "label": { "en": "Image size" }, "description": { "en": "The image width in pixels (\"px\" is automatically added if omitted)." }, "default": "220px", "example": "120px", "aliases": [ "image size", "imagesize" ], "deprecated": "Use of this parameter is discouraged as per WP:IMGSIZE. Use \"image_upright\" instead.", "type": "line" }, "alt": { "label": "Image alt text", "description": "Alt text for the image, for visually impaired readers. One word (such as \"photograph\") is rarely sufficient. See WP:ALT.", "type": "string" }, "caption": { "aliases": [ "image_caption", "image caption" ], "label": "Image caption", "description": "A caption for the image, if needed. Try to include year of photo.", "type": "string" }, "birth_name": { "label": "Birth name", "description": "The birth name of the YouTube personality. Only use if different from \"name\".", "type": "string" }, "birth_date": { "label": "Birth date", "description": "The birth date of the YouTube personality. Use Template:Birth date and age (for living people) or Template:Birth date (for people who have died). If only a year of birth is known, or age as of a certain date, consider using Template:Birth year and age or Template:Birth based on age as of date.", "example": "{{Birth date and age|1990|01|26}}" }, "birth_place": { "label": "Birth place", "description": "The birth place of the YouTube personality: city, administrative region, sovereign state. Use the name of the birth place at the time of birth.", "example": "[[Los Angeles]], California, United States", "type": "string" }, "death_date": { "label": "Death date", "description": "The death date of the YouTube personality. Use Template:Death date and age (if birth date is known) or Template:Death date (if birth date unknown).", "example": "{{Death date and age|2010|12|30|1990|01|26}}" }, "death_place": { "label": "Death place", "description": "The death place of the YouTube personality: city, administrative region, sovereign state. Use the name of the death place at the time of death.", "example": "[[Paris]], France", "type": "string" }, "origin": { "label": "Origin", "description": "The city from which the subject originated. Usually appropriate for groups or companies.", "example": "[[Paris]], France", "type": "string" }, "nationality": { "label": "Nationality", "description": "The nationality of the YouTube personality. Only use if nationality cannot be inferred from the birthplace per WP:INFONAT.", "example": "American", "type": "string" }, "other_names": { "label": "Other names", "description": "Notable aliases of the subject. Listed outside of the \"YouTube information\" section, contrary to the \"pseudonym\" parameter.", "type": "string" }, "education": { "label": "Education", "description": "The YouTube personality's institution of higher education and degree, if notable. It is usually not relevant to include for non-graduates.", "example": "[[University of Oxford]]", "type": "string" }, "occupation": { "aliases": [ "occupations" ], "label": "Occupation(s)", "description": "The occupation(s) of the YouTube personality, as given in the lead.", "example": "[[YouTuber]]", "type": "string" }, "spouse": { "aliases": [ "spouses" ], "label": "Spouse(s)", "description": "Name of spouse(s), followed by years of marriage. Use Template:Marriage." }, "partner": { "aliases": [ "partners" ], "label": "Partner(s)", "description": "Name of long-term unmarried partner(s), followed by years.", "example": "[[Name]] (1980–present)" }, "children": { "label": "Children", "description": "Number of children (e.g., 3), or list of independently notable names." }, "parents": { "aliases": [ "parent" ], "label": "Parent(s)", "description": "Names of notable parent(s). If subject has only one notable mother or father, \"mother\" and \"father\" parameters may be used instead." }, "mother": { "label": "Mother", "description": "Name of mother; include only if subject has one mother who is independently notable or particularly relevant. Overridden by \"parents\" parameter." }, "father": { "label": "Father", "description": "Name of father; include only if subject has one father who is independently notable or particularly relevant. Overridden by \"parents\" parameter." }, "relatives": { "label": "Relatives", "description": "Notable relative(s) of the YouTube personality." }, "organization": { "aliases": [ "organisation", "organisations", "organizations" ], "label": "Organization(s)", "description": "Organization(s) the YouTube personality has been signed to. Omit dates.", "example": "[[OfflineTV]]" }, "signature": { "label": "Signature", "description": "An image of the YouTube personality's signature.", "type": "wiki-file-name" }, "signature_size": { "label": "Signature size", "description": "The signature width in pixels (\"px\" is automatically added if omitted).", "default": "150px", "example": "100px" }, "signature_alt": { "aliases": [ "signature alt" ], "label": "Signature alt", "description": "Alt text for the signature image." }, "website": { "aliases": [ "homepage", "URL" ], "label": "Website (personal)", "description": "The official website of the YouTube personality.", "example": "{{URL|example.com}}", "type": "content" }, "module_personal": { "label": "Module personal", "description": "Used for embedding other infoboxes into the \"Personal information\" section of this one." }, "pseudonym": { "label": "Also known as", "description": "Notable aliases of the YouTube personality or channel. Listed in the \"YouTube information\" section, contrary to the \"other_names\" parameter.", "type": "string" }, "channel_name": { "label": { "en": "Channel name" }, "description": { "en": "The primary YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/user/\". Use only one of \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" or \"channel_direct_url\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_url": { "label": { "en": "Channel URL" }, "description": { "en": "The primary YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/channel/\". Use only one of \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" or \"channel_direct_url\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_direct_url": { "label": { "en": "Channel direct URL" }, "description": { "en": "The primary YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/\". Use only one of \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" or \"channel_direct_url\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_display_name": { "label": { "en": "Channel display name" }, "description": { "en": "The primary YouTube channel's display name, if it differs from \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" or \"channel_direct_url\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_name2": { "label": { "en": "Second channel name" }, "description": { "en": "The second YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/user/\". Use only one of \"channel_name2\", \"channel_url2\" or \"channel_direct_url2\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_url2": { "label": { "en": "Second channel URL" }, "description": { "en": "The second YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/channel/\". Use only one of \"channel_name2\", \"channel_url2\" or \"channel_direct_url2\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_direct_url2": { "label": { "en": "Second channel direct URL" }, "description": { "en": "The second YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/\". Use only one of \"channel_name2\", \"channel_url2\" or \"channel_direct_url2\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_display_name2": { "label": { "en": "Second channel display name" }, "description": { "en": "The second YouTube channel's display name, if it differs from \"channel_name2\", \"channel_url2\" or \"channel_direct_url2\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_name3": { "label": { "en": "Third channel name" }, "description": { "en": "The third YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/user/\". Use only one of \"channel_name3\", \"channel_url3\" or \"channel_direct_url3\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_url3": { "label": { "en": "Third channel URL" }, "description": { "en": "The third YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/channel/\". Use only one of \"channel_name3\", \"channel_url3\" or \"channel_direct_url3\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_direct_url3": { "label": { "en": "Third channel direct URL" }, "description": { "en": "The third YouTube channel affiliated with the subject. Enter ONLY what comes after \"www.youtube.com/\". Use only one of \"channel_name3\", \"channel_url3\" or \"channel_direct_url3\". Do not include secondary channels unless they are covered by reliable sources in the body of the article." }, "type": "string" }, "channel_display_name3": { "label": { "en": "Third channel display name" }, "description": { "en": "The third YouTube channel's display name, if it differs from \"channel_name3\", \"channel_url3\" or \"channel_direct_url3\"." }, "type": "string" }, "channels": { "label": "Channels", "description": "Custom styling for the YouTube channels affiliated with the subject. Overridden by \"channel_name\", \"channel_url\" and \"channel_direct_url\".", "type": "string" }, "creator": { "aliases": [ "creators", "created_by" ], "label": "Created by", "description": "The creator(s) of the YouTube channel.", "type": "string" }, "presenter": { "aliases": [ "presenters", "presented_by" ], "label": "Presented by", "description": "The presenter(s) of the YouTube channel.", "type": "string" }, "location": { "label": "Location", "description": "The location of the YouTube channel, if notable. Not for mere residence.", "example": "[[Los Angeles]], California, United States", "type": "string" }, "years_active": { "aliases": [ "years active", "yearsactive" ], "label": "Years active", "description": "Date range in years during which the YouTube channel was active. Use an en dash (–) to separate the years.", "example": "2009–present", "type": "string" }, "genre": { "label": "Genre", "description": "The genre(s) of content produced by the YouTube channel.", "example": "Comedy", "type": "string", "aliases": [ "genres" ] }, "subscribers": { "label": "Subscribers", "description": "The number of subscribers the YouTube channel has.", "example": "1.5 million", "type": "string" }, "subscriber_date": { "description": "The month and year when the YouTube channel's subscriber count was last updated. The date is listed inline with the subscriber count. The all-encompassing \"stats_update\" parameter is generally recommended instead.", "label": "Subscribers date", "type": "string" }, "views": { "label": { "en": "Total views" }, "description": { "en": "The number of views the YouTube channel has." }, "example": "1.5 billion", "type": "string" }, "view_date": { "label": { "en": "Total views date" }, "description": { "en": "The month and year when the YouTube channel's view count was last updated. The date is listed inline with the view count. The all-encompassing \"stats_update\" parameter is generally recommended instead." } }, "network": { "description": "The multi-channel network (MCN) that the YouTube channel has been a part of.", "label": "Network", "example": "[[Machinima Inc.]] (2013–2015)" }, "language": { "label": "Contents are in", "description": "The primary language(s) of the YouTube channel. Use their English name.", "type": "string", "example": "Spanish" }, "associated_acts": { "label": "Associated acts", "description": "Associated YouTube personalities or channels, such as those that collaborate with the subject.", "type": "string" }, "channel_website": { "label": "Website (channel)", "description": "The official website of the YouTube channel.", "example": "{{URL|example.com}}" }, "silver_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 100,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"silver_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Silver Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "silver_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Silver Creator Award for reaching 100,000 subscribers. Overriden by \"silver_year\".", "label": "Silver Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "gold_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 1,000,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"gold_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Gold Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "gold_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Gold Creator Award for reaching 1,000,000 subscribers. Overriden by \"gold_year\".", "label": "Gold Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "diamond_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 10,000,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"diamond_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Diamond Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "diamond_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Diamond Creator Award for reaching 10,000,000 subscribers. Overriden by \"diamond_year\".", "label": "Diamond Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "ruby_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 50,000,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"ruby_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Custom Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "ruby_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Custom Creator Award for reaching 50,000,000 subscribers. Overriden by \"ruby_year\".", "label": "Custom Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "red_diamond_year": { "description": "The year the YouTube channel reached 100,000,000 subscribers. If the year is not known, use \"red_diamond_button=yes\" instead.", "label": "Red Diamond Creator Award year", "type": "string" }, "red_diamond_button": { "description": "Enter \"yes\" if the YouTube channel has been awarded a Red Diamond Creator Award for reaching 100,000,000 subscribers. Overridden by \"red_diamond_year\".", "label": "Red Diamond Creator Award?", "type": "line" }, "expand": { "label": "Expand", "description": "Enter \"yes\" to expand the \"Creator Awards\" section by default." }, "module": { "label": "Module", "description": "Used for embedding other infoboxes into this one." }, "stats_update": { "label": "Last updated", "description": "The date when the YouTube channel's statistics were last updated. The date is listed at the bottom of the infobox." }, "extra_information": { "label": "Extra information", "description": "If necessary, extra information can be added to the bottom of the infobox." }, "subbox": { "label": "Subbox", "description": "Enter \"yes\" when embedding this infobox into another to retain the red-colored headings." }, "embed": { "label": "Embed", "description": "Enter \"yes\" when embedding this infobox into another to remove the red-colored headings." } }, "paramOrder": [ "honorific_prefix", "name", "honorific_suffix", "logo", "logo_size", "logo_alt", "logo_caption", "image", "image_upright", "image_size", "alt", "caption", "birth_name", "birth_date", "birth_place", "death_date", "death_place", "origin", "nationality", "other_names", "education", "occupation", "spouse", "partner", "children", "parents", "mother", "father", "relatives", "organization", "signature", "signature_size", "signature_alt", "website", "module_personal", "pseudonym", "channel_name", "channel_url", "channel_direct_url", "channel_display_name", "channel_name2", "channel_url2", "channel_direct_url2", "channel_display_name2", "channel_name3", "channel_url3", "channel_direct_url3", "channel_display_name3", "channels", "creator", "presenter", "location", "years_active", "genre", "subscribers", "subscriber_date", "views", "view_date", "network", "language", "associated_acts", "channel_website", "silver_year", "silver_button", "gold_year", "gold_button", "diamond_year", "diamond_button", "ruby_year", "ruby_button", "red_diamond_year", "red_diamond_button", "expand", "module", "stats_update", "extra_information", "subbox", "embed" ] } </templatedata> == Tracking categories == * {{Category link with count|Pages using infobox YouTube personality with unknown parameters}} * {{Category link with count|Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors}} == See also == * [[Template:Infobox Twitch streamer]] * [[Template:Infobox video game player]] * [[Template:Infobox podcast]] == References == <references /> <includeonly>{{Basepage subpage| <!-- Categories go here and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> [[Category:People and person infobox templates|YouTube personality]] [[Category:Arts and culture infobox templates|YouTube personality]] [[Category:Biographical templates usable as a module|YouTube personality]] [[Category:Infobox templates with module parameter|YouTube personality]] [[Category:Infobox templates with updated parameter]] [[Category:Templates that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Templates that generate named references]] }}</includeonly> 49374506bdf6fc3f8dba26d2bba380f7daf59e48 10 163 335 334 2023-08-10T15:23:45Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:WikiProject_YouTube/Used_Template]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{ mbox | image = [[file:YouTube Logo 2017.svg|80x70px|alt=|link=]] | text = If you plan to make [[backward compatibility|breaking changes]] to this template, move it, or nominate it for deletion, please notify [[Wikipedia:WikiProject YouTube|WikiProject YouTube]] members at [[Wikipedia talk:WikiProject YouTube]] as a courtesy, as this template is heavily used by this WikiProject. Thank you! {{#if:{{{1|}}}|<p> {{{1}}}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --></noinclude> d42e3fd8e627050d08bd311414aec5000e00d9c9 10 164 337 336 2023-08-10T15:23:46Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Hlist/styles.css]] sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-protected|reason=match parent|small=yes}} */ /* * hlist styles are defined in core and Minerva and differ in Minerva. The * current definitions here (2023-01-01) are sufficient to override Minerva * without use of the hlist-separated class. The most problematic styles were * related to margin, padding, and the bullet. Check files listed at * [[MediaWiki talk:Common.css/to do#hlist-separated]] */ /* * TODO: When the majority of readership supports it (or some beautiful world * in which grade C support is above the minimum threshold), use :is() */ .hlist dl, .hlist ol, .hlist ul { margin: 0; padding: 0; } /* Display list items inline */ .hlist dd, .hlist dt, .hlist li { /* * don't trust the note that says margin doesn't work with inline * removing margin: 0 makes dds have margins again * We also want to reset margin-right in Minerva */ margin: 0; display: inline; } /* Display requested top-level lists inline */ .hlist.inline, .hlist.inline dl, .hlist.inline ol, .hlist.inline ul, /* Display nested lists inline */ .hlist dl dl, .hlist dl ol, .hlist dl ul, .hlist ol dl, .hlist ol ol, .hlist ol ul, .hlist ul dl, .hlist ul ol, .hlist ul ul { display: inline; } /* Hide empty list items */ .hlist .mw-empty-li { display: none; } /* TODO: :not() can maybe be used here to remove the later rule. naive test * seems to work. more testing needed. like so: *.hlist dt:not(:last-child)::after { * content: ": "; *} *.hlist dd:not(:last-child)::after, *.hlist li:not(:last-child)::after { * content: " · "; * font-weight: bold; *} */ /* Generate interpuncts */ .hlist dt::after { content: ": "; } .hlist dd::after, .hlist li::after { content: " · "; font-weight: bold; } .hlist dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt:last-child::after, .hlist li:last-child::after { content: none; } /* Add parentheses around nested lists */ .hlist dd dd:first-child::before, .hlist dd dt:first-child::before, .hlist dd li:first-child::before, .hlist dt dd:first-child::before, .hlist dt dt:first-child::before, .hlist dt li:first-child::before, .hlist li dd:first-child::before, .hlist li dt:first-child::before, .hlist li li:first-child::before { content: " ("; font-weight: normal; } .hlist dd dd:last-child::after, .hlist dd dt:last-child::after, .hlist dd li:last-child::after, .hlist dt dd:last-child::after, .hlist dt dt:last-child::after, .hlist dt li:last-child::after, .hlist li dd:last-child::after, .hlist li dt:last-child::after, .hlist li li:last-child::after { content: ")"; font-weight: normal; } /* Put ordinals in front of ordered list items */ .hlist ol { counter-reset: listitem; } .hlist ol > li { counter-increment: listitem; } .hlist ol > li::before { content: " " counter(listitem) "\a0"; } .hlist dd ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist dt ol > li:first-child::before, .hlist li ol > li:first-child::before { content: " (" counter(listitem) "\a0"; } 8c9dd9c9c00f30eead17fe10f51d183333e81f33 828 165 339 338 2023-08-10T15:23:46Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Module:YouTubeSubscribers]] Scribunto text/plain POINT_IN_TIME_PID = "P585" YT_CHAN_ID_PID= "P2397" SUB_COUNT_PID = "P8687" local p = {} -- taken from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Module:Wd function parseDate(dateStr, precision) precision = precision or "d" local i, j, index, ptr local parts = {nil, nil, nil} if dateStr == nil then return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end -- 'T' for snak values, '/' for outputs with '/Julian' attached i, j = dateStr:find("[T/]") if i then dateStr = dateStr:sub(1, i-1) end local from = 1 if dateStr:sub(1,1) == "-" then -- this is a negative number, look further ahead from = 2 end index = 1 ptr = 1 i, j = dateStr:find("-", from) if i then -- year parts[index] = tonumber(mw.ustring.gsub(dateStr:sub(ptr, i-1), "^%+(.+)$", "%1"), 10) -- remove '+' sign (explicitly give base 10 to prevent error) if parts[index] == -0 then parts[index] = tonumber("0") -- for some reason, 'parts[index] = 0' may actually store '-0', so parse from string instead end if precision == "y" then -- we're done return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end index = index + 1 ptr = i + 1 i, j = dateStr:find("-", ptr) if i then -- month parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr, i-1), 10) if precision == "m" then -- we're done return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end index = index + 1 ptr = i + 1 end end if dateStr:sub(ptr) ~= "" then -- day if we have month, month if we have year, or year parts[index] = tonumber(dateStr:sub(ptr), 10) end return parts[1], parts[2], parts[3] -- year, month, day end -- taken from https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Module:Wd local function datePrecedesDate(aY, aM, aD, bY, bM, bD) if aY == nil or bY == nil then return nil end aM = aM or 1 aD = aD or 1 bM = bM or 1 bD = bD or 1 if aY < bY then return true elseif aY > bY then return false elseif aM < bM then return true elseif aM > bM then return false elseif aD < bD then return true end return false end function getClaimDate(claim) if claim['qualifiers'] and claim['qualifiers'][POINT_IN_TIME_PID] then local pointsInTime = claim['qualifiers'][POINT_IN_TIME_PID] if #pointsInTime ~= 1 then -- be conservative in what we accept error("Encountered a statement with zero or multiple point in time (P85) qualifiers. Please add or remove point in time information so each statement has exactly one") end local pointInTime = pointsInTime[1] if pointInTime and pointInTime['datavalue'] and pointInTime['datavalue']['value'] and pointInTime['datavalue']['value']['time'] then return parseDate(pointInTime['datavalue']['value']['time']) end end return nil end -- for a given list of statements find the newest one with a matching qual function newestMatchingStatement(statements, qual, targetQualValue) local newestStatement = nil local newestStatementYr = nil local newestStatementMo = nil local newestStatementDay = nil for k, v in pairs(statements) do if v['rank'] ~= "deprecated" and v['qualifiers'] and v['qualifiers'][qual] then local quals = v['qualifiers'][qual] -- should only have one instance of the qualifier on a statement if #quals == 1 then local qual = quals[1] if qual['datavalue'] and qual['datavalue']['value'] then local qualValue = qual['datavalue']['value'] if qualValue == targetQualValue then local targetYr, targetMo, targetDay = getClaimDate(v) if targetYr then local older = datePrecedesDate(targetYr, targetMo, targetDay, newestStatementYr, newestStatementMo, newestStatementDay) if older == nil or not older then newestStatementYr, newestStatementMo, newestStatementDay = targetYr, targetMo, targetDay newestStatement = v end end end end end end end return newestStatement end -- for a given property and qualifier pair returns the newest statement that matches function newestMatching(e, prop, qual, targetQualValue) -- first check the best statements local statements = e:getBestStatements(prop) local newestStatement = newestMatchingStatement(statements, qual, targetQualValue) if newestStatement then return newestStatement end -- try again with all statements if nothing so far statements = e:getAllStatements(prop) newestStatement = newestMatchingStatement(statements, qual, targetQualValue) if newestStatement then return newestStatement end return nil end function getEntity ( frame ) local qid = nil if frame.args then qid = frame.args["qid"] end if not qid then qid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end if not qid then local e = nil return e end local e = mw.wikibase.getEntity(qid) assert(e, "No such item found: " .. qid) return e end -- find the channel ID we are going to be getting the sub counts for function getBestYtChanId(e) local chanIds = e:getBestStatements(YT_CHAN_ID_PID) if #chanIds == 1 then local chan = chanIds[1] if chan and chan["mainsnak"] and chan["mainsnak"]["datavalue"] and chan["mainsnak"]["datavalue"]["value"] then return chan["mainsnak"]["datavalue"]["value"] end end return nil end function returnError(frame, eMessage) return frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'error', args = { eMessage } } .. "[[Category:Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors]]" end -- the date of the current YT subscriber count function p.date( frame ) local e = getEntity(frame) assert(e, "No qid found for page. Please make a Wikidata item for this article") local chanId = getBestYtChanId(e) assert(chanId, "Could not find a single best YouTube channel ID for this item. Add a YouTube channel ID or set the rank of one channel ID to be preferred") local s = newestMatching(e, SUB_COUNT_PID, YT_CHAN_ID_PID, chanId) if s then local yt_year, yt_month, yt_day = getClaimDate(s) if not yt_year then return nil end local dateString = yt_year .. "|" -- construct YYYY|mm|dd date string if yt_month and yt_month ~= 0 then dateString = dateString .. yt_month .. "|" -- truncate the day of month --if yt_day and yt_day ~= 0 then -- dateString = dateString .. yt_day --end end return frame:expandTemplate{title="Format date", args = {yt_year, yt_month, yd_day}} end error("Could not find a date for YouTube subscriber information. Is there a social media followers statement (P8687) qualified with good values for P585 and P2397?") end function p.dateNice( frame ) local status, obj = pcall(p.date, frame) if status then return obj else return returnError(frame, obj) end end -- the most up to date number of subscribers function p.subCount( frame ) local subCount = nil local e = getEntity(frame) if not e then subCount = -424 return tonumber(subCount) end local chanId = getBestYtChanId(e) if chanId then local s = newestMatching(e, SUB_COUNT_PID, YT_CHAN_ID_PID, chanId) if s and s["mainsnak"] and s['mainsnak']["datavalue"] and s['mainsnak']["datavalue"]["value"] and s['mainsnak']["datavalue"]['value']['amount'] then subCount = s['mainsnak']["datavalue"]['value']['amount'] end else subCount = -404 end if subCount then return tonumber(subCount) else subCount = -412 return tonumber(subCount) end end function p.subCountNice( frame ) local status, obj = pcall(p.subCount, frame) if status then if obj >= 0 then return frame:expandTemplate{title="Format price", args = {obj}} else return obj end else return returnError(frame, obj) end end return p 98467dcdea470df426a9b002a85e7ae22390fb10 10 166 341 340 2023-08-10T15:23:47Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Infobox_Twitch_streamer/styles.css]] sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ /* twitch color branding */ .ib-twitch-title, .ib-twitch-above, .ib-twitch-header { background-color: #6441A4; color: white; } .ib-twitch-above { font-size: 125%; } .ib-twitch-above .honorific-prefix, .ib-twitch-above .honorific-suffix { font-size: small; font-weight: normal; } /* override blue link on purple background */ .ib-twitch-above .honorific-prefix a, .ib-twitch-above .honorific-suffix a { color: white; } .ib-twitch-header { line-height: 1.5em; } .ib-twitch-title { line-height: 1.6em; } .ib-twitch .infobox-full-data { padding: 0; } .ib-twitch div.nickname, .ib-twitch div.birthplace, .ib-twitch div.deathplace { display: inline; } .ib-twitch-below { color: darkslategray; } /* mobile fixes */ body.skin-minerva .ib-twitch-title { padding: 7px; } body.skin-minerva .ib-twitch-below hr:first-of-type { display: none; } f972ac5a3688c2930702bb6a37a6de39fd9c993a 10 167 343 342 2023-08-10T15:23:48Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported from [[:wikipedia:Template:Infobox_YouTube_personality/styles.css]] sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ /* youtube color branding */ .ib-youtube-title, .ib-youtube-above, .ib-youtube-header, .ib-youtube-awards-color { background-color: #B60000; color: white; } .ib-youtube-above { font-size: 125%; } .ib-youtube-above .honorific-prefix, .ib-youtube-above .honorific-suffix { font-size: small; font-weight: normal; } /* override blue link on red background */ .ib-youtube-above .honorific-prefix a, .ib-youtube-above .honorific-suffix a, .ib-youtube-awards-color a, .ib-youtube-awards-color .mw-collapsible-text, .ib-youtube-awards-color .mw-collapsible-toggle::before, .ib-youtube-awards-color .mw-collapsible-toggle::after { color: white; } .ib-youtube-header { line-height: 1.5em; } .ib-youtube-title { line-height: 1.6em; } .ib-youtube .infobox-full-data { padding: 0; } .ib-youtube div.nickname, .ib-youtube div.birthplace, .ib-youtube div.deathplace { display: inline; } .ib-youtube-awards { width: 100%; display: inline-table; border-spacing: 0; margin: 0; /* mobile fix */ } .ib-youtube-awards th div { text-align: center; margin: 0 4em; } .ib-youtube-awards td { vertical-align: middle; } .ib-youtube-below { color: darkslategray; } /* mobile fixes */ body.skin-minerva .ib-youtube-title { padding: 7px; } body:not(.skin-minerva) .ib-youtube-awards td { padding: 3px; } body.skin-minerva .ib-youtube-below hr:first-of-type { display: none; } 111c6691e3dc7827fe4fee42345186e0eb20fd0d 0 4 344 225 2023-08-10T15:25:10Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = John Doe | image = JohnDoe.jpg | channel_name = JohnDoeGeography | subscribers = 1,000,000 | views = 50,000,000 | years_active = 2015–present | silver_year = 2016 | gold_year = 2018 | diamond_year = 2020 | ruby_year = N/A }} '''Umar Edits''' 659d1f93e83fdce5e9aee37b43341a9891374648 0 4 345 344 2023-08-10T15:33:33Z InsaneX 2 Replaced content with "'''Umar Edits'''" wikitext text/x-wiki '''Umar Edits''' 47964e30b13755911c7ca8e108450dfa724f2a86 351 345 2023-08-10T15:53:39Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Umar Edits''' f5b9ba2993709f659ddbc7a01b02bcf95f64ef29 415 351 2023-08-11T06:34:57Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Infobox YouTube personality | name = Mubashir Saddique | image = Mubashir Saddique.jpg | birth_place = [[Sialkot]], Pakistan | birth_date = {{Birth date and age|df=yes|1985|02|7}} | occupation = Food [[Vlogger]] {{Infobox person|embed=yes | alma_mater = | children = }} | channels = [https://www.youtube.com/@VillageFoodSecrets Village Food Secrets]<br/>[https://www.youtube.com/@MubashirSaddiqueShorts Mubashir Saddique] | subscribers = 3.96 million<ref>https://www.youtube.com/@VillageFoodSecrets/about About Village Food Secrets [[YouTube]]</ref> <!-- PLEASE DO NOT CHANGE WITHOUT UPDATING stats_update BELOW --> | views = 802.9 million<ref>https://www.youtube.com/@VillageFoodSecrets/about About Village Food Secrets [[YouTube]]</ref> <!-- PLEASE DO NOT CHANGE WITHOUT UPDATING stats_update BELOW --> | years_active = 2016–present | silver_button = yes | gold_button = yes | silver_year = 2018 | gold_year = 2019 | stats_update = 24 July 2023 | genre = [[Cooking]],[[Vlogging]] | website = }} [[File:UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Umar Edits''' 3aabfa5f637ef8333b8feee9baec0d24f87a6164 0 1 346 10 2023-08-10T15:42:03Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki {| class="wikitable" style="width:100%; background:#f9f9f9; border:none; padding:5px;" |- ! colspan="2" style="background:#ccccff; font-size:24px; text-align:center; padding:5px;"| Welcome to Geotubepedia |- | style="width:50%; vertical-align:top; padding:10px;"| '''The ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content.''' ==== Featured Geotuber ==== '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] ==== News and Updates ==== * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! || | style="width:50%; vertical-align:top; padding:10px;"| ==== Explore ==== * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] ==== Contributing ==== Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. ==== Random Geotuber ==== Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! |- | colspan="2" style="text-align:center; padding:5px;"| '''Did you know?''': The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. |- | colspan="2" style="text-align:center;"| [[About Geotubepedia]] | [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] | [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] |} [[Category:Main page]] f979261917e0b45f32599d017a7764db8d295f37 347 346 2023-08-10T15:48:08Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome to Geotubepedia == The ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 5dc1767ba9567fd0713dba2e6220837f996e713b 348 347 2023-08-10T15:50:41Z InsaneX 2 /* Explore */ wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome to Geotubepedia == The ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 8c3864e0174a14e1afe71333a8200654ffa5ac3d 349 348 2023-08-10T15:51:03Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome to Geotubepedia == The ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 7cda7330fb9d993cc6ef025c5235a1218861da34 6 168 350 2023-08-10T15:52:33Z InsaneX 2 Logo of UmarEdits wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of UmarEdits dc10f53243b069290e7feb3455885b12c5745bee 0 169 352 2023-08-10T16:28:16Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "== Syed Samar == '''Syed Samar''' is a well-known Geotuber from Pakistan, best recognized for his YouTube channel, ''Cartoonabad''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. === Personal Life === Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in Hyderabad. He identifies as a Shia Muslim. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His..." wikitext text/x-wiki == Syed Samar == '''Syed Samar''' is a well-known Geotuber from Pakistan, best recognized for his YouTube channel, ''Cartoonabad''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. === Personal Life === Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in Hyderabad. He identifies as a Shia Muslim. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from Sharbat and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. === Early Life === From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in Hindi. === YouTube Career === Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. This was further influenced by his discovery of Glitch Editz and an Iranian Geotuber on his YouTube Shorts feed. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/Cartoonabad Cartoonabad on YouTube] eb62c3c2da0ba3879a68f3f7c82d6da7b8414a55 353 352 2023-08-10T16:37:12Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Syed Samar''' ([[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad]], [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. === YouTube Career === From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/Cartoonabad Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on Tiktok] fb9c6db55f481d8d5c1db2d33aeab5c681c30a24 354 353 2023-08-10T16:37:25Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Syed Samar''' ([[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad]], [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. === YouTube Career === From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/Cartoonabad Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] 853250114ff2348a29adfd9537c8da78e8c459eb 355 354 2023-08-10T16:38:37Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. === YouTube Career === From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/Cartoonabad Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] b2b45424eedee64014007a259fa195eeb47fc771 356 355 2023-08-10T16:39:49Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. === YouTube Career === From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/Cartoonabad Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] 355912970d557c31bfa1f9fd943d8721b5eed4c5 358 356 2023-08-10T16:41:11Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. === YouTube Career === From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/Cartoonabad Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] e879a8526bffcf64bd7dea425711973e121f4725 359 358 2023-08-10T16:41:27Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. === YouTube Career === From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/Cartoonabad Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] 817d15946017c33f83a855df9d07e09b809f639e 360 359 2023-08-10T16:42:57Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/Cartoonabad Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] 114848a01193ba2edf9197245d0f68b5b8ed9521 6 170 357 2023-08-10T16:40:47Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Cartoonabad wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Cartoonabad db50deb6125f618e3ea519c2687c09da0fdd882d 0 172 362 2023-08-10T17:23:02Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:Saif Sheikh Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits.]] '''Saif Sheikh''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سیف شیخ) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Saif Sheikh Edits'''. == Personal Life == Saif was born on February 4th, 2009, in Lahore, Pakistan. Saif experienced a significant transition in his life when he moved to Chicago in late 2012. Adapting to a new culture and environment, Saif's experience..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Saif Sheikh Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits.]] '''Saif Sheikh''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سیف شیخ) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Saif Sheikh Edits'''. == Personal Life == Saif was born on February 4th, 2009, in Lahore, Pakistan. Saif experienced a significant transition in his life when he moved to Chicago in late 2012. Adapting to a new culture and environment, Saif's experiences in both Lahore and Chicago have played a pivotal role in shaping his perspectives and content. Politically, Saif is a supporter of Imran Khan. == YouTube Career == Saif's journey into the realm of YouTube and geography was inspired by Geotubers like TheGamingKing and UmarEdits. Their content struck a chord with Saif, motivating him to dive into the world of geography content creation. As a result, he commenced his own channel, ''Saif Sheikh Edits'', where he brings a unique blend of his experiences and knowledge to his audience. == See Also == * [https://www.youtube.com/SaifSheikhEdits Saif Sheikh Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/sh2005_4_4/?igshid=OGQ5ZDc2ODk2ZA%3D%3D Saif Sheikh Edits on Instagram] 35af53c5c16db3d76cf3d4fcec4454f7c08c106b 10 173 364 363 2023-08-11T06:26:09Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 0e54065432d540737b9e56c4e3a8e7f74d4534ea 10 174 366 365 2023-08-11T06:26:11Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Module}} | module | other }} }} | module = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<!--End switch--><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 503694836c1b07142e63fd35d8be69ec8bb9ffe7 10 175 368 367 2023-08-11T06:26:12Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|<!--do not show protection level of the module on the doc page, use the second and optionally third parameter if the doc page is also protected -->{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{Pp|{{{2}}}|action={{{3|}}}}}}}|{{Module other|{{ombox | type = notice | image = {{#switch: {{{1|}}} | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = [[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Pre-alpha]] | alpha | a = [[File:Alpha lowercase.svg|26x26px|link=|alt=Alpha]] | beta | b = [[File:Greek lc beta.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Beta]] | release | r | general | g = [[File:Green check.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Ready for use]] | protected | protect | p = [[File:{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|edit|{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox={{FULLBASEPAGENAME}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}|autoconfirmed=Semi|extendedconfirmed=Extended|accountcreator|templateeditor=Template|#default=Full}}-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Protected]] | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi =[[File:Semi-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Semi-protected]] }} | style = | textstyle = | text = {{#switch: {{{1|}}} | pre-alpha | prealpha | pa = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|pre-alpha]]. It is unfinished, and may or may not be in active development. It should not be used from article namespace pages. Modules remain pre-alpha until the original editor (or someone who takes one over if it is abandoned for some time) is satisfied with the basic structure.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | alpha | a = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in alpha|alpha]]. It is ready for third-party input, and may be used on a few pages to see if problems arise, but should be watched. Suggestions for new features or changes in their input and output mechanisms are welcome.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules in alpha|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | beta | b = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in beta|beta]], and is ready for widespread use. It is still new and should be used with some caution to ensure the results are as expected.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules in beta|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | release | r | general | g = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules for general use|ready for general use]]. It has reached a mature form and is thought to be relatively bug-free and ready for use wherever appropriate. It is ready to mention on help pages and other Wikipedia resources as an option for new users to learn. To reduce server load and bad output, it should be improved by [[Wikipedia:Template sandbox and test cases|sandbox testing]] rather than repeated trial-and-error editing.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules for general use|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | protected | protect | p = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] from editing.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | semiprotected | semiprotect | semi = This module is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible module]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[WP:SEMI|semi-protected]] from editing.<!-- -->{{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox=<!-- No category for /doc or /sandbox subpages --> | {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true | <!-- No category if user sets nocat=true --> | [[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]] }} }} | #default = {{error|Module rating is invalid or not specified.}} }} }}|{{error|Error: {{tl|Module rating}} must be placed in the Module namespace.}} [[Category:Pages with templates in the wrong namespace]]|demospace={{{demospace|<noinclude>module</noinclude>}}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{module rating|release|nocat=true|demospace=module}} {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> </noinclude> bbd244b3ea2e13ec4c1c810ae44f2f3789a93efc 828 176 370 369 2023-08-11T06:26:13Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{Module rating|beta}} <!-- Add categories where indicated at the bottom of this page and interwikis at Wikidata --> This module fetches a YouTube channel's subscriber count from its Wikidata entity. == Usage == <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|''subCount''<nowiki>|qid=</nowiki>''Wikidata entity ID'' (optional)<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|''subCountNice''<nowiki>|qid=</nowiki>''Wikidata entity ID'' (optional)<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> – formats the subscriber count <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|''date''<nowiki>|qid=</nowiki>''Wikidata entity ID'' (optional)<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> <code><nowiki>{{</nowiki>#invoke:YouTubeSubscribers|''dateNice''<nowiki>|qid=</nowiki>''Wikidata entity ID'' (optional)<nowiki>}}</nowiki></code> == Data retrieval problem codes == * '''-404''' – Could not find a single best YouTube channel ID for this item. Add a YouTube channel ID or set the rank of one channel ID to be preferred * '''-412''' – Found an associated YouTube channel ID but could not find a most recent value for social media followers (i.e. P8687 qualified with P585 and P2397) * '''-424''' – No qid found for page. Please make a Wikidata item for this article ==Error tracking category== [[:Category:Pages with YouTubeSubscribers module errors]] <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories below this line; interwikis at Wikidata --> [[Category:Wikidata templates]] }}</includeonly> 95e396dd285ce792eaf61ddaa36f81eb3de5de8e 10 177 372 371 2023-08-11T06:26:53Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki <code class="tpl-para" style="word-break:break-word;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}|border: none; background-color: inherit;}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{plain|}}}{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|color: {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{mxt|}}}{{{green|}}}|#006400|{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{!mxt|}}}{{{red|}}}|#8B0000|inherit}}}};}} {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{style|}}}|{{{style}}}}}">&#124;{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}&#61;}}{{{2|}}}</code><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!--Categories and interwikis go near the bottom of the /doc subpage.--> </noinclude> 06006deea2ed5d552aab61b4332321ab749ae7e8 828 178 374 373 2023-08-11T06:26:57Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain return { ["C"] = 649000, ["C-Class"] = 17000, ["C-SPAN"] = 12000, ["C-cmn"] = 2600, ["C-pl"] = 52000, ["C."] = 4000, ["CAN"] = 20000, ["CANelec"] = 14000, ["CANelec/gain"] = 2600, ["CANelec/hold"] = 4900, ["CANelec/source"] = 7100, ["CANelec/top"] = 6400, ["CANelec/total"] = 6200, ["CAS"] = 3800, ["CBB_Standings_End"] = 14000, ["CBB_Standings_Entry"] = 14000, ["CBB_Standings_Start"] = 14000, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_End"] = 3100, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_Entry"] = 3100, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_Start"] = 3000, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_Subhead"] = 3700, ["CBB_Yearly_Record_Subtotal"] = 2900, ["CBB_roster/Footer"] = 7900, ["CBB_roster/Header"] = 7900, ["CBB_roster/Player"] = 7900, ["CBB_schedule_end"] = 11000, ["CBB_schedule_entry"] = 11000, ["CBB_schedule_start"] = 11000, ["CBB_standings_end"] = 15000, ["CBB_standings_entry"] = 15000, ["CBB_standings_start"] = 15000, ["CBB_yearly_record_end"] = 4100, ["CBB_yearly_record_end/legend"] = 3600, ["CBB_yearly_record_entry"] = 4100, ["CBB_yearly_record_start"] = 4000, ["CBB_yearly_record_subhead"] = 3700, ["CBB_yearly_record_subtotal"] = 3800, ["CBSB_Standings_End"] = 4200, ["CBSB_Standings_Entry"] = 4200, ["CBSB_Standings_Start"] = 4200, ["CBSB_link"] = 3500, ["CBSB_standings_end"] = 4400, ["CBSB_standings_entry"] = 4400, ["CBSB_standings_start"] = 4400, ["CC0"] = 3900, ["CENTURY"] = 16000, ["CFB_Standings_End"] = 34000, ["CFB_Standings_Entry"] = 34000, ["CFB_Standings_Start"] = 34000, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_End"] = 6800, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_End/legend"] = 2400, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_Entry"] = 6800, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_Start"] = 6800, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_Subhead"] = 6800, ["CFB_Yearly_Record_Subtotal"] = 6600, ["CFB_schedule"] = 26000, ["CFB_schedule_entry"] = 19000, ["CFB_standings_end"] = 34000, ["CFB_standings_entry"] = 34000, ["CFB_standings_start"] = 34000, ["CFL_Year"] = 5600, ["CGF_year"] = 2600, ["CHE"] = 10000, ["CHI"] = 2700, ["CHL"] = 3600, ["CHN"] = 11000, ["CN"] = 3400, ["CO2"] = 3300, ["COI"] = 14000, ["COIUL"] = 129000, ["COI_editnotice"] = 6700, ["COL"] = 4900, ["COLON"] = 13000, ["CRI"] = 2200, ["CRO"] = 5400, ["CSK"] = 2800, ["CSS_image_crop"] = 4500, ["CUB"] = 3700, ["CURRENTDATE"] = 3600, ["CURRENTMINUTE"] = 2500, ["CYP"] = 2100, ["CZE"] = 15000, ["Calendar"] = 2400, ["California/color"] = 12000, ["Call_sign_disambiguation"] = 3100, ["Campaignbox"] = 23000, ["CanProvName"] = 14000, ["CanadaByProvinceCatNav"] = 9800, ["CanadaProvinceThe"] = 4000, ["Canadian_English"] = 6900, ["Canadian_Parliament_links"] = 5100, ["Canadian_election_result"] = 14000, ["Canadian_election_result/gain"] = 2700, ["Canadian_election_result/hold"] = 5000, ["Canadian_election_result/source"] = 8100, ["Canadian_election_result/top"] = 14000, ["Canadian_election_result/top/ElectionYearTest"] = 5800, ["Canadian_election_result/total"] = 11000, ["Canadian_party_colour"] = 8100, ["Canadian_party_colour/colour"] = 18000, ["Canadian_party_colour/colour/default"] = 18000, ["Canadian_party_colour/name"] = 15000, ["Canadian_party_colour/name/default"] = 6900, ["Canned_search"] = 5500, ["Cardinal_to_word"] = 6400, ["Cascite"] = 15000, ["Caselaw_source"] = 4000, ["Cassini-Ehess"] = 2600, ["Cast_listing"] = 15000, ["Castlist"] = 2400, ["Cat"] = 345000, ["CatAutoTOC"] = 658000, ["CatAutoTOC/core"] = 657000, ["CatRel"] = 3800, ["CatTrack"] = 3100, ["Cat_class"] = 6700, ["Cat_in_use"] = 50000, ["Cat_main"] = 199000, ["Cat_more"] = 101000, ["Cat_more_if_exists"] = 41000, ["Cat_see_also"] = 3500, ["Catalog_lookup_link"] = 515000, ["Category-Class"] = 14000, ["Category-inline"] = 9100, ["Category_TOC"] = 72000, ["Category_TOC/tracking"] = 72000, ["Category_U.S._State_elections_by_year"] = 7300, ["Category_U.S._State_elections_by_year/core"] = 7300, ["Category_class"] = 35000, ["Category_class/column"] = 35000, ["Category_class/second_row_column"] = 35000, ["Category_described_in_year"] = 5700, ["Category_diffuse"] = 7800, ["Category_disambiguation"] = 2400, ["Category_disambiguation/category_link"] = 2400, ["Category_explanation"] = 236000, ["Category_handler"] = 3300000, ["Category_ifexist"] = 5100, ["Category_importance"] = 10000, ["Category_importance/column"] = 10000, ["Category_importance/second_row_column"] = 10000, ["Category_link"] = 135000, ["Category_link_with_count"] = 6800, ["Category_more"] = 111000, ["Category_more_if_exists"] = 41000, ["Category_ordered_by_date"] = 11000, ["Category_other"] = 895000, ["Category_redirect"] = 109000, ["Category_see_also"] = 39000, ["Category_see_also/Category_pair_check"] = 39000, ["Category_see_also_if_exists"] = 72000, ["Category_see_also_if_exists_2"] = 88000, ["Category_title"] = 2400, ["Catexp"] = 7900, ["CathEncy"] = 2300, ["Catholic"] = 4100, ["Catholic_Encyclopedia"] = 5100, ["Catmain"] = 27000, ["Catmore"] = 9400, ["Cbb_link"] = 8700, ["Cbignore"] = 100000, ["Cbsb_link"] = 2100, ["Cc-by-2.5"] = 3800, ["Cc-by-3.0"] = 8600, ["Cc-by-sa-2.5"] = 2600, ["Cc-by-sa-2.5,2.0,1.0"] = 2600, ["Cc-by-sa-3.0"] = 25000, ["Cc-by-sa-3.0,2.5,2.0,1.0"] = 2200, ["Cc-by-sa-3.0-migrated"] = 24000, ["Cc-by-sa-4.0"] = 10000, ["Cc-zero"] = 3800, ["CensusAU"] = 9200, ["Census_2016_AUS"] = 6900, ["Cent"] = 5700, ["Center"] = 287000, ["Centralized_discussion"] = 6100, ["Centralized_discussion/core"] = 6100, ["Centralized_discussion/styles.css"] = 6100, ["Centre"] = 3200, ["Century"] = 2100, ["Century_name_from_decade"] = 2400, ["Century_name_from_decade_or_year"] = 77000, ["Century_name_from_title_decade"] = 7600, ["Century_name_from_title_year"] = 7500, ["Certification_Cite/Title"] = 30000, ["Certification_Cite/URL"] = 33000, ["Certification_Cite/archivedate"] = 6000, ["Certification_Cite/archiveurl"] = 6000, ["Certification_Cite_Ref"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Bottom"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Entry"] = 30000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Foot"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Foot/helper"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Region"] = 30000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales"] = 29000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/BelgianPeriod"] = 2100, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriod"] = 3200, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriodHelper1"] = 3200, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriodHelper2"] = 3200, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/GermanPeriod"] = 4000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/ItalianHelper"] = 3200, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/NewZealandPeriod"] = 2000, ["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/SwedishPeriod"] = 2100, ["Certification_Table_Separator"] = 2300, ["Certification_Table_Top"] = 30000, ["Cfb_link"] = 24000, ["Cfd_result"] = 2400, ["Cfdend"] = 4000, ["Chart"] = 4600, ["Chart/end"] = 4700, ["Chart/start"] = 4600, ["Chart_bottom"] = 3500, ["Chart_top"] = 3500, ["Check_completeness_of_transclusions"] = 7300, ["Check_talk"] = 30000, ["Check_talk_wp"] = 1370000, ["Check_winner_by_scores"] = 13000, ["CheckedSockpuppet"] = 7200, ["Checked_sockpuppet"] = 18000, ["Checkedsockpuppet"] = 5300, ["Checkip"] = 13000, ["Checkuser"] = 75000, ["Checkuserblock-account"] = 17000, ["Chem"] = 5800, ["Chem/atom"] = 5700, ["Chem/link"] = 5800, ["Chem2"] = 4800, ["Chem_molar_mass"] = 18000, ["Chem_molar_mass/format"] = 18000, ["Chembox"] = 14000, ["Chembox/styles.css"] = 14000, ["Chembox_3DMet"] = 14000, ["Chembox_3DMet/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_AllOtherNames"] = 13000, ["Chembox_AllOtherNames/format"] = 13000, ["Chembox_Appearance"] = 6100, ["Chembox_BoilingPt"] = 3800, ["Chembox_CASNo"] = 14000, ["Chembox_CASNo/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_CalcTemperatures"] = 6800, ["Chembox_ChEBI"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChEBI/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChEMBL"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChEMBL/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChemSpiderID"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ChemSpiderID/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_CompTox"] = 14000, ["Chembox_CompTox/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Datapage_check"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Density"] = 4900, ["Chembox_DrugBank"] = 14000, ["Chembox_DrugBank/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ECHA"] = 7600, ["Chembox_ECNumber"] = 14000, ["Chembox_ECNumber/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Elements"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Elements/molecular_formula"] = 18000, ["Chembox_Footer"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Footer/tracking"] = 14000, ["Chembox_GHS_(set)"] = 3500, ["Chembox_Hazards"] = 12000, ["Chembox_IUPHAR_ligand"] = 14000, ["Chembox_IUPHAR_ligand/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Identifiers"] = 14000, ["Chembox_InChI"] = 13000, ["Chembox_InChI/format"] = 13000, ["Chembox_Indexlist"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Jmol"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Jmol/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_KEGG"] = 14000, ["Chembox_KEGG/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_MeltingPt"] = 5800, ["Chembox_Properties"] = 14000, ["Chembox_PubChem"] = 14000, ["Chembox_PubChem/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_RTECS"] = 14000, ["Chembox_RTECS/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_Related"] = 3400, ["Chembox_SMILES"] = 13000, ["Chembox_SMILES/format"] = 13000, ["Chembox_SolubilityInWater"] = 3900, ["Chembox_Structure"] = 2100, ["Chembox_UNII"] = 14000, ["Chembox_UNII/format"] = 14000, ["Chembox_headerbar"] = 14000, ["Chembox_image"] = 13000, ["Chembox_image_cell"] = 12000, ["Chembox_image_sbs"] = 13000, ["Chembox_parametercheck"] = 13000, ["Chembox_setDatarow"] = 4500, ["Chembox_setHeader"] = 4500, ["Chembox_templatePar/formatPreviewMessage"] = 14000, ["Chembox_verification"] = 7100, ["Chemicals"] = 7400, ["Chemistry"] = 3100, ["Chemspidercite"] = 11000, ["Chessgames_player"] = 3600, ["Chinese"] = 7200, ["Chr"] = 9100, ["ChristianityWikiProject"] = 5700, ["Circa"] = 70000, ["Circular_reference"] = 4100, ["Citation"] = 403000, ["Citation/make_link"] = 6000, ["Citation/styles.css"] = 46000, ["Citation_needed"] = 544000, ["Citation_needed_span"] = 3500, ["Citation_style"] = 4300, ["Cite_AV_media"] = 43000, ["Cite_AV_media_notes"] = 26000, ["Cite_Appletons'"] = 2400, ["Cite_Australian_Dictionary_of_Biography"] = 3300, ["Cite_Catholic_Encyclopedia"] = 8100, ["Cite_Colledge2006"] = 3100, ["Cite_DCB"] = 2800, ["Cite_DNB"] = 18000, ["Cite_EB1911"] = 25000, ["Cite_GNIS"] = 2300, ["Cite_Gaia_DR2"] = 2100, ["Cite_IUCN"] = 58000, ["Cite_Instagram"] = 2000, ["Cite_Jewish_Encyclopedia"] = 2900, ["Cite_NIE"] = 3600, ["Cite_NSW_Parliament"] = 3300, ["Cite_NSW_SHR"] = 2600, ["Cite_ODNB"] = 17000, ["Cite_Q"] = 44000, ["Cite_QHR"] = 3000, ["Cite_QPN"] = 4000, ["Cite_Rowlett"] = 2500, ["Cite_Russian_law"] = 7800, ["Cite_Ryan"] = 3200, ["Cite_Sports-Reference"] = 54000, ["Cite_USGov"] = 24000, ["Cite_WoRMS"] = 5400, ["Cite_act"] = 2700, ["Cite_arXiv"] = 5000, ["Cite_bcgnis"] = 3100, ["Cite_book"] = 1590000, ["Cite_certification"] = 33000, ["Cite_cgndb"] = 3300, ["Cite_comic"] = 2100, ["Cite_conference"] = 16000, ["Cite_court"] = 5400, ["Cite_court/styles.css"] = 5400, ["Cite_dictionary"] = 3600, ["Cite_document"] = 5200, ["Cite_encyclopedia"] = 204000, ["Cite_episode"] = 17000, ["Cite_gnis"] = 34000, ["Cite_interview"] = 7700, ["Cite_iucn"] = 58000, ["Cite_journal"] = 957000, ["Cite_magazine"] = 269000, ["Cite_map"] = 39000, ["Cite_news"] = 1510000, ["Cite_newspaper_The_Times"] = 6500, ["Cite_patent"] = 5500, ["Cite_patent/authors"] = 4400, ["Cite_patent/core"] = 5800, ["Cite_peakbagger"] = 4500, ["Cite_podcast"] = 3800, ["Cite_press_release"] = 65000, ["Cite_report"] = 35000, ["Cite_rowlett"] = 2500, ["Cite_simbad"] = 4500, ["Cite_sports-reference"] = 59000, ["Cite_thesis"] = 32000, ["Cite_tweet"] = 36000, ["Cite_video"] = 12000, ["Cite_video_game"] = 3100, ["Cite_web"] = 4560000, ["Cite_wikisource"] = 5600, ["Cite_wikisource/make_link"] = 58000, ["Civil_navigation"] = 2700, ["Cl"] = 132000, ["Clade"] = 7500, ["Clade/styles.css"] = 7600, ["Clarify"] = 40000, ["Class"] = 686000, ["Class/colour"] = 8560000, ["Class/icon"] = 21000, ["Class_mask"] = 8340000, ["Class_mask/b"] = 342000, ["Classical"] = 6900, ["Classicon"] = 4700, ["Clc"] = 5900, ["Cleanup"] = 10000, ["Cleanup_bare_URLs"] = 28000, ["Cleanup_reorganize"] = 2500, ["Cleanup_rewrite"] = 5900, ["Clear"] = 2940000, ["Clear-left"] = 4100, ["Clear_left"] = 31000, ["Clear_right"] = 2700, ["Clerk-Note"] = 9800, ["Clerk_Request"] = 2000, ["Clerknote"] = 7400, ["Clickable_button"] = 16000, ["Clickable_button_2"] = 957000, ["Closed_access"] = 4400, ["Closed_rfc_top"] = 2200, ["Clr"] = 3600, ["Clubplayerscat"] = 8500, ["Cmbox"] = 418000, ["Cn"] = 93000, ["Cnote2"] = 2300, ["Cnote2_Begin"] = 2300, ["Cnote2_End"] = 2300, ["Coat_of_arms"] = 5200, ["Cob"] = 12000, ["Code"] = 50000, ["Col-1-of-2"] = 2400, ["Col-2"] = 170000, ["Col-2-of-2"] = 2300, ["Col-3"] = 10000, ["Col-4"] = 3500, ["Col-begin"] = 212000, ["Col-break"] = 211000, ["Col-end"] = 211000, ["Col-float"] = 2700, ["Col-float-break"] = 2600, ["Col-float-end"] = 2700, ["Col-float/styles.css"] = 2700, ["Col-start"] = 20000, ["Colbegin"] = 21000, ["Colend"] = 24000, ["Collapse"] = 9700, ["Collapse_bottom"] = 51000, ["Collapse_top"] = 52000, ["Collapsebottom"] = 3800, ["Collapsetop"] = 3800, ["Collapsible_list"] = 53000, ["Collapsible_option"] = 134000, ["College"] = 8800, ["CollegePrimaryHeader"] = 5900, ["CollegePrimaryStyle"] = 96000, ["CollegeSecondaryStyle"] = 3500, ["College_Athlete_Recruit_End"] = 2900, ["College_Athlete_Recruit_Entry"] = 3000, ["College_Athlete_Recruit_Start"] = 2900, ["College_athlete_recruit_end"] = 4000, ["College_athlete_recruit_entry"] = 4200, ["College_athlete_recruit_start"] = 4200, ["College_color_list"] = 3900, ["Colon"] = 18000, ["Color"] = 469000, ["Color_box"] = 73000, ["Colorbox"] = 3600, ["Colorbull"] = 4900, ["Colored_link"] = 63000, ["Colors"] = 3800, ["Colour"] = 5800, ["Coloured_link"] = 6900, ["Column"] = 2400, ["Column/styles.css"] = 2400, ["Columns-end"] = 2100, ["Columns-list"] = 98000, ["Columns-start"] = 2200, ["Comedy"] = 2500, ["Comic_Book_DB"] = 3500, ["Comicbookdb"] = 3500, ["Comics-replaceability"] = 2900, ["Comics_infobox_sec/creator_nat"] = 2800, ["Comics_infobox_sec/formcat"] = 3200, ["Comics_infobox_sec/genre"] = 4000, ["Comics_infobox_sec/genrecat"] = 3600, ["Comics_infobox_sec/styles.css"] = 8100, ["Comicsproj"] = 28000, ["Comma_separated_entries"] = 426000, ["Comma_separated_values"] = 45000, ["Comment"] = 5200, ["Committed_identity"] = 3000, ["Committed_identity/styles.css"] = 3000, ["Commons"] = 66000, ["Commons-inline"] = 20000, ["Commons_cat"] = 48000, ["Commons_category"] = 844000, ["Commons_category-inline"] = 147000, ["Commons_category_inline"] = 6000, ["Commonscat"] = 65000, ["Commonscat-inline"] = 17000, ["Commonscat_inline"] = 2400, ["Commonscatinline"] = 6600, ["Compact_TOC"] = 7000, ["Compact_ToC"] = 4800, ["Compare"] = 5200, ["Compare_image_with_Wikidata"] = 10000, ["Composition_bar"] = 10000, ["Confirmed"] = 16000, ["Confused"] = 2800, ["Confusing"] = 2400, ["CongBio"] = 9600, ["CongLinks"] = 4600, ["Connected_contributor"] = 18000, ["Connected_contributor_(paid)"] = 6800, ["Constellation_navbox"] = 6800, ["Container"] = 11000, ["Container_cat"] = 7600, ["Container_category"] = 42000, ["Containercat"] = 2600, ["Contains_special_characters"] = 4100, ["Contains_special_characters/core"] = 4100, ["Contains_special_characters/styles.css"] = 4100, ["Content_category"] = 7600, ["Contentious_topics/list"] = 13000, ["Contentious_topics/page_restriction_editnotice_base"] = 2400, ["Contentious_topics/page_restriction_talk_notice_base"] = 3600, ["Contentious_topics/talk_notice"] = 6600, ["Context"] = 2700, ["Continent2continental"] = 16000, ["Continent_adjective_to_noun"] = 2200, ["Controversial"] = 3300, ["Convert"] = 1170000, ["Convinfobox"] = 204000, ["Convinfobox/2"] = 17000, ["Convinfobox/3"] = 119000, ["Convinfobox/pri2"] = 63000, ["Convinfobox/prisec2"] = 3100, ["Convinfobox/prisec3"] = 26000, ["Convinfobox/sec2"] = 9300, ["Coord"] = 1330000, ["Coord_missing"] = 95000, ["Coord_missing/CheckCat"] = 95000, ["Coords"] = 7600, ["Copied"] = 19000, ["Copy_edit"] = 2500, ["Copy_to_Wikimedia_Commons"] = 109000, ["Copyvios"] = 4800, ["Cospar"] = 2500, ["Cot"] = 12000, ["Count"] = 661000, ["Country2continent"] = 36000, ["Country2continental"] = 2400, ["Country2nationality"] = 343000, ["CountryPrefixThe"] = 109000, ["Country_abbreviation"] = 88000, ["Country_alias"] = 16000, ["Country_at_games_navbox"] = 2700, ["Country_at_games_navbox/below"] = 2600, ["Country_data"] = 6900, ["Country_data_AFG"] = 2200, ["Country_data_ALB"] = 6600, ["Country_data_ALG"] = 9400, ["Country_data_AND"] = 3000, ["Country_data_ANG"] = 3900, ["Country_data_ARG"] = 47000, ["Country_data_ARM"] = 7400, ["Country_data_AUS"] = 76000, ["Country_data_AUT"] = 46000, ["Country_data_AZE"] = 9100, ["Country_data_Afghanistan"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Alaska"] = 2100, ["Country_data_Albania"] = 20000, ["Country_data_Alberta"] = 3600, ["Country_data_Algeria"] = 25000, ["Country_data_American_Samoa"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Andorra"] = 7900, ["Country_data_Angola"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Anguilla"] = 2500, ["Country_data_Antigua_and_Barbuda"] = 6100, ["Country_data_Apulia"] = 7900, ["Country_data_Argentina"] = 81000, ["Country_data_Arizona"] = 2300, ["Country_data_Arkansas"] = 2000, ["Country_data_Armenia"] = 22000, ["Country_data_Aruba"] = 3600, ["Country_data_Australia"] = 126000, ["Country_data_Austria"] = 78000, ["Country_data_Azerbaijan"] = 28000, ["Country_data_BAH"] = 4000, ["Country_data_BAN"] = 3900, ["Country_data_BAR"] = 2400, ["Country_data_BEL"] = 51000, ["Country_data_BER"] = 2300, ["Country_data_BHR"] = 4600, ["Country_data_BIH"] = 13000, ["Country_data_BLR"] = 24000, ["Country_data_BOL"] = 5800, ["Country_data_BOT"] = 2300, ["Country_data_BRA"] = 57000, ["Country_data_BUL"] = 26000, ["Country_data_Bahamas"] = 9800, ["Country_data_Bahrain"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Bangladesh"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Barbados"] = 8000, ["Country_data_Belarus"] = 44000, ["Country_data_Belgium"] = 89000, ["Country_data_Belize"] = 5300, ["Country_data_Benin"] = 7400, ["Country_data_Bermuda"] = 5800, ["Country_data_Bhutan"] = 4700, ["Country_data_Bolivia"] = 15000, ["Country_data_Bosnia_and_Herzegovina"] = 29000, ["Country_data_Botswana"] = 9200, ["Country_data_Brazil"] = 102000, ["Country_data_British_Columbia"] = 3400, ["Country_data_British_Raj"] = 2200, ["Country_data_British_Virgin_Islands"] = 3300, ["Country_data_Brunei"] = 6300, ["Country_data_Bulgaria"] = 52000, ["Country_data_Burkina_Faso"] = 10000, ["Country_data_Burma"] = 2700, ["Country_data_Burundi"] = 6100, ["Country_data_CAM"] = 2100, ["Country_data_CAN"] = 58000, ["Country_data_CGO"] = 2400, ["Country_data_CHE"] = 4700, ["Country_data_CHI"] = 18000, ["Country_data_CHL"] = 2100, ["Country_data_CHN"] = 42000, ["Country_data_CIV"] = 8100, ["Country_data_CMR"] = 8700, ["Country_data_COD"] = 3200, ["Country_data_COL"] = 25000, ["Country_data_CPV"] = 2100, ["Country_data_CRC"] = 6700, ["Country_data_CRO"] = 33000, ["Country_data_CUB"] = 10000, ["Country_data_CYP"] = 9100, ["Country_data_CZE"] = 46000, ["Country_data_California"] = 5900, ["Country_data_Cambodia"] = 8800, ["Country_data_Cameroon"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Canada"] = 122000, ["Country_data_Cape_Verde"] = 6400, ["Country_data_Castile_and_León"] = 2000, ["Country_data_Catalonia"] = 3100, ["Country_data_Cayman_Islands"] = 4200, ["Country_data_Central_African_Republic"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Chad"] = 5600, ["Country_data_Chile"] = 40000, ["Country_data_China"] = 83000, ["Country_data_Chinese_Taipei"] = 20000, ["Country_data_Colombia"] = 46000, ["Country_data_Colorado"] = 5700, ["Country_data_Comoros"] = 4400, ["Country_data_Confederate_States_of_America"] = 3100, ["Country_data_Connecticut"] = 3200, ["Country_data_Cook_Islands"] = 3800, ["Country_data_Costa_Rica"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Croatia"] = 57000, ["Country_data_Cuba"] = 23000, ["Country_data_Curaçao"] = 3600, ["Country_data_Cyprus"] = 23000, ["Country_data_Czech_Republic"] = 81000, ["Country_data_Czechoslovakia"] = 19000, ["Country_data_DEN"] = 34000, ["Country_data_DEU"] = 8700, ["Country_data_DNK"] = 3600, ["Country_data_DOM"] = 7300, ["Country_data_Democratic_Republic_of_the_Congo"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Denmark"] = 69000, ["Country_data_Djibouti"] = 4600, ["Country_data_Dominica"] = 4300, ["Country_data_Dominican_Republic"] = 17000, ["Country_data_ECU"] = 12000, ["Country_data_EGY"] = 13000, ["Country_data_ENG"] = 47000, ["Country_data_ESA"] = 2300, ["Country_data_ESP"] = 73000, ["Country_data_EST"] = 14000, ["Country_data_ETH"] = 3600, ["Country_data_EU"] = 3700, ["Country_data_East_Germany"] = 14000, ["Country_data_East_Timor"] = 5000, ["Country_data_Ecuador"] = 25000, ["Country_data_Egypt"] = 32000, ["Country_data_El_Salvador"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Empire_of_Japan"] = 4000, ["Country_data_England"] = 97000, ["Country_data_Equatorial_Guinea"] = 5200, ["Country_data_Eritrea"] = 5400, ["Country_data_Estonia"] = 34000, ["Country_data_Eswatini"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Ethiopia"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Europe"] = 2400, ["Country_data_European_Union"] = 7400, ["Country_data_FIJ"] = 3800, ["Country_data_FIN"] = 34000, ["Country_data_FRA"] = 98000, ["Country_data_FRG"] = 15000, ["Country_data_FRO"] = 2000, ["Country_data_FR_Yugoslavia"] = 4000, ["Country_data_Faroe_Islands"] = 5400, ["Country_data_Federated_States_of_Micronesia"] = 3100, ["Country_data_Fiji"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Finland"] = 68000, ["Country_data_Florida"] = 6500, ["Country_data_France"] = 193000, ["Country_data_French_Guiana"] = 2100, ["Country_data_French_Polynesia"] = 3800, ["Country_data_GAB"] = 2400, ["Country_data_GAM"] = 2100, ["Country_data_GBR"] = 55000, ["Country_data_GDR"] = 8400, ["Country_data_GEO"] = 14000, ["Country_data_GER"] = 82000, ["Country_data_GHA"] = 9800, ["Country_data_GRE"] = 25000, ["Country_data_GUA"] = 5000, ["Country_data_GUI"] = 3200, ["Country_data_GUY"] = 2300, ["Country_data_Gabon"] = 7600, ["Country_data_Gambia"] = 6800, ["Country_data_Georgia"] = 10000, ["Country_data_Georgia_(U.S._state)"] = 2800, ["Country_data_Georgia_(country)"] = 29000, ["Country_data_German_Empire"] = 5400, ["Country_data_Germany"] = 151000, ["Country_data_Ghana"] = 24000, ["Country_data_Gibraltar"] = 5000, ["Country_data_Great_Britain"] = 74000, ["Country_data_Greece"] = 57000, ["Country_data_Greenland"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Grenada"] = 5200, ["Country_data_Guadeloupe"] = 2800, ["Country_data_Guam"] = 4700, ["Country_data_Guatemala"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Guernsey"] = 2200, ["Country_data_Guinea"] = 8400, ["Country_data_Guinea-Bissau"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Guyana"] = 7400, ["Country_data_HAI"] = 3100, ["Country_data_HKG"] = 13000, ["Country_data_HON"] = 4300, ["Country_data_HUN"] = 37000, ["Country_data_Haiti"] = 8700, ["Country_data_Honduras"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Hong_Kong"] = 26000, ["Country_data_Hungary"] = 70000, ["Country_data_IDN"] = 5000, ["Country_data_INA"] = 10000, ["Country_data_IND"] = 30000, ["Country_data_IRE"] = 10000, ["Country_data_IRI"] = 5500, ["Country_data_IRL"] = 21000, ["Country_data_IRN"] = 6300, ["Country_data_IRQ"] = 4200, ["Country_data_ISL"] = 8600, ["Country_data_ISR"] = 21000, ["Country_data_ITA"] = 86000, ["Country_data_Iceland"] = 23000, ["Country_data_Idaho"] = 2000, ["Country_data_Illinois"] = 4400, ["Country_data_India"] = 109000, ["Country_data_Indiana"] = 2700, ["Country_data_Indonesia"] = 37000, ["Country_data_Iowa"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Iran"] = 92000, ["Country_data_Iraq"] = 14000, ["Country_data_Ireland"] = 34000, ["Country_data_Isle_of_Man"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Israel"] = 46000, ["Country_data_Italy"] = 145000, ["Country_data_Ivory_Coast"] = 18000, ["Country_data_JAM"] = 9800, ["Country_data_JOR"] = 4000, ["Country_data_JP"] = 8100, ["Country_data_JPN"] = 59000, ["Country_data_Jamaica"] = 21000, ["Country_data_Japan"] = 119000, ["Country_data_Jersey"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Jordan"] = 12000, ["Country_data_KAZ"] = 20000, ["Country_data_KEN"] = 7400, ["Country_data_KGZ"] = 3800, ["Country_data_KOR"] = 31000, ["Country_data_KOS"] = 2400, ["Country_data_KSA"] = 6000, ["Country_data_KUW"] = 4100, ["Country_data_Kazakhstan"] = 34000, ["Country_data_Kenya"] = 20000, ["Country_data_Kingdom_of_France"] = 2100, ["Country_data_Kingdom_of_Great_Britain"] = 4800, ["Country_data_Kingdom_of_Italy"] = 4200, ["Country_data_Kiribati"] = 3000, ["Country_data_Kosovo"] = 8800, ["Country_data_Kuwait"] = 11000, ["Country_data_Kyrgyzstan"] = 9300, ["Country_data_LAT"] = 15000, ["Country_data_LBN"] = 2400, ["Country_data_LIB"] = 2600, ["Country_data_LIE"] = 3100, ["Country_data_LIT"] = 3100, ["Country_data_LTU"] = 12000, ["Country_data_LUX"] = 10000, ["Country_data_LVA"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Laos"] = 7500, ["Country_data_Latvia"] = 32000, ["Country_data_Lebanon"] = 15000, ["Country_data_Lesotho"] = 5200, ["Country_data_Liberia"] = 7300, ["Country_data_Libya"] = 8700, ["Country_data_Liechtenstein"] = 7800, ["Country_data_Lithuania"] = 31000, ["Country_data_Luxembourg"] = 24000, ["Country_data_MAC"] = 2400, ["Country_data_MAD"] = 2000, ["Country_data_MAR"] = 12000, ["Country_data_MAS"] = 11000, ["Country_data_MDA"] = 7700, ["Country_data_MEX"] = 30000, ["Country_data_MGL"] = 2900, ["Country_data_MKD"] = 7600, ["Country_data_MLI"] = 4400, ["Country_data_MLT"] = 5600, ["Country_data_MNE"] = 7900, ["Country_data_MON"] = 3700, ["Country_data_MOZ"] = 2200, ["Country_data_MRI"] = 2100, ["Country_data_MYA"] = 3000, ["Country_data_MYS"] = 3700, ["Country_data_Macau"] = 6400, ["Country_data_Macedonia"] = 4900, ["Country_data_Madagascar"] = 9100, ["Country_data_Malawi"] = 5700, ["Country_data_Malaysia"] = 36000, ["Country_data_Maldives"] = 6100, ["Country_data_Mali"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Malta"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Manitoba"] = 2500, ["Country_data_Marshall_Islands"] = 3700, ["Country_data_Martinique"] = 2800, ["Country_data_Maryland"] = 3100, ["Country_data_Massachusetts"] = 3000, ["Country_data_Mauritania"] = 5900, ["Country_data_Mauritius"] = 8000, ["Country_data_Mexico"] = 67000, ["Country_data_Michigan"] = 4300, ["Country_data_Minnesota"] = 3700, ["Country_data_Missouri"] = 2000, ["Country_data_Moldova"] = 19000, ["Country_data_Monaco"] = 10000, ["Country_data_Mongolia"] = 9800, ["Country_data_Montana"] = 2100, ["Country_data_Montenegro"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Montserrat"] = 2500, ["Country_data_Morocco"] = 27000, ["Country_data_Mozambique"] = 7300, ["Country_data_Myanmar"] = 14000, ["Country_data_NAM"] = 3400, ["Country_data_NED"] = 60000, ["Country_data_NEP"] = 2900, ["Country_data_NGA"] = 8200, ["Country_data_NGR"] = 8100, ["Country_data_NIR"] = 10000, ["Country_data_NLD"] = 6100, ["Country_data_NOR"] = 30000, ["Country_data_NZ"] = 3200, ["Country_data_NZL"] = 32000, ["Country_data_Namibia"] = 9900, ["Country_data_Nauru"] = 2500, ["Country_data_Nazi_Germany"] = 9700, ["Country_data_Nepal"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Netherlands"] = 114000, ["Country_data_Netherlands_Antilles"] = 2300, ["Country_data_New_Brunswick"] = 2500, ["Country_data_New_Caledonia"] = 3400, ["Country_data_New_Jersey"] = 4200, ["Country_data_New_South_Wales"] = 5800, ["Country_data_New_York"] = 4800, ["Country_data_New_York_(state)"] = 6800, ["Country_data_New_Zealand"] = 67000, ["Country_data_Newfoundland_and_Labrador"] = 2300, ["Country_data_Nicaragua"] = 8300, ["Country_data_Niger"] = 6000, ["Country_data_Nigeria"] = 33000, ["Country_data_North_Carolina"] = 3500, ["Country_data_North_Korea"] = 13000, ["Country_data_North_Macedonia"] = 18000, ["Country_data_Northern_Ireland"] = 15000, ["Country_data_Northern_Mariana_Islands"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Norway"] = 73000, ["Country_data_Nova_Scotia"] = 2300, ["Country_data_OMA"] = 2700, ["Country_data_Ohio"] = 4800, ["Country_data_Oman"] = 8700, ["Country_data_Ontario"] = 3800, ["Country_data_Ottoman_Empire"] = 2500, ["Country_data_PAK"] = 7900, ["Country_data_PAN"] = 5800, ["Country_data_PAR"] = 10000, ["Country_data_PER"] = 12000, ["Country_data_PHI"] = 12000, ["Country_data_PHL"] = 2500, ["Country_data_PNG"] = 2700, ["Country_data_POL"] = 50000, ["Country_data_POR"] = 31000, ["Country_data_PRC"] = 2100, ["Country_data_PRK"] = 4600, ["Country_data_PRT"] = 2900, ["Country_data_PUR"] = 7300, ["Country_data_Pakistan"] = 29000, ["Country_data_Palau"] = 3000, ["Country_data_Palestine"] = 6800, ["Country_data_Panama"] = 16000, ["Country_data_Papua_New_Guinea"] = 8000, ["Country_data_Paraguay"] = 21000, ["Country_data_Pennsylvania"] = 3700, ["Country_data_People's_Republic_of_China"] = 3300, ["Country_data_Peru"] = 30000, ["Country_data_Philippines"] = 35000, ["Country_data_Poland"] = 150000, ["Country_data_Portugal"] = 68000, ["Country_data_Prussia"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Puerto_Rico"] = 17000, ["Country_data_QAT"] = 7900, ["Country_data_Qatar"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Quebec"] = 4200, ["Country_data_ROM"] = 13000, ["Country_data_ROU"] = 26000, ["Country_data_RSA"] = 31000, ["Country_data_RUS"] = 63000, ["Country_data_Republic_of_China"] = 5700, ["Country_data_Republic_of_Ireland"] = 26000, ["Country_data_Republic_of_the_Congo"] = 7700, ["Country_data_Romania"] = 68000, ["Country_data_Russia"] = 115000, ["Country_data_Russian_Empire"] = 4900, ["Country_data_Rwanda"] = 7600, ["Country_data_SAM"] = 3100, ["Country_data_SCG"] = 3100, ["Country_data_SCO"] = 26000, ["Country_data_SEN"] = 8000, ["Country_data_SER"] = 3600, ["Country_data_SGP"] = 2800, ["Country_data_SIN"] = 7000, ["Country_data_SLO"] = 19000, ["Country_data_SLV"] = 3000, ["Country_data_SMR"] = 3100, ["Country_data_SPA"] = 4800, ["Country_data_SRB"] = 26000, ["Country_data_SRI"] = 4700, ["Country_data_SUI"] = 42000, ["Country_data_SUR"] = 2000, ["Country_data_SVK"] = 29000, ["Country_data_SVN"] = 6700, ["Country_data_SWE"] = 57000, ["Country_data_SWI"] = 4700, ["Country_data_SYR"] = 3600, ["Country_data_Saint_Kitts_and_Nevis"] = 4800, ["Country_data_Saint_Lucia"] = 4900, ["Country_data_Saint_Vincent_and_the_Grenadines"] = 4800, ["Country_data_Samoa"] = 7700, ["Country_data_San_Marino"] = 8500, ["Country_data_Saskatchewan"] = 2900, ["Country_data_Saudi_Arabia"] = 19000, ["Country_data_Scotland"] = 52000, ["Country_data_Senegal"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Serbia"] = 54000, ["Country_data_Serbia_and_Montenegro"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Seychelles"] = 5500, ["Country_data_Sierra_Leone"] = 7400, ["Country_data_Singapore"] = 27000, ["Country_data_Slovakia"] = 51000, ["Country_data_Slovenia"] = 43000, ["Country_data_Solomon_Islands"] = 4700, ["Country_data_Somalia"] = 6200, ["Country_data_South_Africa"] = 70000, ["Country_data_South_Carolina"] = 3300, ["Country_data_South_Korea"] = 66000, ["Country_data_South_Sudan"] = 4100, ["Country_data_Soviet_Union"] = 36000, ["Country_data_Spain"] = 133000, ["Country_data_Sri_Lanka"] = 19000, ["Country_data_Sudan"] = 8100, ["Country_data_Suriname"] = 6500, ["Country_data_Sweden"] = 101000, ["Country_data_Switzerland"] = 83000, ["Country_data_Syria"] = 15000, ["Country_data_São_Tomé_and_Príncipe"] = 3400, ["Country_data_TAN"] = 2500, ["Country_data_TCH"] = 11000, ["Country_data_THA"] = 21000, ["Country_data_TJK"] = 2600, ["Country_data_TKM"] = 2800, ["Country_data_TPE"] = 15000, ["Country_data_TRI"] = 4800, ["Country_data_TUN"] = 11000, ["Country_data_TUR"] = 28000, ["Country_data_Taiwan"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Tajikistan"] = 9000, ["Country_data_Tanzania"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Texas"] = 5300, ["Country_data_Thailand"] = 44000, ["Country_data_Togo"] = 7000, ["Country_data_Tonga"] = 6400, ["Country_data_Trinidad_and_Tobago"] = 14000, ["Country_data_Tunisia"] = 22000, ["Country_data_Turkey"] = 74000, ["Country_data_Turkmenistan"] = 7900, ["Country_data_Turks_and_Caicos_Islands"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Tuvalu"] = 2800, ["Country_data_U.S."] = 2100, ["Country_data_U.S._Virgin_Islands"] = 4800, ["Country_data_UAE"] = 9300, ["Country_data_UGA"] = 4100, ["Country_data_UK"] = 19000, ["Country_data_UKGBI"] = 3100, ["Country_data_UKR"] = 37000, ["Country_data_URS"] = 14000, ["Country_data_URU"] = 15000, ["Country_data_US"] = 4900, ["Country_data_USA"] = 133000, ["Country_data_USSR"] = 4500, ["Country_data_UZB"] = 12000, ["Country_data_Uganda"] = 13000, ["Country_data_Ukraine"] = 73000, ["Country_data_United_Arab_Emirates"] = 20000, ["Country_data_United_Kingdom"] = 89000, ["Country_data_United_Kingdom_of_Great_Britain_and_Ireland"] = 4400, ["Country_data_United_Nations"] = 4000, ["Country_data_United_States"] = 282000, ["Country_data_United_States_of_America"] = 5000, ["Country_data_Uruguay"] = 29000, ["Country_data_Uzbekistan"] = 21000, ["Country_data_VEN"] = 17000, ["Country_data_VIE"] = 6400, ["Country_data_Vanuatu"] = 5100, ["Country_data_Vatican_City"] = 2300, ["Country_data_Venezuela"] = 33000, ["Country_data_Vietnam"] = 23000, ["Country_data_Virginia"] = 2900, ["Country_data_WAL"] = 17000, ["Country_data_Wales"] = 34000, ["Country_data_Washington"] = 3400, ["Country_data_Washington,_D.C."] = 2200, ["Country_data_Washington_(state)"] = 3700, ["Country_data_West_Germany"] = 24000, ["Country_data_West_Indies"] = 2600, ["Country_data_Wisconsin"] = 5200, ["Country_data_YUG"] = 9700, ["Country_data_Yemen"] = 7800, ["Country_data_Yugoslavia"] = 18000, ["Country_data_ZAF"] = 4700, ["Country_data_ZAM"] = 3300, ["Country_data_ZIM"] = 8300, ["Country_data_Zambia"] = 9600, ["Country_data_Zimbabwe"] = 18000, ["Country_flagbio"] = 27000, ["Country_name"] = 23000, ["Country_showdata"] = 6100, ["Country_topics"] = 22000, ["County"] = 7700, ["County_(judet)_of_Romania"] = 3300, ["Course_assignment"] = 4200, ["Course_details"] = 6300, ["Course_instructor"] = 2400, ["Cquote"] = 37000, ["Cr"] = 4300, ["Cr-rt"] = 2100, ["Create_taxonomy/link"] = 107000, ["Cref2"] = 2300, ["Cricinfo"] = 24000, ["Cricketarchive"] = 3000, ["Crime_opentask"] = 49000, ["Croatian_Census_2011"] = 2100, ["Cross"] = 3200, ["Crossreference"] = 2600, ["Crossreference/styles.css"] = 2600, ["Csv"] = 3000, ["Ct"] = 12000, ["Curlie"] = 6700, ["Currency"] = 3600, ["Current_events"] = 8200, ["Current_events/styles.css"] = 8200, ["Currentdate"] = 22000, ["Cvt"] = 103000, ["Cycling_Archives"] = 4300, ["Cycling_archives"] = 2500, ["Cycling_data_LTS"] = 2100, ["Cycling_data_TJV"] = 2000, ["Cycling_team_link"] = 12000, ["Module:CFB_schedule"] = 26000, ["Module:CallAssert"] = 244000, ["Module:CanElecResTopTest"] = 5800, ["Module:CanadaByProvinceCatNav"] = 9800, ["Module:Cat_main"] = 199000, ["Module:Catalog_lookup_link"] = 515000, ["Module:Category_described_in_year"] = 5700, ["Module:Category_described_in_year/conf"] = 5700, ["Module:Category_handler"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_handler/blacklist"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_handler/config"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_handler/data"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_handler/shared"] = 4430000, ["Module:Category_more_if_exists"] = 41000, ["Module:Category_pair"] = 6100, ["Module:Category_see_also"] = 39000, ["Module:Celestial_object_quadrangle"] = 2300, ["Module:Check_DYK_hook"] = 114000, ["Module:Check_for_clobbered_parameters"] = 1210000, ["Module:Check_for_deprecated_parameters"] = 59000, ["Module:Check_for_unknown_parameters"] = 18500000, ["Module:Check_isxn"] = 481000, ["Module:Check_winner_by_scores"] = 13000, ["Module:Checkuser"] = 76000, ["Module:Chem2"] = 4800, ["Module:Chem2/styles.css"] = 4800, ["Module:Citation/CS1"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/COinS"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions"] = 24000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist"] = 5580000, ["Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css"] = 5720000, ["Module:Cite_IUCN"] = 58000, ["Module:Cite_Q"] = 44000, ["Module:Cite_tweet"] = 36000, ["Module:Cite_web"] = 40000, ["Module:Clade"] = 7600, ["Module:Class"] = 10200000, ["Module:Class/definition.json"] = 10200000, ["Module:Class/styles.css"] = 9380000, ["Module:Class_mask"] = 10500000, ["Module:Clickable_button_2"] = 957000, ["Module:Collapsible_list"] = 55000, ["Module:College_color"] = 127000, ["Module:College_color/data"] = 127000, ["Module:Color_contrast"] = 499000, ["Module:Color_contrast/colors"] = 501000, ["Module:Commons_link"] = 257000, ["Module:Complex_date"] = 66000, ["Module:Convert"] = 1230000, ["Module:Convert/data"] = 1230000, ["Module:Convert/helper"] = 8600, ["Module:Convert/text"] = 1230000, ["Module:Convert/wikidata"] = 3300, ["Module:Convert/wikidata/data"] = 3300, ["Module:ConvertNumeric"] = 21000, ["Module:Convert_character_width"] = 2800, ["Module:Convert_character_width/data"] = 2800, ["Module:Coordinates"] = 1330000, ["Module:Coordinates/styles.css"] = 1330000, ["Module:Copied"] = 19000, ["Module:Count_banners"] = 47000, ["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym"] = 45000, ["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/Adjectives"] = 45000, ["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/Demonyms"] = 45000, ["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/The"] = 45000, ["Module:CountryData"] = 143000, ["Module:CountryData/cacheA"] = 12000, ["Module:CountryData/cacheB"] = 8300, ["Module:CountryData/cacheC"] = 12000, ["Module:CountryData/cacheD"] = 4500, ["Module:CountryData/cacheE"] = 2800, ["Module:CountryData/cacheF"] = 2600, ["Module:CountryData/cacheG"] = 2700, ["Module:CountryData/summary"] = 143000, ["Module:Country_adjective"] = 4300, ["Module:Country_alias"] = 52000, ["Module:Country_alias/data"] = 52000, ["Module:Currency"] = 3600, ["Module:Currency/Presentation"] = 3600, } b5974d0194e019096fb2348ee080590d1895d8ea 10 179 376 375 2023-08-11T06:26:58Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1=|2={{{2|}}}|system={{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|in system messages}}<noinclude>|nocat=true</noinclude>}}<noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 0abe278369db6cbbe319e7452d7644e27e11c532 828 180 378 377 2023-08-11T06:27:00Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{Used in system|in [[MediaWiki:Abusefilter-warning-DS]]}} {{Module rating|p}} {{Lua|Module:If preview|noprotcat=yes}} This module may be appended to a template to check for uses of unknown parameters. Unlike many other modules, this module is ''not'' implemented by a template. == Usage == === Basic usage === <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown=[[Category:Some tracking category]] |arg1|arg2|arg3|argN}} </syntaxhighlight> or to sort the entries in the tracking category by parameter with a preview error message <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown=[[Category:Some tracking category|_VALUE_]] |preview=unknown parameter "_VALUE_" |arg1|arg2|...|argN}} </syntaxhighlight> or for an explicit red error message <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check |unknown=<span class="error">Sorry, I don't recognize _VALUE_</span> |arg1|arg2|...|argN}} </syntaxhighlight> Here, <code>arg1</code>, <code>arg2</code>, ..., <code>argN</code>, are the known parameters. Unnamed (positional) parameters can be added too: <code><nowiki>|1|2|argname1|argname2|...</nowiki></code>. Any parameter which is used, but not on this list, will cause the module to return whatever is passed with the <code>unknown</code> parameter. The <code>_VALUE_</code> keyword, if used, will be changed to the name of the parameter. This is useful for either sorting the entries in a tracking category, or for provide more explicit information. By default, the module makes no distinction between a defined-but-blank parameter and a non-blank parameter. That is, both unlisted {{Para|foo|x}} and {{Para|foo}} are reported. To only track non-blank parameters use {{Para|ignoreblank|1}}. By default, the module ignores blank positional parameters. That is, an unlisted {{Para|2}} is ignored. To ''include'' blank positional parameters in the tracking use {{Para|showblankpositional|1}}. === Lua patterns === This module supports [[:mw:Extension:Scribunto/Lua reference manual#Patterns|Lua patterns]] (similar to [[regular expression]]s), which are useful when there are many known parameters which use a systematic pattern. For example, <code>[[Module:Infobox3cols|Infobox3cols]]</code> uses <syntaxhighlight lang="lua"> regexp1 = "header[%d]+", regexp2 = "label[%d]+", regexp3 = "data[%d]+[abc]?", regexp4 = "class[%d]+[abc]?", regexp5 = "rowclass[%d]+", regexp6 = "rowstyle[%d]+", regexp7 = "rowcellstyle[%d]+", </syntaxhighlight> to match all parameters of the form <code>headerNUM</code>, <code>labelNUM</code>, <code>dataNUM</code>, <code>dataNUMa</code>, <code>dataNUMb</code>, <code>dataNUMc</code>, ..., <code>rowcellstyleNUM</code>, where NUM is a string of digits. == Example == <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext"> {{Infobox | above = {{{name|}}} | label1 = Height | data1 = {{{height|}}} | label2 = Weight | data2 = {{{weight|}}} | label3 = Website | data3 = {{{website|}}} }}<!-- end infobox, start tracking -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check | unknown = {{Main other|[[Category:Some tracking category|_VALUE_]]}} | preview = unknown parameter "_VALUE_" | name | height | weight | website }} </syntaxhighlight> ==Call from within Lua code== See the end of [[Module:Rugby box]] for a simple example or [[Module:Infobox3cols]] or [[Module:Flag]] for more complicated examples. ==See also== * {{Clc|Unknown parameters}} (category page can have header {{tl|Unknown parameters category}}) * [[Module:Params]] – for complex operations involving parameters * [[Template:Checks for unknown parameters]] – adds documentation to templates using this module * [[Module:Check for deprecated parameters]] – similar module that checks for deprecated parameters * [[Module:Check for clobbered parameters]] – module that checks for conflicting parameters * [[Module:TemplatePar]] – similar function (originally from dewiki) * [[Template:Parameters]] and [[Module:Parameters]] – generates a list of parameter names for a given template * [[Project:TemplateData]] based template parameter validation * [[Module:Parameter validation]] checks a lot more * [[User:Bamyers99/TemplateParametersTool]] - A tool for checking usage of template parameters <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| <!-- Categories go here and interwikis go in Wikidata. --> [[Category:Modules that add a tracking category]] }}</includeonly> 31dc4e2854c7bd27db7480bd6e8c65ae8e364ac2 10 181 380 379 2023-08-11T06:28:38Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Dated maintenance category (articles)]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} {{R from modification}} {{R from template shortcut}} }} 711d3f1c53fa704297f675a8dcf1a56719c5b654 10 182 382 381 2023-08-11T06:28:38Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki <nowiki/><!--This nowiki helps to prevent whitespace at the top of articles-->{{#ifeq:{{FULLROOTPAGENAME}}|Wikipedia:Template messages|<!--Do not categorize-->|<!-- -->{{#ifexpr:{{#if:{{NAMESPACE}}|0|1}}+{{#ifeq:{{{onlyarticles|no}}}|yes|0|1}} |{{#if:{{{3|}}} |[[Category:{{{1}}} {{{2}}} {{{3}}}]]<!-- -->{{#ifexist:Category:{{{1}}} {{{2}}} {{{3}}} |<!-- -->|[[Category:Articles with invalid date parameter in template]]<!-- -->}} |[[Category:{{#if:{{{5|}}} |{{{5}}}<!-- -->|{{{1}}}<!-- -->}}]]<!-- -->}}{{#if:{{{4|}}} |[[Category:{{{4}}}]]}}<!-- -->}}<!-- -->}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 41e7d4000124d4f718ddf222af0b72825048c4c4 10 183 384 383 2023-08-11T06:28:39Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if: {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>Ns has subpages | {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>NAMESPACE:{{{1}}}}}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>NAMESPACE}}}} }} | {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#titleparts:{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME}}}}|1}} | {{ safesubst:<noinclude/>#if:{{{1|}}}|{{{1}}}|{{ safesubst:<noinclude/>FULLPAGENAME}}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> fd0c4e7050dded2d50e5df405e6e5e31dd0d46ac 10 184 386 385 2023-08-11T06:28:39Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Ns has subpages|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 060d2d01af26cb67fd90a7c346a0d2d5e450a040 828 185 388 387 2023-08-11T06:28:39Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} local BODY_PARAM = '$B' local specialParams = { ['$params'] = 'parameter list', ['$aliases'] = 'parameter aliases', ['$flags'] = 'flags', ['$B'] = 'template content', ['$template-name'] = 'template invocation name override', } function p.main(frame, body) -- If we are substing, this function returns a template invocation, and if -- not, it returns the template body. The template body can be specified in -- the body parameter, or in the template parameter defined in the -- BODY_PARAM variable. This function can be called from Lua or from -- #invoke. -- Return the template body if we aren't substing. if not mw.isSubsting() then if body ~= nil then return body elseif frame.args[BODY_PARAM] ~= nil then return frame.args[BODY_PARAM] else error(string.format( "no template content specified (use parameter '%s' from #invoke)", BODY_PARAM ), 2) end end -- Sanity check for the frame object. if type(frame) ~= 'table' or type(frame.getParent) ~= 'function' or not frame:getParent() then error( "argument #1 to 'main' must be a frame object with a parent " .. "frame available", 2 ) end -- Find the invocation name. local mTemplateInvocation = require('Module:Template invocation') local name if frame.args['$template-name'] and '' ~= frame.args['$template-name'] then name = frame.args['$template-name'] -- override whatever the template name is with this name else name = mTemplateInvocation.name(frame:getParent():getTitle()) end -- Combine passed args with passed defaults local args = {} if string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*override%s*,' ) then for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if not specialParams[k] then if v == '__DATE__' then v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' ) end args[k] = v end end else for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if not specialParams[k] then if v == '__DATE__' then v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' ) end args[k] = v end end for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do args[k] = v end end -- Trim parameters, if not specified otherwise if not string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*keep%-whitespace%s*,' ) then for k, v in pairs( args ) do args[k] = mw.ustring.match(v, '^%s*(.*)%s*$') or '' end end -- Pull information from parameter aliases local aliases = {} if frame.args['$aliases'] then local list = mw.text.split( frame.args['$aliases'], '%s*,%s*' ) for k, v in ipairs( list ) do local tmp = mw.text.split( v, '%s*>%s*' ) aliases[tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tmp[1], '^[1-9][0-9]*$')) or tmp[1]] = ((tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tmp[2], '^[1-9][0-9]*$'))) or tmp[2]) end end for k, v in pairs( aliases ) do if args[k] and ( not args[v] or args[v] == '' ) then args[v] = args[k] end args[k] = nil end -- Remove empty parameters, if specified if string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*remove%-empty%s*,' ) then local tmp = 0 for k, v in ipairs( args ) do if v ~= '' or ( args[k+1] and args[k+1] ~= '' ) or ( args[k+2] and args[k+2] ~= '' ) then tmp = k else break end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if v == '' then if not (type(k) == 'number' and k < tmp) then args[k] = nil end end end end -- Order parameters if frame.args['$params'] then local params, tmp = mw.text.split( frame.args['$params'], '%s*,%s*' ), {} for k, v in ipairs(params) do v = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(v, '^[1-9][0-9]*$')) or v if args[v] then tmp[v], args[v] = args[v], nil end end for k, v in pairs(args) do tmp[k], args[k] = args[k], nil end args = tmp end return mTemplateInvocation.invocation(name, args) end p[''] = p.main -- For backwards compatibility return p 7f01ffc8aa2ac4a4772f14c12e0b77e384ecabb6 828 186 390 389 2023-08-11T06:28:40Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements [[Template:Ns has subpages]]. -- While the template is fairly simple, this information is made available to -- Lua directly, so using a module means that we don't have to update the -- template as new namespaces are added. local p = {} function p._main(ns, frame) -- Get the current namespace if we were not passed one. if not ns then ns = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace end -- Look up the namespace table from mw.site.namespaces. This should work -- for a majority of cases. local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns] -- Try using string matching to get the namespace from page names. -- Do a quick and dirty bad title check to try and make sure we do the same -- thing as {{NAMESPACE}} in most cases. if not nsTable and type(ns) == 'string' and not ns:find('[<>|%[%]{}]') then local nsStripped = ns:gsub('^[_%s]*:', '') nsStripped = nsStripped:gsub(':.*$', '') nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[nsStripped] end -- If we still have no match then try the {{NAMESPACE}} parser function, -- which should catch the remainder of cases. Don't use a mw.title object, -- as this would increment the expensive function count for each new page -- tested. if not nsTable then frame = frame or mw.getCurrentFrame() local nsProcessed = frame:callParserFunction('NAMESPACE', ns) nsTable = nsProcessed and mw.site.namespaces[nsProcessed] end return nsTable and nsTable.hasSubpages end function p.main(frame) local ns = frame:getParent().args[1] if ns then ns = ns:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- trim whitespace ns = tonumber(ns) or ns end local hasSubpages = p._main(ns, frame) return hasSubpages and 'yes' or '' end return p e133068ba73738b16e1e3eba47735516a461eb5b 10 187 392 391 2023-08-11T06:28:41Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{ <includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:Unsubst||date=__DATE__ |$B= {{DMCA|Use dmy dates|from|{{{date|}}}}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using Use dmy dates template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Use dmy dates]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| cs1-dates | date }}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> 3a087cd27e88fd70a0765c62d5ab506c3b73c9e7 10 188 394 393 2023-08-11T06:28:45Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Section link|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> 8d047e5845f8a9b74a4655b5dd79ca7595a8f88b 828 189 396 395 2023-08-11T06:28:45Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{section link}}. require('strict'); local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} local function makeSectionLink(page, section, display) display = display or section page = page or '' -- MediaWiki doesn't allow these in `page`, so only need to do for `section` if type(section) == 'string' then section = string.gsub(section, "{", "&#x7B;") section = string.gsub(section, "}", "&#x7D;") end return string.format('[[%s#%s|%s]]', page, section, display) end local function normalizeTitle(title) title = mw.ustring.gsub(mw.ustring.gsub(title, "'", ""), '"', '') title = mw.ustring.gsub(title, "%b<>", "") return mw.title.new(title).prefixedText end function p._main(page, sections, options, title) -- Validate input. checkType('_main', 1, page, 'string', true) checkType('_main', 3, options, 'table', true) if sections == nil then sections = {} elseif type(sections) == 'string' then sections = {sections} elseif type(sections) ~= 'table' then error(string.format( "type error in argument #2 to '_main' " .. "(string, table or nil expected, got %s)", type(sections) ), 2) end options = options or {} title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Deal with blank page names elegantly if page and not page:find('%S') then page = nil options.nopage = true end -- Make the link(s). local isShowingPage = not options.nopage if #sections <= 1 then local linkPage = page or '' local section = sections[1] or 'Notes' local display = '§&nbsp;' .. section if isShowingPage then page = page or title.prefixedText if options.display and options.display ~= '' then if normalizeTitle(options.display) == normalizeTitle(page) then display = options.display .. ' ' .. display else error(string.format( 'Display title "%s" was ignored since it is ' .. "not equivalent to the page's actual title", options.display ), 0) end else display = page .. ' ' .. display end end return makeSectionLink(linkPage, section, display) else -- Multiple sections. First, make a list of the links to display. local ret = {} for i, section in ipairs(sections) do ret[i] = makeSectionLink(page, section) end -- Assemble the list of links into a string with mw.text.listToText. -- We use the default separator for mw.text.listToText, but a custom -- conjunction. There is also a special case conjunction if we only -- have two links. local conjunction if #sections == 2 then conjunction = '&#8203; and ' else conjunction = ', and ' end ret = mw.text.listToText(ret, nil, conjunction) -- Add the intro text. local intro = '§§&nbsp;' if isShowingPage then intro = (page or title.prefixedText) .. ' ' .. intro end ret = intro .. ret return ret end end function p.main(frame) local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = 'Template:Section link', valueFunc = function (key, value) value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Trim whitespace -- Allow blank first parameters, as the wikitext template does this. if value ~= '' or key == 1 then return value end end }) for k, v in pairs(args) do -- replace underscores in the positional parameter values if 'number' == type(k) then if not yesno (args['keep-underscores']) then -- unless |keep-underscores=yes args[k] = mw.uri.decode (v, 'WIKI'); -- percent-decode; replace underscores with space characters else args[k] = mw.uri.decode (v, 'PATH'); -- percent-decode; retain underscores end end end -- Sort the arguments. local page local sections, options = {}, {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if k == 1 then -- Doing this in the loop because of a bug in [[Module:Arguments]] -- when using pairs with deleted arguments. page = mw.text.decode(v, true) elseif type(k) == 'number' then sections[k] = v else options[k] = v end end options.nopage = yesno (options.nopage); -- make boolean -- Extract section from page, if present if page then local p, s = page:match('^(.-)#(.*)$') if p then page, sections[1] = p, s end end -- Compress the sections array. local function compressArray(t) local nums, ret = {}, {} for num in pairs(t) do nums[#nums + 1] = num end table.sort(nums) for i, num in ipairs(nums) do ret[i] = t[num] end return ret end sections = compressArray(sections) return p._main(page, sections, options) end return p 5cc61d43dc601ca43e9472500fc5cd09ca7cea44 828 190 398 397 2023-08-11T06:28:48Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain return { ["IAAF_name"] = 2200, ["IAST"] = 6100, ["IBDB_name"] = 9100, ["ICD10"] = 4700, ["ICD9"] = 4400, ["ICS"] = 2900, ["IDN"] = 3400, ["IMDb_episode"] = 9900, ["IMDb_episodes"] = 2600, ["IMDb_name"] = 153000, ["IMDb_title"] = 188000, ["IMO_Number"] = 4100, ["IMSLP"] = 8200, ["INA"] = 2100, ["IND"] = 7500, ["INR"] = 6500, ["INRConvert"] = 5600, ["INRConvert/CurrentRate"] = 5500, ["INRConvert/USD"] = 5500, ["INRConvert/out"] = 5500, ["IOC_profile"] = 5300, ["IP"] = 2600, ["IPA"] = 142000, ["IPA-all"] = 3600, ["IPA-de"] = 8100, ["IPA-es"] = 8100, ["IPA-fr"] = 44000, ["IPA-it"] = 5900, ["IPA-nl"] = 3700, ["IPA-pl"] = 4100, ["IPA-pt"] = 3700, ["IPA-ru"] = 2700, ["IPA-sh"] = 2700, ["IPA-sl"] = 6900, ["IPA-th"] = 3000, ["IPA_audio_link"] = 19000, ["IPA_link"] = 3400, ["IPAc-cmn"] = 2600, ["IPAc-en"] = 48000, ["IPAc-pl"] = 52000, ["IPC_athlete"] = 2800, ["IPSummary"] = 78000, ["IP_summary"] = 78000, ["IPtalk"] = 21000, ["IPuser"] = 7000, ["IPvandal"] = 2900, ["IRC"] = 7300, ["IRI"] = 2200, ["IRL"] = 5500, ["IRN"] = 3600, ["ISBN"] = 461000, ["ISBNT"] = 39000, ["ISBN_missing"] = 2500, ["ISFDB_name"] = 4100, ["ISFDB_title"] = 4600, ["ISL"] = 2100, ["ISO_15924/script-example-character"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/format"] = 2800, ["ISO_15924/wp-article/label"] = 2700, ["ISO_3166_code"] = 514000, ["ISO_3166_name"] = 16000, ["ISO_639_name"] = 8000, ["ISP"] = 5300, ["ISR"] = 4800, ["ISSN"] = 12000, ["ISSN_link"] = 30000, ["ISTAT"] = 8100, ["ISU_figure_skater"] = 2500, ["ITA"] = 17000, ["ITF"] = 6200, ["ITF_profile"] = 9000, ["ITIS"] = 4400, ["ITN_talk"] = 10000, ["ITN_talk/date"] = 10000, ["IUCN_banner"] = 15000, ["I_sup"] = 4500, ["Iaaf_name"] = 7400, ["Ice_hockey"] = 19000, ["Ice_hockey_stats"] = 16000, ["Icehockeystats"] = 12000, ["Icon"] = 576000, ["If"] = 269000, ["If_all"] = 6400, ["If_between"] = 3700, ["If_both"] = 798000, ["If_empty"] = 3630000, ["If_first_display_both"] = 73000, ["If_in_page"] = 9400, ["If_last_display_both"] = 30000, ["If_preview"] = 57000, ["If_then_show"] = 283000, ["Ifempty"] = 4000, ["Ifeq"] = 16000, ["Iferror_then_show"] = 3200, ["Ifexist_not_redirect"] = 1120000, ["Ifnotempty"] = 14000, ["Ifnumber"] = 35000, ["Ifsubst"] = 437000, ["Ih"] = 7500, ["Ill"] = 112000, ["Illm"] = 6700, ["Image_frame"] = 4900, ["Image_label"] = 4500, ["Image_label_begin"] = 3900, ["Image_label_end"] = 3500, ["Image_label_small"] = 2600, ["Image_needed"] = 4500, ["Image_other"] = 274000, ["Image_requested"] = 167000, ["Image_requested/Category_helper"] = 158000, ["Imbox"] = 914000, ["Imdb_name"] = 5400, ["Imdb_title"] = 4200, ["Import_style"] = 11000, ["Import_style/inputbox.css"] = 11000, ["Importance"] = 5610000, ["Importance/colour"] = 5620000, ["Importance_mask"] = 10200000, ["Improve_categories"] = 7400, ["Improve_documentation"] = 2300, ["In_class"] = 5800, ["In_lang"] = 353000, ["In_progress"] = 3200, ["In_string"] = 74000, ["In_title"] = 19000, ["Inactive_WikiProject_banner"] = 205000, ["Inactive_userpage_blanked"] = 4900, ["Include-USGov"] = 29000, ["Incomplete_list"] = 23000, ["Inconclusive"] = 2100, ["Increase"] = 43000, ["Incumbent_pope"] = 4300, ["Indent"] = 4300, ["IndexFungorum"] = 2200, ["Indian_English"] = 4300, ["Indian_Rupee"] = 10000, ["Indian_railway_code"] = 3200, ["Inflation"] = 19000, ["Inflation-fn"] = 5400, ["Inflation-year"] = 4400, ["Inflation/IN/startyear"] = 5500, ["Inflation/UK"] = 4300, ["Inflation/UK/dataset"] = 4300, ["Inflation/UK/startyear"] = 4300, ["Inflation/US"] = 12000, ["Inflation/US/dataset"] = 12000, ["Inflation/US/startyear"] = 12000, ["Inflation/fn"] = 6200, ["Inflation/year"] = 24000, ["Info"] = 7200, ["Infobox"] = 3210000, ["Infobox/Columns"] = 2400, ["Infobox/mobileviewfix.css"] = 143000, ["Infobox3cols"] = 17000, ["Infobox_AFL_biography"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Aircraft_Begin"] = 5400, ["Infobox_Aircraft_Type"] = 4700, ["Infobox_Athletics_Championships"] = 2700, ["Infobox_Australian_place"] = 15000, ["Infobox_CFL_biography"] = 2200, ["Infobox_COA_wide"] = 3100, ["Infobox_Canada_electoral_district"] = 2400, ["Infobox_Canadian_Football_League_biography"] = 5700, ["Infobox_Canadian_Football_League_biography/position"] = 5700, ["Infobox_Chinese"] = 20000, ["Infobox_Chinese/Chinese"] = 2700, ["Infobox_Chinese/Footer"] = 8700, ["Infobox_Chinese/Header"] = 8700, ["Infobox_Chinese/Korean"] = 17000, ["Infobox_Christian_leader"] = 18000, ["Infobox_Election"] = 2200, ["Infobox_French_commune"] = 38000, ["Infobox_GAA_player"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Gaelic_games_player"] = 5000, ["Infobox_German_location"] = 13000, ["Infobox_German_place"] = 14000, ["Infobox_Grand_Prix_race_report"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Greece_place"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Greek_Dimos"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Hindu_temple"] = 2400, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency"] = 4600, ["Infobox_Indian_constituency/defaultdata"] = 4600, ["Infobox_Italian_comune"] = 8100, ["Infobox_Korean_name"] = 15000, ["Infobox_Korean_name/categories"] = 15000, ["Infobox_MLB_yearly"] = 3100, ["Infobox_NASCAR_race_report"] = 2200, ["Infobox_NCAA_team_season"] = 18000, ["Infobox_NFL_biography"] = 28000, ["Infobox_NFL_player"] = 7900, ["Infobox_NFL_season"] = 2500, ["Infobox_NFL_team_season"] = 3900, ["Infobox_NRHP"] = 72000, ["Infobox_NRHP/conv"] = 18000, ["Infobox_NRHP/locmapin2region"] = 66000, ["Infobox_Officeholder"] = 4900, ["Infobox_Olympic_event"] = 7300, ["Infobox_Olympic_event/games_text"] = 7300, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Paralympic_event/games_text"] = 2600, ["Infobox_Politician"] = 2200, ["Infobox_Romanian_subdivision"] = 3200, ["Infobox_Russian_district"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Russian_inhabited_locality"] = 4400, ["Infobox_SCOTUS_case"] = 3700, ["Infobox_Site_of_Special_Scientific_Interest"] = 2000, ["Infobox_Swiss_town"] = 2800, ["Infobox_Switzerland_municipality"] = 2900, ["Infobox_Turkey_place"] = 16000, ["Infobox_U.S._county"] = 3000, ["Infobox_U.S._county/district"] = 3000, ["Infobox_UK_constituency"] = 2100, ["Infobox_UK_constituency/year"] = 2100, ["Infobox_UK_legislation"] = 3200, ["Infobox_UK_place"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoDialCode"] = 7900, ["Infobox_UK_place/NoPostCode"] = 3100, ["Infobox_UK_place/area"] = 2400, ["Infobox_UK_place/dist"] = 2500, ["Infobox_UK_place/local"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UK_place/styles.css"] = 26000, ["Infobox_UN_resolution"] = 2300, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case"] = 3800, ["Infobox_US_Supreme_Court_case/courts"] = 3800, ["Infobox_Wikipedia_user"] = 9700, ["Infobox_YouTube_personality"] = 2600, ["Infobox_YouTube_personality/styles.css"] = 2600, ["Infobox_academic"] = 13000, ["Infobox_aircraft_begin"] = 14000, ["Infobox_aircraft_occurrence"] = 2300, ["Infobox_aircraft_type"] = 12000, ["Infobox_airline"] = 4600, ["Infobox_airport"] = 15000, ["Infobox_airport/datatable"] = 15000, ["Infobox_album"] = 161000, ["Infobox_album/color"] = 190000, ["Infobox_album/link"] = 161000, ["Infobox_anatomy"] = 4500, ["Infobox_ancient_site"] = 5300, ["Infobox_animanga/Footer"] = 6700, ["Infobox_animanga/Header"] = 6800, ["Infobox_animanga/Print"] = 5400, ["Infobox_animanga/Video"] = 4700, ["Infobox_architect"] = 3700, ["Infobox_artist"] = 28000, ["Infobox_artist_discography"] = 5900, ["Infobox_artwork"] = 11000, ["Infobox_athlete"] = 2900, ["Infobox_automobile"] = 8400, ["Infobox_award"] = 13000, ["Infobox_badminton_player"] = 3200, ["Infobox_baseball_biography"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/style"] = 28000, ["Infobox_baseball_biography/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Infobox_basketball_biography"] = 21000, ["Infobox_basketball_biography/style"] = 21000, ["Infobox_basketball_club"] = 3000, ["Infobox_beauty_pageant"] = 2400, ["Infobox_bilateral_relations"] = 4400, ["Infobox_body_of_water"] = 18000, ["Infobox_book"] = 52000, ["Infobox_boxer"] = 5700, ["Infobox_bridge"] = 6000, ["Infobox_building"] = 27000, ["Infobox_character"] = 7600, ["Infobox_chess_biography"] = 3800, ["Infobox_chess_player"] = 3100, ["Infobox_church"] = 15000, ["Infobox_church/denomination"] = 15000, ["Infobox_church/font_color"] = 15000, ["Infobox_civil_conflict"] = 2400, ["Infobox_civilian_attack"] = 5400, ["Infobox_college_coach"] = 11000, ["Infobox_college_football_game"] = 2100, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season"] = 39000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/link"] = 39000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/name"] = 39000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/succession"] = 39000, ["Infobox_college_sports_team_season/team"] = 39000, ["Infobox_comic_book_title"] = 2900, ["Infobox_comics_character"] = 3600, ["Infobox_comics_creator"] = 3500, ["Infobox_comics_creator/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_company"] = 83000, ["Infobox_computing_device"] = 2300, ["Infobox_concert"] = 3300, ["Infobox_constituency"] = 5200, ["Infobox_country"] = 6300, ["Infobox_country/formernext"] = 6000, ["Infobox_country/imagetable"] = 5200, ["Infobox_country/multirow"] = 8200, ["Infobox_country/status_text"] = 2700, ["Infobox_country/styles.css"] = 6400, ["Infobox_country_at_games"] = 15000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/core"] = 15000, ["Infobox_country_at_games/see_also"] = 12000, ["Infobox_court_case"] = 4600, ["Infobox_court_case/images"] = 2400, ["Infobox_cricket_tournament"] = 2300, ["Infobox_cricketer"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/career"] = 32000, ["Infobox_cricketer/national_side"] = 7500, ["Infobox_criminal"] = 6300, ["Infobox_curler"] = 2600, ["Infobox_cycling_race_report"] = 4500, ["Infobox_cyclist"] = 16000, ["Infobox_dam"] = 5600, ["Infobox_designation_list"] = 19000, ["Infobox_designation_list/entry"] = 17000, ["Infobox_dim"] = 6900, ["Infobox_dim/core"] = 6900, ["Infobox_diocese"] = 3800, ["Infobox_drug"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/chemical_formula"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/data_page_link"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatATC"] = 9500, ["Infobox_drug/formatCASnumber"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEBI"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatChEMBL"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemDBNIAID"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatChemSpider"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatCompTox"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatDrugBank"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatIUPHARBPS"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatJmol"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatKEGG"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatPDBligand"] = 8900, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemCID"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatPubChemSID"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/formatUNII"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/legal_status"] = 9700, ["Infobox_drug/licence"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/maintenance_categories"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/non-ref-space"] = 4000, ["Infobox_drug/pregnancy_category"] = 9600, ["Infobox_drug/title"] = 9600, ["Infobox_election"] = 29000, ["Infobox_election/row"] = 29000, ["Infobox_election/shortname"] = 28000, ["Infobox_enzyme"] = 5100, ["Infobox_ethnic_group"] = 7200, ["Infobox_event"] = 5400, ["Infobox_family"] = 2100, ["Infobox_figure_skater"] = 4200, ["Infobox_film"] = 155000, ["Infobox_film/short_description"] = 151000, ["Infobox_film_awards"] = 2600, ["Infobox_film_awards/link"] = 2600, ["Infobox_film_awards/style"] = 2600, ["Infobox_food"] = 6800, ["Infobox_football_biography"] = 205000, ["Infobox_football_club"] = 27000, ["Infobox_football_club_season"] = 20000, ["Infobox_football_league"] = 2600, ["Infobox_football_league_season"] = 19000, ["Infobox_football_match"] = 5900, ["Infobox_football_tournament_season"] = 7900, ["Infobox_former_subdivision"] = 3300, ["Infobox_former_subdivision/styles.css"] = 3300, ["Infobox_galaxy"] = 2100, ["Infobox_game"] = 2500, ["Infobox_game_score"] = 3400, ["Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Infobox_given_name"] = 4000, ["Infobox_golfer"] = 4400, ["Infobox_golfer/highest_ranking"] = 4400, ["Infobox_government_agency"] = 10000, ["Infobox_government_cabinet"] = 2500, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_person"] = 2500, ["Infobox_gridiron_football_person/position"] = 5700, ["Infobox_gymnast"] = 3400, ["Infobox_handball_biography"] = 4900, ["Infobox_historic_site"] = 11000, ["Infobox_horseraces"] = 2600, ["Infobox_hospital"] = 6300, ["Infobox_hospital/care_system"] = 6300, ["Infobox_hospital/lists"] = 6300, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_biography"] = 20000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_player"] = 19000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team"] = 3000, ["Infobox_ice_hockey_team_season"] = 2000, ["Infobox_international_football_competition"] = 5700, ["Infobox_islands"] = 8700, ["Infobox_islands/area"] = 9100, ["Infobox_islands/density"] = 9100, ["Infobox_islands/length"] = 8700, ["Infobox_islands/styles.css"] = 8700, ["Infobox_journal"] = 9700, ["Infobox_journal/Abbreviation_search"] = 9600, ["Infobox_journal/Bluebook_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/Former_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/ISO_4_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/ISSN-eISSN"] = 9500, ["Infobox_journal/Indexing_search"] = 9500, ["Infobox_journal/MathSciNet_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/NLM_check"] = 9400, ["Infobox_journal/frequency"] = 8600, ["Infobox_lake"] = 4400, ["Infobox_language"] = 9500, ["Infobox_language/family-color"] = 11000, ["Infobox_language/genetic"] = 6500, ["Infobox_language/linguistlist"] = 9500, ["Infobox_language/ref"] = 7100, ["Infobox_legislature"] = 3600, ["Infobox_library"] = 2100, ["Infobox_lighthouse"] = 2600, ["Infobox_lighthouse/light"] = 2600, ["Infobox_locomotive"] = 4900, ["Infobox_magazine"] = 7600, ["Infobox_manner_of_address"] = 3300, ["Infobox_mapframe"] = 79000, ["Infobox_martial_artist"] = 5700, ["Infobox_martial_artist/record"] = 5700, ["Infobox_medal_templates"] = 421000, ["Infobox_medical_condition"] = 10000, ["Infobox_medical_condition_(new)"] = 8200, ["Infobox_medical_details"] = 2000, ["Infobox_military_conflict"] = 22000, ["Infobox_military_installation"] = 9700, ["Infobox_military_person"] = 45000, ["Infobox_military_unit"] = 26000, ["Infobox_mine"] = 2100, ["Infobox_model"] = 2300, ["Infobox_mountain"] = 28000, ["Infobox_multi-sport_competition_event"] = 2300, ["Infobox_museum"] = 10000, ["Infobox_musical_artist"] = 121000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/color"] = 121000, ["Infobox_musical_artist/hCard_class"] = 312000, ["Infobox_musical_composition"] = 2900, ["Infobox_name"] = 7400, ["Infobox_name_module"] = 6800, ["Infobox_newspaper"] = 9600, ["Infobox_nobility"] = 2400, ["Infobox_noble"] = 7300, ["Infobox_officeholder"] = 216000, ["Infobox_officeholder/office"] = 221000, ["Infobox_official_post"] = 8000, ["Infobox_organization"] = 36000, ["Infobox_pageant_titleholder"] = 3000, ["Infobox_park"] = 7300, ["Infobox_person"] = 469000, ["Infobox_person/Wikidata"] = 4900, ["Infobox_person/height"] = 102000, ["Infobox_person/length"] = 7100, ["Infobox_person/weight"] = 66000, ["Infobox_philosopher"] = 3400, ["Infobox_planet"] = 4700, ["Infobox_play"] = 3900, ["Infobox_political_party"] = 14000, ["Infobox_power_station"] = 3000, ["Infobox_prepared_food"] = 3100, ["Infobox_professional_wrestler"] = 4200, ["Infobox_professional_wrestling_event"] = 2600, ["Infobox_protected_area"] = 14000, ["Infobox_protein_family"] = 2100, ["Infobox_publisher"] = 2400, ["Infobox_racehorse"] = 5500, ["Infobox_racing_driver"] = 3800, ["Infobox_racing_driver_series_section"] = 2000, ["Infobox_radio_station"] = 22000, ["Infobox_rail"] = 2900, ["Infobox_rail_line"] = 7200, ["Infobox_rail_service"] = 2900, ["Infobox_rail_service/doc"] = 2900, ["Infobox_reality_competition_season"] = 3500, ["Infobox_record_label"] = 4000, ["Infobox_recurring_event"] = 6300, ["Infobox_religious_biography"] = 5200, ["Infobox_religious_building"] = 12000, ["Infobox_religious_building/color"] = 17000, ["Infobox_restaurant"] = 2700, ["Infobox_river"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/calcunit"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/discharge"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/row-style"] = 30000, ["Infobox_river/source"] = 30000, ["Infobox_road"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/category"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/meta/mask/country"] = 24000, ["Infobox_road/styles.css"] = 25000, ["Infobox_road_small"] = 2300, ["Infobox_rockunit"] = 6400, ["Infobox_royalty"] = 21000, ["Infobox_royalty/short_description"] = 13000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography"] = 16000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/correct_date"] = 16000, ["Infobox_rugby_biography/depcheck"] = 15000, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography"] = 9900, ["Infobox_rugby_league_biography/PLAYER"] = 9800, ["Infobox_rugby_team"] = 2600, ["Infobox_sailboat_specifications"] = 2300, ["Infobox_saint"] = 5000, ["Infobox_school"] = 38000, ["Infobox_school/short_description"] = 38000, ["Infobox_school_district"] = 5600, ["Infobox_school_district/styles.css"] = 5600, ["Infobox_scientist"] = 48000, ["Infobox_service_record"] = 2600, ["Infobox_settlement"] = 559000, ["Infobox_settlement/areadisp"] = 233000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns"] = 94000, ["Infobox_settlement/columns/styles.css"] = 94000, ["Infobox_settlement/densdisp"] = 433000, ["Infobox_settlement/impus"] = 81000, ["Infobox_settlement/lengthdisp"] = 168000, ["Infobox_settlement/link"] = 94000, ["Infobox_settlement/metric"] = 207000, ["Infobox_settlement/pref"] = 289000, ["Infobox_settlement/styles.css"] = 559000, ["Infobox_ship_begin"] = 41000, ["Infobox_ship_career"] = 37000, ["Infobox_ship_characteristics"] = 41000, ["Infobox_ship_class_overview"] = 4100, ["Infobox_ship_image"] = 40000, ["Infobox_shopping_mall"] = 3400, ["Infobox_short_story"] = 2300, ["Infobox_skier"] = 2500, ["Infobox_soap_character"] = 2900, ["Infobox_software"] = 14000, ["Infobox_software/simple"] = 14000, ["Infobox_song"] = 75000, ["Infobox_song/color"] = 75000, ["Infobox_song/link"] = 75000, ["Infobox_spaceflight"] = 3500, ["Infobox_spaceflight/styles.css"] = 3500, ["Infobox_sport_event"] = 2100, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event"] = 17000, ["Infobox_sports_competition_event/medalrow"] = 11000, ["Infobox_sports_league"] = 5000, ["Infobox_sports_season"] = 5300, ["Infobox_sports_team"] = 2200, ["Infobox_sportsperson"] = 106000, ["Infobox_stadium"] = 3500, ["Infobox_station"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/doc"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/services"] = 55000, ["Infobox_station/styles.css"] = 55000, ["Infobox_street"] = 3400, ["Infobox_swimmer"] = 9300, ["Infobox_television"] = 56000, ["Infobox_television/Short_description"] = 54000, ["Infobox_television_channel"] = 6200, ["Infobox_television_episode"] = 12000, ["Infobox_television_episode/styles.css"] = 12000, ["Infobox_television_season"] = 9400, ["Infobox_television_station"] = 3700, ["Infobox_tennis_biography"] = 10000, ["Infobox_tennis_event"] = 2400, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_event"] = 19000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year"] = 9100, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/color"] = 28000, ["Infobox_tennis_tournament_year/footer"] = 28000, ["Infobox_train"] = 2300, ["Infobox_union"] = 2100, ["Infobox_university"] = 26000, ["Infobox_user"] = 2600, ["Infobox_venue"] = 18000, ["Infobox_video_game"] = 28000, ["Infobox_video_game/styles.css"] = 28000, ["Infobox_volleyball_biography"] = 5300, ["Infobox_weapon"] = 7300, ["Infobox_website"] = 7700, ["Infobox_writer"] = 38000, ["Information"] = 102000, ["Information/styles.css"] = 102000, ["Inprogress"] = 2400, ["Input_link"] = 32000, ["Instagram"] = 11000, ["Interlanguage_link"] = 150000, ["Interlanguage_link_multi"] = 19000, ["Internet_Archive_author"] = 18000, ["Internet_Archive_film"] = 2500, ["Intitle"] = 12000, ["Invalid_SVG"] = 3600, ["Invalid_SVG/styles.css"] = 3600, ["Iptalk"] = 20000, ["IranCensus2006"] = 48000, ["IranNCSGN"] = 3200, ["Iran_Census_2006"] = 48000, ["Irc"] = 2100, ["Irish_place_name"] = 2600, ["IsIPAddress"] = 39000, ["IsValidPageName"] = 140000, ["Is_country_in_Central_America"] = 13000, ["Is_country_in_the_Caribbean"] = 14000, ["Is_interwiki_link"] = 6100, ["Is_italic_taxon"] = 473000, ["Is_redirect"] = 26000, ["Isbn"] = 7400, ["Isfdb_name"] = 3800, ["Isfdb_title"] = 4500, ["Isnumeric"] = 205000, ["Iso2continent"] = 35000, ["Iso2country"] = 23000, ["Iso2country/article"] = 22000, ["Iso2country/data"] = 23000, ["Iso2nationality"] = 224000, ["Issubst"] = 72000, ["Isu_name"] = 2200, ["Italic_dab2"] = 5200, ["Italic_title"] = 284000, ["Italic_title_prefixed"] = 8700, ["Italics_colon"] = 3700, ["Italictitle"] = 4300, ["Ivm"] = 5700, ["Ivm/styles.css"] = 5700, ["Ivmbox"] = 122000, ["Ivory_messagebox"] = 140000, ["Module:I18n/complex_date"] = 66000, ["Module:IP"] = 130000, ["Module:IPA_symbol"] = 4700, ["Module:IPA_symbol/data"] = 4700, ["Module:IPAc-en"] = 48000, ["Module:IPAc-en/data"] = 48000, ["Module:IPAc-en/phonemes"] = 48000, ["Module:IPAc-en/pronunciation"] = 48000, ["Module:IPAddress"] = 189000, ["Module:ISO_3166"] = 1030000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/AT"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/BA"] = 3400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CA"] = 2500, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/CN"] = 2100, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/DE"] = 14000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/ES"] = 3600, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/FR"] = 38000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GB"] = 6400, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/GR"] = 3100, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IN"] = 29000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/IR"] = 6300, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/National"] = 1030000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/PL"] = 5800, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RS"] = 3200, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/RU"] = 25000, ["Module:ISO_3166/data/US"] = 85000, ["Module:ISO_639_name"] = 20000, ["Module:ISOdate"] = 66000, ["Module:Icon"] = 577000, ["Module:Icon/data"] = 577000, ["Module:If_empty"] = 3630000, ["Module:If_in_page"] = 9400, ["Module:If_preview"] = 287000, ["Module:If_preview/configuration"] = 287000, ["Module:If_preview/styles.css"] = 287000, ["Module:Import_style"] = 11000, ["Module:In_lang"] = 354000, ["Module:Indent"] = 4300, ["Module:Infobox"] = 4080000, ["Module:Infobox/dates"] = 68000, ["Module:Infobox/styles.css"] = 4330000, ["Module:Infobox3cols"] = 295000, ["Module:InfoboxImage"] = 4380000, ["Module:Infobox_body_of_water_tracking"] = 18000, ["Module:Infobox_cyclist_tracking"] = 16000, ["Module:Infobox_gene"] = 13000, ["Module:Infobox_mapframe"] = 401000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict"] = 22000, ["Module:Infobox_military_conflict/styles.css"] = 22000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name"] = 20000, ["Module:Infobox_multi-lingual_name/data"] = 20000, ["Module:Infobox_power_station"] = 3000, ["Module:Infobox_road"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/browselinks"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/errors"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/length"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/locations"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/map"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_road/route"] = 25000, ["Module:Infobox_road/sections"] = 24000, ["Module:Infobox_television"] = 56000, ["Module:Infobox_television_disambiguation_check"] = 63000, ["Module:Infobox_television_episode"] = 12000, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_disambiguation_check"] = 8900, ["Module:Infobox_television_season_name"] = 9400, ["Module:Internet_Archive"] = 18000, ["Module:IrelandByCountyCatNav"] = 3300, ["Module:Is_infobox_in_lead"] = 376000, ["Module:Is_instance"] = 334000, ["Module:Italic_title"] = 1110000, ["Module:Italic_title2"] = 5200, } a29f03d181b4fcf53177bd213f7cc28801871433 10 191 400 399 2023-08-11T06:28:49Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><code>[<nowiki/>[{{{1}}}{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{!}}{{{2}}}}}]<nowiki/>]{{{3|}}}</code></includeonly><!-- --><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> d76ca6072fb7ca852811a573aa38e9026487417c 10 192 402 401 2023-08-11T06:28:49Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Module link expanded]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} 3a80cf77e735d41b1611f1bd7f028ce9941330a2 828 193 404 403 2023-08-11T06:29:01Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{used in system}} {{Module rating|protected}} ==Overview== This module is used within infoboxes to process the image parameters and tidy up the formatting of the result. ==Parameters== {| class="wikitable" ! Parameter ! Description |- | image | Required. The main parameter that should be passed over which contains the image info. |- | size | Size to display image, in pixels. Use is discouraged per [[WP:THUMBSIZE]]; see {{Para|upright}} below instead. |- | maxsize | Maximum size to display image. Note: If no size or sizedefault params specified then image will be shown at maxsize. |- | sizedefault | The size to use for the image if no size param is specified. Defaults to [[Wikipedia:Autosizing images|frameless]]. |- | alt | Alt text for the image. |- | title | Title text for image (mouseover text). |- | border | If yes, then a border is added. |- | page | The page number to be displayed when using a multi-page image. |- | upright | If upright=yes, adds "upright" which displays image at 75% of default image size (which is 220px if not changed at [[Special:Preferences]]). If a value, adds "upright=''value''" to image, where values less than 1 scale the image down (0.9 = 90%) and values greater than 1 scale the image up (1.15 = 115%). |- | center | If yes, then the image is centered. |- | thumbtime | thumbtime param, used for video clips. |- | suppressplaceholder | If no, then will not suppress certain placeholder images. See {{section link||Placeholder images which can be suppressed}}. |- | link | Page to go to when clicking on the image. |- | class | HTML classes to add to the image. |} Note: If you specify the maxsize or sizedefault params, then you should include the px after the number. {{Use dmy dates|date=July 2016}} ==Parameters displayed in image syntax== All parameters: :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | size={{{size}}} | maxsize={{{maxsize}}} | sizedefault={{{sizedefault}}} | upright={{{upright}}} | alt={{{alt}}} | title={{{title}}} | thumbtime={{{thumbtime}}} | link={{{link}}} | border=yes | center=yes | page={{{page}}} | class={{{class}}} }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | size={{{size}}} | maxsize={{{maxsize}}} | sizedefault={{{sizedefault}}} | upright={{{upright}}} | alt={{{alt}}} | title={{{title}}} | thumbtime={{{thumbtime}}} | link={{{link}}} | border=yes | center=yes | page={{{page}}} | class={{{class}}}}}</code> When "size" and "maxsize" are defined, the smaller of the two is used (if "px" is omitted it will be added by the module): :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | size=300px | maxsize=250px }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | size=300px | maxsize=250px }}</code> When "size" is not defined, "sizedefault" is used, even if larger than "maxsize" (in actual use "px" is required after the number; omitted here to show it is not added by the module): :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | sizedefault=250px | maxsize=200px }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | sizedefault=250px | maxsize=200px }}</code> When "size" and "sizedefault" are not defined, "maxsize" is used (in actual use "px" is required after the number; omitted here to show it is not added by the module): :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | maxsize=250px }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | maxsize=250px }}</code> When "size", "sizedefault", and "maxsize" are not defined, "frameless" is added, which displays the image at the default thumbnail size (220px, but logged in users can change this at [[Special:Preferences]]) and is required if using "upright" to scale the default size: :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} }}</code> Use of "upright" without a number value, which displays the image at approximately 75% of the user's default size (multiplied by 0.75 then rounded to nearest 10): :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | upright = yes }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | upright = yes }}</code> When "alt" is used without "title", the alt text is also used as the title: :<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;">{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | alt = Alt text }}</syntaxhighlight> :<code>{{#invoke:InfoboxImage | InfoboxImage | image={{{image}}} | alt = Alt text }}</code> For more information, see [[Wikipedia:Extended image syntax]]. ==Sample usage== <syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext" style="overflow:auto;"> |image = {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image={{{image|}}}|upright={{{image_upright|1}}}|alt={{{alt|}}}}} </syntaxhighlight> ==Examples== {| class="wikitable" |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg}}<br /> {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}File:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg}}<br /> {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|upright{{=}}yes}}<br /> | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|upright=yes}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|upright{{=}}1.2}}<br /> | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|upright=1.2}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size{{=}}100px}}<br /> {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size{{=}}100}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=100px}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px}}}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px]]}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px}}|title=Abbey Road!}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[Image:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px]]|title=Abbey Road!}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault{{=}}250px|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault=250px|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault{{=}}250|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault=250|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault{{=}}250px|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios|title=Exterior, front view of Abbey Road studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|sizedefault=250px|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios|title=Exterior, front view of Abbey Road studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size{{=}}100px|alt{{=}}The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=100px|alt=The front stairs and door of Abbey Road Studios}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Bandera de Bilbao.svg|size{{=}}100|border{{=}}yes}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Bandera de Bilbao.svg|size=200|border=yes}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Image is needed male.svg}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Image is needed male.svg}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Image is needed male.svg|suppressplaceholder=no}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Image is needed male.svg|suppressplaceholder=no}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|File:Image is needed male.svg|200px}}}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[File:Image is needed male.svg|200px]]}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|File:Image is needed male.svg|200px}}|suppressplaceholder{{=}}no}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[File:Image is needed male.svg|200px]]|suppressplaceholder=no}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=50px|maxsize{{=}}100px}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=50px|maxsize=100px}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=200px|maxsize{{=}}100px}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|size=200px|maxsize=100px}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}{{elc|File:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px}}|maxsize{{=}}100px}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=[[File:Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|200px]]|maxsize=100px}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|maxsize{{=}}100px|center{{=}}yes}} | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=Abbey Rd Studios.jpg|maxsize=100px|center=yes}} |- | {{mlx|InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image{{=}}no such image|maxsize{{=}}100px|center{{=}}yes}}<!-- this issue sh'd be fixed somewhow--> | {{#invoke:InfoboxImage|InfoboxImage|image=no such image|maxsize=100px|center=yes}} |} == Placeholder images which can be suppressed == {| | style="vertical-align:top;" | * [[:File:Blue - replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Blue - replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Female no free image yet.png]] * [[:File:Male no free image yet.png]] * [[:File:Flag of None (square).svg]] * [[:File:Flag of None.svg]] * [[:File:Flag of.svg]] * [[:File:Green - replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Green - replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Image is needed female.svg]] * [[:File:Image is needed male.svg]] * [[:File:Location map of None.svg]] * [[:File:Male no free image yet.png]] * [[:File:Missing flag.png]] * [[:File:No flag.svg]] * [[:File:No free portrait.svg]] * [[:File:No portrait (female).svg]] * [[:File:No portrait (male).svg]] * [[:File:Red - replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Red - replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image female (blue).svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image male (blue).svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Silver - replace this image female.svg]] * [[:File:Silver - replace this image male.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image.svg]] * [[:File:Cricket no pic.png]] * [[:File:CarersLogo.gif]] * [[:File:Diagram Needed.svg]] * [[:File:Example.jpg]] * [[:File:Image placeholder.png]] * [[:File:No male portrait.svg]] * [[:File:Nocover-upload.png]] * [[:File:NoDVDcover copy.png]] * [[:File:Noribbon.svg]] | style="vertical-align:top;" | * [[:File:No portrait-BFD-test.svg]] * [[:File:Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png]] * [[:File:Project Trains no image.png]] * [[:File:Image-request.png]] * [[:File:Sin bandera.svg]] * [[:File:Sin escudo.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image - temple.png]] * [[:File:Replace this image butterfly.png]] * [[:File:Replace this image.svg]] * [[:File:Replace this image1.svg]] * [[:File:Resolution angle.png]] * [[:File:Image-No portrait-text-BFD-test.svg]] * [[:File:Insert image here.svg]] * [[:File:No image available.png]] * [[:File:NO IMAGE YET square.png]] * [[:File:NO IMAGE YET.png]] * [[:File:No Photo Available.svg]] * [[:File:No Screenshot.svg]] * [[:File:No-image-available.jpg]] * [[:File:Null.png]] * [[:File:PictureNeeded.gif]] * [[:File:Place holder.jpg]] * [[:File:Unbenannt.JPG]] * [[:File:UploadACopyrightFreeImage.svg]] * [[:File:UploadAnImage.gif]] * [[:File:UploadAnImage.svg]] * [[:File:UploadAnImageShort.svg]] * [[:File:CarersLogo.gif]] * [[:File:Diagram Needed.svg]] * [[:File:No male portrait.svg]] * [[:File:NoDVDcover copy.png]] * [[:File:Placeholder barnstar ribbon.png]] * [[:File:Project Trains no image.png]] * [[:File:Image-request.png]] |} == Tracking categories == * {{clc|Pages using infoboxes with thumbnail images}} <includeonly>{{Sandbox other|| {{DEFAULTSORT:Image, {{PAGENAME}}}} [[Category:Modules for image handling]] [[Category:Modules that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Infobox modules]] }}</includeonly> c94fcbc786f35c8e23c8f499b3090efc604852c7 10 194 406 405 2023-08-11T06:29:02Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><code>&#123;&#123;{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Separated entries|main|[[Module:{{{1}}}{{{section|}}}|#invoke:{{{1}}}]]|{{{2|''function''}}}|separator=&#124;}}&#125;&#125;</code></includeonly><noinclude>{{documentation}}<!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --></noinclude> fe65540c0f768ae41c071fe8617ea0d5c38617e7 10 195 408 407 2023-08-11T06:29:02Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{Dated maintenance category |onlyarticles=yes |1={{{1|}}} |2={{{2|}}} |3={{{3|}}} |4={{{4|}}} |5={{{5|}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation|Template:Dated maintenance category/doc}} </noinclude> 6bbc57c75cc28708a0e71dd658224d5945d80d68 10 196 410 409 2023-08-11T06:29:31Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:High-use|main|1={{{1|}}}|2={{{2|}}}|info={{{info|}}}|demo={{{demo|}}}|form={{{form|}}}|expiry={{{expiry|}}}|system={{{system|}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwiki links go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> a3322d1bd47ac03df14fa2090855cff4fede9bc7 828 197 412 411 2023-08-11T06:29:35Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{High-use|3308957|all-pages = yes}} {{module rating|protected}} {{Lua|Module:Navbar|Module:Italic title}} {{Uses TemplateStyles|Module:Infobox/styles.css|Template:Hlist/styles.css|Template:Plainlist/styles.css}} '''Module:Infobox''' is a [[WP:Module|module]] that implements the {{tl|Infobox}} template. Please see the template page for usage instructions. == Tracking categories == * {{clc|Pages using infobox templates with ignored data cells}} * {{clc|Articles using infobox templates with no data rows}} * {{clc|Pages using embedded infobox templates with the title parameter}} <includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|sandbox|| [[Category:Modules that add a tracking category]] [[Category:Wikipedia infoboxes]] [[Category:Infobox modules]] [[Category:Modules that check for strip markers]] }}</includeonly> 936ad219eb263a6f3293d62f667bd7b5db1059c1 10 198 414 413 2023-08-11T06:30:21Z InsaneX 2 1 revision imported wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 4b195ffc44cfde864ef77b55a54c006333226ced 2 199 416 2023-08-11T06:38:03Z Epicguyeditz 6 nothing wikitext text/x-wiki "'''khalid kalakhel'''" also known as "'''epicguy_editz'''" is an pakistani geotuber, He is known for his youtube videos with an channel over 590+ subscribers and 200,000 views. 4c959d98c60edbe28172f37082f9c3724a2ad4b7 420 416 2023-08-11T06:56:33Z Epicguyeditz 6 wikitext text/x-wiki "'''khalid kalakhel'''" also known as "'''epicguy_editz'''" is an pakistani geotuber, He is known for his youtube videos with an channel over 590+ subscribers and 200,000+ views as of August 11th. he started his youtube channel in '''December of 2018''', he is '''13 years old''' and wants '''1000 subscribers''' on youtube. 1a04dcf49b0e925b66618af7feff58b68c2cf9a2 421 420 2023-08-11T07:00:42Z Epicguyeditz 6 wikitext text/x-wiki "'''khalid kalakhel'''" also known as "'''epicguy_editz'''" is an '''pakistani geotuber''', He is known for his youtube videos with an channel over 590+ subscribers and 200,000+ views as of August 11th. he started his youtube channel in '''December of 2018''', he is '''13 years old''' and wants '''1000 subscribers''' on youtube. He is '''Hyderabad''', A city in '''pakistan''' fa0d351cff1f37d0a7d27723b9c9a29e8b01601b 3 200 417 2023-08-11T06:51:21Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us!" wikitext text/x-wiki Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! 48b5e824b67decfc37dcfb48b4a8e6f2fe58ae39 418 417 2023-08-11T06:51:37Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 06:51, 11 August 2023 (UTC) 60982f0c7f1664899d8cc91b83d4725fb469ad3d 419 418 2023-08-11T06:52:01Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome == Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 06:51, 11 August 2023 (UTC) bdf0649a7f438bdb095b25c185e74f0245786e40 2 199 422 421 2023-08-11T07:07:30Z Epicguyeditz 6 h wikitext text/x-wiki "'''khalid kalakhel'''" also known as "'''epicguy_editz'''" is an '''pakistani geotuber''', He is known for his youtube videos with an channel over 590+ subscribers and 200,000+ views as of August 11th. he started his youtube channel in '''December of 2018''', he is '''13 years old''' and wants '''1000 subscribers''' on youtube. He is from '''Hyderabad''', A city in '''pakistan'' 688d085bd9c71f633da53de8859573e973b5effd 428 422 2023-08-11T07:18:15Z Epicguyeditz 6 added content wikitext text/x-wiki "'''khalid kalakhel'''" also known as "'''epicguy_editz'''" is an '''pakistani geotuber''', He is known for his youtube videos with an channel over 590+ subscribers and 200,000+ views as of August 11th. he started his youtube channel in '''December of 2018''', he is '''13 years old''' and wants '''1000 subscribers''' on youtube. He is from '''Hyderabad''', A city in '''pakistan. he uses capcut and alight motion to make his edits'' 3b0165fc12685e9981bfd381b588a1b417e217df 431 428 2023-08-11T07:24:39Z Epicguyeditz 6 my name wikitext text/x-wiki "'''<span lang="ur" dir="ltr">khalid kalakhel</span>'''" also known as "'''epicguy_editz'''" is an '''pakistani geotuber''', He is known for his youtube videos with an channel over 590+ subscribers and 200,000+ views as of August 11th. he started his youtube channel in '''December of 2018''', he is '''13 years old''' and wants '''1000 subscribers''' on youtube. He is from '''Hyderabad''', A city in '''pakistan. he uses capcut and alight motion to make his edits'' f87f1bc64e5eacdda08177a7bb72bf4aec0ff008 436 431 2023-08-11T07:39:03Z Epicguyeditz 6 I removed all of my text, how do you generate things about me without doing no work? wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 437 436 2023-08-11T07:42:03Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Why you removed all the text? 1b96b2f1f30aa6325fcf256b25fbefa3a8307b6e 3 200 423 419 2023-08-11T07:09:53Z Epicguyeditz 6 /* . */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome == Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 06:51, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) 5669b4d63891f66e39eb2a5c34d5cedf8fa59793 424 423 2023-08-11T07:11:25Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome == Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 06:51, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == Give Discord Link == Can you give me your Discord account name or anything else? I will create a page for you == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) cf2b80a46bbc617a3ccdc0872932066ab8b23e83 425 424 2023-08-11T07:11:36Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome == Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 06:51, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == Give Discord Link == Can you give me your Discord account name or anything else? I will create a page for you [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 07:11, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) 508a69c14d6f4411aca0c4fbebad38ce8fbf3793 426 425 2023-08-11T07:14:04Z Epicguyeditz 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome == Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 06:51, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == Give Discord Link == Can you give me your Discord account name or anything else? I will create a page for you [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 07:11, 11 August 2023 (UTC) d1sbeliefs [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:14, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) 2edf0a3d68767c80df69b8757325231846bcd85c 429 426 2023-08-11T07:18:47Z Epicguyeditz 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome == Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 06:51, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == Give Discord Link == Can you give me your Discord account name or anything else? I will create a page for you [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 07:11, 11 August 2023 (UTC) d1sbeliefs [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:14, 11 August 2023 (UTC) d1sbeliefs [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:18, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) 53af60bab0f357b34202d89d0c08617c1b32fe3a 430 429 2023-08-11T07:22:02Z Epicguyeditz 6 wikitext text/x-wiki == Welcome == Hey, Welcome to Geotubepedia! Happy to see good people like you joining us! [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 06:51, 11 August 2023 (UTC) t [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:22, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == Give Discord Link == Can you give me your Discord account name or anything else? I will create a page for you [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 07:11, 11 August 2023 (UTC) d1sbeliefs [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:14, 11 August 2023 (UTC) d1sbeliefs [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:18, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) == . == subscribe to me [[User:Epicguyeditz|Epicguyeditz]] ([[User talk:Epicguyeditz|talk]]) 07:09, 11 August 2023 (UTC) fc2b56ab3840af6698e807626301f0932df30a5c 2 201 427 2023-08-11T07:17:01Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "Hello, I am the creator of Geotubepedia!" wikitext text/x-wiki Hello, I am the creator of Geotubepedia! 72d131e0a28242b968c6a2a52d29cec6113f6a87 828 81 432 165 2023-08-11T07:33:30Z InsaneX 2 InsaneX changed the content model of the page [[Module:Message box/ombox.css]] from "plain text" to "Sanitized CSS": For Troubleshooting sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .ombox { margin: 4px 0; border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */ background-color: #f8f9fa; box-sizing: border-box; } /* For the "small=yes" option. */ .ombox.mbox-small { font-size: 88%; line-height: 1.25em; } .ombox-speedy { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */ } .ombox-delete { border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */ } .ombox-content { border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */ } .ombox-style { border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */ } .ombox-move { border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */ } .ombox-protection { border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */ } .ombox .mbox-text { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 0.25em 0.9em; width: 100%; } .ombox .mbox-image { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em; text-align: center; } .ombox .mbox-imageright { border: none; /* @noflip */ padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0; text-align: center; } /* An empty narrow cell */ .ombox .mbox-empty-cell { border: none; padding: 0; width: 1px; } .ombox .mbox-invalid-type { text-align: center; } @media (min-width: 720px) { .ombox { margin: 4px 10%; } .ombox.mbox-small { /* @noflip */ clear: right; /* @noflip */ float: right; /* @noflip */ margin: 4px 0 4px 1em; width: 238px; } } 8fe3df4bb607e699eab2dbd23bd4a1a446391002 828 88 433 179 2023-08-11T07:34:52Z InsaneX 2 InsaneX changed the content model of the page [[Module:Shortcut/styles.css]] from "plain text" to "Sanitized CSS" sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .module-shortcutboxplain { float: right; margin: 0 0 0 1em; border: 1px solid #aaa; background: #fff; padding: 0.3em 0.6em 0.2em 0.6em; text-align: center; font-size: 85%; } .module-shortcutboxleft { float: left; margin: 0 1em 0 0; } .module-shortcutlist { display: inline-block; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 0.2em; } .module-shortcutboxplain ul { font-weight: bold; } .module-shortcutanchordiv { position: relative; top: -3em; } li .module-shortcutanchordiv { float: right; /* IE/Edge in list items */ } .mbox-imageright .module-shortcutboxplain { padding: 0.4em 1em 0.4em 1em; line-height: 1.3; margin: 0; } ccf3877e4b14726147d3b1d8a297fbecacdb2cf8 10 87 434 177 2023-08-11T07:35:36Z InsaneX 2 InsaneX changed the content model of the page [[Template:Plainlist/styles.css]] from "plain text" to "Sanitized CSS" sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template|small=yes}} */ .plainlist ol, .plainlist ul { line-height: inherit; list-style: none; margin: 0; padding: 0; /* Reset Minerva default */ } .plainlist ol li, .plainlist ul li { margin-bottom: 0; } 51706efa229ff8794c0d94f260a208e7c5e6ec30 828 58 435 119 2023-08-11T07:38:12Z InsaneX 2 InsaneX changed the content model of the page [[Module:Documentation/styles.css]] from "plain text" to "Sanitized CSS" sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .documentation, .documentation-metadata { border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; background-color: #ecfcf4; clear: both; } .documentation { margin: 1em 0 0 0; padding: 1em; } .documentation-metadata { margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */ font-style: italic; padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */ } .documentation-startbox { padding-bottom: 3px; border-bottom: 1px solid #aaa; margin-bottom: 1ex; } .documentation-heading { font-weight: bold; font-size: 125%; } .documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */ clear: both; } .documentation-toolbar { font-style: normal; font-size: 85%; } ce0e629c92e3d825ab9fd927fe6cc37d9117b6cb 0 169 438 360 2023-08-11T07:48:22Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] bb0d6327fb8ec80c35d6569a4d7eecc726b6de6a 461 438 2023-08-11T11:27:20Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] 8c62cc34f1d93318936278093f6670902a831779 0 4 439 415 2023-08-11T07:55:23Z InsaneX 2 Replaced content with "[[File:C UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Umar Edits'''" wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:C UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Umar Edits''' e6d28e585205546350db347575a72d7071fa3c0c 440 439 2023-08-11T07:56:16Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Umar Edits''' 7b6a0a1b9b804577656a986bcffac3f4bf5dff7e 441 440 2023-08-11T07:57:08Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Umar Edits''' f5b9ba2993709f659ddbc7a01b02bcf95f64ef29 0 1 442 349 2023-08-11T10:44:26Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to Geotubepedia == The ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] c4ddc06dfaa33d62deb1f3603d488629acb05baa 443 442 2023-08-11T10:46:22Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to Geotubepedia == Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] aabda0d368991df71cf2da41093ba0c1ae91a052 444 443 2023-08-11T10:59:44Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki <style type="text/css"> /* Change the color of the main page headings */ body.page-Main_Page h2 { color: ##ff0022; /* Change #YOUR_COLOR_CODE to the desired color for the heading text */ border-bottom-color: ##ff0022; /* Change #YOUR_COLOR_CODE to the desired color for the separator line */ } </style> __NOTOC__ == Welcome to Geotubepedia == Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] fc4b088fd0707af05fa7fafd99b5b2bd30a77bce 445 444 2023-08-11T10:59:58Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ == Welcome to Geotubepedia == Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] aabda0d368991df71cf2da41093ba0c1ae91a052 446 445 2023-08-11T11:09:28Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> == Welcome to Geotubepedia == Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] a553b6206b2ae794886101564269e9d09b74a54c 447 446 2023-08-11T11:10:20Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> == Welcome to Geotubepedia == Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] b3acab5886b7819acc25ac50bcd0ee2405cafb13 448 447 2023-08-11T11:11:05Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 10px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> == Welcome to Geotubepedia == Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 29798ae821cda9c906e7b98b0dee97e8e1b18dfe 449 448 2023-08-11T11:11:19Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> == Welcome to Geotubepedia == Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 3dac2c3d0f65e724671ec3e399c347d792967375 450 449 2023-08-11T11:11:34Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 5a66718fb43ade2c5653562ee42abd1fd0f08f3a 451 450 2023-08-11T11:12:47Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> <h1 style="text-align: center;" Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content.</p> === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] c208b0a0dae21bb17c5c9b5c696e8a347ea2f003 452 451 2023-08-11T11:13:02Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> <p style="text-align: center;" Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content.</p> === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 9accc0ed56d343418010c08a56139a3174123076 453 452 2023-08-11T11:13:30Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> Geotubepedia is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 97eabece3f67e686fc0fcfd2b4ccca4aba255d04 454 453 2023-08-11T11:16:38Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h2> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 4e549fd68d3fe9830c81ea3ae8fda1686058e4d2 455 454 2023-08-11T11:17:13Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. === Featured Geotuber === '''GeoMaster''': An acclaimed Geotuber known for his in-depth country comparisons and geographical history. [Read more...][Link to GeoMaster's page] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 5e14bed8b7cd51ec9ae496241e17793f8e02da82 456 455 2023-08-11T11:19:39Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] cc83e25112b53515a0981a2a997d002fb41ababc 457 456 2023-08-11T11:20:42Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === <!--- * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] * [[Geotube Awards]] --> '''Coming Soon''' === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] a44a1d5a5a4ff7bf15dfcdf57ad76a76dcea2c11 458 457 2023-08-11T11:24:36Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === * [[List of Geotubers]] * [[Top Geography YouTube Channels]] === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 91eea8ea1efef5e33f5214cb09a155bfa68fa8d2 459 458 2023-08-11T11:25:11Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === * [[Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 129ca250eec4c8203ac8fab4836c0b73af74280e 460 459 2023-08-11T11:26:05Z InsaneX 2 /* Explore */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] === News and Updates === * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 9631fb3f9806a68a5ea5d16209504756abd376fd 463 460 2023-08-11T11:31:48Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! * '''August 12, 2023:''' New Geotuber profiles added! === Explore === * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] e009de5fbeb994ec492307b3e7075b9d47f90674 464 463 2023-08-11T11:34:56Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 0bb16ea1c3ca8b51b07dc6947c34a7a175c68ebd 470 464 2023-08-11T11:49:46Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> ==Recent Changes== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 05a4ca02ca1ed0c98468f72705f4c2a5459ff6e1 471 470 2023-08-11T14:41:42Z InsaneX 2 /* Featured Geotuber */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> ==Recent Changes== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 8495fe05fb0f7158906e5cc189a95c03caa3bc46 472 471 2023-08-11T14:43:01Z InsaneX 2 /* Other Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> ==Recent Changes== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 1b7a71820e2d712fc5025442724b708e0d2de51c 14 202 462 2023-08-11T11:28:28Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "This Category contains the list of all Geotubers." wikitext text/x-wiki This Category contains the list of all Geotubers. 522de3305964983674eed326b9957ea31fabd8d9 14 204 466 2023-08-11T11:38:11Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "List of Top Geotubers." wikitext text/x-wiki List of Top Geotubers. 5748e7ebbdea3220ed7434a18d81c3b407a97e04 0 172 467 362 2023-08-11T11:39:01Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[File:Saif Sheikh Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits.]] '''Saif Sheikh''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سیف شیخ) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Saif Sheikh Edits'''. == Personal Life == Saif was born on February 4th, 2009, in Lahore, Pakistan. Saif experienced a significant transition in his life when he moved to Chicago in late 2012. Adapting to a new culture and environment, Saif's experiences in both Lahore and Chicago have played a pivotal role in shaping his perspectives and content. Politically, Saif is a supporter of Imran Khan. == YouTube Career == Saif's journey into the realm of YouTube and geography was inspired by Geotubers like TheGamingKing and UmarEdits. Their content struck a chord with Saif, motivating him to dive into the world of geography content creation. As a result, he commenced his own channel, ''Saif Sheikh Edits'', where he brings a unique blend of his experiences and knowledge to his audience. == See Also == * [https://www.youtube.com/SaifSheikhEdits Saif Sheikh Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/sh2005_4_4/?igshid=OGQ5ZDc2ODk2ZA%3D%3D Saif Sheikh Edits on Instagram] 15587304c61fea6891704d9a4d8c408577d5adec 8 205 468 2023-08-11T11:43:44Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "/* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for all users on every page load. */ $(document).ready(function() { // Check if it's the main page and mobile view with Minerva skin if (mw.config.get('wgIsMainPage') && mw.config.get('skin') === 'minerva') { // Disable the section collapsing feature $('.mw-collapsible-toggle').hide(); } });" javascript text/javascript /* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for all users on every page load. */ $(document).ready(function() { // Check if it's the main page and mobile view with Minerva skin if (mw.config.get('wgIsMainPage') && mw.config.get('skin') === 'minerva') { // Disable the section collapsing feature $('.mw-collapsible-toggle').hide(); } }); bef8c9d69054dac217f999d5cf80ff3967a58ddb 469 468 2023-08-11T11:45:02Z InsaneX 2 javascript text/javascript /* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for all users on every page load. */ 7850587e5c59a0259c9c96f81797dcf059b3cac9 0 1 473 472 2023-08-11T14:43:16Z InsaneX 2 /* Other Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> ==Recent Changes== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] b59d2f06ff0a3bd51907435813e3c7ba08254dcd 483 473 2023-08-11T15:25:41Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> ==Recent Changes== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Learn how to [[Help:Contributing|contribute]]. === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] f62de9aa8fd95f934b399f0a586a32a18fea876b 484 483 2023-08-11T15:26:29Z InsaneX 2 /* Contributing */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> ==Recent Changes== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] e6623788d1618021674e1c154091e13cd88127bc 485 484 2023-08-11T15:26:50Z InsaneX 2 /* Recent Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] df1922a53997de2836de735883f22ca1e503c6d9 486 485 2023-08-11T15:35:30Z InsaneX 2 /* Explore */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about YouTubers who love exploring our world * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] b77fdab07fc9e01304823fb4bb7a3952246d7de9 487 486 2023-08-11T15:35:43Z InsaneX 2 /* Explore */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about YouTubers who love exploring our world. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 90c5c7a052d6a56b7a51c4fdc163db87ea17d34a 488 487 2023-08-11T15:36:10Z InsaneX 2 /* Explore */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! === Did you know? === The term "Geotuber" was first coined in 2019 by a group of Geography enthusiasts on YouTube. == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] b0ce5c8dd21dc3b6dee1d5504548ac49b9406c9d 489 488 2023-08-11T15:36:24Z InsaneX 2 /* Did you know? */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Community Portal|Community Portal]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help|Help]] 54ff707d6dd4d6d078e65d6ff62caefcb456197f 490 489 2023-08-11T15:36:45Z InsaneX 2 /* Other Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help]] d73191ba9597ce60e6cd78e043ce142f3ba03cbe 491 490 2023-08-11T15:37:47Z InsaneX 2 /* Welcome to Geotubepedia */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help]] 4eed964f12706ebcf4e10dae6a85d921a31cc857 494 491 2023-08-11T15:51:13Z InsaneX 2 /* Other Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help]] 8a4cf984dd02121e0f80cbd1f6b64d733eb9151c 501 494 2023-08-11T16:09:56Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help]] 916dd540d8acdc55fff8a6a9a9818009c72b856c 502 501 2023-08-11T16:10:37Z InsaneX 2 /* Other Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia is launched! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] cd25b2f97dcbbc01ec72ceae15c8aba079c4d0dc 506 502 2023-08-11T16:40:21Z InsaneX 2 /* Recent Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] 0b5b8be62e06418dd848aa2452fac000018584d8 4 206 474 2023-08-11T14:49:05Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "{{Geotubepedia:Header}} == About Geotubepedia == '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike..." wikitext text/x-wiki {{Geotubepedia:Header}} == About Geotubepedia == '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. === Mission === Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. === History === Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. === Content and structure === All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. === Governance and operations === While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [[Geotubepedia:Contribute|Contribute]] page. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Guidelines|Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]] == External links == * [https://www.miraheze.org/ Miraheze homepage] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] 77ea2ff774717712abbd9ca1f8cc244cfb83187a 475 474 2023-08-11T14:49:21Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. === Mission === Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. === History === Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. === Content and structure === All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. === Governance and operations === While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [[Geotubepedia:Contribute|Contribute]] page. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Guidelines|Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]] == External links == * [https://www.miraheze.org/ Miraheze homepage] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] d724548191eecb819bf71c6d5f086e8e37c5b685 476 475 2023-08-11T14:50:02Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. == Mission == Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. == History == Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. == Content and structure == All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. == Governance and operations == While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [[Geotubepedia:Contribute|Contribute]] page. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Guidelines|Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]] == External links == * [https://www.miraheze.org/ Miraheze homepage] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] dbf1bb032515a4f125699be007b6ed7f0d93cb69 477 476 2023-08-11T14:50:17Z InsaneX 2 /* External links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. == Mission == Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. == History == Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. == Content and structure == All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. == Governance and operations == While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [[Geotubepedia:Contribute|Contribute]] page. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Guidelines|Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] 1c2acd75acbb2a61a661d35bef38aee0cffda3e2 478 477 2023-08-11T14:52:22Z InsaneX 2 Protected "[[Geotubepedia:About]]" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. == Mission == Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. == History == Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. == Content and structure == All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. == Governance and operations == While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [[Geotubepedia:Contribute|Contribute]] page. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Guidelines|Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] 1c2acd75acbb2a61a661d35bef38aee0cffda3e2 479 478 2023-08-11T15:00:44Z InsaneX 2 /* Participate */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. == Mission == Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. == History == Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. == Content and structure == All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. == Governance and operations == While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [|Discord Server]. Need help? Check the [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]]. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Guidelines|Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] 02d814a549c1e5a9ce2e9f3504ab43a0c38d8896 495 479 2023-08-11T15:51:38Z InsaneX 2 /* See also */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. == Mission == Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. == History == Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. == Content and structure == All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. == Governance and operations == While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [|Discord Server]. Need help? Check the [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]]. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] 9974044e7019542d493fd54f58893ad2c05fcdb7 496 495 2023-08-11T15:52:54Z InsaneX 2 /* See also */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. == Mission == Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. == History == Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. == Content and structure == All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. == Governance and operations == While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [|Discord Server]. Need help? Check the [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]]. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] de7a6ce6947daf43532881de6e6bae8b11a2a3db 499 496 2023-08-11T16:08:38Z InsaneX 2 /* See also */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotubepedia''' is a free online encyclopedia dedicated to documenting the profiles, contributions, and histories of Geotubers, individuals or groups who produce YouTube content centered around Geography and related themes, such as comparisons of countries, empires, and other geopolitical topics. Created by a community of volunteers, Geotubepedia aims to serve as a centralized resource for audiences and creators alike to explore the vibrant world of Geotubing. == Mission == Our mission is to provide accurate, unbiased, and comprehensive information about the Geotuber community, its members, and their works. We believe that understanding and appreciating these content creators can foster a deeper appreciation for the field of Geography and its real-world implications. == History == Geotubepedia was founded in 2023 as a collaborative project for fans and creators alike to document the evolution of Geotubing. The platform is growing rapidly thanks to the contributions of Geotubers who link to their Geotubepedia pages from their channel's about page, and the diligent efforts of dedicated editors. == Content and structure == All of Geotubepedia's articles aim to adhere to the principles of neutrality, verifiability, and notability. Every Geotuber with a dedicated page on this platform has been deemed notable by our community standards, based on their contributions, viewership, and impact in the field. == Governance and operations == While Geotubepedia is built on the foundation of open collaboration, we have a dedicated team of administrators and editors who oversee the platform's operations, ensuring content quality and addressing potential concerns. Decisions are made based on community consensus, and any significant changes to the platform's guidelines or policies are subject to discussion among active members. == Participate == We invite all passionate fans and creators to contribute to Geotubepedia. Whether you're a long-time Geotuber or someone who just discovered this exciting niche, your insights and expertise are valuable to us. Learn more on our [|Discord Server]. Need help? Check the [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]]. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights|Geotubepedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] 8697c1490d80914e25962496058bf58a8c3839c0 4 207 480 2023-08-11T15:21:56Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "Welcome to the '''Geotubepedia Help Desk'''. This is a place where you can ask questions and get assistance regarding any issues or queries you might have about Geotubepedia. Whether you're new to the platform or an experienced editor, we're here to help. == Rules for the Help Desk == Please follow the rules below: * Please keep questions related to Geotubepedia. * Don't share personal information, especially passwords. * Be respectful and patient; everyone is here to h..." wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the '''Geotubepedia Help Desk'''. This is a place where you can ask questions and get assistance regarding any issues or queries you might have about Geotubepedia. Whether you're new to the platform or an experienced editor, we're here to help. == Rules for the Help Desk == Please follow the rules below: * Please keep questions related to Geotubepedia. * Don't share personal information, especially passwords. * Be respectful and patient; everyone is here to help and learn. * If you suspect a technical issue, please provide clear details so we can assist you better. == Questions == Please place your questions below, and a member of our community will get back to you as soon as possible. === Need Further Assistance? === If you need more direct help or are facing urgent issues, please join our [link to Discord Server|Discord Server]. Our community and moderators are active there and ready to assist. f944d4f8e36e373133991631c160fbb32ab05bca 481 480 2023-08-11T15:22:57Z InsaneX 2 /* Rules for the Help Desk */ wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the '''Geotubepedia Help Desk'''. This is a place where you can ask questions and get assistance regarding any issues or queries you might have about Geotubepedia. Whether you're new to the platform or an experienced editor, we're here to help. == Rules for the Help Desk == Please follow the rules below: * Please keep questions related to Geotubepedia. * Don't share personal information, especially passwords. * Be respectful and patient; everyone is here to help and learn. * If you suspect a technical issue, please provide clear details so we can assist you better. * Remember to sign your post by adding four tildes ([[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 15:22, 11 August 2023 (UTC)) at the end of your post. Alternatively, you can click on the signature icon (Geotubepedia edit toolbar signature icon) on the edit toolbar. == Questions == Please place your questions below, and a member of our community will get back to you as soon as possible. === Need Further Assistance? === If you need more direct help or are facing urgent issues, please join our [link to Discord Server|Discord Server]. Our community and moderators are active there and ready to assist. 89331909652c56be104e5cacb153b731cc272a63 482 481 2023-08-11T15:24:54Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Welcome to the '''Geotubepedia Help Desk'''. This is a place where you can ask questions and get assistance regarding any issues or queries you might have about Geotubepedia. Whether you're new to the platform or an experienced editor, we're here to help. == Rules for the Help Desk == Please follow the rules below: * Please keep questions related to Geotubepedia. * Don't share personal information, especially passwords. * Be respectful and patient; everyone is here to help and learn. * If you suspect a technical issue, please provide clear details so we can assist you better. * Remember to sign your post by adding four tildes <nowiki>~~~~</nowiki> at the end of your post. Alternatively, you can click on the signature icon (Geotubepedia edit toolbar signature icon) on the edit toolbar. == Questions == Please place your questions below, and a member of our community will get back to you as soon as possible. === Need Further Assistance? === If you need more direct help or are facing urgent issues, please join our [link to Discord Server|Discord Server]. Our community and moderators are active there and ready to assist. 3e59c473b95adb81502e71e2a3b9fb8a3ac40eb8 4 208 492 2023-08-11T15:47:25Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "At '''Geotubepedia''', our aim is to maintain a collaborative, informative, and respectful environment. These guidelines and policies ensure that our platform remains a trusted source for all things Geotuber. === General Conduct === * '''Be Respectful:''' Engage with other users civilly. Avoid personal attacks, harassment, or any form of discrimination. * '''Assume Good Faith:''' Believe that everyone is here to make positive contributions, unless proven otherwise. ===..." wikitext text/x-wiki At '''Geotubepedia''', our aim is to maintain a collaborative, informative, and respectful environment. These guidelines and policies ensure that our platform remains a trusted source for all things Geotuber. === General Conduct === * '''Be Respectful:''' Engage with other users civilly. Avoid personal attacks, harassment, or any form of discrimination. * '''Assume Good Faith:''' Believe that everyone is here to make positive contributions, unless proven otherwise. === Content Guidelines === * '''Neutrality:''' Ensure articles are written from a neutral point of view. Refrain from promotional language or bias. * '''Verifiability:''' Information added should be backed by reliable sources, especially if potentially controversial. * '''Original Research:''' Geotubepedia is about sharing well-sourced, established facts, not personal opinions or theories. === Editing Guidelines === * '''Approval Process:''' Every edit submitted is reviewed and approved by our team before it's visible to the public, ensuring quality and accuracy. * '''Citing Sources:''' Always try to provide sources when adding new information. * '''Talk Pages:''' Discuss changes or disputes on the respective article's talk page. * '''Avoid Edit Wars:''' Discuss disagreements on the talk page instead of continually undoing edits. === Inclusivity in Content Creation === * '''All Geotubers Welcome:''' We believe in documenting the entire Geotuber community. Whether you have a large following or are just starting out, Geotubepedia acknowledges and values every contributor. There's no notability barrier here! === User Accounts === * '''Single Account Policy:''' Stick to one account for your contributions. Using multiple accounts to mislead or cause disruption is against our principles. * '''Privacy:''' Protect your and others' privacy. Avoid sharing personal or identifying details. === Administrative Actions === * '''Page Protection:''' Some pages may be protected to prevent disruptions. * '''Deletion:''' Content that doesn't align with our guidelines might be flagged for deletion. * '''Blocking:''' Continuous disregard for these guidelines may result in temporary or permanent blocking from editing. == Questions or Concerns? == For any questions about our guidelines or Geotubepedia in general, please visit our [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] or join our [https://discord.gg/8nc4W5nggg Discord Server]. [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] 54cb08308f9e89750917f052b9db282e4473e65b 493 492 2023-08-11T15:48:16Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki At '''Geotubepedia''', our aim is to maintain a collaborative, informative, and respectful environment. These guidelines and policies ensure that our platform remains a trusted source for all things Geotuber. == General Conduct == * '''Be Respectful:''' Engage with other users civilly. Avoid personal attacks, harassment, or any form of discrimination. * '''Assume Good Faith:''' Believe that everyone is here to make positive contributions, unless proven otherwise. == Content Guidelines == * '''Neutrality:''' Ensure articles are written from a neutral point of view. Refrain from promotional language or bias. * '''Verifiability:''' Information added should be backed by reliable sources, especially if potentially controversial. * '''Original Research:''' Geotubepedia is about sharing well-sourced, established facts, not personal opinions or theories. == Editing Guidelines == * '''Approval Process:''' Every edit submitted is reviewed and approved by our team before it's visible to the public, ensuring quality and accuracy. * '''Citing Sources:''' Always try to provide sources when adding new information. * '''Talk Pages:''' Discuss changes or disputes on the respective article's talk page. * '''Avoid Edit Wars:''' Discuss disagreements on the talk page instead of continually undoing edits. == Inclusivity in Content Creation == * '''All Geotubers Welcome:''' We believe in documenting the entire Geotuber community. Whether you have a large following or are just starting out, Geotubepedia acknowledges and values every contributor. There's no notability barrier here! == User Accounts == * '''Single Account Policy:''' Stick to one account for your contributions. Using multiple accounts to mislead or cause disruption is against our principles. * '''Privacy:''' Protect your and others' privacy. Avoid sharing personal or identifying details. == Administrative Actions == * '''Page Protection:''' Some pages may be protected to prevent disruptions. * '''Deletion:''' Content that doesn't align with our guidelines might be flagged for deletion. * '''Blocking:''' Continuous disregard for these guidelines may result in temporary or permanent blocking from editing. == Questions or Concerns? == For any questions about our guidelines or Geotubepedia in general, please visit our [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] or join our [https://discord.gg/8nc4W5nggg Discord Server]. [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] bc031f3c9ce831529222daf318b96d8a48907050 4 209 497 2023-08-11T16:06:05Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "The text of Geotubepedia is copyrighted (automatically, under the Berne Convention) by Geotubepedia editors and contributors and is formally licensed to the public under one or several liberal licenses. Most of Geotubepedia's text and many of its images are co-licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License (CC BY-SA) and the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL) (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover te..." wikitext text/x-wiki The text of Geotubepedia is copyrighted (automatically, under the Berne Convention) by Geotubepedia editors and contributors and is formally licensed to the public under one or several liberal licenses. Most of Geotubepedia's text and many of its images are co-licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License (CC BY-SA) and the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL) (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). Some text has been imported only under CC BY-SA and CC BY-SA-compatible license and cannot be reused under GFDL; such text will be identified on the page footer, in the page history, or on the discussion page of the article that utilizes the text. Every image has a description page that indicates the license under which it is released or, if it is non-free, the rationale under which it is used. The licenses Geotubepedia uses grant free access to our content in the same sense that free software is licensed freely. Geotubepedia content can be copied, modified, and redistributed if and only if the copied version is made available on the same terms to others and acknowledgment of the authors of the Geotubepedia article used is included (a link back to the article is generally thought to satisfy the attribution requirement; see below for more details). Copied Geotubepedia content will therefore remain free under an appropriate license and can continue to be used by anyone subject to certain restrictions, most of which aim to ensure that freedom. This principle is known as copyleft in contrast to typical copyright licenses. To this end: * Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify Geotubepedia's text under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License and, unless otherwise noted, the GNU Free Documentation License, unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts. * A copy of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License is included in the section entitled "Geotubepedia:Text of Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" * A copy of the GNU Free Documentation License is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". * Content on Geotubepedia is covered by disclaimers. * The English text of the CC BY-SA and GFDL licenses is the only legally binding restriction between authors and users of Geotubepedia content. What follows is our interpretation of CC BY-SA and GFDL, as it pertains to the rights and obligations of users and contributors. '''Contributors' rights and obligations''' ''Shortcut'' GP:CRANDO If you contribute text directly to Geotubepedia, you thereby license it to the public for reuse under CC BY-SA and GFDL (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). Non-text media may be contributed under a variety of different licenses that support the general goal of allowing unrestricted re-use and re-distribution. See Guidelines for images and other media files, below. If you want to import text that you have found elsewhere or that you have co-authored with others, you can only do so if it is available under terms that are compatible with the CC BY-SA license. You do not need to ensure or guarantee that the imported text is available under the GNU Free Documentation License, unless you are its sole author. Furthermore, please note that you cannot import information which is available only under the GFDL. In other words, you may only import text that is (a) single-licensed under terms compatible with the CC BY-SA license or (b) dual-licensed with the GFDL and another license with terms compatible with the CC BY-SA license. If you are the sole author of the material, you must license it under both CC BY-SA and GFDL. If the material, text or media, has been previously published and you wish to donate it to Geotubepedia under appropriate license, you will need to verify copyright permission through one of our established procedures. See Geotubepedia:Donating copyrighted materials for details. If you are not a copyright holder, you will still need to verify copyright permission; see the Using copyrighted work from others section below. You retain copyright to materials you contribute to Geotubepedia, text and media. Copyright is never transferred to Geotubepedia. You can later republish and relicense them in any way you like. However, you can never retract or alter the license for copies of materials that you place here; these copies will remain so licensed until they enter the public domain when your copyright expires (currently some decades after an author's death). '''Using copyrighted work from others''' ''Shortcut'' GP:COPYOTHERS All creative works are copyrighted, by international agreement, unless either they fall into the public domain or their copyright is explicitly disclaimed. Generally, Geotubepedia must have permission to use copyrighted works. There are some circumstances under which copyrighted works may be legally utilized without permission; see Geotubepedia:Non-free content for specific details on when and how to utilize such material. However, it is our goal to be able to freely redistribute as much of Geotubepedia's material as possible, so original images and sound files licensed under CC BY-SA and GFDL (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts) or in the public domain are greatly preferred to copyrighted media files used under fair use or otherwise. If you want to import media (including text) that you have found elsewhere, and it does not meet the non-free content policy and guideline, you can only do so if it is public domain or available under terms that are compatible with the CC BY-SA license. If you import media under a compatible license which requires attribution, you must, in a reasonable fashion, credit the author(s). You must also in most cases verify that the material is compatibly licensed or public domain. If the original source of publication contains a copyright disclaimer or other indication that the material is free for use, a link to it on the media description page or the article's talk page may satisfy this requirement. If you obtain special permission to use a copyrighted work from the copyright holder under compatible terms, you must make a note of that fact (along with the relevant names and dates) and verify this through one of several processes. See Geotubepedia:Requesting copyright permission for the procedure for asking a copyright holder to grant a usable license for their work and for the processes for verifying that license has been granted. Never use materials that infringe the copyrights of others. This could create legal liabilities and seriously hurt Geotubepedia. If in doubt, write the content yourself, thereby creating a new copyrighted work which can be included in Geotubepedia without trouble. Note that copyright law governs the creative expression of ideas, not the ideas or information themselves. Therefore, it is legal to read an encyclopedia article or other work, reformulate the concepts in your own words, and submit it to Geotubepedia, so long as you do not follow the source too closely. However, it would still be ethical and recommended best practice to cite your original source. '''Texts with multiple authors''' ''Shortcut'' GP:MULTIAUTH Given the wiki nature of Geotubepedia, any article may have dozens or even thousands of individual contributors. For legal purposes, the most significant contributors to an article are its main or named authors, who will have made substantial intellectual contributions to its content, and those who have contributed copyrighted text to it, either directly or through translation from another language. Anyone may list themselves as an editor on the discussion page of an article they have edited. A named editor of a Geotubepedia article has certain rights and responsibilities concerning that article; for details see the policy page. The copyrights for significant contributions to an article are held by their contributors; for details and for a definition of what constitutes a significant contribution, see the policy page. '''Reusing Geotubepedia content''' ''Shortcut'' GP:REUSE Whenever you reuse or distribute Geotubepedia content, either commercially or non-commercially, you must provide attribution, though not in any way that suggests that Geotubepedia endorses you or your use. You must also include a copy of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License with any content you distribute. If you make modifications or additions to the page you reuse, you must license them under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License, or broadly compatible terms. Where you do use a work under its GFDL license, you must, if you distribute it in a manner that allows the use of digital technology, provide access to a "Transparent copy" of the work. The easiest way to ensure you are compliant with the GFDL, if you wish to use content under that license, is to link to the original source page on Geotubepedia. If you reproduce Geotubepedia content in a format that includes material not under the CC BY-SA license or GFDL, you need to label the Geotubepedia content clearly, preferably by placing a notice at the beginning of the relevant content stating its licensing status. You also need to ensure that any third-party intellectual property you have included is clearly identified with separate copyright notices and is clearly distinguished from the CC BY-SA or GFDL licensed content. If you use Geotubepedia at a university or other institution, you may need to make sure that your use complies with the institution's internet use policies and honor code. Institutions, especially educational ones, frequently have such codes and policies in place due to concerns about plagiarism. For any reuse or distribution, you must make clear to others the license terms of this work. The best way to do this is with a link to the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. For more information, see Geotubepedia's guide on reusing content outside Geotubepedia. == Summary == Geotubepedia's content is free, not simple. Our licenses ensure that the content will remain free and that the largest possible audience will benefit from these works. We believe that this is the right thing to do for our community, for volunteers, and for education. We also believe it's the right thing to do for the world. However, please understand that you are always ultimately responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Always use your own best judgment, and consult a lawyer if you're unsure. 62083eec48363c472dd0bbcf0f4884f9807c18c5 498 497 2023-08-11T16:07:30Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The text of Geotubepedia is copyrighted (automatically, under the Berne Convention) by Geotubepedia editors and contributors and is formally licensed to the public under one or several liberal licenses. Most of Geotubepedia's text and many of its images are co-licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License (CC BY-SA) and the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL) (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). Some text has been imported only under CC BY-SA and CC BY-SA-compatible license and cannot be reused under GFDL; such text will be identified on the page footer, in the page history, or on the discussion page of the article that utilizes the text. Every image has a description page that indicates the license under which it is released or, if it is non-free, the rationale under which it is used. The licenses Geotubepedia uses grant free access to our content in the same sense that free software is licensed freely. Geotubepedia content can be copied, modified, and redistributed if and only if the copied version is made available on the same terms to others and acknowledgment of the authors of the Geotubepedia article used is included (a link back to the article is generally thought to satisfy the attribution requirement; see below for more details). Copied Geotubepedia content will therefore remain free under an appropriate license and can continue to be used by anyone subject to certain restrictions, most of which aim to ensure that freedom. This principle is known as copyleft in contrast to typical copyright licenses. To this end: * Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify Geotubepedia's text under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License and, unless otherwise noted, the GNU Free Documentation License, unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts. * A copy of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License is included in the section entitled "Geotubepedia:Text of Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" * A copy of the GNU Free Documentation License is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". * Content on Geotubepedia is covered by disclaimers. * The English text of the CC BY-SA and GFDL licenses is the only legally binding restriction between authors and users of Geotubepedia content. What follows is our interpretation of CC BY-SA and GFDL, as it pertains to the rights and obligations of users and contributors. == Contributors' rights and obligations == If you contribute text directly to Geotubepedia, you thereby license it to the public for reuse under CC BY-SA and GFDL (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). Non-text media may be contributed under a variety of different licenses that support the general goal of allowing unrestricted re-use and re-distribution. See Guidelines for images and other media files, below. If you want to import text that you have found elsewhere or that you have co-authored with others, you can only do so if it is available under terms that are compatible with the CC BY-SA license. You do not need to ensure or guarantee that the imported text is available under the GNU Free Documentation License, unless you are its sole author. Furthermore, please note that you cannot import information which is available only under the GFDL. In other words, you may only import text that is (a) single-licensed under terms compatible with the CC BY-SA license or (b) dual-licensed with the GFDL and another license with terms compatible with the CC BY-SA license. If you are the sole author of the material, you must license it under both CC BY-SA and GFDL. If the material, text or media, has been previously published and you wish to donate it to Geotubepedia under appropriate license, you will need to verify copyright permission through one of our established procedures. See Geotubepedia:Donating copyrighted materials for details. If you are not a copyright holder, you will still need to verify copyright permission; see the Using copyrighted work from others section below. You retain copyright to materials you contribute to Geotubepedia, text and media. Copyright is never transferred to Geotubepedia. You can later republish and relicense them in any way you like. However, you can never retract or alter the license for copies of materials that you place here; these copies will remain so licensed until they enter the public domain when your copyright expires (currently some decades after an author's death). == Using copyrighted work from others == All creative works are copyrighted, by international agreement, unless either they fall into the public domain or their copyright is explicitly disclaimed. Generally, Geotubepedia must have permission to use copyrighted works. There are some circumstances under which copyrighted works may be legally utilized without permission; see Geotubepedia:Non-free content for specific details on when and how to utilize such material. However, it is our goal to be able to freely redistribute as much of Geotubepedia's material as possible, so original images and sound files licensed under CC BY-SA and GFDL (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts) or in the public domain are greatly preferred to copyrighted media files used under fair use or otherwise. If you want to import media (including text) that you have found elsewhere, and it does not meet the non-free content policy and guideline, you can only do so if it is public domain or available under terms that are compatible with the CC BY-SA license. If you import media under a compatible license which requires attribution, you must, in a reasonable fashion, credit the author(s). You must also in most cases verify that the material is compatibly licensed or public domain. If the original source of publication contains a copyright disclaimer or other indication that the material is free for use, a link to it on the media description page or the article's talk page may satisfy this requirement. If you obtain special permission to use a copyrighted work from the copyright holder under compatible terms, you must make a note of that fact (along with the relevant names and dates) and verify this through one of several processes. See Geotubepedia:Requesting copyright permission for the procedure for asking a copyright holder to grant a usable license for their work and for the processes for verifying that license has been granted. Never use materials that infringe the copyrights of others. This could create legal liabilities and seriously hurt Geotubepedia. If in doubt, write the content yourself, thereby creating a new copyrighted work which can be included in Geotubepedia without trouble. Note that copyright law governs the creative expression of ideas, not the ideas or information themselves. Therefore, it is legal to read an encyclopedia article or other work, reformulate the concepts in your own words, and submit it to Geotubepedia, so long as you do not follow the source too closely. However, it would still be ethical and recommended best practice to cite your original source. == Texts with multiple authors == Given the wiki nature of Geotubepedia, any article may have dozens or even thousands of individual contributors. For legal purposes, the most significant contributors to an article are its main or named authors, who will have made substantial intellectual contributions to its content, and those who have contributed copyrighted text to it, either directly or through translation from another language. Anyone may list themselves as an editor on the discussion page of an article they have edited. A named editor of a Geotubepedia article has certain rights and responsibilities concerning that article; for details see the policy page. The copyrights for significant contributions to an article are held by their contributors; for details and for a definition of what constitutes a significant contribution, see the policy page. == Reusing Geotubepedia content == Whenever you reuse or distribute Geotubepedia content, either commercially or non-commercially, you must provide attribution, though not in any way that suggests that Geotubepedia endorses you or your use. You must also include a copy of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License with any content you distribute. If you make modifications or additions to the page you reuse, you must license them under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License, or broadly compatible terms. Where you do use a work under its GFDL license, you must, if you distribute it in a manner that allows the use of digital technology, provide access to a "Transparent copy" of the work. The easiest way to ensure you are compliant with the GFDL, if you wish to use content under that license, is to link to the original source page on Geotubepedia. If you reproduce Geotubepedia content in a format that includes material not under the CC BY-SA license or GFDL, you need to label the Geotubepedia content clearly, preferably by placing a notice at the beginning of the relevant content stating its licensing status. You also need to ensure that any third-party intellectual property you have included is clearly identified with separate copyright notices and is clearly distinguished from the CC BY-SA or GFDL licensed content. If you use Geotubepedia at a university or other institution, you may need to make sure that your use complies with the institution's internet use policies and honor code. Institutions, especially educational ones, frequently have such codes and policies in place due to concerns about plagiarism. For any reuse or distribution, you must make clear to others the license terms of this work. The best way to do this is with a link to the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. For more information, see Geotubepedia's guide on reusing content outside Geotubepedia. == Summary == Geotubepedia's content is free, not simple. Our licenses ensure that the content will remain free and that the largest possible audience will benefit from these works. We believe that this is the right thing to do for our community, for volunteers, and for education. We also believe it's the right thing to do for the world. However, please understand that you are always ultimately responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Always use your own best judgment, and consult a lawyer if you're unsure. ec6ba969ad94d477bca2186f7b599445b704bdd7 500 498 2023-08-11T16:09:22Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki The text of Geotubepedia is copyrighted (automatically, under the Berne Convention) by Geotubepedia editors and contributors and is formally licensed to the public under one or several liberal licenses. Most of Geotubepedia's text and many of its images are co-licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License (CC BY-SA) and the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL) (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). Some text has been imported only under CC BY-SA and CC BY-SA-compatible license and cannot be reused under GFDL; such text will be identified on the page footer, in the page history, or on the discussion page of the article that utilizes the text. Every image has a description page that indicates the license under which it is released or, if it is non-free, the rationale under which it is used. The licenses Geotubepedia uses grant free access to our content in the same sense that free software is licensed freely. Geotubepedia content can be copied, modified, and redistributed if and only if the copied version is made available on the same terms to others and acknowledgment of the authors of the Geotubepedia article used is included (a link back to the article is generally thought to satisfy the attribution requirement; see below for more details). Copied Geotubepedia content will therefore remain free under an appropriate license and can continue to be used by anyone subject to certain restrictions, most of which aim to ensure that freedom. This principle is known as copyleft in contrast to typical copyright licenses. To this end: * Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify Geotubepedia's text under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License and, unless otherwise noted, the GNU Free Documentation License, unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts. * A copy of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License is included in the section entitled "Geotubepedia:Text of Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" * A copy of the GNU Free Documentation License is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". * Content on Geotubepedia is covered by disclaimers. * The English text of the CC BY-SA and GFDL licenses is the only legally binding restriction between authors and users of Geotubepedia content. What follows is our interpretation of CC BY-SA and GFDL, as it pertains to the rights and obligations of users and contributors. == Contributors' rights and obligations == If you contribute text directly to Geotubepedia, you thereby license it to the public for reuse under CC BY-SA and GFDL (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). Non-text media may be contributed under a variety of different licenses that support the general goal of allowing unrestricted re-use and re-distribution. See Guidelines for images and other media files, below. If you want to import text that you have found elsewhere or that you have co-authored with others, you can only do so if it is available under terms that are compatible with the CC BY-SA license. You do not need to ensure or guarantee that the imported text is available under the GNU Free Documentation License, unless you are its sole author. Furthermore, please note that you cannot import information which is available only under the GFDL. In other words, you may only import text that is (a) single-licensed under terms compatible with the CC BY-SA license or (b) dual-licensed with the GFDL and another license with terms compatible with the CC BY-SA license. If you are the sole author of the material, you must license it under both CC BY-SA and GFDL. If the material, text or media, has been previously published and you wish to donate it to Geotubepedia under appropriate license, you will need to verify copyright permission through one of our established procedures. See Geotubepedia:Donating copyrighted materials for details. If you are not a copyright holder, you will still need to verify copyright permission; see the Using copyrighted work from others section below. You retain copyright to materials you contribute to Geotubepedia, text and media. Copyright is never transferred to Geotubepedia. You can later republish and relicense them in any way you like. However, you can never retract or alter the license for copies of materials that you place here; these copies will remain so licensed until they enter the public domain when your copyright expires (currently some decades after an author's death). == Using copyrighted work from others == All creative works are copyrighted, by international agreement, unless either they fall into the public domain or their copyright is explicitly disclaimed. Generally, Geotubepedia must have permission to use copyrighted works. There are some circumstances under which copyrighted works may be legally utilized without permission; see Geotubepedia:Non-free content for specific details on when and how to utilize such material. However, it is our goal to be able to freely redistribute as much of Geotubepedia's material as possible, so original images and sound files licensed under CC BY-SA and GFDL (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts) or in the public domain are greatly preferred to copyrighted media files used under fair use or otherwise. If you want to import media (including text) that you have found elsewhere, and it does not meet the non-free content policy and guideline, you can only do so if it is public domain or available under terms that are compatible with the CC BY-SA license. If you import media under a compatible license which requires attribution, you must, in a reasonable fashion, credit the author(s). You must also in most cases verify that the material is compatibly licensed or public domain. If the original source of publication contains a copyright disclaimer or other indication that the material is free for use, a link to it on the media description page or the article's talk page may satisfy this requirement. If you obtain special permission to use a copyrighted work from the copyright holder under compatible terms, you must make a note of that fact (along with the relevant names and dates) and verify this through one of several processes. See Geotubepedia:Requesting copyright permission for the procedure for asking a copyright holder to grant a usable license for their work and for the processes for verifying that license has been granted. Never use materials that infringe the copyrights of others. This could create legal liabilities and seriously hurt Geotubepedia. If in doubt, write the content yourself, thereby creating a new copyrighted work which can be included in Geotubepedia without trouble. Note that copyright law governs the creative expression of ideas, not the ideas or information themselves. Therefore, it is legal to read an encyclopedia article or other work, reformulate the concepts in your own words, and submit it to Geotubepedia, so long as you do not follow the source too closely. However, it would still be ethical and recommended best practice to cite your original source. == Texts with multiple authors == Given the wiki nature of Geotubepedia, any article may have dozens or even thousands of individual contributors. For legal purposes, the most significant contributors to an article are its main or named authors, who will have made substantial intellectual contributions to its content, and those who have contributed copyrighted text to it, either directly or through translation from another language. Anyone may list themselves as an editor on the discussion page of an article they have edited. A named editor of a Geotubepedia article has certain rights and responsibilities concerning that article; for details see the policy page. The copyrights for significant contributions to an article are held by their contributors; for details and for a definition of what constitutes a significant contribution, see the policy page. == Reusing Geotubepedia content == Whenever you reuse or distribute Geotubepedia content, either commercially or non-commercially, you must provide attribution, though not in any way that suggests that Geotubepedia endorses you or your use. You must also include a copy of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License with any content you distribute. If you make modifications or additions to the page you reuse, you must license them under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License, or broadly compatible terms. Where you do use a work under its GFDL license, you must, if you distribute it in a manner that allows the use of digital technology, provide access to a "Transparent copy" of the work. The easiest way to ensure you are compliant with the GFDL, if you wish to use content under that license, is to link to the original source page on Geotubepedia. If you reproduce Geotubepedia content in a format that includes material not under the CC BY-SA license or GFDL, you need to label the Geotubepedia content clearly, preferably by placing a notice at the beginning of the relevant content stating its licensing status. You also need to ensure that any third-party intellectual property you have included is clearly identified with separate copyright notices and is clearly distinguished from the CC BY-SA or GFDL licensed content. If you use Geotubepedia at a university or other institution, you may need to make sure that your use complies with the institution's internet use policies and honor code. Institutions, especially educational ones, frequently have such codes and policies in place due to concerns about plagiarism. For any reuse or distribution, you must make clear to others the license terms of this work. The best way to do this is with a link to the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. For more information, see Geotubepedia's guide on reusing content outside Geotubepedia. == Summary == Geotubepedia's content is free, not simple. Our licenses ensure that the content will remain free and that the largest possible audience will benefit from these works. We believe that this is the right thing to do for our community, for volunteers, and for education. We also believe it's the right thing to do for the world. However, please understand that you are always ultimately responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Always use your own best judgment, and consult a lawyer if you're unsure. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:About|About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] d94f911f349489f3bf9a6c01d70d4850e2e1f5c6 503 500 2023-08-11T16:11:14Z InsaneX 2 /* See also */ wikitext text/x-wiki The text of Geotubepedia is copyrighted (automatically, under the Berne Convention) by Geotubepedia editors and contributors and is formally licensed to the public under one or several liberal licenses. Most of Geotubepedia's text and many of its images are co-licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License (CC BY-SA) and the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL) (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). Some text has been imported only under CC BY-SA and CC BY-SA-compatible license and cannot be reused under GFDL; such text will be identified on the page footer, in the page history, or on the discussion page of the article that utilizes the text. Every image has a description page that indicates the license under which it is released or, if it is non-free, the rationale under which it is used. The licenses Geotubepedia uses grant free access to our content in the same sense that free software is licensed freely. Geotubepedia content can be copied, modified, and redistributed if and only if the copied version is made available on the same terms to others and acknowledgment of the authors of the Geotubepedia article used is included (a link back to the article is generally thought to satisfy the attribution requirement; see below for more details). Copied Geotubepedia content will therefore remain free under an appropriate license and can continue to be used by anyone subject to certain restrictions, most of which aim to ensure that freedom. This principle is known as copyleft in contrast to typical copyright licenses. To this end: * Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify Geotubepedia's text under the terms of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License and, unless otherwise noted, the GNU Free Documentation License, unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts. * A copy of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License is included in the section entitled "Geotubepedia:Text of Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License" * A copy of the GNU Free Documentation License is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". * Content on Geotubepedia is covered by disclaimers. * The English text of the CC BY-SA and GFDL licenses is the only legally binding restriction between authors and users of Geotubepedia content. What follows is our interpretation of CC BY-SA and GFDL, as it pertains to the rights and obligations of users and contributors. == Contributors' rights and obligations == If you contribute text directly to Geotubepedia, you thereby license it to the public for reuse under CC BY-SA and GFDL (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts). Non-text media may be contributed under a variety of different licenses that support the general goal of allowing unrestricted re-use and re-distribution. See Guidelines for images and other media files, below. If you want to import text that you have found elsewhere or that you have co-authored with others, you can only do so if it is available under terms that are compatible with the CC BY-SA license. You do not need to ensure or guarantee that the imported text is available under the GNU Free Documentation License, unless you are its sole author. Furthermore, please note that you cannot import information which is available only under the GFDL. In other words, you may only import text that is (a) single-licensed under terms compatible with the CC BY-SA license or (b) dual-licensed with the GFDL and another license with terms compatible with the CC BY-SA license. If you are the sole author of the material, you must license it under both CC BY-SA and GFDL. If the material, text or media, has been previously published and you wish to donate it to Geotubepedia under appropriate license, you will need to verify copyright permission through one of our established procedures. See Geotubepedia:Donating copyrighted materials for details. If you are not a copyright holder, you will still need to verify copyright permission; see the Using copyrighted work from others section below. You retain copyright to materials you contribute to Geotubepedia, text and media. Copyright is never transferred to Geotubepedia. You can later republish and relicense them in any way you like. However, you can never retract or alter the license for copies of materials that you place here; these copies will remain so licensed until they enter the public domain when your copyright expires (currently some decades after an author's death). == Using copyrighted work from others == All creative works are copyrighted, by international agreement, unless either they fall into the public domain or their copyright is explicitly disclaimed. Generally, Geotubepedia must have permission to use copyrighted works. There are some circumstances under which copyrighted works may be legally utilized without permission; see Geotubepedia:Non-free content for specific details on when and how to utilize such material. However, it is our goal to be able to freely redistribute as much of Geotubepedia's material as possible, so original images and sound files licensed under CC BY-SA and GFDL (unversioned, with no invariant sections, front-cover texts, or back-cover texts) or in the public domain are greatly preferred to copyrighted media files used under fair use or otherwise. If you want to import media (including text) that you have found elsewhere, and it does not meet the non-free content policy and guideline, you can only do so if it is public domain or available under terms that are compatible with the CC BY-SA license. If you import media under a compatible license which requires attribution, you must, in a reasonable fashion, credit the author(s). You must also in most cases verify that the material is compatibly licensed or public domain. If the original source of publication contains a copyright disclaimer or other indication that the material is free for use, a link to it on the media description page or the article's talk page may satisfy this requirement. If you obtain special permission to use a copyrighted work from the copyright holder under compatible terms, you must make a note of that fact (along with the relevant names and dates) and verify this through one of several processes. See Geotubepedia:Requesting copyright permission for the procedure for asking a copyright holder to grant a usable license for their work and for the processes for verifying that license has been granted. Never use materials that infringe the copyrights of others. This could create legal liabilities and seriously hurt Geotubepedia. If in doubt, write the content yourself, thereby creating a new copyrighted work which can be included in Geotubepedia without trouble. Note that copyright law governs the creative expression of ideas, not the ideas or information themselves. Therefore, it is legal to read an encyclopedia article or other work, reformulate the concepts in your own words, and submit it to Geotubepedia, so long as you do not follow the source too closely. However, it would still be ethical and recommended best practice to cite your original source. == Texts with multiple authors == Given the wiki nature of Geotubepedia, any article may have dozens or even thousands of individual contributors. For legal purposes, the most significant contributors to an article are its main or named authors, who will have made substantial intellectual contributions to its content, and those who have contributed copyrighted text to it, either directly or through translation from another language. Anyone may list themselves as an editor on the discussion page of an article they have edited. A named editor of a Geotubepedia article has certain rights and responsibilities concerning that article; for details see the policy page. The copyrights for significant contributions to an article are held by their contributors; for details and for a definition of what constitutes a significant contribution, see the policy page. == Reusing Geotubepedia content == Whenever you reuse or distribute Geotubepedia content, either commercially or non-commercially, you must provide attribution, though not in any way that suggests that Geotubepedia endorses you or your use. You must also include a copy of the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License with any content you distribute. If you make modifications or additions to the page you reuse, you must license them under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License, or broadly compatible terms. Where you do use a work under its GFDL license, you must, if you distribute it in a manner that allows the use of digital technology, provide access to a "Transparent copy" of the work. The easiest way to ensure you are compliant with the GFDL, if you wish to use content under that license, is to link to the original source page on Geotubepedia. If you reproduce Geotubepedia content in a format that includes material not under the CC BY-SA license or GFDL, you need to label the Geotubepedia content clearly, preferably by placing a notice at the beginning of the relevant content stating its licensing status. You also need to ensure that any third-party intellectual property you have included is clearly identified with separate copyright notices and is clearly distinguished from the CC BY-SA or GFDL licensed content. If you use Geotubepedia at a university or other institution, you may need to make sure that your use complies with the institution's internet use policies and honor code. Institutions, especially educational ones, frequently have such codes and policies in place due to concerns about plagiarism. For any reuse or distribution, you must make clear to others the license terms of this work. The best way to do this is with a link to the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License. For more information, see Geotubepedia's guide on reusing content outside Geotubepedia. == Summary == Geotubepedia's content is free, not simple. Our licenses ensure that the content will remain free and that the largest possible audience will benefit from these works. We believe that this is the right thing to do for our community, for volunteers, and for education. We also believe it's the right thing to do for the world. However, please understand that you are always ultimately responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Always use your own best judgment, and consult a lawyer if you're unsure. == See also == * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:About|About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] [[Category:Geotubepedia documentation]] 5c64c1e45010e3efd6452cf8f297d071712e8251 14 210 504 2023-08-11T16:11:37Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "The official documentation for Geotubepedia." wikitext text/x-wiki The official documentation for Geotubepedia. 7834f6a59e161ef825cff5bec188b6188f4445ad 6 211 505 2023-08-11T16:25:27Z InsaneX 2 Woodmark of Geotubpedia wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Woodmark of Geotubpedia e1a590e2107c8785054c98d613c1c3d39a6ccb82 6 168 507 350 2023-08-11T17:12:48Z 2601:243:1F00:3EF0:DD8B:24B6:C45D:D45E 0 wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of UmarEdits Muhammad Umar Irfan Urdu: ‏ ‏محمد ابن عمر 2000Is A Geotuber From Pakistan And Saudi Arabia He Was Born In 2006 To A Pakistani Family From Lahore In The City of Riyadh. He Has 90K followers on YouTube. cedadf2f3043dff6623823ed4ec2890cf0e53a3e 0 169 508 461 2023-08-11T17:27:51Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] d11751b455590ef9b26f3092e842f40bc142544d 509 508 2023-08-12T08:04:59Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views.<ref>https://youtube.com/</ref> == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] == References == <references /> fb04d3aad060f52e285c9d731202e2484dda8c6b 510 509 2023-08-12T08:05:37Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 5f295d2d05aff2f2eabc8e3620601d2f9d1e01a0 0 212 511 2023-08-12T08:31:39Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Harip..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [ https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. === YouTube Career === Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK] on YouTube cfed9190ad5d2226da44c08d6739dd52ca0dfb59 512 511 2023-08-12T08:31:51Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [ https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK] on YouTube 5646d5f045df0dcf50d1ae0a2c0b1a380668f041 513 512 2023-08-12T08:32:07Z InsaneX 2 /* Early Life */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK] on YouTube 033c5e979ab1b057d3374707bc2b6b707a3f46a3 519 513 2023-08-12T08:48:46Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Saif_Sheikh_Logo2.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of OfficialEditzPK.]] '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK] on YouTube 38263e2c0ad83368e4ee74349b383f2c68e70bce 520 519 2023-08-12T08:49:13Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OfficialEditzPK_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of OfficialEditzPK.]] '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK] on YouTube 95001517ecdf97c1d841485922fe62247d16a6d0 521 520 2023-08-12T08:49:35Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OfficialEditzPK_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of OfficialEditzPK.]] '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK] on YouTube [[Category:List of Geotubers]] e6c6d090b5e91029f454084c06e2d55690eb6fbe 522 521 2023-08-12T08:49:50Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OfficialEditzPK_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of OfficialEditzPK.]] '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 2a976f4e545a190fa9fae5403fe276b0975e798a 0 172 514 467 2023-08-12T08:41:00Z InsaneX 2 /* See Also */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[File:Saif Sheikh Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits.]] '''Saif Sheikh''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سیف شیخ) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Saif Sheikh Edits'''. == Personal Life == Saif was born on February 4th, 2009, in Lahore, Pakistan. Saif experienced a significant transition in his life when he moved to Chicago in late 2012. Adapting to a new culture and environment, Saif's experiences in both Lahore and Chicago have played a pivotal role in shaping his perspectives and content. Politically, Saif is a supporter of Imran Khan. == YouTube Career == Saif's journey into the realm of YouTube and geography was inspired by Geotubers like TheGamingKing and UmarEdits. Their content struck a chord with Saif, motivating him to dive into the world of geography content creation. As a result, he commenced his own channel, ''Saif Sheikh Edits'', where he brings a unique blend of his experiences and knowledge to his audience. == See Also == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Saif.Sheikh.ed1ts/ Saif Sheikh Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/sh2005_4_4/?igshid=OGQ5ZDc2ODk2ZA%3D%3D Saif Sheikh Edits on Instagram] 245f9e6af7f2b247a4ef02726c2c247fbc0ab9a5 515 514 2023-08-12T08:41:18Z InsaneX 2 /* See Also */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[File:Saif Sheikh Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits.]] '''Saif Sheikh''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سیف شیخ) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Saif Sheikh Edits'''. == Personal Life == Saif was born on February 4th, 2009, in Lahore, Pakistan. Saif experienced a significant transition in his life when he moved to Chicago in late 2012. Adapting to a new culture and environment, Saif's experiences in both Lahore and Chicago have played a pivotal role in shaping his perspectives and content. Politically, Saif is a supporter of Imran Khan. == YouTube Career == Saif's journey into the realm of YouTube and geography was inspired by Geotubers like TheGamingKing and UmarEdits. Their content struck a chord with Saif, motivating him to dive into the world of geography content creation. As a result, he commenced his own channel, ''Saif Sheikh Edits'', where he brings a unique blend of his experiences and knowledge to his audience. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Saif.Sheikh.ed1ts/ Saif Sheikh Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/sh2005_4_4/?igshid=OGQ5ZDc2ODk2ZA%3D%3D Saif Sheikh Edits on Instagram] d6ffa619b2b0c3c345c24f819538f0a46dd943c9 517 515 2023-08-12T08:43:58Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[File:Saif_Sheikh_Logo2.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits.]] '''Saif Sheikh''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سیف شیخ) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Saif Sheikh Edits'''. == Personal Life == Saif was born on February 4th, 2009, in Lahore, Pakistan. Saif experienced a significant transition in his life when he moved to Chicago in late 2012. Adapting to a new culture and environment, Saif's experiences in both Lahore and Chicago have played a pivotal role in shaping his perspectives and content. Politically, Saif is a supporter of Imran Khan. == YouTube Career == Saif's journey into the realm of YouTube and geography was inspired by Geotubers like TheGamingKing and UmarEdits. Their content struck a chord with Saif, motivating him to dive into the world of geography content creation. As a result, he commenced his own channel, ''Saif Sheikh Edits'', where he brings a unique blend of his experiences and knowledge to his audience. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Saif.Sheikh.ed1ts/ Saif Sheikh Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/sh2005_4_4/?igshid=OGQ5ZDc2ODk2ZA%3D%3D Saif Sheikh Edits on Instagram] e4c2a748b73ccc781fcf71eb944c703f98028c0e 518 517 2023-08-12T08:48:08Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[File:Saif_Sheikh_Logo2.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits.]] '''Saif Sheikh''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سیف شیخ) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Saif Sheikh Edits'''. == Personal Life == Saif was born on February 4th, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lahore Lahore], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. Saif experienced a significant transition in his life when he moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chicago Chicago] in late 2012. Adapting to a new culture and environment, Saif's experiences in both Lahore and Chicago have played a pivotal role in shaping his perspectives and content. Politically, Saif is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Saif's journey into the realm of YouTube and geography was inspired by Geotubers like TheGamingKing and UmarEdits. Their content struck a chord with Saif, motivating him to dive into the world of geography content creation. As a result, he commenced his own channel, ''Saif Sheikh Edits'', where he brings a unique blend of his experiences and knowledge to his audience. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Saif.Sheikh.ed1ts/ Saif Sheikh Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/sh2005_4_4/?igshid=OGQ5ZDc2ODk2ZA%3D%3D Saif Sheikh Edits on Instagram] 9381ba29f5deb658adb789457e981a08753e2ebc 6 213 516 2023-08-12T08:43:23Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits e8f309c558d45f0d0521018161d660dac62c9782 6 214 523 2023-08-12T08:51:56Z InsaneX 2 Logo of OfficialEditzPK wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of OfficialEditzPK 82a5dfc728788ba799223abf8a9ae3d9136159e6 0 172 524 518 2023-08-12T08:53:20Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Saif_Sheikh_Logo2.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Saif Sheikh Edits.]] '''Saif Sheikh''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سیف شیخ) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Saif Sheikh Edits'''. == Personal Life == Saif was born on February 4th, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lahore Lahore], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. Saif experienced a significant transition in his life when he moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chicago Chicago] in late 2012. Adapting to a new culture and environment, Saif's experiences in both Lahore and Chicago have played a pivotal role in shaping his perspectives and content. Politically, Saif is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Saif's journey into the realm of YouTube and geography was inspired by Geotubers like TheGamingKing and UmarEdits. Their content struck a chord with Saif, motivating him to dive into the world of geography content creation. As a result, he commenced his own channel, ''Saif Sheikh Edits'', where he brings a unique blend of his experiences and knowledge to his audience. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Saif.Sheikh.ed1ts/ Saif Sheikh Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/sh2005_4_4/?igshid=OGQ5ZDc2ODk2ZA%3D%3D Saif Sheikh Edits on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 744c74bbf74479c52214b1d5e1597ae3082990f6 0 212 525 522 2023-08-12T08:54:06Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OfficialEditzPK_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of OfficialEditzPK.]] '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 5553680eebe59b239f60abf42a50a985b2ea71d7 527 525 2023-08-12T08:59:13Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OfficialEditzPK_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of OfficialEditzPK.]] '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK on YouTube] * [https://socialblade.com/youtube/channel/UCX8FVxenRNAR027kRPhO-eg OfficialEditzPK on Social Blade] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 3163ec3d7ae25e9f2ad7739303ff002a868a47c2 551 527 2023-08-12T15:35:10Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OfficialEditzPK_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of OfficialEditzPK.]] '''Abdul Ahad''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبدل احد) is a Dutch-Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''OfficialEditzPK'''. As of the latest records, he has around 4k subscribers and has accumulated over 2.1 million views. == Early Life == Abdul Ahad was born on 13 June 2009 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rotterdam Rotterdam], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Netherlands Netherlands]. He lives in both Rotterdam and Haripur, Pakistan. Ahad candidly mentioned that in the earlier parts of his life, he felt challenged in many endeavors but found his niche as a proficient designer. He is a supporter of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan_Tehreek-e-Insaf Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf] and its chairman, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Imran_Khan Imran Khan]. == YouTube Career == Ahad recalls aspiring to have a YouTube channel when he was just 8 years old. However, due to the age restrictions in The Netherlands, which require individuals to be 16 or older to have a YouTube channel, his dream was postponed. Unknown to the option of altering the age details, he waited. In 2022, during a stay in Pakistan, Ahad's cousin introduced him to the platform once again. In Pakistan, the minimum age to have a YouTube channel is 13, and with Ahad fitting the age bracket, he quickly established his presence. Abdul Ahad soon started creating content centered around Geography on his channel [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK on YouTube] * [https://socialblade.com/youtube/channel/UCX8FVxenRNAR027kRPhO-eg OfficialEditzPK on Social Blade] * [https://twitter.com/OfficialEditzPK/ OfficialEditzPK on Twitter] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] bfead56508dc9d561bd1068094214f8dc679e7a1 0 1 526 506 2023-08-12T08:54:56Z InsaneX 2 /* Recent Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] a39537c4cad3edfd2e2f6b40bd696181c4287027 534 526 2023-08-12T13:49:35Z InsaneX 2 /* Recent Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geography YouTube Channels]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Glitch Editz]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] 1734b3cc936092c8a8671f6de6e76ae6381de9e7 546 534 2023-08-12T15:07:27Z InsaneX 2 /* Explore */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geotubers]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Glitch Editz]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Cartoonabad]] page was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] faadca397e06973c712eafd5bcf717ad089c5055 550 546 2023-08-12T15:16:38Z InsaneX 2 /* Recent Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geotubers]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Abdullah do it all]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Glitch Editz]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] a7cd6c89bad96727d9cbd22567e9baa3e02d86ed 6 215 528 2023-08-12T09:23:35Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Geotubepedia wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Geotubepedia e57af04e843447f762820aa45763c6709f932b5a 6 216 529 2023-08-12T09:30:58Z InsaneX 2 Favicon of Geotubepedia wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Favicon of Geotubepedia 9c06ebb7e3990edeadf207506309f2bb9e679a54 0 217 530 2023-08-12T10:15:04Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Glitch Editz''' is an American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. As of the latest records, he has around 13.8k subscribers and has accumulated over 6.4 million views. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in Los Angeles, California, USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Glitch Editz''' is an American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. As of the latest records, he has around 13.8k subscribers and has accumulated over 6.4 million views. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in Los Angeles, California, USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on YouTube shorts, which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/GlitchEditz Glitch Editz on YouTube] [[Category:Geotubers]] 84c2c0632894797f92651569229ba37a9d894141 532 530 2023-08-12T10:17:02Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Glitch Editz''' is an American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in Los Angeles, California, USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on YouTube shorts, which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/GlitchEditz Glitch Editz on YouTube] [[Category:Geotubers]] ef71623261aa19e95bb1b64daa10203276e20000 533 532 2023-08-12T10:17:30Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is an American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in Los Angeles, California, USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on YouTube shorts, which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/GlitchEditz Glitch Editz on YouTube] [[Category:Geotubers]] 485e8355934b14791be18b4ea51d8e36f6eeec3c 535 533 2023-08-12T13:51:27Z InsaneX 2 /* Personal Information */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is an American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Los_Angeles Los Angeles], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States USA]. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on YouTube shorts, which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/GlitchEditz Glitch Editz on YouTube] [[Category:Geotubers]] e2a4be5cf0b4681a108146a4a3f21b548c641d7a 536 535 2023-08-12T13:51:42Z InsaneX 2 /* Personal Information */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is an American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Los_Angeles Los Angeles], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on YouTube shorts, which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/GlitchEditz Glitch Editz on YouTube] [[Category:Geotubers]] 804ed94b111e644d3b9fc46799ce388c9cb95c13 537 536 2023-08-12T13:53:48Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is an American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Los_Angeles Los Angeles], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube_Shorts YouTube Shorts], which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/GlitchEditz Glitch Editz on YouTube] [[Category:Geotubers]] 6864554f96dd3baef99914129facf5685adec259 538 537 2023-08-12T13:55:45Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is a well known American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Los_Angeles Los Angeles], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube_Shorts YouTube Shorts], which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/GlitchEditz Glitch Editz on YouTube] [[Category:Geotubers]] 09986f32acc7207fa2c4a9afbcecdd511bdc5217 547 538 2023-08-12T15:08:14Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is a well known American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Los_Angeles Los Angeles], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube_Shorts YouTube Shorts], which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/GlitchEditz Glitch Editz on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 6033d12dca5d7281d5de28944e956040a1cc5c0e 555 547 2023-08-12T16:42:40Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is a well known American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on March 26, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Los_Angeles Los Angeles], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube_Shorts YouTube Shorts], which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@glitch_editz/ Glitch Editz on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@zglitch_editz Glitch Editz on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/hwuokva73rytudbtu5sqra0k1 Glitch Editz on Spotify] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 2a775914fa8e84c59966ecd0e73186ec4b491f28 556 555 2023-08-12T17:11:51Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is a well known American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Los_Angeles Los Angeles], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube_Shorts YouTube Shorts], which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@glitch_editz/ Glitch Editz on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@zglitch_editz Glitch Editz on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/hwuokva73rytudbtu5sqra0k1 Glitch Editz on Spotify] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] c86c3f6dc3cc6c5f0e2814362d9eec610080ab31 6 218 531 2023-08-12T10:16:32Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Glitch Editz wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Glitch Editz 67389f55322e769f46ba6e6236154bd1fe91ec30 0 219 539 2023-08-12T14:41:46Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir''' is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, "Abdullah do it all." Born and residing in Lahore, Pakistan, Abdullah has gained significant attention in the "Geo Community" for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various s..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir''' is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, "Abdullah do it all." Born and residing in Lahore, Pakistan, Abdullah has gained significant attention in the "Geo Community" for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of Islam, and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game "Geometry Dash." Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1," Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geotuber community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] 5878aa2b0fd0e43ac3b8936281384d533cd66200 540 539 2023-08-12T14:42:20Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir''' is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in Lahore, Pakistan, Abdullah has gained significant attention in the "Geo Community" for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of Islam, and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game "Geometry Dash." Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1," Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geotuber community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] 600ecd253024fe34e5448f84ed6b93cda1b5094f 541 540 2023-08-12T14:43:01Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir''' is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in Lahore, Pakistan, Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of Islam, and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game "Geometry Dash." Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1," Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geotuber community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] c6f5d262bdb561e434f9eb57665e34467dec6488 542 541 2023-08-12T15:02:37Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: محمد عبداللہ بن ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lahore Lahore], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan], Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] 0b38ba6d94703dca4cbf85abc1b42126b940bc33 545 542 2023-08-12T15:06:40Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: محمد عبداللہ بن ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lahore Lahore], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan], Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] a6dddef14c8e76c0128b2ab5c5798d6eed23f227 549 545 2023-08-12T15:10:34Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: محمد عبداللہ بن ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lahore Lahore], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan], Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] f0350b1f8c50f9a44209afe5698e8f4df0a16151 6 222 548 2023-08-12T15:09:29Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Abdullah do it all. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Abdullah do it all. 42b698bcb0650250c664397a03d2aedf29049172 0 169 552 510 2023-08-12T15:42:52Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] (Main channel) * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 8f87fe226860e27cbc24fd50d503b59bd47efb9a 553 552 2023-08-12T15:43:09Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 82283c74acb0f434e8696ab4483de580babc02b2 554 553 2023-08-12T15:43:22Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hindi Hindi]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 43bd2c011f8b4f532754d95875ed4ee0fd64d579 0 223 557 2023-08-12T17:14:09Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Oliver Edwards''' is a Norwegian-American Geotuber, popularly known as '''Your Average Norwegian Viking''' on YouTube, renowned for his geographical content. Born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway Norway], on March 25th, 2010, Edwards, under his alias ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', has swiftly risen to prominence within the Geo Community. ==Early Life== Oliver Edwards was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Osl..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Oliver Edwards''' is a Norwegian-American Geotuber, popularly known as '''Your Average Norwegian Viking''' on YouTube, renowned for his geographical content. Born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway Norway], on March 25th, 2010, Edwards, under his alias ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', has swiftly risen to prominence within the Geo Community. ==Early Life== Oliver Edwards was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], where he continues to reside. During his younger years, he developed a deep passion for soccer, editing, memes, songs, and dubbing. These diverse interests, combined with his multicultural Norwegian-American background, played a foundational role in shaping his YouTube journey. ==YouTube Career== Edwards' foray into YouTube was primarily inspired by fellow Geotubers and friends he made on Discord. Initially, under his moniker "Your Average Norwegian Viking", he embarked on a journey to produce meme content, dub songs into various languages, and engage in other creative projects. These endeavors garnered a substantial amount of attention and built a foundation for his content creation skills. However, as his journey progressed, Edwards pivoted his focus solely to geotubing. This shift towards geographical content reflects his evolving passions and the desire to create educational content for his audience. Today, his channel stands as a testament to his dedication and expertise in the realm of geography. ==Editing Tools== Oliver Edwards employs a mix of software tools to bring his visions to life: * '''Capcut''': Used primarily for general edits. * '''Alight Motion''': The go-to tool for map edits and animations. * '''ibis Paint X''' and '''PicsArt''': Utilized for creating and editing pictures that feature in his videos. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@brownie3478 Your Average Norwegian Viking on YouTube] 991250500595096a52715a417d74b5c630710bf8 559 557 2023-08-12T17:16:44Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Oliver Edwards''' is a Norwegian-American Geotuber, known as '''Your Average Norwegian Viking''' on YouTube, renowned for his geographical content. Born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway Norway], on March 25th, 2010, Edwards, under his alias ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', has swiftly risen to prominence within the Geo Community. ==Early Life== Oliver Edwards was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], where he continues to reside. During his younger years, he developed a deep passion for soccer, editing, memes, songs, and dubbing. These diverse interests, combined with his multicultural Norwegian-American background, played a foundational role in shaping his YouTube journey. ==YouTube Career== Edwards' foray into YouTube was primarily inspired by fellow Geotubers and friends he made on Discord. Initially, under his moniker "Your Average Norwegian Viking", he embarked on a journey to produce meme content, dub songs into various languages, and engage in other creative projects. These endeavors garnered a substantial amount of attention and built a foundation for his content creation skills. However, as his journey progressed, Edwards pivoted his focus solely to geotubing. This shift towards geographical content reflects his evolving passions and the desire to create educational content for his audience. Today, his channel stands as a testament to his dedication and expertise in the realm of geography. ==Editing Tools== Oliver Edwards employs a mix of software tools to bring his visions to life: * '''Capcut''': Used primarily for general edits. * '''Alight Motion''': The go-to tool for map edits and animations. * '''ibis Paint X''' and '''PicsArt''': Utilized for creating and editing pictures that feature in his videos. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@brownie3478 Your Average Norwegian Viking on YouTube] 3514c835be7cb32d0ef6729d1494e4f921e4d9ac 560 559 2023-08-12T17:17:11Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Oliver Edwards''' is a Norwegian-American Geotuber, known as '''Your Average Norwegian Viking''' on YouTube, renowned for his geographical content. Born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway Norway], on March 25th, 2010, Edwards, under his alias ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', has swiftly risen to prominence within the Geo Community. ==Early Life== Oliver Edwards was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], where he continues to reside. During his younger years, he developed a deep passion for soccer, editing, memes, songs, and dubbing. These diverse interests, combined with his multicultural Norwegian-American background, played a foundational role in shaping his YouTube journey. ==YouTube Career== Edwards' foray into YouTube was primarily inspired by fellow Geotubers and friends he made on Discord. Initially, under his moniker ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', he embarked on a journey to produce meme content, dub songs into various languages, and engage in other creative projects. These endeavors garnered a substantial amount of attention and built a foundation for his content creation skills. However, as his journey progressed, Edwards pivoted his focus solely to geotubing. This shift towards geographical content reflects his evolving passions and the desire to create educational content for his audience. Today, his channel stands as a testament to his dedication and expertise in the realm of geography. ==Editing Tools== Oliver Edwards employs a mix of software tools to bring his visions to life: * '''Capcut''': Used primarily for general edits. * '''Alight Motion''': The go-to tool for map edits and animations. * '''ibis Paint X''' and '''PicsArt''': Utilized for creating and editing pictures that feature in his videos. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@brownie3478 Your Average Norwegian Viking on YouTube] be7e175e2ca1ff9698447556269b56b5f89c5bd4 561 560 2023-08-12T17:18:08Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Your_Average_Norwegian_Viking_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Your Average Norwegian Viking.]] '''Oliver Edwards''' is a Norwegian-American Geotuber, known as '''Your Average Norwegian Viking''' on YouTube, renowned for his geographical content. Born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway Norway], on March 25th, 2010, Edwards, under his alias ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', has swiftly risen to prominence within the Geo Community. ==Early Life== Oliver Edwards was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], where he continues to reside. During his younger years, he developed a deep passion for soccer, editing, memes, songs, and dubbing. These diverse interests, combined with his multicultural Norwegian-American background, played a foundational role in shaping his YouTube journey. ==YouTube Career== Edwards' foray into YouTube was primarily inspired by fellow Geotubers and friends he made on Discord. Initially, under his moniker ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', he embarked on a journey to produce meme content, dub songs into various languages, and engage in other creative projects. These endeavors garnered a substantial amount of attention and built a foundation for his content creation skills. However, as his journey progressed, Edwards pivoted his focus solely to geotubing. This shift towards geographical content reflects his evolving passions and the desire to create educational content for his audience. Today, his channel stands as a testament to his dedication and expertise in the realm of geography. ==Editing Tools== Oliver Edwards employs a mix of software tools to bring his visions to life: * '''Capcut''': Used primarily for general edits. * '''Alight Motion''': The go-to tool for map edits and animations. * '''ibis Paint X''' and '''PicsArt''': Utilized for creating and editing pictures that feature in his videos. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@brownie3478 Your Average Norwegian Viking on YouTube] ed618d878e82ddc294467201d53f3f599643930b 562 561 2023-08-12T17:23:38Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Your_Average_Norwegian_Viking_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Your Average Norwegian Viking.]] '''Your Average Norwegian Viking''' is a Norwegian-American Geotuber, renowned for his geographical content. Born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Norway Norway], on March 25th, 2010, Edwards, under his alias ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', has swiftly risen to prominence within the Geo Community. ==Early Life== Oliver Edwards was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Oslo Oslo], where he continues to reside. During his younger years, he developed a deep passion for soccer, editing, memes, songs, and dubbing. These diverse interests, combined with his multicultural Norwegian-American background, played a foundational role in shaping his YouTube journey. ==YouTube Career== Edwards' foray into YouTube was primarily inspired by fellow Geotubers and friends he made on Discord. Initially, under his moniker ''Your Average Norwegian Viking'', he embarked on a journey to produce meme content, dub songs into various languages, and engage in other creative projects. These endeavors garnered a substantial amount of attention and built a foundation for his content creation skills. However, as his journey progressed, Edwards pivoted his focus solely to geotubing. This shift towards geographical content reflects his evolving passions and the desire to create educational content for his audience. Today, his channel stands as a testament to his dedication and expertise in the realm of geography. ==Editing Tools== Oliver Edwards employs a mix of software tools to bring his visions to life: * '''Capcut''': Used primarily for general edits. * '''Alight Motion''': The go-to tool for map edits and animations. * '''ibis Paint X''' and '''PicsArt''': Utilized for creating and editing pictures that feature in his videos. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@brownie3478 Your Average Norwegian Viking on YouTube] 3710bfaad13c3c42f1e2e0d3c68d4148606588a4 6 224 558 2023-08-12T17:15:45Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Your Average Norwegian Viking wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Your Average Norwegian Viking ae86e08a203ee224e084a1688c322781f1d72812 2 226 564 2023-08-12T18:35:03Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 227 565 2023-08-12T18:35:03Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:Mr Édits]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 18:35, 12 August 2023 269d3ff9e1b55b6913fd13ca329b64f403d3a431 0 228 566 2023-08-12T18:39:41Z That muslim kid 9 Created page with "Mr edits" wikitext text/x-wiki Mr edits 95396d824ee34e3bfbc14db2272c59893dc37aac 567 566 2023-08-12T19:43:24Z That muslim kid 9 small changes here and there wikitext text/x-wiki == Basic info== Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ Arabic:محمد نعمان سبطين احمد بات) is a Saudi-born Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==''Early Life and Background''== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. =='''Content Creation and Taekwondo'''== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. =='''Education and Achievements'''== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. =='''Online Community and Contributions'''== '''Noumaan is an active member of geo alliances like Pysec and IRpG. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. His close friendships with content creators like UmarEditz, Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball highlight his collaborative spirit.''' =='''Geotubing and YouTube Journey'''== Noumaan's interest in becoming a "Geotuber" was inspired by UmarEditz. Joining Pysec fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. 1c93ff49880e1c53233a1c1439841578f2d7bc03 568 567 2023-08-13T06:54:20Z InsaneX 2 /* Basic info */ wikitext text/x-wiki Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ Arabic:محمد نعمان سبطين احمد بات) is a Saudi-born Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==''Early Life and Background''== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. =='''Content Creation and Taekwondo'''== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. =='''Education and Achievements'''== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. =='''Online Community and Contributions'''== '''Noumaan is an active member of geo alliances like Pysec and IRpG. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. His close friendships with content creators like UmarEditz, Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball highlight his collaborative spirit.''' =='''Geotubing and YouTube Journey'''== Noumaan's interest in becoming a "Geotuber" was inspired by UmarEditz. Joining Pysec fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. c0bce303bf5243dd467c35bd88b9c2e15cb5d85d 569 568 2023-08-13T06:54:40Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-born Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==''Early Life and Background''== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. =='''Content Creation and Taekwondo'''== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. =='''Education and Achievements'''== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. =='''Online Community and Contributions'''== '''Noumaan is an active member of geo alliances like Pysec and IRpG. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. His close friendships with content creators like UmarEditz, Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball highlight his collaborative spirit.''' =='''Geotubing and YouTube Journey'''== Noumaan's interest in becoming a "Geotuber" was inspired by UmarEditz. Joining Pysec fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. f77591d90c6547da5fc2d8e2a22d05a65dfd4706 570 569 2023-08-13T06:55:32Z InsaneX 2 /* Early Life and Background */ wikitext text/x-wiki Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-born Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life and Background== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. =='''Content Creation and Taekwondo'''== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. =='''Education and Achievements'''== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. =='''Online Community and Contributions'''== '''Noumaan is an active member of geo alliances like Pysec and IRpG. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. His close friendships with content creators like UmarEditz, Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball highlight his collaborative spirit.''' =='''Geotubing and YouTube Journey'''== Noumaan's interest in becoming a "Geotuber" was inspired by UmarEditz. Joining Pysec fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. 2b828aea359038e4105cc218be925e80b6fdde44 571 570 2023-08-13T06:56:56Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-born Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life and Background== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Online Community and Contributions== '''Noumaan is an active member of geo alliances like Pysec and IRpG. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. His close friendships with content creators like UmarEditz, Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball highlight his collaborative spirit.''' ==Geotubing and YouTube Journey== Noumaan's interest in becoming a "Geotuber" was inspired by UmarEditz. Joining Pysec fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. 62302a6f378d153ff70ca91a26fead1832f2a359 572 571 2023-08-13T06:57:13Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life and Background== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Online Community and Contributions== '''Noumaan is an active member of geo alliances like Pysec and IRpG. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. His close friendships with content creators like UmarEditz, Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball highlight his collaborative spirit.''' ==Geotubing and YouTube Journey== Noumaan's interest in becoming a "Geotuber" was inspired by UmarEditz. Joining Pysec fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. ed5c52d2ca12db967c8a1419c9de0025a357b80a 573 572 2023-08-13T07:07:29Z InsaneX 2 /* Online Community and Contributions */ wikitext text/x-wiki Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life and Background== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. ==Geotubing and YouTube Journey== Noumaan's interest in becoming a "Geotuber" was inspired by UmarEditz. Joining Pysec fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. f0d4e89b86eb1709a84886b39a2557fb4e858754 574 573 2023-08-13T07:09:29Z InsaneX 2 /* Geotubing and YouTube Journey */ wikitext text/x-wiki Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life and Background== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. ==Geotubing and YouTube Journey== Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. 124a8ac1fcf44729a627cd2105f6a0747941e262 575 574 2023-08-13T07:09:50Z InsaneX 2 /* Geotubing and YouTube Journey */ wikitext text/x-wiki Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, and Taekwondo enthusiast. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life and Background== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. 4430a4ecf25c1cd84e913b0be54d7b3919ea36ca 0 228 576 575 2023-08-13T07:11:56Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Edits'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life and Background== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. 42d03195c4494dca1bae838509109192ed7bf77c 577 576 2023-08-13T07:12:22Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Edits'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life and Background== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External links == f4acd6b3c950e5ecebfad26663d546052f0141ba 578 577 2023-08-13T07:12:32Z InsaneX 2 /* Early Life and Background */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Edits'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External links == 69e0aaaa862ddcd4f39f691d76d24530dac304db 579 578 2023-08-13T07:13:06Z InsaneX 2 /* External links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Edits'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External Links == 84323861496149c3371eb4e4b18f0d74079174ef 580 579 2023-08-13T07:13:44Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani GeoTuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Edits'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ Mr Edits on YouTube] 368d4793dd46a95fdeed2cf05218436d091cb55d 581 580 2023-08-13T07:14:03Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Edits'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ Mr Edits on YouTube] 1d589614374e8a971d76988f0156ec24b41e0203 583 581 2023-08-13T07:14:58Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Editz'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ Mr Editz on YouTube] 4efd6c374ebc13a85800ccb41a0940e3a06f622a 584 583 2023-08-13T07:16:02Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Editz.]] '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Editz'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ Mr Editz on YouTube] e964bf0ae1dfd85e3daf9a2e399074e99ef4a934 585 584 2023-08-13T07:16:32Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Editz.]] '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Editz'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ Mr Editz on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] f884f2fbda9392967d720838e241d0790b032e58 586 585 2023-08-13T07:22:25Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Edits_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Editz.]] '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' (Urdu:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Editz'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of Taekwondo. Born on September 12, 2007, in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to Lahore, Pakistan. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz Ul Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with Tajveed. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ Mr Editz on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 2b73c6f7f7ed9f6883c75b92e1775bf26bccf77f 588 586 2023-08-13T07:34:16Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Edits_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Editz.]] '''Muhammad Noumaan Subtain Ahmed Butt''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]:محمد نعمان سبطین احمد بٹ) is a Saudi-Pakistani Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''Mr Editz'''. He is also an enthusiastic practitioner of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taekwondo Taekwondo]. Born on September 12, 2007, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jeddah Jeddah], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia Saudi Arabia], he is known for his editing skills and engaging content. ==Early Life== Noumaan was born in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia, and later moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lahore Lahore], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. As the eldest sibling in his family, he developed a passion for video editing at an early age. His editing journey began on KineMaster, and he later transitioned to Capcut and currently uses Alight Motion. ==Content Creation and Taekwondo== Noumaan's YouTube channel showcases his editing prowess and shares insights into his personal life. Apart from his online presence, he is also a Taekwondo practitioner, holding the rank of a White Belt and excelling in simple kicks. His dedication to both editing and Taekwondo demonstrates his versatility and commitment. ==Education and Achievements== Noumaan's educational journey took him from schools in Saudi Arabia to Pakistan. He attended Talal School in Jeddah, Al Barakah School, PISJ, and Iqra Hifz-Ul-Quran School, where he completed his Nazra Quran with [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tajwid#:~:text=In%20Arabic%2C%20the%20term%20tajw%C4%ABd,colored%20letters%20to%20facilitate%20tajweed. Tajvid]. Later, he continued his education at Hassan Public School in Lahore, which played a significant role in shaping his character. ==Alliances== Noumaan is an active member of the alliances ''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)'' and ''Islamic Republic of Pakistan and Youtubers (I.R.P.G)''. He shares his experiences and knowledge with fellow creators, contributing positively to the community. Forming close friendships with content creators like [[Umar Edits]], Based Saudi Bangladeshi, and Master Pakistani Ball, he showcases his collaborative spirit. == YouTube Career == Noumaan's interest in becoming a Geotuber was inspired by Umar Edits. Joining P.Y.S.E.C fueled his desire to enhance his content and skills, resulting in a remarkable growth of 180 subscribers and 20,000 views within a week. [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ His YouTube channel], reflects his dedication and creative endeavors. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@mr-Editz_ Mr Editz on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 2140bdf2cf8a3c9efc7638322616ae873610102c 6 229 582 2023-08-13T07:14:26Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Mr Edits. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Mr Edits. d048ab402286f4abb903a6e1b82f93194a83f85d 0 219 587 549 2023-08-13T07:29:04Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lahore Lahore], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan], Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 0364c339c4cd6804cd3a53b02ce115a69b477061 0 230 589 2023-08-13T07:48:55Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on YouTube began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably The Cornunist. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazil Brazil]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on YouTube began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably The Cornunist. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazil Brazil]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create his own videos. == YouTube Career == Braslezian's journey into the world of Geotubing started when he began watching videos related to geography, countryball animations, and edits. One of the first channels that he watched using his account was ''Cornunist''. Influenced by the Cornunist's content, Braslezian produced his debut video. Over the course of his YouTube career, he has utilized software such as ''Capcut'' for most of his video edits. However, he occasionally experiments and makes edits with ''Adobe Premiere Pro''. == Alliances == Braslezian is a part of the ''S.A.T.O'' and ''Nationalitia'' alliances within the Geo community. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Braslezian Braslezian's YouTube Channel] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] 01586d64abfe8c1be027150c27f8ae1d3cf3f092 590 589 2023-08-13T07:49:59Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on YouTube began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably The Cornunist. As of August 13th, the channel boasts 524 subscribers and has accumulated over 134K views. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazil Brazil]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create his own videos. == YouTube Career == Braslezian's journey into the world of Geotubing started when he began watching videos related to geography, countryball animations, and edits. One of the first channels that he watched using his account was ''Cornunist''. Influenced by the Cornunist's content, Braslezian produced his debut video. Over the course of his YouTube career, he has utilized software such as ''Capcut'' for most of his video edits. However, he occasionally experiments and makes edits with ''Adobe Premiere Pro''. == Alliances == Braslezian is a part of the ''S.A.T.O'' and ''Nationalitia'' alliances within the Geo community. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Braslezian Braslezian's YouTube Channel] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] 3cfa5e50fbcb756c1557d6d4003c706f86f3f33c 592 590 2023-08-13T07:51:41Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Braslezian_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Braslezian.]] '''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on YouTube began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably The Cornunist. As of August 13th, the channel boasts 524 subscribers and has accumulated over 134K views. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazil Brazil]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create his own videos. == YouTube Career == Braslezian's journey into the world of Geotubing started when he began watching videos related to geography, countryball animations, and edits. One of the first channels that he watched using his account was ''Cornunist''. Influenced by the Cornunist's content, Braslezian produced his debut video. Over the course of his YouTube career, he has utilized software such as ''Capcut'' for most of his video edits. However, he occasionally experiments and makes edits with ''Adobe Premiere Pro''. == Alliances == Braslezian is a part of the ''S.A.T.O'' and ''Nationalitia'' alliances within the Geo community. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Braslezian Braslezian's YouTube Channel] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] 4242a8207615d86f00d68f5ea0b33ec12e8f9612 605 592 2023-08-13T15:02:55Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Braslezian_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Braslezian.]] '''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on YouTube began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably The Cornunist. As of August 13th, the channel boasts 524 subscribers and has accumulated over 134K views. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazil Brazil]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create his own videos. == YouTube Career == Braslezian's journey into the world of Geotubing started when he began watching videos related to geography, countryball animations, and edits. One of the first channels that he watched using his account was ''Cornunist''. Influenced by the Cornunist's content, Braslezian produced his debut video. Over the course of his YouTube career, he has utilized software such as ''Capcut'' for most of his video edits. However, he occasionally experiments and makes edits with ''Adobe Premiere Pro''. == Alliances == Braslezian is a part of the ''S.A.T.O'' and ''Nationalitia'' alliances within the Geo community. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Braslezian Braslezian's YouTube Channel] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] ca48b876a513ad083c5f2049736f534e2b03b559 606 605 2023-08-13T15:48:59Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Braslezian_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Braslezian.]] '''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on YouTube began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably The Cornunist. As of August 13th, the channel boasts 524 subscribers and has accumulated over 134K views. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Brazil Brazil]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create his own videos. == YouTube Career == Braslezian's journey into the world of Geotubing started when he began watching videos related to geography, countryball animations, and edits. One of the first channels that he watched using his account was ''Cornunist''. Influenced by the Cornunist's content, Braslezian produced his debut video. Over the course of his YouTube career, he has utilized software such as ''Capcut'' for most of his video edits. However, he occasionally experiments and makes edits with ''Adobe Premiere Pro''. == Alliances == Braslezian is a part of the ''S.A.T.O'' and ''Nationalitia'' alliances within the Geo community. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Braslezian Braslezian on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/7W6x9JhAMs Braslezian's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] 5e521b825f809511db790a0e319295b1252c8fa8 6 231 591 2023-08-13T07:51:05Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Braslezian. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Braslezian. 7eb395fbf7805b5eb1881fbb0f8e09d3d51ad3fc 6 232 593 2023-08-13T07:58:20Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Greatlake Editz wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Greatlake Editz 8f04702c47bcc6540a953ce8e5b0eaeb2ffb5e09 0 233 594 2023-08-13T08:06:06Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:Greatlake_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Greatlake Editz.]] '''Seth A. Mercier''' is a Italian-German Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''greatlake_editz''' based in Detroit, Michigan, USA. He has channeled his enthusiasm for geography into a burgeoning YouTube career. == Biography == Seth A. Mercier was born on January 8th, 2007, in Detroit, Michigan, USA. Though residing in the USA, he has German and Italian roots, which he proudly acknowledges. ==..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Greatlake_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Greatlake Editz.]] '''Seth A. Mercier''' is a Italian-German Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''greatlake_editz''' based in Detroit, Michigan, USA. He has channeled his enthusiasm for geography into a burgeoning YouTube career. == Biography == Seth A. Mercier was born on January 8th, 2007, in Detroit, Michigan, USA. Though residing in the USA, he has German and Italian roots, which he proudly acknowledges. == YouTube Career == Seth's inclination toward geography manifested as an avid viewership of geography-centric content on YouTube. This pastime soon translated into an ambition to become a Geotuber. Despite his fervor, Seth initially faced challenges due to his unfamiliarity with video editing. This obstacle was overcome when someone took the initiative to tutor him in the editing process. Seth now creates a variety of content encompassing geography, flags, military, countries, and politics. He has also expressed a potential interest in branching out to movie, TV show, and sports-themed edits in the future. === Softwares === Seth primarily resorts to ''Capcut'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for his video editing needs. === External Links === * [https://youtube.com/@greatlake_editz Greatlake Editz on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/r6gtBBHSTh Greatlake Editz's Discord Server] [[Category: Geotubers]] [[Category: American YouTubers]] 473fbb0d01ea8651e2095caeaa504c2aec6dd722 595 594 2023-08-13T08:06:16Z InsaneX 2 /* Softwares */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Greatlake_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Greatlake Editz.]] '''Seth A. Mercier''' is a Italian-German Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''greatlake_editz''' based in Detroit, Michigan, USA. He has channeled his enthusiasm for geography into a burgeoning YouTube career. == Biography == Seth A. Mercier was born on January 8th, 2007, in Detroit, Michigan, USA. Though residing in the USA, he has German and Italian roots, which he proudly acknowledges. == YouTube Career == Seth's inclination toward geography manifested as an avid viewership of geography-centric content on YouTube. This pastime soon translated into an ambition to become a Geotuber. Despite his fervor, Seth initially faced challenges due to his unfamiliarity with video editing. This obstacle was overcome when someone took the initiative to tutor him in the editing process. Seth now creates a variety of content encompassing geography, flags, military, countries, and politics. He has also expressed a potential interest in branching out to movie, TV show, and sports-themed edits in the future. == Softwares == Seth primarily resorts to ''Capcut'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for his video editing needs. === External Links === * [https://youtube.com/@greatlake_editz Greatlake Editz on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/r6gtBBHSTh Greatlake Editz's Discord Server] [[Category: Geotubers]] [[Category: American YouTubers]] 8e4c051fde196f7c3d081865219bb89573489fba 596 595 2023-08-13T08:06:36Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Greatlake_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Greatlake Editz.]] '''Seth A. Mercier''' is a Italian-German Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''greatlake_editz''' based in Detroit, Michigan, USA. He has channeled his enthusiasm for geography into a burgeoning YouTube career. == Biography == Seth A. Mercier was born on January 8th, 2007, in Detroit, Michigan, USA. Though residing in the USA, he has German and Italian roots, which he proudly acknowledges. == YouTube Career == Seth's inclination toward geography manifested as an avid viewership of geography-centric content on YouTube. This pastime soon translated into an ambition to become a Geotuber. Despite his fervor, Seth initially faced challenges due to his unfamiliarity with video editing. This obstacle was overcome when someone took the initiative to tutor him in the editing process. Seth now creates a variety of content encompassing geography, flags, military, countries, and politics. He has also expressed a potential interest in branching out to movie, TV show, and sports-themed edits in the future. == Softwares == Seth primarily resorts to ''Capcut'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for his video editing needs. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@greatlake_editz Greatlake Editz on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/r6gtBBHSTh Greatlake Editz's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] a2ead57a05be6d9d9ef48a91db4ac299ec6c502e 597 596 2023-08-13T08:06:54Z InsaneX 2 /* Softwares */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Greatlake_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Greatlake Editz.]] '''Seth A. Mercier''' is a Italian-German Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''greatlake_editz''' based in Detroit, Michigan, USA. He has channeled his enthusiasm for geography into a burgeoning YouTube career. == Biography == Seth A. Mercier was born on January 8th, 2007, in Detroit, Michigan, USA. Though residing in the USA, he has German and Italian roots, which he proudly acknowledges. == YouTube Career == Seth's inclination toward geography manifested as an avid viewership of geography-centric content on YouTube. This pastime soon translated into an ambition to become a Geotuber. Despite his fervor, Seth initially faced challenges due to his unfamiliarity with video editing. This obstacle was overcome when someone took the initiative to tutor him in the editing process. Seth now creates a variety of content encompassing geography, flags, military, countries, and politics. He has also expressed a potential interest in branching out to movie, TV show, and sports-themed edits in the future. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@greatlake_editz Greatlake Editz on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/r6gtBBHSTh Greatlake Editz's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] 934aaab6ab841e073dc6b0f424a55362672fece2 598 597 2023-08-13T08:07:03Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Greatlake_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Greatlake Editz.]] '''Seth A. Mercier''' is a Italian-German Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''greatlake_editz''' based in Detroit, Michigan, USA. He has channeled his enthusiasm for geography into a burgeoning YouTube career. == Biography == Seth A. Mercier was born on January 8th, 2007, in Detroit, Michigan, USA. Though residing in the USA, he has German and Italian roots, which he proudly acknowledges. == YouTube Career == Seth's inclination toward geography manifested as an avid viewership of geography-centric content on YouTube. This pastime soon translated into an ambition to become a Geotuber. Despite his fervor, Seth initially faced challenges due to his unfamiliarity with video editing. This obstacle was overcome when someone took the initiative to tutor him in the editing process. Seth now creates a variety of content encompassing geography, flags, military, countries, and politics. He has also expressed a potential interest in branching out to movie, TV show, and sports-themed edits in the future. Seth primarily resorts to ''Capcut'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for his video editing needs. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@greatlake_editz Greatlake Editz on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/r6gtBBHSTh Greatlake Editz's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] ea26f1e421caca92ebd466c8933a1cff1cd9b168 599 598 2023-08-13T08:42:19Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Greatlake_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Greatlake Editz.]] '''Seth A. Mercier''' is a Italian-German Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''greatlake_editz''' based in Detroit, Michigan, USA. He has channeled his enthusiasm for geography into a burgeoning YouTube career. == Biography == Seth A. Mercier was born on January 8th, 2007, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Detroit Detroit], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Michigan Michigan], USA. Though residing in the USA, he has German and Italian roots, which he proudly acknowledges. == YouTube Career == Seth's inclination toward [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography geography] manifested as an avid viewership of geography-centric content on YouTube. This pastime soon translated into an ambition to become a Geotuber. Despite his fervor, Seth initially faced challenges due to his unfamiliarity with video editing. This obstacle was overcome when someone took the initiative to tutor him in the editing process. Seth now creates a variety of content encompassing geography, flags, military, countries, and politics. He has also expressed a potential interest in branching out to movie, TV show, and sports-themed edits in the future. Seth primarily resorts to ''Capcut'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for his video editing needs. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@greatlake_editz Greatlake Editz on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/r6gtBBHSTh Greatlake Editz's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] debafacdc21147c3b52b24c8f4d00a19ea6cce52 611 599 2023-08-13T17:01:43Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Greatlake_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Greatlake Editz.]] '''Seth A. Mercier''' is a Italian-German Geotuber, known for his YouTube channel '''greatlake_editz''' based in Detroit, Michigan, USA. He has channeled his enthusiasm for geography into a burgeoning YouTube career. == Biography == Seth A. Mercier was born on January 8th, 2007, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Detroit Detroit], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Michigan Michigan], USA. He currently lives in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eastpointe,_Michigan Eastpointe], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Michigan Michigan]. Though residing in the USA, he has German and Italian roots, which he proudly acknowledges. == YouTube Career == Seth's inclination toward [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography geography] manifested as an avid viewership of geography-centric content on YouTube. This pastime soon translated into an ambition to become a Geotuber. Despite his fervor, Seth initially faced challenges due to his unfamiliarity with video editing. This obstacle was overcome when someone took the initiative to tutor him in the editing process. Seth now creates a variety of content encompassing geography, flags, military, countries, and politics. He has also expressed a potential interest in branching out to movie, TV show, and sports-themed edits in the future. Seth primarily resorts to ''Capcut'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for his video editing needs. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@greatlake_editz Greatlake Editz on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/r6gtBBHSTh Greatlake Editz's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] 29d3d483a2af4c443bd0513805fa739188b94426 0 234 600 2023-08-13T08:57:38Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''ArizonaBallYT''' is an American Geotuber well known for creating videos mainly related to Geography, comparing countries, empires, and other geographical themes. As of the latest update, ArizonaBallYT has amassed a following of 8.57K subscribers and a total of 4.44 million views on his YouTube channel. == Early Life == ArizonaBallYT was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aurora,_Colorado Aurora], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colorado Colorado], USA. At the age..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''ArizonaBallYT''' is an American Geotuber well known for creating videos mainly related to Geography, comparing countries, empires, and other geographical themes. As of the latest update, ArizonaBallYT has amassed a following of 8.57K subscribers and a total of 4.44 million views on his YouTube channel. == Early Life == ArizonaBallYT was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aurora,_Colorado Aurora], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colorado Colorado], USA. At the age of 3, he moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexico Mexico] and lived there until he was 9. He then relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phoenix,_Arizona Phoenix], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arizona Arizona], USA. Adapting to the new environment within the USA after living in Mexico was a unique experience for him, which he describes as "kinda awkward". == YouTube Career == ArizonaBallYT initially began his YouTube journey as an animator, focusing on Countryball videos. However, with only about 9 subscribers garnered from this endeavor, he decided to pivot to creating geography-related content. This change in content proved to be a turning point for his channel. Not only did he feel more passionate and positive about uploading, but it also led to him growing a substantial subscriber base and making many friends within the community. == Softwares Used == * '''CapCut''' * '''Alight Motion''' * '''Ibis Paint X''' == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC4AcoWHC2zpYcRshihP_8DA ArizonaBallYT on YouTube] d672d494d8c0b99ba9727f0f6b5a1199c4fc2190 602 600 2023-08-13T08:59:23Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:ArizonaBallYT_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of ArizonaBallYT.]] '''ArizonaBallYT''' is an American Geotuber well known for creating videos mainly related to Geography, comparing countries, empires, and other geographical themes. As of the latest update, ArizonaBallYT has amassed a following of 8.57K subscribers and a total of 4.44 million views on his YouTube channel. == Early Life == ArizonaBallYT was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aurora,_Colorado Aurora], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colorado Colorado], USA. At the age of 3, he moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexico Mexico] and lived there until he was 9. He then relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phoenix,_Arizona Phoenix], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arizona Arizona], USA. Adapting to the new environment within the USA after living in Mexico was a unique experience for him, which he describes as "kinda awkward". == YouTube Career == ArizonaBallYT initially began his YouTube journey as an animator, focusing on Countryball videos. However, with only about 9 subscribers garnered from this endeavor, he decided to pivot to creating geography-related content. This change in content proved to be a turning point for his channel. Not only did he feel more passionate and positive about uploading, but it also led to him growing a substantial subscriber base and making many friends within the community. == Softwares Used == * '''CapCut''' * '''Alight Motion''' * '''Ibis Paint X''' == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC4AcoWHC2zpYcRshihP_8DA ArizonaBallYT on YouTube] 983d1664cfafd3256889370ae618d027e2a21bef 6 235 601 2023-08-13T08:58:21Z InsaneX 2 Logo of ArizonaBallYT wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of ArizonaBallYT 7524595222490ff439dcb113c13838a1533bff95 2 236 603 2023-08-13T13:45:45Z Algeria Mapping 15 Channel Was Created On January 14 2021 wikitext text/x-wiki Algeria Mapping 8f469c996e48edc850d7c980e408967f9de56f25 3 237 604 2023-08-13T15:02:20Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Algeria Mapping]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 15:02, 13 August 2023 4020be5cfa059121803b2e9cf7474495871516ab 0 238 607 2023-08-13T16:34:26Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Abdullah Tahir''' (Urdu: عبداللہ طاہر) is a Pakistani Geotuber known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''World.Military.Reality'''. The channel was launched on October 1, 2022, and within nine months has garnered nearly 17,000 subscribers and close to 3.5 million views. World.Military.Reality has gained significant attention in the Geo community due to its distinctive takes on history, geography, and geopolitical topics. == E..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Abdullah Tahir''' (Urdu: عبداللہ طاہر) is a Pakistani Geotuber known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''World.Military.Reality'''. The channel was launched on October 1, 2022, and within nine months has garnered nearly 17,000 subscribers and close to 3.5 million views. World.Military.Reality has gained significant attention in the Geo community due to its distinctive takes on history, geography, and geopolitical topics. == Early Life == Abdullah was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamabad Islamabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. From an early age, he exhibited a keen interest in military, geography, history, and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geopolitics geopolitics]. == YouTube Career == Abdullah began his YouTube journey in 2019, focusing primarily on gaming content, especially centered around [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. From 2019 to 2021, despite numerous video uploads, the channel could only manage to amass around 100 subscribers and about 50,000 views. In 2022, after being introduced to the Geo community and watching content from other Geotubers, Abdullah's passion was rekindled. On October 1, 2023, following a break, he initiated his third YouTube channel dedicated to geopolitics and military-related subjects. Abdullah started by using CapCut for video editing but soon moved to Alight Motion to further enhance his editing capabilities. This transition played a pivotal role in uplifting the quality of his content, resulting in a significant growth spurt for his channel. Such rapid growth affirmed Abdullah's standing in the Geo community, identifying him as a notable Geotuber. == Editing Styles and Tools == Abdullah's distinct editing style and unique subject choices have not only made him popular but have also inspired others to emulate his content. He utilizes a combination of software tools to bring his creative visions to life: * CapCut * Alight Motion * ibis Paint X * Pixel lab * [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adobe_Lightroom Adobe Lightroom] == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@World.Military.Reality World.Military.Reality on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@world.military.reality._?_t=8enj7uQlkj2&_r=1 World.Military.Reality on TikTok] * [https://instagram.com/abdullah.3xe?igshid=MzRlODBiNWFlZA== World.Military.Reality on Instagram] 6955136209221a00911a5edc69a6638f27b8ab9d 609 607 2023-08-13T16:35:57Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:World.Military.Reality_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of World.Military.Reality.]] '''Abdullah Tahir''' (Urdu: عبداللہ طاہر) is a Pakistani Geotuber known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''World.Military.Reality'''. The channel was launched on October 1, 2022, and within nine months has garnered nearly 17,000 subscribers and close to 3.5 million views. World.Military.Reality has gained significant attention in the Geo community due to its distinctive takes on history, geography, and geopolitical topics. == Early Life == Abdullah was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamabad Islamabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. From an early age, he exhibited a keen interest in military, geography, history, and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geopolitics geopolitics]. == YouTube Career == Abdullah began his YouTube journey in 2019, focusing primarily on gaming content, especially centered around [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. From 2019 to 2021, despite numerous video uploads, the channel could only manage to amass around 100 subscribers and about 50,000 views. In 2022, after being introduced to the Geo community and watching content from other Geotubers, Abdullah's passion was rekindled. On October 1, 2023, following a break, he initiated his third YouTube channel dedicated to geopolitics and military-related subjects. Abdullah started by using CapCut for video editing but soon moved to Alight Motion to further enhance his editing capabilities. This transition played a pivotal role in uplifting the quality of his content, resulting in a significant growth spurt for his channel. Such rapid growth affirmed Abdullah's standing in the Geo community, identifying him as a notable Geotuber. == Editing Styles and Tools == Abdullah's distinct editing style and unique subject choices have not only made him popular but have also inspired others to emulate his content. He utilizes a combination of software tools to bring his creative visions to life: * CapCut * Alight Motion * ibis Paint X * Pixel lab * [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adobe_Lightroom Adobe Lightroom] == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@World.Military.Reality World.Military.Reality on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@world.military.reality._?_t=8enj7uQlkj2&_r=1 World.Military.Reality on TikTok] * [https://instagram.com/abdullah.3xe?igshid=MzRlODBiNWFlZA== World.Military.Reality on Instagram] fd0e5b36df278188edc524b01d6ca417baf607ea 610 609 2023-08-13T16:55:38Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:World.Military.Reality_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of World.Military.Reality.]] '''Abdullah Tahir''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبداللہ طاہر) is a Pakistani Geotuber known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''World.Military.Reality'''. The channel was launched on October 1, 2022, and within nine months has garnered nearly 17,000 subscribers and close to 3.5 million views. World.Military.Reality has gained significant attention in the Geo community due to its distinctive takes on history, geography, and geopolitical topics. == Early Life == Abdullah was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamabad Islamabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. From an early age, he exhibited a keen interest in military, geography, history, and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geopolitics geopolitics]. == YouTube Career == Abdullah began his YouTube journey in 2019, focusing primarily on gaming content, especially centered around [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. From 2019 to 2021, despite numerous video uploads, the channel could only manage to amass around 100 subscribers and about 50,000 views. In 2022, after being introduced to the Geo community and watching content from other Geotubers, Abdullah's passion was rekindled. On October 1, 2023, following a break, he initiated his third YouTube channel dedicated to geopolitics and military-related subjects. Abdullah started by using CapCut for video editing but soon moved to Alight Motion to further enhance his editing capabilities. This transition played a pivotal role in uplifting the quality of his content, resulting in a significant growth spurt for his channel. Such rapid growth affirmed Abdullah's standing in the Geo community, identifying him as a notable Geotuber. == Editing Styles and Tools == Abdullah's distinct editing style and unique subject choices have not only made him popular but have also inspired others to emulate his content. He utilizes a combination of software tools to bring his creative visions to life: * CapCut * Alight Motion * ibis Paint X * Pixel lab * [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adobe_Lightroom Adobe Lightroom] == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@World.Military.Reality World.Military.Reality on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@world.military.reality._?_t=8enj7uQlkj2&_r=1 World.Military.Reality on TikTok] * [https://instagram.com/abdullah.3xe?igshid=MzRlODBiNWFlZA== World.Military.Reality on Instagram] 2319dfdf30a74d2e190e00e7720792f5363109e8 617 610 2023-08-13T17:29:20Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:World.Military.Reality_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of World.Military.Reality.]] '''Abdullah Tahir''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبداللہ طاہر) is a Pakistani Geotuber known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''World.Military.Reality'''. The channel was launched on October 1, 2022, and within nine months has garnered nearly 17,000 subscribers and close to 3.5 million views. World.Military.Reality has gained significant attention in the Geo community due to its distinctive takes on history, geography, and geopolitical topics. == Early Life == Abdullah was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamabad Islamabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. From an early age, he exhibited a keen interest in military, geography, history, and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geopolitics geopolitics]. == YouTube Career == Abdullah began his YouTube journey in 2019, focusing primarily on gaming content, especially centered around [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. From 2019 to 2021, despite numerous video uploads, the channel could only manage to amass around 100 subscribers and about 50,000 views. In 2022, after being introduced to the Geo community and watching content from other Geotubers, Abdullah's passion was rekindled. On October 1, 2023, following a break, he initiated his third YouTube channel dedicated to geopolitics and military-related subjects. Abdullah started by using CapCut for video editing but soon moved to Alight Motion to further enhance his editing capabilities. This transition played a pivotal role in uplifting the quality of his content, resulting in a significant growth spurt for his channel. Such rapid growth affirmed Abdullah's standing in the Geo community, identifying him as a notable Geotuber. == Editing Styles and Tools == Abdullah's distinct editing style and unique subject choices have not only made him popular but have also inspired others to emulate his content. He utilizes a combination of software tools to bring his creative visions to life: * CapCut * Alight Motion * ibis Paint X * Pixel lab * [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adobe_Lightroom Adobe Lightroom] == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@World.Military.Reality World.Military.Reality on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@world.military.reality._?_t=8enj7uQlkj2&_r=1 World.Military.Reality on TikTok] * [https://instagram.com/abdullah.3xe?igshid=MzRlODBiNWFlZA== World.Military.Reality on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 7b403a4c0c77a49962c34931fe0d8479ba4f3e11 6 239 608 2023-08-13T16:35:17Z InsaneX 2 Logo of World.Military.Reality wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of World.Military.Reality 5e04f9340063d60caa20f579d9be495dc2278b3d 0 240 612 2023-08-13T17:23:31Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "== Ahmed Salman == '''Ahmed Salman''' (Arabic: أحمد سلمان; Bangla: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taif Taif], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca_Province Mecca province], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia Saudi Arabia], he relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wi..." wikitext text/x-wiki == Ahmed Salman == '''Ahmed Salman''' (Arabic: أحمد سلمان; Bangla: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taif Taif], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca_Province Mecca province], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia Saudi Arabia], he relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dhaka Dhaka], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirajganj_District Sirajganj], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajshahi_District Rajshahi District], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)] in Bangladesh and supporting [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchy monarchy] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instagram Instagram], Ahmed, under the username '''b6se9.a5med.tan8iro''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba Demon Slayer], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using InShot. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like CapCut and is currently acquainting himself with Alight Motion. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.A.G)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Instagram] 81764ce64199342687d182b59abde30124aaded3 613 612 2023-08-13T17:24:14Z InsaneX 2 /* Ahmed Salman */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ahmed Salman''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic Arabic]: أحمد سلمان; [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangla Bangla]: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taif Taif], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca_Province Mecca province], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia Saudi Arabia], he relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dhaka Dhaka], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirajganj_District Sirajganj], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajshahi_District Rajshahi District], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)] in Bangladesh and supporting [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchy monarchy] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instagram Instagram], Ahmed, under the username '''b6se9.a5med.tan8iro''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba Demon Slayer], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using InShot. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like CapCut and is currently acquainting himself with Alight Motion. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.A.G)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Instagram] 2653075da6d83e18b26bda16dd4af1739b24b256 614 613 2023-08-13T17:24:49Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ahmed Salman''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic Arabic]: أحمد سلمان; [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengali_language Bangla]: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taif Taif], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca_Province Mecca province], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia Saudi Arabia], he relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dhaka Dhaka], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirajganj_District Sirajganj], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajshahi_District Rajshahi District], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)] in Bangladesh and supporting [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchy monarchy] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instagram Instagram], Ahmed, under the username '''b6se9.a5med.tan8iro''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba Demon Slayer], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using InShot. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like CapCut and is currently acquainting himself with Alight Motion. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.A.G)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Instagram] ee534a26c37c8d4bc9b2cb5bd3f84c20c468747d 616 614 2023-08-13T17:28:54Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Based.saudi.bangladeshi.21_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21.]] '''Ahmed Salman''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic Arabic]: أحمد سلمان; [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengali_language Bangla]: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taif Taif], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca_Province Mecca province], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia Saudi Arabia], he relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dhaka Dhaka], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirajganj_District Sirajganj], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajshahi_District Rajshahi District], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)] in Bangladesh and supporting [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchy monarchy] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instagram Instagram], Ahmed, under the username '''b6se9.a5med.tan8iro''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba Demon Slayer], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using InShot. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like CapCut and is currently acquainting himself with Alight Motion. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.A.G)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] bb337d7efc26472fcf67d4607c43e4c760e0b8c4 618 616 2023-08-13T17:31:52Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube and Instagram Presence */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Based.saudi.bangladeshi.21_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21.]] '''Ahmed Salman''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic Arabic]: أحمد سلمان; [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengali_language Bangla]: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taif Taif], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca_Province Mecca province], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia Saudi Arabia], he relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dhaka Dhaka], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirajganj_District Sirajganj], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajshahi_District Rajshahi District], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)] in Bangladesh and supporting [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchy monarchy] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instagram Instagram], Ahmed, under the name '''سلمان أحمد''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba Demon Slayer], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using InShot. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like CapCut and is currently acquainting himself with Alight Motion. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.A.G)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 5f7b2a16c9975c2dc4a57c22c2e80439b8aef415 619 618 2023-08-13T18:10:41Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Based.saudi.bangladeshi.21_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21.]] '''Ahmed Salman''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arabic Arabic]: أحمد سلمان; [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bengali_language Bangla]: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taif Taif], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mecca_Province Mecca province], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saudi_Arabia Saudi Arabia], he relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dhaka Dhaka], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirajganj_District Sirajganj], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajshahi_District Rajshahi District], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh Bangladesh], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)] in Bangladesh and supporting [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Monarchy monarchy] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Instagram Instagram], Ahmed, under the name '''سلمان أحمد''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba Demon Slayer], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using InShot. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like CapCut and is currently acquainting himself with Alight Motion. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.A.G)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 on YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] a580f80d5b5df5848f382ccc5f0a929f17ba37b4 6 241 615 2023-08-13T17:27:23Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 2efe013886913748b3ebafc51a1d505b2aa9c05e 0 242 620 2023-08-13T18:54:23Z That muslim kid 9 Created page with "==Asher W. B== Asher W. B (better recognized as illnois editz) as is an American Geotuber who was born on October 14th, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon,_Illinois Dixon, Illinois]. When he was a kid, he really wanted to be a YouTuber. ==Early Life== Asher grew up on a farm in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon,_Illinois Dixon, Illinois], and he liked two things a lot: taking care of plants in the garden and playing video games. He thought it would be cool..." wikitext text/x-wiki ==Asher W. B== Asher W. B (better recognized as illnois editz) as is an American Geotuber who was born on October 14th, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon,_Illinois Dixon, Illinois]. When he was a kid, he really wanted to be a YouTuber. ==Early Life== Asher grew up on a farm in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon,_Illinois Dixon, Illinois], and he liked two things a lot: taking care of plants in the garden and playing video games. He thought it would be cool to share his life and interests with others on YouTube. ==YouTube Story== Asher started his YouTube career on January 10th, 2023. At first, he made videos about aerospace and video games content on his channel. Later, he changed his focus to making edits. People liked these edits a lot, and now, his channel sits at 125 subscribers and 39k views as of 13th August ==Making Videos== To make his videos, Asher mainly uses [https://www.capcut.com/ CapCut] to edit his videos. He also uses [https://picsart.com Picsart] and [https://ibispaint.com/?lang=en-US ibis paint] ==Things Asher Likes== Besides making videos, Asher enjoys taking care of his garden and playing Roblox and other video games. These are his favorite things to do when he's not busy making videos. ==External links== [https://open.spotify.com/user/31niogssejtqh5iudk3ytdqusncq?si=uTiMbJWHSIiUKPkWbbnlwA spotify] [https://youtube.com/@Illinois_ball Youtube] [http://roblox.com/users/4402186822/profile Roblox] 2947ef7884e0748c44725a9841f0f8cec389f92a 621 620 2023-08-13T18:55:37Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki Asher W. B (better recognized as illnois editz) as is an American Geotuber who was born on October 14th, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon,_Illinois Dixon, Illinois]. When he was a kid, he really wanted to be a YouTuber. ==Early Life== Asher grew up on a farm in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon,_Illinois Dixon, Illinois], and he liked two things a lot: taking care of plants in the garden and playing video games. He thought it would be cool to share his life and interests with others on YouTube. ==YouTube Story== Asher started his YouTube career on January 10th, 2023. At first, he made videos about aerospace and video games content on his channel. Later, he changed his focus to making edits. People liked these edits a lot, and now, his channel sits at 125 subscribers and 39k views as of 13th August ==Making Videos== To make his videos, Asher mainly uses [https://www.capcut.com/ CapCut] to edit his videos. He also uses [https://picsart.com Picsart] and [https://ibispaint.com/?lang=en-US ibis paint] ==Things Asher Likes== Besides making videos, Asher enjoys taking care of his garden and playing Roblox and other video games. These are his favorite things to do when he's not busy making videos. ==External links== [https://open.spotify.com/user/31niogssejtqh5iudk3ytdqusncq?si=uTiMbJWHSIiUKPkWbbnlwA spotify] [https://youtube.com/@Illinois_ball Youtube] [http://roblox.com/users/4402186822/profile Roblox] 678ef2ebd512188a2fd9e4959ee0483d10d983f8 0 243 622 2023-08-14T12:01:51Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Asher W.B.''' is an American Geotuber best known for his channel '''Illinois Editz''' which mainly focuses on geography-related edits. == Early Life == Asher W.B. was born on October 14, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon%2C_Illinois Dixon], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illinois Illinois]. He grew up in Dixon, Illinois, where he harbored dreams of becoming a successful YouTuber. He lived and worked on a farm, which significantly influenced his early life..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Asher W.B.''' is an American Geotuber best known for his channel '''Illinois Editz''' which mainly focuses on geography-related edits. == Early Life == Asher W.B. was born on October 14, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon%2C_Illinois Dixon], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illinois Illinois]. He grew up in Dixon, Illinois, where he harbored dreams of becoming a successful YouTuber. He lived and worked on a farm, which significantly influenced his early life experiences. == YouTube Career == Asher W.B. launched his YouTube channel on January 10, 2023. Initially, the channel was intended to focus on aerospace and gaming content. However, a shift in content to geographic edits led to a surge in views and subscribers. Beyond his editing and aerospace interests, Asher also has a passion for gardening and gaming. == Editing Software == Asher W.B. primarily utilizes ''CapCut'' for video editing. For graphic designs and additional editing, he employs tools like ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == Alliances == Asher W.B. is the founder of the '''League of American GeoTubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance that promotes collaboration among Geotubers based in the U.S. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Illinois_ball Illinois Editz on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] e6025596093cca5d50d033f0fc273615111c4750 623 622 2023-08-14T12:02:29Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Asher W.B.''' is an American Geotuber best known for his channel '''Illinois Editz''' which mainly focuses on geography-related edits. == Early Life == Asher W.B. was born on October 14, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon%2C_Illinois Dixon], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illinois Illinois]. He grew up in Dixon, Illinois, where he harbored dreams of becoming a successful YouTuber. He lived and worked on a farm, which significantly influenced his early life experiences. == YouTube Career == Asher W.B. launched his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/youtube YouTube channel] on January 10, 2023. Initially, the channel was intended to focus on aerospace and gaming content. However, a shift in content to geographic edits led to a surge in views and subscribers. Beyond his editing and aerospace interests, Asher also has a passion for gardening and gaming. == Editing Software == Asher W.B. primarily utilizes ''CapCut'' for video editing. For graphic designs and additional editing, he employs tools like ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == Alliances == Asher W.B. is the founder of the '''League of American GeoTubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance that promotes collaboration among Geotubers based in the U.S. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Illinois_ball Illinois Editz on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] adb02ad15826ef2b3a9a1d7fc991bbca6afa7434 624 623 2023-08-14T12:07:51Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Asher W.B.''' is an American Geotuber best known for his channel '''Illinois Editz''' which mainly focuses on geography-related edits. == Early Life == Asher W.B. was born on October 14, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon%2C_Illinois Dixon], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illinois Illinois]. He grew up in Dixon, Illinois, where he harbored dreams of becoming a successful YouTuber. He lived and worked on a farm, which significantly influenced his early life experiences. == YouTube Career == Asher W.B. launched his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/youtube YouTube channel] on January 10, 2023. Initially, the channel was intended to focus on aerospace and gaming content. However, a shift in content to geographic edits led to a surge in views and subscribers. Beyond his editing and aerospace interests, Asher also has a passion for gardening and gaming. == Editing Software == Asher W.B. primarily utilizes ''CapCut'' for video editing. For graphic designs and additional editing, he employs tools like ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == Alliances == Asher W.B. is the founder of the '''League of American GeoTubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance that promotes collaboration among Geotubers based in the U.S. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Illinois_ball Illinois Editz on YouTube] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31niogssejtqh5iudk3ytdqusncq?si=uTiMbJWHSIiUKPkWbbnlwA&nd=1 Illinois Editz on Spotify] * [https://www.roblox.com/users/4402186822/profile Illinois Editz on Roblox] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] fdd1742bf26e2170a9838e69131139375e4ec1c0 6 244 625 2023-08-14T12:08:50Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Illinois Editz wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Illinois Editz 25e483968ed69d65af8f0d1c97fed2acdc85ac83 0 243 626 624 2023-08-14T12:09:34Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Illinois_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Illinois Editz.]] '''Asher W.B.''' is an American Geotuber best known for his channel '''Illinois Editz''' which mainly focuses on geography-related edits. == Early Life == Asher W.B. was born on October 14, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon%2C_Illinois Dixon], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illinois Illinois]. He grew up in Dixon, Illinois, where he harbored dreams of becoming a successful YouTuber. He lived and worked on a farm, which significantly influenced his early life experiences. == YouTube Career == Asher W.B. launched his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/youtube YouTube channel] on January 10, 2023. Initially, the channel was intended to focus on aerospace and gaming content. However, a shift in content to geographic edits led to a surge in views and subscribers. Beyond his editing and aerospace interests, Asher also has a passion for gardening and gaming. == Editing Software == Asher W.B. primarily utilizes ''CapCut'' for video editing. For graphic designs and additional editing, he employs tools like ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == Alliances == Asher W.B. is the founder of the '''League of American GeoTubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance that promotes collaboration among Geotubers based in the U.S. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Illinois_ball Illinois Editz on YouTube] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31niogssejtqh5iudk3ytdqusncq?si=uTiMbJWHSIiUKPkWbbnlwA&nd=1 Illinois Editz on Spotify] * [https://www.roblox.com/users/4402186822/profile Illinois Editz on Roblox] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 02873c6bcc71e55809169259526f629dcd102f02 636 626 2023-08-14T15:33:48Z Illinois editz 18 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Illinois_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Illinois Editz.]] '''Asher W.B.''' is an American Geotuber best known for his channel '''Illinois Editz''' which mainly focuses on geography-related edits. == Early Life == Asher W.B. was born on October 14, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon%2C_Illinois Dixon], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illinois Illinois]. He grew up in Dixon, Illinois, where he harbored dreams of becoming a successful YouTuber. He lives and worked on a farm, which significantly influenced his early life experiences. == YouTube Career == Asher W.B. launched his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/youtube YouTube channel] on January 10, 2023. Initially, the channel was intended to focus on aerospace and gaming content. However, a shift in content to geographic edits led to a surge in views and subscribers. Beyond his editing and aerospace interests, Asher also has a passion for gardening and gaming. == Editing Software == Asher W.B. primarily utilizes ''CapCut'' for video editing. For graphic designs and additional editing, he employs tools like ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == Alliances == Asher W.B. is the founder of the '''League of American GeoTubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance that promotes collaboration among Geotubers based in the U.S. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Illinois_ball Illinois Editz on YouTube] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31niogssejtqh5iudk3ytdqusncq?si=uTiMbJWHSIiUKPkWbbnlwA&nd=1 Illinois Editz on Spotify] * [https://www.roblox.com/users/4402186822/profile Illinois Editz on Roblox] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] c3caf8df83e628f9247e23f0d8906372db6b24c3 639 636 2023-08-15T04:10:45Z Illinois editz 18 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Illinois_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Illinois Editz.]] '''Asher W.B.''' is an American Geotuber best known for his channel '''Illinois Editz''' which mainly focuses on geography-related edits. == Early Life == Asher W.B. was born on October 14, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dixon%2C_Illinois Dixon], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Illinois Illinois]. He grew up in Dixon, Illinois, where he harbored dreams of becoming a successful YouTuber. He lives and works on a farm, which significantly influenced his early life experiences. == YouTube Career == Asher W.B. launched his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/youtube YouTube channel] on January 10, 2023. Initially, the channel was intended to focus on aerospace and gaming content. However, a shift in content to geographic edits led to a surge in views and subscribers. Beyond his editing and aerospace interests, Asher also has a passion for gardening and gaming. == Editing Software == Asher W.B. primarily utilizes ''CapCut'' for video editing. For graphic designs and additional editing, he employs tools like ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == Alliances == Asher W.B. is the founder of the '''League of American GeoTubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance that promotes collaboration among Geotubers based in the U.S. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Illinois_ball Illinois Editz on YouTube] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31niogssejtqh5iudk3ytdqusncq?si=uTiMbJWHSIiUKPkWbbnlwA&nd=1 Illinois Editz on Spotify] * [https://www.roblox.com/users/4402186822/profile Illinois Editz on Roblox] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] b9b9b015982270a97ca09d3dda68668b22e4e34c 6 245 627 2023-08-14T13:05:41Z InsaneX 2 Logo of AHZ wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of AHZ 9192d49b3d3b6e67f352a0fd9f42a76cf9147f0d 0 246 628 2023-08-14T13:06:31Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Azerbaijan Azerbaijan], Ahmet later moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube C..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Azerbaijan Azerbaijan], Ahmet later moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube Career == Ahmet's journey on [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] began as a mapper, inspired by creators like Balkan Mapping. However, his interests soon shifted to the Geotuber community, intrigued by the advanced edits and creative potential. In his videos, Ahmet primarily creates Islamic and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Turanism Turanist] edits, reflecting his personal beliefs as both an Islamist and a pan-Turanist. To create these edits, he often uses software tools like ''Capcut'' and ''Picsart''. Ahmet's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 19.3K subscribers and nearly 8.8 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Ahmet is an active member of the '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''', an alliance within the Geo community that focuses on collaborative content creation. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ahz_editz.53 AHZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 9e5eac83377339c90e239f0b52634301ed7bb6be 0 247 629 2023-08-14T13:46:38Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Landen''' is an American Geotuber known for his channel '''IcyBall Geostuffs'''. Born on September 11, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riverside,_California Riverside, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], he currently resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California Anaheim], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California California]. == Early Life == From a young age, Landen took immense pride in his ethnic backgrounds, par..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Landen''' is an American Geotuber known for his channel '''IcyBall Geostuffs'''. Born on September 11, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riverside,_California Riverside, [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], he currently resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California Anaheim], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California California]. == Early Life == From a young age, Landen took immense pride in his ethnic backgrounds, particularly his Polish and Persian ancestries. This interest in cultural and ethnic heritage would later translate into a profound fascination with geography. == YouTube Career == Landen's journey into the realm of geography began in the 6th grade, roughly around late 2021 to early 2022. While working on a history project about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Greece Ancient Greece], he chanced upon the strategic strait known as the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dardanelles Dardanelles]. As he delved deeper into [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Encyclop%C3%A6dia_Britannica,_Inc. Britannica] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia Wikipedia], a spark of curiosity led him to explore geography further. By August 2022, Landen had become an avid viewer of the geo community on YouTube. Inspired by what he saw, he decided to contribute to this community and started his own channel, ''IcyBall Mapping'', in October 2022. Initially, he focused on mapping TTS videos using MapChart. Today, known as ''IcyBall Geostuffs'', Landen creates a diverse range of geographical content. For his edits, Landen relies on a set of software tools including ''CapCut'', ''Alight Motion'' occasionally, ''ibis Paint X'', and ''Picsart''. He makes CvCs (country vs. country comparisons) and Nationalist Edits on his iPad, while he uses his iPhone for Mapping Videos. Landen's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 37.1K subscribers and more than 15.4 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Landen plays an active role in the geo community, being the co-founder of the '''League of Californian Geotubers (L.C.G)'''. He is also a member of the '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@IcyBall.Geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on YouTube] * [www.tiktok.com/@icyball.geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31z5m4knlqiude3t2nzzedmlih7u?si=SV96CHwpT2iUsfpogBT84A IcyBall Geostuffs on Spotify] 2172314cff420dc19b75bff3ba6463a85d4e93ef 630 629 2023-08-14T13:47:18Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Landen''' is an American Geotuber known for his channel '''IcyBall Geostuffs'''. Born on September 11, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riverside,_California Riverside], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], he currently resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California Anaheim], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California California]. == Early Life == From a young age, Landen took immense pride in his ethnic backgrounds, particularly his Polish and Persian ancestries. This interest in cultural and ethnic heritage would later translate into a profound fascination with geography. == YouTube Career == Landen's journey into the realm of geography began in the 6th grade, roughly around late 2021 to early 2022. While working on a history project about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Greece Ancient Greece], he chanced upon the strategic strait known as the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dardanelles Dardanelles]. As he delved deeper into [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Encyclop%C3%A6dia_Britannica,_Inc. Britannica] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia Wikipedia], a spark of curiosity led him to explore geography further. By August 2022, Landen had become an avid viewer of the geo community on YouTube. Inspired by what he saw, he decided to contribute to this community and started his own channel, ''IcyBall Mapping'', in October 2022. Initially, he focused on mapping TTS videos using MapChart. Today, known as ''IcyBall Geostuffs'', Landen creates a diverse range of geographical content. For his edits, Landen relies on a set of software tools including ''CapCut'', ''Alight Motion'' occasionally, ''ibis Paint X'', and ''Picsart''. He makes CvCs (country vs. country comparisons) and Nationalist Edits on his iPad, while he uses his iPhone for Mapping Videos. Landen's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 37.1K subscribers and more than 15.4 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Landen plays an active role in the geo community, being the co-founder of the '''League of Californian Geotubers (L.C.G)'''. He is also a member of the '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@IcyBall.Geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on YouTube] * [www.tiktok.com/@icyball.geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31z5m4knlqiude3t2nzzedmlih7u?si=SV96CHwpT2iUsfpogBT84A IcyBall Geostuffs on Spotify] 3d85694505ca405a43ef03d84a93732aee75cc73 632 630 2023-08-14T13:48:22Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Landen''' is an American Geotuber known for his channel '''IcyBall Geostuffs'''. Born on September 11, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riverside,_California Riverside], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], he currently resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California Anaheim], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California California]. == Early Life == From a young age, Landen took immense pride in his ethnic backgrounds, particularly his Polish and Persian ancestries. This interest in cultural and ethnic heritage would later translate into a profound fascination with geography. == YouTube Career == Landen's journey into the realm of geography began in the 6th grade, roughly around late 2021 to early 2022. While working on a history project about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Greece Ancient Greece], he chanced upon the strategic strait known as the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dardanelles Dardanelles]. As he delved deeper into [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Encyclop%C3%A6dia_Britannica,_Inc. Britannica] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia Wikipedia], a spark of curiosity led him to explore geography further. By August 2022, Landen had become an avid viewer of the geo community on YouTube. Inspired by what he saw, he decided to contribute to this community and started his own channel, ''IcyBall Mapping'', in October 2022. Initially, he focused on mapping TTS videos using MapChart. Today, known as ''IcyBall Geostuffs'', Landen creates a diverse range of geographical content. For his edits, Landen relies on a set of software tools including ''CapCut'', ''Alight Motion'' occasionally, ''ibis Paint X'', and ''Picsart''. He makes CvCs (country vs. country comparisons) and Nationalist Edits on his iPad, while he uses his iPhone for Mapping Videos. Landen's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 37.1K subscribers and more than 15.4 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Landen plays an active role in the geo community, being the co-founder of the '''League of Californian Geotubers (L.C.G)'''. He is also a member of the '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@IcyBall.Geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@icyball.geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31z5m4knlqiude3t2nzzedmlih7u?si=SV96CHwpT2iUsfpogBT84A IcyBall Geostuffs on Spotify] 6aef9016bd202a8e2978fa33bfd4cbc68f3ca62a 633 632 2023-08-14T13:49:41Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:IcyBall_Geostuffs_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of IcyBall Geostuffs.]] '''Landen''' is an American Geotuber known for his channel '''IcyBall Geostuffs'''. Born on September 11, 2009, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Riverside,_California Riverside], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California California], he currently resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California Anaheim], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Anaheim,_California California]. == Early Life == From a young age, Landen took immense pride in his ethnic backgrounds, particularly his Polish and Persian ancestries. This interest in cultural and ethnic heritage would later translate into a profound fascination with geography. == YouTube Career == Landen's journey into the realm of geography began in the 6th grade, roughly around late 2021 to early 2022. While working on a history project about [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancient_Greece Ancient Greece], he chanced upon the strategic strait known as the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dardanelles Dardanelles]. As he delved deeper into [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Encyclop%C3%A6dia_Britannica,_Inc. Britannica] and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia Wikipedia], a spark of curiosity led him to explore geography further. By August 2022, Landen had become an avid viewer of the Geo community on YouTube. Inspired by what he saw, he decided to contribute to this community and started his own channel, ''IcyBall Mapping'', in October 2022. Initially, he focused on mapping TTS videos using MapChart. Today, known as ''IcyBall Geostuffs'', Landen creates a diverse range of geographical content. For his edits, Landen relies on a set of software tools including ''CapCut'', ''Alight Motion'' occasionally, ''ibis Paint X'', and ''Picsart''. He makes CvCs (country vs. country comparisons) and Nationalist Edits on his iPad, while he uses his iPhone for Mapping Videos. Landen's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 37.1K subscribers and more than 15.4 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Landen plays an active role in the geo community, being the co-founder of the '''League of Californian Geotubers (L.C.G)'''. He is also a member of the '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@IcyBall.Geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@icyball.geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31z5m4knlqiude3t2nzzedmlih7u?si=SV96CHwpT2iUsfpogBT84A IcyBall Geostuffs on Spotify] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] fd7741a351ad0b404396823dd3b61b7bc5d7ac93 6 248 631 2023-08-14T13:47:52Z InsaneX 2 Logo of IcyBall Geostuffs wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of IcyBall Geostuffs fd4d3e2d16318b234e86599fa7c8e0342256244d 6 249 634 2023-08-14T14:55:32Z InsaneX 2 Logo of OtterMapping. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of OtterMapping. f90e3d62d44142b3e548d822d73f82fd05ba9699 0 250 635 2023-08-14T14:55:44Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:OtterMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of OtterMapping.]] '''OtterMapping''' is an American Geotuber, known for producing videos related to geography and historical subjects. As of 14th August 2023, the channel has garnered over 420k views and has a subscriber count of 775. == Early Life == Born on January 16, 2009, in the USA, OtterMapping has always been inclined towards geography and history. == YouTube Career == OtterMapping started their YouTube journey wit..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OtterMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of OtterMapping.]] '''OtterMapping''' is an American Geotuber, known for producing videos related to geography and historical subjects. As of 14th August 2023, the channel has garnered over 420k views and has a subscriber count of 775. == Early Life == Born on January 16, 2009, in the USA, OtterMapping has always been inclined towards geography and history. == YouTube Career == OtterMapping started their YouTube journey with a desire to both establish a presence in the digital community and to educate the audience about geography—a subject they felt was not well-understood by many. Over time, the content on their channel has delved into a blend of geographical insights and historical events or phenomena. == Alliances == OtterMapping is a member of the '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance within the Geo community where creators collaborate on content creation and editing. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@OtterMapping OtterMapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 2c53868166ce4ef4bf8adb075ddac66da0b59b57 642 635 2023-08-17T00:10:45Z Illinois editz 18 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OtterMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of OtterMapping.]] '''OtterMapping''' is an American Geotuber, known for producing videos related to geography and historical subjects. As of 14th August 2023, the channel has garnered over 420k views and has a subscriber count of 775. == Early Life == Born on January 16, 2009, in the USA, OtterMapping has always been inclined towards geography and history. == YouTube Career == OtterMapping started their YouTube journey with a desire to both establish a presence in the digital community and to educate the audience about geography—a subject they felt was not well-understood by many. Over time, the content on their channel has delved into a blend of geographical insights and historical events or phenomena. == Alliances == OtterMapping is one of the co founders of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance within the Geo community where creators collaborate on content creation and editing. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@OtterMapping OtterMapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 833fe47b941654514d4aab706e33aa5bf6fc2e4c 643 642 2023-08-18T12:37:41Z InsaneX 2 /* Alliances */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OtterMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of OtterMapping.]] '''OtterMapping''' is an American Geotuber, known for producing videos related to geography and historical subjects. As of 14th August 2023, the channel has garnered over 420k views and has a subscriber count of 775. == Early Life == Born on January 16, 2009, in the USA, OtterMapping has always been inclined towards geography and history. == YouTube Career == OtterMapping started their YouTube journey with a desire to both establish a presence in the digital community and to educate the audience about geography—a subject they felt was not well-understood by many. Over time, the content on their channel has delved into a blend of geographical insights and historical events or phenomena. == Alliances == OtterMapping is one of the co-founders of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance within the Geo community where creators collaborate on content creation and editing. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@OtterMapping OtterMapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 98132626594226f47a94dafbc3b0e53c37d29464 2 251 637 2023-08-14T15:37:49Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 252 638 2023-08-14T15:37:49Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:Illinois Editz]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 15:37, 14 August 2023 acc8be5e002eaab8bb5f127b9ff76647d17aa533 2 253 640 2023-08-15T11:11:34Z FarhanEditz 19 Created page with "M. Khairul Farhan (better known as FarhanEditz) was born on 3rd July 2008 in Sabah,Malaysia. He has a dream to start a YouTube career in 2016/2017. He created various channel but much of them failed until his comeback in August 2022 as a Geotuber. Later become an Editor" wikitext text/x-wiki M. Khairul Farhan (better known as FarhanEditz) was born on 3rd July 2008 in Sabah,Malaysia. He has a dream to start a YouTube career in 2016/2017. He created various channel but much of them failed until his comeback in August 2022 as a Geotuber. Later become an Editor 8245290f4bd88a6aed309e1141b57ff5146e6c0e 3 254 641 2023-08-16T07:18:23Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:FarhanEditz]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 07:18, 16 August 2023 ec21f1fff6c8d2dc824ed4441a51c287a68d9eef 0 255 644 2023-08-18T18:16:27Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating YouTube videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating YouTube videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British Columbia], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. He is a follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his YouTube career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like ''Geometry Dash'', ''Pixel Gun 3D'', and ''Roblox''. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to YouTube marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as TikTok. ==External links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn ''Militarizatixn'' on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ ''Militarizatixn'' on TikTok] 56d5d520117b68b8313db6ec071a870d5684de56 645 644 2023-08-18T18:16:52Z InsaneX 2 /* External links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating YouTube videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British Columbia], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. He is a follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his YouTube career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like ''Geometry Dash'', ''Pixel Gun 3D'', and ''Roblox''. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to YouTube marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as TikTok. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn ''Militarizatixn'' on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ ''Militarizatixn'' on TikTok] cd9422cd5ac350d054606d06b99b5ff36348a159 646 645 2023-08-18T18:17:15Z InsaneX 2 /* Personal Information */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating YouTube videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British Columbia], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. He is a follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his YouTube career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like ''Geometry Dash'', ''Pixel Gun 3D'', and ''Roblox''. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to YouTube marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as TikTok. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn ''Militarizatixn'' on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ ''Militarizatixn'' on TikTok] 1324dc7848718ff30535e9da41590d29b8d5e28b 647 646 2023-08-18T18:19:58Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating YouTube videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British Columbia], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. He is a follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his YouTube career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pixel_Gun_3D Pixel Gun 3D], and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TikTok TikTok]. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn ''Militarizatixn'' on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ ''Militarizatixn'' on TikTok] d44b30cc230d3c2a3a725b12fe5e5ecaf2c08a84 648 647 2023-08-18T18:20:13Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British Columbia], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. He is a follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his YouTube career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pixel_Gun_3D Pixel Gun 3D], and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TikTok TikTok]. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn ''Militarizatixn'' on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ ''Militarizatixn'' on TikTok] 140c25e959103966f8e0671e568c20f0ca22a482 649 648 2023-08-18T18:20:30Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British Columbia], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. He is a follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his YouTube career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pixel_Gun_3D Pixel Gun 3D], and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TikTok TikTok]. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn Militarizatixn on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ Militarizatixn on TikTok] cf215904c78b17892ab6590570ca8545a82963ca 650 649 2023-08-18T18:20:50Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British Columbia], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. He is a follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pixel_Gun_3D Pixel Gun 3D], and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TikTok TikTok]. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn Militarizatixn on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ Militarizatixn on TikTok] 59794e9d0958e3cad90d38764e407954252fb523 652 650 2023-08-18T18:22:43Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Militarizatixn_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Militarizatixn.]] '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolia Mongolia]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/British_Columbia British Columbia], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. He is a follower of [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islam Islam]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geometry_Dash Geometry Dash], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pixel_Gun_3D Pixel Gun 3D], and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TikTok TikTok]. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn Militarizatixn on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ Militarizatixn on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] bd8f76a0751524d94a5c8f0bb630ab7517d041a4 6 256 651 2023-08-18T18:21:48Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Militarizatixn. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Militarizatixn. f7a0d920fa1e8fc4b1f100d4ce754233f9ff0ba2 0 257 653 2023-08-19T11:09:32Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Ahmed Malik''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: احمد ملک) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''MightyGeoGuy'''. He is best known for his videos related to geography, including country comparisons, historical empires, and geopolitics topics. == Personal Information == Ahmed Malik was born on 20 April 2008 in Rawalpindi, Pakistan. As of now, he is residing in Islamabad, Pakistan. == YouTube Career == Ahmed Malik began..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ahmed Malik''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: احمد ملک) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''MightyGeoGuy'''. He is best known for his videos related to geography, including country comparisons, historical empires, and geopolitics topics. == Personal Information == Ahmed Malik was born on 20 April 2008 in Rawalpindi, Pakistan. As of now, he is residing in Islamabad, Pakistan. == YouTube Career == Ahmed Malik began his YouTube career as a Geotuber on 25 June 2022, inspired by other YouTubers including NeiterAll Shorts, Cambodia ball officials, ExploitHistory, It's fire sketcher, Militarizatixn, and Azuriya. Throughout his career, he collaborated with fellow Geotubers and established a strong community of geography enthusiasts. On 17 April 2023, Ahmed decided to quit his YouTube career due to personal reasons. == Content Type and Software Used == In the beginning, Malik used the video editing software ''CapCut''. Later on, he switched to ''Alight Motion'', and his first video edited with this software was created with the help of fellow Geotuber and his brother, ''DyaEditZ''. Initially, his content focused on "then vs now" edits, but he eventually expanded his repertoire to include Asia vs Europe comparisons, history-related videos, and content based on current trends and geopolitics topics. Despite his hiatus from YouTube, Malik has left the possibility open for a potential return to content creation. == Alliances == During his YouTube career, Malik was part of several alliances with fellow Geotubers: * '''KATO''' * '''PSC''' * '''SAE''' == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@MightyGeoGuy MightyGeoGuy on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mightygeoguy MightyGeoGuy on TikTok] 14743319431978e028da83317b58807958916088 655 653 2023-08-19T11:13:14Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:MightyGeoGuy_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of MightyGeoGuy.]] '''Ahmed Malik''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: احمد ملک) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''MightyGeoGuy'''. He is best known for his videos related to geography, including country comparisons, historical empires, and geopolitics topics. == Personal Information == Ahmed Malik was born on 20 April 2008 in Rawalpindi, Pakistan. As of now, he is residing in Islamabad, Pakistan. == YouTube Career == Ahmed Malik began his YouTube career as a Geotuber on 25 June 2022, inspired by other YouTubers including NeiterAll Shorts, Cambodia ball officials, ExploitHistory, It's fire sketcher, Militarizatixn, and Azuriya. Throughout his career, he collaborated with fellow Geotubers and established a strong community of geography enthusiasts. On 17 April 2023, Ahmed decided to quit his YouTube career due to personal reasons. == Content Type and Software Used == In the beginning, Malik used the video editing software ''CapCut''. Later on, he switched to ''Alight Motion'', and his first video edited with this software was created with the help of fellow Geotuber and his brother, ''DyaEditZ''. Initially, his content focused on "then vs now" edits, but he eventually expanded his repertoire to include Asia vs Europe comparisons, history-related videos, and content based on current trends and geopolitics topics. Despite his hiatus from YouTube, Malik has left the possibility open for a potential return to content creation. == Alliances == During his YouTube career, Malik was part of several alliances with fellow Geotubers: * '''KATO''' * '''PSC''' * '''SAE''' == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@MightyGeoGuy MightyGeoGuy on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mightygeoguy MightyGeoGuy on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 3bac6de8eb4ffb2b76a6179595152d71d33cc82c 656 655 2023-08-19T11:18:47Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:MightyGeoGuy_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of MightyGeoGuy.]] '''Ahmed Malik''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: احمد ملک) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''MightyGeoGuy'''. He is best known for his videos related to geography, including country comparisons, historical empires, and geopolitics topics. == Personal Information == Ahmed Malik was born on 20 April 2008 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rawalpindi Rawalpindi], https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. As of now, he is residing in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamabad Islamabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. == YouTube Career == Ahmed Malik began his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] career as a Geotuber on 25 June 2022, inspired by other Geotubers including NeiterAll Shorts, Cambodia ball officials, ExploitHistory, It's fire sketcher, Militarizatixn, and Azuriya. Throughout his career, he collaborated with fellow Geotubers and established a strong community of geography enthusiasts. On 17 April 2023, Ahmed decided to quit his YouTube career due to personal reasons. == Content Type and Software Used == In the beginning, Malik used the video editing software ''CapCut''. Later on, he switched to ''Alight Motion'', and his first video edited with this software was created with the help of fellow Geotuber and his brother, ''DyaEditZ''. Initially, his content focused on "then vs now" edits, but he eventually expanded his repertoire to include Asia vs Europe comparisons, history-related videos, and content based on current trends and geopolitics topics. Despite his hiatus from YouTube, Malik has left the possibility open for a potential return to content creation. == Alliances == During his YouTube career, Malik was part of several alliances with fellow Geotubers: * '''KATO''' * '''PSC''' * '''SAE''' == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@MightyGeoGuy MightyGeoGuy on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mightygeoguy MightyGeoGuy on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 166fd6492935edcad27483095432067dea5eee9e 657 656 2023-08-19T12:09:45Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:MightyGeoGuy_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of MightyGeoGuy.]] '''Ahmed Malik''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: احمد ملک) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''MightyGeoGuy'''. He is best known for his videos related to geography, including country comparisons, historical empires, and geopolitics topics. == Personal Information == Ahmed Malik was born on 20 April 2008 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rawalpindi Rawalpindi], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. As of now, he is residing in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamabad Islamabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. == YouTube Career == Ahmed Malik began his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] career as a Geotuber on 25 June 2022, inspired by other Geotubers including NeiterAll Shorts, Cambodia ball officials, ExploitHistory, It's fire sketcher, Militarizatixn, and Azuriya. Throughout his career, he collaborated with fellow Geotubers and established a strong community of geography enthusiasts. On 17 April 2023, Ahmed decided to quit his YouTube career due to personal reasons. == Content Type and Software Used == In the beginning, Malik used the video editing software ''CapCut''. Later on, he switched to ''Alight Motion'', and his first video edited with this software was created with the help of fellow Geotuber and his brother, ''DyaEditZ''. Initially, his content focused on "then vs now" edits, but he eventually expanded his repertoire to include Asia vs Europe comparisons, history-related videos, and content based on current trends and geopolitics topics. Despite his hiatus from YouTube, Malik has left the possibility open for a potential return to content creation. == Alliances == During his YouTube career, Malik was part of several alliances with fellow Geotubers: * '''KATO''' * '''PSC''' * '''SAE''' == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@MightyGeoGuy MightyGeoGuy on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mightygeoguy MightyGeoGuy on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] b9d2954e9134416b9e606e573ba923b4172e43bb 6 258 654 2023-08-19T11:12:24Z InsaneX 2 Logo of MightyGeoGuy. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of MightyGeoGuy. ce4c7240950d59f9b6c41b1d270e1c4ca4a90ea8 0 4 658 441 2023-08-19T14:57:05Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Umar Edits''' [Pakistan](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan) is a big country. d09986f1a709aa2100e9701cf78e8b716d514dd8 659 658 2023-08-19T14:58:22Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:UmarEdits_Logo.jpg|thumb|right|300px|Logo of Umar Edits.]] '''Umar Edits''' f5b9ba2993709f659ddbc7a01b02bcf95f64ef29 0 1 660 550 2023-08-19T15:04:23Z InsaneX 2 /* Featured Geotuber */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hyderabad,_Sindh Hyderabad], [[w:Pakistan Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geotubers]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Abdullah do it all]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Glitch Editz]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] 4df290b8710ebdc3fe1cf98380242ceffa9dc320 661 660 2023-08-19T15:05:36Z InsaneX 2 /* Featured Geotuber */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' (Urdu: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh| Hyderabad]], [[w:Pakistan| Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?search=&title=Special%3ASearch Shia Muslim]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sharbat_(beverage) Sharbat] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geotubers]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Abdullah do it all]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Glitch Editz]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] 902294fbd0bf40a453f6d6d5de223f614ed6c5fc 662 661 2023-08-19T15:07:49Z InsaneX 2 /* Featured Geotuber */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu| Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. He was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh| Hyderabad]], [[w:Pakistan| Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam| Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage)| Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. [[Cartoonabad | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geotubers]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Abdullah do it all]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Glitch Editz]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] e1e7907e6b086d565e13d2aab1f9b2f3732aed51 0 219 665 587 2023-08-20T18:23:23Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' [[W:urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:lahore | lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 4c2c1c31d3e2476e8230ae9bdc062a2a3c243de7 666 665 2023-08-23T15:43:17Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:lahore | lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software Capcut to Alight Motion in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C) alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] e794518bea01132f361113cd58cdc111d26df79a 667 666 2023-08-23T15:44:31Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * Adobe After Effects * Adobe Premiere Pro ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 2fd01ba0fc37a8d6b6400d71a7bfd01e8cf2bce6 668 667 2023-08-23T15:46:07Z InsaneX 2 /* Editing Style and Tools */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 892fd69210f67afc622e16e75cf3bb5d8bad662e 669 668 2023-08-23T15:46:22Z InsaneX 2 /* Editing Style and Tools */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber "World.military.king1", Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] a212a3120a8a919db24b2c365e41929bb90a9c7b 670 669 2023-08-23T15:46:44Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on YouTube started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] e8826a2a9ba5e781cc9b72e8a53f00469597ff71 671 670 2023-08-23T15:46:56Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 972207234b6f505777eea535809f926318072853 672 671 2023-08-23T15:47:09Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in Lahore, Pakistan. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 68d49920c7b5cb1aef59543ff95cc6c9509f07fa 673 672 2023-08-23T15:47:29Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani teenager known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 3cff3382fc577d44ecb7578b0060b981f7cb8107 0 217 664 556 2023-08-20T19:00:13Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Glitch_Editz_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Glitch Editz.]] '''Glitch Editz''' is a well known American Geotuber known for his videos on geography, history, politics, and military edits. == Personal Information == Glitch Editz was born on 2009, in [[ w:Los Angeles |Los Angeles]], [[w:California | California]], USA. He is currently 14 years old and still resides in Los Angeles. == YouTube Career == Glitch Editz launched his YouTube channel in January 2021, initially focusing on content related to ''Minecraft'' on the Bedrock Edition, specifically within the Hive gaming server. He continued this theme until the channel reached 309 subscribers, after which he stopped uploading and deleted all of his content. The channel remained inactive until he discovered geo-related content on [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]], which inspired him to shift his content focus. This led to the rebirth of his channel, and he began producing geography-based content on September 25, 2022. His wide-ranging content includes topics such as geography, history, politics, and military-themed edits. When producing Nationalist Edits, Glitch Editz utilizes a range of software tools including CapCut, Picsart, and ibisPaint X, all on his iPad. For his "Country VS Country" edits, CapCut on the iPad is his tool of choice. For mapping-related content, he uses ibis Paint X and CapCut on his iPhone. == Statistics == As of now, Glitch Editz's YouTube channel has amassed 13.8K subscribers and has garnered 6.4 million total views. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@glitch_editz/ Glitch Editz on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@zglitch_editz Glitch Editz on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/hwuokva73rytudbtu5sqra0k1 Glitch Editz on Spotify] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] d5ef3662c0fdc459488958c5cf781694a3e53879 2 259 663 2023-08-22T00:20:08Z Qosin monkey 30 Created page with "this is truly a despicable me moment" wikitext text/x-wiki this is truly a despicable me moment f10d462020222d0ad733c437f094f992ad36ed6d 3 260 674 2023-08-23T15:27:30Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Qosin monkey]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 15:27, 23 August 2023 e8c8eeca7fc686ee1be889fb33e08e7020738e7a 6 262 678 2023-08-23T15:48:35Z Falaq 21 First Pfp of Falaq wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == First Pfp of Falaq abbd1c304ed9856841205fd4513ede0e7ac4e431 0 246 683 628 2023-08-24T16:26:37Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Azerbaijan Azerbaijan], Ahmet later moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube Career == Ahmet's journey on [[W: YouTube| Youtube]] began as a mapper, inspired by creators like Balkan Mapping. However, his interests soon shifted to the Geotuber community, intrigued by the advanced edits and creative potential. In his videos, Ahmet primarily creates Islamic and [[W:Turanism | Turanist]] edits, reflecting his personal beliefs as both an Islamist and a pan-Turanist. To create these edits, he often uses software tools like ''Capcut'' and ''Picsart''. Ahmet's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 19.3K subscribers and nearly 8.8 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Ahmet is an active member of the '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''', an alliance within the Geo community that focuses on collaborative content creation. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ahz_editz.53 AHZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 0194b220021c45728c2931d9ae8734150aca8f14 684 683 2023-08-24T17:24:15Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Azerbaijan Azerbaijan], Ahmet later moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada Canada]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube Career == Ahmet's journey on [[W:YouTube| YouTube]] began as a mapper, inspired by creators like Balkan Mapping. However, his interests soon shifted to the Geotuber community, intrigued by the advanced edits and creative potential. In his videos, Ahmet primarily creates Islamic and [[W:Turanism | Turanist]] edits, reflecting his personal beliefs as both an Islamist and a pan-Turanist. To create these edits, he often uses software tools like ''Capcut'' and ''Picsart''. Ahmet's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 19.3K subscribers and nearly 8.8 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Ahmet is an active member of the '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''', an alliance within the Geo community that focuses on collaborative content creation. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ahz_editz.53 AHZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 5cf9439172dcdcdebc56b35c65deac4eaba029a0 685 684 2023-08-24T17:25:10Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in [[w:Azerbaijan|Azerbaijan]], Ahmet later moved to [[w:Canada| Canada]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube Career == Ahmet's journey on [[W:YouTube| YouTube]] began as a mapper, inspired by creators like Balkan Mapping. However, his interests soon shifted to the Geotuber community, intrigued by the advanced edits and creative potential. In his videos, Ahmet primarily creates Islamic and [[W:Turanism | Turanist]] edits, reflecting his personal beliefs as both an Islamist and a pan-Turanist. To create these edits, he often uses software tools like ''Capcut'' and ''Picsart''. Ahmet's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 19.3K subscribers and nearly 8.8 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Ahmet is an active member of the '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''', an alliance within the Geo community that focuses on collaborative content creation. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ahz_editz.53 AHZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] bb0e135183b574e907dfb755a07e22ecc2de6494 686 685 2023-08-24T17:25:20Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in [[w:Azerbaijan|Azerbaijan]], Ahmet later moved to [[w:Canada| Canada]]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube Career == Ahmet's journey on [[W:YouTube| YouTube]] began as a mapper, inspired by creators like Balkan Mapping. However, his interests soon shifted to the Geotuber community, intrigued by the advanced edits and creative potential. In his videos, Ahmet primarily creates Islamic and [[W:Turanism | Turanist]] edits, reflecting his personal beliefs as both an Islamist and a pan-Turanist. To create these edits, he often uses software tools like ''Capcut'' and ''Picsart''. Ahmet's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 19.3K subscribers and nearly 8.8 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Ahmet is an active member of the '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''', an alliance within the Geo community that focuses on collaborative content creation. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ahz_editz.53 AHZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] d369646073bf94aa93b976d2da46961d05b1cedc 0 240 693 619 2023-08-24T16:36:37Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Based.saudi.bangladeshi.21_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21.]] '''Ahmed Salman''' [[W:Arabic | Arabic]]: أحمد سلمان; [[W:Bengali_language Bangla]]: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [[W:Taif | Taif]], [[w:Mecca_Province | Mecca province]], [[w:Saudi_Arabia | Saudi Arabia]], he relocated to [[w:Dhaka | Dhaka]], [[w:Bangladesh | Bangladesh]], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [[w:Sirajganj_District | Sirajganj]], [[w:Rajshahi_District | Rajshahi District]], [[w:Bangladesh | Bangladesh]], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [[w:Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party | BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)]] in Bangladesh and supporting [[w:Monarchy | monarchy]] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [[w:instagram | Instagram]], Ahmed, under the name '''سلمان أحمد''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [[w:Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba | Demon Slayer]], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using InShot. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like CapCut and is currently acquainting himself with Alight Motion. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.G.A)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 on YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 998ddb988059c68d45b69cd09ab4ee49242bdbfe 694 693 2023-08-24T17:34:07Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Based.saudi.bangladeshi.21_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21.]] '''Ahmed Salman''' [[W:Arabic | Arabic]]: أحمد سلمان; [[W:Bengali_language|Bangla]]: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [[W:Taif | Taif]], [[w:Mecca_Province | Mecca province]], [[w:Saudi_Arabia | Saudi Arabia]], he relocated to [[w:Dhaka | Dhaka]], [[w:Bangladesh | Bangladesh]], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [[w:Sirajganj_District | Sirajganj]], [[w:Rajshahi_District | Rajshahi District]], [[w:Bangladesh | Bangladesh]], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [[w:Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party | BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)]] in Bangladesh and supporting [[w:Monarchy | monarchy]] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [[w:Instagram | Instagram]], Ahmed, under the name '''سلمان أحمد''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [[w:Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba | Demon Slayer]], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on Geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using ''InShot''. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like ''CapCut'' and is currently acquainting himself with ''Alight Motion''. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.G.A)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 on YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 41a40e3b41b66a744245757d85fbd3c547b1c31d 0 255 691 652 2023-08-24T16:43:03Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Militarizatixn_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Militarizatixn.]] '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [[w:Mongolia | Mongolia]]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in [[w:British_Columbia | British Columbia]], [[w:Canada | Canada]]. He is a follower of [[w:islam | Islam]]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like [[w:Geometry_Dash | Geometry Dash]], [[w:Pixel_Gun_3D | Pixel Gun 3D]], and [[w:Roblox | Roblox]]. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TikTok TikTok]. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn Militarizatixn on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ Militarizatixn on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 22b05bdcfb67e7d13f8ff26a6e6647599bb3b815 692 691 2023-08-24T17:30:45Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Militarizatixn_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Militarizatixn.]] '''Militarizatixn''' is a popular Mongolian-Chinese Geotuber known for creating [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] videos related to geopolitics, history and current world affairs. As of August 2023, the channel has garnered 175,000 subscribers and over 26.3 million views. ==Personal Information== Militarizatixn was born on September 20th, 2008, in [[w:Mongolia | Mongolia]]. He is currently 15 years old and resides in [[w:British_Columbia | British Columbia]], [[w:Canada | Canada]]. He is a follower of [[w:islam | Islam]]. ==YouTube Career== Militarizatixn began his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] career in 2017, initially focusing on gaming content like [[w:Geometry_Dash | Geometry Dash]], [[w:Pixel_Gun_3D | Pixel Gun 3D]], and [[w:Roblox | Roblox]]. After a period of uploading miscellaneous content, Militarizatixn took a break from YouTube. His return to [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] marked a significant shift in content. Militarizatixn was inspired by fellow Geotuber ''It's Fire Sketcher'' to create videos on geography and geopolitics. With support from ''It's Fire Sketcher'' and by joining a group of Geotubers including ''R2X Mapping'', ''GlitchedGeography'', and ''That Turk Guy'', Militarizatixn began to gain popularity. He was motivated to improve his editing skills and create content that attracted a large audience. Despite considering a shift to ''Who is Stronger'' (Anime Debate) content, Militarizatixn ultimately chose to continue with geo-related content, which has since become the primary focus of his channel. His videos cover a wide range of topics, including historical and contemporary geopolitical issues. Militarizatixn's success on YouTube has also led him to branch out to other social media platforms, such as [[w:TikTok|TikTok]]. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/c/Militarizatixn Militarizatixn on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@militarizatixn_ Militarizatixn on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 6ec4f239e72e094a60e403e24601d4d2ed6cfce1 0 230 689 606 2023-08-24T16:46:35Z That muslim kid 9 /* Biography */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Braslezian_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Braslezian.]] '''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on YouTube began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably The Cornunist. As of August 13th, the channel boasts 524 subscribers and has accumulated over 134K views. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [[w:Brazil | Brazil]]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create his own videos. == YouTube Career == Braslezian's journey into the world of Geotubing started when he began watching videos related to geography, countryball animations, and edits. One of the first channels that he watched using his account was ''Cornunist''. Influenced by the Cornunist's content, Braslezian produced his debut video. Over the course of his YouTube career, he has utilized software such as ''Capcut'' for most of his video edits. However, he occasionally experiments and makes edits with ''Adobe Premiere Pro''. == Alliances == Braslezian is a part of the ''S.A.T.O'' and ''Nationalitia'' alliances within the Geo community. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Braslezian Braslezian on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/7W6x9JhAMs Braslezian's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] 97566d236b2116867bb4ef05d298120451d357e2 690 689 2023-08-24T17:29:21Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Braslezian_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Braslezian.]] '''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably ''Cornunist''. As of August 13th, the channel boasts 524 subscribers and has accumulated over 134K views. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [[w:Brazil | Brazil]]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create his own videos. == YouTube Career == Braslezian's journey into the world of Geotubing started when he began watching videos related to geography, countryball animations, and edits. One of the first channels that he watched using his account was ''Cornunist''. Influenced by Cornunist's content, Braslezian produced his debut video. Over the course of his YouTube career, he has utilized software such as ''Capcut'' for most of his video edits. However, he occasionally experiments and makes edits with ''Adobe Premiere Pro''. == Alliances == Braslezian is a part of the ''S.A.T.O'' and ''Nationalitia'' alliances within the Geo community. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Braslezian Braslezian on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/7W6x9JhAMs Braslezian's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] c74b89e7c5cb938892b489fac03cf205416bdb04 0 169 687 554 2023-08-24T16:51:29Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including Pepsi, Coke, and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 9ca53a3b932e3d3fb570bd1c9ac0f28c86e1fdab 688 687 2023-08-24T17:27:35Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Cartoonabad'''. As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]], [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]], and water. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D images. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] a4e40393b3eed05f1df97d16bacb4a137709243c 705 688 2023-08-25T16:13:19Z Cartoonabad 36 /* Personal Life */Added content wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Sindhi Patriot''' Formerly Known as '''Cartoonabad''' is a YouTube channel started by '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot'''( Cartoonabad). As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]], [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]], and water. Cartoonabad is 13 year old boy and he has few goals of his life these goals are to Stop LGBT, Become a Shia Alim, Become a Doctor, Become a Successful YouTuber , Give Independence to Sindhudesh and Biggest of them all try to be a good Muslim == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D app. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] dab38d318f3f8421fc9f44b643ba4cd9480db4b1 706 705 2023-08-26T09:42:17Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot'''(previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]], [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]], and water. His main goals include stopping LGBT, becoming a Shia Muslim scholar, becoming a Doctor, Become a Successful YouTuber, Give Independence to Sindhudesh and Biggest of them all try to be a good Muslim. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using Prisma 3D app. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 7e124d2090c67d71fa49452655b114cc8bcef848 707 706 2023-08-26T13:03:46Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot'''(previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]], [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]], and water. His main goals include stopping LGBT, becoming a Shia Muslim scholar, becoming a Doctor, Become a Successful YouTuber, Give Independence to Sindhudesh and Biggest of them all try to be a good Muslim. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using ''Prisma3D''. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] ca00040c187eb10e81230d8e48dcef8717b460e3 708 707 2023-08-26T13:04:02Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot''' (previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel boasts 1.67K subscribers and has accumulated over 607,937 views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]], [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]], and water. His main goals include stopping LGBT, becoming a Shia Muslim scholar, becoming a Doctor, Become a Successful YouTuber, Give Independence to Sindhudesh and Biggest of them all try to be a good Muslim. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using ''Prisma3D''. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 1f01c9b1eb34b6ed3ee69a8d8a4a0ab37bb1d8b7 709 708 2023-08-26T13:06:10Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot''' (previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel has 1.67K subscribers and has received over 607K views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]], [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]], and water. His main goals include stopping LGBT, becoming a Shia Muslim scholar, becoming a Doctor, Become a Successful YouTuber, Give Independence to Sindhudesh and Biggest of them all try to be a good Muslim. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using ''Prisma3D''. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 6d88632333b512d3a4d2336656fd21fa4c2456b9 710 709 2023-08-26T13:10:48Z InsaneX 2 /* Personal Life */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot''' (previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel has 1.67K subscribers and has received over 607K views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]] and [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]]. Samar's aspirations encompass various fields: he aims to become a Shia Muslim scholar, a medical doctor, and a successful YouTuber. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using ''Prisma3D''. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 97a8d13a0b7a49f999b23d0dd3b630812ea88b3b 711 710 2023-08-26T13:17:20Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Cartoonabad_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Cartoonabad.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot''' (previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel has 1.67K subscribers and has received over 607K views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]] and [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]]. Samar's aspirations encompass various fields: he aims to become a Shia Muslim scholar, a medical doctor, and a successful [[w:YouTuber|YouTuber]]. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using ''Prisma3D''. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 10d68fbab65503bf5de6e4b052303f4a3c68228f 713 711 2023-08-26T13:20:49Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Sindhi Patriot Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Sindhi Patriot.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot''' (previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel has 1.67K subscribers and has received over 607K views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]] and [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]]. Samar's aspirations encompass various fields: he aims to become a Shia Muslim scholar, a medical doctor, and a successful [[w:YouTuber|YouTuber]]. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using ''Prisma3D''. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] ac29dc4688d6e5a8c834e395885ed07b3de4b14b 715 713 2023-08-26T13:23:33Z InsaneX 2 Redirected page to [[Sindhi Patriot]] wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Sindhi_Patriot]] b8a4d3b1acc60eb8624a5079a81090dbc27bf593 0 261 675 2023-08-24T17:14:27Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Amidoch Djlass''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: اميدوش دجلاس) is a Tunisian-French Geotuber and TikToker known for his geographical and historical content on his YouTube channel '''Amidoch''' and [[w:TikTok|TikTok]] account '''Amidoch Mapping'''. As of a recent count, Amidoch has amassed 29.2K subscribers on YouTube, with over 11.3 million views, and 22.5K followers on TikTok with over 400.6K likes. == Early Life == Amidoch Djlass was born on September 7, 2006, in..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Amidoch Djlass''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: اميدوش دجلاس) is a Tunisian-French Geotuber and TikToker known for his geographical and historical content on his YouTube channel '''Amidoch''' and [[w:TikTok|TikTok]] account '''Amidoch Mapping'''. As of a recent count, Amidoch has amassed 29.2K subscribers on YouTube, with over 11.3 million views, and 22.5K followers on TikTok with over 400.6K likes. == Early Life == Amidoch Djlass was born on September 7, 2006, in [[w:Grasse|Grasse]], [[w:France|France]]. Born with French-Tunisian heritage, Amidoch initially lived in France until his family relocated to [[w:Italy|Italy]]. In 2011, during a vacation to [[w:Tunisia|Tunisia]], they found themselves unable to return to France due to the border closures brought about by the [[w:Tunisian Revolution|Tunisian Revolution]]. They spent seven years in Tunisia, a period during which Amidoch learned about [[w:History of Tunisia|Tunisian history]], [[w:Culture of Tunisia|culture]], and [[w:Tunisian Arabic|language]]. In 2018, with borders reopening, the family moved to [[w:Normandy|Normandy]], [[w:France|France]], but faced challenges like racism. They briefly relocated to Grasse before settling in Alsace-Lorraine, where Amidoch found the motivation to pursue a career on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]]. == YouTube Career == Amidoch's journey on YouTube began in [[w:Lyon|Lyon]], where he became intrigued by the concept of "mapping" on [[w:YouTube Shorts|YouTube Shorts]]. His initial videos focused on comparing countries' historical and present states. Despite early challenges, Amidoch's videos on the collapse of [[w:Yugoslavia|Yugoslavia]] and the [[w:Soviet Union|USSR]] gained significant attention, helping him amass a significant subscriber base. His trend of comparing regions such as "West vs East" and "North vs South" boosted his popularity, especially after involving the real experiences of people living in those regions. Amidoch is known to collaborate with fellow Geotubers like ThatTurkGuy, [[Militarizatixn]], AngryBozo Geography, R2X Mapping, Omran Geography, and Divine Geography. == TikTok Career == Amidoch started his TikTok journey five months prior to the current date, gaining popularity with his "West Vs East countries" video, which went viral. Amidoch's content primarily revolves around nationalist editing, mapping, and history. == Content and Community Involvement == Amidoch is an active member of the '''Creators Hub''', which aims to protect Geotubers from raids. He is also the Co-Owner of the '''Nationalist Community''', a community that assists budding nationalist editors in honing their editing skills. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@amidoch.mapping Amidoch on TikTok] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Amidoch.mapping/ Amidoch on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/amidoch-community-846332203365695508 Amidoch's Discord Server] 4ee7f9581b2942441aec3d14ef5ad7fdce3b0715 676 675 2023-08-24T17:15:12Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Amidoch Djlass''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: اميدوش دجلاس) is a Tunisian-French Geotuber and TikToker known for his geographical and historical content on his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel '''Amidoch''' and [[w:TikTok|TikTok]] account '''Amidoch Mapping'''. As of a recent count, Amidoch has amassed 29.2K subscribers on YouTube, with over 11.3 million views, and 22.5K followers on TikTok with over 400.6K likes. == Early Life == Amidoch Djlass was born on September 7, 2006, in [[w:Grasse|Grasse]], [[w:France|France]]. Born with French-Tunisian heritage, Amidoch initially lived in France until his family relocated to [[w:Italy|Italy]]. In 2011, during a vacation to [[w:Tunisia|Tunisia]], they found themselves unable to return to France due to the border closures brought about by the [[w:Tunisian Revolution|Tunisian Revolution]]. They spent seven years in Tunisia, a period during which Amidoch learned about [[w:History of Tunisia|Tunisian history]], [[w:Culture of Tunisia|culture]], and [[w:Tunisian Arabic|language]]. In 2018, with borders reopening, the family moved to [[w:Normandy|Normandy]], [[w:France|France]], but faced challenges like racism. They briefly relocated to Grasse before settling in Alsace-Lorraine, where Amidoch found the motivation to pursue a career on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]]. == YouTube Career == Amidoch's journey on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] began in [[w:Lyon|Lyon]], where he became intrigued by the concept of "mapping" on [[w:YouTube Shorts|YouTube Shorts]]. His initial videos focused on comparing countries' historical and present states. Despite early challenges, Amidoch's videos on the collapse of [[w:Yugoslavia|Yugoslavia]] and the [[w:Soviet Union|USSR]] gained significant attention, helping him amass a significant subscriber base. His trend of comparing regions such as "West vs East" and "North vs South" boosted his popularity, especially after involving the real experiences of people living in those regions. Amidoch is known to collaborate with fellow Geotubers like ThatTurkGuy, [[Militarizatixn]], AngryBozo Geography, R2X Mapping, Omran Geography, and Divine Geography. == TikTok Career == Amidoch started his TikTok journey five months prior to the current date, gaining popularity with his "West Vs East countries" video, which went viral. Amidoch's content primarily revolves around nationalist editing, mapping, and history. == Content and Community Involvement == Amidoch is an active member of the '''Creators Hub''', which aims to protect Geotubers from raids. He is also the Co-Owner of the '''Nationalist Community''', a community that assists budding nationalist editors in honing their editing skills. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@amidoch.mapping Amidoch on TikTok] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Amidoch.mapping/ Amidoch on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/amidoch-community-846332203365695508 Amidoch's Discord Server] 028d8fc02494ab064d5b289078da82adeb74f064 677 676 2023-08-24T17:16:07Z InsaneX 2 /* Content and Community Involvement */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Amidoch Djlass''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: اميدوش دجلاس) is a Tunisian-French Geotuber and TikToker known for his geographical and historical content on his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel '''Amidoch''' and [[w:TikTok|TikTok]] account '''Amidoch Mapping'''. As of a recent count, Amidoch has amassed 29.2K subscribers on YouTube, with over 11.3 million views, and 22.5K followers on TikTok with over 400.6K likes. == Early Life == Amidoch Djlass was born on September 7, 2006, in [[w:Grasse|Grasse]], [[w:France|France]]. Born with French-Tunisian heritage, Amidoch initially lived in France until his family relocated to [[w:Italy|Italy]]. In 2011, during a vacation to [[w:Tunisia|Tunisia]], they found themselves unable to return to France due to the border closures brought about by the [[w:Tunisian Revolution|Tunisian Revolution]]. They spent seven years in Tunisia, a period during which Amidoch learned about [[w:History of Tunisia|Tunisian history]], [[w:Culture of Tunisia|culture]], and [[w:Tunisian Arabic|language]]. In 2018, with borders reopening, the family moved to [[w:Normandy|Normandy]], [[w:France|France]], but faced challenges like racism. They briefly relocated to Grasse before settling in Alsace-Lorraine, where Amidoch found the motivation to pursue a career on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]]. == YouTube Career == Amidoch's journey on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] began in [[w:Lyon|Lyon]], where he became intrigued by the concept of "mapping" on [[w:YouTube Shorts|YouTube Shorts]]. His initial videos focused on comparing countries' historical and present states. Despite early challenges, Amidoch's videos on the collapse of [[w:Yugoslavia|Yugoslavia]] and the [[w:Soviet Union|USSR]] gained significant attention, helping him amass a significant subscriber base. His trend of comparing regions such as "West vs East" and "North vs South" boosted his popularity, especially after involving the real experiences of people living in those regions. Amidoch is known to collaborate with fellow Geotubers like ThatTurkGuy, [[Militarizatixn]], AngryBozo Geography, R2X Mapping, Omran Geography, and Divine Geography. == TikTok Career == Amidoch started his TikTok journey five months prior to the current date, gaining popularity with his "West Vs East countries" video, which went viral. Amidoch's content primarily revolves around nationalist editing, mapping, and history. == Alliances == Amidoch is an active member of the '''Creators Hub''', which aims to protect Geotubers from raids. He is also the Co-Owner of the '''Nationalist Community''', a community that assists budding nationalist editors in honing their editing skills. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@amidoch.mapping Amidoch on TikTok] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Amidoch.mapping/ Amidoch on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/amidoch-community-846332203365695508 Amidoch's Discord Server] d39aa7b1cd0295444bbe453091b7d692677a89c8 682 677 2023-08-24T17:19:45Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Amidoch_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Amidoch.]] '''Amidoch Djlass''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: اميدوش دجلاس) is a Tunisian-French Geotuber and TikToker known for his geographical and historical content on his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel '''Amidoch''' and [[w:TikTok|TikTok]] account '''Amidoch Mapping'''. As of a recent count, Amidoch has amassed 29.2K subscribers on YouTube, with over 11.3 million views, and 22.5K followers on TikTok with over 400.6K likes. == Early Life == Amidoch Djlass was born on September 7, 2006, in [[w:Grasse|Grasse]], [[w:France|France]]. Born with French-Tunisian heritage, Amidoch initially lived in France until his family relocated to [[w:Italy|Italy]]. In 2011, during a vacation to [[w:Tunisia|Tunisia]], they found themselves unable to return to France due to the border closures brought about by the [[w:Tunisian Revolution|Tunisian Revolution]]. They spent seven years in Tunisia, a period during which Amidoch learned about [[w:History of Tunisia|Tunisian history]], [[w:Culture of Tunisia|culture]], and [[w:Tunisian Arabic|language]]. In 2018, with borders reopening, the family moved to [[w:Normandy|Normandy]], [[w:France|France]], but faced challenges like racism. They briefly relocated to Grasse before settling in Alsace-Lorraine, where Amidoch found the motivation to pursue a career on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]]. == YouTube Career == Amidoch's journey on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] began in [[w:Lyon|Lyon]], where he became intrigued by the concept of "mapping" on [[w:YouTube Shorts|YouTube Shorts]]. His initial videos focused on comparing countries' historical and present states. Despite early challenges, Amidoch's videos on the collapse of [[w:Yugoslavia|Yugoslavia]] and the [[w:Soviet Union|USSR]] gained significant attention, helping him amass a significant subscriber base. His trend of comparing regions such as "West vs East" and "North vs South" boosted his popularity, especially after involving the real experiences of people living in those regions. Amidoch is known to collaborate with fellow Geotubers like ThatTurkGuy, [[Militarizatixn]], AngryBozo Geography, R2X Mapping, Omran Geography, and Divine Geography. == TikTok Career == Amidoch started his TikTok journey five months prior to the current date, gaining popularity with his "West Vs East countries" video, which went viral. Amidoch's content primarily revolves around nationalist editing, mapping, and history. == Alliances == Amidoch is an active member of the '''Creators Hub''', which aims to protect Geotubers from raids. He is also the Co-Owner of the '''Nationalist Community''', a community that assists budding nationalist editors in honing their editing skills. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@amidoch.mapping Amidoch on TikTok] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Amidoch.mapping/ Amidoch on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/amidoch-community-846332203365695508 Amidoch's Discord Server] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] cedc5a5aeffd1b755a7dfceb43ca17ceddef834e 2 263 679 2023-08-24T17:18:11Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 264 680 2023-08-24T17:18:11Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:Falaqpfp1.jpg]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 17:18, 24 August 2023 29a40787a6c052fd0079ab449dba1d6a58ec97e2 6 265 681 2023-08-24T17:18:53Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Amidoch. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Amidoch. 29baa5e1a9efcb57ebcee3bebe90ac15d40d5d40 6 266 695 2023-08-24T19:08:06Z Mint eggy93 33 This is the current pfp of mint eggy the geotuber wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == This is the current pfp of mint eggy the geotuber 849b8dc034bddd831d07437bb9c0dcbdbe6b42c9 1 267 696 2023-08-24T19:28:23Z Not data channel 34 /* Yo how to create pages? */ new section wikitext text/x-wiki == Yo how to create pages? == ??? [[User:Not data channel|Not data channel]] ([[User talk:Not data channel|talk]]) 19:28, 24 August 2023 (UTC) a9397bf3e141b2e60f483869c93dceac2cfe2a33 697 696 2023-08-26T09:35:03Z InsaneX 2 /* Yo how to create pages? */ wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 268 698 2023-08-25T07:06:18Z TheEagle7 35 wikitext text/x-wiki The Logo Of GeoGraphyMapping Made by @Vladeco2456 9b4f469484b1078ed3f1e4931a11717f5c045728 6 280 722 2023-08-25T08:10:06Z TheEagle7 35 wikitext text/x-wiki GeoGraphyMapping's logo. Created by @Vladeco2456 743b5204b9638e5f6908dccaa089bbc35f92cb8a 0 247 719 633 2023-08-25T16:03:40Z TheEagle7 35 /* YouTube Career */Converted external links to interlinks. wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:IcyBall_Geostuffs_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of IcyBall Geostuffs.]] '''Landen''' is an American Geotuber known for his channel '''IcyBall Geostuffs'''. Born on September 11, 2009, in [[w:Riverside | Riverside]], [[w:California | California]], he currently resides in [[w:Anaheim | Anaheim]], [[w:California | California]]. == Early Life == From a young age, Landen took immense pride in his ethnic backgrounds, particularly his Polish and Persian ancestries. This interest in cultural and ethnic heritage would later translate into a profound fascination with geography. == YouTube Career == Landen's journey into the realm of geography began in the 6th grade, roughly around late 2021 to early 2022. While working on a history project about [[w:Ancient_Greece | Ancient Greece]], he chanced upon the strategic strait known as the [[w:Dardanelles | Dardanelles]]. As he developed into [[w:Encyclop%C3%A6dia_Britannica | Encyclopedia Britannica]] and [[w:Wikipedia | Wikipedia]], a spark of curiosity led him to explore geography further. By August 2022, Landen had become an avid viewer of the Geo community on YouTube. Inspired by what he saw, he decided to contribute to this community and started his own channel, ''IcyBall Mapping'', in October 2022. Initially, he focused on mapping TTS videos using MapChart. Today, known as ''IcyBall Geostuffs'', Landen creates a diverse range of geographical content. For his edits, Landen relies on a set of software tools including ''CapCut'', ''Alight Motion'' occasionally, ''ibis Paint X'', and ''Picsart''. He makes CvCs (country vs. country comparisons) and Nationalist Edits on his iPad, while he uses his iPhone for Mapping Videos. Landen's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 37.1K subscribers and more than 15.4 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Landen plays an active role in the geo community, being the co-founder of the '''League of Californian Geotubers (L.C.G)'''. He is also a member of the '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@IcyBall.Geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@icyball.geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31z5m4knlqiude3t2nzzedmlih7u?si=SV96CHwpT2iUsfpogBT84A IcyBall Geostuffs on Spotify] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] c12cd0ff65af60da1ee6e736cb13816f13c1d2de 720 719 2023-08-26T13:37:07Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:IcyBall_Geostuffs_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of IcyBall Geostuffs.]] '''Landen''' is an American Geotuber known for his channel '''IcyBall Geostuffs'''. Born on September 11, 2009, in [[w:Riverside,_California| Riverside]], [[w:California | California]], he currently resides in [[w:Anaheim,_California| Anaheim]], [[w:California | California]]. == Early Life == From a young age, Landen took immense pride in his ethnic backgrounds, particularly his Polish and Persian ancestries. This interest in cultural and ethnic heritage would later translate into a profound fascination with geography. == YouTube Career == Landen's journey into the realm of geography began in the 6th grade, roughly around late 2021 to early 2022. While working on a history project about [[w:Ancient_Greece | Ancient Greece]], he chanced upon the strategic strait known as the [[w:Dardanelles | Dardanelles]]. As he developed into [[w:Encyclop%C3%A6dia_Britannica | Encyclopedia Britannica]] and [[w:Wikipedia | Wikipedia]], a spark of curiosity led him to explore geography further. By August 2022, Landen had become an avid viewer of the Geo community on YouTube. Inspired by what he saw, he decided to contribute to this community and started his own channel, ''IcyBall Mapping'', in October 2022. Initially, he focused on mapping TTS videos using MapChart. Today, known as ''IcyBall Geostuffs'', Landen creates a diverse range of geographical content. For his edits, Landen relies on a set of software tools including ''CapCut'', ''Alight Motion'' occasionally, ''ibis Paint X'', and ''Picsart''. He makes CvCs (country vs. country comparisons) and Nationalist Edits on his iPad, while he uses his iPhone for Mapping Videos. Landen's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 37.1K subscribers and more than 15.4 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Landen plays an active role in the geo community, being the co-founder of the '''League of Californian Geotubers (L.C.G)'''. He is also a member of the '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@IcyBall.Geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@icyball.geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31z5m4knlqiude3t2nzzedmlih7u?si=SV96CHwpT2iUsfpogBT84A IcyBall Geostuffs on Spotify] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 3db236eab4df71cf55039e151c12f4dab27d54f5 721 720 2023-08-26T13:38:56Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:IcyBall_Geostuffs_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of IcyBall Geostuffs.]] '''Landen''' is an American Geotuber known for his channel '''IcyBall Geostuffs'''. Born on September 11, 2009, in [[w:Riverside,_California| Riverside]], [[w:California | California]], he currently resides in [[w:Anaheim,_California| Anaheim]], [[w:California | California]]. == Early Life == From a young age, Landen took immense pride in his ethnic backgrounds, particularly his Polish and Persian ancestries. This interest in cultural and ethnic heritage would later translate into a profound fascination with geography. == YouTube Career == Landen's journey into the realm of geography began in the 6th grade, roughly around late 2021 to early 2022. While working on a history project about [[w:Ancient_Greece | Ancient Greece]], he chanced upon the strategic strait known as the [[w:Dardanelles | Dardanelles]]. As he delved deeper into [[w:Encyclop%C3%A6dia_Britannica | Encyclopedia Britannica]] and [[w:Wikipedia | Wikipedia]], a spark of curiosity led him to explore geography further. By August 2022, Landen had become an avid viewer of the Geo community on YouTube. Inspired by what he saw, he decided to contribute to this community and started his own channel, ''IcyBall Mapping'', in October 2022. Initially, he focused on mapping TTS videos using MapChart. Today, known as ''IcyBall Geostuffs'', Landen creates a diverse range of geographical content. For his edits, Landen relies on a set of software tools including ''CapCut'', ''Alight Motion'' occasionally, ''ibis Paint X'', and ''Picsart''. He makes CvCs (country vs. country comparisons) and Nationalist Edits on his iPad, while he uses his iPhone for Mapping Videos. Landen's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 37.1K subscribers and more than 15.4 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Landen plays an active role in the geo community, being the co-founder of the '''League of Californian Geotubers (L.C.G)'''. He is also a member of the '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@IcyBall.Geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@icyball.geostuffs IcyBall Geostuffs on TikTok] * [https://open.spotify.com/user/31z5m4knlqiude3t2nzzedmlih7u?si=SV96CHwpT2iUsfpogBT84A IcyBall Geostuffs on Spotify] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] dc511a2507693f9bb7e286882f8bb6ba418d030f 3 273 703 2023-08-26T09:34:07Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:Mint-eggy-pfp.png]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 09:34, 26 August 2023 3a10e0abc4d1f23b1dafa75320ba5b3127c8f153 2 274 704 2023-08-26T09:34:07Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 271 701 2023-08-26T09:34:33Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:Talk:Main Page]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 09:34, 26 August 2023 04fba06dd86e37cb1aa0049be7f9d0b594ea6b85 2 272 702 2023-08-26T09:34:33Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 269 699 2023-08-26T09:35:52Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:Logo Of GeoGraphyMapping.png]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 09:35, 26 August 2023 51483feeff719773c8a489816578677940952786 2 270 700 2023-08-26T09:35:52Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 277 716 2023-08-26T09:37:59Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:Cartoonabad]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 09:37, 26 August 2023 d2dc9783496700b1bba3e97787a01d1295825c8e 2 278 717 2023-08-26T09:37:59Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 6 275 712 2023-08-26T13:20:16Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Sindhi Patriot. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Sindhi Patriot. c0f4e38336b042e13724c3d3b4cd771feead10f4 0 276 714 2023-08-26T13:22:48Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:Sindhi Patriot Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Sindhi Patriot.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot''' (previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel has 1.67K subscribers and has received over 607K views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He id..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Sindhi Patriot Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Sindhi Patriot.]] '''Syed Samar''' ([[w:Urdu | Urdu]]: سید ثمر) is a Pakistani Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Sindhi Patriot''' (previously '''Cartoonabad'''). As of August 10th, the channel has 1.67K subscribers and has received over 607K views. == Personal Life == Syed Samar was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Hyderabad,_Sindh | Hyderabad]], [[W:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. He identifies as a [[w:Shia Islam | Shia Muslim]]. When it comes to his culinary preferences, Samar has a fondness for a range of foods including Biryani, Samosas, Burgers, and Pizza. His beverage choices range from [[w:Sharbat_(beverage) | Sharbat]] and Tea to an assortment of cold drinks including [[w:Pepsi|Pepsi]] and [[w:Coca-Cola|Coke]]. Samar's aspirations encompass various fields: he aims to become a Shia Muslim scholar, a medical doctor, and a successful [[w:YouTuber|YouTuber]]. == YouTube Career == From a young age, Samar exhibited a keen interest in cartoons. His initial foray into the world of YouTube was influenced by this passion, as he began his journey by dubbing ''Talking Tom and Friends'' in [[w:Hindi|Hindi]]. Samar's YouTube trajectory took a turn when he started creating country ball animations using ''Prisma3D''. Inspired by geography and the potential to explore it further, Samar transitioned into creating and sharing geography-related content, thereby establishing himself as a notable Geotuber. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@cartoonabadcountryballanimatio Cartoonabad on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad Cartoonabad (Second channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@Cartoonabad_OG Cartoonabad (Third channel) on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@cartoonabad?_t=8dQlUpVSaJe&_r=1 Cartoonabad on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] ac29dc4688d6e5a8c834e395885ed07b3de4b14b 0 281 723 2023-08-26T16:32:48Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Ahmed Mohamed''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: احمد محمد) is an Egyptian Geotuber well known for his YouTube channel, '''DyaEditZ'''. As of August 26th, he boasts an audience of 4.32K subscribers with over 1.7 million views on his videos. == Early Life == Ahmed Mohamed was born and raised in [[w:Cairo | Cairo]], [[w:Egypt | Egypt]]. Despite his early interest in becoming a Geotuber, his initial foray into the realm of [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] in February 16, 2019 was sh..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ahmed Mohamed''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: احمد محمد) is an Egyptian Geotuber well known for his YouTube channel, '''DyaEditZ'''. As of August 26th, he boasts an audience of 4.32K subscribers with over 1.7 million views on his videos. == Early Life == Ahmed Mohamed was born and raised in [[w:Cairo | Cairo]], [[w:Egypt | Egypt]]. Despite his early interest in becoming a Geotuber, his initial foray into the realm of [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] in February 16, 2019 was short-lived due to dissatisfaction with his video edits. It wasn't until 2022, when he stumbled upon another Geotuber, ''FlageditZ'', that he felt inspired to re-enter the YouTube community. The camaraderie between the two helped Ahmed refocus and reimagine his channel, subsequently rebranding it as '''Egyptian Ball'''. == YouTube Career == His early videos on the platform primarily revolved around country comparisons, highlighting relationships between nations as allies or adversaries. Initially, Ahmed utilized ''CapCut'' for video editing, producing a range of content until his final CapCut creation – a tribute video dedicated to [[MightyGeoGuy]], another Geotuber. Switching gears, he adopted ''Alight Motion'' as his primary editing software, aided and inspired by ''SuperiorGAF''. This change in toolset saw a remarkable improvement in his video quality, most notably showcased in his celebratory edit for [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan's]] Independence Day, which he personally regards as one of his best works. == Alliances == Ahmed Mohamed is part of several alliances within the Geo community: * United Anti Communist (U.A.C) * Strongest Alliance Ever (S.A.E) * KATO == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@EgyptianDya DyaEditZ on YouTube] aa8273fd80dde94fdff19ed5f84b49e5804c36fe 724 723 2023-08-26T16:33:10Z InsaneX 2 /* Alliances */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ahmed Mohamed''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: احمد محمد) is an Egyptian Geotuber well known for his YouTube channel, '''DyaEditZ'''. As of August 26th, he boasts an audience of 4.32K subscribers with over 1.7 million views on his videos. == Early Life == Ahmed Mohamed was born and raised in [[w:Cairo | Cairo]], [[w:Egypt | Egypt]]. Despite his early interest in becoming a Geotuber, his initial foray into the realm of [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] in February 16, 2019 was short-lived due to dissatisfaction with his video edits. It wasn't until 2022, when he stumbled upon another Geotuber, ''FlageditZ'', that he felt inspired to re-enter the YouTube community. The camaraderie between the two helped Ahmed refocus and reimagine his channel, subsequently rebranding it as '''Egyptian Ball'''. == YouTube Career == His early videos on the platform primarily revolved around country comparisons, highlighting relationships between nations as allies or adversaries. Initially, Ahmed utilized ''CapCut'' for video editing, producing a range of content until his final CapCut creation – a tribute video dedicated to [[MightyGeoGuy]], another Geotuber. Switching gears, he adopted ''Alight Motion'' as his primary editing software, aided and inspired by ''SuperiorGAF''. This change in toolset saw a remarkable improvement in his video quality, most notably showcased in his celebratory edit for [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan's]] Independence Day, which he personally regards as one of his best works. == Alliances == Ahmed Mohamed is part of several alliances within the Geo community: * '''United Anti Communist (U.A.C)''' * '''Strongest Alliance Ever (S.A.E)''' * '''KATO''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@EgyptianDya DyaEditZ on YouTube] eb72d465d1a3365881ccbed99440d914d8b4326e 726 724 2023-08-26T16:34:29Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:DyaEditZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of DyaEditZ.]] '''Ahmed Mohamed''' ([[w:Arabic|Arabic]]: احمد محمد) is an Egyptian Geotuber well known for his YouTube channel, '''DyaEditZ'''. As of August 26th, he boasts an audience of 4.32K subscribers with over 1.7 million views on his videos. == Early Life == Ahmed Mohamed was born and raised in [[w:Cairo | Cairo]], [[w:Egypt | Egypt]]. Despite his early interest in becoming a Geotuber, his initial foray into the realm of [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] in February 16, 2019 was short-lived due to dissatisfaction with his video edits. It wasn't until 2022, when he stumbled upon another Geotuber, ''FlageditZ'', that he felt inspired to re-enter the YouTube community. The camaraderie between the two helped Ahmed refocus and reimagine his channel, subsequently rebranding it as '''Egyptian Ball'''. == YouTube Career == His early videos on the platform primarily revolved around country comparisons, highlighting relationships between nations as allies or adversaries. Initially, Ahmed utilized ''CapCut'' for video editing, producing a range of content until his final CapCut creation – a tribute video dedicated to [[MightyGeoGuy]], another Geotuber. Switching gears, he adopted ''Alight Motion'' as his primary editing software, aided and inspired by ''SuperiorGAF''. This change in toolset saw a remarkable improvement in his video quality, most notably showcased in his celebratory edit for [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan's]] Independence Day, which he personally regards as one of his best works. == Alliances == Ahmed Mohamed is part of several alliances within the Geo community: * '''United Anti Communist (U.A.C)''' * '''Strongest Alliance Ever (S.A.E)''' * '''KATO''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@EgyptianDya DyaEditZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] c6aea0a9114f2c87d3c00862391446b3641fd2ad 6 282 725 2023-08-26T16:33:41Z InsaneX 2 Logo of DyaEditZ. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of DyaEditZ. ecda921d841e7063ebd7d2a8486c1dd803de8a52 0 283 727 2023-08-26T17:10:56Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Data Channel''' is a Ukrainian-Polish Geotuber with a significant presence on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]], boasting a subscriber count of 136K and accumulating over 98.7 million views on his videos. == Early Life == Data Channel was born in [[w:Novovolynsk | Novovolynsk]], [[w:Volyn Oblast | Volyn Oblast]], [[w:Ukraine | Ukraine]] but currently resides in [[w:Zakerzonia|Zakerzonia]], [[w:Poland | Poland]]. With a mixed Ukrainian-Polish heritage, his content reflects a deep..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Data Channel''' is a Ukrainian-Polish Geotuber with a significant presence on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]], boasting a subscriber count of 136K and accumulating over 98.7 million views on his videos. == Early Life == Data Channel was born in [[w:Novovolynsk | Novovolynsk]], [[w:Volyn Oblast | Volyn Oblast]], [[w:Ukraine | Ukraine]] but currently resides in [[w:Zakerzonia|Zakerzonia]], [[w:Poland | Poland]]. With a mixed Ukrainian-Polish heritage, his content reflects a deep-rooted connection to both nations. == YouTube Career == Data Channel's foray into YouTube was driven by a desire to assist the Ukrainian Army during the [[w:Russian invasion of Ukraine|Russian invasion of Ukraine]]. This fervor led him to become an avid viewer of YouTube Shorts, spurring him to learn video editing via ''CapCut''. He launched his channel in June 2022 and quickly found massive success with a video titled ''How do Greenlanders sleep?'', which alone garnered 50M views within a month. Primarily using ''CapCut'' for video editing, he occasionally switches to ''Alight Motion'' for specialized edits. For textual overlays and map designs, he uses ''ibis Paint X''. His content ranges from nationalist edits and mapping to informative videos about the ongoing conflict in Ukraine. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@data_channel/ Data Channel on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@data_channel_ Data Channel on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/data.channel_/ Data Channel on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 740546042ada62788124752b3b162be11c53788e 729 727 2023-08-26T17:12:49Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Data_Channel_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Data Channel.]] '''Data Channel''' is a Ukrainian-Polish Geotuber with a significant presence on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]], boasting a subscriber count of 136K and accumulating over 98.7 million views on his videos. == Early Life == Data Channel was born in [[w:Novovolynsk | Novovolynsk]], [[w:Volyn Oblast | Volyn Oblast]], [[w:Ukraine | Ukraine]] but currently resides in [[w:Zakerzonia|Zakerzonia]], [[w:Poland | Poland]]. With a mixed Ukrainian-Polish heritage, his content reflects a deep-rooted connection to both nations. == YouTube Career == Data Channel's foray into YouTube was driven by a desire to assist the Ukrainian Army during the [[w:Russian invasion of Ukraine|Russian invasion of Ukraine]]. This fervor led him to become an avid viewer of YouTube Shorts, spurring him to learn video editing via ''CapCut''. He launched his channel in June 2022 and quickly found massive success with a video titled ''How do Greenlanders sleep?'', which alone garnered 50M views within a month. Primarily using ''CapCut'' for video editing, he occasionally switches to ''Alight Motion'' for specialized edits. For textual overlays and map designs, he uses ''ibis Paint X''. His content ranges from nationalist edits and mapping to informative videos about the ongoing conflict in Ukraine. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@data_channel/ Data Channel on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@data_channel_ Data Channel on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/data.channel_/ Data Channel on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 50488ac6833f21e95417c4ca86be142c155c4573 6 284 728 2023-08-26T17:12:04Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Data Channel. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Data Channel. b16e6fdfb427119e52ec26e0cc3e782a254b7944 2 272 730 702 2023-08-27T06:06:15Z Not data channel 34 wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== I'm data_channel, but there will be no proofs ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 33f29122f4b54767d14e35fdd041067d1c25db7b 0 285 731 2023-08-27T07:56:53Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''David''' (born January 13, 2010) is an American-Ecuadorian Geotuber, better known by his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''AngryBozo Geography'''. He creates content related to geography, history, and mapping. As of 27th August, he has garnered almost 80K subscribers and has received over 65.5 million views on his videos. == Early Life == David was born in [[w:New_York_City|New York]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] to Ecuadorian parents wh..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''David''' (born January 13, 2010) is an American-Ecuadorian Geotuber, better known by his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''AngryBozo Geography'''. He creates content related to geography, history, and mapping. As of 27th August, he has garnered almost 80K subscribers and has received over 65.5 million views on his videos. == Early Life == David was born in [[w:New_York_City|New York]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] to Ecuadorian parents who had moved there in 2009. The family relocated to [[w:Long Island|Long Island]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] in search of a new home and job opportunities. By the age of six, David showed a keen interest in animations and aspired to be an animator, a dream he later forwent. == YouTube Career == David launched his YouTube channel on November 15th, 2020, originally under the name ''DavidBlox''. He initially created [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]] related to Roblox and occasionally uploaded gameplay videos. In November 2021, he rebranded to ''AngryBozo'' and continued to produce Roblox content until his subscriber count neared 935. David's transition to geography-based content began on August 13th, 2022, when he uploaded his first geo video. The video gained rapid traction, acquiring over 200k views within the first hour and boosting his subscriber count. Inspired by other creators like R2X Mapping, David shifted his focus towards history and mapping videos. Despite facing challenges, such as a wrongful channel termination by a user named ''MapOfGeography'' in January 2023, David managed to reclaim his channel and continued to witness steady growth. His content often involves trends like comparing countries at different times, with his most popular video being "France and Russia's relations now vs then," which has amassed 7.3 million views. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@angrybozo.geography1/ AngryBozo Geography on YouTube] * [https://www.twitch.tv/angrybozolive AngryBozo Geography on Twitch] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@angrybozo.geography1?_t=8fAUQgVWD7L&_r=1 AngryBozo Geography on TikTok] 39063130c708c2e51abfd3a0504f8df7f5da6222 732 731 2023-08-27T07:57:18Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''David''' (born January 13, 2010) is an American-Ecuadorian Geotuber, better known by his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''AngryBozo Geography'''. He creates content related to geography, history, and mapping. As of 27th August, he has garnered almost 80K subscribers and has received over 65.5 million views on his videos. == Early Life == David was born in [[w:New_York_City|New York]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] to Ecuadorian parents who had moved there in 2009. The family relocated to [[w:Long Island|Long Island]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] in search of a new home and job opportunities. By the age of six, David showed a keen interest in animations and aspired to be an animator, a dream he later forwent. == YouTube Career == David launched his YouTube channel on November 15th, 2020, originally under the name ''DavidBlox''. He initially created [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]] related to Roblox and occasionally uploaded gameplay videos. In November 2021, he rebranded to ''AngryBozo'' and continued to produce Roblox content until his subscriber count neared 935. David's transition to geography-based content began on August 13th, 2022, when he uploaded his first geo video. The video gained rapid traction, acquiring over 200k views within the first hour and boosting his subscriber count. Inspired by other creators like R2X Mapping, David shifted his focus towards history and mapping videos. Despite facing challenges, such as a wrongful channel termination by a user named ''MapOfGeography'' in January 2023, David managed to reclaim his channel and continued to witness steady growth. His content often involves trends like comparing countries at different times, with his most popular video being "France and Russia's relations now vs then," which has amassed 7.3 million views. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@angrybozo.geography1/ AngryBozo Geography on YouTube] * [https://www.twitch.tv/angrybozolive AngryBozo Geography on Twitch] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@angrybozo.geography1?_t=8fAUQgVWD7L&_r=1 AngryBozo Geography on TikTok] f057afa1660ebed74d6cb3dfd5b2b4e76be7c039 733 732 2023-08-27T07:57:51Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''David''' (born January 13, 2010) is an American-Ecuadorian Geotuber, better known by his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''AngryBozo Geography'''. He creates content related to geography, history, and mapping. As of 27th August, he has garnered almost 80K subscribers and has received over 65.5 million views on his videos. == Early Life == David was born in [[w:New_York_City|New York]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] to Ecuadorian parents who had moved there in 2009. The family relocated to [[w:Long Island|Long Island]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] in search of a new home and job opportunities. By the age of six, David showed a keen interest in animations and aspired to be an animator, a dream he later forwent. == YouTube Career == David launched his YouTube channel on November 15th, 2020, originally under the name ''DavidBlox''. He initially created [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]] related to Roblox and occasionally uploaded gameplay videos. In November 2021, he rebranded to ''AngryBozo'' and continued to produce Roblox content until his subscriber count neared 935. David's transition to geography-based content began on August 13th, 2022, when he uploaded his first geo video. The video gained rapid traction, acquiring over 200k views within the first hour and boosting his subscriber count. Inspired by other creators like R2X Mapping, David shifted his focus towards history and mapping videos. Despite facing challenges, such as a wrongful channel termination by a user named ''MapOfGeography'' in January 2023, David managed to reclaim his channel and continued to witness steady growth. His content often involves trends like comparing countries at different times, with his most popular video being "France and Russia's relations now vs then," which has amassed 7.3 million views. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@angrybozo.geography1/ AngryBozo Geography on YouTube] * [https://www.twitch.tv/angrybozolive AngryBozo Geography on Twitch] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@angrybozo.geography1?_t=8fAUQgVWD7L&_r=1 AngryBozo Geography on TikTok] 39063130c708c2e51abfd3a0504f8df7f5da6222 735 733 2023-08-27T07:59:29Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AngryBozo Geography Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AngryBozo Geography.]] '''David''' (born January 13, 2010) is an American-Ecuadorian Geotuber, better known by his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''AngryBozo Geography'''. He creates content related to geography, history, and mapping. As of 27th August, he has garnered almost 80K subscribers and has received over 65.5 million views on his videos. == Early Life == David was born in [[w:New_York_City|New York]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] to Ecuadorian parents who had moved there in 2009. The family relocated to [[w:Long Island|Long Island]], [[w:New York (state)|New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]] in search of a new home and job opportunities. By the age of six, David showed a keen interest in animations and aspired to be an animator, a dream he later forwent. == YouTube Career == David launched his YouTube channel on November 15th, 2020, originally under the name ''DavidBlox''. He initially created [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]] related to Roblox and occasionally uploaded gameplay videos. In November 2021, he rebranded to ''AngryBozo'' and continued to produce Roblox content until his subscriber count neared 935. David's transition to geography-based content began on August 13th, 2022, when he uploaded his first geo video. The video gained rapid traction, acquiring over 200k views within the first hour and boosting his subscriber count. Inspired by other creators like R2X Mapping, David shifted his focus towards history and mapping videos. Despite facing challenges, such as a wrongful channel termination by a user named ''MapOfGeography'' in January 2023, David managed to reclaim his channel and continued to witness steady growth. His content often involves trends like comparing countries at different times, with his most popular video being "France and Russia's relations now vs then," which has amassed 7.3 million views. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@angrybozo.geography1/ AngryBozo Geography on YouTube] * [https://www.twitch.tv/angrybozolive AngryBozo Geography on Twitch] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@angrybozo.geography1?_t=8fAUQgVWD7L&_r=1 AngryBozo Geography on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] de26bb3cf2c04e08cb103e159e859a86d7fe15a2 6 286 734 2023-08-27T07:58:30Z InsaneX 2 Logo of AngryBozo Geography. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of AngryBozo Geography. 0fe04aee603192aeda2bf285cc30ce0d13de85f3 2 287 736 2023-08-27T08:22:57Z YX Edits 42 iaakksskfjfjguvjgntdihd wikitext text/x-wiki '''YX Edits''' YX Edits (@YX_Edits) is a Polish GeoTuber that makes mainly Country vs Country edits, as well as having a few maps and nationalist edits. cf05982568ae3d0b605b47a216bd09e60a162062 3 288 737 2023-08-27T08:53:49Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:YX Edits]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 08:53, 27 August 2023 ecc5c159eb3057e862fe4a0ca57998add4d1843e 0 219 738 673 2023-08-27T09:26:45Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini Pakistani Geotuber, well known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 8e31a242101b1784eca86f9bb954d8115e0d6fcf 739 738 2023-08-27T09:27:08Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini-Pakistani Geotuber, well known for his YouTube channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] a1b1f719138db068737cfae2007e9e2932278afc 740 739 2023-08-27T09:27:32Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini-Pakistani Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the ''Geo Community'' for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] f5028978ec40a1b0f793dcdeef39f811342e4ffe 741 740 2023-08-27T09:27:49Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini-Pakistani Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the Geo Community for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Affiliations== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 84d07f4c1124af39b284cfd71b8c753f212681ad 742 741 2023-08-27T09:32:03Z InsaneX 2 /* Affiliations */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AbdullahDoItAll-Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini-Pakistani Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the Geo Community for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Alliances== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 4645b91e20e772fd2514746fec837affebc7454d 0 289 743 2023-08-27T09:34:09Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Nikoloz''' ([[w:Georgian language|Georgian]]: ნიკოლოზ) renowned for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''Nikusha Mapping''', is a Georgian Geotuber. As of [date of last update], he has a following of approximately 1.87K subscribers with a total of 352K views on his videos. ==Early Life== Nikoloz was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Tbilisi|Tbilisi]], [[w:Georgia|Georgia]]. He showed a deep passion for geography and history from a young age. ==YouTub..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Nikoloz''' ([[w:Georgian language|Georgian]]: ნიკოლოზ) renowned for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''Nikusha Mapping''', is a Georgian Geotuber. As of [date of last update], he has a following of approximately 1.87K subscribers with a total of 352K views on his videos. ==Early Life== Nikoloz was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Tbilisi|Tbilisi]], [[w:Georgia|Georgia]]. He showed a deep passion for geography and history from a young age. ==YouTube Career== Combining his interests in geography and history, Nikoloz embarked on his journey as a Geotuber. To create his content, he primarily relies on tools like ''CapCut'', but also occasionally uses applications such as ''Background Eraser'', ''Sketch'' and ''FlipaClip''. Nikoloz's videos showcase a fusion of geographical insights and historical contexts. Through his videos, he engages his audience by unraveling the complexities of various geographical regions and their intertwined histories. ==Alliances== Landen plays an active role in the geo community, being the member of '''D.O.Y''' and '''Anti KATO'''. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@Nikusha_Mapping/ Nikusha Mapping on YouTube] b1dfd4c1986fef846f6c40de3d72612046f1c087 745 743 2023-08-27T09:35:59Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Nikusha_Mapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nikusha Mapping.]] '''Nikoloz''' ([[w:Georgian language|Georgian]]: ნიკოლოზ) renowned for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''Nikusha Mapping''', is a Georgian Geotuber. As of [date of last update], he has a following of approximately 1.87K subscribers with a total of 352K views on his videos. ==Early Life== Nikoloz was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Tbilisi|Tbilisi]], [[w:Georgia|Georgia]]. He showed a deep passion for geography and history from a young age. ==YouTube Career== Combining his interests in geography and history, Nikoloz embarked on his journey as a Geotuber. To create his content, he primarily relies on tools like ''CapCut'', but also occasionally uses applications such as ''Background Eraser'', ''Sketch'' and ''FlipaClip''. Nikoloz's videos showcase a fusion of geographical insights and historical contexts. Through his videos, he engages his audience by unraveling the complexities of various geographical regions and their intertwined histories. ==Alliances== Nikoloz plays an active role in the geo community, being the member of '''D.O.Y''' and '''Anti KATO'''. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@Nikusha_Mapping/ Nikusha Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] d9b786fa3171a30ff154a3af36e511edd54a5860 746 745 2023-08-27T09:36:44Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Nikusha_Mapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nikusha Mapping.]] '''Nikoloz''' ([[w:Georgian language|Georgian]]: ნიკოლოზ) renowned for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''Nikusha Mapping''', is a Georgian Geotuber. As of [date of last update], he has a following of approximately 1.87K subscribers with a total of 352K views on his videos. ==Early Life== Nikoloz was born on February 16, 2010, in [[w:Tbilisi|Tbilisi]], [[w:Georgia|Georgia]]. He showed a deep passion for geography and history from a young age. ==YouTube Career== Combining his interests in geography and history, Nikoloz embarked on his journey as a Geotuber. To create his content, he primarily relies on tools like ''CapCut'', but also occasionally uses applications such as ''Background Eraser'', [[w:Sketch (software)|Sketch]] and ''FlipaClip''. Nikoloz's videos showcase a fusion of geographical insights and historical contexts. Through his videos, he engages his audience by unraveling the complexities of various geographical regions and their intertwined histories. ==Alliances== Nikoloz plays an active role in the geo community, being the member of '''D.O.Y''' and '''Anti KATO'''. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@Nikusha_Mapping/ Nikusha Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 2703860a8411742463840112318ecbf317dede06 753 746 2023-08-28T14:24:20Z 94.240.219.216 0 Fixed date of birth wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Nikusha_Mapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nikusha Mapping.]] '''Nikoloz''' ([[w:Georgian language|Georgian]]: ნიკოლოზ) renowned for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''Nikusha Mapping''', is a Georgian Geotuber. As of [date of last update], he has a following of approximately 1.87K subscribers with a total of 352K views on his videos. ==Early Life== Nikoloz was born on December 19, 2006, in [[w:Tbilisi|Tbilisi]], [[w:Georgia|Georgia]]. He showed a deep passion for geography and history from a young age. ==YouTube Career== Combining his interests in geography and history, Nikoloz embarked on his journey as a Geotuber. To create his content, he primarily relies on tools like ''CapCut'', but also occasionally uses applications such as ''Background Eraser'', [[w:Sketch (software)|Sketch]] and ''FlipaClip''. Nikoloz's videos showcase a fusion of geographical insights and historical contexts. Through his videos, he engages his audience by unraveling the complexities of various geographical regions and their intertwined histories. ==Alliances== Nikoloz plays an active role in the geo community, being the member of '''D.O.Y''' and '''Anti KATO'''. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@Nikusha_Mapping/ Nikusha Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 4d5394f1d86b72ea4e081ccb039567f246cc7db6 6 290 744 2023-08-27T09:35:27Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Nikusha Mapping. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Nikusha Mapping. 5670fc2524936e50640db12130bafb669d6eeb11 2 291 747 2023-08-27T14:59:15Z Filip Edits 45 Created page with "'''Filip Edits''' is a new Geotuber who is gainig many subscribers. He made his channel of the 17th of June 2023 and has 4.51k '''subscribers.''' He is 12 years old, and has gained over 2.5 '''million''' views as of the 27th of August." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Filip Edits''' is a new Geotuber who is gainig many subscribers. He made his channel of the 17th of June 2023 and has 4.51k '''subscribers.''' He is 12 years old, and has gained over 2.5 '''million''' views as of the 27th of August. 7e65ec6a028f1695eb873dde469273d503b37cea 3 292 748 2023-08-27T17:24:26Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Filip Edits]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 17:24, 27 August 2023 9a36f3cfbb9d5204ea106f8be29397d709f7d681 1 293 750 2023-08-27T20:45:57Z Riyadh edits25 47 Created page with "bro is big noy" wikitext text/x-wiki bro is big noy 0fd600a6d6ae00a6b5caf1cf505f61202ab2d827 0 240 749 694 2023-08-28T15:06:27Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Based.saudi.bangladeshi.21_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21.]] '''Ahmed Salman''' ([[W:Arabic | Arabic]]: أحمد سلمان; [[W:Bengali_language|Bangla]]: আহমেদ সালমান) is a Geotuber prominently known for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21'''. Born on May 6, 2009, in [[W:Taif | Taif]], [[w:Mecca_Province | Mecca province]], [[w:Saudi_Arabia | Saudi Arabia]], he relocated to [[w:Dhaka | Dhaka]], [[w:Bangladesh | Bangladesh]], in September 2021 and later moved permanently to [[w:Sirajganj_District | Sirajganj]], [[w:Rajshahi_District | Rajshahi District]], [[w:Bangladesh | Bangladesh]], in March 2023. == Early Life and Background == Ahmed's initial exposure to YouTube was in 2019 when he launched his first channel. Despite gaining 25k views and 258 subscribers, he deleted the channel due to familial pressures. With his family's subsequent consent, Ahmed launched his second YouTube channel on October 3, 2022. He drew inspiration from the YouTuber Based Iraqi 21, now popularly referred to as Iraqi Muslim, naming his channel in a similar vein. Ahmed possesses a profound interest in politics and history, advocating for the [[w:Bangladesh_Nationalist_Party | BNP (Bangladesh Nationalist Party)]] in Bangladesh and supporting [[w:Monarchy | monarchy]] in Saudi Arabia. == YouTube and Instagram Presence == While Ahmed's YouTube career began with a setback, his determination led him to a second venture in 2022, heavily inspired by other content creators. On [[w:Instagram | Instagram]], Ahmed, under the name '''سلمان أحمد''', initially achieved recognition when one of his anime-related posts, specifically about [[w:Demon_Slayer:_Kimetsu_no_Yaiba | Demon Slayer]], accumulated 354k views. While he primarily focuses on Geo content, his passion for anime, particularly Demon Slayer, often translates into his Instagram posts where he shares edited anime content. Ahmed frequently engages on Instagram, making him quite accessible to his followers. Surprised by the reach of his anime post, Ahmed's following has since grown to almost 500. == Editing Styles and Tools == Initially, Ahmed began his editing journey using ''InShot''. However, as he sought to improve and diversify his editing skills, he transitioned to software like ''CapCut'' and is currently acquainting himself with ''Alight Motion''. == Alliances == Ahmed Salman is an active member of multiple alliances within the Geo community. These alliances foster collaboration among their members, allowing for the creation of joint edits and shared geo-content. His memberships include: * '''Pakistan Geotuber Alliance (P.G.A)''' * '''United Alliance of Geotuber (U.A.G)''' * '''United States Geotuber Alliance (U.S.G.A)''' * '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 on YouTube] * [https://instagram.com/ahmed.salman21 Based.Saudi.Bangladeshi.21 on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] bded079872f42fb74971ac41838372e6024bed41 2 294 751 2023-08-28T15:07:25Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 295 752 2023-08-28T15:07:25Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:Talk:Glitch Editz]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 15:07, 28 August 2023 c10d78dcb66c802f03ddf07ed75d45c0fbd51583 0 296 754 2023-08-28T15:32:14Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Ahnaf Abrar Khan''' ([[w:Bangla | Bengali language]]: আহনাফ আবরার খান) is a Bangladeshi Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Geographyify'''. == Early Life == Ahnaf Abrar Khan was born on December 25th, 2009, in [[w:Dhaka|Dhaka]], [[w:Bangladesh|Bangladesh]]. From a young age, he exhibited a keen interest in [[w:Football|football]] and was always curious about the world map. He later relocated to w:Los Angele..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ahnaf Abrar Khan''' ([[w:Bangla | Bengali language]]: আহনাফ আবরার খান) is a Bangladeshi Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Geographyify'''. == Early Life == Ahnaf Abrar Khan was born on December 25th, 2009, in [[w:Dhaka|Dhaka]], [[w:Bangladesh|Bangladesh]]. From a young age, he exhibited a keen interest in [[w:Football|football]] and was always curious about the world map. He later relocated to [[w:Los Angeles|Los Angeles]], [[w:California|California]], [[w:United States|USA]] from Dhaka. == YouTube Career == The inspiration behind Ahnaf's foray into YouTube was driven by his passion for Bangladesh and his conversations with a friend who shared similar interests. Both were inspired by the YouTube channel World.Military.King. Ahnaf's friend initially started a channel focused on military-related videos, which motivated Ahnaf to start his own channel. Despite the significant success Ahnaf achieved after his first video garnered two thousand views, his friend's channel did not share the same fate and eventually became inactive. Ahnaf uses ''CapCut'' to edit his videos and relies on ''Canva'' for creating logos, banners, or thumbnails. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Geographyify Geographyify on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/thereal_geographyify/ Geographyify on Instagram] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@geographyify Geographyify on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] deef462999daaef9c55beea87f18160523c98a24 755 754 2023-08-28T15:39:08Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ahnaf Abrar Khan''' ([[w:Bangla | Bengali language]]: আহনাফ আবরার খান) is a Bangladeshi Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Geographyify'''. Renowned for his in-depth geographical insights and engaging video content, Ahnaf blends his personal experiences and academic curiosity to make geography accessible and enjoyable for a vast audience. == Early Life == Ahnaf Abrar Khan was born on December 25th, 2009, in [[w:Dhaka|Dhaka]], [[w:Bangladesh|Bangladesh]]. From a young age, he exhibited a keen interest in [[w:Football|football]] and was always curious about the world map. He later relocated to [[w:Los Angeles|Los Angeles]], [[w:California|California]], [[w:United States|USA]] from Dhaka. == YouTube Career == The inspiration behind Ahnaf's foray into YouTube was driven by his passion for Bangladesh and his conversations with a friend who shared similar interests. Both were inspired by the YouTube channel World.Military.King. Ahnaf's friend initially started a channel focused on military-related videos, which motivated Ahnaf to start his own channel. Despite the significant success Ahnaf achieved after his first video garnered two thousand views, his friend's channel did not share the same fate and eventually became inactive. Ahnaf uses ''CapCut'' to edit his videos and relies on ''Canva'' for creating logos, banners, or thumbnails. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Geographyify Geographyify on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/thereal_geographyify/ Geographyify on Instagram] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@geographyify Geographyify on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 35204e8386b64123112aa244f527af5e293bce48 756 755 2023-08-28T15:39:39Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Ahnaf Abrar Khan''' ([[w:Bengali language| Bangla]]: আহনাফ আবরার খান) is a Bangladeshi Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Geographyify'''. Renowned for his in-depth geographical insights and engaging video content, Ahnaf blends his personal experiences and academic curiosity to make geography accessible and enjoyable for a vast audience. == Early Life == Ahnaf Abrar Khan was born on December 25th, 2009, in [[w:Dhaka|Dhaka]], [[w:Bangladesh|Bangladesh]]. From a young age, he exhibited a keen interest in [[w:Football|football]] and was always curious about the world map. He later relocated to [[w:Los Angeles|Los Angeles]], [[w:California|California]], [[w:United States|USA]] from Dhaka. == YouTube Career == The inspiration behind Ahnaf's foray into YouTube was driven by his passion for Bangladesh and his conversations with a friend who shared similar interests. Both were inspired by the YouTube channel World.Military.King. Ahnaf's friend initially started a channel focused on military-related videos, which motivated Ahnaf to start his own channel. Despite the significant success Ahnaf achieved after his first video garnered two thousand views, his friend's channel did not share the same fate and eventually became inactive. Ahnaf uses ''CapCut'' to edit his videos and relies on ''Canva'' for creating logos, banners, or thumbnails. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Geographyify Geographyify on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/thereal_geographyify/ Geographyify on Instagram] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@geographyify Geographyify on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] f12ceb9de4cf2e2b6055e7fcfe5583fcd11e050d 758 756 2023-08-28T15:40:34Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Geographyify_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Geographyify.]] '''Ahnaf Abrar Khan''' ([[w:Bengali language| Bangla]]: আহনাফ আবরার খান) is a Bangladeshi Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Geographyify'''. Renowned for his in-depth geographical insights and engaging video content, Ahnaf blends his personal experiences and academic curiosity to make geography accessible and enjoyable for a vast audience. == Early Life == Ahnaf Abrar Khan was born on December 25th, 2009, in [[w:Dhaka|Dhaka]], [[w:Bangladesh|Bangladesh]]. From a young age, he exhibited a keen interest in [[w:Football|football]] and was always curious about the world map. He later relocated to [[w:Los Angeles|Los Angeles]], [[w:California|California]], [[w:United States|USA]] from Dhaka. == YouTube Career == The inspiration behind Ahnaf's foray into YouTube was driven by his passion for Bangladesh and his conversations with a friend who shared similar interests. Both were inspired by the YouTube channel World.Military.King. Ahnaf's friend initially started a channel focused on military-related videos, which motivated Ahnaf to start his own channel. Despite the significant success Ahnaf achieved after his first video garnered two thousand views, his friend's channel did not share the same fate and eventually became inactive. Ahnaf uses ''CapCut'' to edit his videos and relies on ''Canva'' for creating logos, banners, or thumbnails. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Geographyify Geographyify on YouTube] * [https://www.instagram.com/thereal_geographyify/ Geographyify on Instagram] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@geographyify Geographyify on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 360fea8cee5b3f5f749a6ffab94fd741eb20494d 6 297 757 2023-08-28T15:40:04Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Geographyify. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Geographyify. 430aebbe55a48cc943300ea15b1f5c7ef782e550 0 298 759 2023-08-28T16:08:29Z That muslim kid 9 Created page with "'''Diez''' is a German Geotuber, notable for their [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''GeographyExplorer'''. == Early Life == Diez, born in August 2009 in Cologne, Germany, has always held a strong passion for their country. Growing up as a German nationalist, this sentiment has remained a significant part of their identity. == YouTube Career == Diez initially embarked on their YouTube journey by sharing content related to the video game ''Rocket League'' from October 22..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Diez''' is a German Geotuber, notable for their [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''GeographyExplorer'''. == Early Life == Diez, born in August 2009 in Cologne, Germany, has always held a strong passion for their country. Growing up as a German nationalist, this sentiment has remained a significant part of their identity. == YouTube Career == Diez initially embarked on their YouTube journey by sharing content related to the video game ''Rocket League'' from October 22 to February 23. During this phase, they amassed a subscriber count of 216. However, a pivotal moment in their content consumption occurred when they came across a recommended video from the channel ''Glitch Editz''. Inspired by the world of Geotubing, Diez decided to transition their content focus. This marked the inception of their channel, ''GeographyExplorer'', which is dedicated to exploring and comparing countries, empires, and other geographical topics. == Ancestry and Background == With a diverse ancestral background, Diez's heritage is a blend of 87% German, 10% Malay, and 2% Italian. This mixture of cultures and identities plays a role in shaping their unique perspective on geography. == YouTube Shorts and Creativity == One distinctive aspect of Diez's content creation process is that they craft all their YouTube Shorts using their smartphone. This commitment to creativity and convenience has allowed them to present engaging geographical insights in a concise format. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/geographyexplorer GeographyExplorer YouTube Channel] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] d60f3f1707bd968dd4d0a29585f4b13cb39e2ffd 760 759 2023-08-28T16:31:14Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Diez''' is a German Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Nato Mapper'''. Born in 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]], He has always held a strong passion for his country. == Early Life == Diez was born on August 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]]. He has always held a strong passion for their country. Growing up as a German nationalist, this sentiment has remained a significant part of their identity. == YouTube Career == Diez initially embarked on their YouTube journey by sharing content related to the video game ''Rocket League'' from October 22 to February 23. During this phase, they amassed a subscriber count of 216. However, a pivotal moment in their content consumption occurred when they came across a recommended video from the channel ''Glitch Editz''. Inspired by the world of Geotubing, Diez decided to transition their content focus. This marked the inception of their channel, ''GeographyExplorer'', which is dedicated to exploring and comparing countries, empires, and other geographical topics. == Ancestry and Background == With a diverse ancestral background, Diez's heritage is a blend of 87% German, 10% Malay, and 2% Italian. This mixture of cultures and identities plays a role in shaping their unique perspective on geography. == YouTube Shorts and Creativity == One distinctive aspect of Diez's content creation process is that they craft all their YouTube Shorts using their smartphone. This commitment to creativity and convenience has allowed them to present engaging geographical insights in a concise format. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/geographyexplorer GeographyExplorer YouTube Channel] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] f84e0ea71148af4a20e99a8455dbd099b5982305 761 760 2023-08-28T16:35:27Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Diez''' is a German Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Nato Mapper'''. Born in 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]], He has always held a strong passion for his country. == Early Life == Diez was born on August 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]]. He has always held a strong passion for their country. Growing up as a German nationalist, this sentiment has remained a significant part of their identity. == YouTube Career == Diez initially embarked on their [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] journey by sharing content related to the video game ''Rocket League'' from October 22 to February 23. During this phase, they amassed a subscriber count of 216. However, a pivotal moment in their content consumption occurred when they came across a recommended video from the channel ''Glitch Editz''. Inspired by the world of Geotubing, Diez decided to transition their content focus. This marked the inception of their channel, ''GeographyExplorer'', which is dedicated to exploring and comparing countries, empires, and other geographical topics. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/geographyexplorer GeographyExplorer YouTube Channel] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 009a13645afbd6d65b6a550e0bf2054f8757168d 763 761 2023-08-28T16:41:50Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Nato_Mapper_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nato Mapper.]] '''Diez''' is a German Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Nato Mapper'''. Born in 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]], He has always held a strong passion for his country. == Early Life == Diez was born on August 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]]. He has always held a strong passion for their country. Growing up as a German nationalist, this sentiment has remained a significant part of their identity. == YouTube Career == Diez initially embarked on their [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] journey by sharing content related to the video game ''Rocket League'' from October 22 to February 23. During this phase, they amassed a subscriber count of 216. However, a pivotal moment in their content consumption occurred when they came across a recommended video from the channel ''Glitch Editz''. Inspired by the world of Geotubing, Diez decided to transition their content focus. This marked the inception of their channel, ''GeographyExplorer'', which is dedicated to exploring and comparing countries, empires, and other geographical topics. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/geographyexplorer GeographyExplorer YouTube Channel] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 54e3c9de4d889bdb30c882d59e40ff42d44b79ad 764 763 2023-08-28T16:56:59Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Nato_Mapper_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nato Mapper.]] '''Diez''' is a German Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Nato Mapper'''. Born in 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]], He has always held a strong passion for his country. == Early Life == Diez was born on August 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]]. He has always held a strong passion for their country. Growing up as a German nationalist, this sentiment has remained a significant part of their identity. == YouTube Career == Diez initially embarked on their [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] journey by sharing content related to the video game ''Rocket League'' from October 22 to February 23. During this phase, they amassed a subscriber count of 216. However, a pivotal moment in their content consumption occurred when they came across a recommended video from the channel ''Glitch Editz''. Inspired by the world of Geotubing, Diez decided to transition their content focus. This marked the inception of their channel, ''GeographyExplorer'', which is dedicated to exploring and comparing countries, empires, and other geographical topics. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@theonenatomapper Nato Mapper on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] b04a512d56f410bf6b7c550cffc6aa0d0298470a 765 764 2023-08-28T16:57:30Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Nato_Mapper_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nato Mapper.]] '''Diez''' is a German Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Nato Mapper'''. Born in 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]], He has always held a strong passion for his country. == Early Life == Diez was born on August 2009 in [[w:Cologne|Cologne]], [[w:Germany|Germany]]. He has always held a strong passion for their country. Growing up as a German nationalist, this sentiment has remained a significant part of their identity. == YouTube Career == Diez initially embarked on their [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] journey by sharing content related to the video game ''Rocket League'' from October 22 to February 23. During this phase, they amassed a subscriber count of 216. However, a pivotal moment in their content consumption occurred when they came across a recommended video from the channel ''Glitch Editz''. Inspired by the world of Geotubing, Diez decided to transition their content focus. This marked the inception of their channel, ''Nato Mapper'', which is dedicated to exploring and comparing countries, empires, and other geographical topics. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@theonenatomapper Nato Mapper on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] d6504863a0808c7cb799fb1ee14433c22490ba1a 6 299 762 2023-08-28T16:35:54Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Nato Mapper. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Nato Mapper. 1ad9c5c00329166bb0f384af8d9a9fd52f132cd5 0 238 766 617 2023-08-29T16:20:18Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:World.Military.Reality_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of World.Military.Reality.]] '''Abdullah Tahir''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبداللہ طاہر) is a Pakistani Geotuber known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''World.Military.Reality'''. The channel was launched on October 1, 2022, and within nine months has garnered nearly 17,000 subscribers and close to 3.5 million views. World.Military.Reality has gained significant attention in the Geo community due to its distinctive takes on history, geography, and geopolitical topics. == Early Life == Abdullah was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamabad Islamabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. From an early age, he exhibited a keen interest in military, geography, history, and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geopolitics geopolitics]. == YouTube Career == Abdullah began his YouTube journey in 2019, focusing primarily on gaming content, especially centered around [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. From 2019 to 2021, despite numerous video uploads, the channel could only manage to amass around 100 subscribers and about 50,000 views. In 2022, after being introduced to the Geo community and watching content from other Geotubers, Abdullah's passion was rekindled. On October 1, 2023, following a break, he initiated his third YouTube channel dedicated to geopolitics and military-related subjects. Abdullah started by using CapCut for video editing but soon moved to Alight Motion to further enhance his editing capabilities. This transition played a pivotal role in uplifting the quality of his content, resulting in a significant growth spurt for his channel. Such rapid growth affirmed Abdullah's standing in the Geo community, identifying him as a notable Geotuber. == Editing Styles and Tools == Abdullah's distinct editing style and unique subject choices have not only made him popular but have also inspired others to emulate his content. He utilizes a combination of software tools to bring his creative visions to life: * CapCut * Alight Motion * ibis Paint X * Pixel lab * [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adobe_Lightroom Adobe Lightroom] == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@World.Military.Reality World.Military.Reality on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@world.military.reality._?_t=8enj7uQlkj2&_r=1 World.Military.Reality on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 753c0fcecaae39815a47d09e70cc5ce321780661 0 300 767 2023-08-29T16:34:19Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''EnfeMapping''' is a well known [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] content creator and Geotuber based in [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. With a subscriber count nearing 80,000 and over 39.4 million views, the channel focuses on geographical comparisons and historical analyses, primarily revolving around Turkish history. == YouTube Career == Before delving into the world of YouTube, EnfeMapping described himself as an "ordinary student." His initial content concentrated on Turkish history v..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''EnfeMapping''' is a well known [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] content creator and Geotuber based in [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. With a subscriber count nearing 80,000 and over 39.4 million views, the channel focuses on geographical comparisons and historical analyses, primarily revolving around Turkish history. == YouTube Career == Before delving into the world of YouTube, EnfeMapping described himself as an "ordinary student." His initial content concentrated on Turkish history videos. However, he took a hiatus from content creation for three months due to the [[W:2023 Turkey–Syria earthquake|Turkey–Syria earthquake]]. On returning, he was inspired by the channel ''MapOfGeogrraphy'' and began his journey into creating mapping videos. Despite facing several challenges in the early phases of his YouTube career, he managed to gain significant popularity. For the creation of his content, EnfeMapping uses a range of software including ''Ibis Paint'', ''Capcut'', [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]], and [[w:Adobe Photoshop | Adobe Photoshop]]. == External Links == * [[https://www.youtube.com/@EnfeMapping | EnfeMapping on YouTube]] * [[https://www.tiktok.com/@enfemapping | EnfeMapping on TikTok]] * [[https://www.instagram.com/enfe.mapping_/ | EnfeMapping on Instagram]] d9850e91912edea55b04aa22e4c187cf5b14dd3b 768 767 2023-08-29T16:39:38Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''EnfeMapping''' is a well known [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] content creator and Geotuber based in [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. With a subscriber count nearing 80,000 and over 39.4 million views, the channel focuses on geographical comparisons and historical analyses, primarily revolving around Turkish history. == YouTube Career == Before delving into the world of YouTube, EnfeMapping described himself as an "ordinary student." His initial content concentrated on Turkish history videos. However, he took a hiatus from content creation for three months due to the [[W:2023 Turkey–Syria earthquake|Turkey–Syria earthquake]]. On returning, he was inspired by the channel ''MapOfGeogrraphy'' and began his journey into creating mapping videos. Despite facing several challenges in the early phases of his YouTube career, he managed to gain significant popularity. For the creation of his content, EnfeMapping uses a range of software including ''Ibis Paint'', ''Capcut'', [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]], and [[w:Adobe Photoshop | Adobe Photoshop]]. == External Links == * https://www.youtube.com/@EnfeMapping | EnfeMapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@enfemapping | EnfeMapping on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/enfe.mapping_/ | EnfeMapping on Instagram] 36d5c2d90a67541d8223c6e0ddeefeede4618b21 769 768 2023-08-29T16:40:01Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''EnfeMapping''' is a well known [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] content creator and Geotuber based in [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. With a subscriber count nearing 80,000 and over 39.4 million views, the channel focuses on geographical comparisons and historical analyses, primarily revolving around Turkish history. == YouTube Career == Before delving into the world of YouTube, EnfeMapping described himself as an "ordinary student." His initial content concentrated on Turkish history videos. However, he took a hiatus from content creation for three months due to the [[W:2023 Turkey–Syria earthquake|Turkey–Syria earthquake]]. On returning, he was inspired by the channel ''MapOfGeogrraphy'' and began his journey into creating mapping videos. Despite facing several challenges in the early phases of his YouTube career, he managed to gain significant popularity. For the creation of his content, EnfeMapping uses a range of software including ''Ibis Paint'', ''Capcut'', [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]], and [[w:Adobe Photoshop | Adobe Photoshop]]. == External Links == * https://www.youtube.com/@EnfeMapping EnfeMapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@enfemapping EnfeMapping on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/enfe.mapping_/ EnfeMapping on Instagram] 3eaa9ad73e4d304280e2c9c37d9065a8ebee7e87 770 769 2023-08-29T16:40:10Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''EnfeMapping''' is a well known [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] content creator and Geotuber based in [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. With a subscriber count nearing 80,000 and over 39.4 million views, the channel focuses on geographical comparisons and historical analyses, primarily revolving around Turkish history. == YouTube Career == Before delving into the world of YouTube, EnfeMapping described himself as an "ordinary student." His initial content concentrated on Turkish history videos. However, he took a hiatus from content creation for three months due to the [[W:2023 Turkey–Syria earthquake|Turkey–Syria earthquake]]. On returning, he was inspired by the channel ''MapOfGeogrraphy'' and began his journey into creating mapping videos. Despite facing several challenges in the early phases of his YouTube career, he managed to gain significant popularity. For the creation of his content, EnfeMapping uses a range of software including ''Ibis Paint'', ''Capcut'', [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]], and [[w:Adobe Photoshop | Adobe Photoshop]]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@EnfeMapping EnfeMapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@enfemapping EnfeMapping on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/enfe.mapping_/ EnfeMapping on Instagram] a6d5a67441a33caeb54204b4b849842369e730d5 771 770 2023-08-29T16:40:51Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:EnfeMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of EnfeMapping.]] '''EnfeMapping''' is a well known [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] content creator and Geotuber based in [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. With a subscriber count nearing 80,000 and over 39.4 million views, the channel focuses on geographical comparisons and historical analyses, primarily revolving around Turkish history. == YouTube Career == Before delving into the world of YouTube, EnfeMapping described himself as an "ordinary student." His initial content concentrated on Turkish history videos. However, he took a hiatus from content creation for three months due to the [[W:2023 Turkey–Syria earthquake|Turkey–Syria earthquake]]. On returning, he was inspired by the channel ''MapOfGeogrraphy'' and began his journey into creating mapping videos. Despite facing several challenges in the early phases of his YouTube career, he managed to gain significant popularity. For the creation of his content, EnfeMapping uses a range of software including ''Ibis Paint'', ''Capcut'', [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]], and [[w:Adobe Photoshop | Adobe Photoshop]]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@EnfeMapping EnfeMapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@enfemapping EnfeMapping on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/enfe.mapping_/ EnfeMapping on Instagram] 0f2ae3853fa6154dc25f8da861af8042dcdade77 773 771 2023-08-29T16:44:30Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:EnfeMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of EnfeMapping.]] '''EnfeMapping''' is a well known [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] content creator and Geotuber based in [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. With a subscriber count nearing 80,000 and over 39.4 million views, the channel focuses on geographical comparisons and historical analyses, primarily revolving around Turkish history. == YouTube Career == Before delving into the world of YouTube, EnfeMapping described himself as an "ordinary student." His initial content concentrated on Turkish history videos. However, he took a hiatus from content creation for three months due to the [[W:2023 Turkey–Syria earthquake|Turkey–Syria earthquake]]. On returning, he was inspired by the channel ''MapOfGeogrraphy'' and began his journey into creating mapping videos. Despite facing several challenges in the early phases of his YouTube career, he managed to gain significant popularity. For the creation of his content, EnfeMapping uses a range of software including ''Ibis Paint'', ''Capcut'', [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]], and [[w:Adobe Photoshop | Adobe Photoshop]]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@EnfeMapping EnfeMapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@enfemapping EnfeMapping on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/enfe.mapping_/ EnfeMapping on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 191f8150d6e7e1007a2e80ad5e0d95b20e0e9834 6 301 772 2023-08-29T16:44:01Z InsaneX 2 Logo of EnfeMapping. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of EnfeMapping. e5217ad03debcf8a4e9b265a1ae1fa1242fa80c8 0 302 774 2023-08-29T17:43:09Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:ThatTurkGuy_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of ThatTurkGuy.]] '''Fawad Tayyab''' (born December 10, 2008 in [[w:Ashgabat | Ashgabat]], [[w:Turkmenistan|Turkmenistan]]) is a Turkish-Mongolian Geotuber, better known for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''ThatTurkGuy''', is a notable Geotuber with almost 10K subscribers and over 4.4 million views. Later, he moved to [[w:Istanbul | Istanbul]], [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. == Early life == Born in [[w:Ashgabat | Ashgabat]], Faw..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:ThatTurkGuy_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of ThatTurkGuy.]] '''Fawad Tayyab''' (born December 10, 2008 in [[w:Ashgabat | Ashgabat]], [[w:Turkmenistan|Turkmenistan]]) is a Turkish-Mongolian Geotuber, better known for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''ThatTurkGuy''', is a notable Geotuber with almost 10K subscribers and over 4.4 million views. Later, he moved to [[w:Istanbul | Istanbul]], [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. == Early life == Born in [[w:Ashgabat | Ashgabat]], Fawad showed early interest in football and was especially talented in the sport. He considered [[w:Cristiano Ronaldo | Cristiano Ronaldo]] to be his favorite player. However, a serious injury during one of the games forced him to take a break from the sport. During this time, he developed a passion for video editing. == YouTube Career == Fawad's inspiration to enter the Geotubing world came from the renowned creator ThatHistoryGuy. Initially, he began creating content using ''CapCut'', focusing on "Country VS Country" comparison videos. His exploration of editing tools led him to discover ''Alight Motion'', an application that he quickly became proficient in. Over time, Fawad transitioned his content focus to nationalist and historical edits. He prides himself as being among the top Alight Motion editors in the Geo community, considering himself probably the second best. == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@ThatTurkGuy ThatTurkGuy on YouTube] [https://www.tiktok.com/@thatturkguy_ ThatTurkGuy on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] d214f25ddacffa4cf6605ca0ed0d6c0997e6669a 776 774 2023-08-29T17:45:35Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:ThatTurkGuy_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of ThatTurkGuy.]] '''Fawad Tayyab''' (born December 10, 2008 in [[w:Ashgabat | Ashgabat]], [[w:Turkmenistan|Turkmenistan]]) is a Turkish-Mongolian Geotuber, better known for his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] channel '''ThatTurkGuy''', is a notable Geotuber with almost 10K subscribers and over 4.4 million views. Later, he moved to [[w:Istanbul | Istanbul]], [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. == Early life == Born in [[w:Ashgabat | Ashgabat]], Fawad showed early interest in football and was especially talented in the sport. He considered [[w:Cristiano Ronaldo | Cristiano Ronaldo]] to be his favorite player. However, a serious injury during one of the games forced him to take a break from the sport. During this time, he developed a passion for video editing. == YouTube Career == Fawad's inspiration to enter the Geotubing world came from the renowned creator ThatHistoryGuy. Initially, he began creating content using ''CapCut'', focusing on "Country VS Country" comparison videos. His exploration of editing tools led him to discover ''Alight Motion'', an application that he quickly became proficient in. Over time, Fawad transitioned his content focus to nationalist and historical edits. He prides himself as being among the top Alight Motion editors in the Geo community, considering himself probably the second best. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ThatTurkGuy ThatTurkGuy on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@thatturkguy_ ThatTurkGuy on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 58e94dc76b1012bb5ce924ef123d3877bafff580 6 303 775 2023-08-29T17:44:14Z InsaneX 2 Logo of ThatTurkGuy. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of ThatTurkGuy. f01fc1ac4d52f61b82e057fa2770ca090702825c 2 305 778 2023-08-29T19:43:17Z MyniwGuels 53 . wikitext text/x-wiki Sadly there is nothing :'( f1d0d843dbc54d61ca85eaa19b0d59e083ae9464 2 304 777 2023-08-30T05:20:58Z Reed Schultz Geo 57 Created page with "geography youtuber with 13.2 subscrier in total" wikitext text/x-wiki geography youtuber with 13.2 subscrier in total 5c678804192074e4bd8b81e1d34d35e4279e4bdd 800 777 2023-08-31T15:25:33Z Pranav Namoju 65 ReEd ScHuLtZ GrOGiPhY wikitext text/x-wiki geography youtuber with 13.29584726 subscrier in total Reed Schultz Geo is a youtuber with subscriber and ofc as the name suggests he is a geography youtuber duhhh 😁 he has many superpowers including Mind control and Mind reading, so if u haven't subscribed to him, he will control ur mind and make u subscribe so its better u subscribe. right?? Apart from jokes he is a really nice person in general, likes to talk and chat with his fans in his discord server. If u haven't already checked his discord go and check otherwise u know what happens......😈 heres the link to the discord server. https://discord.gg/6wWPBJ6JQS Make sure to say hi to me also🥲, my user name is @pranav if im right ig. he is expected to hit 10 billion subs next year so yeah SUBSCRIBE ORRRRRRR...... ill be sad 😭🥲 dont scroll down DONT SCROLL ESPECIALLY REED HEYYYY DONT shhhhhh... dont say reed i wrote this and he prolly wont scroll this much reed kinda bad compared to lenuxx. lenuxx w tho and reed kinda L. Dont Say Reed That I Wrote This 4a71a2bc4b1563392e90947d4fb54db0007a6554 3 306 779 2023-08-30T12:11:10Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Reed Schultz Geo]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 12:11, 30 August 2023 61282d13c48f4b792c68b80a8500c365a2b9ae27 3 307 780 2023-08-30T12:12:52Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:MyniwGuels]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 12:12, 30 August 2023 08fff8b9bac192a44a633fc4a244c3e07ac6ccb0 0 1 781 662 2023-08-30T12:15:39Z InsaneX 2 /* Featured Geotuber */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Ahnaf Abrar Khan''' ([[w:Bengali language| Bangla]]: আহনাফ আবরার খান) is a Bangladeshi Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Geographyify'''. Renowned for his in-depth geographical insights and engaging video content, Ahnaf blends his personal experiences and academic curiosity to make geography accessible and enjoyable for a vast audience. [[Geographyify | Read More..]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Explore</h1> --> ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geotubers]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Abdullah do it all]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Glitch Editz]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] e709147e6f2a2cbfbcd0e60a469413ee00edb9b9 782 781 2023-08-30T12:15:56Z InsaneX 2 /* Featured Geotuber */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Ahnaf Abrar Khan''' ([[w:Bengali language| Bangla]]: আহনাফ আবরার খান) is a Bangladeshi Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Geographyify'''. Renowned for his in-depth geographical insights and engaging video content, Ahnaf blends his personal experiences and academic curiosity to make geography accessible and enjoyable for a vast audience. [[Geographyify | Read More..]] ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geotubers]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Recent Changes=== * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Abdullah do it all]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[Glitch Editz]] page was created! * '''August 12, 2023:''' [[OfficialEditzPK]] page was created! * '''August 11, 2023:''' Geotubepedia was officially launched! * '''August 10, 2023:''' [[Saif Sheikh Edits]] page was created! === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] 0241394a22a3cacf775cb2bdd9760ce59b083e69 0 283 783 729 2023-08-30T15:11:18Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Data_Channel_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Data Channel.]] <translate> '''Data Channel''' is a Ukrainian-Polish Geotuber with a significant presence on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]], boasting a subscriber count of 136K and accumulating over 98.7 million views on his videos. == Early Life == Data Channel was born in [[w:Novovolynsk | Novovolynsk]], [[w:Volyn Oblast | Volyn Oblast]], [[w:Ukraine | Ukraine]] but currently resides in [[w:Zakerzonia|Zakerzonia]], [[w:Poland | Poland]]. With a mixed Ukrainian-Polish heritage, his content reflects a deep-rooted connection to both nations. == YouTube Career == Data Channel's foray into YouTube was driven by a desire to assist the Ukrainian Army during the [[w:Russian invasion of Ukraine|Russian invasion of Ukraine]]. This fervor led him to become an avid viewer of YouTube Shorts, spurring him to learn video editing via ''CapCut''. He launched his channel in June 2022 and quickly found massive success with a video titled ''How do Greenlanders sleep?'', which alone garnered 50M views within a month. Primarily using ''CapCut'' for video editing, he occasionally switches to ''Alight Motion'' for specialized edits. For textual overlays and map designs, he uses ''ibis Paint X''. His content ranges from nationalist edits and mapping to informative videos about the ongoing conflict in Ukraine. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@data_channel/ Data Channel on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@data_channel_ Data Channel on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/data.channel_/ Data Channel on Instagram] </translate> [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 18f2b43e972bbbd473b465c2f624cf6cb6e8efc4 784 783 2023-08-30T15:13:00Z InsaneX 2 Marked this version for translation wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Data_Channel_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Data Channel.]] <translate> <!--T:1--> '''Data Channel''' is a Ukrainian-Polish Geotuber with a significant presence on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]], boasting a subscriber count of 136K and accumulating over 98.7 million views on his videos. <!--T:2--> == Early Life == Data Channel was born in [[w:Novovolynsk | Novovolynsk]], [[w:Volyn Oblast | Volyn Oblast]], [[w:Ukraine | Ukraine]] but currently resides in [[w:Zakerzonia|Zakerzonia]], [[w:Poland | Poland]]. With a mixed Ukrainian-Polish heritage, his content reflects a deep-rooted connection to both nations. <!--T:3--> == YouTube Career == Data Channel's foray into YouTube was driven by a desire to assist the Ukrainian Army during the [[w:Russian invasion of Ukraine|Russian invasion of Ukraine]]. This fervor led him to become an avid viewer of YouTube Shorts, spurring him to learn video editing via ''CapCut''. He launched his channel in June 2022 and quickly found massive success with a video titled ''How do Greenlanders sleep?'', which alone garnered 50M views within a month. <!--T:4--> Primarily using ''CapCut'' for video editing, he occasionally switches to ''Alight Motion'' for specialized edits. For textual overlays and map designs, he uses ''ibis Paint X''. His content ranges from nationalist edits and mapping to informative videos about the ongoing conflict in Ukraine. <!--T:5--> == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@data_channel/ Data Channel on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@data_channel_ Data Channel on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/data.channel_/ Data Channel on Instagram] </translate> [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] fc90581b64cd15fe18493569a5992c28f1f8e727 1198 308 785 2023-08-30T15:13:05Z FuzzyBot 59 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki '''Data Channel''' is a Ukrainian-Polish Geotuber with a significant presence on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]], boasting a subscriber count of 136K and accumulating over 98.7 million views on his videos. 6ae7f7dc58de1e6a8326e83cf335ae6a1760c9b4 1198 311 788 2023-08-30T15:13:05Z FuzzyBot 59 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki == Early Life == Data Channel was born in [[w:Novovolynsk | Novovolynsk]], [[w:Volyn Oblast | Volyn Oblast]], [[w:Ukraine | Ukraine]] but currently resides in [[w:Zakerzonia|Zakerzonia]], [[w:Poland | Poland]]. With a mixed Ukrainian-Polish heritage, his content reflects a deep-rooted connection to both nations. 1bc025bca66854a59e42a878396639a08b6e18ca 1198 312 789 2023-08-30T15:13:05Z FuzzyBot 59 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki == YouTube Career == Data Channel's foray into YouTube was driven by a desire to assist the Ukrainian Army during the [[w:Russian invasion of Ukraine|Russian invasion of Ukraine]]. This fervor led him to become an avid viewer of YouTube Shorts, spurring him to learn video editing via ''CapCut''. He launched his channel in June 2022 and quickly found massive success with a video titled ''How do Greenlanders sleep?'', which alone garnered 50M views within a month. d13aff4a327a0bc84ae468e14418b29ae06d7566 1198 313 790 2023-08-30T15:13:06Z FuzzyBot 59 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki Primarily using ''CapCut'' for video editing, he occasionally switches to ''Alight Motion'' for specialized edits. For textual overlays and map designs, he uses ''ibis Paint X''. His content ranges from nationalist edits and mapping to informative videos about the ongoing conflict in Ukraine. eb39210cabc419c6ca5d325df37137875d5eebaa 1198 314 791 2023-08-30T15:13:06Z FuzzyBot 59 Importing a new version from external source wikitext text/x-wiki == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@data_channel/ Data Channel on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@data_channel_ Data Channel on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/data.channel_/ Data Channel on Instagram] b7b06b3c60c6861364b61c34f704f9705c35fa9b 3 309 786 2023-08-30T15:14:11Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:Translations:Data Channel/1/en]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 15:14, 30 August 2023 2e941527368197ec6d986ad3f6400f11f929a98a 2 310 787 2023-08-30T15:14:11Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 0 316 793 2023-08-30T16:15:26Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:Kurd_Mapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Kurd Mapping.]] '''Kurd Mapping''' ([[w:Sorani| Sorani Kurdish]]: کورد ماپینگ) is a Kurdish Geotuber primarily known for creating content related to geography, often involving comparisons between countries, empires, and other geographical entities. With a significant following, his channel has gained recognition in the Geo community. == Personal Information == Born in [[w:Erbil | Erbil]], [[w:Iraq|Iraq]], Kurd M..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Kurd_Mapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Kurd Mapping.]] '''Kurd Mapping''' ([[w:Sorani| Sorani Kurdish]]: کورد ماپینگ) is a Kurdish Geotuber primarily known for creating content related to geography, often involving comparisons between countries, empires, and other geographical entities. With a significant following, his channel has gained recognition in the Geo community. == Personal Information == Born in [[w:Erbil | Erbil]], [[w:Iraq|Iraq]], Kurd Mapping continues to reside in the same city. His Kurdish nationality plays a pivotal role in shaping the perspective he brings to his content. == YouTube Career == Kurd Mapping's passion for history and geography was evident early on. During a time when there were no Kurdish editors in the Geo YouTube community, he stumbled upon an app named ''MapChart'', marking the commencement of his YouTube journey in the summer of 2022. The Geo community on YouTube was flourishing during this period, and Kurd Mapping credits the ''Global Armed Strength 1.0'' Discord server as one of his major inspirations for venturing into the platform. Since then, his channel has amassed a following of 58.7K subscribers, making him one of the prominent figures among Geotubers. On 1st August 2023, Kurd Mapping decided to quit his YouTube career due to personal reasons. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Kurd_Mapping Kurd Mapping on YouTube] * [https://twitter.com/Mardokhy Kurd Mapping on Twitter] * [https://discord.gg/6TKwRFhKaY Kurd Mapping's Discord Server] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 5fd98278f3cb96a7ce11fb78254b34a0a14ec0e7 6 317 794 2023-08-30T16:15:45Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Kurd Mapping. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Kurd Mapping. 5e98c8194ab5da44a690c7b4010e03ee86c75ec0 0 318 795 2023-08-31T12:36:11Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:Nicolas_Productions_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nicolas Productions.]] '''Trương Bảo Thiên''' (born October 18, 2009 in [[w:An Giang Province|An Giang]], [[w:Vietnam|Vietnam]]) is a Vietnamese Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Nicolas Productions'''. He is well known for creating videos related to geography, especially comparisons between countries and empires. == Early Life == Trương was born in [[w:An Giang Province|An Giang]], w:V..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Nicolas_Productions_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nicolas Productions.]] '''Trương Bảo Thiên''' (born October 18, 2009 in [[w:An Giang Province|An Giang]], [[w:Vietnam|Vietnam]]) is a Vietnamese Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Nicolas Productions'''. He is well known for creating videos related to geography, especially comparisons between countries and empires. == Early Life == Trương was born in [[w:An Giang Province|An Giang]], [[w:Vietnam|Vietnam]]. He is of Vietnamese nationality. == YouTube Career == Trương's interest in geography began when some of his friends in Vietnam started posting geography-related videos. Inspired by them, Trương started researching geography and calendars. He uploaded his first video in August 2022. He primarily used ''CapCut'' for editing his early videos. For his videos, Trương uses ''CapCut'' and ''Alight Motion''. He employs ''ibis Paint X'' for mapping. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@NicolasProductions Nicolas Productions on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@nicolas.productions Nicolas Productions on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 54ceb625ce4a04195ee74c4887cf53d3cc6e6dfd 6 319 796 2023-08-31T12:36:41Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 6 320 797 2023-08-31T14:52:18Z Haydenlol 37 wikitext text/x-wiki HK ball's YouTube profile. 422596eec29da99be77556b4fe86494fddb3aa38 6 326 810 2023-08-31T15:36:17Z Haydenlol 37 wikitext text/x-wiki SunfireMA's YouTube logo. 8d1c541117a79b7ab59a3b9e751b5498851a9f32 2 321 798 2023-08-31T16:49:00Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 322 799 2023-08-31T16:49:00Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:HK ball.jpg]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 16:49, 31 August 2023 3389261076f433f83b1e0285d7326109617953d1 6 394 924 2023-08-31T23:19:53Z Colormald 67 wikitext text/x-wiki youtuber 1285078b0c23ac9fed537acd99f959ca39d41e0d 0 332 827 2023-08-31T23:42:34Z Reed Schultz Geo 57 gefgaergasdfdshteed wikitext text/x-wiki hi mi name is reed schultz geo i amda doafdoyoutuber who poststs geography 7af9ecf3f8ad6cad8078f77deae1d65b6344c620 2 336 835 2023-09-01T05:42:27Z Loceq-Geo 70 Created page with "Je" wikitext text/x-wiki Je a207fb969fca1b7a340a68db288969a97d7b9ac5 0 238 836 766 2023-09-01T08:46:48Z World.Military.Reality 49 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:World.Military.Reality_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of World.Military.Reality.]] '''Abdullah''' ([https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Urdu Urdu]: عبداللہ ) is a Pakistani Geotuber known for his [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube] channel '''World.Military.Reality'''. The channel was launched on October 1, 2022, and within nine months has garnered nearly 17,000 subscribers and close to 3.5 million views. World.Military.Reality has gained significant attention in the Geo community due to its distinctive takes on history, geography, and geopolitical topics. == Early Life == Abdullah was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamabad Islamabad], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan Pakistan]. From an early age, he exhibited a keen interest in military, geography, history, and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geopolitics geopolitics]. == YouTube Career == Abdullah began his YouTube journey in 2019, focusing primarily on gaming content, especially centered around [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Roblox Roblox]. From 2019 to 2021, despite numerous video uploads, the channel could only manage to amass around 100 subscribers and about 50,000 views. In 2022, after being introduced to the Geo community and watching content from other Geotubers, Abdullah's passion was rekindled. On October 1, 2023, following a break, he initiated his third YouTube channel dedicated to geopolitics and military-related subjects. Abdullah started by using CapCut for video editing but soon moved to Alight Motion to further enhance his editing capabilities. This transition played a pivotal role in uplifting the quality of his content, resulting in a significant growth spurt for his channel. Such rapid growth affirmed Abdullah's standing in the Geo community, identifying him as a notable Geotuber. == Editing Styles and Tools == Abdullah's distinct editing style and unique subject choices have not only made him popular but have also inspired others to emulate his content. He utilizes a combination of software tools to bring his creative visions to life: * CapCut * Alight Motion * ibis Paint X * Pixel lab * [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adobe_Lightroom Adobe Lightroom] == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@World.Military.Reality World.Military.Reality on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@world.military.reality._?_t=8enj7uQlkj2&_r=1 World.Military.Reality on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 386d2eca406c5074bd1545088fa8c9ae82c23b50 0 340 840 2023-09-01T14:03:53Z Haydenlol 37 idisowmssi wikitext text/x-wiki A '''Geotuber''' (sometimes spelled as '''GeoTuber''') is a person who uploads geography content on [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YouTube YouTube]. It is usually only referred to by Shorts creators, and the term is largely unknown in long-form videos. == Examples == A few examples of Geotubers would be: * [https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/WILLY_NICX WILLY NICX] * [https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/Militarizatixn Militarizatixn] * [https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/ HK ball] * [https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/AngryBozo_Geography AngryBozo Geography] * [https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/Amidoch Amidoch] ''(Note that a '''Geotuber is only referred to by Shorts creators''', thats why this list only comprises of Shorts creators.)'' == Origin == It is unknown who made the term or when it started to use, but it is speculated that this term was first used in Christmas, and was slowly picked on by fellow Geography shorts creators and used in daily life. == Discord Servers About Geotubers == If you want to interact with Geotubers, there are a lot of famous Discord servers related to them. Here are a few you can join: * [https://discord.gg/boyz Global Armed Strength] by [https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/World.military.king. World.military.king.] * [https://discord.gg/ZhmjHWad Amidoch Community] by [https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/Amidoch Amidoch] * [https://discord.gg/GPcVaNSEJU Hongkong Ball Crew] by [https://geotubepedia.miraheze.org/wiki/HK_ball HK ball] 7f5d66f595f3c4ead1e59cdbdb3dde0046aeae88 0 325 803 2023-09-01T17:01:08Z That muslim kid 9 Created page with "'''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on YouTube Shorts. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, m..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on YouTube Shorts. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, map animations, and various edits. Inspired by this, he decided to dive into creating videos in this genre. His initial editing attempts may have been humble, but over time, he dedicated himself to honing his editing skills, resulting in a notable improvement in the quality of his content. With a growing subscriber count of 102 and over 50,000 views, Dylan Link has found success as a Geotuber. Dylan Link's content on YouTube primarily focuses on war edits, using the phonk "murder plot" as well as alliance edits featuring "bumblebee." Additionally, he has ventured into creating long-form content by editing national anthem videos. His content often revolves around the Kaiserreich alternate history scenario, a universe he is passionate about, and enjoys sharing with his audience. == External Links == [https://www.youtube.com/@unionofbritainmapping WayWorn Mapping on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 06c675a27a967c41d571e1142fe5b15ee7c36e4a 804 803 2023-09-01T17:06:38Z InsaneX 2 /* Categories */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on YouTube Shorts. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, map animations, and various edits. Inspired by this, he decided to dive into creating videos in this genre. His initial editing attempts may have been humble, but over time, he dedicated himself to honing his editing skills, resulting in a notable improvement in the quality of his content. With a growing subscriber count of 102 and over 50,000 views, Dylan Link has found success as a Geotuber. Dylan Link's content on YouTube primarily focuses on war edits, using the phonk "murder plot" as well as alliance edits featuring "bumblebee." Additionally, he has ventured into creating long-form content by editing national anthem videos. His content often revolves around the Kaiserreich alternate history scenario, a universe he is passionate about, and enjoys sharing with his audience. == External Links == [https://www.youtube.com/@unionofbritainmapping WayWorn Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] af3febd1244c0f9af59753a452ec5e1ee45e33f0 805 804 2023-09-01T17:07:02Z InsaneX 2 /* Early Life */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009 in [[w:England|England]]. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on YouTube Shorts. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, map animations, and various edits. Inspired by this, he decided to dive into creating videos in this genre. His initial editing attempts may have been humble, but over time, he dedicated himself to honing his editing skills, resulting in a notable improvement in the quality of his content. With a growing subscriber count of 102 and over 50,000 views, Dylan Link has found success as a Geotuber. Dylan Link's content on YouTube primarily focuses on war edits, using the phonk "murder plot" as well as alliance edits featuring "bumblebee." Additionally, he has ventured into creating long-form content by editing national anthem videos. His content often revolves around the Kaiserreich alternate history scenario, a universe he is passionate about, and enjoys sharing with his audience. == External Links == [https://www.youtube.com/@unionofbritainmapping WayWorn Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 1e1022944fd0ab9722957b65d279699c1393c3b9 806 805 2023-09-01T17:07:53Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009 in [[w:England|England]]. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on YouTube Shorts. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, map animations, and various edits. Inspired by this, he decided to dive into creating videos in this genre. His initial editing attempts may have been humble, but over time, he dedicated himself to honing his editing skills, resulting in a notable improvement in the quality of his content. With a growing subscriber count of 102 and over 50,000 views, Dylan Link has found success as a Geotuber. == External Links == [https://www.youtube.com/@unionofbritainmapping WayWorn Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 509f1a11db769554c54a24747eb490d07a34e3b6 807 806 2023-09-01T17:09:45Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. With a unique blend of cartographic visuals and engaging content, he has carved a niche for himself in the mapping community. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009 in [[w:England|England]]. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on YouTube Shorts. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, map animations, and various edits. Inspired by this, he decided to dive into creating videos in this genre. His initial editing attempts may have been humble, but over time, he dedicated himself to honing his editing skills, resulting in a notable improvement in the quality of his content. With a growing subscriber count of 102 and over 50,000 views, Dylan Link has found success as a Geotuber. == External Links == [https://www.youtube.com/@unionofbritainmapping WayWorn Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 7360a4260db794bd23eb9676261197c0f7f2b16c 808 807 2023-09-01T17:15:03Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. With a unique blend of cartographic visuals and engaging content, he has carved a niche for himself in the mapping community. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009 in [[w:England|England]]. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on [[w:YouTube Shorts|YouTube Shorts]]. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, map animations, and various edits. Inspired by this, he decided to dive into creating videos in this genre. His initial editing attempts may have been humble, but over time, he dedicated himself to honing his editing skills, resulting in a notable improvement in the quality of his content. With a growing subscriber count of 102 and over 50,000 views, Dylan Link has found success as a Geotuber. == External Links == [https://www.youtube.com/@unionofbritainmapping WayWorn Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] d0f7c02a1c1fec4ad003860d48807187930376ef 809 808 2023-09-01T17:17:10Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:WayWornMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of WayWorn Mapping.]] '''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. With a unique blend of cartographic visuals and engaging content, he has carved a niche for himself in the mapping community. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009 in [[w:England|England]]. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on [[w:YouTube Shorts|YouTube Shorts]]. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, map animations, and various edits. Inspired by this, he decided to dive into creating videos in this genre. His initial editing attempts may have been humble, but over time, he dedicated himself to honing his editing skills, resulting in a notable improvement in the quality of his content. With a growing subscriber count of 102 and over 50,000 views, Dylan Link has found success as a Geotuber. == External Links == [https://www.youtube.com/@unionofbritainmapping WayWorn Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 541bf79e034e05290aef81b7b37a2a10b784d7f8 812 809 2023-09-01T17:24:54Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:WayWorn Mapping logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of WayWorn Mapping.]] '''Dylan Link''' is a German-British Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''WayWorn Mapping'''. With a unique blend of cartographic visuals and engaging content, he has carved a niche for himself in the mapping community. == Early Life == Dylan Link, whose real name is provided, was born on April 21, 2009 in [[w:England|England]]. == YouTube Career == Dylan Link's journey on YouTube began with creating "Guess the Empire" videos on [[w:YouTube Shorts|YouTube Shorts]]. However, as he explored the platform further, he discovered a thriving community of content creators specializing in country balls animations, map animations, and various edits. Inspired by this, he decided to dive into creating videos in this genre. His initial editing attempts may have been humble, but over time, he dedicated himself to honing his editing skills, resulting in a notable improvement in the quality of his content. With a growing subscriber count of 102 and over 50,000 views, Dylan Link has found success as a Geotuber. == External Links == [https://www.youtube.com/@unionofbritainmapping WayWorn Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 46f939ff1cf9100eb9ba90f5a7db890047ebc705 3 323 801 2023-09-01T17:03:09Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Reed Schultz Geo]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 17:03, 1 September 2023 ff767f16d315d8223d219f81c007a5524e0c3ab7 2 324 802 2023-09-01T17:03:09Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 6 327 811 2023-09-01T17:19:42Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 328 813 2023-09-01T17:49:40Z That muslim kid 9 Created page with "Mohammad Amadh, known professionally as '''Russian Empire Countryball''' (born May 6, 2011), is a Sri Lankan Geotuber specializing in comparative analyses of countries, empires, and various geopolitical topics. He is often recognized for his engaging content on his YouTube channel, == Early Life == Amadh's journey into content creation began in 2022 when he started as a gamer. == YouTube Career == Inspired by a channel called ''Egypt Countryball,'' Amadh ventured into..." wikitext text/x-wiki Mohammad Amadh, known professionally as '''Russian Empire Countryball''' (born May 6, 2011), is a Sri Lankan Geotuber specializing in comparative analyses of countries, empires, and various geopolitical topics. He is often recognized for his engaging content on his YouTube channel, == Early Life == Amadh's journey into content creation began in 2022 when he started as a gamer. == YouTube Career == Inspired by a channel called ''Egypt Countryball,'' Amadh ventured into the world of Geotube content creation. Initially operating under the channel name ''Sri Lankan Countryball,'' he continued this endeavor for a year. However, faced with various challenges, he decided to rebrand and launch a new channel, ''Russian Empire Countryball (R.B.RE).'' As of the latest information available, Mohammad Amadh has garnered a substantial following, boasting 1.1k subscribers and over 300k views on his YouTube channel, ''Russian Empire Countryball.'' == Alliances == Amadh is affiliated with the ''PSA - Palestinian Supporting Alliance,'' demonstrating his involvement and collaboration within the Geotuber community. == Software Used == For his video editing endeavors, Mohammad Amadh relies on the software ''CapCut.'' == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@RussianEmpcountryball?si=XhSSrTgda7Isw4xU Russian Empire Countryball on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 3d2d5ed59b99052b841cbc5281bb116a049e7e7a 814 813 2023-09-01T17:57:44Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Mohammad Amadh''' ([[w:Sinhala_language| Sinhala]]: මොහොමඩ් අමාද්; born May 6, 2011) is a Sri Lankan Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Russian Empire Countryball'''. He is often recognized for his engaging content on his YouTube channel. == Early Life == Amadh's journey into content creation began in 2022 when he started as a gamer. == YouTube Career == Inspired by a channel called ''Egypt Countryball,'' Amadh ventured into the world of Geotube content creation. Initially operating under the channel name ''Sri Lankan Countryball,'' he continued this endeavor for a year. However, faced with various challenges, he decided to rebrand and launch a new channel, ''Russian Empire Countryball''. As of the latest information available, Mohammad Amadh has garnered a substantial following, boasting 1.1k subscribers and over 300k views on his YouTube channel, ''Russian Empire Countryball''. For his video editing endeavors, Mohammad Amadh relies on ''CapCut''. == Alliances == Amadh is affiliated with the ''PSA - Palestinian Supporting Alliance,'' demonstrating his involvement and collaboration within the Geo community. == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@RussianEmpcountryball?si=XhSSrTgda7Isw4xU Russian Empire Countryball on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 0fc4da935208a9e12988c68e79c60be20fe2a4e0 816 814 2023-09-01T17:59:03Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Russian_Empire_Countryball.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Russian Empire Countryball.]] '''Mohammad Amadh''' ([[w:Sinhala_language| Sinhala]]: මොහොමඩ් අමාද්; born May 6, 2011) is a Sri Lankan Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Russian Empire Countryball'''. He is often recognized for his engaging content on his YouTube channel. == Early Life == Amadh's journey into content creation began in 2022 when he started as a gamer. == YouTube Career == Inspired by a channel called ''Egypt Countryball,'' Amadh ventured into the world of Geotube content creation. Initially operating under the channel name ''Sri Lankan Countryball,'' he continued this endeavor for a year. However, faced with various challenges, he decided to rebrand and launch a new channel, ''Russian Empire Countryball''. As of the latest information available, Mohammad Amadh has garnered a substantial following, boasting 1.1k subscribers and over 300k views on his YouTube channel, ''Russian Empire Countryball''. For his video editing endeavors, Mohammad Amadh relies on ''CapCut''. == Alliances == Amadh is affiliated with the ''PSA - Palestinian Supporting Alliance,'' demonstrating his involvement and collaboration within the Geo community. == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@RussianEmpcountryball?si=XhSSrTgda7Isw4xU Russian Empire Countryball on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 58961eff44b2ece9242cbfcc1ca27e62cb03440a 817 816 2023-09-01T18:01:11Z InsaneX 2 /* Alliances */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Russian_Empire_Countryball.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Russian Empire Countryball.]] '''Mohammad Amadh''' ([[w:Sinhala_language| Sinhala]]: මොහොමඩ් අමාද්; born May 6, 2011) is a Sri Lankan Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Russian Empire Countryball'''. He is often recognized for his engaging content on his YouTube channel. == Early Life == Amadh's journey into content creation began in 2022 when he started as a gamer. == YouTube Career == Inspired by a channel called ''Egypt Countryball,'' Amadh ventured into the world of Geotube content creation. Initially operating under the channel name ''Sri Lankan Countryball,'' he continued this endeavor for a year. However, faced with various challenges, he decided to rebrand and launch a new channel, ''Russian Empire Countryball''. As of the latest information available, Mohammad Amadh has garnered a substantial following, boasting 1.1k subscribers and over 300k views on his YouTube channel, ''Russian Empire Countryball''. For his video editing endeavors, Mohammad Amadh relies on ''CapCut''. == Alliances == Amadh is affiliated with the '''Palestinian Supporting Alliance (P.S.E)''' demonstrating his involvement and collaboration within the Geo community. == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@RussianEmpcountryball?si=XhSSrTgda7Isw4xU Russian Empire Countryball on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 13b70a548af67848d92c0ce09eef9bce4be6cd7a 6 329 815 2023-09-01T17:53:56Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 330 818 2023-09-01T18:25:29Z That muslim kid 9 Created page with "[[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is a Canadian Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geotube community through his YouTube channel. == Introduction == Ro0v Mapping, residing in Oakland, Canada, is a Geotuber who has garnered recognition for his content on his YouTube channel. He is well-regarded for his videos focusing on geography and history. == Personal Information == == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is a Canadian Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geotube community through his YouTube channel. == Introduction == Ro0v Mapping, residing in Oakland, Canada, is a Geotuber who has garnered recognition for his content on his YouTube channel. He is well-regarded for his videos focusing on geography and history. == Personal Information == == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == Alliances == He is a co-owner of the ''League of California Geotubers (LCG)'' and a member of the ''League of American Geotubers (LAG).'' == Software Used == Ro0v Mapping employs several software tools for his content creation, including ''Capcut,'' ''Picsart,'' and ''Ibis PaintX.'' == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''Ibis Paint'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping LucandoGaming on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 47a62d1b4e32bb7071d93eae71fef432e0f82660 820 818 2023-09-02T05:17:05Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is a Canadian Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geotube community through his YouTube channel. == Personal Information == == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == Alliances == He is a co-owner of the ''League of California Geotubers (LCG)'' and a member of the ''League of American Geotubers (LAG).'' == Software Used == Ro0v Mapping employs several software tools for his content creation, including ''Capcut,'' ''Picsart,'' and ''Ibis PaintX.'' == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''Ibis Paint'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping LucandoGaming on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] f3853866cfef326093ea6907988d64f0530bbcfc 821 820 2023-09-02T05:18:52Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is a Canadian Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geotube community through his YouTube channel. == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == Software Used == Ro0v Mapping employs several software tools for his content creation, including ''Capcut,'' ''Picsart,'' and ''Ibis PaintX.'' == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''Ibis Paint'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping LucandoGaming on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 1157cc51e19b308b3684480620949bec2ce2e027 822 821 2023-09-02T05:20:12Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is a Canadian Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geotube community through his YouTube channel. == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == Alliances == He is the co-owner of '''League of California Geotubers (L.C.G)''' and the member of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping LucandoGaming on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 57277cb7bec6acb0c50aa03340a99ea5fa50c496 6 331 819 2023-09-01T18:26:12Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 330 823 822 2023-09-02T05:20:43Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is a Canadian Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geotube community through his YouTube channel. == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == Alliances == He is the co-owner of '''League of California Geotubers (L.C.G)''' and the member of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping LucandoGaming on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 35a0e12a5bd19921da1f0f83c0dec92e47c3cb3a 824 823 2023-09-02T07:31:17Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is a Californian Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geo community through his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel. == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == Alliances == He is the co-owner of '''League of California Geotubers (L.C.G)''' and the member of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping LucandoGaming on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 68f63583806099920856e32d78a8c5bf3b30abcd 825 824 2023-09-02T07:31:32Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is a Californian Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geo community through his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel. == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == Alliances == He is the co-owner of '''League of California Geotubers (L.C.G)''' and the member of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping LucandoGaming on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] d0394c717f36b9e09e9ee19692d5a127fc6189e7 826 825 2023-09-02T07:32:45Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is an American Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geo community through his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel. == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == Alliances == He is the co-owner of '''League of California Geotubers (L.C.G)''' and the member of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping LucandoGaming on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] c2d6f9f494756cdc35b440753c43e07944bbc686 829 826 2023-09-02T11:03:27Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is an American Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geo community through his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel. == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == Alliances == He is the co-owner of '''League of California Geotubers (L.C.G)''' and the member of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping RoOv Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 53d1dc305ddea61fb05a58eef0e2cfd5173f7dd6 830 829 2023-09-02T11:03:47Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Ro0v_Mapping_Logo.jpeg|thumb|300px|Logo of Ro0v Mapping.]] '''Ro0vMapping''' is an American Geotuber known for his contributions to the Geo community through his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel. == Early Life == Ro0v Mapping's interest in geography and history developed relatively recently, over the past few months. == YouTube Career == Ro0v Mapping embarked on his YouTube journey in November 2016. Initially, he posted only two videos, which have since been deleted. His early content centered around low-quality Roblox videos, and he maintained this focus for 1.5 years, gradually growing his channel to 75 subscribers. However, a shift in content occurred approximately four months ago when he started creating geography-related content. Currently, Ro0v Mapping primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, supplemented by ''Picsart'' and ''ibis Paint X'' for other aspects of content creation. His transition to becoming a Geotuber was sparked by his growing interest in geography-related content. == Alliances == He is the co-owner of '''League of California Geotubers (L.C.G)''' and the member of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)'''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Ro0vMapping Ro0v Mapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] a8774952efd8755517873e66f8cb161be474ab9f 0 1 828 782 2023-09-02T10:18:24Z InsaneX 2 /* Recent Changes */ wikitext text/x-wiki __NOTOC__ <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Welcome to Geotubepedia</h1> --> ==Welcome to Geotubepedia== '''Geotubepedia''' is the ultimate source for information on Geotubers, YouTube creators who specialize in Geography and related content. It is the definitive resource for Geotubers, dedicated enthusiasts who produce geography-focused YouTube content. The site offers in-depth profiles of each Geotuber, providing a centralized platform for fans and fellow content creators to explore, collaborate, and celebrate the world of geographical video content. Join our [https://discord.gg/aPXQ5ZMjH8 Discord Server] for more Information. <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Featured Geotuber</h1> --> ==Featured Geotuber== '''Ahnaf Abrar Khan''' ([[w:Bengali language| Bangla]]: আহনাফ আবরার খান) is a Bangladeshi Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Geographyify'''. Renowned for his in-depth geographical insights and engaging video content, Ahnaf blends his personal experiences and academic curiosity to make geography accessible and enjoyable for a vast audience. [[Geographyify | Read More..]] ==Explore== Dive in and learn about Geotubers who love making geography related content. * [[:Category:List of Geotubers]] * [[:Category:Top Geotubers]] <!-- <h1 style="text-align: center; background-color: #cef2e0; border: 2px solid #a3b0bf; padding: 5px; border-radius: 7px;">Recent Changes</h1> --> === Contributing === Interested in helping Geotubepedia grow? Contribute by editing an existing page or create your own! === Random Geotuber === Click [[Special:Random|here]] to discover a random Geotuber profile! == Other Links == * [[Geotubepedia:Copyrights | Geotubpedia Copyrights]] * [[Geotubepedia:About | About Geotubepedia]] * [[Geotubepedia:Policies and Guidelines|Policies and Guidelines]] * [[Geotubepedia:Help Desk|Help Desk]] 49b3bad57ebea6d55c08848787983b68d29ae996 6 331 831 819 2023-09-02T11:04:36Z InsaneX 2 InsaneX uploaded a new version of [[File:Ro0v Mapping Logo.jpeg]] wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 335 834 2023-09-02T18:41:26Z 76.118.174.208 0 Yes wikitext text/x-wiki Rüm was a Seljuk sultanate yep that’s it 20b4c900025c207ca6545ef83a4f4076e4a27875 2 333 832 2023-09-03T10:08:04Z Indo. FHA Editz20 74 Just Created wikitext text/x-wiki Indo. FHA Edits as known as Indonesian FHA Edits is a capcut geotuber who makes Edits, Comparisions, and Countryball Animation and It's from capcut, he thinks Capcut Is a smaller version of Alight Motion, So instead of using animations, he uses Graphs for Conparisions, Mask for Countryball, and he is the only one who has his own endcap. 15164a96c8af2ca8a9f213591210dfe4f04f02cd 3 334 833 2023-09-03T13:25:44Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Indo. FHA Editz20]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 13:25, 3 September 2023 efa9e07e67eff6ba640d42b692a9de99301a9b38 3 337 837 2023-09-03T13:27:16Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Loceq-Geo]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 13:27, 3 September 2023 f4828b18a2f803e9cafd85ada468321155c4c09a 2 338 838 2023-09-03T13:27:40Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 339 839 2023-09-03T13:27:40Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:World.Military.Reality]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 13:27, 3 September 2023 b7849eaa454acaf83c04b18d70147e8d3fa34257 0 340 841 840 2023-09-03T15:43:01Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotuber''' (alternatively spelled '''GeoTuber''') is a term used to describe content creators, primarily on [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]], who focus on producing geography-related videos. Although the term is prevalent among YouTube Shorts creators, it remains less recognized among creators of long-form content on platforms like [[w:YouTube | YouTube]]. == Overview == Geotubers specialize in a niche within the vast domain of YouTube Shorts, bringing forward geographic, historic, and geopolitical content in bite-sized formats. The content can range from direct comparisons between countries, their economies, militaries, and political structures to broader themes like historical analyses, mapping exercises, and more. === Content Themes === * '''Country Vs Country comparisons:''' Geotubers often engage in comparative analyses between two or more countries, discussing factors such as GDP, population, military prowess, etc. * '''Mapping videos:''' These often visualize historical or political changes, territorial evolutions, or other geographic phenomena. * '''Top economies and militaries:''' Ranking videos that order countries based on their economic or military strength. * '''Political leader edits:''' Creative videos focusing on the lives and careers of prominent political figures. * '''Historical empires comparison:''' Pitting historical empires against each other to determine their strengths, legacies, and influences. * '''Countries now vs. then:''' Comparing a country's current status to its past, highlighting changes in borders, governance, and global significance. == Alliances in the Geotuber Community == A unique feature of the Geotuber community is the formation of alliances. These alliances serve multiple purposes: * '''Collaboration:''' Many Geotubers come together to co-create content, leveraging each other's strengths and resources. * '''Skill Improvement:''' Being part of an alliance offers opportunities for learning and refining video editing skills. * '''Protection:''' Some alliances form to offer protection against harmful actions. It's been reported that certain alliances engage in disruptive behaviors, such as targeting other alliances' Discord servers or even reporting channels on YouTube. Protective alliances work towards safeguarding their members from these types of antagonistic actions. However, it's essential to note that not all alliances endorse or participate in such adversarial practices. The broader Geotuber community is characterized by a shared passion for geography and content creation. == Notable Geotubers == A few prominent Geotubers have made a significant impact on the community. Here are some of them: * ''Geotuber1'': Known for their in-depth historical analyses and engaging visualizations. * ''Geotuber2'': Renowned for their creative mapping techniques and detailed country comparisons. * ''Geotuber3'': A rising star who often collaborates with other Geotubers to produce joint content. == Conclusion == The Geotuber community, while niche, has carved a space for itself in the digital content sphere. As more creators join and the audience grows, the influence and relevance of Geotubers will only continue to increase. a814446ed93421ced48acdd8e609ed7ccf0ef773 842 841 2023-09-03T15:43:14Z InsaneX 2 /* Alliances in the Geotuber Community */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotuber''' (alternatively spelled '''GeoTuber''') is a term used to describe content creators, primarily on [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]], who focus on producing geography-related videos. Although the term is prevalent among YouTube Shorts creators, it remains less recognized among creators of long-form content on platforms like [[w:YouTube | YouTube]]. == Overview == Geotubers specialize in a niche within the vast domain of YouTube Shorts, bringing forward geographic, historic, and geopolitical content in bite-sized formats. The content can range from direct comparisons between countries, their economies, militaries, and political structures to broader themes like historical analyses, mapping exercises, and more. === Content Themes === * '''Country Vs Country comparisons:''' Geotubers often engage in comparative analyses between two or more countries, discussing factors such as GDP, population, military prowess, etc. * '''Mapping videos:''' These often visualize historical or political changes, territorial evolutions, or other geographic phenomena. * '''Top economies and militaries:''' Ranking videos that order countries based on their economic or military strength. * '''Political leader edits:''' Creative videos focusing on the lives and careers of prominent political figures. * '''Historical empires comparison:''' Pitting historical empires against each other to determine their strengths, legacies, and influences. * '''Countries now vs. then:''' Comparing a country's current status to its past, highlighting changes in borders, governance, and global significance. == Alliances in the Geo Community == A unique feature of the Geotuber community is the formation of alliances. These alliances serve multiple purposes: * '''Collaboration:''' Many Geotubers come together to co-create content, leveraging each other's strengths and resources. * '''Skill Improvement:''' Being part of an alliance offers opportunities for learning and refining video editing skills. * '''Protection:''' Some alliances form to offer protection against harmful actions. It's been reported that certain alliances engage in disruptive behaviors, such as targeting other alliances' Discord servers or even reporting channels on YouTube. Protective alliances work towards safeguarding their members from these types of antagonistic actions. However, it's essential to note that not all alliances endorse or participate in such adversarial practices. The broader Geotuber community is characterized by a shared passion for geography and content creation. == Notable Geotubers == A few prominent Geotubers have made a significant impact on the community. Here are some of them: * ''Geotuber1'': Known for their in-depth historical analyses and engaging visualizations. * ''Geotuber2'': Renowned for their creative mapping techniques and detailed country comparisons. * ''Geotuber3'': A rising star who often collaborates with other Geotubers to produce joint content. == Conclusion == The Geotuber community, while niche, has carved a space for itself in the digital content sphere. As more creators join and the audience grows, the influence and relevance of Geotubers will only continue to increase. 3dd70b72654e2cddac1ad9124006904d6641b582 843 842 2023-09-03T15:44:16Z InsaneX 2 /* Content Themes */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotuber''' (alternatively spelled '''GeoTuber''') is a term used to describe content creators, primarily on [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]], who focus on producing geography-related videos. Although the term is prevalent among YouTube Shorts creators, it remains less recognized among creators of long-form content on platforms like [[w:YouTube | YouTube]]. == Overview == Geotubers specialize in a niche within the vast domain of YouTube Shorts, bringing forward geographic, historic, and geopolitical content in bite-sized formats. The content can range from direct comparisons between countries, their economies, militaries, and political structures to broader themes like historical analyses, mapping exercises, and more. === Content Themes === * '''Country Vs Country comparisons:''' Geotubers often engage in comparative analyses between two or more countries, discussing factors such as GDP, population, military prowess, etc. * '''Mapping videos:''' These often visualize historical or political changes, territorial evolutions, or other geographic phenomena. * '''Top economies and militaries:''' Ranking videos that order countries based on their economic or military strength. * '''Political leader edits:''' Creative videos focusing on the lives and careers of prominent political figures. * '''Historical empires comparisons:''' Pitting historical empires against each other to determine their strengths, legacies, and influences. * '''Countries now Vs then:''' Comparing a country's current status to its past, highlighting changes in borders, governance, and global significance. == Alliances in the Geo Community == A unique feature of the Geotuber community is the formation of alliances. These alliances serve multiple purposes: * '''Collaboration:''' Many Geotubers come together to co-create content, leveraging each other's strengths and resources. * '''Skill Improvement:''' Being part of an alliance offers opportunities for learning and refining video editing skills. * '''Protection:''' Some alliances form to offer protection against harmful actions. It's been reported that certain alliances engage in disruptive behaviors, such as targeting other alliances' Discord servers or even reporting channels on YouTube. Protective alliances work towards safeguarding their members from these types of antagonistic actions. However, it's essential to note that not all alliances endorse or participate in such adversarial practices. The broader Geotuber community is characterized by a shared passion for geography and content creation. == Notable Geotubers == A few prominent Geotubers have made a significant impact on the community. Here are some of them: * ''Geotuber1'': Known for their in-depth historical analyses and engaging visualizations. * ''Geotuber2'': Renowned for their creative mapping techniques and detailed country comparisons. * ''Geotuber3'': A rising star who often collaborates with other Geotubers to produce joint content. == Conclusion == The Geotuber community, while niche, has carved a space for itself in the digital content sphere. As more creators join and the audience grows, the influence and relevance of Geotubers will only continue to increase. cb75d70e1457d17723bc8fadb9a6985d3a2ce846 844 843 2023-09-03T15:44:38Z InsaneX 2 /* Alliances in the Geo Community */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotuber''' (alternatively spelled '''GeoTuber''') is a term used to describe content creators, primarily on [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]], who focus on producing geography-related videos. Although the term is prevalent among YouTube Shorts creators, it remains less recognized among creators of long-form content on platforms like [[w:YouTube | YouTube]]. == Overview == Geotubers specialize in a niche within the vast domain of YouTube Shorts, bringing forward geographic, historic, and geopolitical content in bite-sized formats. The content can range from direct comparisons between countries, their economies, militaries, and political structures to broader themes like historical analyses, mapping exercises, and more. === Content Themes === * '''Country Vs Country comparisons:''' Geotubers often engage in comparative analyses between two or more countries, discussing factors such as GDP, population, military prowess, etc. * '''Mapping videos:''' These often visualize historical or political changes, territorial evolutions, or other geographic phenomena. * '''Top economies and militaries:''' Ranking videos that order countries based on their economic or military strength. * '''Political leader edits:''' Creative videos focusing on the lives and careers of prominent political figures. * '''Historical empires comparisons:''' Pitting historical empires against each other to determine their strengths, legacies, and influences. * '''Countries now Vs then:''' Comparing a country's current status to its past, highlighting changes in borders, governance, and global significance. == Alliances in the Geo Community == A unique feature of the Geotuber community is the formation of alliances. These alliances serve multiple purposes: * '''Collaboration:''' Many Geotubers come together to co-create content, leveraging each other's strengths and resources. * '''Skill Improvement:''' Being part of an alliance offers opportunities for learning and refining video editing skills. * '''Protection:''' Some alliances form to offer protection against harmful actions. It's been reported that certain alliances engage in disruptive behaviors, such as targeting other alliances' Discord servers or even reporting channels on YouTube. Protective alliances work towards safeguarding their members from these types of antagonistic actions. However, it's essential to note that not all alliances endorse or participate in such adversarial practices. The broader Geo community is characterized by a shared passion for geography and content creation. == Notable Geotubers == A few prominent Geotubers have made a significant impact on the community. Here are some of them: * ''Geotuber1'': Known for their in-depth historical analyses and engaging visualizations. * ''Geotuber2'': Renowned for their creative mapping techniques and detailed country comparisons. * ''Geotuber3'': A rising star who often collaborates with other Geotubers to produce joint content. == Conclusion == The Geotuber community, while niche, has carved a space for itself in the digital content sphere. As more creators join and the audience grows, the influence and relevance of Geotubers will only continue to increase. 55dc84434f5cfd20c7a13aaf67d58608906ea233 845 844 2023-09-03T15:45:55Z InsaneX 2 /* Notable Geotubers */ wikitext text/x-wiki '''Geotuber''' (alternatively spelled '''GeoTuber''') is a term used to describe content creators, primarily on [[w:YouTube Shorts | YouTube Shorts]], who focus on producing geography-related videos. Although the term is prevalent among YouTube Shorts creators, it remains less recognized among creators of long-form content on platforms like [[w:YouTube | YouTube]]. == Overview == Geotubers specialize in a niche within the vast domain of YouTube Shorts, bringing forward geographic, historic, and geopolitical content in bite-sized formats. The content can range from direct comparisons between countries, their economies, militaries, and political structures to broader themes like historical analyses, mapping exercises, and more. === Content Themes === * '''Country Vs Country comparisons:''' Geotubers often engage in comparative analyses between two or more countries, discussing factors such as GDP, population, military prowess, etc. * '''Mapping videos:''' These often visualize historical or political changes, territorial evolutions, or other geographic phenomena. * '''Top economies and militaries:''' Ranking videos that order countries based on their economic or military strength. * '''Political leader edits:''' Creative videos focusing on the lives and careers of prominent political figures. * '''Historical empires comparisons:''' Pitting historical empires against each other to determine their strengths, legacies, and influences. * '''Countries now Vs then:''' Comparing a country's current status to its past, highlighting changes in borders, governance, and global significance. == Alliances in the Geo Community == A unique feature of the Geotuber community is the formation of alliances. These alliances serve multiple purposes: * '''Collaboration:''' Many Geotubers come together to co-create content, leveraging each other's strengths and resources. * '''Skill Improvement:''' Being part of an alliance offers opportunities for learning and refining video editing skills. * '''Protection:''' Some alliances form to offer protection against harmful actions. It's been reported that certain alliances engage in disruptive behaviors, such as targeting other alliances' Discord servers or even reporting channels on YouTube. Protective alliances work towards safeguarding their members from these types of antagonistic actions. However, it's essential to note that not all alliances endorse or participate in such adversarial practices. The broader Geo community is characterized by a shared passion for geography and content creation. == Notable Geotubers == A few prominent Geotubers have made a significant impact on the community. Here are some of them: * '''[[Militarizatixn]]''' * '''[[Amidoch]]''' * '''[[Geographyify]]''' == Conclusion == The Geotuber community, while niche, has carved a space for itself in the digital content sphere. As more creators join and the audience grows, the influence and relevance of Geotubers will only continue to increase. 4d607c8659fdf78b45c6b35790920e693ec78e88 2 342 847 2023-09-04T03:22:44Z Coconutz 76 Created page with "<nowiki>[[Coconutz]]</nowiki>" wikitext text/x-wiki <nowiki>[[Coconutz]]</nowiki> d8d3a28708c2bf0eba089dcb2e055b3f21de81a8 0 300 848 773 2023-09-04T12:02:37Z ThatFlagGuy 61 spelling error wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:EnfeMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of EnfeMapping.]] '''EnfeMapping''' is a well known [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] content creator and Geotuber based in [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. With a subscriber count nearing 80,000 and over 39.4 million views, the channel focuses on geographical comparisons and historical analyses, primarily revolving around Turkish history. == YouTube Career == Before delving into the world of YouTube, EnfeMapping described himself as an "ordinary student." His initial content concentrated on Turkish history videos. However, he took a hiatus from content creation for three months due to the [[W:2023 Turkey–Syria earthquake|Turkey–Syria earthquake]]. On returning, he was inspired by the channel ''MapOfGeography'' and began his journey into creating mapping videos. Despite facing several challenges in the early phases of his YouTube career, he managed to gain significant popularity. For the creation of his content, EnfeMapping uses a range of software including ''Ibis Paint'', ''Capcut'', [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]], and [[w:Adobe Photoshop | Adobe Photoshop]]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@EnfeMapping EnfeMapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@enfemapping EnfeMapping on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/enfe.mapping_/ EnfeMapping on Instagram] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 8048aa3688fdfc8b20482fbc72c84fc6dc9e81c9 3 343 849 2023-09-06T09:33:19Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Coconutz]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 09:33, 6 September 2023 266e353f490b078b6b0c35ab60c287146fde79c4 2 344 850 2023-09-06T09:33:35Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 345 851 2023-09-06T09:33:35Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:EnfeMapping]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 09:33, 6 September 2023 a5c226cc8253c23f49e634c8112614ae63282984 6 349 855 2023-09-06T18:58:08Z UnitedPeople2828 82 new pfp wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == new pfp 555cfd6b9efce153a484733fbde46ebeddd6756b 6 356 863 2023-09-08T17:32:06Z Slovenian mapping 85 wikitext text/x-wiki Pfp of Slovenian mapping b23f801c06ebae57bc2c398ed888ac304a7326aa 0 355 862 2023-09-08T17:34:15Z Slovenian mapping 85 some changes wikitext text/x-wiki Geotuber from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovenia slovenia] f08e874af44e46d764e49bcf7ae5fcf9db72dcae 6 353 860 2023-09-08T17:37:30Z Slovenian mapping 85 wikitext text/x-wiki my pfp dba551178f3fef3334d23da84ca86862f48c0ae7 2 352 859 2023-09-08T17:38:09Z Slovenian mapping 85 Text wikitext text/x-wiki Youtube username: Slovenian_mapping Geotuber from [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovenia Slovenia] Doing edits, country comparisons, maps,... 8ca30f381341afe63af0aaf89737eb44fa2b4a6c 2 350 857 2023-09-09T12:37:08Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 351 858 2023-09-09T12:37:08Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:Abdullahdoitallnew.jpg]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 12:37, 9 September 2023 bcf3e608c342d5e75903c15d8213afc76b9e2009 0 219 856 742 2023-09-09T12:37:45Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Abdullahdoitallnew.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Abdullah do it all.]] '''Muhammad Abdullah Nasir''' ([[W:Urdu | Urdu]]: محمد عبداللہ ناصر) is a Bahraini-Pakistani Geotuber, well known for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Abdullah do it all'''. Born and residing in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]] Abdullah has gained significant attention in the Geo Community for his unique takes on history, geography, geo-political topics, as well as football and Islamic-themed video edits. ==Early Life== Muhammad Abdullah Bin Nasir was born in [[w:Lahore | Lahore]], [[w:Pakistan | Pakistan]]. From a young age, he showcased a keen interest in various subjects that later translated into his YouTube endeavors. He is a devout follower of [[w:Islam | Islam]], and supports a range of countries, namely Palestine, Iran, Turkey, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Indonesia, Russia, Malaysia, Morocco, Nigeria, Maldives, and his homeland Pakistan. ==YouTube Career== Abdullah's journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] started in 2018 with the channel primarily focused on gaming content, especially around the game [[w:Geometry Dash | Geometry Dash]]. Despite producing numerous videos between 2018 to 2021, the channel didn't gain much traction, garnering only about 33 subscribers with his most viewed video reaching around 35k views. In October 2022, taking inspiration from notable YouTuber ''World.military.king1'', Abdullah pivoted his channel's focus towards editing. These edits ranged from football highlights to more nuanced geo-political content. With a quest for continuous improvement, he transitioned from using the editing software ''Capcut'' to ''Alight Motion'' in February 2023. This switch proved beneficial for the quality of his content, and subsequently, the growth of his channel. In a short span of 11 months, "Abdullah do it all" witnessed a rapid surge in subscribers, hitting the 1.1k mark. This growth solidified Abdullah's position as a significant figure in the Geo Community, proudly identifying himself as a Geotuber. ==Editing Style and Tools== Abdullah is known for his diverse editing style, which encapsulates a mix of historical events, geographical phenomena, geo-political narratives, football highlights, and Islamic themes. To achieve the desired effects in his videos, Abdullah employs a variety of software, including: * Capcut * FilmoraGo * Alight Motion * [[w:Adobe After Effects | Adobe After Effects]] * [[w:Adobe Premiere Pro | Adobe Premiere Pro]] ==Alliances== Beyond his individual YouTube career, Abdullah holds a co-ownership position in the '''Pakistan Youtube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''' alliance, further emphasizing his influence and commitment to the Geo community. ==External Links== * [https://www.youtube.com/@abdullahdoitall/ Abdullah do it all on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 60d8fb5f86f51eb33775c84f6236f23b49b2cfc3 3 354 861 2023-09-09T12:38:31Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Slovenian mapping]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 12:38, 9 September 2023 68b8300b538a351364b8e29340eabef03602277a 0 357 864 2023-09-09T18:13:36Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Mehmet''' (born 15 August 2007 in [[w:Isparta | Isparta]], [[w:Turkey | Turkey]]) is a Turkish [[Geotuber]], better known by his channel name '''GokTurk Edits'''. He mainly focuses on producing content related to geography, history, and the comparative study of countries. As of September 9th, his channel has garnered 155K subscribers and nearly 61 million views. == Early Life == Mehmet has been passionate about history and geography from a young age. His formative ye..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Mehmet''' (born 15 August 2007 in [[w:Isparta | Isparta]], [[w:Turkey | Turkey]]) is a Turkish [[Geotuber]], better known by his channel name '''GokTurk Edits'''. He mainly focuses on producing content related to geography, history, and the comparative study of countries. As of September 9th, his channel has garnered 155K subscribers and nearly 61 million views. == Early Life == Mehmet has been passionate about history and geography from a young age. His formative years were marked by reading numerous books and watching various videos in these domains. Outside of these academic interests, he has a fondness for plants, animals, cycling, and politics. Mehmet has expressed a desire to pursue a career aligned with his childhood passions in the future. == YouTube Career == Mehmet began his journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] during the COVID-19 pandemic with a channel dedicated to ''Brawl Stars''. However, due to violations, this channel was closed, leading to a hiatus from the platform. In January 2022, spurred by a mix of curiosity and boredom, he uploaded content focused on countries that have a favorable view of Turkey. This content was well-received, prompting him to continue creating series on related topics. As his channel grew, Mehmet discovered that his audience was not just Turkish but international. This encouraged him to craft original content in English related to geography. Not all his series found success. One such example is the ''Country Now and Then'' series. However, he found a significant audience with his ''Countryhuman Now and Then'' series. Over time, Mehmet honed his video editing skills, but expressed concerns about monetization issues on YouTube affecting his motivation to produce content. He primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, and ''ibisPaint'' and ''Alight Motion'' for image manipulation. Most of his content is in Turkish, centered around edits related to geography and history. Recently, he diversified his portfolio by venturing into Mapping content on his secondary channel, ''GökTürk Mapping''. He identifies as a Muslim and is a proud nationalist Turkish. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@gokturk_edits/ GokTurk Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@GokTurk_Mapping GokTurk Mapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@gokturk_edits_32 GokTurk Edits on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/gokturk_edits_32/ GokTurk Edits on Instagram] * [https://discord.gg/gokturk-birligi-993594092854452264 GokTuk Edit's Discord Server] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 8e33f83044dc3434926605628d3c27c9b6cdf088 866 864 2023-09-09T18:14:56Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:GokTurk Edits_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of GokTurk Edits.]] '''Mehmet''' (born 15 August 2007 in [[w:Isparta | Isparta]], [[w:Turkey | Turkey]]) is a Turkish [[Geotuber]], better known by his channel name '''GokTurk Edits'''. He mainly focuses on producing content related to geography, history, and the comparative study of countries. As of September 9th, his channel has garnered 155K subscribers and nearly 61 million views. == Early Life == Mehmet has been passionate about history and geography from a young age. His formative years were marked by reading numerous books and watching various videos in these domains. Outside of these academic interests, he has a fondness for plants, animals, cycling, and politics. Mehmet has expressed a desire to pursue a career aligned with his childhood passions in the future. == YouTube Career == Mehmet began his journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] during the COVID-19 pandemic with a channel dedicated to ''Brawl Stars''. However, due to violations, this channel was closed, leading to a hiatus from the platform. In January 2022, spurred by a mix of curiosity and boredom, he uploaded content focused on countries that have a favorable view of Turkey. This content was well-received, prompting him to continue creating series on related topics. As his channel grew, Mehmet discovered that his audience was not just Turkish but international. This encouraged him to craft original content in English related to geography. Not all his series found success. One such example is the ''Country Now and Then'' series. However, he found a significant audience with his ''Countryhuman Now and Then'' series. Over time, Mehmet honed his video editing skills, but expressed concerns about monetization issues on YouTube affecting his motivation to produce content. He primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, and ''ibisPaint'' and ''Alight Motion'' for image manipulation. Most of his content is in Turkish, centered around edits related to geography and history. Recently, he diversified his portfolio by venturing into Mapping content on his secondary channel, ''GökTürk Mapping''. He identifies as a Muslim and is a proud nationalist Turkish. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@gokturk_edits/ GokTurk Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@GokTurk_Mapping GokTurk Mapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@gokturk_edits_32 GokTurk Edits on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/gokturk_edits_32/ GokTurk Edits on Instagram] * [https://discord.gg/gokturk-birligi-993594092854452264 GokTuk Edit's Discord Server] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 0249ce7e5df9778cedc5b3eb82ac35b927973ef6 867 866 2023-09-10T11:03:16Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:GokTurk Edits_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of GokTurk Edits.]] '''Mehmet''' (born 15 August 2007 in [[w:Isparta | Isparta]], [[w:Turkey | Turkey]]) is a Turkish [[Geotuber]], better known by his channel name '''GokTurk Edits'''. He mainly focuses on producing content related to geography, history, and the comparative study of countries. As of September 9th, his channel has garnered 155K subscribers and nearly 61 million views. == Early Life == Mehmet has been passionate about history and geography from a young age. His formative years were marked by reading numerous books and watching various videos in these domains. Outside of these academic interests, he has a fondness for plants, animals, cycling, and politics. Mehmet has expressed a desire to pursue a career aligned with his childhood passions in the future. == YouTube Career == Mehmet began his journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] during the COVID-19 pandemic with a channel dedicated to ''Brawl Stars''. However, due to violations, this channel was closed, leading to a hiatus from the platform. In January 2022, spurred by a mix of curiosity and boredom, he uploaded content focused on countries that have a favorable view of Turkey. This content was well-received, prompting him to continue creating series on related topics. As his channel grew, Mehmet discovered that his audience was not just Turkish but international. This encouraged him to craft original content in English related to geography. Not all his series found success. One such example is the ''Country Now and Then'' series. However, he found a significant audience with his ''Countryhuman Now and Then'' series. Over time, Mehmet honed his video editing skills, but expressed concerns about monetization issues on YouTube affecting his motivation to produce content. He primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, and ''ibisPaint'' and ''Alight Motion'' for image manipulation. Most of his content is in Turkish, centered around edits related to geography and history. Recently, he diversified his portfolio by venturing into Mapping content on his secondary channel, '''GokTurk Mapping'''. He identifies as a Muslim and is a proud nationalist Turkish. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@gokturk_edits/ GokTurk Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@GokTurk_Mapping GokTurk Mapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@gokturk_edits_32 GokTurk Edits on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/gokturk_edits_32/ GokTurk Edits on Instagram] * [https://discord.gg/gokturk-birligi-993594092854452264 GokTuk Edit's Discord Server] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 90edca1577da9a7177196fe62d85091f6a6f8692 868 867 2023-09-10T11:05:52Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:GokTurk Edits_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of GokTurk Edits.]] '''Mehmet''' (born 15 August 2007 in [[w:Isparta | Isparta]], [[w:Turkey | Turkey]]) is a Turkish [[Geotuber]], better known by his channel name '''GokTurk Edits'''. He mainly focuses on producing content related to geography, history, and the comparative study of countries. As of September 9th, his channel has garnered 155K subscribers and nearly 61 million views. == Early Life == Mehmet has been passionate about history and geography from a young age. His formative years were marked by reading numerous books and watching various videos in these domains. Outside of these academic interests, he has a fondness for plants, animals, cycling, and politics. Mehmet has expressed a desire to pursue a career aligned with his childhood passions in the future. == YouTube Career == Mehmet began his journey on [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] during the [[w:COVID-19 pandemic|COVID-19 pandemic]] with a channel dedicated to ''Brawl Stars''. However, due to violations, this channel was closed, leading to a hiatus from the platform. In January 2022, spurred by a mix of curiosity and boredom, he uploaded content focused on countries that have a favorable view of Turkey. This content was well-received, prompting him to continue creating series on related topics. As his channel grew, Mehmet discovered that his audience was not just Turkish but international. This encouraged him to craft original content in English related to geography. Not all his series found success. One such example is the ''Country Now and Then'' series. However, he found a significant audience with his ''Countryhuman Now and Then'' series. Over time, Mehmet honed his video editing skills, but expressed concerns about monetization issues on YouTube affecting his motivation to produce content. He primarily uses ''CapCut'' for video editing, and ''ibisPaint'' and ''Alight Motion'' for image manipulation. Most of his content is in Turkish, centered around edits related to geography and history. Recently, he diversified his portfolio by venturing into Mapping content on his secondary channel, '''GokTurk Mapping'''. He identifies as a Muslim and is a proud nationalist Turkish. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@gokturk_edits/ GokTurk Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.youtube.com/@GokTurk_Mapping GokTurk Mapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@gokturk_edits_32 GokTurk Edits on TikTok] * [https://www.instagram.com/gokturk_edits_32/ GokTurk Edits on Instagram] * [https://discord.gg/gokturk-birligi-993594092854452264 GokTuk Edit's Discord Server] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] b70e0c3c57cfd5fd442b24aa751438239c91d5d9 6 358 865 2023-09-09T18:14:17Z InsaneX 2 Logo of GokTurk Edits. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of GokTurk Edits. 9947b2cc696ac3b69bac9b7dc6a470ace0894039 0 359 869 2023-09-10T11:12:58Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''R2X Mapping''' is an American [[Geotuber]], well known for producing videos related to geography, often comparing countries, empires, and various geographical themes. As of 10 September 2023, the channel boasts 142K subscribers and has garnered over 55 million views. == Biography == Born on March 25, 2008, in [[w:New York | New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]], R2X Mapping currently resides in [[w:Louisiana | Louisiana]], [[w:United_States|USA]]. He holds American nat..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''R2X Mapping''' is an American [[Geotuber]], well known for producing videos related to geography, often comparing countries, empires, and various geographical themes. As of 10 September 2023, the channel boasts 142K subscribers and has garnered over 55 million views. == Biography == Born on March 25, 2008, in [[w:New York | New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]], R2X Mapping currently resides in [[w:Louisiana | Louisiana]], [[w:United_States|USA]]. He holds American nationality. == YouTube Career == R2X Mapping began his foray into the [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] world inspired by the content from another creator, '''ExploitHistory'''. Launching his channel on July 12, 2022, his initial focus was a series titled "Europe v Asia". However, it was a video titled “never!” released in December 2022 that truly brought attention to his channel, rapidly amassing over 600,000 views. Furthering this success, a video related to [[w:MrBeast | MrBeast]], although not directly related to geography, propelled his channel even further, becoming his most viewed video with 14 million hits. Another successful venture of his was the video titled "Meet the World Leaders". Despite facing a brief period of inactivity, R2X Mapping revived his channel with the "Rise of Empires" series in May and June 2023. To date, the series comprises five parts that have collectively garnered over 6 million views. Throughout his content creation journey, he has utilized various software and applications such as ''Alight Motion'', ''ibis Paint X'', ''CapCut'', and ''Picsart'' to create and edit his videos. Presently, he specializes in map animation videos and historical edits. In addition to his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] presence, R2X Mapping expanded his digital footprint by launching a [[w:TikTok | TikTok]] account in May 2023. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@r2x_mapping R2X Mapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@r2x_editz R2X Mapping on TikTok] * [https://www.youtube.com/@R2XCB R2X CB on YouTube] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 685ae4764393380e2781874f357ae50e34ecf8c0 871 869 2023-09-10T11:16:54Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:R2X Mapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of R2X Mapping.]] '''R2X Mapping''' is an American [[Geotuber]], well known for producing videos related to geography, often comparing countries, empires, and various geographical themes. As of 10 September 2023, the channel boasts 142K subscribers and has garnered over 55 million views. == Biography == Born on March 25, 2008, in [[w:New York | New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]], R2X Mapping currently resides in [[w:Louisiana | Louisiana]], [[w:United_States|USA]]. He holds American nationality. == YouTube Career == R2X Mapping began his foray into the [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] world inspired by the content from another creator, '''ExploitHistory'''. Launching his channel on July 12, 2022, his initial focus was a series titled "Europe v Asia". However, it was a video titled “never!” released in December 2022 that truly brought attention to his channel, rapidly amassing over 600,000 views. Furthering this success, a video related to [[w:MrBeast | MrBeast]], although not directly related to geography, propelled his channel even further, becoming his most viewed video with 14 million hits. Another successful venture of his was the video titled "Meet the World Leaders". Despite facing a brief period of inactivity, R2X Mapping revived his channel with the "Rise of Empires" series in May and June 2023. To date, the series comprises five parts that have collectively garnered over 6 million views. Throughout his content creation journey, he has utilized various software and applications such as ''Alight Motion'', ''ibis Paint X'', ''CapCut'', and ''Picsart'' to create and edit his videos. Presently, he specializes in map animation videos and historical edits. In addition to his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] presence, R2X Mapping expanded his digital footprint by launching a [[w:TikTok | TikTok]] account in May 2023. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@r2x_mapping R2X Mapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@r2x_editz R2X Mapping on TikTok] * [https://www.youtube.com/@R2XCB R2X CB on YouTube] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 2414a4b9bc4f32d93ffc34b3b227d6e15c34d11d 6 360 870 2023-09-10T11:16:12Z InsaneX 2 Logo of R2X Mapping. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of R2X Mapping. 8285ce306b40ecf2016237dc90dca1ea504c61fb 0 361 872 2023-09-10T12:27:50Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Turkiyeball Edits''' is a Turkish Geotuber based in [[w:Istanbul | Istanbul]], [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. As of September 10th, the channel has amassed a following of more than 400 subscribers and has received more than 74K views. == YouTube Career == Turkiyeball Edits initially ventured into the [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] realm with a focus on gaming content. However, reflecting on the initial videos as "cringe", they were subsequently removed as the creator matured. The tra..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Turkiyeball Edits''' is a Turkish Geotuber based in [[w:Istanbul | Istanbul]], [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. As of September 10th, the channel has amassed a following of more than 400 subscribers and has received more than 74K views. == YouTube Career == Turkiyeball Edits initially ventured into the [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] realm with a focus on gaming content. However, reflecting on the initial videos as "cringe", they were subsequently removed as the creator matured. The transformation to becoming a Geotuber began after watching Geo-themed videos during the summer of 2022. With this newfound inspiration, Turkiyeball Edits established a Geo-focused channel on 8 August 2022. The primary content includes animations and geographical edits. While occasional map content is produced, Turkiyeball Edits self-admittedly finds challenges in creating them. For content creation, tools like ''CapCut'' and [[w:Paint.net |Paint.NET]] play a pivotal role. The editing process is streamlined using an HP Victus 16 laptop and an iPhone 11 Pro. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Turkiyeball1453 Turkiyeball Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.roblox.com/users/3447230332/profile Turkiyeball Edits on Roblox] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 59845b0c26c404f506c1492905b53851d8e29c91 874 872 2023-09-10T12:30:25Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Turkiyeball_Edits_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Turkiyeball Edits.]] '''Turkiyeball Edits''' is a Turkish Geotuber based in [[w:Istanbul | Istanbul]], [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. As of September 10th, the channel has amassed a following of more than 400 subscribers and has received more than 74K views. == YouTube Career == Turkiyeball Edits initially ventured into the [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] realm with a focus on gaming content. However, reflecting on the initial videos as "cringe", they were subsequently removed as the creator matured. The transformation to becoming a Geotuber began after watching Geo-themed videos during the summer of 2022. With this newfound inspiration, Turkiyeball Edits established a Geo-focused channel on 8 August 2022. The primary content includes animations and geographical edits. While occasional map content is produced, Turkiyeball Edits self-admittedly finds challenges in creating them. For content creation, tools like ''CapCut'' and [[w:Paint.net |Paint.NET]] play a pivotal role. The editing process is streamlined using an HP Victus 16 laptop and an iPhone 11 Pro. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Turkiyeball1453 Turkiyeball Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.roblox.com/users/3447230332/profile Turkiyeball Edits on Roblox] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] c9a94a707a62f0b62b1c2acd49ad1b95454e1a6e 875 874 2023-09-10T12:33:25Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Turkiyeball_Edits_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Turkiyeball Edits.]] '''Turkiyeball Edits''' is a Turkish Geotuber based in [[w:Istanbul | Istanbul]], [[w:Turkey|Turkey]]. As of September 10th, the channel has amassed a following of more than 400 subscribers and has received more than 74K views. == YouTube Career == Turkiyeball Edits initially ventured into the [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] realm with a focus on gaming content. However, reflecting on the initial videos as "cringe", they were subsequently removed as the creator matured. The transformation to becoming a Geotuber began after watching Geo-themed videos during the summer of 2022. With this newfound inspiration, Turkiyeball Edits established a Geo-focused channel on 8 August 2022. The primary content includes animations and geographical edits. While occasional map content is produced, Turkiyeball Edits self-admittedly finds challenges in creating them. For content creation, tools like ''CapCut'' and [[w:Paint.net |Paint.NET]] play a pivotal role. The editing process is streamlined using an HP Victus 16 laptop and an [[w:iPhone 11 Pro|iPhone 11 Pro]]. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Turkiyeball1453 Turkiyeball Edits on YouTube] * [https://www.roblox.com/users/3447230332/profile Turkiyeball Edits on Roblox] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] ee3d5e7fd2eb1598f963714cf66a7f1588cda1ec 6 362 873 2023-09-10T12:29:29Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Turkiyeball Edits. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Turkiyeball Edits. 9effb1b012c04b7a60660a91695c917472a61678 2 371 891 2023-09-10T18:59:12Z German edits 93 Historical edits and mapping. wikitext text/x-wiki German Mapper was born in 2007 , 15 January in München , Germany . Started mapping in 20 February,2023 da291779c8dcf6e5c54e609dfc4c687d0aaadeac 6 370 890 2023-09-10T22:02:15Z Türkiye-Editz 95 wikitext text/x-wiki Maker:Turkiye-Editz 4c992aa0611f202810e0fda29e72115680c63d36 0 246 887 686 2023-09-13T11:10:16Z 61.247.177.198 0 removed an extra space between ''to'' and ''canada'' wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in [[w:Azerbaijan|Azerbaijan]], Ahmet later moved to[[w:Canada| Canada]]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube Career == Ahmet's journey on [[W:YouTube| YouTube]] began as a mapper, inspired by creators like Balkan Mapping. However, his interests soon shifted to the Geotuber community, intrigued by the advanced edits and creative potential. In his videos, Ahmet primarily creates Islamic and [[W:Turanism | Turanist]] edits, reflecting his personal beliefs as both an Islamist and a pan-Turanist. To create these edits, he often uses software tools like ''Capcut'' and ''Picsart''. Ahmet's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 19.3K subscribers and nearly 8.8 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Ahmet is an active member of the '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''', an alliance within the Geo community that focuses on collaborative content creation. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ahz_editz.53 AHZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] aa5b73e26fca7c5424f121118fa621b47c493d3f 6 369 886 2023-09-14T09:24:24Z Coconutz 76 wikitext text/x-wiki Logo of CoconutzEdit 45f87f0992077d621bee9dc486df5f92720dae7e 2 365 882 2023-09-14T12:52:13Z ArmenianSerb 99 Some details wikitext text/x-wiki ArmenianSerb Mapper Koryun(22.05.) is an Armenian geoyoutuber , a member of APL and a proud Armenian Start and early years. He started an account in 2016 he had many channels (gaming, nature and e.t.c.), but he chose history in 2022.His first videos were maps in MapChart App , but now he uses CapCuT and IbisPaint X for edits . He uses an iPhone 12 Mini. 0a7c0c3147914873f4b126f3d3b8bd631dc34206 0 363 876 2023-09-14T17:06:53Z That muslim kid 9 Created page with "[[File:Mr_Geography.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Geography.]] ''''''Mrgeography2011'''''' is a Moroccan Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Mrgeography2011'''. == Overview == Mrgeography2011 is a prominent Geotuber with 262 subscribers and over 51,455 views on his YouTube channel. He has gained recognition for his content, which primarily focuses on mapping, national, and geography-related topics. == Biography == Mrgeography2011 was born i..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Geography.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Geography.]] ''''''Mrgeography2011'''''' is a Moroccan Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Mrgeography2011'''. == Overview == Mrgeography2011 is a prominent Geotuber with 262 subscribers and over 51,455 views on his YouTube channel. He has gained recognition for his content, which primarily focuses on mapping, national, and geography-related topics. == Biography == Mrgeography2011 was born in Greece. == YouTube Career == Mrgeography2011 embarked on his YouTube journey in June 2033, specializing in creating informative and engaging content related to geography, including country comparisons and historical empires. == Software Used == For his video editing, Mrgeography2011 employs a variety of software tools, including Capcut, Mapchart, World Provinces, Travel Boast, and Xrecorder. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mrgeography2011?_t=8fdUzpFHQEC&_r=1 TikTok Profile] * [https://youtube.com/@Mrgeography2011?si=Zk98X1lGhXmnvD52 YouTube Channel] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 1d8b8892c63873a55f15b4ca7054e22e40ac2377 878 876 2023-09-14T17:26:10Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Geography.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Geography.]] '''Mrgeography2011''' is a Greek-Moroccan Geotuber, best recognized for his content, which primarily focuses on mapping, national, and geography-related topics. == Biography == Mrgeography2011 was born in Greece. He is a prominent Geotuber with more than 250 subscribers and over 51K views on his YouTube channel. == YouTube Career == Mrgeography2011 embarked on his YouTube journey in June 2023, specializing in creating informative and engaging content related to geography, including country comparisons and historical empires. For his video editing, Mrgeography2011 employs a variety of software tools, including ''CapCut'', ''MapChart'', ''World Provinces'', ''TravelBoast'', and ''XRecorder''. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mrgeography2011 Mrgeography2011 on TikTok] * [https://youtube.com/@Mrgeography2011 Mrgeography2011 on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] d741ffdd93f7042573c67e5c510525efcaca0712 879 878 2023-09-14T17:29:20Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Geography.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Geography.]] '''Mr Geography''' is a Greek-Moroccan Geotuber, best recognized for his content, which primarily focuses on mapping, national, and geography-related topics. == Biography == Mr Geography was born in Greece. He is a prominent Geotuber with more than 250 subscribers and over 51K views on his YouTube channel. == YouTube Career == Mr Geography embarked on his YouTube journey in June 2023, specializing in creating informative and engaging content related to geography, including country comparisons and historical empires. For his video editing, he employs a variety of software tools, including ''CapCut'', ''MapChart'', ''World Provinces'', ''TravelBoast'', and ''XRecorder''. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mrgeography2011 Mrgeography2011 on TikTok] * [https://youtube.com/@Mrgeography2011 Mrgeography2011 on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] c7ca320a1c36fadb281de7f003b8b0346b2f8826 880 879 2023-09-14T17:29:40Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Geography.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Geography.]] '''Mr Geography''' is a Greek-Moroccan Geotuber, best recognized for his content, which primarily focuses on mapping, national, and geography-related topics. == Biography == Mr Geography was born in Greece. He is a prominent Geotuber with more than 250 subscribers and over 51K views on his YouTube channel. == YouTube Career == Mr Geography embarked on his YouTube journey in June 2023, specializing in creating informative and engaging content related to geography, including country comparisons and historical empires. For his video editing, he employs a variety of software tools, including ''CapCut'', ''MapChart'', ''World Provinces'', ''TravelBoast'', and ''XRecorder''. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mrgeography2011 Mrgeography on TikTok] * [https://youtube.com/@Mrgeography2011 Mrgeography on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] a750fe03f2121a467d11f12ce743f79e64b27ada 881 880 2023-09-14T17:29:58Z InsaneX 2 /* External Links */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Geography.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Geography.]] '''Mr Geography''' is a Greek-Moroccan Geotuber, best recognized for his content, which primarily focuses on mapping, national, and geography-related topics. == Biography == Mr Geography was born in Greece. He is a prominent Geotuber with more than 250 subscribers and over 51K views on his YouTube channel. == YouTube Career == Mr Geography embarked on his YouTube journey in June 2023, specializing in creating informative and engaging content related to geography, including country comparisons and historical empires. For his video editing, he employs a variety of software tools, including ''CapCut'', ''MapChart'', ''World Provinces'', ''TravelBoast'', and ''XRecorder''. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mrgeography2011 Mr Geography on TikTok] * [https://youtube.com/@Mrgeography2011 Mr Geography on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 85595578a1d6974fab782a6d85e8f5c8815b203f 899 881 2023-09-15T15:00:10Z Mrgeography 101 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Geography.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Geography.]] '''Mr Geography''' is a Moroccan Geotuber, best recognized for his content, which primarily focuses on mapping, national, and geography-related topics. == Biography == Mr Geography was born in Greece. He is a prominent Geotuber with more than 250 subscribers and over 51K views on his YouTube channel. == YouTube Career == Mr Geography embarked on his YouTube journey in June 2023, specializing in creating informative and engaging content related to geography, including country comparisons and historical empires. For his video editing, he employs a variety of software tools, including ''CapCut'', ''MapChart'', ''World Provinces'', ''TravelBoast'', and ''XRecorder''. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mrgeography2011 Mr Geography on TikTok] * [https://youtube.com/@Mrgeography2011 Mr Geography on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 66dd138317ee4f31e484baa75e86d8d094a221c7 905 899 2023-09-27T15:29:28Z Mrgeography 101 /* Biography */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Mr_Geography.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Mr Geography.]] '''Mr Geography''' is a Moroccan Geotuber, best recognized for his content, which primarily focuses on mapping, national, and geography-related topics. == Biography == Mr Geography was born in Greece. He is a prominent Geotuber with more than 250 subscribers and over 78K views on his YouTube channel. == YouTube Career == Mr Geography embarked on his YouTube journey in June 2023, specializing in creating informative and engaging content related to geography, including country comparisons and historical empires. For his video editing, he employs a variety of software tools, including ''CapCut'', ''MapChart'', ''World Provinces'', ''TravelBoast'', and ''XRecorder''. == External Links == * [https://www.tiktok.com/@mrgeography2011 Mr Geography on TikTok] * [https://youtube.com/@Mrgeography2011 Mr Geography on YouTube] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 7b3dbb911818620ad6967eba30396674e3ab4cdd 6 364 877 2023-09-14T17:07:21Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 0 368 885 2023-09-14T17:17:14Z That muslim kid 9 Created page with "File:Krokroasan Edits Mapping.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Kroakroason Editz Mapping.]] '''Krokroasan Edits Mapping''' is a Bosnian-Croatian Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Krokroasan Edits Mapping'''. == Overview == Krokroasan Edits Mapping is a Geotuber with over 4.83K subscribers and more than 1.2 million views on his YouTube channel. He is well-known for his content related to geography, mapping, and historical topics. == Biography ==..." wikitext text/x-wiki File:Krokroasan Edits Mapping.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Kroakroason Editz Mapping.]] '''Krokroasan Edits Mapping''' is a Bosnian-Croatian Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Krokroasan Edits Mapping'''. == Overview == Krokroasan Edits Mapping is a Geotuber with over 4.83K subscribers and more than 1.2 million views on his YouTube channel. He is well-known for his content related to geography, mapping, and historical topics. == Biography == Krokroasan Edits Mapping, whose real name is Ivan, was born on June 23, 2010, in Zagreb, Croatia. He currently resides in Sesvete, Croatia. == YouTube Career == Ivan began his YouTube career by uploading Minecraft videos on February 27, 2023. However, he shifted his focus to geography-related content after being inspired by other Geotubers, particularly ''History World 54''. He started uploading maps created using ''MapChart'' and later expanded his skills to include ''ibis Paint X'' and ''CapCut'', becoming a Geotuber. == Software Used == For his video editing and map creation, Ivan utilizes ''CapCut'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@krokroasan Krokroasan Edits Mapping on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/GXa4DDdXbh Krokroasan Edits Mapping's Discord Server] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 82ac4c95a9a059b94da4b67024974a9d93f434bf 895 885 2023-09-14T17:46:43Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Krokroasan Edits Mapping.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Kroakroason Editz Mapping.]] '''Ivan''' is a Bosnian-Croatian Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Krokroasan Edits Mapping'''. As of September 14th, the channel has 4.83K subscribers and has received more than 1.2 million views. He is well-known for his content related to geography, mapping, and historical topics. == Biography == Ivan, whose real name is Ivan, was born on June 23, 2010, in Zagreb, Croatia. He currently resides in [[w:Sesvete|Sesvete]], [[w:Croatia|Croatia]]. == YouTube Career == Ivan began his YouTube career by uploading Minecraft videos on February 27, 2023. However, he shifted his focus to geography-related content after being inspired by other [[Geotubers]], particularly ''History World 54''. He started uploading maps created using ''MapChart'' and later expanded his skills to include ''ibis Paint X'' and ''CapCut'', becoming a [[Geotuber]]. For his video editing and map creation, Ivan utilizes ''CapCut'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@krokroasan Krokroasan Edits Mapping on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/GXa4DDdXbh Krokroasan Edits Mapping's Discord Server] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] a344961bc9e3f354c1c267927e5af776c35334dc 896 895 2023-09-14T17:47:11Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Krokroasan Edits Mapping.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Kroakroason Editz Mapping.]] '''Ivan''' is a Bosnian-Croatian Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Krokroasan Edits Mapping'''. As of September 14th, the channel has 4.83K subscribers and has received more than 1.2 million views. He is well-known for his content related to geography, mapping, and historical topics. == Biography == Ivan, whose real name is Ivan, was born on June 23, 2010, in Zagreb, Croatia. He currently resides in [[w:Sesvete|Sesvete]], [[w:Croatia|Croatia]]. == YouTube Career == Ivan began his YouTube career by uploading Minecraft videos on February 27, 2023. However, he shifted his focus to geography-related content after being inspired by other [[Geotuber|Geotubers]], particularly ''History World 54''. He started uploading maps created using ''MapChart'' and later expanded his skills to include ''ibis Paint X'' and ''CapCut'', becoming a [[Geotuber]]. For his video editing and map creation, Ivan utilizes ''CapCut'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@krokroasan Krokroasan Edits Mapping on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/GXa4DDdXbh Krokroasan Edits Mapping's Discord Server] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] ec765f8ecf0f1f2fb65bc543c6d8b5dfee145e40 897 896 2023-09-14T17:47:29Z InsaneX 2 /* YouTube Career */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Krokroasan Edits Mapping.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Kroakroason Editz Mapping.]] '''Ivan''' is a Bosnian-Croatian Geotuber, best recognized for his [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] channel, '''Krokroasan Edits Mapping'''. As of September 14th, the channel has 4.83K subscribers and has received more than 1.2 million views. He is well-known for his content related to geography, mapping, and historical topics. == Biography == Ivan, whose real name is Ivan, was born on June 23, 2010, in Zagreb, Croatia. He currently resides in [[w:Sesvete|Sesvete]], [[w:Croatia|Croatia]]. == YouTube Career == Ivan began his YouTube career by uploading Minecraft videos on February 27, 2023. However, he shifted his focus to geography-related content after being inspired by other [[Geotuber|Geotubers]], particularly ''History World 54''. He started uploading maps created using ''MapChart'' and later expanded his skills to include ''ibis Paint X'' and ''CapCut'', becoming a [[Geotuber]]. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@krokroasan Krokroasan Edits Mapping on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/GXa4DDdXbh Krokroasan Edits Mapping's Discord Server] == Categories == [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] ecc591f96323d2d42ad3f815735007bf0c81878f 6 367 884 2023-09-14T17:17:59Z That muslim kid 9 wikitext text/x-wiki da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 3 366 883 2023-09-14T17:32:10Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:ArmenianSerb]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 17:32, 14 September 2023 929f6932d6d5a7f0d64b6cb501a62ac816752cb6 0 246 888 887 2023-09-14T17:38:42Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in[[w:Azerbaijan|Azerbaijan]], Ahmet later moved to[[w:Canada| Canada]]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube Career == Ahmet's journey on [[W:YouTube| YouTube]] began as a mapper, inspired by creators like Balkan Mapping. However, his interests soon shifted to the Geotuber community, intrigued by the advanced edits and creative potential. In his videos, Ahmet primarily creates Islamic and [[W:Turanism | Turanist]] edits, reflecting his personal beliefs as both an Islamist and a pan-Turanist. To create these edits, he often uses software tools like ''Capcut'' and ''Picsart''. Ahmet's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 19.3K subscribers and nearly 8.8 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Ahmet is an active member of the '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''', an alliance within the Geo community that focuses on collaborative content creation. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ahz_editz.53 AHZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] ec2c5516b3674188cd7b1e2edf131296679a22dd 889 888 2023-09-14T17:38:52Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:AHZ_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of AHZ.]] '''Ahmet''' is an Azerbaijani Geotuber known for his YouTube channel '''AHZ'''. Born in 2007 in [[w:Azerbaijan|Azerbaijan]], Ahmet later moved to[[w:Canada| Canada]]. == Early Life == Ahmet's early life was marked by challenges, as he was born into a low-income family in Azerbaijan. Despite these hardships, Ahmet found solace and passion in the digital world. == YouTube Career == Ahmet's journey on [[W:YouTube| YouTube]] began as a mapper, inspired by creators like Balkan Mapping. However, his interests soon shifted to the Geotuber community, intrigued by the advanced edits and creative potential. In his videos, Ahmet primarily creates Islamic and [[W:Turanism | Turanist]] edits, reflecting his personal beliefs as both an Islamist and a pan-Turanist. To create these edits, he often uses software tools like ''Capcut'' and ''Picsart''. Ahmet's contributions and unique style have earned him a dedicated following, boasting 19.3K subscribers and nearly 8.8 million views on his channel. == Alliances == Ahmet is an active member of the '''Pakistan YouTube Shorts Editors Club (P.Y.S.E.C)''', an alliance within the Geo community that focuses on collaborative content creation. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@ahz_editz.53 AHZ on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] aa5b73e26fca7c5424f121118fa621b47c493d3f 2 372 892 2023-09-14T17:39:11Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 373 893 2023-09-14T17:39:11Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:Turkiye-Editz Pfp.jpg]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 17:39, 14 September 2023 20547ad1fa8ec751a5fc05927fa366cab57b6435 3 374 894 2023-09-14T17:39:24Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:German edits]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 17:39, 14 September 2023 31a2ce0216e2e6b5b87c7d105cb054846b75c693 2 375 898 2023-09-15T13:25:23Z Marocball 100 Created page with "AM [🇲🇦] Or Moroccoball (Arabic:مغوكوبول) It's a Mapper With a 390 Sub , And It's Part Of "Anti LGBTQ+" And "Anti Furry" And "Anti Israel Action"" wikitext text/x-wiki AM [🇲🇦] Or Moroccoball (Arabic:مغوكوبول) It's a Mapper With a 390 Sub , And It's Part Of "Anti LGBTQ+" And "Anti Furry" And "Anti Israel Action" d9f21049acc486d83c7b416e433b19d3a97c46c9 3 376 900 2023-09-15T16:57:59Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Marocball]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 16:57, 15 September 2023 69c5fa9fb2ec32d2fb8e97d08d6ff7bb25a15d80 2 377 901 2023-09-15T16:58:18Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 378 902 2023-09-15T16:58:18Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:Mr Geography]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 16:58, 15 September 2023 78f9279b3a53707fcb5272081fce3b2e34aa5e70 0 318 934 795 2023-09-17T01:52:52Z Coconutz 76 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Nicolas_Productions_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Nicolas Productions.]] '''Trương Bảo Thiên''' (born October 18, 2009 in [[w:An Giang Province|An Giang]], [[w:Vietnam|Vietnam]]) is a Vietnamese Geotuber, best recognized for his YouTube channel, '''Nicolas Productions'''. He is well known for creating videos related to geography, especially comparisons between countries and empires. == Early Life == Thiên was born in [[w:An Giang Province|An Giang]], [[w:Vietnam|Vietnam]]. He is of Vietnamese nationality. == YouTube Career == Thiên's interest in geography began when some of his friends in Vietnam started posting geography-related videos. Inspired by them, Trương started researching geography and calendars. He uploaded his first video in August 2022. He primarily used ''CapCut'' for editing his early videos. For his videos, Trương uses ''CapCut'' and ''Alight Motion''. He employs ''ibis Paint X'' for mapping. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@NicolasProductions Nicolas Productions on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@nicolas.productions Nicolas Productions on TikTok] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 925563fcd884265e77dc9117716006cffc2f7e2a 2 342 923 847 2023-09-17T06:47:18Z Coconutz 76 wikitext text/x-wiki a lazy guy in all things💀 457f24836c88bd9e4a2b7fbf3826f73ca86d454f 0 250 930 643 2023-09-18T02:05:38Z OtterMapping 104 /* Early Life */ wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OtterMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of OtterMapping.]] '''OtterMapping''' is an American Geotuber, known for producing videos related to geography and historical subjects. As of September 17th 2023 the channel has garnered over 435k views and has a subscriber count of 806. == Early Life == Born on January 16, 2009, in the USA, Justice has always been inclined towards geography and history. == YouTube Career == OtterMapping started their YouTube journey with a desire to both establish a presence in the digital community and to educate the audience about geography—a subject they felt was not well-understood by many. Over time, the content on their channel has delved into a blend of geographical insights and historical events or phenomena. == Alliances == OtterMapping is one of the co-founders of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance within the Geo community where creators collaborate on content creation and editing. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@OtterMapping OtterMapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 06e241a0bc43e00b938e94a6fadfb81709fd7120 0 234 903 602 2023-09-20T06:49:12Z 86.25.117.199 0 New update on subscriber count wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:ArizonaBallYT_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of ArizonaBallYT.]] '''ArizonaBallYT''' is an American Geotuber well known for creating videos mainly related to Geography, comparing countries, empires, and other geographical themes. As of the latest update, ArizonaBallYT has amassed a following of 8.64K subscribers and a total of 4.44 million views on his YouTube channel. == Early Life == ArizonaBallYT was born in [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aurora,_Colorado Aurora], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colorado Colorado], USA. At the age of 3, he moved to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mexico Mexico] and lived there until he was 9. He then relocated to [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phoenix,_Arizona Phoenix], [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Arizona Arizona], USA. Adapting to the new environment within the USA after living in Mexico was a unique experience for him, which he describes as "kinda awkward". == YouTube Career == ArizonaBallYT initially began his YouTube journey as an animator, focusing on Countryball videos. However, with only about 9 subscribers garnered from this endeavor, he decided to pivot to creating geography-related content. This change in content proved to be a turning point for his channel. Not only did he feel more passionate and positive about uploading, but it also led to him growing a substantial subscriber base and making many friends within the community. == Softwares Used == * '''CapCut''' * '''Alight Motion''' * '''Ibis Paint X''' == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC4AcoWHC2zpYcRshihP_8DA ArizonaBallYT on YouTube] 72d764a78035e4fa9994f01771fee28520d8335d 2 379 906 2023-09-20T14:26:59Z Commanderawsum 108 Created page with "'''ENXIVITY''' ENXIVITY is a Mongolian geo-Tiktoker, known for creating nationalist edits on TikTok video" wikitext text/x-wiki '''ENXIVITY''' ENXIVITY is a Mongolian geo-Tiktoker, known for creating nationalist edits on TikTok video 9be4e86820f3a8904ba8f867df317a3893c85b02 2 392 921 2023-09-21T10:00:01Z Russian.Cat.8 109 idk wikitext text/x-wiki idk 4ab1108ce6284ad7e517314bb7290c48a3a97ef9 2 393 922 2023-09-22T20:03:23Z Tendra Federation 114 Created page with "Tendra Federation" wikitext text/x-wiki Tendra Federation 3357cb4045c4e819c4a6394fae38d693b7bcd337 2 391 920 2023-09-23T05:41:47Z Zglitch 115 Created page with "uhh idk i need to sleep i'm glitch_editz aka zgxh, zglitchh, zglitch_editz, glitch, glitchh, glitchhh, z, zg, and zgx this is like my third acc cause this shit is fucked up but ima try to be editing some shit for yall" wikitext text/x-wiki uhh idk i need to sleep i'm glitch_editz aka zgxh, zglitchh, zglitch_editz, glitch, glitchh, glitchhh, z, zg, and zgx this is like my third acc cause this shit is fucked up but ima try to be editing some shit for yall c77b6408225b48faa8a1851accf1bc2905971fcc 2 383 912 2023-09-23T08:23:03Z ShahenShahEmo 117 ... wikitext text/x-wiki Hi I am '''ShahenShah'''. I am a YouTuber. I have 14 years old. I born in Ganja, Azerbaijan. I have 330+ subscribers in YouTube Please subscribe me. O share historical videosu. I think you like my videos.... 092ce3846059b00d77c1c78006a0fa04faf679ee 2 385 914 2023-09-23T19:58:52Z ProHeckerFan1 120 Balls wikitext text/x-wiki I'm pro -ProHeckerFan 7c910a610d6ab8ce8a98b1da378c830a229b2e14 6 384 913 2023-09-24T12:51:32Z GINARID 122 wikitext text/x-wiki Фото профиля канала. fa87818c7e622a91bfdc4f6df76e6bc4a1d7f2ea 6 266 911 695 2023-09-24T18:09:55Z Mint eggy93 33 Mint eggy93 uploaded a new version of [[File:Mint-eggy-pfp.png]] wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == This is the current pfp of mint eggy the geotuber 849b8dc034bddd831d07437bb9c0dcbdbe6b42c9 0 230 910 690 2023-09-24T19:30:21Z 83.250.102.89 0 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Braslezian_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Braslezian.]] '''Braslezian''' is a Brazilian Geotuber known for his content primarily focused on comparing countries, empires, and other geographical elements. His work on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] began after being inspired by other creators in the Geotuber community, most notably ''Cornunist''. As of August 13th, the channel boasts over 700 subscribers and has accumulated over 134K views. == Biography == Braslezian was born on October 1st, 2011, in [[w:Brazil | Brazil]]. He discovered his passion for geography-related content on YouTube, which later drove him to create his own videos. == YouTube Career == Braslezian's journey into the world of Geotubing started when he began watching videos related to geography, countryball animations, and edits. One of the first channels that he watched using his account was ''Cornunist''. Influenced by Cornunist's content, Braslezian produced his debut video. Over the course of his YouTube career, he has utilized software such as ''Capcut'' for most of his video edits. However, he occasionally experiments and makes edits with ''Adobe Premiere Pro''. == Alliances == Braslezian is a part of the ''S.A.T.O'' and ''Nationalitia'' alliances within the Geo community. == External Links == * [https://www.youtube.com/@Braslezian Braslezian on YouTube] * [https://discord.gg/7W6x9JhAMs Braslezian's Discord Server] [[Category: List of Geotubers]] 8e05e83e6d1df59006e41f03ea8cdd9df46b968f 0 359 904 871 2023-09-29T17:46:50Z Endies878 125 His subs and view count wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:R2X Mapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of R2X Mapping.]] '''R2X Mapping''' is an American [[Geotuber]], well known for producing videos related to geography, often comparing countries, empires, and various geographical themes. As of 10 September 2023, the channel boasts 144K subscribers and has garnered over 56,8 million views. == Biography == Born on March 25, 2008, in [[w:New York | New York]], [[w:United_States|USA]], R2X Mapping currently resides in [[w:Louisiana | Louisiana]], [[w:United_States|USA]]. He holds American nationality. == YouTube Career == R2X Mapping began his foray into the [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] world inspired by the content from another creator, '''ExploitHistory'''. Launching his channel on July 12, 2022, his initial focus was a series titled "Europe v Asia". However, it was a video titled “never!” released in December 2022 that truly brought attention to his channel, rapidly amassing over 600,000 views. Furthering this success, a video related to [[w:MrBeast | MrBeast]], although not directly related to geography, propelled his channel even further, becoming his most viewed video with 14 million hits. Another successful venture of his was the video titled "Meet the World Leaders". Despite facing a brief period of inactivity, R2X Mapping revived his channel with the "Rise of Empires" series in May and June 2023. To date, the series comprises five parts that have collectively garnered over 6 million views. Throughout his content creation journey, he has utilized various software and applications such as ''Alight Motion'', ''ibis Paint X'', ''CapCut'', and ''Picsart'' to create and edit his videos. Presently, he specializes in map animation videos and historical edits. In addition to his [[w:YouTube | YouTube]] presence, R2X Mapping expanded his digital footprint by launching a [[w:TikTok | TikTok]] account in May 2023. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@r2x_mapping R2X Mapping on YouTube] * [https://www.tiktok.com/@r2x_editz R2X Mapping on TikTok] * [https://www.youtube.com/@R2XCB R2X CB on YouTube] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] 87b2a936832c0a5c12983f32209118822ee92efe 2 380 907 2023-10-06T11:29:10Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 381 908 2023-10-06T11:29:10Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:R2X Mapping]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:29, 6 October 2023 f7fba79264ee3ca5ddf5f338ff536d9bf9270631 3 382 909 2023-10-06T11:31:17Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Commanderawsum]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:31, 6 October 2023 abc937616c3551597121c1b89c33e2fc7ce44181 3 386 915 2023-10-06T11:32:35Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:ShahenShahEmo]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:32, 6 October 2023 b38bcfe1bde660123a3c07e7e3c8d260bcbe982a 2 387 916 2023-10-06T11:32:50Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 388 917 2023-10-06T11:32:50Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:Ava.jpg]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:32, 6 October 2023 17a25734217f3ac2d9fc2af2d7ca8473e7c12e05 3 389 918 2023-10-06T11:33:07Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:ProHeckerFan1]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:33, 6 October 2023 6893ba1997a3db7187e1b0a4909a38b410052f78 3 395 925 2023-10-06T11:35:12Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Zglitch]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:35, 6 October 2023 90de1a7fb491d8d5ef8684b62da29aa630ba8477 3 396 926 2023-10-06T11:36:44Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Russian.Cat.8]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:36, 6 October 2023 0bf59cc6ef55b80911ddb5acd1cfaefecc13afa3 3 397 927 2023-10-06T11:36:53Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Tendra Federation]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:36, 6 October 2023 ef4a3cb00940290d7e32ea74eeeb03570d569845 2 398 928 2023-10-06T11:37:59Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 399 929 2023-10-06T11:37:59Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:ColorShorts Logo July 2023-.png]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:37, 6 October 2023 d8d940d154f737b660b6f75692cdca4a78aa7f4f 2 400 932 2023-10-06T11:38:41Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 401 933 2023-10-06T11:38:41Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:OtterMapping]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 11:38, 6 October 2023 e752c36b680c438a48f4d240c421e3c53fc79840 0 250 931 930 2023-10-06T11:39:23Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:OtterMapping_Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of OtterMapping.]] '''OtterMapping''' is an American Geotuber, known for producing videos related to geography and historical subjects. As of September 17th 2023 the channel has garnered over 435k views and has a subscriber count of 806. == Early Life == Born on January 16, 2009, in the USA, OtterMapping has always been inclined towards geography and history. == YouTube Career == OtterMapping started their YouTube journey with a desire to both establish a presence in the digital community and to educate the audience about geography—a subject they felt was not well-understood by many. Over time, the content on their channel has delved into a blend of geographical insights and historical events or phenomena. == Alliances == OtterMapping is one of the co-founders of '''League of American Geotubers (L.A.G)''', an alliance within the Geo community where creators collaborate on content creation and editing. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@OtterMapping OtterMapping on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] e2011c57002cabcc444dedf8c5a56fe6c8a55425 2 411 945 2023-10-08T08:11:55Z FourTran 133 Created page with "My Name Is Rafay Salman, I was a Grotuber" wikitext text/x-wiki My Name Is Rafay Salman, I was a Grotuber ac5616ae974b7398e4c3a379c5b573d82b02b85b 6 408 942 2023-10-10T10:44:20Z PlutiaLoveDudeTLewd 135 wikitext text/x-wiki Profile picture of Memoryball edits. f6c7f62cf5321144a03c4820eafe9b8fe2fa0d2d 2 403 936 2023-10-12T16:48:55Z Paisgeo 136 He is a geotuber who has born in country in Africa wikitext text/x-wiki Paisgeo 2e4b70ffdbc1ea09ee34a57a5c67ce07171c5934 0 402 935 2023-10-14T13:24:35Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "'''Victor Chetroeșu''' (born 27 October 2009 in [[w:Bucharest|Bucharest]], [[w:Romania|Romania]]) is a Romanian Geotuber, popularly known by his YouTube channel name, '''Prism Geography'''. He is noted for his content relating to geography, history, and mapping. === Early Life === Chetroeșu was born and currently resides in [[w:Bucharest|Bucharest]], [[w:Romania|Romania]]. At the age of 4, he moved to [[w:Cluj-Napoca|Cluj-Napoca]] due to his parents' occupational requ..." wikitext text/x-wiki '''Victor Chetroeșu''' (born 27 October 2009 in [[w:Bucharest|Bucharest]], [[w:Romania|Romania]]) is a Romanian Geotuber, popularly known by his YouTube channel name, '''Prism Geography'''. He is noted for his content relating to geography, history, and mapping. === Early Life === Chetroeșu was born and currently resides in [[w:Bucharest|Bucharest]], [[w:Romania|Romania]]. At the age of 4, he moved to [[w:Cluj-Napoca|Cluj-Napoca]] due to his parents' occupational requirements, although this relocation was short-lived as he subsequently moved back to Bucharest. === YouTube Career === Chetroeșu's journey on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] began with a channel named ''Vanonimul'', where he primarily uploaded gaming videos until reaching a milestone of 100 subscribers. Seeking a fresh start and intending to create content that reflected his interests yet was also a popular niche, Chetroeșu ventured into the realm of geography. His revamped channel, initially named ''Vanonimul Shorts'', saw daily uploads until it achieved a subscriber count of 50. Due to being colloquially known as Prism among his friends, Chetroeșu rebranded his channel with this nickname. His motivation and inspiration were notably drawn from other Geotubers, such as Geography Guy, who experienced significant growth from uploading daily comparison videos between countries. Fueled by the desire to become a prominent Youtuber, Chetroeșu began crafting content related to geography and history, occasionally interspersing his uploads with mapping videos. His editing is done on [[w:CapCut|CapCut]]. == External Links == * [https://tiktok.com/@prismgeography69 Prism Geography on TikTok] * [https://youtube.com/@PrismGeography69 Prism Geography on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/tUkPecGrrm Prism Geography's Discord Server] 22176f7d894e9e5a5b12a5cf2445ad8eba992647 938 935 2023-10-14T13:32:30Z InsaneX 2 wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Prism Geography Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Prism Geography.]] '''Victor Chetroeșu''' (born 27 October 2009 in [[w:Bucharest|Bucharest]], [[w:Romania|Romania]]) is a Romanian Geotuber, popularly known by his YouTube channel name, '''Prism Geography'''. He is noted for his content relating to geography, history, and mapping. == Early Life == Chetroeșu was born and currently resides in [[w:Bucharest|Bucharest]], [[w:Romania|Romania]]. At the age of 4, he moved to [[w:Cluj-Napoca|Cluj-Napoca]] due to his parents' occupational requirements, although this relocation was short-lived as he subsequently moved back to Bucharest. == YouTube Career == Chetroeșu's journey on [[w:YouTube|YouTube]] began with a channel named ''Vanonimul'', where he primarily uploaded gaming videos until reaching a milestone of 100 subscribers. Seeking a fresh start and intending to create content that reflected his interests yet was also a popular niche, Chetroeșu ventured into the realm of geography. His revamped channel, initially named ''Vanonimul Shorts'', saw daily uploads until it achieved a subscriber count of 50. Due to being colloquially known as Prism among his friends, Chetroeșu rebranded his channel with this nickname. His motivation and inspiration were notably drawn from other Geotubers, such as Geography Guy, who experienced significant growth from uploading daily comparison videos between countries. Fueled by the desire to become a prominent Youtuber, Chetroeșu began crafting content related to geography and history, occasionally interspersing his uploads with mapping videos. His editing is done on [[w:CapCut|CapCut]]. == External Links == * [https://tiktok.com/@prismgeography69 Prism Geography on TikTok] * [https://youtube.com/@PrismGeography69 Prism Geography on YouTube] * [https://discord.com/invite/tUkPecGrrm Prism Geography's Discord Server] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] fe84f309944c0e4fbc060b024fbbec7762af3282 3 407 941 2023-10-14T13:25:27Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:Paisgeo]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 13:25, 14 October 2023 f82ee4a5ba2bcad3cc71a1d23eb3a8497a6d982d 6 404 937 2023-10-14T13:32:23Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Prism Geography. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Prism Geography. 76b077a55409f4523f76d61cce84bfcc6f58b6c3 6 405 939 2023-10-17T16:29:01Z InsaneX 2 Logo of Shadow Blaze. wikitext text/x-wiki == Summary == Logo of Shadow Blaze. 23529d4bee5c3e4643aa161b65d4b7628e714e64 0 406 940 2023-10-17T16:29:12Z InsaneX 2 Created page with "[[File:Shadow Blaze Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Shadow Blaze.]] '''George R''' (born Oct 7, [[w:Illinois | Illinois]], United States) is an American [[Geotuber]], better known by his YouTube channel '''Shadow Blaze'''. He makes in-depth videos on geography, including country comparisons, mapping videos, and more. As of now, he has amassed over 10.5K subscribers and has garnered more than 2 million views on his videos. == Early Life == George R was born in Illinois, Uni..." wikitext text/x-wiki [[File:Shadow Blaze Logo.jpg|thumb|300px|Logo of Shadow Blaze.]] '''George R''' (born Oct 7, [[w:Illinois | Illinois]], United States) is an American [[Geotuber]], better known by his YouTube channel '''Shadow Blaze'''. He makes in-depth videos on geography, including country comparisons, mapping videos, and more. As of now, he has amassed over 10.5K subscribers and has garnered more than 2 million views on his videos. == Early Life == George R was born in Illinois, United States, and currently resides in [[w:Chicago | Chicago]]. He had an early exposure to international cultures; at the age of 5, he visited both [[w:Germany | Germany]] and [[w:Greece | Greece]], fueling his curiosity about the world. == YouTube Career == In his early days, George had aspirations to start a YouTube channel. This ambition saw its first light with the creation of a channel named ''George Plays''. Although he did not initially upload content on this channel, it eventually transformed into what is now known as ''Shadow Blaze''. Before focusing on geography, he primarily uploaded content related to the game [[w:Fall_Guys|Fall Guys]]. However, after a ban on his ''Shadow Blaze'' channel, he made ''George Plays'' his main channel and renamed it as ''Shadow Blaze2''. Roughly 18 months ago from the present, George's interest pivoted towards geography. Even though he ceased uploading ''Fall Guys'' content on his main channel, his passion for the game persisted. This led him to create a separate channel exclusively for [[w:Fall_Guys|Fall Guys]] content, solidifying his position as a [[Geotuber]]. His choice of editing apps includes ''CapCut'', ''Picsart'', ''Alight Motion'' and ''ibis Paint X''. == External Links == * [https://youtube.com/@Shadow_Blaze2 Shadow Blaze on YouTube] * [https://youtube.com/@ShadowBlaze-FG Shadow Blaze-FG (2nd channel) on YouTube] [[Category:List of Geotubers]] [[Category:Top Geotubers]] 6bcc5d5ac53faf54ab3ebcf873cae399441cf317 2 409 943 2023-10-17T16:33:57Z HAWelcome 0 Created page with "==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3" wikitext text/x-wiki ==About me== ''This is your user page. Please edit this page to tell the community about yourself!'' ==My contributions== *[[Special:Contributions/Badtitle/Parser|User contributions]] ==My favorite pages== *Add links to your favorite pages on the wiki here! *Favorite page #2 *Favorite page #3 c246cf6bdc6399d3adaa97fdbe717bc996e9ed78 3 410 944 2023-10-17T16:33:57Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:File:Memoryball edits.jpg]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 16:33, 17 October 2023 147dfdf44e456864140501a16855fd1d53e00f73 3 412 946 2023-10-17T16:34:26Z HAWelcome 0 welcoming new contributor wikitext text/x-wiki Hi, welcome to Geotubepedia! Thanks for your edit to the [[:User:FourTran]] page. Please leave a message on [[User talk:InsaneX|my talk page]] if I can help with anything! -- [[User:InsaneX|InsaneX]] ([[User talk:InsaneX|talk]]) 16:34, 17 October 2023 088df609c7d03c46722ed983335d64cdbf680320